Bush and NATO

AP reports that “President Bush on Wednesday [in Bucharest, Romania] renewed urgent calls for NATO to start the admission process for Ukraine and Georgia despite a split among alliance members and fierce Russian objections.” Bush was just in Ukraine and is scheduled to meet with President Vladimir Putin in Russia on April 6.

Sen. TINY KOX
Kox is a senator in the Dutch Parliament and a member of the NATO Parliamentary Assembly. He said today: “NATO, dominated by the U.S., is developing into a dangerous aggressive global military intervention force, whereas the world is in need of a new, better-balanced global security architecture in order to prevent and tackle new threats, crises, conflicts and wars. … We support NATO Secretary General De Hoop Scheffer’s call for a broad public and parliamentary debate on NATO’s role in the future, a new Atlantic Charter and a new strategic concept.”
More Information
More Information

BORIS KAGARLITSKY
Director of the Institute for Globalization and Social Movements in Moscow, Kagarlitsky’s books include Restoration in Russia: Why Capitalism Failed and Empire of the Periphery: Russia and the World System. He was arrested under Brezhnev and under Yeltsin for his political activism.

He said today: “Last Sunday when I was in Kiev (Ukraine), I’ve learned that for local bureaucrats the visit of G.W. Bush seemed to be like a natural disaster: ‘You have to get ready in advance, it leads to disorder and broken windows and in the end leaves everybody unhappy…'”
More Information
More Information

FRIDA BERRIGAN
Senior program associate at the Arms and Security Project of the New America Foundation, Berrigan said today: “President George W. Bush has multiple agendas as he travels through old and new Europe; one of his more provocative and alarming is the push for access to Polish and Czech territory for the multibillion-dollar ‘ballistic missile defense’ program.

“Europeans are wise to be wary of a program that costs U.S. taxpayers more than $8 billion a year, has not been adequately tested and so far does not work, fans international tensions and locks in an every-nation-for-itself approach to nuclear proliferation.”
More Information

Background: “In February 1990, after talks with West Germany’s foreign minister, Secretary of State James Baker had assured Gorbachev and Shevardnadze that ‘NATO’s jurisdiction would not shift one inch eastward from its present position.’ The [first] Bush administration began backing away from that pledge almost immediately. The Clinton administration reneged on that commitment altogether when it decided to expand NATO to Eastern Europe. …

“‘The issue is not just whether Czechs, Hungarians and Poles join NATO. The problem is more serious: the rejection of the strategy for a new, common European system agreed to by myself and all the Western leaders when we ended the cold war,’ Mikhail Gorbachev wrote in March 1999. ‘I feel betrayed by the West. The opportunity we seized on behalf of peace has been lost. The whole idea of a new world order has been completely abandoned.'”
— From Hang Separately: Cooperative Security Between the United States and Russia, 1985-1994 by Leon V. Sigal, The Century Foundation Press, 2000.

 Institute for Public Accuracy

Official: Mugabe loses control of parliament

0

Zimbabwe’s opposition party today declared its leader Morgan Tsvangirai the rightful winner of the presidential election as official results showed Robert Mugabe’s party had lost control of the parliament.

The Movement for Democratic Change said that Mr Tsvangirai had won more than the 50 per cent of the vote needed to win the presidency outright.

It claimed that Mr Tsvangirai had secured 50.3 per cent of the vote to President Robert Mugabe’s 43.8 per cent, based on its own tally of the results posted up outside individual polling stations after the ballot.

“President Richard Morgan Tsvangirai has won this election, in respect of attaining the majority required under the electoral act. He has won it without a run off. We wait anxiously to see whether ZEC will confirm that,” said Tendai Biti, the MDC secretary general.

“We appeal to certain sectors to simply concede and avoid embarrassment.”

‘He added that ”somebody (Mugabe) should concede that a run off really doesn’t need to be held,” contrary to views “held in certain elderly quarters.”

But, in a significant concession, he added that, ”under protest”, Mr Tsvangirai would consent to take part in a second round presidential run-off vote if necessary – an indication that the MDC is keen to avoid a repeat of the violence after the recent, disputed Kenyan elections.

This afternoon the Zimbabwe Electoral Commission announced most of the remaining results of the parliamentary elections, confirming that an earthquake had taken place in Zimbabwean politics.

The Commission said that Zanu (PF) had lost its previously unassailable majority in the Zimbabwean House of Assembly, taking 93 of the 206 contested seats to the MDC’s total of 105. A further seat has gone to an independent, and the handful of seats left to be announced are not enough for Zanu (PF) to keep control of the 210-seat assembly.

No official word has yet emerged from the Zimbabwe Electoral Commission on the presidential ballot.

The long-awaited results were issued hours after the first chink in the five-day news blackout since Saturday’s elections, when the Zimbabwean Government admitted for the first time the scale of its losses.

A report this morning in the state-controlled Herald newspaper , the mouthpiece of the Government, acknowledged that Mr Mugabe had not won the presidential vote, but claimed that no candidate had won an overall majority and that there was likely to be a new round of presidential voting.

It predicted that Mr Mugabe and Mr Tsvangirai would take part in a run-off vote within 21 days. The third candidate, the former Zanu (PF) Finance Minister Simba Makoni, will be knocked out.

The report is the first indication from the Government that Mr Mugabe — the former hero resistance fighter who has led Zimbabwe since independence from Britain in 1980 — had not won the presidential ballot.

The Herald also said that the Government had decided on an immediate, ten-fold increase in tax relief on salaries to cushion the effect of runaway inflation – a move widely seen as an attempt to curry favour with voters before a run-off.

The prospect of a long wait for a new vote has prompted fears of violence between MDC supporters and security forces and militia loyal to Mr Mugabe.

Bright Matonga, the Zimbabwean Deputy Information Minister, condemned the MDC for attempting to jump the gun by declaring victory, and accused Britain and the United States of acting as puppet-masters.

”Until the electoral commission makes an announcement the MDC can run around and say what they like, but that’s wishful thinking,” Mr Matonga told Sky News in an angry and strident interview.

”They think they are putting pressure on people around President Mugabe, but Zanu (PF) is a very solid party, and President Mugabe isn’t going anywhere.

”No-one is panicking around President Mugabe. The army is very solidly behind our president, the police force as well.”

He defended the long delays in announcing the results, claiming that the commission was working ”around the clock” to process the parliamentary results, and then would issue the results of the senatorial vote, before finally turning its attention to the presidency.

”We are still within the six days prescribed by the electoral commission (for the results to be announced),” said Mr Matonga, a comment taken as a hint that the official results of the presidential ballot will probably be announced before the end of Friday.

In the last 24 hours there have been clear suggestions that Government negotiators were locked in secret talks with the MDC, to negotiate a dignified exit for the 84-year-old head of state.

Both the Government and the MDC have vehemently denied this, but Mr Tsvangirai yesterday made clear to reporters that he was preparing for power. “The vote we passed on Saturday was a vote for change, for a new beginning,” he said. “In those minutes inside the polling booths each one rewrote the history of Zimbabwe.”

Some members of the Zanu-PF hierarchy, including Constantine Chiwenga, the head of the army, reportedly want Mr Mugabe to stay on in the hopes that he can bribe and threaten his way to victory in a second round presidential run-off.

David Miliband, the British Foreign Secretary, told Parliament today that the delay in publishing Zimbabwe’s election results was a “calculated tactic” fuelling suspicion authorities did not want to accept them.

“Last Saturday the people of Zimbabwe made their choice. Outside the 9,400 polling stations the tallies have been posted. The Zimbabwean electoral commission knows what those results are, and has a duty to announce them,” said Mr Miliband.

He praised the “statesmanlike” comments of Mr Tsvangirai but said he would not hand Zanu PF a propaganda coup by endorsing one candidate over another. In spite of President Mugabe’s claims, he said, the crisis in Zimbabwe was not about personalities.

“It has always been about the policies which Robert Mugabe and his government have chosen to follow and the terrible destruction that has been wreaked on the Zimbabwe people,” he said.

Military Report: Secretly ‘Recruit or Hire Bloggers’

A study, written for U.S. Special Operations Command, suggested “clandestinely recruiting or hiring prominent bloggers.” Since the start of the Iraq war, there’s been a raucous debate in military circles over how to handle blogs — and the servicemembers who want to keep them. One faction sees blogs as security risks, and a collective waste of troops’ time. The other (which includes top officers, like Gen. David Petraeus and Lt. Gen. William Caldwell) considers blogs to be a valuable source of information, and a way for ordinary troops to shape opinions, both at home and abroad. 

This 2006 report for the Joint Special Operations University, “Blogs and Military Information Strategy,” offers a third approach — co-opting bloggers, or even putting them on the payroll. “Hiring a block of bloggers to verbally attack a specific person or promote a specific message may be worth considering,” write the report’s co-authors, James Kinniburgh and Dororthy Denning. 

Lt. Commander Marc Boyd, a U.S. Special Operations Command spokesman, says the report was merely an academic exercise. “The comments are not ‘actionable’, merely thought provoking,” he tells Danger Room. “The views expressed in the article publication are entirely those of the author and do not necessarily reflect the views, policy or position of the U.S. Government, Department of Defense, USSOCOM [Special Operations Command], or the Joint Special Operations University.”

Denning, a professor at Naval Postgraduate School, adds in an e-mail, “I got some positive feedback from people who read the article, but I don’t know if it led to anything.”

The report introduces the military audience to the “blogging phenomenon,” and lays out a number of ways in which the armed forces — specifically, the military’s public affairs, information operations, and psychological operations units — might use the sites to their advantage.  

Information strategists can consider clandestinely recruiting or hiring prominent bloggers or other persons of prominence… to pass the U.S. message. In this way, the U.S. can overleap the entrenched inequalities and make use of preexisting intellectual and social capital. Sometimes numbers can be effective; hiring a block of bloggers to verbally attack a specific person or promote a specific message may be worth considering. On the other hand, such operations can have a blowback effect, as witnessed by the public reaction following revelations that the U.S. military had paid journalists to publish stories in the Iraqi press under their own names. People do not like to be deceived, and the price of being exposed is lost credibility and trust.

An alternative strategy is to “make” a blog and blogger. The process of boosting the blog to a position of influence could take some time, however, and depending on the person running the blog, may impose a significant educational burden, in terms of cultural and linguistic training before the blog could be put online to any useful effect. Still, there are people in the military today who like to blog. In some cases, their talents might be redirected toward operating blogs as part of an information campaign. If a military blog offers valuable information that is not available from other sources, it could rise in rank fairly rapidly.

Denning, the report’s author, has promoted controversial opinions before. In the early 1990s, when she was chair of the Georgetown University’s computer science department, Denning emerged as the leading advocate for the so-called “Clipper Chip,” a cryptographic device for protecting communications — until the government wanted to listen in. The project was cancelled by 1996.

In her 2006 paper, Denning warns that blogs can and will be used by America’s enemies. These sites, she argues, can also be used to serve U.S. government interests.

There are certain to be cases where some blog, outside the control of the U.S. government, promotes a message that is antithetical to U.S. interests, or actively supports the informational, recruiting and logistical activities of our enemies. The initial reaction may be to take down the site, but this is problematic in that doing so does not guarantee that the site will remain down. As has been the case with many such sites, the offending site will likely move to a different host server, often in a third country. Moreover, such action will likely produce even more interest in the site and its contents. Also, taking down a site that is known to pass enemy EEIs (essential elements of information) and that gives us their key messages denies us a valuable information source. This is not to say that once the information passed becomes redundant or is superseded by a better source that the site should be taken down. At that point the enemy blog might be used covertly as a vehicle for friendly information operations. Hacking the site and subtly changing the messages and data–merely a few words or phrases–may be sufficient to begin destroying the blogger’s credibility with the audience. Better yet, if the blogger happens to be passing enemy communications and logistics data, the information content could be corrupted. If the messages are subtly tweaked and the data corrupted in the right way, the enemy may reason that the blogger in question has betrayed them and either take down the site (and the blogger) themselves, or by threatening such action, give the U.S. an opportunity to offer the individual amnesty in exchange for information. (emphasis mine)

 Noah Shachtman

Election Madness

Howard Zinn

There’s a man in Florida who has been writing to me for years (ten pages, handwritten) though I’ve never met him. He tells me the kinds of jobs he has held–security guard, repairman, etc. He has worked all kinds of shifts, night and day, to barely keep his family going. His letters to me have always been angry, railing against our capitalist system for its failure to assure “life, liberty, the pursuit of happiness” for working people.

Just today, a letter came. To my relief it was not handwritten because he is now using e-mail: “Well, I’m writing to you today because there is a wretched situation in this country that I cannot abide and must say something about. I am so enraged about this mortgage crisis. That the majority of Americans must live their lives in perpetual debt, and so many are sinking beneath the load, has me so steamed. Damn, that makes me so mad, I can’t tell you. . . . I did a security guard job today that involved watching over a house that had been foreclosed on and was up for auction. They held an open house, and I was there to watch over the place during this event. There were three of the guards doing the same thing in three other homes in this same community. I was sitting there during the quiet moments and wondering about who those people were who had been evicted and where they were now.”

On the same day I received this letter, there was a front-page story in the Boston Globe, with the headline “Thousands in Mass. Foreclosed on in ’07.”

The subhead was “7,563 homes were seized, nearly 3 times the ’06 rate.”

A few nights before, CBS television reported that 750,000 people with disabilities have been waiting for years for their Social Security benefits because the system is underfunded and there are not enough personnel to handle all the requests, even desperate ones.

Stories like these may be reported in the media, but they are gone in a flash. What’s not gone, what occupies the press day after day, impossible to ignore, is the election frenzy.

This seizes the country every four years because we have all been brought up to believe that voting is crucial in determining our destiny, that the most important act a citizen can engage in is to go to the polls and choose one of the two mediocrities who have already been chosen for us. It is a multiple choice test so narrow, so specious, that no self-respecting teacher would give it to students.

And sad to say, the Presidential contest has mesmerized liberals and radicals alike. We are all vulnerable.

Is it possible to get together with friends these days and avoid the subject of the Presidential elections?

The very people who should know better, having criticized the hold of the media on the national mind, find themselves transfixed by the press, glued to the television set, as the candidates preen and smile and bring forth a shower of clichés with a solemnity appropriate for epic poetry.

Even in the so-called left periodicals, we must admit there is an exorbitant amount of attention given to minutely examining the major candidates. An occasional bone is thrown to the minor candidates, though everyone knows our marvelous democratic political system won’t allow them in.

No, I’m not taking some ultra-left position that elections are totally insignificant, and that we should refuse to vote to preserve our moral purity. Yes, there are candidates who are somewhat better than others, and at certain times of national crisis (the Thirties, for instance, or right now) where even a slight difference between the two parties may be a matter of life and death.

I’m talking about a sense of proportion that gets lost in the election madness. Would I support one candidate against another? Yes, for two minutes–the amount of time it takes to pull the lever down in the voting booth.

But before and after those two minutes, our time, our energy, should be spent in educating, agitating, organizing our fellow citizens in the workplace, in the neighborhood, in the schools. Our objective should be to build, painstakingly, patiently but energetically, a movement that, when it reaches a certain critical mass, would shake whoever is in the White House, in Congress, into changing national policy on matters of war and social justice.

Let’s remember that even when there is a “better” candidate (yes, better Roosevelt than Hoover, better anyone than George Bush), that difference will not mean anything unless the power of the people asserts itself in ways that the occupant of the White House will find it dangerous to ignore.

The unprecedented policies of the New Deal–Social Security, unemployment insurance, job creation, minimum wage, subsidized housing–were not simply the result of FDR’s progressivism. The Roosevelt Administration, coming into office, faced a nation in turmoil. The last year of the Hoover Administration had experienced the rebellion of the Bonus Army–thousands of veterans of the First World War descending on Washington to demand help from Congress as their families were going hungry. There were disturbances of the unemployed in Detroit, Chicago, Boston, New York, Seattle.

In 1934, early in the Roosevelt Presidency, strikes broke out all over the country, including a general strike in Minneapolis, a general strike in San Francisco, hundreds of thousands on strike in the textile mills of the South. Unemployed councils formed all over the country. Desperate people were taking action on their own, defying the police to put back the furniture of evicted tenants, and creating self-help organizations with hundreds of thousands of members.

Without a national crisis–economic destitution and rebellion–it is not likely the Roosevelt Administration would have instituted the bold reforms that it did.

Today, we can be sure that the Democratic Party, unless it faces a popular upsurge, will not move off center. The two leading Presidential candidates have made it clear that if elected, they will not bring an immediate end to the Iraq War, or institute a system of free health care for all.

They offer no radical change from the status quo.

They do not propose what the present desperation of people cries out for: a government guarantee of jobs to everyone who needs one, a minimum income for every household, housing relief to everyone who faces eviction or foreclosure.

They do not suggest the deep cuts in the military budget or the radical changes in the tax system that would free billions, even trillions, for social programs to transform the way we live.

None of this should surprise us. The Democratic Party has broken with its historic conservatism, its pandering to the rich, its predilection for war, only when it has encountered rebellion from below, as in the Thirties and the Sixties. We should not expect that a victory at the ballot box in November will even begin to budge the nation from its twin fundamental illnesses: capitalist greed and militarism.

So we need to free ourselves from the election madness engulfing the entire society, including the left.

Yes, two minutes. Before that, and after that, we should be taking direct action against the obstacles to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

For instance, the mortgage foreclosures that are driving millions from their homes–they should remind us of a similar situation after the Revolutionary War, when small farmers, many of them war veterans (like so many of our homeless today), could not afford to pay their taxes and were threatened with the loss of the land, their homes. They gathered by the thousands around courthouses and refused to allow the auctions to take place.

The evictions today of people who cannot pay their rents should remind us of what people did in the Thirties when they organized and put the belongings of the evicted families back in their apartments, in defiance of the authorities.

Historically, government, whether in the hands of Republicans or Democrats, conservatives or liberals, has failed its responsibilities, until forced to by direct action: sit-ins and Freedom Rides for the rights of black people, strikes and boycotts for the rights of workers, mutinies and desertions of soldiers in order to stop a war.
Voting is easy and marginally useful, but it is a poor substitute for democracy, which requires direct action by concerned citizens.

Howard Zinn is the author of “A People’s History of the United States,” “Voices of a People’s History” (with Anthony Arnove), and most recently, “A Power Governments Cannot Suppress.”

’03 U.S. Memo Approved Torture

0

WASHINGTON – The Justice Department in 2003 gave military interrogators broad authority to use extreme methods in questioning detainees and argued that wartime powers largely exempted interrogators from laws banning harsh treatment, according to a memorandum publicly disclosed on Tuesday.

In a sweeping legal brief written in March 2003, when the Pentagon was struggling to determine the appropriate limits for its interrogators, the Justice Department gave the Pentagon much of the same authority it had provided to the Central Intelligence Agency in a memorandum months earlier. Both memorandums were later rescinded by the Justice Department.

The disclosure of the 2003 document, a detailed 81-page opinion written by John C. Yoo, who at the time was the second-ranking official at the Office of Legal Counsel at the Justice Department, is likely to fuel the already intense debate about legal boundaries in the face of a continuing terrorist threat.

Mr. Yoo’s memorandum is the latest document to illuminate the legal foundation that Bush administration lawyers used after the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, to give the White House broad powers to capture, detain and interrogate suspects around the globe.

The thrust of Mr. Yoo’s brief has long been known, but its specific contents were revealed on Tuesday after government lawyers turned it over to the American Civil Liberties Union, which has sought hundreds of documents from the Bush administration under the Freedom of Information Act.

Some legal scholars said Tuesday that they were amazed at the scope of the memorandum.

“This is a monument to executive supremacy and the imperial presidency,” said Eugene R. Fidell, who teaches military justice at Yale Law School and the Washington College of Law at American University. “It’s also a road map for the Pentagon for fending off any prosecutions.”

The memorandum gave the military broad latitude to use harsh interrogation methods. It reasoned that federal laws prohibiting assault were not applicable to military interrogators dealing with members of Al Qaeda because of White House authority during wartime. It also argued that many American and international laws would not apply to interrogations overseas.

“Even if an interrogation method arguably were to violate a criminal statute, the Justice Department could not bring a prosecution because the statute would be unconstitutional as applied in this context,” it reads.

Justice Department lawyers later rescinded both Mr. Yoo’s memorandum and the similar one written for the C.I.A. in August 2002. In a book published last year, Jack Goldsmith, who as head of the Office of Legal Counsel made the decision to rescind the memorandums, criticized the documents, saying they had used careless legal reasoning to provide national security agencies with sweeping interrogation authority.

Written to William J. Haynes II, who at the time was the Pentagon’s general counsel, Mr. Yoo’s document was meant to give legal guidance to Defense Department lawyers as they wrestled with a list of interrogation methods for prisoners at the military prison at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba.

The document explains that Mr. Haynes had asked the Justice Department “to examine the legal standards governing military interrogations of alien unlawful combatants held outside the United States.”

The Pentagon was trying to set clear guidelines for military interrogators after Donald H. Rumsfeld, the defense secretary at the time, withdrew approval for some interrogation techniques opposed by some senior military lawyers.

Ultimately, Mr. Yoo’s memorandum provided the legal foundation for the group’s final report, which defended the use of harsh interrogation methods.

Similar to the document written for the C.I.A. in August 2002, Mr. Yoo’s memorandum offered a narrow definition of what constitutes torture.

“The victim must experience intense pain or suffering of the kind that is equivalent to the pain that would be associated with serious physical injury so severe that death, organ failure or permanent damage resulting in a loss of significant body functions will likely result,” Mr. Yoo wrote.

Despite the wide latitude the document gave to the military, the Pentagon never authorized some of the harshest interrogation methods used by the C.I.A., including waterboarding, a simulated drowning technique.

Amrit Singh, a lawyer for the American Civil Liberties Union, said that the Yoo memorandum seemed to give military interrogators “carte blanche” to use any techniques and suggested that it was the legal underpinning for abuses that occurred months later at the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq.

No Pentagon investigations have found that any senior Bush administration officials were complicit in the abuse at Abu Ghraib.

The investigations did find, however, that for several years after the Sept. 11 attacks, the Pentagon failed to set uniform standards for military interrogations worldwide.

Martin S. Lederman, a former lawyer for the Office of Legal Counsel who now teaches at Georgetown University, noted Tuesday night on the legal blog Balkinization that Mr. Yoo’s memorandum was issued on a Saturday one day after his boss, Jay S. Bybee, left the Justice Department.

Some legal experts and civil liberties groups have for years criticized the August 2002 memorandum written for the C.I.A. as overly expansive in the authority it gave the agency to interrogate detainees.

That memorandum was also written by Mr. Yoo, who is now a law professor at the University of California, Berkeley, but it was signed by Mr. Bybee and for several years has been commonly known as the Bybee memo.

It was prepared after an internal debate in the government about the methods used to extract information from Abu Zubaydah, one of Osama bin Laden’s top aides, after his capture in April 2002.

The document provided a legal foundation for coercive techniques used later against other high-ranking detainees, like Khalid Shaikh Mohammed, who is believed to be the chief architect of the Sept. 11 attacks and was captured in early 2003.

The Detainee Treatment Act passed by Congress in 2005 required the Defense Department to restrict interrogation methods to those set out in the Army Field Manual, which bans coercive interrogations.

Last year, President Bush issued an executive order narrowing the list of approved techniques for the C.I.A. Intelligence officials have said that waterboarding is not on the list of currently approved techniques but that President Bush could authorize its use during an emergency.

Scott Shane contributed reporting.

MARK MAZZETTI

9/11 Truth Movement vs. 9/11 Truth

1

I found myself once again singing at an antiwar rally two weeks ago, and once again being confronted by a red-faced white man with an ominous hand-written sign reading, “9/11 was a lie.” Most of the crowd was filing off for the post-rally march, aside from a few of my loyal fans who were sticking around for the rest of my set. Among them was the red-faced man, apparently not a fan, who walked towards the small stage with the wild-eyed certainty of a zealot.

“Wake up, David Rovics! David Rovics, wake up to the truth of 9/11!” He was screaming at the top of his lungs, standing about two feet from me. (I continued with the song.) In case I didn’t get the message the first time, the red-faced man repeated his mantra. “Wake up! Wake up to the truth of 9/11!”

People like him, whoever he was, have become a fixture of antiwar and other protests since sometime soon after September 11th, 2001. They regularly call in to radio talk shows, they maintain many websites, produce innumerable documentaries, publish plenty of books, hold regular conferences, and show up with alarming predictability to heckle and denounce prominent progressive authors and activists at their speaking engagements.

Art Bell and company

For over a decade I’ve made a living as a touring musician. As a hardcore news junkie, when satellite radio came into existence I was one of its very first customers, and since I got one I’ve been able to saturate myself with BBC World Service and the English-language broadcasts of public radio from around the world to my heart’s content. But for the many years before satellite radio, during my many late-night drives across the plains, deserts and corn fields of the US, choices were much slimmer.

In the early morning or late afternoon there was usually an NPR (Nationalist Petroleum Radio) station to be found, or, very occasionally, a Pacifica affiliate where I might listen to my favorite radio news programs, Democracy Now! and Free Speech Radio News. (At the very beginning, these programs could be heard on satellite radio via the Hispanic Radio Network, but that channel soon vanished from the satellite airwaves — over one hundred choices offered, but no news channel to the left of Al Franken…)

But late at night, there were four choices. On the FM airwaves, commercial pop anti-music of various prefabricated genres brought to you by ClearChannel. On AM, you could choose from rightwing Christian evangelists, Rush Limbaugh and Art Bell. The evangelists don’t really do anything for me, but when I was getting sleepy, I’d listen to Rush, because he’s always good for waking me up — the powerful desire to strangle someone tends to keep you alert. But most of the time, if I wasn’t tired, I’d tune in to Art Bell.

For those unfamiliar with Art Bell’s show, it was a corporate-sponsored, nightly, several-hour-long show that has since been passed on to other hosts last I heard, and can generally be found on at least two different AM signals anywhere in the country every weeknight, starting sometime after midnight, as I recall. He apparently broadcast from somewhere in Nevada near the infamous Area 51, where he and many of his guests seemed to believe the US military was experimenting with space aliens who had landed there some time ago.

His guests tended to be authors who had written books or made documentaries about aliens from outer space, telepathy, what all the ghosts are up to these days, Hitler being alive and living in the Antarctic, crop circles, and so on. Being a science fiction fan and one who has had personal experiences that have led me to at least consider the possibility that there is validity in some of these claims, about what Art called the paranormal, I listened with interest to Art and his guests, although usually it was fairly evident they were full of shit.

Listening to Art’s guests and to the men (and very occasionally women) who called in, I remembered the excitement I felt as a child, before I developed a more three-dimensional understanding of the world around me, before I developed a fairly solid capability for critical thinking, before I began to understand how to read between the lines of the biases of the various authorities, experts and pundits out there in the textbooks, newspapers and airwaves. I remembered the excitement of having secrets with certain friends that only we “knew.” My own pet theories as a child included the notion that cows were not as stupid as they looked, standing around chewing cud, that they were actually engaged in astral travel, using their apparent stupidity as a grand cover of some kind. I fairly well convinced myself in the existence of dragons and elves and other mythical creatures, long after I had realized there was no Santa Claus.

But the fantasy life of children can become very odd when practiced by grown men. Many, if not most, of Art’s guests and callers seemed to believe that the things they “knew,” such as their prevalent idea that the US military was hiding space aliens in Area 51, were phenomenae that only people like them and Art were being honest about. The rest of the media, society, and the powers-that-be were either ignorant about these realities, or, at least as often, were engaging in a huge, X-Files kind of coverup.

Especially in the context of a fundamentally alienated society, especially for a certain class of white men who seem to be somewhat on the margins of the US system of power and privilege, but are white and male enough to believe that they deserve better, the sort of feeling of brotherhood that comes with “knowing” something that the rest of society doesn’t know is a powerful one. It’s an obvious source of excitement, and gives people a sense of belonging. Without having had access to more rational ways of understanding their place in the world and the complexities of society, current events, history and power structures, they have found some kind of lens through which they can try to understand the world.

It’s a faith-based sort of thing. These people are not looking for different points of view, they are looking for further confirmation of what they already believe — and of course they share this with many, many others who we could call “people of faith,” whether they are Christians who believe Jesus was the son of God, Muslims who believe there is one God, Allah is his name and Mohammed was his prophet, neoliberals who believe the unregulated market will make everybody rich, or Maoists who believe the Chinese cultural revolution was the greatest achievement of humankind. No evidence to the contrary will deter these people in their unswerving certainties.

What I always found most interesting as well as most disconcerting about listening to Art Bell, though, was how he would occasionally — but regularly — have on guests who were talking about very real and verifiable conspiracies. Things like the CIA’s active role in the world drug trade, the State Department’s role in overthrowing governments around the world, or the US, Saudi and Pakistani collaboration in creating, arming and funding the Taleban and Al-Qaeda.

Topics which the corporate media would almost never touch could find an occasional voice in Art Bell — although Art was just as corporate-funded as ABC or CNN. It seemed that if most of the programming was clearly fantasy-based conspiracy theories, the corporate masters felt that it was politically acceptable to allow Art to have the occasional reality check. It would generally go unnoticed by most people, or be discounted as just another wacky conspiracy theory, so it was OK.

Fantasy undermining reality

And if giving a wide audience to the real conspiracies become harmless when they’re presented within a sea of fictional conspiracies, the flip side of that is that the very legitimate investigative journalists such as Seymour Hersch and Robert Fisk who are uncovering and reporting on things like the US role in funding groups like Al-Qaeda can more easily get lost among the static, lost among the hundreds of documentaries purporting to prove that the World Trade Center was brought down by controlled explosives, that the planes that crashed into them were on autopilot and there really were no terrorists on board, that the cell phone conversations passengers had with their loved ones before they died were faked, that there was no plane that hit the Pentagon, and so on.

If you bother slogging through the volumes of books and stacks of documentaries that “9/11 Truth” people will foist on you if you let them, you will find that most of them are propaganda pieces and most of the “experts” are not experts in relevant fields. When you do look beyond this mass of misinformation for real experts, you will easily find pilots who can discount the claims of the Truthers that maneuvering the planes into the towers was a particularly challenging thing for people with only a little flight training to pull off. You will easily find mechanical engineers familiar with the structural flaws in the design of the WTC that allowed it to collapse in the first place, and physicists who can explain why such large buildings would appear to be imploding as if in a controlled demolition, or why people on the scene would have thought they were hearing explosions, etc. My purpose here is not to disprove all the hypothoses presented by the Truthers and their propaganda pieces — if you want to look into “debunking the debunkers” yourself, there is plenty of information out there, and Popular Mechanics’ issue on the subject is a good place to start.

The fact is, the scientific community, while certainly not immune to political pressure, is generally able to function with a grounding in actual science, and is not capable of participating, as a community, in some kind of mass conspiracy of silence or coverup. There is no way to bribe that many scientists. Too many of them believe in the importance of science for science’s sake, in honesty. This can be amply demonstrated by the fact that with all the political pressure and money of the US government and ExxonMobil combined, there is still essentially unanimity among climate scientists worldwide that climate change is real, is caused by humans, and is dangerous for our species and others. Even after all the billions upon billions of dollars spent by the tobacco industry to obfuscate reality and bribe policymakers and the scientific community, the scientific community was able to study the issue and determine incontrovertibly the link between smoking cigarettes and lung cancer.

Sowing seeds of doubt

The “9/11 Truth Movement” undoubtedly is made up largely of earnest, decent people, the sorts of decent folks who make up most of Art Bell’s guests and listeners. Since thousands of their fellow countrymen and women died on 9/11 and since this event — whether it was a terrorist attack carried out by US-trained Mujahideen that could have been prevented, or an entirely “inside job” carried out by Dick Cheney with the aide of computers and plastic explosives, as many Truthers claim — many people in many communities have become justifiably agitated and outraged by world-scale injustices, such as the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan and so on.

The old Art Bell listeners who used to be entertained by the fact that most people don’t believe there are space aliens in Area 51 are now really extra worked up because the vast conspiracy they have come to believe in are resulting in the deaths of huge numbers of people around the world. And if the rest of us would just understand what they understand, everything would be different. If the media would report on reality as they see it, people would wake up and do something about this situation.

The particularly warped thing about this, though, is that the very media outlets, authors and activists who are doing their best to expose the very real conspiracies that are going on — people like Amy Goodman and Democracy Now!, David Barsamian’s Alternative Radio, Z Magazine, the Progressive Magazine, Norman Solomon and the Institute for Public Accuracy, Noam Chomsky, etc., seem to have become the primary targets of harassment by the Truthers.

Amy Goodman, Noam Chomsky, Norman Solomon and others are now regularly heckled at speaking events, and denounced on websites as “gatekeepers.” They are seen, it seems, as being even worse than the corporate media, because while reasonable people know not to trust Fox or CNN, they have faith in the integrity of people like Amy Goodman.

You don’t have to know Norman Solomon, Amy Goodman or her producers personally to see what nonsense this “gatekeeper” stuff is. You needn’t ever have met Amy to know that she has risked her life, and very nearly lost her life, in her decades-long efforts to report the truth. You needn’t know her producers personally to recognize that these are all earnest young progressives working long hours to create a daily news program they deeply believe in. The notion that all of her producers are somehow maintaining a code of silence in exchange for the privilege of having their names mentioned at the end of the broadcast, or in exchange for their nominally middle-class salaries, is preposterous.

However, judging from numerous emails I get and conversations I have with fans and acquaintances from around the US and elsewhere, the efforts of the Truthers to sow seeds of doubt among readers and listeners of progressive media is having some palpable impact. Increasingly, I hear from people who have vaguely heard something about this “gatekeeper” phenomenon, something about Ford Foundation money undermining the entire progressive media.

As is so often the case, there are little grains of truth in here that can fester in the minds of people who are not looking at the information critically. For the cops among the Truthers (of course it’s a matter of the public record that the FBI and other such agencies regularly write “newspaper articles” — propaganda or disinformation of whatever sort they deem useful which they disseminate through newspapers, websites, etc.), undermining the legitimacy of the progressive media is exactly their goal, because they don’t want the population to know the truth or to trust those who are reporting it. For the more earnest elements among the Truthers, undermining the progressive media is also their goal, because they don’t see it as being distinct from the corporate media anyway — so whether earnest or insidious, the effect is the same.

The grain of truth, of course, is that government, corporate and foundation money have undoubtedly succeeded in making PBS and NPR a shell of it’s former self. Foundation money has also had a debilitating impact on the nonprofit world, since support for essential but illegal activities such as civil disobedience on the part of nonprofits will tend to cause them to lose foundation support. Also, nonprofits are prevented by law from participating openly in the electoral process, or they lose their nonprofit status. If progressive media is being influenced by the relatively small amount of foundation money it receives, I don’t see it.

It seems evident to me that shows like Democracy Now! are quite willing — and indeed, are doing their best — to make waves as much as possible. If they don’t report a story it’s because they don’t think it’s a story, or it’s not an important enough one to bother with. In the case of “theories” like the notion that controlled demolition brought down the World Trade Center or there were no members of Al-Qaeda on board the airplanes, this narrative has received little coverage in the progressive media because, upon investigation, most decide it’s patently ridiculous.

The real gatekeepers

Sometime in 2002 I wrote a song called “Reichstag Fire,” in which I asked many of the questions the Truthers were asking. The point of the song was primarily to say that 9/11 has been used as an excuse for the US to carry out a genocidal crusade on much of the Muslim world, and to further the US government’s bipartisan agenda of world domination and control of valuable resources in other countries, such as oil. (This is something Truthers and most other people in the world can generally agree on.) In the song I also posed questions which I now feel have been adequately explained.

Were there really Arab terrorists on board the planes? Yes. Did the CIA know an attack was imminent? Yes. I don’t regret writing the song, or becoming a very minor celebrity within the 9/11 Truth Movement, because I think these questions needed to be asked, and answered. But while some questions can only remain unanswered until certain people within the US government become whistleblowers, other questions have been answered, and my answers (and those of most people who have looked into these things) and those of what now constitutes the Truth Movement differ wildly. Particularly because I have been seen by some as part of this movement (although I seem to be increasingly getting lumped into the “gatekeeper” camp), I felt compelled to write this essay.

The truth is, in fact, out there. Much of it is certainly still there to be discovered, but many fundamental, essential truths are already known. The truth — that, for example, the CIA funded and armed Al-Qaeda and the Taleban, that a tiny minority of very wealthy people control much of the US government and the “mainstream” (corporate/”public”) media, that the US military systematically goes around the world overthrowing democracies, propping up dictatorships, and killing millions of people with bombs — is what the progressive media is reporting on hourly, daily, weekly or monthly. These are the truths that people in the US most need to “wake up” to. These are the truths that are systematically unreported or severely under-reported by the corporate press, which, even in the age of the internet, is still where the vast majority of people in the US get their news, and thus, their understanding of the world.

These corporate media entities and the genocidal, ecocidal plutocracy they serve are the “gatekeepers” that need to be exposed. The truths they are trying to hide from us are the truths that need to be understood, and acted upon. The progressive media that is trying to do just that needs to be supported, not undermined with essentially baseless accusations (legitimate criticisms and suggestions notwithstanding).

The people who are trying, with some degree of success, to undermine these basic endeavors of the progressive movement and the progressive media need to be exposed for what they are — whether they fall into the category of well-meaning but misguided fanatics or undercover government agents quite purposefully and systematically working to spread disinformation and sow confusion and distrust. And, beyond any reasonable doubt, the “Truth Movement” contains both of these elements. To both of these groups I beseech you — wake up! Wake up to the real, easily-verifiable conspiracies — which are extremely big ones! — and quit trying to distract us with all the nonsense about gatekeepers and controlled demolitions!

David Rovics

NO2ID Activists Greet MP In Charge Of ID Cards

Today Meg Hillier, the minister in charge of the ID cards programme, came to Cambridge for discussions on the scheme with local business and civic leaders.

Her visit received a ‘welcoming committee’ of NO2ID activists, who staked out two of the main entrances to Jesus College.

In an interview on Radio Cambridgeshire this morning, Ms. Hillier repeated the government line that ID Cards are ‘voluntary’.

However, while applying for a passport or other designated documents remains voluntary, entry on the National Identity Register is NOT.

You will be obliged to travel at your own expense to your nearest interrogation centre for intrusive questioning. You will have your details placed on the Register whether or not you want them to be.

Every time you use your card this will be recorded on the National Identity Register and used to build up a complete dossier of your life and movements, including sensitive information such as hospital visits.

If you object to any of this you will be fined.

ID Cards style technology is already being trialled by the UK Passports Office.

There is also a proposed ‘voluntary’ pilot scheme for full time students.
I wonder what bribes they will use to coax sceptical students onto their register?

After all, many Higher Education students ALREADY have Campus access swipe cards, so why would they want another one?

To claim ID Cards are a ‘voluntary’ scheme when clearly they’re not is Orwellian doublespeak at its ‘best’, all the more insulting when leaked documents concerning the scheme speak very clearly of ‘coercion’.

It also ignores the fact that the problem isn’t with the cards themselves, but with the intrusive database and audit trail behind them, which will be far more extensive than the current passport database.

Ms Hillier’s bland reassurances about data security ring very hollow in the light of regular data security breaches from government departments and contractors, the latest being the loss of sensitive payroll database details by a Hertfordshire NHS trusts agency.

It’s no surprise that a recent UK survey revealed that only one in ten adults trust the government with their personal data; Ms Hillier cannot expect us to surrender even more of it. Also, recent polls show that opposition to the scheme is hardening, and many organisations and councils, including Cambridge, have already passed motions against the ID cards scheme.

Her assertion in today’s interview that the reason ID cards couldn’t be provided free (as the recent Crosby Report suggested, which the government has chosen to ignore all ten recommendations from), because it would be a burden to the taxpayer, is laughable given the spiralling costs of the scheme and the government’s appalling record in implementing large-scale IT projects on time and to budget.

The business and community leaders Ms Hillier met with today would do well to remember this when she tried to convince them of the ‘practical applications’ of what are effectively Soviet-style internal passports.

The Home Office claim that ID Cards would help in the fight against identity theft, but this scheme is the biggest identity theft of all.

Ms Hillier, please stop defending the indefensible.

Also interesting to note that in the hour and a half activists were at Jesus College, only about eight people who entered the campus admitted to going to this meeting, while there were at least 15 – 20 NO2ID activists who turned up at very short notice.

It would seem on the face of it that the ‘nayes’ had it today!

There seemed to be more NO2ID activists today than supporters of ID Cards!
There seemed to be more NO2ID activists today than supporters of ID Cards!

Camera Boy 

Teachers to stage one-day strike on April 24

0

Teachers in England and Wales will stage their first national strike in more than two decades on April 24, Britain’s biggest classroom union announced today.

The National Union of Teachers said that a ballot of its 255,000 members had found a majority of those who voted were in favour of a one-day strike over pay.

The union is demanding a 10 per cent pay rise this year, or £3,000 for every teacher in England and Wales, whichever is the greater.

Ministers have announced a 2.45 per cent rise for teachers in England and Wales this year, with further rises of 2.3 per cent in 2009 and 2010.

The NUT claims this offer represents a real-terms pay cut as it is below the rate of retail price inflation.

The proposed April 24 strike will come one week before local government elections, and will hit thousands of schools in England and Wales in the run-up to tests and exams.

Plans to cut UK troops in Iraq put on hold

0

The defence secretary, Des Browne, today announced to parliament that the planned cuts in British troops in Iraq would be delayed.

In a Commons statement, the defence secretary said the decision was due to the recent surge in fighting in Basra based on military advice.

“It is prudent to pause reductions while the current situation is unfolding,” he said. “For this reason we will keep our forces at current levels.”

Last week, British troops were called in to support Iraqi ground forces in quelling a Shia insurgency in Iraq’s second city, which have scuppered government plans to bring home 1,600 troops this spring.

The 4,100-strong British force, currently stationed at an air base on the outskirts of Basra, has been providing the Iraqi government with medical care, logistics and air support in the battle against Shia Muslim militias.

The prime minister, Gordon Brown, said at his monthly Downing Street press conference earlier today that the government would review the situation, taking into consideration the recent clashes between Iraqi forces and Shia militias.

“We will make any further decisions on the basis of military advice on the ground and our assessment of what conditions are on the ground,” he said.

Earlier, the Tory leader, David Cameron, told Sky News it would be “a matter of regret” if promised troop reductions did not take place, but added: “It wouldn’t be right for me to rush to judgment.”

Elizabeth Stewart and agencies

The Fed’s Dealings: For Public or Private Interest?

Ferguson is professor of political science at the University of Massachusetts, Boston. He is the author or coauthor of many books and articles, including Golden Rule: The Investment Theory of Party Competition and the Logic of Money-Driven Political Systems (University of Chicago Press).

Johnson was previously a managing director at Soros Fund Management, where he managed a global currency, bond and equity portfolio specializing in emerging markets. He served as chief economist of the U.S. Senate Banking Committee under the leadership of Chairman William Proxmire and before that as senior economist of the U.S. Senate Budget Committee under the leadership of Chairman Pete Domenici.

Ferguson and Johnson recently wrote the piece “Britney and the Bear: Who Says You Can’t Get Good Help Anymore?” The piece states: “It is high time for someone to start raising questions about the public interest here. … Since the first deal was announced, J.P. Morgan Chase’s stock has rallied smartly. With its enormous market capitalization, that translates into a gigantic increase in market value. If the deal unravels, the stock price might — indeed, almost certainly will — fall again, but that is precisely our point: markets considered the deal that the Fed and Morgan tried to cut a very good one for Morgan.

“The question that needs to be asked is why none of that increase in value is ever to flow back to the public, whose money is critical to the deal. This would be easy to arrange and it does not risk reviving the Soviet Union’s Gosplan: the Fed or the federal government could simply have taken some stock in J.P. Morgan Chase. Or, as in the Chrysler bailout, there could have been warrants issued, guaranteeing the government the right to buy stock at a low price. At some point in the future, when J.P. Morgan Chase’s management and investors are again comfortable lecturing the rest of us about the magic of the marketplace and the urgent need to cut the size of government, the stock or the warrants could be sold off or redeemed, to pay for the rescue.”

For more information, contact at the Institute for Public Accuracy:
Sam Husseini, (202) 347-0020; or David Zupan, (541) 484-9167

THOMAS FERGUSON
ROBERT A. JOHNSON
IPA

Disgusting Profits by Armament Companies

I’ve been joking the last few years that if you invested in military stocks on January 20, 2001, you’d be sitting pretty right now.

Well, now I’ve got some more evidence to back up that not-so-funny joke.

Since the Iraq War began, aerospace and defense industry stocks have more than doubled.

General Dynamics did even better than that.

Its stock has tripled.

Banking on its Abrams tanks and Stryker troop transports, General Dynamics gobbled up $2.35 billion “in war revenue last year,” according to Bloomberg News.

“The war has been a huge benefit to almost all contractors,” William Hartung of the New America Foundation told Bloomberg.

War profiteering is not news, I suppose. But it is disgusting. And those who are profiting from the war are Bush and Cheney’s cronies in the corporate boardrooms. For them, war is not a bloody tragedy, it’s a golden opportunity. Bush’s “base” is doing just fine.

Almost 100 years ago, back in 1911, Fighting Bob La Follette, the pioneer of the Progressive movement and founder of the magazine I’m working for, opposed U.S. intervention in Mexico and asked a crucial question:

“Have we come to this point, that patriotism, valor, and life and death are openly made the pawns of Wall Street’s politicians, to be moved about as suits the greater profits of Wall Street’s master spirits?”

Unfortunately, the answer to that question is yes.

La Follette also said, in January 1917, “If our nation manufactured its own munitions in its own factories at cost, it would take the private profit out of war, and the war traders out of American politics.’

Alas, the war traders have not yet been expelled from the temple of American politics.

Matthew Rothschild

Exposing NSA Warrantless Wiretapping

0

Bush’s Law: Eric Lichtblau on Exposing the NSA’s Warrantless Wiretapping Program and How the White House Pressured the New York Times to Kill the Story.

Democracy Now! 

In a national broadcast exclusive, we speak with New York Times reporter Eric Lichtblau about his new book, “Bush’s Law: The Remaking of American Justice.” Lichtblau won the Pulitzer Prize for exposing the Bush administration’s warrantless wiretapping program in December 2005. He reveals the inside story of the New York Times’ decision to delay publication of the story for more than a year after intense lobbying from the White House.

After months of debate, Congress has yet to authorize a new domestic surveillance law amidst a standstill over immunizing telecommunications companies that aided government spying. Last month, the Democratic-led House narrowly passed a bill excluding the immunity provision despite a threatened veto by President Bush. Bush wants the House to mimic the Senate version, which re-authorizes National Security Agency spying while shielding telecom companies from retroactive lawsuits.

The NSA launched its warrantless spy program in October 2001. But it took over four years for the program to become publicly known–finally revealed by the New York Times in December 2005. My next guest is one of the two New York Times reporters who broke the NSA story. Eric Lichtblau has just come out with a new book, “Bush’s Law: The Remaking of American Justice.”

The book’s new disclosures include an account of fierce anxieties within the Bush administration on the program’s legality when it began. Eric Lichtblau also reveals the inside story of the New York Times’ own decision to delay publication of the story for more than a year after intense lobbying from the White House.

Eric Lichtblau won a 2006 Pulitzer prize along with James Risen for breaking the NSA spy story. He joins me now from Washington, DC. This is his first broadcast interview following the book”s publication.

Eric Lichtblau, won the 2006 Pulitzer Prize for national reporting for his stories on the NSA’s wiretapping program in the New York Times. His new book is “Bush’s Law: The Remaking of American Justice.”

Where Was Media When Sub-Prime Disaster Unfolded?

0

“It is somewhat surprising,” Larry Elliott, economics editor of London’s The Guardian observed recently, “that there is not already rioting in the streets, given the gigantic fraud perpetrated by the financial elite at the expense of ordinary Americans.” If such a fraud was taking place, and if Wall Street’s financial crisis, according to the usually staid Economist, was on the edge of “disaster” with a “financial nuclear winter” waiting in the wings, why were American news consumers among the last to know?

On the fifth anniversary of the war in Iraq, our press was papered with retrospectives that dealt with every aspect of the conflict except its own miscoverage. At the same time, another and, arguably, more serious crisis had been underway longer and covered even more poorly.

The New York Times finally got around to examining war reporting as a business not journalism story on March 24 (below the fold), well after the unhappy anniversary. The story cited as a prime excuse for the fall-off in coverage, a study suggesting a “decline in public interest” as if that was not influenced by the lack of the issue’s visibility. Other factors were the expense and danger of covering a Iraq.


Those excuses cannot justify the fact that most of the reporting on Wall Street’s woes started only after the market melted down in August 2007,and not as this crisis built in intensity since 2001 when a housing bubble was engineered to replace the failed dot.com bubble. The financial world is not in Baghdad, not risky or expensive to cover. In fact, most media outlets have correspondents on the scene every day.

Was the press just not paying attention as hundreds of billions of dollars were swept into exotic structure investment vehicles over years, and then sliced and diced into CDO’s and so-called asset based securities? A New York Times columnist even admitted that experts and advocates first warned them in 2001 that predatory lending practices were devastating poor neighborhoods but the issue was not covered in any depth for five years. This has resulted in nearly three million families facing foreclosure and the rest of us losing share and home values.

A day before its “analysis” of the fall off in war coverage, the Times business section devoted a staggering 2905 words to explaining the mortgage crisis. This opus followed a similar spread in the Washington Post by two weeks. Both stories explained that the downfall was sparked by the use of overly complex securities designed not to be understood.

Noted the Times story: “It is the private trading of complex instruments that lurk in the financial shadows that worries regulators and Wall Street and that have created stresses in the broader economy. Economic downturns and panics have occurred before, of course. Few, however, have posed such a serious threat to the entire financial system that regulators have responded as if they were confronting a potential epidemic.”

Most of the coverage has been relegated to not widely read business sections that focus on the ups and downs of the markets and the way the collapse of these arrangements have affected the fortunes of CEOS and business enterprises, not citizens, consumers and most of all homeowners, many of whom are or will be losing their homes.

Dean Starkman ,who studied the spotty “business” coverage in detail for the Columbia Journalism Review, concluded: “Today, as the credit crisis unravels, the business press can be fairly blamed for inattentiveness to the growing strains on middle-income borrowers. Maybe that’s why so many middle-income people don’t read it.”

There is more to this very sad failure. Many newspapers and TV outlets were complicit. They accepted and made tons of money carrying slick and often deceptive advertising for shady mortgage lenders and credit card companies encouraging readers and viewers to accept more debt. Some major newspaper are tied into local real estate syndicates and get kickbacks from sales tied to their extensive advertising of homes for sale.

Was there a conflict of interest perceived in taking these ads–which were important sources of revenue in a soft ad market—and producing watchdog journalism warning of the dangers of buying into subprime loans and other injurious products?

Is the press too imbued to our government’s mission of inspiring consumer confidence? Is that, in turn, connected to using the news pages to benefit advertisers? Think of all those local TV reports “live at the mall” at Christmas time cheerleading for more shopping? At the time, it appeared as if everyone was buying everything. It was only later, well after the fact, that we learned that it was the worst Christmas season in five years.

What’s worse is that the coverage may have missed the truly criminal aspects of this crisis, the issue so far being raised mostly overseas. This will be fought out in courtrooms worldwide when those who purchased worthless mortgages sue the companies who sold them knowing their true value. Why are the RICO laws not being used to prosecute a scam involving so many “entangled” companies? There is no shortage of data on this fraudulent and discriminatory scheme.

Already the FBI is investigating 17 mortgage companies. Attorney General Michael Mukasey, who never figured out that waterboarding is torture, now says his department is trying to figure out whether there is a larger criminal story.

Don’t hold your breath for him to figure it out. Where is our mighty media that devoted so many acres of print to investigating Eliot Spitzer’s victimless hypocrisy in looking into a far deeper failure that affects all of us and the future of our society?

Will we wait for the first credit-inspired riots to recognize the size and scale of this catastrophe or only read about it in the British press?

Danny Schechter

Capello faces Italian investigation

0

The England head coach, Fabio Capello, is to be investigated for allegedly withholding evidence in a trial linked to Italy’s 2006 Calciopoli match-fixing scandal.After giving evidence to a Rome court yesterday Capello, who was the coach of Juventus at the time the scandal erupted, was criticised by the state prosecutor, Luca Palamara, for hiding behind “I don’t remembers” and “I don’t knows”.

Palamara intends to bring a case against Capello, who was being questioned in the trial of six men accused of promoting unfair competition through the use of threats or violence on behalf of Italy’s formerly all-powerful players’ agency Gea World. Under Italian law a person found guilty of withholding information in court can be jailed for up to six years. In London a Football Association spokesman said: “It is a private matter and the FA have no comment to make.”

Italy’s Calciopoli scandal revolved around accusations that the then Juventus general manager, Luciano Moggi, headed a powerful network of allies that pressured referees into giving favourable decisions on the pitch. Off the pitch the Italian court is now hearing evidence that Gea World, run by Moggi’s son Alessandro, bullied players into signing for the agency and then pressured them into signing contracts against their will. Both Moggis are in the dock, as well as Davide Lippi, son of the former Italy coach Marcello.

Questions put to Capello yesterday centred on his time as the coach of Roma from 1999 to 2004, particularly in light of an interview he gave in 2002 criticising Gea World for monopolising Italian football. But the England head coach told the court: “I know nothing about Gea or another agent pressuring players into going to a particular team,” adding: “I was never put under pressure to buy a Gea player,” and: “I have never heard of Alessandro Moggi threatening players.”

Capello’s lawyers said in a statement that they were “confident” the matter would soon be resolved. “At the end of the hearing this morning Mr Capello was certain that in his capacity as a witness he had given all the information required of him to the prosecutor and the court,” they said in a statement.

Prosecutors are seeking to prove that Gea steered young players into the orbit of Juventus, then moved them on when it suited the Turin team.

The former Roma coach Zdenek Zeman described to the court the grip held by Gea on Serie A through its handling of dozens of players. “Alessandro Moggi went around with a list of players and said to the various teams: ‘You buy this one and you buy that one.'”

It is Capello’s second run-in with the Italian authorities since taking the England job. In January it was announced that he faces an investigation by tax authorities over an alleged failure to declare up to £7.4m in income earned through sponsorship deals.

Also in the witness box in Rome yesterday was Capello’s assistant coach with England, Franco Baldini, who worked in a similar role under Capello at Roma.

While Capello denied noticing the effects of the “Moggi system” Baldini was more forthcoming, describing the Moggis as a father-and-son team that used Gea World as a weapon to bolster Juventus’s standing in Serie A.

“Luciano Moggi was the point of reference for Gea,” he said, recalling a dinner at which Moggi admonished him for not allowing Gea to make approaches to Roma youth team players. “You need to give us a hand,” Baldini quoted Moggi as saying. “One year you are working here, the next year you are working somewhere else and the year after that you are not working at all.” Proceedings were halted during Baldini’s deposition after Moggi was reported making “a gesture” at him across the court room.

Luciano Moggi was banned from football for five years in a sporting inquiry into his behind-the-scenes deal to appoint friendly referees for selected matches. Juventus, with Capello at the helm, were relegated and stripped of their 2005 and 2006 league championships during the scandal, at which point Capello moved to Real Madrid.

The Guardian

Those who control oil and water will control the world

0

New superpowers are competing for diminishing resources as Britain becomes a bit-player. The outcome could be deadly.

John Gray | The Observer

History may not repeat itself, but, as Mark Twain observed, it can sometimes rhyme. The crises and conflicts of the past recur, recognisably similar even when altered by new conditions. At present, a race for the world’s resources is underway that resembles the Great Game that was played in the decades leading up to the First World War. Now, as then, the most coveted prize is oil and the risk is that as the contest heats up it will not always be peaceful. But this is no simple rerun of the late 19th and early 20th centuries. Today, there are powerful new players and it is not only oil that is at stake.

It was Rudyard Kipling who brought the idea of the Great Game into the public mind in Kim, his cloak-and-dagger novel of espionage and imperial geopolitics in the time of the Raj. Then, the main players were Britain and Russia and the object of the game was control of central Asia’s oil. Now, Britain hardly matters and India and China, which were subjugated countries during the last round of the game, have emerged as key players. The struggle is no longer focused mainly on central Asian oil. It stretches from the Persian Gulf to Africa, Latin America, even the polar caps, and it is also a struggle for water and depleting supplies of vital minerals. Above all, global warming is increasing the scarcity of natural resources. The Great Game that is afoot today is more intractable and more dangerous than the last.

The biggest new player in the game is China and it is there that the emerging pattern is clearest. China’s rulers have staked everything on economic growth. Without improving living standards, there would be large-scale unrest, which could pose a threat to their power. Moreover, China is in the middle of the largest and fastest move from the countryside to the city in history, a process that cannot be stopped.

There is no alternative to continuing growth, but it comes with deadly side-effects. Overused in industry and agriculture, and under threat from the retreat of the Himalayan glaciers, water is becoming a non-renewable resource. Two-thirds of China’s cities face shortages, while deserts are eating up arable land. Breakneck industrialisation is worsening this environmental breakdown, as many more power plants are being built and run on high-polluting coal that accelerates global warming. There is a vicious circle at work here and not only in China. Because ongoing growth requires massive inputs of energy and minerals, Chinese companies are scouring the world for supplies. The result is unstoppable rising demand for resources that are unalterably finite.

Although oil reserves may not have peaked in any literal sense, the days when conventional oil was cheap have gone forever. Countries are reacting by trying to secure the remaining reserves, not least those that are being opened up by climate change. Canada is building bases to counter Russian claims on the melting Arctic icecap, parts of which are also claimed by Norway, Denmark and the US. Britain is staking out claims on areas around the South Pole.

The scramble for energy is shaping many of the conflicts we can expect in the present century. The danger is not just another oil shock that impacts on industrial production, but a threat of famine. Without a drip feed of petroleum to highly mechanised farms, many of the food shelves in the supermarkets would be empty. Far from the world weaning itself off oil, it is more addicted to the stuff than ever. It is hardly surprising that powerful states are gearing up to seize their share.

This new round of the Great Game did not start yesterday. It began with the last big conflict of the 20th century, which was an oil war and nothing else. No one pretended the first Gulf War was fought to combat terrorism or spread democracy. As George Bush Snr and John Major admitted at the time, it was aimed at securing global oil supplies, pure and simple. Despite the denials of a less honest generation of politicians, there can be no doubt that controlling the country’s oil was one of the objectives of the later invasion of Iraq.

Oil remains at the heart of the game and, if anything, it is even more important than before. With their complex logistics and heavy reliance on air power, high-tech armies are extremely energy-intensive. According to a Pentagon report, the amount of petroleum needed for each soldier each day increased four times between the Second World War and the Gulf War and quadrupled again when the US invaded Iraq. Recent estimates suggest the amount used per soldier has jumped again in the five years since the invasion.

Whereas Western countries dominated the last round of the Great Game, this time they rely on increasingly self-assertive producer countries. Mr Putin’s well-honed contempt for world opinion might grate on European ears, but Europe is heavily dependent on his energy. Hugo Chávez might be an object of hate for George W Bush, but Venezuela still supplies around 10 per cent of America’s imported oil. President Ahmadinejad is seen by some as the devil incarnate, but with oil at more than a $100 a barrel, any Western attempt to topple him would be horrendously risky.

While Western power declines, the rising powers are at odds with each other. China and India are rivals for oil and natural gas in central Asia. Taiwan, Vietnam, Malaysia and Indonesia have clashed over underwater oil reserves in the South China Sea. Saudi Arabia and Iran are rivals in the Gulf, while Iran and Turkey are eyeing Iraq. Greater international co-operation seems the obvious solution, but the reality is that as the resources crunch bites more deeply, the world is becoming steadily more fragmented and divided.

We are a long way from the fantasy world of only a decade ago, when fashionable gurus were talking sagely of the knowledge economy. Then, we were told material resources did not matter any more – it was ideas that drove economic development. The business cycle had been left behind and an era of endless growth had arrived. Actually, the knowledge economy was an illusion created by cheap oil and cheap money and everlasting booms always end in tears. This is not the end of the world or of global capitalism, just history as usual.

What is different this time is climate change. Rising sea levels reduce food and fresh-water supplies, which may trigger large-scale movements of refugees from Africa and Asia into Europe. Global warming threatens energy supplies. As the fossil fuels of the past become more expensive, others, such as tar sands, are becoming more economically viable, but these alternative fuels are also dirtier than conventional oil.

In this round of the Great Game, energy shortage and global warming are reinforcing each another. The result can only be a growing risk of conflict. There were around 1.65 billion people in the world when the last round was played out. At the start of the 21st century, there are four times as many, struggling to secure their future in a world being changed out of recognition by climate change. It would be wise to plan for some more of history’s rhymes.

· John Gray is author of Black Mass: Apocalyptic Religion and the Death of Utopia, published by Allen Lane in paperback on 24 April

Clinton didn’t pay health insurance bills

1

Among the debts reported this month by Hillary Rodham Clinton’s struggling presidential campaign, the $292,000 in unpaid health insurance premiums for her campaign staff stands out.

Clinton, who is being pressured to end her campaign against Barack Obama for the Democratic nomination, has made her plan for universal health care a centerpiece of her agenda.

The campaign provides health insurance to all its employees, their spouses, partners and children – and that wasn’t interrupted by any lag in payments to insurance providers, said Jay Carson, a Clinton campaign spokesman.

He said the campaign this month paid off all outstanding bills to Aetna Healthcare and CareFirst BlueCross BlueShield. Those payments will be reflected on a report the campaign will file this month with the Federal Election Commission, which Carson said will show “zero debt owed to both vendors.”

“Sometimes invoices are not paid immediately because we need additional information for our records, or to verify expenses,” Carson said in a statement e-mailed to Politico. “Sometimes invoices arrive at the very end of the month at the cutoff of the reporting period, which means that we are required to report them as a debt on the current FEC report, even where they are paid in regular course during the next month.”

But the unpaid bills to Aetna were at least two months old, according to FEC filings.

They show the campaign ended last year owing Aetna more than $213,000 for “employee benefits.”

During the first two months of the year, the campaign did not pay down any of that debt. In fact, it accrued another $16,000 in unpaid bills last month, and it finished the month owing Aetna $229,000.

Though the campaign reported owing $63,000 to Carefirst at the end of February for employee benefits, it appears Clinton paid that company on a more frequent basis. The New York senator’s presidential campaign began the month owing $299,000 to Carefirst, but paid that amount in its entirety, and the $63,000 it owed at the end of the month appears to be from services rendered last month.

Campaigns resemble businesses in many ways. Like businesses, one of their biggest costs is salaries, payroll taxes and the benefits of their employees. Also like businesses, they tend to carry unpaid bills as debt from week-to-week or even month-to-month.

But Arizona Sen. John McCain, the presumptive Republican nominee, did not report any unpaid bills to insurance providers at the end of February. And the only insurance-related debt reported by Obama, an Illinois senator, was $908 to AIG American International Group for “insurance.”

Their campaigns also reported substantially less debt overall than Clinton’s, which owed $8.7 million at the end of February. Obama owed $625,000 and McCain $4.3 million, though most of his debt was from a bank loan, and only $1.3 million was in the form of unpaid bills to a dozen vendors.

Carson stressed that Clinton’s campaign pays all its bills “regularly and in the normal course of business.”

 

US analyst admits spying for China

0

A US Defense Department analyst has pleaded guilty to delivering classified information to a Louisiana businessman working for China.

Gregg Bergersen, a weapons analyst at the Defense Security Cooperation Agency who held top secret security clearances, was arrested last month.

Prosecutors in Virginia alleged he divulged military secrets to a New Orleans furniture salesman, Tai Kuo, who turned over the information to the Chinese government.

Bergersen pleaded guilty Monday to a single count of conspiring to communicate national defense information to a person not entitled to receive it.

He faces up to 10 years in prison when sentenced on June 20.

The Chinese government has called the espionage accusations groundless and accused the US of ‘Cold War thinking’.

AGB

Bush calls for more eavesdropping

0

bush.jpgUS President George W. Bush has called on the Congress to pass a ‘vital’ pending legislation aimed at loosening domestic eavesdropping rules. Speaking before leaving Washington for Kiev and the NATO summit in Bucharest on Monday, Bush said the US legislature has ‘a lot of work to do’ as it returns from recess.“Our intelligence professionals are waiting on the Congress to give them the tools they need to measure terrorist communications,” Bush said of the Federal Intelligence Surveillance Act reform.

The proposed reform would ease requirements for court warrants to conduct wiretaps on foreign phone calls and e-mails of suspected security threats that pass through the US.

It also provides liability protection to telecommunications firms helping in the wiretaps, a sticking point with the Democrat-controlled Congress which objects to give the companies that level of legal immunity.

Bush also told reporters that Congress should pass a free-trade deal with Colombia and a law to modernize the Federal Housing Administration.

MHE/MMN

Mobile phones ‘more dangerous than smoking’

0

Brain expert warns of huge rise in tumours and calls on industry to take immediate steps to reduce radiation.

Mobile phones could kill far more people than smoking or asbestos, a study by an award-winning cancer expert has concluded. He says people should avoid using them wherever possible and that governments and the mobile phone industry must take “immediate steps” to reduce exposure to their radiation.

The study, by Dr Vini Khurana, is the most devastating indictment yet published of the health risks.

It draws on growing evidence — exclusively reported in the IoS in October — that using handsets for 10 years or more can double the risk of brain cancer. Cancers take at least a decade to develop, invalidating official safety assurances based on earlier studies which included few, if any, people who had used the phones for that long.

Earlier this year, the French government warned against the use of mobile phones, especially by children. Germany also advises its people to minimise handset use, and the European Environment Agency has called for exposures to be reduced.

Professor Khurana — a top neurosurgeon who has received 14 awards over the past 16 years, has published more than three dozen scientific papers — reviewed more than 100 studies on the effects of mobile phones. He has put the results on a brain surgery website, and a paper based on the research is currently being peer-reviewed for publication in a scientific journal.

He admits that mobiles can save lives in emergencies, but concludes that “there is a significant and increasing body of evidence for a link between mobile phone usage and certain brain tumours”. He believes this will be “definitively proven” in the next decade.

Noting that malignant brain tumours represent “a life-ending diagnosis”, he adds: “We are currently experiencing a reactively unchecked and dangerous situation.” He fears that “unless the industry and governments take immediate and decisive steps”, the incidence of malignant brain tumours and associated death rate will be observed to rise globally within a decade from now, by which time it may be far too late to intervene medically.

“It is anticipated that this danger has far broader public health ramifications than asbestos and smoking,” says Professor Khurana, who told the IoS his assessment is partly based on the fact that three billion people now use the phones worldwide, three times as many as smoke. Smoking kills some five million worldwide each year, and exposure to asbestos is responsible for as many deaths in Britain as road accidents.

Late last week, the Mobile Operators Association dismissed Khurana’s study as “a selective discussion of scientific literature by one individual”. It believes he “does not present a balanced analysis” of the published science, and “reaches opposite conclusions to the WHO and more than 30 other independent expert scientific reviews”.

Geoffrey Lean

Family wants answers after Taser death

7

Eyewitness News

Indianapolis – The family of a man who died after being stunned with a Taser by police is considering taking legal action. They believe the Taser played a role in his death and plan to sue either the manufacturer or Indianapolis Metro Police. 

It was after a scuffle with police inside the O’Charley’s restaurant on 38th Street Friday night when Henry Orlando Bryant stopped breathing and died.

“It’s sad. It breaks my heart that he left like this. It really does,” said Rita Abram, mother.

Police were called to the restaurant after Scott Broadnax reportedly waved a handgun in the air. Broadnax, who has a conceal carry permit, cooperated with officers and gave them the weapon. But police say his friend Henry Bryant would not obey officers’ orders.

“He was not combative. He did not bad mouth the police department,” said Broadnax. “There was nothing that he did that would cause him to be tased or for him to lose his life that night.”

According to police, it took several officers to subdue the 35-year-old. Three officers were slightly hurt during the fight. They used chemical spray and a Taser to get Bryant to comply.

“He ended up dying for what reason, I don’t know,” said Broadnax.

In 2004, after a test period, Indianapolis decided to arm nearly half of the police force with Tasers. As part of their training, every officer that carries one is shot with the device.

“For us to use this on our own people for training we’re pretty confident it’s a safe weapon. This is just a very unusual circumstance,” said Sgt. Paul Thompson, IMPD.

In the past four years, officers have fired Tasers at suspects hundreds of times. It’s a practice IMPD defends, but raises serious questions for at least one family.

“If they continue to use these like they are, there’s going to be more deaths. Innocent people like my son getting killed when it’s not necessary,” said Abram.

Bryant’s preliminary cause of death has not been determined. It could take up to three months for a definitive cause. Two people have died after being tased by Indianapolis Police. In both cases, the coroner determined the men died as the result of a drug overdose, not the Taser.

VIDEO: President Bush Booed at Baseball Game

0

There’s a reason President Bush almost never appears before members of the general public: They really don’t like him.

Despite the delirious mood of Washington Nationals fans on opening night at their new stadium, Bush was greeted with loud boos when he came to the mound to deliver the traditional first pitch.

Video from the Washington Times indicates that the boos were lusty. An ESPN video, via ThinkProgress.org, is more of a mixed bag of boos and cheers. But in additional Youtube videos from fans in right field and high above first base the boos had it.

It was a rare moment for Bush, who avoids public expressions of disagreement by appearing almost exclusively before carefully selected audiences. In fact, this is the first time in years I can recall him appearing before the unscreened masses. Far more typical are events like his most recent Thanksgiving address. As I wrote then, even when he was talking about something as uncontroversial as the essential goodness of our country, he wanted his audience prescreened for obsequiousness.

Back during Bush’s Social Security barnstorming, University of Texas political scientist Jeffrey K. Tulis noted: “Certainly, in the past, presidential advance teams have on occasion taken steps to assure friendly audiences. It has not been uncommon for presidents to seek invitations to speak at friendly venues. But systematically screening audiences. . . . may be a new phenomenon, and one that the president should be asked to defend and justify in terms of his constitutional obligations.”

Truly, it’s one of the most blatant, indefensible examples of how Bush has turned his into the most divisive of presidencies.

Lame Duck in Flight

Terence Hunt writes for the Associated Press: “Winding down his presidency, George W. Bush is beginning his farewell tour on the world stage trailed by questions about how much clout he still wields.

“Unpopular abroad, as he is at home, Bush nevertheless has been a commanding presence among world leaders for the past seven years. Now, with fewer than 300 days left in his term, other presidents and prime ministers are looking beyond Bush to see who will occupy his chair a year from now.

“It’s an open question whether Bush’s foreign policy priorities will be embraced by his successor in the Oval Office. Other world leaders have to calculate how far they should step out on the ledge with a president whose days are numbered and whose legacy had been darkened by the long and costly war in Iraq. . . .

“Around the world, there are hopes the next president will adopt a different style from what critics have called Bush’s cowboy diplomacy and go-it-alone foreign policy.”

Matt Spetalnick writes for Reuters: “Seeking to reassert himself on the world stage in the twilight of his term, Bush will press NATO for more troops in Afghanistan, try to keep up momentum in the alliance’s eastward expansion and attempt to ease strains with Russia.

“But with Bush even more unpopular overseas than at home, he could have a hard time swaying world leaders at this week’s Bucharest summit as they look to whomever will succeed him in January 2009.”

Continue

A third American war crime in the making

0

The US Congress, the US media, the American people, and the United Nations, are looking the other way as Cheney prepares his attack on Iran.

If only America had an independent media and an opposition party. If there were a shred of integrity left in American political life, perhaps a third act of naked aggression — a third war crime under the Nuremberg standard — by the Bush Regime could be prevented.

On March 30, the Russian News & Information Agency, Novosti, cited “a high-ranking security source: ‘The latest military intelligence data point to heightened US military preparations for both an air and ground operation against Iran.’”

According to Novosti, Russian Colonel General Leonid Ivashov said “that the Pentagon is planning to deliver a massive air strike on Iran’s military infrastructure in the near future.”

The chief of Russia’s general staff, Yuri Baluyevsky, said last November that Russia was beefing up its military in response to US aggression, but that the Russian military is not “obliged to defend the world from the evil Americans.”

On March 29, Chris Floyd cited a report by the Saudi Arabian newspaper Okaz, which was picked up by the German news service, DPA. The Saudi newspaper reported on March 22, the day following Cheney’s visit with the kingdom’s rulers, that the Saudi Shura Council is preparing “national plans to deal with any sudden nuclear and radioactive hazards that may affect the kingdom following experts’ warnings of possible attacks on Iran’s Bushehr nuclear reactors.”

And Admiral William “there will be no attack on Iran on my watch” Fallon has been removed as US chief of Central Command, thus clearing the way for Cheney’s planned attack on Iran.

The Iranians don’t seem to believe it, despite the dispatch of US nuclear submarines and another aircraft carrier attack group to the Persian Gulf. To counter any Iranian missiles launched in response to an attack, the US is deploying anti-missile defenses to protect US bases and Saudi oil fields.

Two massive failures by the American media, the Democratic Party, and the American people have paved the way for Cheney’s long planned attack on Iran. One failure is the lack of skepticism about the US government’s explanation of 9/11. The other failure is the Democrats’ refusal to begin impeachment proceedings against President Bush for lying to the Congress, the American people, and the world and launching an invasion of Iraq based on deception and fabricated evidence.

If an American president can start a war exactly as Adolf Hitler did with pure lies and not be held accountable, he can get away with anything. And Bush and his evil regime have.

Hitler launched World War II with his invasion of Poland after staging a “Polish attack” on a German radio station. On the night of August 31, 1939, a group of Nazis disguised in Polish uniforms seized a radio station in Germany. Hitler announced that “last night Polish troops crossed the frontier and attacked Germany,” a claim no more true than the Bush Regime’s claim that “Saddam Hussein has weapons of mass destruction.” Hitler’s lie failed, because his invasion of Poland, which began the next day allegedly in reprisal for the Polish attack, had obviously been planned for many months.

Iran is a beautiful and developed country. It is an ancient civilization. It has attacked no one. Iran is a signatory to the Nuclear Non-proliferation Treaty. Iran is permitted by the treaty to have a nuclear energy program. The Bush Regime’s case against Iran is based on the Bush Regime’s desire to deny Iran its rights under the treaty.

The International Atomic Energy Agency inspectors have repeatedly reported that they have found no evidence of an Iranian nuclear weapons program. Despite all the disinformation from US Gen. Petraeus and other Bush Regime military lackeys, Iran is not arming the Iraqis who are resisting the American occupation.

If Iran were arming insurgents, the insurgents would have two weapons that would neutralize the US advantage in the Iraqi conflict: missiles to knock down US helicopter gunships and rocket-propelled grenades that knock out American tanks. The insurgents do not have these weapons and must construct clumsy anti-tank weapons out of artillery shells. The insurgents are helpless against US air power and cannot mass forces to take on the American troops.

Indiscriminate American violence has reduced Iraq to rubble. The civilian infrastructure is essentially destroyed — electricity, water and sewer systems, medical care and schools. Depleted uranium is everywhere poisoning everyone, including US troops. There is no economy, and half or more of Iraqis are unemployed. Literally no Iraqi family has escaped an injury or a death as a consequence of the US invasion. Millions of Iraqis have become displaced persons. A developed country with a professional middle class has been destroyed because of lies told by the president and vice president of the US. The Bush Regime’s lies are echoed by a neoconservative media, and have gone unchallenged by the opposition party and an indifferent American public.

In Afghanistan, death and destruction rains on even the smallest village from the air. America’s wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are wars against the civilian populations.

Just as the world could not believe Hitler’s next horror and thus was always unprepared, the Iranians despite all the evidence cannot believe that even the Great Satan would gratuitously attack Iran based on nothing but lies about nonexistent nuclear weapons.

Iran’s only chance would be to strike before the US delivers the first blow. Instead of using its missiles to take out the Saudi oil fields and to sink the US aircraft carriers, instead of closing the Strait of Hormuz, instead of arming the Iraqi Shi’ites and moving them to insurgency, Iran is perched like a sitting duck in denial even as the US and its Iraqi puppet, Maliki, move to eliminate Al Sadr’s Iraqi Shi’ite militia in order to avoid supply disruptions and a Shi’ite rebellion in Iraq when the US attack on Iran comes.

It is important to emphasize that Iran is making no moves toward war. Having tamed, blackmailed, and purchased Congress, the US media, and US allies and puppets, Cheney might delight in the arrogance with which he can now attack Iran free of any restraint or fabricated provocation. On the other hand, he might cover himself by orchestrating an “Iranian provocation” to justify his attack as a response. But like Hitler’s planned attack against Poland, Cheney’s attack on Iran has long been in the works.

On March 29 the Associated Press reported that Libyan leader Moammar Gadhafi “poured contempt on fellow Arab leaders” at the Arab summit that day. Gadhafi told the Arab “leaders,” many of whom are on the American payroll, that their American masters would turn on them all, just as America turned on Saddam Hussein after using him to fight a proxy war against Iran.

Saddam had once been an ally of Washington, Gadhafi reminded the Arabs, “but they sold him out.” Gadhafi told the American puppets, “Your turn is next.”

Gadhafi asked, “Where is the Arabs’ dignity, their future, their very existence?” If Arabs remain disunited, he predicted, “they will turn themselves into protectorates. They will be marginalized and turn into garbage dumps.”

Indeed, it is this disunity that permits the US to bomb and murder at will in the Middle East.

Paul Craig Roberts was Assistant Secretary of the US Treasury in the Reagan administration. He has held numerous academic professorships and appointments in the US Congressional Staff. He was an associate editor of the Wall Street Journal.

CIA enlists Google’s help for spy work

1

US intelligence agencies are using Google’s technology to help its agents share information about their suspects

Google has been recruited by US intelligence agencies to help them better process and share information they gather about suspects.

Agencies such as the National Security Agency have bought servers on which Google-supplied search technology is used to process information gathered by networks of spies around the world.

Google is also providing the search features for a Wikipedia-style site, called Intellipedia, on which agents post information about their targets that can be accessed and appended by colleagues, according to the San Francisco Chronicle.

The contracts are just a number that have been entered into by Google’s ‘federal government sales team’, that aims to expand the company’s reach beyond its core consumer and enterprise operations.

In the most innovative service, for which Google equipment provides the core search technology, agents are encouraged to post intelligence information on a secure forum, which other spies are free to read, edit, and tag – like the online encyclopedia Wikipedia.

Depending on their clearance, agents can log on to Intellipedia and gain access to three levels of info – top secret, secret and sensitive, and sensitive but unclassified. So far 37,000 users have established accounts on the service, and the database now extends to 35,000 articles, according to Sean Dennehy, chief of Intellipedia development for the CIA.

“Each analyst, for lack of a better term, has a shoe box with their knowledge,” Mr Dennehy was quoted as saying. “They maintained it in a shared drive or Word document, but we’re encouraging them to move those platforms so that everyone can benefit.”

The collection of articles is hosted by the director of national intelligence, Mike McConnell, and is available only to the CIA, the FBI, the National Security Agency, and other intelligence agencies.

Google’s search technology usually rates a website’s importance by measuring the number of other sites that link to it – a method that is more problematic in a ‘closed’ network used by a limited numbr of people. In the case of Intellipedia, pages become more prominent depending on how they are tagged or added to by other contributors.

As well as working with the intelligence agencies, Google also provides services to other US public sector organisations, including the Coast Guard, the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, and the National Oceanographic and Atmospheric Administration.

Often, the contract is for something as simple as conducting earch within an organisation’s own database, but in the case of the Coast Guard, Google also provides a more advanced version of its satellite mapping tool Google Earth, which ships use to navigate more safely.

There is no dedicated team promoting sales of Google products to the British Government, but a Google spokesperson said the company did target public sector organisations such as councils, schools and universities through the team that run AdWords, its internet advertising platform.

McCain says he wants Guantanamo closed

0

Supporting many European Union officials stance, US Senator John McCain, the presumptive Republican presidential nominee, has called for the closing of the Guantanamo Bay prison for alleged terrorist detainees.

“I believe we should close Guantanamo,” McCain, who spent six years as a prisoner of war in Vietnam, said in a foreign policy address in Los Angeles, where he argued that the United States cannot go it alone in the world and must respect the views of valued allies.

“Our great power does not mean that we can do whatever we want, whenever we want,” said McCain, 71. McCain’s comments marked a sharp departure from the Bush administration’s policy of acting unilaterally when it believes US interests are at stake. “We need to listen to the views and respect the collective will of our democratic allies,” the Arizona senator said, calling for the creation of a League of Democracies and a trans-atlantic common market.

“There is the powerful collective voice of the European Union, and there are the great nations of India and Japan, Australia and Brazil, South Korea and South Africa, Turkey and Israel, to name just a few of the leading democracies,” he said.

New Europe

Guantanamo Prisoner Charged in Embassy Attack

1

SAN JUAN, Puerto Rico – The U.S. has charged a Guantanamo prisoner with war crimes for the deadly 1998 al-Qaida attack on the American embassy in Tanzania.

The Pentagon said Monday that Ahmed Khalfan Ghailani could receive the death penalty if convicted by a military tribunal at the U.S. military prison.

The charges against Ghailani include murder and attacking civilians for his alleged role in a bombing that killed 11 people and wounded hundreds.

He is the 15th person charged in the military tribunals at Guantanamo, where trials are expected to get under way in late spring or early summer.

AP

Bill proposes violent criminals should submit DNA

Meg Bernhardt

ANNAPOLIS — A bill to allow officers to take a sample of DNA from people charged with certain violent crimes is close to passage in the Maryland General Assembly, despite fears that it could infringe on those people’s rights.

Among the critics is the NAACP. In Frederick County, NAACP chapter president Guy Djoken said he is concerned.

He points to analyses of local data, including The Frederick New-Post’s March 2007 StopWatch series, which showed minorities are more likely to be pulled over by police and searched unnecessarily. He said minorities will be disproportionately affected by the new law, and many will be innocent.

“We do appreciate the job the law enforcement is doing,” Djoken said. “But we do not want innocent citizens to have to go through this because it’s been shown again and again that once the government has your information, you might spend your life trying to clear your name when mistakes are made.”

Proponents argue the bill will enable law enforcement to solve more crimes by adding to a searchable database of DNA.

Frederick County Sheriff Chuck Jenkins did not return a call seeking comment Friday.

Democratic Gov. Martin O’Malley introduced the bill, which has passed both the House of Delegates and Senate in different forms. It will likely head to a conference committee this week for lawmakers to work out the differences.

O’Malley is optimistic about its passage, spokesman Rick Abbruzzese said. O’Malley personally testified for the bill and made it one of the centerpieces of his legislative agenda.

It ran into trouble when members of the legislative Black Caucus raised concerns. They added several amendments as the bill reached passage.

“The governor is continuing to work with members of the General Assembly but is confident the DNA fingerprint bill will pass,” Abbruzzese said. “He looks forward to signing it into law.”

Among Frederick County lawmakers, Democratic delegates Galen Clagett and Sue Hecht, Republican delegates Paul Stull and Rick Weldon, and Republican Sen. David Brinkley are sponsors of the bill.

Expungement

Under the bill, after charges are dropped or someone is acquitted or pardoned, the state will expunge the DNA sample from the system.

Proponents argue a DNA sample should be taken before conviction because fingerprints and mug shots are taken at that point.

“I think in any area of crime prevention and criminal detection, this is the technology of the new millennia and something we really need to be exploring,” said Brinkley, who represents Frederick and Carroll counties.

Djoken and other critics say DNA is more invasive than a fingerprint because it contains much more information. The potential uses are still being developed.

“Once you open that door, it is difficult to close,” Djoken said.

As the bill was originally proposed, people would have been required to request their DNA be expunged. Djoken said minorities, who are more likely to be charged, would also be less likely to understand how to request expungement.

The latest version of the bill includes automatic expungement.

Brinkley said the debate about minorities being unjustly brought into the system is for another day.

This bill focuses on what happens to everyone who is brought into the system and not on how people are brought into it, he said.

Several other organizations, including the American Civil Liberties Union, opposed the bill along with the NAACP.

Slippery slope?

Sen. Alex Mooney, a Republican representing Frederick and Washington counties, originally supported the bill. By the time it got to the floor of the Senate, however, he decided to oppose it.

“Upon examining the bill closely, I began to realize that people’s constitutional rights in this country to be considered innocent until proven guilty were being infringed,” Mooney said.

The turning point came at a hearing when he asked Attorney General Doug Gansler about taking DNA from innocent people.

“If you’re going to take DNA from innocent people, why not go and take it from everybody?” Mooney said. “Go to the schools and take it from all the school kids, take it at birth, go to the hospitals.”

Mooney said he was shocked to hear that was where the state was going.

“I’m not comfortable going there, at least not this quickly.”

Brinkley said he was not concerned about that issue because the current bill is limited in scope and it is important to collect identification from those committing felonies.

“Well that’s the concern of the slippery slope, but at the same time, we have time, we can address those things as they’re brought up,” he said.

Police are already allowed to obtain DNA samples if they can show probable cause and get a judge’s approval.

The new law would allow police to link DNA to crimes where police otherwise wouldn’t have established it.

Djoken called the new bill a “fishing expedition” and said the NAACP membership feels the current system already allows law enforcement enough power to gather DNA.

“If they need your DNA, trust me, they’ll have it,” Djoken said. “We don’t need to take the privacy of innocent individuals and jeopardize that in the name of public safety.”

Jnquest Judge: There was no Diana murder plot

0

London – The judge in the inquest on the death of Princess Diana in 1997 flatly told the jury Monday that she was not murdered in any alleged plot instigated by the British secret service. Lord Justice Scott Baker, giving his summing up, said there was “not a shred of evidence” that Britain’s MI6 was involved in a plot to kill Diana, as alleged by Egyptian businessman and Harrods owner Mohamed al-Fayed.

He also said there was no evidence at all that Prince Philip, husband of Queen Elizabeth, had any hand in the death of the woman who dubbed herself the Princess of Hearts, as alleged by al-Fayed.

Al-Fayed’s son Dodi and Diana, former wife of Prince Charles, heir to the British throne, were killed in a car crash in Paris’ Alma tunnel in August 1997.

Judge Baker’s summary came at the end of a six-month inquest which heard 250 witnesses and examined thousands of pieces of evidence.

Baker instructed the jurors that they could either pass an open verdict, rule the couple’s death had been an accident or a case of gross negligence by the pursuing paparazzi or the couple’s driver Henri Paul.

Years of investigations by French police and Scotland Yard had come to the same conclusion, rejecting murder speculation of a car blinding the driver with its headlights or a mysterious Fiat ramming Diana’s Mercedes limousine.

Diana’s sons William and Harry had added to media speculation that denied Diana to rest in peace. Shortly before the 10th anniversary of her death, William, 25, said in a TV interview that he would never stop thinking about the causes of her death.

His 23-year-old brother Harry added that “no-one would ever know that had happened in that tunnel.”

Britain’s media immediately took these remarks, despite the princes’ later clarification that they never doubted the deaths had been accidental, as an indication that “dark powers” may have been at work.

Diana’s former butler Paul Burrell, 49, who first coined the “dark powers” theory in his bestselling Diana memoirs, was asked at the inquest to prove his claims of royal warnings about sinister goings- on.

He claimed that Queen Elizabeth had warned him that “in this country, powers are at work that we don’t know about” – but during the inquest failed to provide promised evidence. Baker refused to summon the queen to the witness stand.

After Burrell was caught on video boasting that he lied in the inquest, it became obvious that al-Fayed’s accusations would not win the day.

UK (World)

Tibetan monk protests reflect growing activism

0

More Buddhist monks, nuns likely to revolt against injustice, oppression.

BANGKOK, Thailand – Buddhist monks hurling rocks at Chinese in Tibet, or peacefully massing against Myanmar’s military, can strike jarring notes.

These scenes run counter to Buddhism’s philosophy of shunning politics and embracing even bitter enemies – something the faith has adhered to, with some tumultuous exceptions, through its 2,500-year history.

But political activism and occasional eruptions of violence have become increasingly common in Asia’s Buddhist societies as they variously struggle against foreign domination, oppressive regimes, social injustice and environmental destruction.

More monks and nuns are moving out of their monasteries and into slums and rice paddies – and sometimes into streets filled with tear gas and gunfire.

“In modern times, preaching is not enough. Monks must act to improve society, to remove evil,” says Samdhong Rinpoche, prime minister of the Tibetan government-in-exile and a high-ranking lama.

“There is the responsibility of every individual, monks and lay people, to act for the betterment of society,” he told The Associated Press in Dharmsala, India, discussing protests in Tibet this month that were initiated by monks.

In widespread protests over the past three weeks, crimson-robed monks – some charging helmeted troops and throwing rocks – have joined with ordinary citizens who unfurled Tibetan flags and demanded independence from China. Beijing’s official death toll from the rioting in Lhasa is 22, but the exiled government of the Dalai Lama says 140 Tibetans were killed there and in Tibetan communities in western China.

Bloodshed also stained last fall’s pro-democracy uprising in Myanmar, dubbed the “Saffron Revolution” after the color of the robes of monks who led nonviolent protests against the country’s oppressive military regime.

In Thailand, followers of a Buddhist sect took part in street demonstrations that led to the ouster of Prime Minister Thaksin Shinawatra two years ago.

In Sri Lanka, the ultra-nationalist Jathika Hela Urumaya party, led by monks, has pushed for using brute force against the country’s Tamil rebels. In 1959 a monk assassinated a prime minister over a law giving some protection to the Tamil language.

Activism is another side of Buddhist history
Despite the faith’s image of passivity, an aggressive strain has long existed, especially in the Mahayana school of Buddhism, practiced in Japan, Korea, China and Tibet.

The sohei, monks in Japan, fought pitched battles with one another and with secular clans for over 600 years until around 1600. China’s Shaolin Temple, a martial arts center to this day, was allowed to retain warrior monks from the 7th century by emperors who sometimes used them to put down rebellions and banditry.

The monk Saya San became a national hero in the 1930s in Myanmar – then Burma – by leading a revolt. The British colonials hanged him after fielding 12,000 troops to suppress his peasant army.

The self-immolation of monk Thich Quang Duc on a Saigon street became an iconic image of protest against the Vietnam War.

Before China’s takeover of Tibet in 1959, warrior monks sometimes wielded more power – and weaponry – than the army. Lhasa’s Sera monastery, a hotbed of the recent protests, was particularly noted for its elite fighters, the “Dob-Dobs,” who in 1947 took part in a rebellion that took 300 lives.

“Use peaceful means where they are appropriate, but where they are not appropriate, do not hesitate to resort to more forceful means,” said the previous, now deceased Dalai Lama when Tibet fought the Chinese in the 1930s.

‘Mundane Awakening’
Christopher Queen, an expert on Buddhism at Harvard University, says the new trend among some of the world’s 350 million faithful is expanding from individual spiritual liberation to attacking problems such as poverty and environmental blight that affect whole communities or nations.

Sri Lanka’s Sarvodaya Shramadana, or “Mundane Awakening,” provides safe drinking water and basic housing in more than 11,000 poor villages. And in India, Buddhist groups are fighting for the rights of “the untouchables,” the lowest caste.

Global and loosely affiliated, originating at the grass roots rather than atop religious hierarchies and more muscular than meditative, this movement is widely known as Engaged Buddhism.

“Engaged Buddhists are looking at the social, economic, and political causes of human misery in the world and organizing to address them. The role of social service and activism is clearly growing in all parts of the Buddhist world,” Queen said in an interview.

While not immune to spilling blood, Queen says “the Buddhist tradition is rightly known for the systematic practice of nonviolence.” That leads scholars to doubt it will turn to terrorism or sustained violence other than occasional spontaneous outbursts. They note that Buddhism doesn’t advocate killing heretics or otherwise spreading the faith by force.

Indeed, the Dalai Lama has decried the recent violence while supporting peoples’ rights to peaceful protest. And Samdhong, the prime minister-in-exile, adds: “If (monks) want to fight, they have to disrobe and join the fighters.”

The Associated Press

Detainee claims torture at U.S. base

0

Says he received electric shocks in Afghanistan after being seized over alleged links to 9/11.

WASHINGTON — A resident of Germany who was imprisoned for two months at a U.S. military base in Afghanistan has told an interviewer his interrogators hung him from a ceiling for five days and that several doctors periodically checked him before authorizing the torture to continue.

Murat Kurnaz said that shortly after his capture in Pakistan in fall 2001, American interrogators insisted he admit to being an Al Qaeda operative and associate of 9/11 plotter Mohamed Atta. Kurnaz said when he said he did not know Atta or refused to talk, the interrogators punished him by hanging him by his arms from the rafters of a freezing-cold aircraft hangar.

Kurnaz’s allegations about his abusive treatment in a prison at the U.S. military base in Kandahar are to be publicly aired for the first time tonight on CBS’s 60 Minutes. He was released by the U.S. military in August 2006 after spending nearly five years at the U.S. military base at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba.

Kurnaz made similar allegations of systematic torture in 2005 when he was still a U.S. prisoner, according to newly declassified notes his lawyer took during a conversation at Guantanamo.

Kurnaz said then that interrogators in Kandahar dunked his head in water, administered electric shocks to the soles of his feet and hung him by his hands — when he denied being a terrorist.

Kurnaz, who the U.S. military eventually freed without giving a reason, is publishing a book in April that describes his experiences in custody. An ethnic Turk raised in Germany, Kurnaz travelled to Pakistan to study Islam in 2001 and was seized by Pakistani police after the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon and turned over to U.S. troops as a terrorism suspect for a cash bounty, military records show.

When the 19-year-old student was transferred to Guantanamo in January 2002, U.S. and German intelligence officials quickly confirmed Kurnaz had no links to terrorist groups and had probably been seized by mistake, according to military records produced years later in court proceedings.

“Interrogators persisted in questioning him about connections to Mohamed Atta, who Murat only had a vague memory of from television reports after 9/11,” according to his lawyer’s notes. “Interrogators insisted that he was from the same mosque as Atta; when Murat insisted he had never met him, he was beaten.

“When Murat refused to talk, he was hung with cuffs and rope, arms above the head to a rack, feet shackled in some kind of hangar, which was freezing cold,” the notes read. “He was forced to stay in this position for days as punishment for his refusal to admit his connections to Al Qaeda and Taliban.”

Pentagon spokesperson Bryan Whitman said Kurnaz’s allegations are erroneous. “There is no evidence to support the allegations in Mr. Kurnaz’s book,” Whitman said in a written statement.

“The abuses Mr. Kurnaz alleges are not only unsubstantiated, they are implausible and outlandish.”

The lawyer’s notes obtained by The Washington Post do not depict Kurnaz alleging in 2005 that doctors worked alongside the interrogators while he was tortured. Torture is barred by international treaties, and doctors are prohibited from participating in abuse.

“Every five or six hours they came and pulled me back down and the doctor came,” he told CBS News, according to a transcript of the interview. “He looked into my eyes. He checked my heart and when he said `okay,’ then they pulled me back up.”

A 2005 article in the New England Journal of Medicine asserted that other U.S. Army doctors had violated the Geneva Conventions by helping intelligence officers carry out abusive interrogations at military detention centres.

Kurnaz’s attorney, Baher Azmy, said that Kurnaz’s experience is consistent with allegations by other detainees viewed by U.S. military as potential ringleaders. “When he was transferred to Afghanistan and because he was a Muslim from Germany, at least initially, they imagined he was a big fish,” Azmy said. “It’s entirely plausible they would have reserved their worst treatment for him in their early days.”

In his book, Five Years of My Life, Kurnaz says he watched as U.S. military personnel beat a man, and carried him away the next afternoon, his arms lifeless.

The Star

UK: Mass genetic surveillance

Richard Taylor

Britain’s police want to routinely put children as young as five on the National DNA Database (NDNAD), even when no crime has been committed.

Gary Pugh, the DNA spokesman for the Association of Chief Police Officers (ACPO) and director of forensic sciences at Scotland Yard, recently told the press, “The number of unsolved crimes says we are not sampling enough of the right people.”

According to Pugh, who was interviewed by the Observer, “If we have a primary means of identifying people before they offend, then in the long-term the benefits of targeting younger people are extremely large.”

Pugh’s words are a sinister echo of the film Minority Report, in which a specialist “pre-crime” police department routinely arrests people who have not committed any offence.

Describing it as a “step towards a police state,” National Primary Headteachers’ Association representative Chris Davis said it was tantamount to condemning children “at a very young age for something they have not yet done. They may have the potential to do something, but we all have the potential to do things. To label children at that stage and put them on a register is going too far.”

Action on Rights for Children and GeneWatch, a not-for-profit group that monitors developments in genetic technologies, have produced evidence to show that by March 2009, some 1.5 million children aged 10-17 will be recorded on the National DNA Database, a figure they say is far higher than admitted by government.

The organisations estimate that at least 1.1 million children have already had their DNA recorded between 1995 (when the NDNAD was established) and April 2007, with more than half a million being aged between 10 and 16.

Helen Wallace from GeneWatch said, “Unless there are exceptional circumstances, the police should not keep records of people, including 100,000 under 18s, who have been found not guilty or have had the charges dropped.”

Terri Dowty from Action on Rights for Children said, “These children will be on the database for the rest of their lives. We are turning thousands of innocent children into lifelong suspects. No other country in Europe criminalises children at such a young age.

“The Home Office has shown repeated reluctance to release figures for children on the DNA database, presumably realising how shocked the public would be,” Dowty said.

Pugh’s call for the routine sampling of DNA from children as young as five is only the latest in a number of statements by senior police officers and judges advocating the extension of powers to take and keep DNA samples from wholly innocent individuals, setting up a system of mass genetic surveillance.

Following two recent high-profile murder convictions where the culprits had been implicated by DNA found at the scene, calls were again made to establish a national DNA register containing samples from everyone in the UK. Last year, one of Britain’s most senior judges, Lord Justice Sedley, also called for DNA records to be kept on all UK residents.

The government has not ruled out such a move, merely saying that it would raise “significant practical and ethical issues.”

Last year, the Home Office launched a consultation to examine the possible expansion of the DNA database to cover all those arrested, even for such minor offences as begging or speeding. According to the Observer, a Home Office document initiating the consultation had promoted the merits of massively expanding the database.

Home Office Minister Meg Hiller told the home affairs select committee in February that information on the identity register, which will underpin new biometric passports and the ID cards soon to be routinely issued, would be shared with authorities in the European Union and United States “in specific cases.”

And at a recent pan-European conference on serious organised crime, London’s Metropolitan Police Commissioner, Sir Ian Blair, said DNA records should be extended throughout the EU.

Roger Smith, director of human rights organisation Justice, said granting police the power to compel samples without having to show reasonable suspicion was “a substantial and unwarranted intrusion on the rights of personal privacy.” He called for a return to the position prior to 1995, when police were only allowed to keep the samples of those convicted.

Under legislation introduced in 2001 and 2004, the Labour government has considerably extended police powers to take and keep DNA samples from anyone arrested on suspicion of having committed a “recordable offence.” This includes any offence punishable by imprisonment, but also extends to relatively minor offences such as tampering with a motor vehicle, poaching and drunkenness.

Under the 2004 legislation, police can take a DNA sample from any person arrested aged 10 or more, in the case of a child, without the parent’s consent.

This legislation currently only applies to those arrested in England and Wales. In Scotland, which has a different judicial system, most samples are destroyed if the person is not charged or is later acquitted. However, senior Scottish police officers are lobbying hard for similar powers to their English and Welsh counterparts.

The UK now has the world’s largest DNA database, containing information on at least 4.5 million individuals, equivalent to some 7 percent of the population. According to the Parliamentary Office of Science and Technology, only 1.13 percent of the population in the EU have their DNA documented, with records being held on just 0.5 percent in the US.

In what constitutes a major breech of civil liberties–overturning the fundamental legal norm of the presumption of innocence–records can be kept indefinitely on NDNAD even if a person is never formally charged, or is later acquitted of the offence for which he or she was arrested.

The call for DNA samples to be routinely taken from those below the age of 18 continues a major escalation in the process of criminalising children ongoing since Labour came to power in 1997.

Labour’s 1998 Crime and Disorder Act reduced the age of criminal responsibility from 14 to 10. The act also introduced so-called ASBOs–Anti Social Behaviour Orders–a measure that has been largely aimed against young people. It means that once an ASBO has been granted, which can be for relatively minor misdemeanours or behaviour that is causing a nuisance, breaching the ASBO can result in a criminal record.

There is also strong evidence to show that such routine recording of DNA samples unfairly discriminates against individuals from ethnic minorities. According to Black Mental Health UK, black people are three time more likely to have their DNA recorded than white people.

The organisation says government figures show that 77 percent of young black men will soon have their details held on NDNAD, “despite evidence that black people are no more likely to have committed a crime than white people.”

Shami Chakrabarti, director of civil liberties group Liberty said establishing a DNA database for everyone in the UK “ignores the extremely intimate nature of DNA and the massive scope for error and abuse” – one report has revealed that serious flaws have been found in the data, with up to 14 percent of the entries being duplicates, stored under different names.

Such concerns are well founded in light of recent scandals in which government computer disks have been lost containing millions of sensitive personal records–in one case affecting 25 million people, covering 7.25 million families overall–including names, dates of birth, and bank and address details.

Legal Challenge

The European Court of Human Rights heard a case at the end of February in which two innocent people are seeking to have their records removed from the National DNA Database.

Legal representatives for the two–40-year-old Michael Marper and a youth named only as “S”–argue that retention of such records for innocent people is a breach of Articles 8 (respect for the privacy of the individual) and 14 (prohibiting discrimination) of the European Convention on Human Rights.

In both cases, the police have refused to destroy fingerprints and DNA records taken when the two individuals, one only a teenager, were originally arrested. The police subsequently dropped the case against Marper, while the youth “S” was acquitted.

It is thought that NDNAD could hold the records of up to 1 million innocent people, with GeneWatch estimating that up to 10 percent of these could be from children–records that would have to be destroyed should the legal challenge succeed.

In February, the Economist magazine reported a Home Office spokesperson saying that innocent people “have nothing to fear from providing a sample,” since retaining such evidence was “no different from recording other forms of information such as photographs and witness statements.”

However, DNA provides a wide range of other information about an individual, such as their parentage, or a susceptibility to particular diseases or disabilities. Some insurance companies have already raised the possibility of introducing “genetic screening” as a means of lowering premium charges since the information could be used to deny cover for individuals with certain genetic markers.

The body operating the NDNAD, the Forensic Science Service, a government-owned company, is a prime candidate for privatisation, which could open up the use of the database for purely commercial purposes.

It also allows an almost unlimited possibility of police frame-ups.

The thread-bare argument that if people have “nothing to hide, they have nothing to fear” is clearly not borne out by the record of Labour. The governments of Tony Blair and Gordon Brown have trampled on long-standing democratic and legal norms, constantly eroding the rights of the individual in favour of the right of the state to monitor and control its citizens.

UK Watch

Diana inquest coroner to sum up

0

The coroner in charge of the inquest into the death of Diana, Princess of Wales is to begin his summing up to the jury.

It is the final stage before the 11-person jury, which has sat for six months, is sent out to consider its verdicts.

The coroner Lord Justice Scott Baker will take the jury back through the key evidence heard at the central London hearing.

Over six months they have heard evidence from more than 250 witnesses including some who have testified from abroad and, in the case of secret service agents, anonymously in a closed court.

Diana, her lover Dodi Fayed and driver Henri Paul died in a Paris car crash in August 1997.

Harrods tycoon Mohamed al Fayed believes MI6 murdered them on the orders of the Duke of Edinburgh because Diana was pregnant with Dodi’s child and the couple were about to get engaged.

Source

SOCPA: The GLA’s campaign against Brian Haw

0

Having failed to get rid of Brian Haw by force the Greater London Authority is trying again by legislation, their responses to the government consultation ‘Managing Protest around Parliament’ all seem to be aimed at getting rid of the peace camp. And the government agrees with them, SOCrAP isn’t buried yet and they’re already robbing its corpse.

Time for a protest outside City Hall?

“The Government received 512 responses during the 12 week consultation period. Representations were received from 25 campaign groups, from six MPs and two Peers, from a number of other interested stakeholders including the Metropolitan Police Service,the Greater London Authority,Westminster City Council and the Law Society of Scotland.”

“The Greater London Authority (GLA) commented that any discussions on management of protests in Parliament Square needed to take into account proposals to redevelop Parliament Square “to create a more accessible, safe and high quality place”. They also commented that while Trafalgar Square was a good model for successfully managing demonstrations, its layout was different to Parliament Square in terms of its safe pedestrian access and hard landscaped surfaces. The GLA believed that Trafalgar Square had a long and established historical tradition as a place to protest as opposed to Parliament Square.”

“The Greater London Authority commented that a key concern for the Mayor was proportionality and duration, arguing that if a protest took place it would limit public use of Parliament Square and protests should therefore be limited in duration. ” 

 http://www.justice.gov.uk/docs/governance-analysis-consultations.pdf

——————————————————–

Sir George Young (Con): On part 1 of the Bill, although no one would object to orderly and peaceful demonstrations in Parliament square, many people object to permanent, unsightly encampments in the middle of a great, historic city. Will the Bill put that right?

Mr. Straw: I understand that there are strong feelings about that. Those encampments are unsightly, but they also represent people exercising a right to demonstrate. The changes in the law have not been conspicuously successful– It is no good pointing at me; I am not the police. The changes in the law have not been conspicuously successful in dealing with the problem, and they have appeared to be pretty heavy handed as well, so better arrangements are needed. Let us see what the House has to say about it. 

 http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200708/cmhansrd/cm080325/debtext/80325-0006.htm#0803254000411

——————————————————–

Lord Hunt of Kings Heath: My Lords, on the substantive question that the noble Baroness raises on sessional orders, there has clearly been a lot of concern about whether some provisions of the SOCPA are necessary and whether they are an inhibitor to legitimate protests and demonstrations outside Parliament. However, there is also concern that if those provisions are simply repealed and problems arise in the future with regard to open and free access to Parliament and issues around noise there will not be sufficient powers to deal with those problems sensibly and effectively.

Police arrest 80 year old anti-war protester

0

An 80-year-old church deacon was removed from the Smith Haven Mall yesterday in a wheelchair and arrested by police for refusing to remove a T-shirt protesting the Iraq War.

Police said that Don Zirkel, of Bethpage, was disturbing shoppers at the Lake Grove mall with his T-shirt, which had what they described as “graphic anti-war images.” Zirkel, a deacon at Our Lady of the Miraculous Medal in Wyandanch, said his shirt had the death tolls of American military personnel and Iraqis – 4,000 and 1 million – and the words “Dead” and “Enough.” The shirt also has three blotches resembling blood splatters.

Police said in a release last night that Zirkel was handing out anti-war pamphlets to mallgoers and that mall security told him to stop and turn his shirt inside out. Zirkel refused to turn his shirt inside out and wouldn’t leave, police said. Security placed him on “civilian arrest” and called police. When police arrived, Zirkel passively resisted attempts to bring him to a police car, the release said.

But Zirkel said he was sitting in the food court drinking coffee with his wife Marie, 77, and several others when police and mall security officers approached and demanded they remove their anti-war T-shirts.

The others complied, but Zirkel said he refused, and when he wouldn’t stand up to be removed and arrested, authorities brought over a wheelchair. “They forcibly picked me up and put me in the wheelchair,” said Zirkel, a deacon at one of the poorest Catholic parishes on Long Island, where a devastating fire recently destroyed the rectory and storage areas.

Zirkel was charged with criminal trespassing and resisting arrest. He was released on bail. A spokeswoman for mall owner Simon Property Group did not immediately return calls seeking comment.

Generally speaking, a mall has the right to control what happens on its property, said John McEntee, a Uniondale commercial litigation lawyer.

Activists with dueling opinions had gathered to support and oppose America’s five-year campaign.

As Zirkel was being wheeled to the police car, the crowd chanted “We shall not be moved!” Moments later, they moved; police and mall security had ordered them off the property. Many joined a larger anti-war crowd assembled by the mall’s entrance, off mall property, on Veterans Memorial Highway.

They were complemented nearby by protesters saying the Iraq war is vital for security.

ANASTASIA ECONOMIDES AND MATTHEW CHAYES

Iraq War Dataset: $506 Billion Spent, 4,002 Dead

0

iraq.jpgLoretta Hidalgo Whitesides

On March 26, 2008 the United States military casualty count in Iraq hit 4,000. When I heard that I decided to research other numbers associated with the war.

Over the past five years, US taxpayers have spent $506 billion on the Iraq War- that is over $100 billion a year just for war related expenses (and enough to fund NASA for 30 years). According to www.nationalpriorities.org the cost of the war so far works out to $1,721 per person.

Of the 4,002 US military fatalities, over 100 were women, 145 resulted from self inflicted wounds, and not included in that figure are the journalists and the military forces from other countries.

U.S. Deaths: Self-Inflicted

As reported by the DoD as of 3/1/2008

Self Inflicted Army Navy Marines Air Force Total

The DoD also reports 29,314 military personnel were wounded. I was not able to find data on the number of people who have been “maimed for life,” which would be a subset of that, but that is a number I would like to have as well.

I also found some interesting numbers like our current debt. The Office of Management and Budget thankfully published a PDF with lots of data that has an incredible account of the rise and fall of US budget deficits since the Civil War. They also explain that to understand how large the country’s gross national debt is, you have to know how much they are making a year. Just like to a person who makes $45,000 a year, buying a Lexus would be a large strain, while to a person who makes $900,000 a year only owning money on a Lexus would not be a large strain.

The conclusion? The US debt is at an all time high of $9.4 trillion (in absolute numbers- again not surprising since we have a lot more money then we did in the treasury in 1801). Yet what is troubling is that spending has gone up and the economy (GDP) has been going down. Each year the government, just like many of its citizens, slips further and further into debt (except 1998 the only year since 1969 that the United States did not slip further into debt). Each taxpayers portion of the debt is now at $79,000.

Whether you drive a Lexus or not, that is still a lot of money.

So, that is it. Some more data. Any other numbers you’d wish you heard more about?

[note: I apologize if I appear reductionist. I don’t mean to say that people are just numbers. I do mean to use facts to draw attention to what is some important current affairs.]

U.S. Army Sgt. Bobby Gilbert (left) points out a building to Spc. Jason Collins to watch for suspicious activity while providing security during a medical civic action program in Baghdad, Iraq, on Feb. 29, 2008. Iraqi army doctors and medics are conducting the program to provide free medical care for Iraqi citizens.  DoD photo by Staff Sgt. Jon Soucy, U.S. Army. (Released)

VIDEO: Halliburton poisoning US forces in Iraq?

This 4 minute video describes how Halliburton is poisoning the troops in Iraq through their water supply.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4FJC_OrO3Nw[/youtube]

Keegan turns back the clock as Newcastle tick

0

David Hytner at White Hart Lane

Kevin Keegan noted last week that it did not take much to set Geordie pulses racing. A couple of wins at the beginning of a season and the team are going to win the Premier League, he said with a smile. Newcastle is that kind of town. Back-to-back victories have been a rarity this season, which has been one to test sorely the patience of the club’s fans but joy surged for them here, as Keegan’s team built on the previous weekend’s 2-0 success over Fulham to put Tottenham to the sword.

Lingering fears of relegation were all but eradicated yet it was the manner of the win that warmed the black and white faithful. The sight of Newcastle pressing for and ultimately scoring a fourth goal away from home triggered memories of the glory years under Keegan. And as the team poured forward, only the hardest of Spurs hearts would have failed to take pleasure in seeing Keegan do what Keegan does so contagiously – enjoy himself.

The manager nipped about his technical area, to and from the bench, living every moment, every missed chance. He erupted in delight, along with the rest of his staff, when Michael Owen chipped in the third, which effectively sealed the contest, and, thereafter, the pressure finally seemed to lift from those shoulders.

This was riotous fare and Keegan could acknowledge requests from the delirious away enclosure for a wave. The three players he withdrew, Mark Viduka, Owen and Geremi, got the full treatment from him, hands clasped to their faces, sweet nothings whispered into ears and, at full-time, Keegan revelled in pointing his team towards their supporters.

What a difference a week and two matches makes. “I feel the same but I know what you mean,” said Keegan, when it was put to him that he looked a different man. He went on to insist that Premier League safety was not guaranteed but then the old excitement bubbled to the surface and he could not help but suggest that a few big signings would “set us alight”.

He joked that he might “put a couple more forwards in next time” but the ones on the pitch had served him well. Viduka’s strength and mercurial skill were at the heart of the second-half effort, together with Obafemi Martins’ boldness and direct running, while Owen put his England disappointments behind him to shine in his attacking midfield role.

The clocks sprang forward yesterday but in a sense Keegan turned them back. Attack has long been his best form of defence and when it comes together as it did so gloriously against a Tottenham team lacking motivation, the fireworks can be compelling.

“You’ve only got to look at our defensive record and not just since I came back in. When you just try to defend and hang on to something, it puts as much pressure on your defenders,” said Keegan. “I think our defenders know now when I put this team out that maybe they can concede a goal and still have enough to win, whereas in the past maybe a goal goes in against us and ‘that’s it, we’re going to get beat’.”

Newcastle did not allow their heads to drop after Darren Bent glanced in Steed Malbranque’s cross from the left. They had already struck the bar through Habib Beye and gone close through Joey Barton.

It was Nicky Butt who restored parity just before the interval, sweeping in a low first-time shot beyond the unsighted Paul Robinson after Geremi had seized on Jonathan Woodgate’s poor clearance.

The second-half was a golden period for Keegan. After Barton had hit the outside of the post, Geremi’s free-kick deceived Robinson to give Newcastle the lead and, having just forced Robinson into a smart save, Viduka ushered in Owen for the third. There were further chances, notably for Owen, before Barton sent Martins galloping clear to apply the coup de grâce.

Keegan cannot understand why Fabio Capello omitted Owen from the England team against France last Wednesday – “When the big games come, Michael will play,” he ventured – and there was an element of disbelief about what unfolded before his eyes yesterday.

“You dream about playing like that and being 4-1 up away from home with 10 minutes to play but the reality is that it’s difficult to get into those situations,” said Keegan. Best simply to enjoy them when you can.

Man of the match Abdoulaye Faye

He might have been beaten by Bent for the Tottenham goal but the central defender grew in assurance and was the foundation for the Newcastle victory

Best Moment Any one of a number of towering defensive headers which stifled Tottenham’s attacks

Watchdog’s threat to 42-day terror law

Alan Travis | The Guardian

The government’s own human rights watchdog threatened last night to launch a legal challenge to Labour’s plan to introduce a law that would let police detain terror suspects without charge for 42 days.

The Equality and Human Rights Commission says the key part of the counter-terrorism bill goes against human rights law and may breach the Race Relations Act.

As the home secretary, Jacqui Smith, renewed her appeal to Labour backbenchers to support the measure – amid growing international criticism – the EHRC prepared to brief MPs before the bill’s second reading in the Commons tomorrow. The commission makes clear it will mount a legal challenge if the 42-day limit wins parliamentary backing.

“If adopted, we may seek to use our legal powers to challenge the lawfulness of the provisions and to establish clear legal principles on the use of pre-trial detention,” it says in a briefing note to MPs.

The threat of a legal challenge from the EHRC, which has powers to take judicial review on legislation it considers may be in breach of the European Convention on Human Rights, is another setback to a government determined to increase the time terrorism suspects can be held without charge from 28 to 42 days.

Archbishop Desmond Tutu, Noam Chomsky and the American Civil Liberties Union have led an international outcry against the plan, which is opposed at home by the Tories and Liberal Democrats.

The government receives a further blow today when Lord Dear, the former chief inspector of constabulary, says a change in law would be a “propaganda coup” for al-Qaida. In a Guardian article, Dear writes that every chief constable he has spoken to regards the change as unnecessary.

Dear writes: “Make no mistake, extending pre-charge detention would most certainly be a propaganda coup for al-Qaida and its ilk. When I was an undergraduate reading law at university in the 60s, every self-respecting student had a poster of Che Guevara on their wall and knew something of the writings of [Herbert] Marcuse. Both of those terrorist luminaries said repeatedly that the best course for a terrorist was to provoke a government to overreact to a threat by eroding civil liberties, increasing executive powers and diminishing due process by the denial of justice.”

The deep unease about the new measures was underlined by the EHRC. Set up last October under the chairman Trevor Phillips, it has specific power to take legal action over potential breaches of the Race Relations Act. The commission says it accepts that circumstances might arise which make an increase in the 28 day limit on pre-charge detention helpful to the police in obtaining evidence but this should not be at the expense of fundamental human rights.

It has told the Home Office that a “positive and compelling case” must be made before the maximum limit on pre-charge detention is raised, given its potential impact on liberty, the likelihood of its disproportionate impact on the Muslim community, and the risk of operational error.

“We consider that despite being restricted to particular and specific contingencies, the provisions set out by the Home Office are unlikely to meet threshold tests of public interest, justification or fairness,” the commission adds.

It says the proposed safeguard of parliamentary scrutiny of each order will be meaningless without giving MPs detailed information on each suspect. Yet that would raise constitutional issues.

The commission says the proposed change also raises “very difficult issues” under race equality laws as it is being established to deal with a particular religious and racial minority. The EHRC believes it carries a high risk of damaging community relations, as Muslims are more likely to be regarded with suspicion.

The government is expected to win a Commons majority tomorrow for the bill’s second reading. But Smith faces the prospect of defeat when detailed votes are held on the 42 days issue at the report stage in May after the local elections.

She said yesterday she believed the 42-day extension would be passed. But she told the BBC: “I hope parliamentarians will take their responsibility seriously to give those that we task with keeping us safe from terrorism the tools that we need to do it. I need to make the argument to parliament. As home secretary my responsibility is to do what I believe … it is necessary to protect this country from the serious, sustained, and in some ways growing threat from international terrorism.”

Smith stressed that the government was only taking a precautionary “reserve power” to increase the maximum period for detention without charge to be used in the exceptional circumstances of the country facing multiple terror plots.

NZ becomes first country for Earth Hour lights out

0

WELLINGTON (Xinhua) — New Zealand and Fiji on Saturday became the first countries to take part in Earth Hour, an event aimed at reducing emissions that contribute to climate change.    A total of 24 cities around the world are officially involved, although people from 370 different towns and cities have registered to be a part of the event.

    New Zealand’s third largest city of Christchurch and Fiji’s capital of Suva kicked off the event at 8:00 p.m. local time (0700GMT) on Saturday, with 22 other official cities joining in as their time zones reach 8:00 p.m.

    Those taking part are asked to turn off lights and switch unnecessary appliances off at the wall, to raise awareness about climate change.

    Christchurch is New Zealand’s official Earth Hour city although many people in other cities have registered to take part.

    People across Christchurch switched off in a big way for Earth Hour on Saturday evening. Hundreds of New Zealanders gathered in Cathedral Square as Mayor Bob Parker switched off the lights of the Cathedral at 8:00 p.m., and the city powered down for Earth Hour.

    Meanwhile, thousands more across the city switched off their lights enjoying candle-lit celebrations at home, and at the many bars and restaurants that took part in Earth Hour.

    Power company Orion confirmed Christchurch saved 13.1 percent electricity during Earth Hour — an astounding achievement which Chris Howe, Executive Director of WWF-New Zealand, said was proof of the difference individuals can make when they act together.

    “Christchurch has really set a high standard for the rest of the world to live up to as Earth Hour rolls out around the world tonight. New Zealand can be inspired by what Christchurch has done tonight,” he said.

    The atmosphere in Cathedral Square was buzzing with positivity, and a sense of pride in Christchurch being the first city in New Zealand to commit to Earth Hour was highlighted by Mayor Bob Parker.

    Families brought their children down to the event, some as young as four, to see the lights go down.

    “The atmosphere there was fabulous,” said Earth Hour youth ambassador, Susan Smirk who was in the Cathedral Square at the lights went down.

    “People were really enjoying it. It felt very much like a community event.”

    People across New Zealand took part in Earth Hour, with Wellington and Auckland both dimming lights on landmarks. In New Zealand’s largest city of Auckland, the five star Langham Hotel swapped chandeliers for 3,000 candles in its lobby. The 328-meter high Sky Tower turned off lights between 8:00 p.m. and 9:00 p.m.

    While Earth Hour’s short-term goal is a 5 percent drop in power use for the hour, its main message is to show that joining the ongoing fight against climate change does not need to be difficult.

    The idea is promoted by the Worldwide Fund for Nature. Its climate change manager Dairne Poole says Earth Hour is symbolic but climate change is very real.

    The campaign aims to show how small actions can make a difference to global warming.

    The first Earth Hour was in Sydney last year.

    There 2 million residents switched off their lights and major landmarks including the Sydney Opera House were darkened, reducing power consumption by 10 percent.  

The Ron Paul Revolution Enters A New Phase

0

We seem to be entering a distinct second phase of the Ron Paul Revolution. It is arguably the most important phase. At least that is how I see it. The Presidential campaign was the impetus for the explosion of ideas for true liberty in our lifetime. The upcoming release of Ron Paul’s new book, “The Revolution: A Manifesto“, is the mark of the longer, more tedious, but most important educational phase. In an earlier article we compared it to the release of Thomas Paine’s “Common Sense”. Even Lew Rockwell echoed those thoughts in his blog today.

As the movement enters this new phase, it is a good time to look back with a bit of humor and nostalgia at the Ron Paul campaign. No other aspect of the campaign was criticized more than the unfair media coverage. One of the most popular Liberty Maven articles was the satire piece, “The Official Media Guide To Attacking Ron Paul”. We reprint it below to give us some perspective as we witness mostly positive articles from the main stream media of late. This is a good sign that the potential exists for the movement towards freedom that Ron Paul sparked will survive. Look how far we’ve come.

The Official Media Guide To Attacking Ron Paul

Liberty Maven has uncovered a letter from the office of the “Main Stream Media Czar”. Unfortunately, the letter was not signed by name, only title. We didn’t even know there was such a thing as a “Main Stream Media Czar” prior to discovering this letter. My only reaction to this letter was, “it all makes so much sense now.” Here is the letter itself, transcribed word for word.

We in the main stream media all know that Ron Paul cannot win the presidency because of his extremist views. Given this fact, it is important we don’t allow him the same media coverage as our preferred candidates. It is true that we must give him some coverage, but it is also true that we must adhere to the “Mass Media Ron Paul Rule” when giving him coverage during this campaign season. Generally, the “Mass Media Ron Paul Rule” can be summed up in two words:

Marginalize him.

Here are some wonderful tactics to utilize when applying the “Mass Media Ron Paul Rule:

Continually label him as a long shot candidate. This is the most important of all the tactics so we list it first. Sure, it is true that Ron Paul has won or placed high in many straw polls across the country but we must never mention it. Instead, in every article or television news story copy we should use one or more of the terms “dark horse”, “long shot”, “barely registering in the polls”, “quixotic”, or “gadfly”. If we can do this consistently, our job is complete.

Attack his supporters. Ron Paul has a stellar personal record with his marriage of over 50 years, 5 children, and 18 grandchildren. His political record is also exemplary with him never voting to raise taxes and always voting in accordance with the Constitution. Because of this, attacking him on his record is a daunting task. The best method to marginalize him is to attack his supporters. This can be accomplished by calling his supporters names like “kooky”, “crazy”, “conspiracy nutjobs”, “paultards”, and the like. This is classic “guilt by association” and works well on the apathetic electorate.

Call him “Libertarian” as much as possible. Continually giving him the libertarian label is a great covert method of Ron Paul marginalization. This reinforces that he’s not really a Republican even though he has held office as a Republican for 10 terms. We find that if you are in radio or television you may even say the word “libertarian” using a negative tone during questions. This perpetuates the extremism inherent in Ron Paul’s policies even though the word libertarian simply means: one who believes in liberty.

Continually ask him if he’s planning on running as a third party candidate. This tactic should be used often. It accomplishes two things. First, it suggests that he is not a serious candidate for the Republican party. Second, it will get him on record as saying he won’t run for a third party. If he should happen to run third party at a later date he can be attacked for changing his position.

Ask him if he would support the GOP nominee if he doesn’t win. Ron Paul is against the Iraq war and wishes to bring the troops home from overseas in order to help stem the tide of government overspending. This makes him different than all of the other Republican candidates who support keeping our troops overseas indefinitely. As media we must make all attempts to not only marginalize his candidacy, but also marginalize his steadfast message of linking the cost of the war on terror to our economic woes here at home.

Focus on his campaign strategy rather than his message. Ron Paul’s message of freedom, prosperity, and peace should be overshadowed by talk of his successful grassroots campaign. The more we focus on how he raises money and the types of supporters he has, the less time he has to talk about his message that is sure to resonate with most Americans. We must make all attempts to block or cloud that message. If it were to get out, it could spell doom for our chosen candidates.

Attack him for not returning donations from fringe supporters. White supremacists and prostitutes have donated money to Ron Paul and that is bad. We can use our political correctness and superior morality as a weapon and ask him why does he not return that donation money. After all a white supremacist would do more good with having an extra $500 in his pocket than a doctor who has delivered over 4000 babies while preaching peace and equal rights for everyone.

Abolishing the IRS is crazy. Attacking his stance on abolishing the IRS and replacing it with nothing is also effective. After all most Americans don’t know that we could do without the income tax if we just went back to the same level of government spending that we had in the 1990’s. A great method is to reply to his answer with an incredulous “replace it with NOTHING? How can the government function?” comment. This tactic will scare people into believing in how the government always has our best interests at heart. It will help people ignore the fact that Ron Paul also wants to cut government spending drastically in order to balance the budget.

Label him an isolationist for his foreign policy views. Since he wants to bring our troops home from not just Iraq, but all of the 130 other occupied countries he should be deemed an isolationist. It doesn’t matter that Ron Paul wants free trade and travel with other countries and thus is not truly an isolationist. The people will believe what we tell them to believe.

This directive gives us several tactics to be used in the fight against Ron Paul’s candidacy for president. We should use them all and use them often. After all Ron Paul’s message of freedom, prosperity, and peace is antiquated and has no place in our authoritarian world.

Sincerely,

The Main Stream Media Czar

Source

Federal Reserve could be given more power

3

America’s Treasury Department will tomorrow put forward plans for a revamp of US financial regulation in an attempt to curb the lending excesses that triggered the credit crisis.

The new blueprint, drawn up by Treasury secretary Hank Paulson, would, if adopted, replace a system that has been built up over more than a century. The Federal Reserve would be given broad powers over financial markets, including a remit to investigate any institution thought to be endangering stability.

The main aim of the plan would be to draw together the various agencies that are charged with financial oversight. The Securities and Exchange Commission, for example, would be merged with bodies like the Commodity Futures Trading Commission, which administers trading in securities based on oil and other commodity prices.

Previous attempts to shake-up financial regulation in America have proved abortive and the Paulson plan would require approval by Congress – something difficult to predict with presidential elections in the offing.

Paulson has been working on his proposals since last year. The efforts were given added impetus by the recent – and unprecedented – Fed-organised bail-out of Bear Stearns, the investment bank.

At the time, Fed officials noted that they had not had the necessary powers to monitor Bear Stearns’s financial position in the run-up to the crisis, or take measures that might have averted it.

Fans face FA Cup Tube chaos

0

FANS travelling to Wembley Stadium to watch Cardiff City’s FA Cup semi-final clash next weekend had their plans thrown into chaos yesterday as London Underground workers announced a strike to begin just minutes after the final whistle.

The announcement adds further travel misery for fans travelling by train from South Wales, who will also be hit by long-term maintenance work on the Severn Tunnel starting today and carrying on throughout every weekend until August.

Around 33,000 fans will make the journey to North London on April 6 for Cardiff’s first appearance at Wembley for 81 years, with hundreds having already booked weekend breaks in the capital. Earlier that day, the Ospreys take on Saracens in the quarter-final of rugby’s Heineken Cup in Watford.

But there is likely to be chaos on the streets of the capital as thousands of travellers, who would normally be on the Underground, spill on to the streets, railways and buses in search of alternative transport, or bring their cars into the English capital.

Last night, stunned supporters said the news would take away some of the enjoyment of a historic fixture that could see the Bluebirds secure a place in the final of one of football’s showpiece tournaments. They also warned of the dangers of allowing thousands of fans to become agitated while waiting for hastily- arranged alternative transport.

“It’s going to be absolute chaos and take the edge off the day for many fans,” said Gwyn Davies, of Cardiff City’s Valley Rams supporters club.

“They [the transport unions] always do things like this at the most volatile times for optimum publicity, to increase pressure and to give them more leverage for their case. I don’t know the details of what they are fighting over but the general public are again being used as tools.”

The National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers (RMT) and the Transport Salaried Staffs’ Association said a dispute over safety issues would lead to its members walking out at 6.30pm next Sunday and not returning until Wednesday.

Cardiff City’s game kicks off at 4pm, meaning it could end less than 45 minutes before the strike begins. The Ospreys’ match kicks off at 12.15pm, with many fans planning to attend both high- profile games.

The unions have told London Underground its plans for ticket office closures, de-staffing, lone working and the introduction of “mobile supervisors” amount to an unacceptable attack on safety standards and overwhelmingly voted to walk out in ballots organised by both unions.

RMT general secretary Bob Crow said, “Each of these issues is serious in its own right, but together they amount to a fundamental and unacceptable attack on staffing across the network, putting our members’ and passengers’ safety at risk. Tube workers will not stand idly by while the security of the network is compromised by managers who clearly believe that staff and passenger safety can be looked after on the cheap.”

But the concerns found little sympathy among supporters.

Mr Davies said, “They say they are concerned over safety but this is going to cause chaos. There are all sorts of possibilities if thousands of people are left to hang around getting agitated. It’s a bad announcement and let’s hope common sense prevails.”

The announcement came just four days after ecstatic fans queued at Ninian Park through the night to get their hands on tickets, for which the majority of supporters paid between £25 and £45.

“Coaches can only get so close to the stadium and are mainly planning on dropping fans off and picking them up at Tube stations, but they can’t do that now,” said Mr Davies.

“But you can’t get all those coaches right up to the stadium either. People need to know they will be able to get home.”

Wembley Stadium is on the Bakerloo and Metropolitan Tube lines. The Saracens’ Vicarage Road ground in Watford is also on the Bakerloo line. Only one above-ground rail service, run by Chiltern Railways, travels between Paddington and Wembley and there are also bus services — but these will come under strain without an operating Tube.

Passenger watchdog Passenger Focus last night urged the opposing parties to resolve their differences with the potential for disruption heightened by the extra visitors to London, with the Olympic flame also passing through Wembley on April 6 en route to Beijing.

“Lots of travelling fans will expect to use the Tube, which is the easier and most popular method of getting across London,” said the organisation’s Wales manager, Simon Pickering.

“Without access to it there will be confusion, if not chaos, for Cardiff City fans. On a busy weekend, with lots of competing demands for public transport in London, taking out a major component is an extra stress which passengers can do without.”

Transport for London said last night it was too early to say how the strike would affect the semi-final clash or what alternative arrangements could be put in place.

Source

Put Impeachment Back on the Table

0

Chairman John Conyers
House Judiciary Committee
U.S. House of Representatives
U.S. Congress
Washington, DC 20510
Dear Chairman Conyers:

Prominent Constitutional law experts believe President Bush has engaged in at least, five categories of repeated, defiant “high crimes and misdemeanors”, which separately or together would allow Congress to subject the President to impeachment under Article II, Section 4 of the Constitution. The sworn oath of members of Congress is to uphold the Constitution. Failure of the members of Congress to pursue impeachment of President Bush is an affront to the founding fathers, the Constitution, and the people of the United States.

In addition to a criminal war of aggression in Iraq, in violation of our constitution, statutes and treaties, there are the arrests of thousands of Americans and their imprisonment without charges, the spying on Americans without juridical warrant, systematic torture, and the unprecedented wholesale, defiant signing statements declaring that the President, in his unbridled discretion, is the law.

In 2005, a plurality of the American people polled declared that they would favor impeachment of President Bush if it was shown that he did not tell the truth about the reasons for going to War in Iraq. Congress should use its authority under Article II, Section 4 of the Constitution to officially determine what President Bush knew before going to war in Iraq.

Your files and retrieval systems are bulging with over-whelming evidence behind all these five categories. When constitutional duty combines with the available evidence, inaction amounts to a suppression of that evidence from constitutional implementation.

When the Democrats were heading for a net election gain in 2006 in the House of Representatives, many observers of presidential accountability entertained the hope that the Judiciary Committee, with its new chairman, would hold hearings on an impeachment resolution. No way! The next backup was the belief that there would an impeachment inquiry (fortified by your own op-ed in the The Washington Post) No way! The next lowered expectation backup was just a hearing on impeachment urged by several of your present and former Congressional colleagues. So far, no way!

The fourth fallback was simply a hearing on the criminal and constitutional violations of Bush-Cheney by your Committee, as urged in a letter sent to you earlier this year by, among others, several of your former Congressional colleagues, including Senators George McGovern and James Abourezk, and Representatives Andy Jacobs and Paul Findley, along with Rocky Anderson, former mayor of Salt Lake City, and the undersigned. So far, no progress.

There is another option: do nothing. Since January 2007 – the politically expedient option of doing nothing has triumphed. Volumes can and will be written, about what can go down as the most serious abdication of impeachment responsibilities by a Congress in its history. No other president has committed more systemic, repeated impeachable offenses, with such serious consequences to this country, its people, to Iraq, its people and the security of this nation before, than George W. Bush. James Madison, Thomas Jefferson and their colleagues had just these kinds of monarchical abuses and violations in their framework of anticipation.

Declarations by Bush on the somber occasion of the fifth anniversary of the invasion of Iraq this past March 20, 2008 demonstrated his criminal, unconstitutional arrogance and his confidence that this Democratic Congress will continue to be cowed, continue its historic cowardliness, and continue to leave the American people without representation. Even should he unilaterally attack Iran. The Democratic Party has abandoned its critical role as an opposition Party in this and other serious matters.

In a January 6, 2008 op-ed in The Washington Post, former Senator George McGovern wrote an eloquently reasoned plea for the impeachment of George W. Bush. More than two out of three polled Americans want out of Iraq, believing it was a costly mistake.

Repeatedly during the past seven years, Mr. Bush has lectured the American people about “responsibility” and that actions with consequences must incur responsibility.

It is never too late to enforce the Constitution. It is never too late to uphold the rule of law. It is never too late to awaken the Congress to its sworn duties under the Constitution. But it will soon be too late to avoid the searing verdict of history when on January 21, 2009, George W. Bush becomes a fugitive from a justice that was never invoked by those in Congress so solely authorized to hold the President accountable.

Is this the massive Bush precedent you and your colleagues wish to convey to presidential successors who may be similarly tempted to establish themselves above and beyond the rule of law?

Is this the way you and your colleagues wish to be remembered by the American people?

Sincerely,

Ralph Nader

Claim soldiers do not want Iraq inquiry rejected

0

Gordon Brown’s claim that an inquiry into the war in Iraq would be a “distraction” for Britain’s troops on the ground has been repudiated by some of the country’s former defence chiefs.

The Prime Minister said an inquiry should take place when the soldiers’ “work is over”, although ministers have denied that means when the last British soldier has left Iraq.

But a number of Britain’s former leading defence figures have rejected the Prime Minister’s warnings that to hold an investigation now would undermine the troops, and supported the demands for an urgent inquiry into the war. Among them is Field Marshal Lord Bramall, who commanded British forces during the Falklands War.

The Government defeated demands in the Commons by Liberal Democrats and Conservative MPs for an inquiry this week, although 12 Labour MPs rebelled.

Gordon Brown has promised an inquiry but said now was not the time. Lord Bramall accused the Prime Minister of delaying it for political reasons.

“I don’t think having an inquiry now would be a distraction. I think it is such a political hot potato the Government is not going to want it before the next election,” he said. “There are two issues which people want to know about — why was there no planning for the aftermath of the war and how did we get involved in the first place.”

Lord Bramall, who was opposed to the war, said that the Prime Minister failed properly to consult the chiefs of staff or his cabinet colleagues before supporting President George Bush in going to war.

“We now know that the prime minister didn’t consult anybody in his own Cabinet before we were committed to war, and the Americans decided it as a reflex action to 9/11.”

Lord Craig of Radley, the former air marshal of the RAF, backed Lord Bramall’s demand for an immediate inquiry.

“I think it is very timely to have an inquiry before memories fade,” said Lord Craig. “The fact that there remain some British troops still in Iraq — they are in an ‘overwatch’ role and not actively engaged — should not delay it.

Lord Craig said he did not agree that an inquiry would prove a distraction. “I would personally like to see an inquiry because I think there are lessons to be learnt. I do not think that it would be a distraction at all. The issue is about how we got involved in the war.”

He said any inquiry would not involve those now on the ground in Iraq. “It would involve those who were involved in the decision at the most senior levels. The issue is how did we get into it, and what arrangements were made for after the invasion?”

The former head of the RAF rejected the assertion by Jack Straw, the Justice Secretary, that an inquiry now would affect soldiers “psychologically”.

“I don’t think an inquiry would have any psychological impact on the troops,” said Lord Craig.

General Sir Mike Jackson also supported an inquiry. He said: “As I said in my book, it is a political decision at the end of the day but in the long run it would probably be a good thing.”

The Prime Minister’s official spokesman yesterday said that Mr Brown remained of the view that an inquiry now would be a “distraction”, in spite of the calls by the defence chiefs.

In a letter to the Fabian Society, which had earlier asked him to hold a public inquiry, Mr Brown wrote: “There will come a time when it is appropriate to hold an inquiry. But while the whole effort of the Government and the armed forces is directed towards supporting the people and government of Iraq as they forge a future based on reconciliation, democracy, prosperity and security, we believe that is not now.”

Colin Brown

Are We Really That Ill?

1

CHICAGO – America has reached a point where almost half its population is described as being in some way mentally ill, and nearly a quarter of its citizens – 67.5 million – have taken antidepressants.

These statistics have sparked a widespread, sometimes rancorous debate about whether people are taking far more medication than is needed for problems that may not even be mental disorders. Studies indicate that 40% of all patients fall short of the diagnoses that doctors and psychiatrists give them, yet 200 million prescriptions are written annually in America to treat depression and anxiety. Those who defend such widespread use of prescription drugs insist that a significant part of the population is under-treated and, by inference, under-medicated. Those opposed to such rampant use of drugs note that diagnostic rates for bipolar disorder, in particular, have skyrocketed by 4,000% and that overmedication is impossible without over-diagnosis.

To help settle this long-standing dispute, I studied why the number of recognized psychiatric disorders has ballooned so dramatically in recent decades. In 1980, the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders added 112 new mental disorders to its third edition, DSM-III. Fifty-eight more disorders appeared in the revised third edition in 1987 and fourth edition in 1994.

With over a million copies in print, the manual is known as the bible of American psychiatry; certainly it is an invoked chapter and verse in schools, prisons, courts, and by mental-health professionals around the world. The addition of even one new diagnostic code has serious practical consequences. What, then, was the rationale for adding so many in 1980?

After several requests to the American Psychiatric Association, I was granted complete access to the hundreds of unpublished memos, letters, and even votes from the period between 1973 and 1979, when the DSM-III task force debated each new and existing disorder. Some of the work was meticulous and commendable. But the overall approval process was more capricious than scientific.

DSM-III grew out of meetings that many participants described as chaotic. One observer later remarked that the small amount of research drawn upon was “really a hodgepodge – scattered, inconsistent, and ambiguous.” The interest and expertise of the task force was limited to one branch of psychiatry: neuropsychiatry. That group met for four years before it occurred to members that such one-sidedness might result in bias.

Incredibly, the lists of symptoms for some disorders were knocked out in minutes. The field studies used to justify their inclusion sometimes involved a single patient evaluated by the person advocating the new disease. Experts pressed for the inclusion of illnesses as questionable as “chronic undifferentiated unhappiness disorder” and “chronic complaint disorder,” whose traits included moaning about taxes, the weather, and even sports results.

Social phobia, later dubbed “social anxiety disorder,” was one of seven new anxiety disorders created in 1980. At first it struck me as a serious condition. By the 1990s experts were calling it “the disorder of the decade,” insisting that as many as one in five Americans suffers from it. Yet the complete story turned out to be rather more complicated. For starters, the specialist who in the 1960s originally recognized social anxiety – London-based Isaac Marks, a renowned expert on fear and panic – strongly resisted its inclusion in DSM-III as a separate disease category. The list of common behaviors associated with the disorder gave him pause: fear of eating alone in restaurants, avoidance of public toilets, and concern about trembling hands. By the time a revised task force added dislike of public speaking in 1987, the disorder seemed sufficiently elastic to include virtually everyone on the planet.

To counter the impression that it was turning common fears into treatable conditions, DSM-IV added a clause stipulating that social anxiety behaviors had to be “impairing” before a diagnosis was possible. But who was holding the prescribers to such standards? Doubtless, their understanding of impairment was looser than that of the task force. After all, despite the impairment clause, the anxiety disorder mushroomed; by 2000, it was the third most common psychiatric disorder in America, behind only depression and alcoholism.

Over-medication would affect fewer Americans if we could rein in such clear examples of over-diagnosis. We would have to set the thresholds for psychiatric diagnosis a lot higher, resurrecting the distinction between chronic illness and mild suffering. But there is fierce resistance to this by those who say they are fighting grave mental disorders, for which medication is the only viable treatment. Failure to reform psychiatry will be disastrous for public health. Consider that apathy, excessive shopping, and overuse of the Internet are all serious contenders for inclusion in the next edition of the DSM, due to appear in 2012. If the history of psychiatry is any guide, a new class of medication will soon be touted to treat them. Sanity must prevail: if everyone is mentally ill, then no one is.

Mr. Lane, a professor of English at Northwestern University, is the author of “Shyness: How Normal Behavior Became a Sickness.”

Spirit of internet at risk, campaigners warn

0

A promise by the biggest broadband provider in the US that it would stop discriminating against users who swap music and video online has failed to quell a grassroots movement demanding legislation to protect equal access to the internet.

Comcast, led by chairman and chief executive Brian Roberts, said it would stop interfering with the popular BitTorrent programs used for file sharing, ending a covert practice that was exposed last year and that turned the company into the No 1 corporate villain for the “net neutrality” movement.

However the company’s solution — to slow down the internet connections of heavy bandwidth users during the busiest times — has raised further questions about how internet service providers (ISPs) should prioritise traffic when their networks are close to capacity.

Neutrality campaigners say the spirit of the internet is under threat from ISPs that want to discriminate against certain types of internet use or against some users. The telecoms and cable industries are lobbying in favour of “congestion charging” that would allow them to offer priority access to the network to media companies willing to pay a high fee.

Comcast’s announcement was accompanied by news that it is working with BitTorrent, the company that invented thefile-sharing system, to come up with modifications that would make it use bandwidth moreefficiently.

However, the agreement was dismissed by net neutrality campaigners as a clumsy attempt to improve Comcast’s image and to head off legislation.

“Innovators should not have to negotiate side deals with phone and cable companies to operate without discrimination,” said Marvin Ammori, general counsel of the lobby group Free Press. “The internet has always been a level playing field, and we need to keep it that way.”

The Savetheinternet.com coalition, which is among those co-ordinating an online movement in favour of legislation, was still yesterday pressing supporters to lobby the Federal Communications Commission, the industry regulator, which is investigating the issue.

The issue has become more pressing because systems like BitTorrent are increasingly being used by media companies to distribute video online, not just by tech-savvy individuals swapping pirated material.

“Recognising that the web is richer and more bandwidth intensive than it has been historically, we are pleased that Comcast understands these changing traffic patterns and wants to collaborate with us to migrate to techniques that the internet community will find to be more transparent,” said Eric Klinker, BitTorrent’s chief technology officer.

Telecoms and cable companies say that their networkscould be overwhelmed. Netneutrality campaigners, however, say they should investmore in building additionalcapacity for individuals andcompanies uploading video to the internet.

Stephen Foley

House panel passes measure on collecting DNA

0

Despite last-minute objections from Baltimore State’s Attorney Patricia C. Jessamy, legislation to expand collection of DNA samples from suspects charged with violent crimes moved a step closer to final passage Friday, as a House committee made only minor changes to the version of the bill that passed the Senate last week.

The Judiciary committee voted 18-3 to approve the DNA bill, a top crime-fighting priority of Gov. Martin O’Malley, after defeating a series of amendments that would have delayed or limited the initiative. Proponents say an expanded DNA database would help solve crimes.

Members of the Legislative Black Caucus, who had protested the bill loudly when a version of it first reached the House floor, appeared satisfied with the measure, as changes they had negotiated to increase protections for defendants remained largely untouched.

Del. Jill P. Carter, a Baltimore Democrat, was the only caucus member on the committee to vote against it, joining with two Republican lawmakers.

The panel’s chairman, Del. Joseph F. Vallario Jr., brushed aside concerns raised about the bill by Jessamy’s office, who sent one of its veteran prosecutors to Annapolis Friday to meet with committee members before they voted on the legislation.

“They had some questions, but we already talked about it,” said Vallario, a Democrat from Prince George’s County. He pointed out that the committee had held a hearing in February and a series of lengthy meetings since then with a wide array of stakeholders, including other state’s attorneys. Now, with just a little more than a week left in the 90-day legislative session, he said, “We couldn’t delay it anymore.”

Jessamy spokeswoman Margaret Burns said city prosecutors have a variety of problems with the DNA bill, which was substantially revised to accommodate concerns of African-American lawmakers, who said they feared the database would be used to target minorities.

One of Jessamy’s biggest objections, her spokeswoman said, is one of the provisions added at the behest of the black caucus. That provision would expand defendants’ rights after being convicted to request that their cases be reopened based on newly collected or analyzed DNA evidence.

“The court can ask law enforcement to conduct an investigation that can benefit the defendant,” Burns said.

That would be a major shift from how cases now get handled when new evidence arises, she said.

A spokesman for O’Malley, who has had a long history of friction with Jessamy since he was mayor, dismissed her concerns about the DNA bill.

“The Baltimore County state’s attorney supports it, the Prince George’s state’s attorney supports it, the attorney general supports it,” said O’Malley spokesman Rick Abbruzzese. “The bill makes sense.”

Jessamy’s spokeswoman also said city prosecutors have had problems getting DNA evidence from crime scenes analyzed in a timely manner. The bill would expand the number of samples to be analyzed and would require they be checked against any DNA evidence taken from crime scenes — causing some to question whether the Maryland State Police laboratory can handle the workload.

When he introduced the bill, O’Malley said the Maryland State Police forensics laboratory had managed to eliminate a backlog of some 24,000 unprocessed DNA samples by increasing funding last year for the facility.

Committee members who said they were concerned about reports of a continuing backlog in handling of crime-scene DNA evidence proposed amendments that would have delayed the start of the new law, either until the backlog had been eliminated or until a new task force could study that and other issues related to expanded DNA collection.

“The longer we scratch this, the more I’m convinced it’s not ready for prime time,” said Del. Susan K. McComas, a Harford County Republican.

Del. Michael D. Smiegel Sr., a Cecil County Republican, called the bill a “giant leap into what I consider to be an invasion of personal liberties” and pushed for amendments to delay the law or limit DNA collection only to those convicted of crimes — a stance similar to the one advocated by the American Civil Liberties Union.

But Del. Benjamin F. Kramer, a Montgomery County Democrat who other committee members credited with helping to hammer out the compromise bill, urged lawmakers not to tinker with it now.

“By virtue of passing this legislation, we will be taking sex offenders off the street,” he said. “The longer we delay it, the longer they stay out there.”

A lobbyist for the state’s sheriffs and police chiefs, who had supported the original bill, also raised concerns about requirements in the amended measure requiring local law enforcement agencies to collect and report information on how DNA samples and evidence are handled. Lawmakers added that provision to increase oversight of the database.

“We would be, in effect, a data collection agency in addition to a police agency,” said Mike Canning, the sheriffs and chiefs’ lobbyist.

Vallario, however, said those concerns also came too late.

The Senate bill, amended slightly to sunset the DNA law after five years, now goes to the House floor. Vallario said he expected senators would accept the relatively minor change.

| Sun reporter

Bush Aide Quits Over Misuse Of Money

0

(AP) – An aide to President Bush has resigned because of his alleged misuse of grant money from the U.S. Agency for International Development when he worked for a Cuban democracy organization.Felipe Sixto was promoted on March 1 as a special assistant to the president for intergovernmental affairs and stepped forward on March 20 to reveal his alleged wrongdoing and to resign, White House spokesman Scott Stanzel said on Friday. He said Sixto took that step after learning that his former employer, the Center for a Free Cuba, was prepared to initiate legal action against him.

The alleged wrongdoing occurred when Sixto was chief of staff at the center, where he worked for more than three years before moving to the White House.

The matter has been turned over to the Justice Department for investigation, Stanzel said. He said Bush was briefed on the case and felt that the appropriate action was being taken.

The Center for a Free Cuba describes itself as an independent, nonpartisan institution dedicated to promoting human rights and a transition to democracy and the rule of law in Cuba. Frank Calzon, the center’s executive director, said it receives “a couple million dollars” a year from USAID for rent, travel and equipment such as shortwave radios and laptops. He said the center welcomed the investigation and pledged complete cooperation.

Sixto joined the Office of Intergovernmental Affairs in July 2007 and was assigned to deal with state legislators, Native American groups and Hispanic officials on issues such as Cuba, Puerto Rico, health, labor, transportation, the environment and energy, Stanzel said.

“Mr. Sixto allegedly had a conflict of interest with the use of USAID funds,” Stanzel said. He said he did not know how much money was involved or the particulars of the allegations.

Sixto is the second White House aide to resign under a cloud in less than a month. Timothy Goeglein, who served as Bush’s middleman with conservatives and Christian groups, resigned on Feb. 29 after admitting to plagiarism. Twenty columns he wrote for an Indiana newspaper were determined to have material copied from other sources without attribution.

Goeglein was a special assistant to Bush and deputy director of the Office of Public Liaison.

Calzon said the Center for a Free Cuba “received an allegation” in mid-January about the possible misuse of funds and within days formed a fact-finding team. He said USAID was alerted within a few days. “After several weeks of investigating, we discovered there was some substance to it,” Calzon said. “A letter went from our lawyer to the inspector general of USAID.”

Iraq PM offers money for arms

0

 

Nuri al-Maliki, Iraq’s prime minister, has extended a deadline to April 8 for Shia fighters to hand over weapons or face “severe penalties”.

In a statement on Friday, he said: “All those who have heavy and intermediate weapons are to deliver them to security sites and they will be rewarded financially.”

The Iraqi government has been struggling to contain a crisis set off earlier in the week after a military crackdown in the southern city of Basra sparked clashes across the country.

More than 130 people have been killed in the fighting and a three-day lockdown has been imposed in the capital.

An official said the prime minister would skip a meeting of Arab leaders in Syria over the weeekend to deal with the spreading violence. Al-Maliki has pledged “no retreat” in the fight against Shia militia forces in the country’s south.

Mahdi Army control

A police source told Al Jazeera that 80 people had been killed and another 450 injured by fighting between Iraqi forces and fighters from the Mahdi Army of Shia leader Muqtada al-Sadr in Basra alone.

He said security forces had taken control of the centre of town but that large parts of the southern oil-hub city remain under Mahdi Army control.

Fierce clashes erupted in the southern city of Nasiriyah early on Friday between Iraqi forces and Shia fighters, killing at least four policemen, a local police official said.

In the southern city of Kut, 45 people were reported dead and 87 wounded from at least three days of fighing.

A police source also said 19 soldiers from the Iraqi Army 8th division dad been captured by fighters there. He said the Mahdi Army maintains control of Kut’s suburbs, although security forces had made gains inside the city.

Explosions were also heard in Baghdad on Friday, despite the curfew imposed a day earlier. An American was killed in the capital’s Green Zone on Thursday as salvoes of rockets struck the heavily-fortified area.

 

Al-Maliki has based himself in Basra to personally oversee military operations in the city.

 

Few journalists have been able to travel to the city, but witnesses said Basra‘s streets were deserted, with shops and businesses shut.

Hassan, a resident of Basra, told Al Jazeera: “For two days now, we woke up to sounds of explosion – we have never witnessed such huge
attacks in Basra.”

He said all cities roads had all been blocked, while Mahdi Army fighters attack Iraqi forces from residential and commercial blocks.

‘Historic mission’

 

In a speech broadcast on state TV, al-Maliki said: “We have made up our minds to enter this battle, and we will continue until the end.”

 

He said Iraq had become a “nation of gangs, militias and outlaws” and he was undertaking an “historic mission” in Basra to restore “the law of the land”.

The Basra crackdown is seen as a key test for al-Maliki, with the ability of Iraq‘s leaders and armed forces to control such situations central to US hopes of pulling its own forces out of the country.

At a speech in Ohio on Thursday, George Bush, the US president, praised al-Maliki, citing the violent crackdown on Basra as evidence that his government is increasingly able to handle security without US leadership.

 

Bush’s speech at a US air force museum in Dayton is one of a series of addresses made in defence of the five-year-old war in Iraq, and intended to prove that the so-called troop surge is having an effect.

 

 

Rejecting suggestions that Iraq‘s leaders were “foot dragging”, he said they were “striving to build a modern democracy on the rubble of three decades of tyranny.”

‘Bold decision’

 

Praising what he said was al-Maliki’s “bold decision” to take on the Basra militias, he said the move was a turning point in showing that Iraq is taking on more responsibility. 

“There’s a strong commitment by the central government of Iraq to say that no one is above the law,” Bush said.

 

Thousands of al-Sadr supporters in Baghdad on Thursday demonstrated against the current crackdown, calling on the Iraqi prime minister to resign.

In the Kazimiyah neighbourhood, marching protesters denounced al-Maliki as a “new dictator” while carrying a coffin bearing a crossed-out picture of the US-backed prime minister.

 

Protests also took place in the mainly Shia district of Sadr City.

 

Al-Sadr himself released a statement on Thursday calling for a political solution to the growing crisis and an end to the “shedding of Iraqi blood.”

 

But the statement, released by a close aide, stopped short of ordering the Mahdi Army to halt fighting.

Source

Brain scan lie detectors ‘may already be in use’

0

A brain imaging technique called fMRI may be being used as a “lie detector” by US intelligence agencies, despite concerns over unreliability and the possibility of abuse, a leading academic has claimed.

Professor Jonathan Marks, a bioethicist at Pennsylvania State University in the US and a lawyer at London’s Matrix Chambers, says in an article in the American Journal of Law and Medicine that he believes that the use of functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in interrogations of terror suspects “has begun the transition from the world of fantasy to fact”.

He draws this belief from the unpublished views of a senior US interrogator, who is quoted in Prof Mark’s article as claiming that processes developed by “neuro-psychologists at London’s University College and Mossad” are “now being used to screen terrorists” with “great results”.

Further, a Department of Defence directive speaks of the need to include other “technical devices” to bolster the traditional polygraph lie detector in its “credibility assessment” of terror suspects.

Prof Marks warns of the “risk of mistreatment and abuse” of interrogation subjects in the event of a false positive.

While it has been suggested in recent years that the technique could possibly be used for lie detection, as lying uses different parts of the brain to telling the truth, there has previously been little suggestion that it is in current use.

fMRI techniques have been used for over a decade in diagnostic situations, to view brain tumours and other disorders. They work by using powerful magnetic fields to map tiny differences in oxygen usage in brain cells.

Since active cells use more oxygen than inactive ones, it is possible to see what brain areas are working when a statement is made – and in theory, whether it is a lie or a genuine memory.

However, Prof Marks says that while the technique has been tested on healthy people in low-stress environments, it is unclear whether they will work on terror suspects who may be being held in high-stress situations and who may have mental health issues that could be exacerbated by their incarceration.

Prof Marks also worries that while the images created require subtle interpretation, they may inspire false confidence in interrogators, leading to more aggressive treatment. This is particularly a concern in the wake of President George W Bush’s March 8 veto of legislation that would have prohibited the CIA using aggressive interrogation methods.

“One of the real concerns I have is that you can see how people can begin to say ‘the fMRI picked him out as a terrorist so let us give him a going over in the interrogation room,’ ” Prof Marks said in an interview with the American Association for the Advancement of Science’s website EurekAlert.

“Contrary to the view that fMRI will render torture obsolete, it might become a license for further abuse of detainees because its readings will convince people that they have a terrorist on their hands.”

However, Professor Daniel Langleben, a psychiatrist who specialises in brain imaging techniques at Penn State, says that such concerns are unfounded.

“Lie detection is not mind-reading. We do not detect terrorists, just deception,” he said.

Tom Chivers

Bush likely to delay withdrawal of troops from Iraq

1

George Bush signalled yesterday that he was likely to suspend the withdrawal of US troops from Iraq this summer because of fears that the country might return to the levels of violence witnessed last year.

Speaking as a three-day curfew was imposed on Baghdad and as fighting continued for a third successive day in Basra, the US president said there had been gains in Iraq, with overall levels of violence down, but security was fragile.

He would make his decision about more withdrawals from the 154,000-strong US force after speaking next month to the US commander in Iraq, General David Petraeus, and the US ambassador to Iraq, Ryan Crocker. But he added: “As I consider the way forward, I will always remember that the progress in Iraq is real, it’s substantive, but it is reversible. And so the decision on our troop levels will be ensuring that we succeed in Iraq.”

Bush praised as a bold decision the offensive against Shia militias ordered by the prime minister, Nouri al-Maliki, also a Shia. “This operation is going to take some time to complete,” Bush predicted, though the offensive would demonstrate to Iraqis that no one was above the law.

More than 130 people have been killed and hundreds wounded since the government began its operation on Tuesday, led by 15,000 soldiers from the national army. Tens of thousands of the radical cleric Moqtada al-Sadr’s supporters marched in Baghdad in a show of force, demanding Maliki’s removal.

Last night Sadr called for talks, issuing a statement: “We ask everyone to adopt the [means of] political resolution and peaceful protest. Do not shed Iraqi blood.”

But Maliki, previously accused by Iraqi Sunni Muslims of being soft on Shia militias, has vowed to finish the job. He went to Basra to be with forces there, and gave an ultimatum to local Shia militias to surrender their weapons by today. “We entered this battle with determination and we will continue to the end. No retreat. No talks. No negotiations,” he said.

However the Mahdi army, the militia nominally loyal to Sadr, retained control of the streets. A Reuters correspondent in Basra said government forces had cordoned off seven districts but were being repelled by Mahdi army fighters inside them.

US troop levels in Iraq fell from a 2003 level of 250,000 to 130,000 early last year before Bush announced a deployment “surge” of an extra 30,000 soldiers to try to stabilise Baghdad and other areas in central Iraq where the fighting was most fierce. Some soldiers have already been withdrawn and at least 14,000 are expected to leave between now and the summer. Petraeus and other commanders want to keep the level at about 140,000 in a “pause”, to assess the impact on security before ordering further withdrawals.

Bush claimed that during the past year there had been an overall significant decrease in violence.

Ewen MacAskill

POLICE SEEK TO AXE ANTI-ARMS TRADE MOVIE

0

Yet another below the belt blow to civil liberties was struck by the Sussex Plod this Monday. The long-awaited world premier of SchMOVIES ‘On The Verge’- the cinematic debut of the Smash Edo campaign – was cancelled after police intervention. In the days that followed, across the country venues due to show the film on the forthcoming tour have received visits from the police and licensing authorities keen to stop screenings.

Early on Monday evening, the SchNEWS crew were squeezing into our tuxedoes and ballgowns ready for the red carpet reception at local independent cinema the Duke of York’s (DoY). But barely had the first champagne cork been popped when we received a call to tell us the show was cancelled. The cinema had been contacted at 4.15pm by environmental health officer, Martin New, claiming that as the film does not have an official BBFC classification, the DoY would be in breach of their licence if the screening went ahead. The timing left the cinema with no option but to cancel. According to one source, the police then phoned the cinema and warned them that they should “bolt the doors” as these protesters were “extremely violent” and likely to try and force entry! One manager said the decision to question the film’s classification this way “was virtually unprecedented in my experience”.

Yer ever-good-in-a-crisis SchNEWS crew swiftly relocated the showing to a local pub, where around 140 people (over two screenings) were able to watch the ‘illicit’ film.

THE PLOD THICKENS

The next day, local rag the Argus ran the story as front page news: “Anti-war movie banned by council at the last minute”. They quoted top cop Chief Inspector Lawrence Taylor denying any police involvement in the sting, saying, “We would never get involved with the certification of a film — it is not something we do. It was as much a surprise to us as anyone else”. Well it must have then come as a real surprise when, the next day, B&H council’s press office confirmed that the police had in fact called them up and prompted their action.

Swiftly back-tracking, Sussex Police pinned the blame on a mysterious ‘junior officer’ (and inadvertently admitted they don’t bother knowing the law regarding showing films!): “Brighton and Hove Police were aware that ‘On The Verge’ was being shown at the Duke of York cinema. However, we do not become involved in, nor do we have knowledge of, the law relating to film certification. That is a matter for Brighton & Hove City Council. However, a junior officer, who is not based in the city, alerted the city council to the showing and they advised the cinema of its responsibilities.”. So either Lawrence Taylor was lying or his rank-and-file are showing a little more initiative than usual.

Whoever the ‘junior officer’ is, it seems she/he’s been pretty busy organising a coordinated clampdown on the film. By this afternoon venues due to show the film across the country were receiving visits from the police. Staff at the Arthouse Community Cafe in Bedford Place, Southampton were approached at 11am by police and licensing officers. Threats were made concerning their licensing if the film, due to be shown on Thursday night was screened. Jani Franck of the Community Cafe said, “I grew up in South Africa and this feels awfully familiar. This has nothing to do with protecting the public – this is nothing but censorship”.

As SchNEWS goes to press, the first tour venues in Bath, Southampton, Oxford and Chichester have all been visited and leaned on to pull the plug.

Classifications for similar independent films are not normally an issue — especially for private showings where no money changes hands (and with official BBFC certifications costing up to a grand, it would kill any local independent no-budget film making). Given that there is no swearing or nudity in the film, and that the only violence in the film is at the hands of Sussex police, offences against public morals are unlikely. But in an unusual bout of sensitivity towards the public, police decided that although it’s OK to violently attack protesters, it might disturb members of the public were they to see it on film.

Steve Bishop of SchMovies told us exclusively “We’re not exactly surprised by the police action. Yeah, the film doesn’t have a certificate but since when has this applied to productions with a budget of under five hundred quid! What next, a PG certificate for yer wedding video? The only reason they want to ban this is ‘cuz it shows ‘em in a bad light.”

* Want to see the film they tried (are trying) to ban? People are re-arranging showings in many of the towns — for more info check out www.smashedo.org.uk or local Indymedia postings.

* Interested in putting on a screening, e-mail: on-the-verge@hotmail.co.uk

* View the trailer at www.schnews.org.uk/schmovies/index-on-the-verge

http://www.schnews.org.uk/archive/news625.htm

The engineer whose ‘evidence’ led to war in Iraq

0

An Iraqi engineer who provided the information that became one of the key planks in the Bush administration’s case justifying the invasion of Iraq has been tracked down by undercover reporters to a drab residential block in southern Germany.

Rafid Ahmed Alwan, code-named Curveball (a baseball term for deception), has been in hiding since the invasion five years ago, and lives under an assumed name. He was questioned by German intelligence in the late 1990s when seeking asylum in Germany and told them that he had witnessed a biological weapons programme in Iraq. His “evidence” was made public in a compelling speech to the UN security council by US secretary of state, Colin Powell on 5 February 2003, when he said that Iraq possessed stockpiles of biological weapons that threatened the world and the mobile weapons laboratories to produce them.

Although German intelligence officials had warned the CIA that Curveball’s claims were unreliable, and UN inspectors had failed to corroborate them, the Bush administration promoted the existence of such mobile labs for months after the invasion.

Now Curveball denies having made the claims in the first place. The BBC 2 programme Newsnight broadcast last night secretly filmed footage of the discredited agent who was approached by Der Spiegel magazine in his German hideout where he declined to give a formal interview. His face was blanked out in the footage in which a reporter asked him on his doorstep whether he had ever spoken about Iraq’s biological weapons. Curveball replied “No.”

Der Spiegel, describing the stocky man with a full shock of black hair and a stubbly beard shown for the first time on television since the war, said it is clear that Curveball “is an impostor, a fabulist.” However the magazine also criticised German intelligence for remaining loyal to its source, despite the “serious doubts” over his information.

Anne Penketh

Monk dies from Chinese food blockade

0

A Buddhist monk died of starvation due to a 12-day blockade of food and water to major monasteries in Lhasa by Chinese forces, Tibetans in exile reported Wednesday. Lama Thokmey died Monday in the Ramoche monastery in Lhasa, according to the Tibetan Centre for Human Rights and Democracy (TCHRD).
    
    The Chinese military have not allowed food and water into the monastery since March 14 and fires teargas into it frequently, the TCHRD said, citing reliable sources. Many monasteries in Tibet face shortages of food, water, medicine as well as restrictions on movement, DPA reported Thursay via BuddhistChannel.tv.
    
    The TCHRD said it is getting increasingly difficult to get details due to the restrictions placed by Chinese authorities. China’s ban on foreign journalists traveling to the protest areas makes it extremely difficult to verify information.
    
    The European Union on Tuesday urged China to stop using force against Tibetan protesters and to lift restrictions to movement and information. Slovenia’s Ambassador Andrej Logar, who currently represents the seven-nation bloc at the UN body, told the UN Human Rights Council in Geneva, “We urge Chinese authorities to refrain from using force against those involved in unrest and call on demonstrators to desist from violence.”

Source

VIDEO: Religio-Fascist thought police at work

2

The Bible actually as something to say about these people:

“It were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he should offend one of these little ones.”

(King James Version) Luke: Chapter 17. Verse 2.

In other words, turning children into robot-propagandists to serve some wacko political agenda is a sin of the highest order.

These are the same morons who back George Bush and think the war in Iraq is a great idea.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9D8AeiAamjY[/youtube]
http://www.brasschecktv.com/page/293.html

Hillary Clinton; fibber in chief

0

A good memory is needed once we have lied,” observed Pierre Corneille, the 17th-century French tragedian. He was right. The complexities involved in keeping an untruth plausible and consistent are so tortuous that to be really good at lying demands exceptional recall of what was said when and where.

But Corneille was writing before the age of YouTube. Nowadays, no amount of familiarity with memory’s labyrinth will save you when there is downloadable disproof at the click of a mouse button. So Hillary Clinton discovered this week, when she was caught out in a prize fib about a trip she made to Bosnia when she was First Lady 12 years ago.

Dilating on her extensive experience of foreign affairs, the New York senator told a campaign event last week that she vividly remembered how, with the Balkans still a cauldron of war, she had flown into an airfield under sniper fire. She had had to dash, head-down from the aircraft, she told the spellbound audience, to the safety of waiting cars, and the planned traditional arrival ceremony had been hastily cancelled in the mêlée.

It sounded thrilling – like something out of a Tom Clancy novel. The problem was, it probably did come out of a Tom Clancy novel. It was pure fiction.

CBS unearthed some news video of the arrival ceremony and it was promptly disseminated on YouTube. There was Mrs Clinton, serene and smiling, strolling with her entourage from the plane, head held high, and in no evident danger from snipers, terrorists, or even the odd slightly miffed Serb. Seconds later she was being greeted in what looked very much like a traditional arrival ceremony on the tarmac where a small girl embraced her and the two chatted warmly for a while. I’ve been in more physical danger coming out of the car park at Heathrow.

Confronted with the incontrovertible evidence Mrs Clinton acknowledged this week that she “misspoke”. Misspeak is an Orwellian term deployed by politicians to describe what has happened when they have been caught in a barefaced lie.

The Clintons have a well-formed habit of misspeaking. Bill Clinton, of course, was always doing it. But his wife has also over the years mastered the art of misspeaking in what Mark Twain once described as an “experienced, industrious, ambitious and often quite picturesque” way.

She has misspoken on any number of occasions when the straight truth might have been very damaging: over her involvement in the various scandals of the early Clinton years. But alongside these instrumental whoppers, there have been some befuddlingly pointless little tiddlers too.

For no obvious reason she once claimed her parents named her after Sir Edmund Hillary, even though she was born more than five years before the mountaineer’s ascent of Everest, when he was known by almost no one outside New Zealand.

When she ran for New York senator she claimed to have been a lifelong fan of the New York Yankees even though no one could recall her ever having expressed the slightest interest in or knowledge of the baseball team.

In fact the facility with which the Clintons misspeak is so pronounced that it is quite possible they have genuinely forgotten how to tell the plain truth. There was no real need for Mrs Clinton to make the claim about landing in sniper fire. But the compulsion to embroider, to dissemble and to dissimulate is now so entrenched in the synapses of the Clinton brain that it came to her as naturally as the truth would to a slow-witted innocent.

Someone once noted that the thing about the Clintons is that they will choose a big lie when a small lie will do, and choose a small lie when the truth will do. Most of the time they get away with it. But occasionally, an inconvenient truth, like a blue dress with DNA on it, or some forgotten news footage, shows up and damns them.

The Bosnia misspeak, unnecessary as it was, revealed much, however. It helped to expose a much bigger untruth Mrs Clinton has been peddling throughout the Democratic primary campaign – that her time in the White House means she has the necessary foreign policy experience to be president.

First Ladies don’t acquire real foreign policy experience. We know that Mrs Clinton did not, as she claimed, play a large role in the Northern Ireland peace process, that she was not, as she claimed, a key voice in counsels on the Balkans, and that she did not even have security clearance in the White House for the most sensitive of conversations about national security.

So the problem with the ripping yarn about the Bosnia snipers is that it offers hard evidentiary disproof of improbable claims about her role during the White House years.

With this latest deceit stripped away, there is not much left to Mrs Clinton’s disintegrating campaign for the Democratic nomination. It capped a bad week for her, a week that might have signalled the end of her hopes.

With a deft speech that was somewhat lacking in complete honesty itself, Barack Obama last week seemed to have acquitted himself quite well, for now, of the charge of being an associate of a ranting, anti-American black preacher. More important, the collapse last week of efforts to schedule a new vote in Florida and Michigan, two states whose earlier primary votes have been disqualified, was deadly to Mrs Clinton. It is now virtually impossible for her to finish ahead of Mr Obama in the delegate count when the primary season ends in early June.

That really ought to be that. After that final primary in Puerto Rico on June 1, Mr Obama will have won more states, more delegates and more popular votes than Mrs Clinton. How in those circumstances can Mrs Clinton claim a moral case for staying in the race?

Her answer is to persuade the party’s super-delegates – top party leaders and elected officials who will have the casting votes – that she is more electable than Mr Obama, and that they would be doing the party a favour if they chose her over the wishes of the tens of millions of people who have voted in the primaries.

They are unlikely to be taken in. They are more likely to view it as another example of Senator Clinton’s misspeaking.

NSA Had Access Built into Microsoft Windows

1

Heiss – A CARELESS mistake by Microsoft programmers has revealed that special access codes prepared by the US National Security Agency have been secretly built into Windows. The NSA access system is built into every version of the Windows operating system now in use, except early releases of Windows 95 (and its predecessors). The discovery comes close on the heels of the revelations earlier this year that another US software giant, Lotus, had built an NSA “help information” trapdoor into its Notes system, and that security functions on other software systems had been deliberately crippled.

The first discovery of the new NSA access system was made two years ago by British researcher Dr Nicko van Someren. But it was only a few weeks ago when a second researcher rediscovered the access system. With it, he found the evidence linking it to NSA.

Computer security specialists have been aware for two years that unusual features are contained inside a standard Windows software “driver” used for security and encryption functions. The driver, called ADVAPI.DLL, enables and controls a range of security functions. If you use Windows, you will find it in the C:Windowssystem directory of your computer.

ADVAPI.DLL works closely with Microsoft Internet Explorer, but will only run cryptographic functions that the US governments allows Microsoft to export. That information is bad enough news, from a European point of view. Now, it turns out that ADVAPI will run special programmes inserted and controlled by NSA. As yet, no-one knows what these programmes are, or what they do.

Dr Nicko van Someren reported at last year’s Crypto 98 conference that he had disassembled the ADVADPI driver. He found it contained two different keys. One was used by Microsoft to control the cryptographic functions enabled in Windows, in compliance with US export regulations. But the reason for building in a second key, or who owned it, remained a mystery.

A second key

Two weeks ago, a US security company came up with conclusive evidence that the second key belongs to NSA. Like Dr van Someren, Andrew Fernandez, chief scientist with Cryptonym of Morrisville, North Carolina, had been probing the presence and significance of the two keys. Then he checked the latest Service Pack release for Windows NT4, Service Pack 5. He found that Microsoft’s developers had failed to remove or “strip” the debugging symbols used to test this software before they released it. Inside the code were the labels for the two keys. One was called “KEY”. The other was called “NSAKEY”.

Fernandes reported his re-discovery of the two CAPI keys, and their secret meaning, to “Advances in Cryptology, Crypto’99” conference held in Santa Barbara. According to those present at the conference, Windows developers attending the conference did not deny that the “NSA” key was built into their software. But they refused to talk about what the key did, or why it had been put there without users’ knowledge.

A third key?!

But according to two witnesses attending the conference, even Microsoft’s top crypto programmers were astonished to learn that the version of ADVAPI.DLL shipping with Windows 2000 contains not two, but three keys. Brian LaMachia, head of CAPI development at Microsoft was “stunned” to learn of these discoveries, by outsiders. The latest discovery by Dr van Someren is based on advanced search methods which test and report on the “entropy” of programming code.

Within the Microsoft organisation, access to Windows source code is said to be highly compartmentalized, making it easy for modifications to be inserted without the knowledge of even the respective product managers.

Researchers are divided about whether the NSA key could be intended to let US government users of Windows run classified cryptosystems on their machines or whether it is intended to open up anyone’s and everyone’s Windows computer to intelligence gathering techniques deployed by NSA’s burgeoning corps of “information warriors”.

According to Fernandez of Cryptonym, the result of having the secret key inside your Windows operating system “is that it is tremendously easier for the NSA to load unauthorized security services on all copies of Microsoft Windows, and once these security services are loaded, they can effectively compromise your entire operating system”. The NSA key is contained inside all versions of Windows from Windows 95 OSR2 onwards.

“For non-American IT managers relying on Windows NT to operate highly secure data centres, this find is worrying”, he added. “The US government is currently making it as difficult as possible for “strong” crypto to be used outside of the US. That they have also installed a cryptographic back-door in the world’s most abundant operating system should send a strong message to foreign IT managers”.

“How is an IT manager to feel when they learn that in every copy of Windows sold, Microsoft has a ‘back door’ for NSA – making it orders of magnitude easier for the US government to access your computer?” he asked.

Can the loophole be turned round against the snoopers?

Dr van Someren feels that the primary purpose of the NSA key inside Windows may be for legitimate US government use. But he says that there cannot be a legitimate explanation for the third key in Windows 2000 CAPI. “It looks more fishy”, he said.

Fernandez believes that NSA’s built-in loophole can be turned round against the snoopers. The NSA key inside CAPI can be replaced by your own key, and used to sign cryptographic security modules from overseas or unauthorised third parties, unapproved by Microsoft or the NSA. This is exactly what the US government has been trying to prevent. A demonstration “how to do it” program that replaces the NSA key can be found on Cryptonym’s website.

According to one leading US cryptographer, the IT world should be thankful that the subversion of Windows by NSA has come to light before the arrival of CPUs that handles encrypted instruction sets. These would make the type of discoveries made this month impossible. “Had the next-generation CPU’s with encrypted instruction sets already been deployed, we would have never found out about NSAKEY.”

Government admits Human Rights breaches

1

human-rights.jpgMoD admits human rights breaches over death of tortured Iraqi civilian.

The Government admits “substantial breaches” of the European Convention of Human Rights over the killing of Baha Mousa, an Iraqi who died in the custody of British soldiers, Des Browne, the Defence Secretary, said yesterday.

Bob Ainsworth, the armed forces minister, later expressed “deep regret” over the death of the 26-year-old hotel worker and expressed “sincere apologies and sympathy” to his family and eight other Iraqis who were abused with him.

The eight former prisoners and Mr Mousa’s family have started civil legal action against the Government and yesterday’s admission is expected to lead to substantial compensation.

The killing of Mr Mousa in Basra, a few months after Iraq’s “liberation”, became a cause célèbre and led to the war’s most high-profile court martial in which the highest-ranking officer to be charged with prisoner abuse, Colonel Jorge Mendonca of the Queen’s Lancashire Regiment, appeared in the dock.

However, six of the seven defendants were acquitted, amid disclosure during evidence that the Army high command had sanctioned brutal treatment of prisoners. There was condemnation from the trial judge over a “cover-up” surrounding the death.

One of those accused, Corporal Donald Payne, 35, pleaded guilty to war crimes charges. The court heard he had carried out what was called “choir practice” in which the cries of the captives as they were being hit provided the “music”. Cpl Payne was imprisoned for a year — and there were claims that the “over-lenient” sentence added to the grief of Mr Mousa’s family.

Mr Mousa and fellow inmates, the court heard, were beaten with bars, repeatedly kicked and forced to drink their own urine. They were kept hooded with hessian sacks in temperatures of 60C, made to maintain a painful stress position for hours and deprived of sleep. Mr Mousa died after 36 hours of this mistreatment with his face forced down a lavatory.

Mr Ainsworth said yesterday: “I deeply regret the actions of a very small number of troops and I offer my sincere apologies and sympathy to the family of Baha Mousa and the other eight Iraqi detainees. All but a handful of the more than 120,000 British troops who have served in Iraq have conducted themselves to the highest standards of behaviour, displaying integrity and selfless commitment.

“But this does not excuse that, during 2003 and 2004, a very small minority committed acts of abuse and we condemn their actions.”

Mr Mousa’s father, Daoud, a colonel in the Iraqi police force, said last night: “This confession of guilt is a victory for us. Now I can feel that my son’s blood wasn’t lost in vain.

“It seemed as if the Ministry of Defence wanted to cover the truth and thought Iraqi lives were cheap. This admission shows that our voices can still be heard and that Iraqi lives do count.”

Col Mousa had previously spoken in graphic terms of his son’s injuries. “I was asked to go and identify my son’s body. I cried when I saw what they had done to him. His face was covered in blood, his nose was broken and the skin on his face was torn. There were bruises on his neck and all over his body.”

Shami Chakrabarti, director of the human rights group Liberty, said: “Baha Mousa is the Stephen Lawrence of Iraq. A direct legal and moral consequence of today’s admission that Mr Mousa and others were unlawfully tortured and killed in British custody is that there must be a wholesale independent inquiry into what went wrong. British soldiers should never be sent into post-conflict situations without adequate training and advice.”

Sapna Malik, a partner at Leigh Day&Co representing the claimants, said: ‘We very much welcome the statement made by Des Browne today and the apology from Bob Ainsworth, finally acknowledging at governmental level the grave wrongs which were committed. We hope the mediation set for June will justly compensate our clients and enable them to move on with their lives.

“It remains vital, however, that an independent public inquiry is held, to address the extremely serious concerns raised by this and other cases.’

The court martial over Mr Mousa’s death, which cost an estimated £20m and lasted 93 days, led to bitter recriminations with anger in parts of the military over claims that the prosecution was driven by the Attorney General, Lord Goldsmith, whose legal advice paved the way for the Iraq invasion. His spokesman, however, denied that he had made the decision to prosecute.

The case was among a number in which British soldiers were accused of abuse in Iraq. The Army has carried out a review of prisoner handling and human rights, by Brigadier Robert Atkins, which recommended major reforms.

Long struggle for justice

September 2003

Baha Mousa dies in British Army custody after he and a group of other Iraqis are arrested in Basra by British troops looking for insurgents. A post-mortem examination finds 93 injuries to his body.

October 2003

Inquiry begins by Special Investigation Branch of the Royal Military Police after complaints by family and media.

June 2004

Adam Ingram, Armed Forces minister, says investigation is complete but Mr Mousa’s family claims that crucial witnesses have not been contacted.

March 2005

Brigadier Robert Aitken writes to commanders in Iraq seeking information in connection with his investigation into prisoner abuse after rising concern over reports of abuse.

July 2005

Colonel Jorge Mendonca and six others are charged in connection with the death of Mr Mousa. Col Mendonca of the Queen’s Lancashire Regiment becomes the most senior officer in the Army to be charged over prisoner abuse.

March 2007

Mousa court martial ends with the acquittal of all defendants, apart from Corporal Donald Payne who became the first British soldier to plead guilty to a war crime, that of treating prisoners inhumanely, and is jailed for a year. With the military convinced that the prosecution was politically motivated, Col David Black, a former commander of the Queen’s Lancashire Regiment, asks the Attorney General, Lord Goldsmith, to explain who was responsible behind the scenes for charges being brought.

March 2008

Des Browne, the Defence Secretary, says Government admits “substantive breaches” of European Convention on Human Rights.

Kim Sengupta

McCain walking out on Bush?

2

In a sudden turn of events, Republican Bush-faithful Senator John McCain is distancing himself from the US president’s go-it-alone approach.

In a Wednesday speech at the Los Angeles World Affairs Council, the presidential hopeful said just because he embraces US President George W. Bush’s foreign policy goals does not mean he supports his go-it-alone tactics.

“Our great power does not mean we can do whatever we want whenever we want, nor should we assume we have all the wisdom and knowledge necessary to succeed,” said the 71-year-old Republican.

The Arizona senator called for stronger ties with allies and stressed that the United States must lead by ‘attracting others to our cause’ and ‘defending the rules of international civilized society’.

“We need to listen – we need to listen to the views and respect the will of our allies,” he asserted, calling himself a ‘realistic idealist’.

The unexpected change-of-position comes as the Republican candidate has recently touted Bush’s policies on various occasions, saluting him as ‘a leader that has made this world a better, safer, freer place’.

SBB/AA

Why the Government doesn’t care what you think

“All the more reason for us to elect the right person come November — so that in four years, we don’t run the risk of seeing someone from the next administration yawn in the public’s face.”

People were shocked last Wednesday, on the fifth anniversary of the Iraq war, to hear Vice President Cheney say “So?” in response to ABC News reporter Martha Raddatz’s questions about public opposition to the war. During the interview at Shangri-La’s Barr Al Jissah Resort and Spa in Oman, the Vice President elaborated by saying “I think you cannot be blown off course by the fluctuations in the public opinion polls.”

Although many objected to Cheney’s response, his candor should at least help shatter the myth of public opinion primacy. In the United States, the president and vice president are under no greater obligation to follow the will of the people than Cheney’s host government in Oman. Vice President Cheney, appearing relaxed during his resort vacation, was simply being forthright about that reality. His statement was a bit terse, but who wants to be reminded of the Iraq war when you’re staying at a spa oasis and spending the day on a yacht?

In a briefing the next day when reporters asked White House press secretary Dana Perino about Cheney’s cavalier response to Raddatz’s question, there was further elaboration. Perino explained that in our political system, people provide input by casting their vote every four years. End of story.

People were again outraged, asking how public opposition to the war can be ignored, and the 2006 election results, considered by many to be a referendum on the war, so casually dismissed. One organization quickly posted the results of a World Public Opinion poll on its Think Progress site, showing that 81% of Americans “say that government should pay attention to polls.”

The government does pay attention. Since Nixon all U.S. presidents — including George W. Bush — have made polling a staple of their presidencies. But historically U.S. presidents have responded to public opinion in contradictory ways. The reality is that our political system is based on an extremely strong executive branch, and the current Administration has shown time and time again that it does not have to be responsive to public opinion.

In a paper for the Brookings Institution, Kathryn Dunn Tenpas explains that Bush’s disregard for public opinion, in part, represents an attempt to distinguish himself from Bill Clinton, who Bush perceived as relying too heavily on opinion polls. After analyzing public documents and Federal Election Commission records, along with interviews with Bush insiders, Tenpas finds that, “despite the president’s disdain for public opinion polls, he has created a formidable White House political operation that focuses closely on them.” Which begs the obvious question: if the Bush Administration spends millions on polling, then why does it consistently flout public opinion?

A president’s responsiveness to opinion polls depends on a number of things, including personal popularity and where he is in the electoral cycle. A president like George W. Bush, who is unpopular and in his last year in office, is unlikely to be influenced by public opinion. Bush’s status as lame duck gives him little scope to initiate further legislation, but very little reason to give up what he has already achieved: 150,000 boots on the ground in Iraq, with at least some faint hope of salvaging his legacy. And nowhere to go but up in the polls he professes to ignore.

All of this explains why Cheney has a uniquely free hand to express his disregard for the public’s opposition to the war. Not only is Bush a lame duck, but no one from his inner circle is going to succeed him.

If the mid-term elections were a referendum on the Iraq war, they were a non-binding referendum, at best. They had no bearing on the composition of the executive branch, except to the extent that they led to Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld’s resignation. Perhaps the newly empowered Democrats in control of the legislative branch could have exercised their leverage more vigorously. But ultimately the President’s veto power and his role as Commander-in-Chief left Congress with little room for maneuver.

What influence Congress had in ending the Iraq war eroded when almost everyone voted to provide unconditional funding for the war. Politicians are going to be most responsive to public opinion (and most likely to pander) when they are running for election or re-election. Cheney’s comments were all the more jarring when sandwiched between images of three presidential candidates who seem locked in a perpetual struggle to see who can out-pander whom.

All the more reason for us to elect the right person come November — so that in four years, we don’t run the risk of seeing someone from the next administration yawn in the public’s face.

Linda Mamoun

Is this the End of Antibiotics?

4

Eventually antibiotics are going to be seen as one of the worst things to ever come out of pharmaceutical science because in the end, they have made us only weaker in the face of ever increasingly strong super bugs that are resistant to all the antibiotics doctors have at their disposal. When we look at how deep the rabbit hole goes with antibiotics, we will get sick in our souls. Antibiotics have fulfilled their anti—biotic anti-life role leaving a long trail of death and suffering in the wake of their use.

Diseases include measles, scarlet fever, tuberculosis, typhoid fever, pneumonia, influenza, whooping cough, diphtheria and polio. All were in decline for several decades before the introduction of antibiotics or vaccines – Dr. Lawrence Wilson.

Antibiotics do not kill yeast. Many women find after taking antibiotics, they get vaginal yeast infections (because their normal bacterial balance has been lost). Antibiotics bring on fungal and yeast infections thus will eventually be seen as a major cause of cancer since more and more oncologists are seeing yeast and fungal infections as an integral part of cancer and its cause. With upwards of 40 percent of all cancers thought to be involved with and caused by infections, the subject of antibiotics and the need for something safer, more effective and life serving is imperative.

It may be some time before we really enter the predicted “post antibiotic era” in which common infections are frequently untreatable – Dr. Marc Lipsitch et al. (Harvard School of Public Health).

Antibiotics kill all bacteria in the body, including the ones we need.

An antibiotic is a substance produced by certain bacteria or fungi that kills other cells or interferes with their growth. In nature, these substances help some microbes survive by limiting the multiplication of other microbes that share the same environment. Antibiotics that attack pathogenic (disease-causing) microbes without severely harming normal body cells are useful as drugs but there does not seem to be any from the pharmaceutical companies that do not do damage. Dr. Lisa Landymore-Lin wrote all about this in her book Poisonous Prescriptions asking, ‘Do Antibiotics Cause Asthma and Diabetes?’ We are now beginning to question the role of antibiotics as a cause of cancer since they do lead to pathogen overgrowth especially in the area of yeast and fungi. Chris Woollams writes, “It is estimated that 70 per cent of the British population have a yeast infection. The primary cause of this is our love of antibiotics. Swollen glands? Take antibiotics. Tonsillitis? Take antibiotics.”

Two studies in the recent past have shown an association between the use of antibiotics with higher incidence of breast cancer.

In one study the increased risk was small, and the importance of the link has been played down by UK breast-cancer experts, but the findings add weight to recent studies that have found links between antibiotics and other diseases. In the past few years, heavy antibiotic use has been linked to the inflammatory bowel disorder, Crohn’s disease, and to children developing allergies such as Hay fever and asthma. And as we shall see below, antibiotics play a hidden role in autism and other neurological diseases.

The Journal of the American Medical Association has reported a study on 10,000 women in which women who took over 500 days of antibiotics in a 17 year period (dubbed 25 plus doses) had twice the risk of breast cancer as those that took none at all. Even women taking just one had a statistical risk increase to 1.5 times.

The consequences of resistance in some bacteria can be measured as increases in the term and magnitude of morbidity, higher rates of mortality, and greater costs of hospitalization for patients infected with resistant bacteria – Dr. Marc Lipsitch et al.

Broad-spectrum antibiotics are undiscriminating: in addition to “bad bacteria,” they also kill healthy bacteria which normally live in the intestines and the vagina, and which are a necessary part of the indigenous flora to keep the body healthy. When the “good” bacteria are killed with antibiotics, then yeast, which is part of the normal flora of the body, can begin to overgrow because the antibiotics have altered the body’s healthy terrain (internal ecological balance) allowing the yeast to hyperproliferate and cause many far-reaching, toxic symptoms.

But modern medicine so far continues to believe that antibiotics have played an important role in staving off bacterial infections since Alexander Fleming first discovered them in 1927. Many doctors are finally beginning to see that the effectiveness of these so-called miracle drugs has waned as some of the very bacteria they are meant to control have been mutating into new forms that don’t respond to treatment. Many medical experts blame this phenomenon on both the misuse and overuse of antibiotics in recent years in both human medicine and in agriculture.

According to several studies, obstetricians and gynecologists write 2,645,000 antibiotic prescriptions every week. Internists prescribe 1,416,000 per week. This works out to 211,172,000 prescriptions annually in the United States, just for these two specialties. Pediatricians prescribe over $500 million worth of antibiotics annually just for one condition, ear infections. Yet topical povidone iodine (PVP-I) is as effective as topical ciprofloxacin, with a superior advantage of having no in vitro drug resistance and the added benefit of reduced cost of treatment.

According to a study published in the Journal of the American Medical Association, taking properly prescribed medical drugs was listed as the third leading cause of death in the U.S. Antibiotics
were listed in this category because antibiotics can be deadly.

A 17-year-old St Margaret’s College student in New Zealand has exposed multiple antibiotic-resistant bugs in fresh chicken sold in supermarkets? Jane Millar’s discovery of a range of resistant bacteria in chickens that could compromise antibiotic treatment in humans is an important finding that the bacteria have developed resistance to antibiotics not used in the poultry industry but important for treating serious infections in humans.

We can create resistance to medically important antibiotics by using antibiotics that are presumably safe in agriculture – Jane Millar.

Jane bought six fresh chickens – free-range, barn-raised and organic — from a supermarket. She took samples from each bird and grew bug colonies, which she used to test different antibiotics. Apramycin is an antibiotic used sparingly by the New Zealand poultry industry to treat infections. The bacteria of two chickens tested resistant to apramycin. They also proved resistant to another two antibiotics from the same family – gentamicin and tobramycin – used for serious human infections. Gentamicin is not used by the poultry industry; tobramycin is restricted to human use only.

A recent risk assessment study commissioned by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has estimated that about 8,000-10,000 persons in the U.S. each year acquire fluoroquinolone-resistant Campylobacter infections from chicken and attempt to treat those infections with a fluoroquinolone.

Every day, new strains of bacteria, fungi, and other pathogenic microorganisms are becoming resistant to the antibiotics that once dispatched them with extreme prejudice.

“We know that antimicrobial resistance will follow antimicrobial use as sure as night follows day,” said Dr. John A. Jernigan, deputy chief of prevention and response from the Center of Disease Control. “It’s just a biological phenomenon.” It turns out that the indiscriminate killing of harmless microbes damages the body in complex ways we are only beginning to understand. Powerful antibiotics introduced into the complex environment in our intestines cause mayhem, much like a series of bombs tossed into a market square. Antibiotic resistance is a widespread problem, and one that the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention calls “one of the world’s most pressing public health problems.”

One of the deadliest germs is a staph bacteria called M.R.S.A., short for methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus, which lives harmlessly on the skin but causes havoc when it enters the body. Patients who do survive M.R.S.A. often spend months in the hospital and endure several operations to cut out infected tissue. Hospitalizations associated with a drug-resistant form of a Staphylococcus bacterium doubled over six years in the U.S. to nearly 280,000 cases in 2005. The death toll rose from 4,700 in 1999 to about 6,600 in 2005. It estimated that 94,000 Americans suffered invasive MRSA infections in 2005 and that about 19,000 died.

One out of every 20 patients contracts an infection during a hospital stay in the US. Hospital infections kill an estimated 103,000 people in the United States a year, as many as AIDS, breast cancer and auto accidents combined. The vast majority of lethal cases occur in hospitals and nursing homes, where open wounds and punctures provide the opportunistic staph a ready path to the bloodstream and organs. The dangers of infection are worsening as many hospital infections can no longer be cured with common antibiotics.

More than half the time, doctors and other caregivers break the most fundamental rule of hygiene by
failing to clean their hands before treating a patient.

“Recently there has been an alarming epidemic caused by community-associated (CA)-MRSA strains, which can cause severe infections that can result in necrotizing fasciitis or even death in otherwise healthy adults outside of healthcare settings,” is the word coming from the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) research team, headed by Dr. Michael Otto.

Necrotizing fasciitis is the so-called flesh-eating disease that can destroy healthy tissue and even kill patients. The team found that some strains on MRSA secrete a compound called phenol-soluble modulin or PSM. It attracts immune system cells called neutrophils, the researchers found, and then blows them up in a process called lysis. Neutrophils are key immune cells involved in clearing bacterial infections, so destroying them would allow the bacteria to thrive almost unmolested.
“In the United States, CA-MRSA is now the cause of the majority of infections that result in trips to the emergency room. It is unclear what makes CA-MRSA strains more successful in causing human disease compared with their hospital-associated counterparts,” they add.

When the peaceful activities of a normal microbial population are disrupted, malevolent bacteria may take full advantage of the opportunity to strike. The intestinal infection C. difficile colitis, now rampaging through hospitals around the world, is one of the worst such complication of antibiotic use.

Clostridium difficile was first recognized as a hospital microbe in 1978. By 1996, it had increased to 31 cases per 100,000 people discharged from U.S. hospitals. In 2003, the most recent year for complete statistics, prevalence had risen to 61 per 100,000. C. diff is part of the natural flora, or bacteria, in the colon. “We’re seeing all of the warning signs that this is the next MRSA,” said former New York Lt. Gov. Betsy McCaughey, founder of the Committee to Reduce Infection Deaths, a Manhattan-based nonprofit. “It spreads like wildfire in hospitals.”

Clostridium difficile is a spore-forming toxin-producing bacterium that is overtaking peoples’ large intestines from which it mounts an attack on the bloodstream. Like MRSA, Clostridium difficile has become multi-drug-resistant. Although once a bacterium that mostly affected elderly, hospitalized patients, a bolder strain is crippling the robust. In emergency efforts to save some patients’ lives surgeons remove the entire large intestine to prevent overwhelming infection.

One case had been treated by a dermatologist for an ingrown hair on his back and prescribed an antibiotic. He took only a few pills, but quickly became ill. Based on what his doctors told him, the short course of antibiotics proved sufficient to destroy virtually all the natural bacteria in his intestine – except C. diff, which was freed to ravage his colon.

Frequently, stethoscopes, blood-pressure monitors and other equipment are contaminated with live bacteria. Yet doctors and nurses almost never clean the stethoscope before listening to a patient’s chest.

“It strikes precisely those hospitals which are more ‘high-tech’, and handle more serious illnesses. Applying more disinfectant is not the answer; some strains of germs have actually been found thriving in bottles of hospital disinfectant! The more antibacterial chemical ‘weapons’ are being used, the more bacteria are becoming resistant to them,” writes Dr. Carl Wieland.

Health-care officials are increasingly concerned about emerging new forms of drug-resistant Tuberculosis (TB). According to the WHO, outbreaks of drug-resistant tuberculosis are showing up all over the world and threaten to touch off a worldwide epidemic of virtually incurable tuberculosis. An October 1997 survey by the WHO, the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention and the International Union Against Tuberculosis and Lung Disease estimates that 50 million people are infected with a strain of TB that is drug-resistant. Many of those are said to carry multi-drug-resistant tuberculosis, incurable by two or more of the standard drugs.

New DNA technology has found hundreds of previously unrecognized species in the traditional stomping grounds of the mouth and intestine, and traces of bacteria even in tissues previously thought to be sterile.

Lessons from Autism

Medical scientists at Arizona State University tell us that antibiotic use is known to almost completely inhibit excretion of mercury in rats due to alteration of gut flora. Thus, higher use of oral antibiotics in the children with autism may have reduced their ability to excrete mercury. Higher usage of oral antibiotics in infancy may also partially explain the high incidence of chronic gastrointestinal problems in individuals with autism.

Many physicians are unaware of lasting adverse effects caused by routinely prescribed medications such as antibiotics. Antibiotic therapy for minor colds and runny noses is a common practice. People routinely receive multiple courses of broad-spectrum antibiotics throughout life or are injected with long-acting corticosteroid medicine for joint or muscle pain. Once established, sub-clinical colonization with yeast in the body may persist unrecognized for many years. Antibiotics, such as tetracycline, can greatly increase yeast in the colon after only a few days.

The extensive use of antibiotics will make the condition of Candida much worse because it reduces heavy metal excretion, which is a food source for the yeast like organism and also killing the beneficial bacteria at the same time.

Normally, candida albicans lives peacefully in our intestines and elsewhere, in harmony with other flora that keep the yeast in check. Take an antibiotic and all this changes. By suppressing the normal flora, candida takes over and problems begin. In its mild form, the result is diarrhea or a yeast infection. Dr. Elmer Cranton says that, “Yeast overgrowth is partly iatrogenic (caused by the medical profession) and can be caused by antibiotics and cortisone medications. A diet high in sugar also promotes overgrowth of yeast. A highly refined diet common in industrialized nations not only promotes growth of yeast, but is also deficient in many of the essential vitamins and minerals needed by the immune system. Chemical colorings, flavorings, preservatives, stabilizers, emulsifiers, etc., add more
stress on the immune system.”

Children with autism had significantly (2.1-fold) higher levels of mercury in their baby teeth but similar levels of lead and similar levels of zinc. Children with autism also had significantly higher usage of oral antibiotics during their first 12 to 36 months of life. Reporting in the July 11, 2007 issue of the Journal of the American Medical Association, researchers say the use of antibiotics as prevention boosts risks for drug resistance while doing nothing to shield kids from future urinary tract infections (UTIs). Giving antibiotics to prevent recurrent urinary tract infections in small children not only will not help but will hurt these children. Prior use of antibiotics to prevent infection did boost the likelihood of developing a drug-resistant infection by nearly 7.5 times. Indeed, 61 percent of recurrent urinary tract infections were caused by a pathogen with antibiotic resistance, the researchers pointed out.

In a 2005 study, the antibiotic Augmentin TM has been implicated in the formation of autism. The study strongly suggests the possibility of ammonia poisoning as a result of young children taking Augmentin. Augmentin has been given to children since the late 1980’s for bacterial infections.

Many physicians seem to be unaware that birth control pills comprised of the hormones estrogen and progesterone can also make the body more susceptible to fungal infections. If antibiotics are prescribed, it acts as a double whammy to ensuring a fungal infection will take hold by diminishing the protective bacteria in the intestines. Many pregnant women seek medical treatment for minor problems and are indiscriminately given antibiotics and this begins a long decline into problems that are complicated at each turn by OBGYN doctors at birth and by pediatricians who just love to poison children with the toxic chemicals found in vaccines. In many places in the world they still give mercury shots at birth.

Microforms poison us with their waste products.

The waste products are acetylaldehyde, uric acid, alloxin, alcohols, lactic acid, etc.

Antibiotics may be to blame for hundreds of children developing autism after having the controversial MMR jab. More than two-thirds of youngsters with the condition received four or more antibiotics in their first year, a British survey has revealed. It is thought the drugs weakened their immune systems, leaving them unable to withstand the impact of the triple jab. Allopathic medicine has been stubborn and slow to look at its abusive use of antibiotics. It’s the same with vaccines, the holy grail of medicine. But with last-line-of-defence antibiotics failing on increasingly drug-resistant superbugs and young children’s systems being destroyed by them you would think they would wake up and find some alternatives.

Antibiotics are mostly derived from fungi and are therefore classified as mycotoxins. Mycotoxins Are Poisons.

About the author

Mark A. Sircus Ac., OMD, is director of the International Medical Veritas Association (IMVA)http://www.imva.info/. Dr. Sircus was trained in acupuncture and oriental medicine at the Institute of Traditional Medicine in Sante Fe, N.M., and in the School of Traditional Medicine of New England in Boston. He served at the Central Public Hospital of Pochutla, in México, and was awarded the title of doctor of oriental medicine for his work. He was one of the first nationally certified acupuncturists in the United States. Dr. Sircus’s IMVA is dedicated to unifying the various disciplines in medicine with the goal of creating a new dawn in healthcare.

He is particularly concerned about the effect vaccinations have on vulnerable infants and is identifying the common thread of many toxic agents that are dramatically threatening present and future generations of children. His book The Terror of Pediatric Medicine is a free e-book one can read. Dr. Sircus is a most prolific and courageous writer and one can read through hundreds of pages on his various web sites.

He has most recently released his Survival Medicine for the 21st Century compendium (2,200 page ebook) and is racing to finish his Winning the War Against Cancer book. Dr. Sircus is a pioneer in the area of natural detoxification and chelation of toxic chemicals and heavy metals. He is also a champion of the medicinal value of minerals and is fathering in a new medical approach that uses sea water and different concentrates taken from it for health and healing. Transdermal Magnesium Therapy, his first published work, offers a stunning breakthrough in medicine, an entirely new way to supplement magnesium that naturally increases DHEA levels, brings cellular magnesium levels up quickly, relieves pain, brings down blood pressure and pushes cell physiology in a positive direction. Magnesium chloride delivered transdermally brings a quick release from a broad range of conditions.

International Medical Veritas Association: http://www.imva.info/

Mark Sircus Ac., OMD

FBI posts hyperlinks to snare child porn suspects

0

The FBI has recently adopted a novel investigative technique: posting hyperlinks that purport to be illegal videos of minors having sex, and then raiding the homes of anyone willing to click on them.

Undercover FBI agents used this hyperlink-enticement technique, which directed Internet users to a clandestine government server, to stage armed raids of homes in Pennsylvania, New York, and Nevada last year. The supposed video files actually were gibberish and contained no illegal images.

A CNET News.com review of legal documents shows that courts have approved of this technique, even though it raises questions about entrapment, the problems of identifying who’s using an open wireless connection–and whether anyone who clicks on a FBI link that contains no child pornography should be automatically subject to a dawn raid by federal police.

Roderick Vosburgh, a doctoral student at Temple University who also taught history at La Salle University, was raided at home in February 2007 after he allegedly clicked on the FBI’s hyperlink. Federal agents knocked on the door around 7 a.m., falsely claiming they wanted to talk to Vosburgh about his car. Once he opened the door, they threw him to the ground outside his house and handcuffed him.

Vosburgh was charged with violating federal law, which criminalizes “attempts” to download child pornography with up to 10 years in prison. Last November, a jury found Vosburgh guilty on that count, and a sentencing hearing is scheduled for April 22, at which point Vosburgh could face three to four years in prison.

The implications of the FBI’s hyperlink-enticement technique are sweeping. Using the same logic and legal arguments, federal agents could send unsolicited e-mail messages to millions of Americans advertising illegal narcotics or child pornography–and raid people who click on the links embedded in the spam messages. The bureau could register the “unlawfulimages.com” domain name and prosecute intentional visitors. And so on.

“The evidence was insufficient for a reasonable jury to find that Mr. Vosburgh specifically intended to download child pornography, a necessary element of any ‘attempt’ offense,” Vosburgh’s attorney, Anna Durbin of Ardmore, Penn., wrote in a court filing that is attempting to overturn the jury verdict before her client is sentenced.

In a telephone conversation on Wednesday, Durbin added: “I thought it was scary that they could do this. This whole idea that the FBI can put a honeypot out there to attract people is kind of sad. It seems to me that they’ve brought a lot of cases without having to stoop to this.”

Durbin did not want to be interviewed more extensively about the case because it is still pending; she’s waiting for U.S. District Judge Timothy Savage to rule on her motion. Unless he agrees with her and overturns the jury verdict, Vosburgh–who has no prior criminal record–will be required to register as a sex offender for 15 years and will be effectively barred from continuing his work as a college instructor after his prison sentence ends.

How the hyperlink sting operation worked
The government’s hyperlink sting operation worked like this: FBI Special Agent Wade Luders disseminated links to the supposedly illicit porn on an online discussion forum called Ranchi, which Luders believed was frequented by people who traded underage images. One server allegedly associated with the Ranchi forum was rangate.da.ru, which is now offline with a message attributing the closure to “non-ethical” activity.

In October 2006, Luders posted a number of links purporting to point to videos of child pornography, and then followed up with a second, supposedly correct link 40 minutes later. All the links pointed to, according to a bureau affidavit, a “covert FBI computer in San Jose, California, and the file located therein was encrypted and non-pornographic.”

Excerpt from an FBI affidavit filed in the Nevada case showing how the hyperlink-sting was conducted.

Some of the links, including the supposedly correct one, included the hostname uploader.sytes.net. Sytes.net is hosted by no-ip.com, which provides dynamic domain name service to customers for $15 a year.

When anyone visited the upload.sytes.net site, the FBI recorded the Internet Protocol address of the remote computer. There’s no evidence the referring site was recorded as well, meaning the FBI couldn’t tell if the visitor found the links through Ranchi or another source such as an e-mail message.

With the logs revealing those allegedly incriminating IP addresses in hand, the FBI sent administrative subpoenas to the relevant Internet service provider to learn the identity of the person whose name was on the account–and then obtained search warrants for dawn raids.

Excerpt from FBI affidavit in Nevada case that shows visits to the hyperlink-sting site.

The search warrants authorized FBI agents to seize and remove any “computer-related” equipment, utility bills, telephone bills, any “addressed correspondence” sent through the U.S. mail, video gear, camera equipment, checkbooks, bank statements, and credit card statements.

While it might seem that merely clicking on a link wouldn’t be enough to justify a search warrant, courts have ruled otherwise. On March 6, U.S. District Judge Roger Hunt in Nevada agreed with a magistrate judge that the hyperlink-sting operation constituted sufficient probable cause to justify giving the FBI its search warrant.

The defendant in that case, Travis Carter, suggested that any of the neighbors could be using his wireless network. (The public defender’s office even sent out an investigator who confirmed that dozens of homes were within Wi-Fi range.)

But the magistrate judge ruled that even the possibilities of spoofing or other users of an open Wi-Fi connection “would not have negated a substantial basis for concluding that there was probable cause to believe that evidence of child pornography would be found on the premises to be searched.” Translated, that means the search warrant was valid.

Entrapment: Not a defense
So far, at least, attorneys defending the hyperlink-sting cases do not appear to have raised unlawful entrapment as a defense.

“Claims of entrapment have been made in similar cases, but usually do not get very far,” said Stephen Saltzburg, a professor at George Washington University’s law school. “The individuals who chose to log into the FBI sites appear to have had no pressure put upon them by the government…It is doubtful that the individuals could claim the government made them do something they weren’t predisposed to doing or that the government overreached.”

The outcome may be different, Saltzburg said, if the FBI had tried to encourage people to click on the link by including misleading statements suggesting the videos were legal or approved.

In the case of Vosburgh, the college instructor who lived in Media, Penn., his attorney has been left to argue that “no reasonable jury could have found beyond a reasonable doubt that Mr. Vosburgh himself attempted to download child pornography.”

Vosburgh faced four charges: clicking on an illegal hyperlink; knowingly destroying a hard drive and a thumb drive by physically damaging them when the FBI agents were outside his home; obstructing an FBI investigation by destroying the devices; and possessing a hard drive with two grainy thumbnail images of naked female minors (the youths weren’t having sex, but their genitalia were visible).

The judge threw out the third count and the jury found him not guilty of the second. But Vosburgh was convicted of the first and last counts, which included clicking on the FBI’s illicit hyperlink.

In a legal brief filed on March 6, his attorney argued that the two thumbnails were in a hidden “thumbs.db” file automatically created by the Windows operating system. The brief said that there was no evidence that Vosburgh ever viewed the full-size images–which were not found on his hard drive–and the thumbnails could have been created by receiving an e-mail message, copying files, or innocently visiting a Web page.

From the FBI’s perspective, clicking on the illicit hyperlink and having a thumbs.db file with illicit images are both serious crimes. Federal prosecutors wrote: “The jury found that defendant knew exactly what he was trying to obtain when he downloaded the hyperlinks on Agent Luder’s Ranchi post. At trial, defendant suggested unrealistic, unlikely explanations as to how his computer was linked to the post. The jury saw through the smokes (sic) and mirrors, as should the court.”

And, as for the two thumbnail images, prosecutors argued (note that under federal child pornography law, the definition of “sexually explicit conduct” does not require that sex acts take place):

The first image depicted a pre-pubescent girl, fully naked, standing on one leg while the other leg was fully extended leaning on a desk, exposing her genitalia… The other image depicted four pre-pubescent fully naked girls sitting on a couch, with their legs spread apart, exposing their genitalia. Viewing this image, the jury could reasonably conclude that the four girls were posed in unnatural positions and the focal point of this picture was on their genitalia…. And, based on all this evidence, the jury found that the images were of minors engaged in sexually explicit conduct, and certainly did not require a crystal clear resolution that defendant now claims was necessary, yet lacking.

Prosecutors also highlighted the fact that Vosburgh visited the “loli-chan” site, which has in the past featured a teenage Webcam girl holding up provocative signs (but without any nudity).

Civil libertarians warn that anyone who clicks on a hyperlink advertising something illegal–perhaps found while Web browsing or received through e-mail–could face the same fate.

When asked what would stop the FBI from expanding its hyperlink sting operation, Harvey Silverglate, a longtime criminal defense lawyer in Cambridge, Mass. and author of a forthcoming book on the Justice Department, replied: “Because the courts have been so narrow in their definition of ‘entrapment,’ and so expansive in their definition of ‘probable cause,’ there is nothing to stop the Feds from acting as you posit.”

 Declan McCullagh


Grooved edges could be banned

0

A word of advice on wedges: Get them before they’re illegal. The USGA is having discussions with leading manufacturers about the nonconforming grooved edges that could be banned by next year because of the way they help spin the ball.

Titlest has Vokey Design Wedges in the 200 series and the Spin Milled series. The Vokey has replaced Cleveland’s wedges as the one most used on the PGA Tour.

Vijay Singh still uses Cleveland wedges and might be keeping the manufacturer in business single-handedly, changing his wedges before each major. The CG12 DSG Wedge has wider grooves.

Callaway X-Forged was developed by former rival Roger Cleveland, who sold his interest in the company that still bears his name and has moved to Callaway. Mickelson uses this wedge, so you know it’s pretty good – for Mickelson.

Source

Italian giants preparing to swoop for Spurs defender

0

MEDIA reports have suggested Italian giants Juventus are prepared to make a summer swoop for Tottenham defender Younes Kaboul.

The Turin club, who returned to the top tier of English football this season following their relegation to Seria B in 2006 over match-fixing revelations are in the hunt to add new talent in time for a title push next year.

Manager Claudio Ranieri is looking to boost his squad at the Stadio Olimpico this summer, with French defender Kaboul just one of the names that is believed to interest the former Chelsea boss .

The 22-year-old has struggled to secure regular first team football at Tottenham since his move from Auxerre last year in a deal though to be worth in the region of £7million.

And with Juande Ramos’ January signing of England centre half Jonathan Woodgate, Kaboul’s situation is unlikely to improve at White Hart Lane next season.

That could pave the way for Ranieri to make a cut-price £5million swoop for a player, who has made just 21 appearances this season.

Source

Iraq MPs plan emergency session

0

Iraq’s parliament is due to hold an emergency session to try to end fighting between Shia militias and Iraqi security forces.It comes amid a three-day total curfew in Baghdad, imposed after attacks on the city’s Green Zone where the government and embassies are based.

Iraq’s army is continuing its offensive in the southern city of Basra.

More than 130 people have been killed and 350 injured there since a clampdown on Shia militias began on Tuesday.

Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri Maliki has vowed that he will continue the fight against the militias for as long as necessary.

“We have made up our minds to enter this battle and we will continue until the end. No retreat,” Mr Maliki said in a speech broadcast on Iraqi state television on Thursday.

The prime minister has personally overseen the operation in Basra, which involves some 30,000 troops and police fighting the Shia Mehdi Army, led by radical cleric Moqtada Sadr.

Mr Maliki has set a weekend deadline for the surrender of Mehdi Army fighters.

However, the fighters remain in control of some densely-populated areas.

Late on Thursday, Mr Sadr called for a political solution to the crisis.

In a statement relayed by his aide Hazem al-Aaraji, he said he wanted “everyone to pursue political solutions and peaceful protests and a stop to the shedding of Iraqi blood”.

US President George W Bush praised Mr Maliki’s decision to order the crackdown, saying “normalcy was returning to Iraq”.

“As we speak Iraqis are waging a tough battle against militia fighters and criminals in Basra, many of whom have received arms and training and funding from Iran,” Mr Bush said in Ohio.

Rising violence

Baghdad’s curfew was imposed from Thursday night until 0500 on Sunday to “protect civilians”, officials said.

No unauthorised vehicles or pedestrians are allowed onto the streets.

On Friday, most of the capital’s main roads were reported to be deserted.

Baghdad’s Green Zone has suffered a number of missile attacks. One of several Americans injured has since died.

US embassy staff in Baghdad have been told not to leave reinforced structures, following the attacks.

The state department has instructed embassy personnel to wear helmets and other protective gear if they leave the building, even if they stay within the Green Zone.

Before the curfew, thousands of Sadr supporters marched to demand Mr Maliki quit over the Basra operation and there was sporadic fighting in Shia areas of the capital.

In Basra, a local police chief survived a bomb attack that killed three of his bodyguards.

With many shops and markets shut, residents in the city said they were beginning to run out of food and water.

http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/world/middle_east/7317935.stm

Beckham 100th cap and hungry for more

0

Much was made of Beckham’s future with the Three Lions following his decision to step down as captain after Luis Felipe Scolari and Portugal proved to be their undoing in the quarterfinals once again.

Successor of then-manager Sven-Goran Eriksson was his assistant and Middlesbrough manager Steve McClaren. McClaren made the bold move of dropping Beckham from the squad altogether – many believed this was just to prove a point, rather than being on merit – and results were not forthcoming for the coach.

Indeed when Beckham returned to the fold with McClaren’s men were near rockbottom, the iconic number 7 proved an asset and almost made enough match-winning contributions to see England escape the humiliation of failing to qualify for Euro 2008.

Of course, it was not to be: though the loss came on the final day of qualifying, the damage had been done months earlier.

McClaren was the fall guy on this occasion, and England sought out arguably the world’s most successful coach as his replacement.

Capello had of course just left Real Madrid where he had won La Liga largely thanks to Beckham, but not before experiencing troublesome times with the winger. Don Fabio dropped him from his squad shortly after McClaren gave him the England axe, and refusing to play him when he had arranged a move to LA Galaxy at the end of the season.

Fences were mended, though, but Capello did not call up Beckham to his inaugural England squad due to a lack of fitness. Many felt this would leave Beckham stranded on 99 caps, and his fate became almost of more interest to the media than the rest of the team’s put together.

Many thought with Beckham now playing in such a supposedly inferior league, he was of no worth to the England set-up. Capello appears to disagree, as tonight, Golden Balls ran out for his 100th cap against France, and Capello has hinted it’s not the last we’ll see of him either.

“I’m very honoured,” Beckham told Sky Sports after the game. “Straight from when I started playing for England I never dreamed I’d get 100 caps, and hopefully beyond.

“I’m happy, but like I said during the week I want to carry on. Of course things can change but I want to carry on playing for my country.”

“I’ve proved my fitness, that’s the biggest thing. We’re not into our season yet [in the United States’ Major Soccer League] but I felt great, I felt a lot better than I thought I would.”

With Beckham now in a very much exclusive 100 club, suggestions have begun that he may go on to surpass the great Bobby Moore’s 108 caps – the record for an outfield player – while goalkeeper Peter Shilton’s 125 seems somewhat further off in the distance.

Beckham, though, is just embracing the achievement as it is: “Just to go over the 100 mark is a proud moment.

“To be up there with Bobby Moore, Bobby Charlton, Billy Wright and Peter Shilton, I’m honoured to be in that company.”

In Beckham’s 100 appearances for England, he has scored 17 goals.

Chet Winter, Goal.com

The Secret American-Iranian Security Deal In Iraq

0

Arab online newspaper published in London, is the only newspaper to report this a week ago but I waited few days to see if there is any development provides evidence to the newspaper claims, and the military campaign in Basra was what i am waiting for.Arab online says that there are secret Iranian — American negotiations at Ahmadinejad’s visit to Iraq [please remember there were other developments in this week period, like the U.S. embassy refused to meet the Iranian delegation…etc]

The report contains details and names of people who attended the meeting from both sides which we don’t need here, so this is what the newspaper said in short:

Ahmadinejad offered to calm the situation in Iraq, using the three days attacks-free visit to Iraq as a demonstration of what can Iran do, the second offer is to accept the long term Iraqi — American agreement

To remove Iraq from the 1546 U.N. resolution, which gives the permission for the “Coalition Forces” to use force any Iraq’s neighboring country, if intelligence reports give evidence that the country exporting terrorism to Iraq, there is also a chapter allowing American forces to use Iraqi territory to attack another countries.

– To end all American — European political and logistic support for the Iranian opposition, especially Iran’s Resistance Council Organization, Pijac Kurdish organization, and other small opposition groups [Arabs, Turkmen, Azari…etc].

– Stop the secret and public American administration incitement of toppling the Iranian regime.

– End the U.S. and Europe campaign to push for the Iranian Jews immigration to Israel.

– To put an end to the campaign of the need to for pre-emptive strikes against selective and sensitive intelligence, military and nuclear Iranian sites.

The most important part of these negotiations is; What Iran can do for the U.S. in Iraq:

Ahmadinejad mentioned that he is negotiating with a previous blessing from Ayatollah Khamenei, and that’s reassured the Americans about the seriousness of the negotiations.

So, Ahmadinejad commitments are:

– Intelligence cooperation in Iraq and the region, wihle Washington gives Iran a space to maneuver internationally, easing the international pressure and the embargo, as a result, Tehran to postpone uranium enrichment operations for a period of two years, with the approval of Iran’s nuclear programme by the inspection teams of the International Atomic Energy Agency.

– Full cooperation between Tehran and Washington in all areas, and Iran to ensure the submission of several laws in Washington’s favour by the Shiite coalition blocs and Iraqi Kurdistan Alliance, including oil and gas law, the provinces a law, as opposed to because the American President George Bush to use his powers delegated by the military gives him the right to selective attacks on Iranian sites sensitive, to ensure the security of the American forces and the Iraqi people.

This “Iran – American” deal raised concerns in Israel therefore they invited McCain, the Republican candidate to visit Tel Aviv and asked him to visit Baghdad to be informed about what has been achieved talking with the Iranians, promised him that if the mission is successful, then he will get the support of Tel Aviv and the Zionist lobby in America presidential election.

Fingerprint Scanners Help Companies Track Workers

0

NEW YORK (AP) ― Some workers are doing it at Dunkin’ Donuts, at Hilton hotels, even at Marine Corps bases.

Employees at a growing number of businesses are starting and ending their days by pressing a hand or finger to a scanner that logs the precise time of their arrival and departure–information that is automatically reflected in payroll records.

Manufacturers say these biometric devices improve efficiency and streamline payroll operations. Employers big and small buy them with the dual goals of keeping workers honest and automating outdated record-keeping systems that rely on paper time sheets.

The new systems have raised complaints, however, from some workers who see the efforts to track their movements as excessive or creepy.

“They don’t even have to hire someone to harass you anymore. The machine can do it for them,” said Ed Ott, executive director of the New York City Central Labor Council of the AFL-CIO. “The palm print thing really grabs people as a step too far.”

The International Biometric Group, a consulting firm, estimated that $635 million worth of these high-tech devices were sold last year, and projects that the industry will be worth more than $1 billion by 2011.

Ingersoll Rand Security Technologies, a leading manufacturer of hand scanners based in Campbell, Calif., said it has sold at least 150,000 of the devices to Dunkin’ Donuts and McDonald’s franchises, Hilton hotels and to Marine Corps bases, who use them to track civilian hours.

Protests over using palm scanners to log employee time have been especially loud in New York City, where officials are spending $410 million to install an automated attendance tracking system that may eventually be used by 160,000 city workers.

Scores of civil servants who are members of Local 375 of the Civil Service Technical Guild rallied Tuesday against a plan to add the city medical examiner’s office to the list of 17 city agencies which already have the scanners in place.

The scanners have rankled draftsmen, planners and architects in the city’s Parks Department, which began using them last year.

“Psychologically, I think it has had a huge impact on the work force here because it is demeaning and because it’s a system based on mistrust,” said Ricardo Hinkle, a landscape architect who designs city parks.

He called the timekeeping system a bureaucratic intrusion on professionals who never used to think twice about putting in extra time on a project they cared about, and could rely on human managers to exercise a little flexibility on matters regarding work hours.

“The creative process isn’t one that punches in and punches out,” he said.

A spokesman for Mayor Michael Bloomberg, Matthew Kelly, said the system isn’t meant to be intrusive and has clear benefits over old-style punch clocks or paper time sheets.

The city expects to save $60 million per year by modernizing a complicated record keeping system that now requires one full-time timekeeper for every 100 to 250 employees. The new system, dubbed CityTime, would free up thousands of city employees to do less paper-pushing.

Another benefit of the system is curtailing fraud. Several times each year, New York City’s Department of Investigation charges city employees with taking unauthorized time off and falsifying timecards to make it looked as though they worked.

Other cities have embraced similar technology.

Cities as big as Chicago and as small as Tahlequah, Okla., have turned to fingerprint-driven ID systems to record employee work hours in recent few years. And the systems have been introduced into plenty of other workplaces without much grumbling by employees, especially those already used to punching a clock.

But the New York workers aren’t the first to fight it. The American Federation of State, County and Municipal Employees complained vigorously two years ago after the city of Pittsburgh proposed installing fingerprint readers.

“We had a lot of questions, a lot of concerns, and so far they haven’t put it in,” said AFCME Council 84 Director Richard Caponi.

Jon Mooney, Ingersoll Rand’s general manger of biometrics, said the privacy concerns are unfounded. The hand scanners don’t keep large databases of people’s fingerprints–only a record of their hand shape, he said.

Still, union officials in New York said they are concerned that the machines could eventually be used not just to crack down on employees skipping work, but to nitpick honest workers or invade their privacy.

“The bottom line is that these palm scanners are designed to exercise more control over the workforce,” said Claude Fort, president of Local 375. “They aren’t there for security purposes. It has nothing to do with productivity. … It is about control, and that is what makes us nervous.”

Source

MoD: British soldiers breached Iraqi’s human rights

British soldiers breached the human rights of an Iraqi who died while in UK custody in Basra more than four years ago, the defence secretary, Des Browne, said today.

Baha Mousa, a hotel receptionist, suffered 93 injuries and died screaming in custody, witness statements read to the high court said.

Browne said the Ministry of Defence would also admit to violating the rights of eight other Iraqi men in September 2003 at a high court hearing due to take place on Friday.

Over the last few months, the court has heard harrowing accounts of the treatment of Iraqis by British troops in Basra.

Mousa was one of several men seized from a hotel when it was raided, and weapons were recovered, in 2003.

The men – all of whom were tortured – were detained under suspicion of being insurgents.

At times, some were hooded – a practice banned by the British government in 1972.

In a written statement, Browne said the government would admit “substantive breaches” of the parts of the European convention on human rights that protect the right to life and prohibit torture.

The armed forces minister, Bob Ainsworth, said “acts of abuse” had been carried out by a “very small minority” of British troops.

“I deeply regret the actions … and I offer my sincere apologies and sympathy to the family of Baha Mousa and the other eight Iraqi detainees,” Ainsworth added.

He said “all but a handful” of the more than 120,000 British troops who have served in Iraq had conducted themselves “to the highest standards”.

“But this does not excuse that, during 2003 and 2004, a very small minority committed acts of abuse, and we condemn their actions,” he added.

Seven members of the Queen’s Lancashire Regiment, including the commander of the 1st battalion, had faced the most expensive court martial in British history.

All were eventually acquitted of negligence and abuse after an investigation that cost more than £20m and took over three years.

A six-month military trial at the Bulford court martial centre, in Wiltshire, involved 100 witnesses, including eight Iraqis.

Corporal Donald Payne, 35, became the first British serviceman to admit a war crime after pleading guilty to the inhumane treatment of Iraqi prisoners. He was jailed for a year.

Much of the hearing rested on whether headquarters staff at 19 Mechanised Brigade had sanctioned the use of what British troops call “conditioning”.

The process involves the hooding, handcuffing and placing of terrorist suspects into stress positions, as well as depriving them of sleep, in order to make them more likely to answer questions.

Shami Chakrabarti, the director of the human rights group Liberty, said Mousa was “the Stephen Lawrence of Iraq”.

“A direct legal and moral consequence of today’s admission that Mousa and others were unlawfully tortured and killed in British custody is that there must be a wholesale independent inquiry into what went wrong,” she said.

“British soldiers should never be sent into post-conflict situations without adequate training and advice.”

Lawyers for the detainees said the soldiers’ actions were in breach of both the Geneva convention and the Human Rights Act.

Their demands for damages run into six figures, and today’s MoD announcement opens the door to unlimited compensation pay-outs to Mousa’s family and the eight other men.

U.S., Canada violated rights of Gitmo detainee

OTTAWA — The U.S. is violating international norms by holding a Canadian former child soldier at Guantanamo Bay, his lawyers told Canada’s high court Wednesday as they sought to force the country’s intelligence service to provide details from their interviews with him.Omar Khadr’s attorneys argued Canadian intelligence officers violated Canada’s bill of rights by questioning him in 2003 and 2004 at the U.S. military base, where some 275 men are held for their alleged links to al-Qaeda and the Taliban.

Khadr’s attorneys asked the Canadian Supreme Court to order Canada’s government to release details about the interrogations so the material can be used in Khadr’s war-crimes trial at Guantanamo, which is expected to begin this summer.

The lawyers condemned the U.S. war-crimes trial system and said Khadr should be tried before a proper court on charges that he killed a U.S. soldier with a grenade in a 2002 firefight in Afghanistan when he was 15 years old.

The so-called military commissions at Guantanamo were created by Congress and President Bush in 2006 after the U.S. Supreme Court threw out the previous system, declaring it unconstitutional.

Broadening the scope of Wednesday’s hearing, the Canadian Supreme Court ruled last week that Khadr’s lawyers could raise the legality of his detention and forthcoming trial at Guantanamo. The Toronto-born Khadr has been locked up at Guantanamo since October 2002.

“Omar Khadr is before a military process that is abomination. To expect success in that unfair process is to hope a great deal,” attorney Dennis Edney said after the hearing.

A lawyer for Canada’s Justice Department, Robert Frater, accused Khadr’s lawyers of going on a “fishing expedition” for sensitive intelligence information. He said U.S. practices at Guantanamo Bay should not be on trial in a Canadian courtroom.

Chief Justice Beverley McLachlin said the court would rule later.

Nathan Whitling, another Khadr attorney, argued that Canadian intelligence officers violated his client’s rights by interrogating him while he is detained under an unfair system.

“He was expressly prohibited from getting access to a court,” Whitling told the nine justices. “Canadians should have refrained from going down there and participating in his vulnerability.”

Several of the nine justices asked Frater to reveal which U.S. authorities were given information obtained in the questioning of Khadr. Frater acknowledged material was shared but declined to say who got it.

Khadr’s lawyers said the U.S. is violating juvenile justice rules set out by the U.N. Convention on the Rights of the Child and international agreements on civil and political rights and the treatment of prisoners.

Khadr is expected to be among the first detainees to face a U.S. war-crimes trial since the World War II era. He faces a maximum sentence of life in prison if convicted on charges including murder, conspiracy and supporting terrorism.

The U.S. military says it plans to charge about 80 detainees at Guantanamo, but so far no case has gone to trial.

One of Khadr’s brothers, Abdurahman Khadr, has acknowledged that their Egyptian-born father, Ahmed Said Khadr, and some of his brothers fought for al-Qaeda and stayed with Osama bin Laden. The elder Khadr was killed in Pakistan in 2003 when a Pakistani military helicopter attacked a house where he was staying with senior al-Qaeda operatives.

Another of Khadr’s brothers, Abdullah Khadr, is being held in Canada on a U.S. extradition warrant that accuses him of supplying weapons to al-Qaeda.

Khadr’s mother, two sisters and younger brother, were in the courtroom Wednesday. They declined comment.

Source

Blackwater’s Employment Investigated

House oversight committee Chairman Henry A. Waxman expanded his effort yesterday to investigate private security contractor Blackwater Worldwide, calling for a wide-ranging federal inquiry into the company’s employment practices. In letters to the Internal Revenue Service, the Small Business Administration and the Labor Department, Waxman (D-Calif.) questioned Blackwater’s classification of its workers as “independent contractors” rather than employees. That designation, which the government has questioned in the past, has allowed the company to obtain $144 million in contracts set aside for small businesses and to avoid paying as much as $50 million in withholding taxes under State Department contracts, he said.

A Blackwater spokeswoman called Waxman’s allegations “completely without merit” and said the company regrets his “decision to publicly air misleading information.” An IRS spokesman declined to comment. The allegations came as a team of Justice Department and FBI investigators completed a two-week visit to Baghdad, where they interviewed additional witnesses in connection with a Sept. 16 incident in which Blackwater security personnel guarding U.S. diplomats killed 17 civilians at a Baghdad traffic circle.

Although a grand jury was convened late last year in the case, federal prosecutors have not determined whether the contractors can be prosecuted under U.S. law. They are immune from Iraqi prosecution under a decree promulgated by the former U.S. occupation government in Iraq.The incident prompted criticism of the use of private security contractors by both the State and Defense departments. As a result, State promised to increase supervision of their activities, and the two departments developed comprehensive guidelines for them.

In Senate testimony late last month, administration officials said that 163,590 contractor personnel were working in Iraq under Defense contracts, slightly more than the number of U.S. troops there. Of those, 6,467 are armed security personnel, about 1,500 of them American citizens. State Department security contractors total 1,518, about half of them Americans. The officials said that many of the rest are British and South African. An additional 32,520 Defense contractor personnel are working in Afghanistan.

Blackwater, one of three U.S. companies that provide security for U.S. diplomats and official civilians in Iraq, has received nearly $1.25 billion in federal contracts from State and other agencies since 2000. According to Waxman, Blackwater has received contracts set aside for companies with fewer than 1,500 employees after self-certifying its own status. The addition of nearly 1,000 personnel in Iraq would put it over the Small Business Administration limit, but Blackwater has insisted that they are independent contractors it merely pays to work for the U.S. government. That designation allows the company to avoid withholding federal income tax from what company records have indicated is $1,222 per day the guards are paid.

Waxman also charged that Blackwater was violating Labor Department affirmative action regulations by withholding its employment records. In its statement, Blackwater said that its “classification of its personnel is accurate” and that it has “always been forthcoming about this aspect of its business with its customer, the U.S. government.”

Washington Post

In Iraq, Was I a Torturer? Asks Soldier

When 27-year-old Ben Allbright returned from Iraq, he was treated like a hero. But he is haunted by the “harsh interrogations” he oversaw.

The prisons in Iraq stink. Ask any guard or interrogator and they’ll tell you it’s a smell they’ll never forget: sweat, fear and rot. On the base where Ben Allbright served from May to September 2003, a small outfit named Tiger in western Iraq, water was especially scarce; Ben would rig a hose to a water bottle in a feeble attempt to shower. He and the other Army reservists tried mopping the floors, but the cheap solvents only added a chemical note to the stench. During the day, when the temperature was in the triple digits, the smell fermented.

It got even hotter in the Conex container, the kind you see on top of 18-wheelers, where Ben kept his prisoners. Not uncommonly the thermometer inside read 135, even 145 degrees. The Conex box was the first stop for all prisoners brought to the base, most of them Iraqis swept up during mass raids. Ben kept them blindfolded, their hands bound behind their backs with plastic zip ties, without food or sleep, for up to 48 hours at a time. He made them stand in awkward positions, so that they could not rest their heads against the wall. Sometimes he blared loud music, such as Ozzy or AC/DC, blew air horns, banged on the container, or shouted. “Whatever it took to make sure they’d stay awake,” he explains.

Ben was not a “bad apple,” and he didn’t make up these treatments. He was following standard operating procedure as ordered by military intelligence officers. The MI guys didn’t make up the techniques either; they have a long international history as effective torture methods. Though generally referred to by circumlocutions such as “harsh techniques,” “softening up,” and “enhanced interrogation,” they have been medically shown to have the same effects as other forms of torture. Forced standing, for example, causes ankles to swell to twice their size within 24 hours, making walking excruciating and potentially causing kidney failure.

Ben says he never saw anything like that. The detainees didn’t faint or go insane, as people have been known to do under similar conditions, but they also “weren’t exactly lucid.” And, he notes, “I was hardly getting any sleep myself.”

When I first set off to interview the rank-and-file guards and interrogators tasked with implementing the administration’s torture guidelines, I thought they’d never talk openly. They would be embarrassed, wracked by guilt, living in silent shame in communities that would ostracize them if they knew of their histories. What I found instead were young men hiding their regrets from neighbors who wanted to celebrate them as war heroes. They seemed relieved to talk with me about things no one else wanted to hear — not just about the acts themselves, but also about the guilt, pain and anger they felt along with pride and righteousness about their service. They struggled with these things, wanted to make sense of them — even as the nation seemed determined to dismiss the whole matter and move on.

This, perhaps, is the real scandal of Abu Ghraib: In survey after survey, as many as two-thirds of Americans say torture is justified when it’s used to get information from terrorists. In an ABC/Washington Post poll in the wake of the 2004 scandal, 60 percent of respondents classified what happened at Abu Ghraib as mere abuse, not torture. And as recently as last year, 68 percent of Americans told Pew Research pollsters that they consider torture an acceptable option when dealing with terrorists.

Critics of the administration’s interrogation policies warn that the ramifications will be felt across the globe, including by Americans unlucky enough to be imprisoned abroad. Foreign policy scholars fear the fallout from Abu Ghraib has already weakened the U.S. military’s anti-terrorism capabilities. Lawyers warn about war crime tribunals. But hardly anyone is discussing the repercussions already being felt here at home. It’s the soldiers tying the sandbags around Iraqis’ necks and blaring the foghorns through the night who are experiencing the effects most acutely. And the communities they’re returning to are reeling as a result.

When I went to visit Ben in Little Rock, Ark., I wanted to know why this charming, intelligent, and overly polite 27-year-old had done what he’d done. For 10 days we rode around in his beat-up maroon 1970s Mercedes — running errands, picking up job applications, meeting his girlfriend for lunch. Ben wore pink shirts, hipster blazers and color-coordinated Campers; he used hair products, which to his friends meant being a metrosexual; he listened to indie rock, watched “The Daily Show” and wrote attitude-filled blogs on veterans’ rights, which meant being a liberal. He refereed football games, worshipped novelist Dave Eggers and placed special orders at McDonald’s so his meals would be fresh.

He was unemployed, fired from his latest job as a bank teller the day before I arrived. Ben had worked there for four months — the longest he’d held down a full-time job since coming home from Iraq. He’d tried tutoring high schoolers, bagging groceries and doing IT support for Best Buy. Part of the problem, he said, was the lack of good jobs in the area, part of it his own “flailing and procrastinating.” He had toyed with the idea of law school and scored a near-perfect 178 on the LSAT entrance test, but then turned down offers from schools such as NYU. While I was in town he picked up an application for a job at his corner liquor store. In high school he was one of two students voted most likely to become famous. “The other kid became a doctor,” Ben confessed, “and I, well, yeah …”

Continue http://www.alternet.org/rights/78649/?page=2

Children in care to get Biometric IDs

Children in care should get school photos and passports, Ministers said yesterday, as they launched plans designed to give thousands of vulnerable children in care a happy and healthy childhood. Whether this will mean biometric ID cards be default for this vulnerable group remains to be seen.

Biometric IDs for disabled children of those with special educational needs are often highly difficult to generate and use, for numerous complex reasons – and this area is highly sensitive.

The ideas were outlined by Kevin Brennan and Beverley Hughes, as they joined the Local Government Association and Association of Directors of Children’s Services to launch Care Matters: Time to Deliver, a practical guide for local partners on how to improve the lives of children in care.

Local Authorities and those working with children in care will be asked to focus on providing stability; listening more carefully to children in care, ensuring every child has a strong, stable relationship with their carers and having aspirations which are as high for these children as they are for their own.

The implementation plan sets out the practical steps Local Authorities need to take to make the plans outlined in the Care Matters agenda a reality for children in care, including:

* Considering friends and family care first
* Placing children close to home so they can stay in touch with friends and family, where that is in their interest
* Ensuring that a child’s education is not disrupted by unnecessary change of placement and school place
* Giving children in care the option to stay on in care or with their foster carers after the age of 16, if that is what they want
* Giving children a personal adviser up until the age of 25, if required

Secretary of State for Children, Schools and Families Ed Balls said:
“If we are to achieve our vision of helping every child to get a world class education and succeed in life, we need to focus our efforts where they are needed most – on the most vulnerable and disadvantaged young people in our society.

“That includes the 60,000 children and young people in our care system. They are five times less likely to achieve five good GCSEs and eight times more likely to be excluded from school. They are less likely to go to university and more likely to end up in prison.

“I am determined to change this injustice and work to improve the lives and life chances of children in care and the most disadvantaged children.”

Speaking at the launch Children’s Minister Kevin Brennan said:
“Every child needs a good parent who looks out for them and responds to their needs. We want all local councillors and council officers to be mindful of their parenting role, and give these young people the support they need. And we want those who work with children and young people, like teachers, doctors and police officers and everyone who supports children in care to act like extended family members and share responsibility for helping them to fulfil their potential. I want these children to be cared about not just cared for.”

Joining Kevin Brennan, Children and Young People’s Minister Beverley Hughes said:
“For too long children have languished in a care system that allowed them to fail – if we are to make this country the best place in the world for our children and young people to grow up, that must include vulnerable children in care too. Our Children’s Plan aims to give children the best education, provide places to play safely and have interesting and exciting things to do outside of school – all of these opportunities must be open to children in care too.”

John Coughlan, Director of Children’s Services at the Association of Directors of Children’s Services said:
“ADCS is delighted to support the launch of the Care Matters Implementation Plan. We are particularly pleased with the inclusive approach the DCSF has taken in the development of this plan which we hope may be a model for other initiatives. The care of our most vulnerable children is a collective responsibility but one which is lead by local authorities – the emphasis on partnership within this plan is therefore fitting.

“Contrary to some perceptions, in the ADCS we know that we have a care system which succeeds in protecting and nurturing the majority of children who come into contact with it. But we also know that we can do better, especially in improving the educational and health outcomes of the most vulnerable. We believe this plan, alongside forthcoming legislation, can make a real difference to the lives of our children. That is what they are, all of our children. And that is why we think it essential that all concerned should be determined in their support of this implementation plan.”

Les Lawrence, Chair of the Local Government Association’s Children and Young People’s Board said,
“The LGA wants to work with councils and our national partners to improve life for children in care. We must make sure the good practice going on with these children in many local areas is spread everywhere. Lead Members for Children have an important role to play in listening to children in care and in making sure that local services respond to their needs; the LGA and IDeA are committed to supporting Lead Members in fulfilling their crucial responsibilities to these children.”

The implementation plan comes as the Children and Young People Bill makes its way back into the House of Commons for its second reading.

The Bill will make it a legal requirement for:
* schools to have a designated teacher to help the children in care in their school achieve their full potential
* local authorities to ensure social workers visit all looked after children and and make independent visitors available to more children in care
* local authorities to give children in care £2000 if they go on to higher education
* local authorities to appoint personal advisers

Over the next year, the Department for Children, Schools and Families will issue statutory guidance on measures in the Bill and on other proposals that do not need primary legislation such as:

* Virtual School Heads
* Child Trust Fund
* Designated Teachers
* and improving the health of looked after children

The Department will also organise a series of regional events with the Children’s Inter-Agency Group to keep up the momentum for change, involving all the sectors who need to play a part in improving the lives of children in care.

Hazel Blears from the Department for Communities and Local Government and Alan Johnson from the Department of Health are co-signatories to the plan.

Secretary of State for Communities and Local Government Hazel Blears said:
“Children tell us that it is often the little things that matter most – like whether they have a passport and can go on a school trip or whether they were able to see their sister last week. The knowledge, skills and expertise to deliver these things is already there in the system – by sharing good practice, listening to and learning from each other, local leaders can ensure every child in care grows up safe, happy, healthy, secure, loved and able to fulfil their very real potential.”

The idea to ensure children in care have school photos and passports is not statutory or contained in guidance. Rather it is an illustration of how local authorities and other partners working with children in care should be thinking as parents do and act accordingly.

The Care Matters White Paper was issued on 21 June 2007.

Source

Don’t extend DNA database, says minister

0

The DNA database should probably not be extended and should certainly never become universal, Home Office Minister Tony McNulty has said, writes Matthew George.

He also told the Commons Home Affairs Committee, which is inquiring into whether Britain has a surveillance society, that such fears were the “meat of myths”.

He insisted the regulatory oversight of surveillance – ranging through the DNA database and CCTV cameras to automatic number plate recognition (ANPR) and interception of communications – was robust.

“The idea of big brother or big sister sitting on everybody’s shoulder makes great copy for the newspapers – but it is simply not the case.”

A review of the DNA database, being conducted as part of a wider look at the operation of the Police and Criminal Evidence Act (PACE) which underpins it, will conclude later this year.

McNulty said it was looking at DNA retention issues, especially concerning under-18s and whether those not convicted of crimes should go on it, as well as if PACE should continue as the statutory basis, or whether the database should have its own primary legislation.

The recent convictions of murderers Steve Wright and Mark Dixie as a result of the database sparked a debate over whether it should be universal.

Lincolnshire chief constable Tony Lake, who speaks for the Association of Chief Police Officers on the database, says if it were universal there is absolutely no doubt more crimes would be solved.

Even more controversially, Gary Pugh, Scotland Yard’s director of forensic services, said primary school should be eligible for the database if they behaved in a way that indicated criminality in later life.

McNulty told the committee he was not convinced by a national DNA database: “There is a logic to it, but I cannot accept it. Broadly, where we are now is where we should be.”

However he stressed he did not agree with the premise the database was counter to civil liberties, not least because of the high-profile murder cases solved by because suspects being on it for minor crimes, such as assault.

Asked about Pugh’s comments, he replied: “I do not accept what he said at all and nor do Acpo as I understand it. We are getting into the realms of potential guilt or future guilt, and I don’t accept that at all.”

He would “probably lean against” putting non-recordable crimes on the database, and there would not be such a move if he has his way.

http://www.publicservant.co.uk/news_story.asp?id=5529

‘Saddam paid for Congressmen trip’

0

Saddam Hussein’s intelligence agency had secretly financed a trip to Iraq by US lawmakers before the US invasion, federal prosecutors say.

An indictment unsealed in Detroit accuses Muthanna Al-Hanooti, a member of a Michigan nonprofit group, of arranging for three members of Congress to travel to Iraq in October 2002 at the behest of Saddam’s regime.

Prosecutors say Iraqi intelligence officials paid for the trip through an intermediary. In exchange for coordinating the trip, Al-Hanooti allegedly received 2 million barrels of Iraqi oil.

The lawmakers are not named in the indictment but the dates correspond to a trip by Democratic Reps. Jim McDermott, David Bonior and Mike Thompson.

At the time, the Bush administration was trying to persuade Congress to authorize military action against Iraq.

During the trip, the lawmakers expressed skepticism about the Bush’s claims that Saddam was stockpiling weapons of mass destruction. Though such weapons ultimately were never found, the lawmakers drew criticism for their trip at the time.

Sen. Don Nickles, the second-ranking Senate Republican at the time, said the Democrats ‘sound somewhat like spokespersons for the Iraqi government’.

AGB/PA

Bid to keep MPs’ expenses under wraps

0

THE lengthy stand-off over MPs’ expenses was heading for the High Court last night after the House of Commons launched an eleventh-hour bid to keep the information secret.

A Freedom of Information tribunal had told the Commons to publish details of claims made by 14 MPs — including Gordon Brown and David Cameron — for furnishing their taxpayer-funded second properties.

But after a day of to-ing and fro-ing at Westminster, the Commons announced an appeal, citing security fears over one element of the FoI ruling which stated that the addresses of MPs’ London homes should be made public.

Last month’s ruling came after a three-year battle to make the details of MPs’ Additional Cost Allowance (ACA) available to the public.

MPs with seats outside London can claim up to £23,000 a year to maintain a second home. Most use that money to cover mortgage interest payments, but further claims for household items can be made from the so-called “John Lewis list” — including £10,000 on a new kitchen and even £50 on a shredder.

Parliament already releases the total amount of ACA each MP claims every year, but the FoI ruling would require a detailed item-by-item breakdown to be made public too.

The surprising ruling, by Information Commissioner Richard Thomas, that home addresses were covered by the Freedom of Information Act seems to have put the whole process on hold as both sides consult lawyers.

The rising costs of the legal battle — funded by the taxpayer — could provoke further controversy. The Commons has already spent more than £50,000 of public money fighting the release of MPs’ expenses, a figure which will balloon if the case ends up in the courts.

A spokeswoman for the House of Commons said MPs feared that if their second home addresses were published they would be less inclined to speak their minds, which would “inhibit democratic debate”.

Commons Speaker Michael Martin, said to have been “mindful” of MPs’ concerns, has taken advice from the security services.

The Commons spokeswoman said, “Having received advice he’s concerned that the information tribunal may have misdirected itself in law in deciding that home addresses of MPs should always be published subject to only limited exceptions.”

The Commons also considered that the tribunal gave “insufficient attention to the reasonable expectations” of MPs.

“The threats that MPs can face are unpredictable and subject to change,” the spokeswoman said, adding that release of their home addresses could “inhibit democratic debate” on a range of sensitive issues.

But campaigner Heather Brooke, who has been fighting for the information’s release, said, “They have had 28 days to do this so why the last-minute theatrical farce?”

The decision to appeal comes amid heightened awareness of MPs’ expenses regimes in the wake of the Derek Conway affair. Mr Conway was stripped of the Tory whip and expelled from the Commons for 10 days for overpaying his son out of his expenses.

A separate FoI request to see the ACA expenses of another group of MPs, together with staff, office costs and IT has been given a new disclosure deadline of April 4.

The Information Commissioner’s Office said last night, “The matter now seems set to be considered by the High Court where, no doubt, all the arguments for and against will be heard.

“It is, as yet, unclear how, if at all, this will impact on other decisions made recently by the Information Commissioner that further information about certain MPs’ expenses should be disclosed.”

Jenny Willott, the Lib-Dem MP for Cardiff Central, said, “One of my concerns is the idea of publishing home addresses; I have real concerns about that for personal security reasons. In terms of other expenses, I wouldn’t have any problem with that being published; I haven’t used my allowance for anything I would be ashamed about.

“I’ve always provided receipts for everything.”

Writing on his blog, Newport West MP Paul Flynn said, “The fairest way forward is to publish details of all MPs’ expenses simultaneously.”

Liberal Democrat MP Norman Baker said the Commons was right to challenge the disclosure of addresses but suggested they should otherwise release the details of the ACA.

“I think it sends entirely the wrong signal that the House of Commons will appear in the public’s eye to be resisting a tribunal decision and we will look as though we are trying to protect our own backs,” he said.

“Having said that, I am sympathetic to the point that MPs’ addresses should not be made public. I think they have a right to query that point but no more.”

Matthew Elliott, chief executive of the TaxPayers’ Alliance, said, “It’s unforgivable that MPs are spending so much taxpayers’ money to keep this information from the public.

“We deserve to know how our money is spent. Taxpayers don’t mind footing the bill for proper representation, but in return we should be told where the money goes.

“This has been dragged out at vast expense for years now — instead of paying lawyers to take it to the High Court, they should just hand over the information.”

Tomos Livingstone, Western Mail

CCTV cameras not capturing many crimes

0

San Francisco’s 68 controversial anti-crime cameras haven’t deterred criminals from committing assaults, sex offenses or robberies – and they’ve only moved homicides down the block, according to a new report from UC Berkeley.

Researchers found that nonviolent thefts dropped by 22 percent within 100 feet of the cameras, but the devices had no effect on burglaries or car theft. And they’ve had no effect on violent crime.

Mayor Gavin Newsom called the report “conclusively inconclusive” on Thursday but said he still wants to install more cameras around the city because they make residents feel safer.

“When I put the first cameras in, I said, ‘This may only move people around the corner,’ ” he said. “But the community there said, ‘We don’t care, we want our alleyway back.’ No one’s actually had a camera up that they wanted torn down in the community.”

But not all city officials think it’s wise to spend money on public safety measures if the best thing that can be said about them is they have a placebo effect for worried residents.

“In their current configuration they are not useful, and they give people a false sense of security, which I think is bad,” said Police Commissioner Joe Alioto-Veronese. He added that previous studies of security cameras in other parts of the country have also shown that they do not deter violent crime.

The cameras have been installed in phases on some of the city’s roughest streets since 2005 with large concentrations of them in the Western Addition and Mission District and others in the lower Haight, the Tenderloin and near Coit Tower.

They’ve been controversial from the start. Representatives from the American Civil Liberties Union say they’re a violation of privacy, and some members of the Board of Supervisors and Police Commission, as well as the city’s public defender, say they’re ineffective in fighting crime.

The cameras have contributed to only one arrest nearly two years ago in a city that saw 98 homicides last year, a 12-year high. The video is choppy, and police aren’t allowed to watch video in real-time or maneuver the cameras to get a better view of potential crimes.

Final report not ready

The city has spent $900,000 on the cameras so far and has budgeted $200,000 for 25 more cameras that need Police Commission approval to be installed. The commission has refused to approve the new cameras until seeing a report on whether they’re doing any good.

The city administrator contracted with researchers at UC Berkeley’s Center for Information Technology Research in the Interest of Society to do the study, and the group published its preliminary results this week. A final report is expected in a few months, and the Police Commission will hold off on approving any new cameras until then, President Theresa Sparks said.

Researchers examined data from the San Francisco Police Department detailing the 59,706 crimes committed within 1,000 feet of the camera locations between Jan. 1, 2005, and Jan. 28, 2008.

These were the total number of crimes for which police had reports – regardless of whether the crimes were caught on video. The idea was to look at whether criminals stopped committing crimes at those locations because they knew cameras were there.

Using a complicated method, researchers were able to come up with an average daily crime rate at each location broken out by type of crime and distance from the cameras. They then compared it with the average daily crime rate from the period before the cameras were installed.

They looked at seven types of crime: larcenies, burglaries, motor vehicle theft, assault, robbery, homicide and forcible sex offenses.

The only positive deterrent effect was the reduction of larcenies within 100 feet of the cameras. No other crimes were affected – except for homicides, which had an interesting pattern.

Murders went down within 250 feet of the cameras, but the reduction was completely offset by an increase 250 to 500 feet away, suggesting people moved down the block before killing each other.

The final report is expected to analyze the figures in more depth and to include other crimes, including prostitution and drug offenses.

Kevin Ryan, director of the Mayor’s Office of Criminal Justice, said it’s premature to dismiss the use of the cameras based on the preliminary report. He said the report shows the devices change behavior in some instances. “At the end of the day, if the report does suggest what I think it’s going to suggest, that it can be an effective tool, we’re going to have to deploy it in the most effective way we can,” he said.

Real-time monitoring sought

Ryan is pushing for the cameras to be monitored in real-time like they are in Chicago and other cities. Those police departments are often able to catch crimes in progress and immediately respond. Newsom does not support that idea.

Public Defender Jeff Adachi, who has long been a critic of the cameras, said the report is further proof they’re not improving public safety.

He said they’re no substitute for attacking the causes of crime and said money would be better invested in community-based policing, anti-violence projects in schools, and services that help ex-prisoners readjust to life in society so they don’t commit more crimes.

Supervisor Ross Mirkarimi, who heads the board’s public safety committee, pointed out that the report comes at a time when the city is facing one of its biggest budget deficits in recent memory.

He has supported the cameras because they make residents in high-crime areas feel safer, but he said that may not be enough of a reason to expand the program.

“We have to decide the fiscal value of that scarecrow strategy,” he said. “It gives people some psychological relief, but if the data shows the cameras don’t have the intended consequences, it’s going to come down to a matter of dollars.”

Heather Knight, Chronicle Staff Writer

Wikileaks Airs Scientology Black Ops

0

An anonymous reader alerts us to new material up on Wikileaks: 208 scanned pages (in one PDF) relating to the Church of Scientology and its former “Office of Special Affairs” employee (and subsequent apostate) Frank Oliver. “The documents are dated between 1986 and 1992 inclusive, when, according to the file, Frank Oliver was declared a ‘suppressive person’ and excommunicated. Frank Oliver should be able to verify the material and has appeared in the media before on subjects relating to the church. Starting on page 107, the document shows that at the time of writing the Church of Scientology was still actively engaged in black propaganda (especially concerning psychiatry), ‘fair game’ and infiltration.”

http://yro.slashdot.org/article.pl?sid=08/03/11/2348242

VIDEO: Comparing Scientology’s Lies

0

Remember back a week or so ago when the Church of Scientology was claiming Anonymous posted a video threatening to blow up their churches, and used that video to file an injunction against Anonymous (naming 22 people they claim are Anonymous) to stop the protests which took place last Saturday.

The Judges in Clearwater rejected their claims, protests went on as scheduled. The CoS handed out copies of the alleged “video” purported to threaten churches at the protest. The above video compares what Scientologists handed out at the protests and what the YouTube version would look like to anyone who captured it over the web.

Some major inconsistencies I’d say.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=c2lQhiNQ008[/youtube]

http://glosslip.com/2008/03/21/comparing-scientologys-lies/

Scientology Injunction Denied Against Anonymous

0

CLEARWATER – The Church of Scientology was told again Thursday it could not have a court order restraining Anonymous protesters this weekend, largely because the church’s foe is as elusive as thin air.

But in its zeal to identify those who threatened the church, Scientology misfired, according to one woman who says she got fingered just because she works at Starbucks, near the church’s headquarters.

Rosalie Fair, 19, said she had simply come to check her work schedule on Feb. 10 when a group of about 200 protesters from the Internet activist group Anonymous demonstrated in downtown Clearwater.

Fair said she has “nothing at all” to do with Anonymous. In fact, she said she went out of her way to avoid the protest because most of her customers are Scientologists and she didn’t want to be mistaken as participating.

A St. Petersburg College student, Fair said she was troubled to learn she was one of 26 people listed as members of Anonymous in a Scientology lawsuit filed this week. It sought a restraining order to keep Anonymous members 500 feet from any Scientology buildings in a second round of planned protests tonight and Saturday.

The lawsuit alleged that Scientology churches around the world have been bombarded with harassing phone calls, obscene e-mails, bomb threats and death threats by members of an amorphous, loosely knit group that calls itself Anonymous.

Fair said she was troubled to see her name falsely associated with those kinds of actions.

“My name is on a list with a whole list of crimes that are very violent things, things I’ve never participated in,” she said.

Scientology spokeswoman Pat Harney said “the information we had is that all the people (listed in the lawsuit) were involved with Anonymous in some way,” but “if we misidentified anyone, of course we apologize for that.”

It points out the difficulty and frustration the church has had in trying to ferret out those responsible for threats they say they are taking very seriously.

“The problem we have is that people are hiding behind Anonymous,” Harney said. “We have thousands of people here we have to protect.”

On Thursday, Scientology officials say they received threats by phone and the Internet surrounding founder L. Ron Hubbard’s birthday, which is today. That led them to ask employees to look for suspicious packages.

An employee found a new, brown suitcase in the alley behind Scientology’s Life Improvement Center at 336 First Ave. N in St. Petersburg.

Police closed several streets, evacuated several buildings and called in the Tampa police bomb squad. But when police opened the suspicious suitcase, it contained no bomb – just clothing, personal items and a Holy Bible.

Harney said the threat was just one example of the wasted manpower in responding to a slew of threats.

“We’re not going to allow this violent stuff to escalate and get out of control,” Harney said.

In a statement given to the St. Petersburg Times this week, purported to be from Anonymous, the group condemned acts or threats of violence that may have occurred and said they were not the work of Anonymous. And they again urged demonstrators this weekend to protest peacefully and legally.

In striking down the church’s petition Thursday, Circuit Judge Douglas Baird noted that the church failed to tie any of the 26 named people to the threats detailed in the suit.

“This court is mindful of the anxiety that may be caused by anonymous threats of violence, or as a series of seemingly unconnected incidents, be they on the Internet or otherwise,” Baird wrote. “However, the jurisdiction of the court must only be exercised to specifically restrain those known individuals that are shown to have some reasonable nexus to the actual threats complained of in the petition.”

Times staff writer Stephanie Garry contributed to this report.

http://www.tampabay.com/news/courts/civil/article416511.ece

‘Anonymous’ vs. Scientology: ‘Our Nonsense is Free’

0

If any single sign best described the spirit of the protesters parked in front of the Church of Scientology’s Time Square headquarters on Saturday it was that sentiment, referencing not only the Church’s notorious “pay-as-you-go” brand of religious instruction but the upbeat, sometimes goofy demeanor of the loose-knit band of activists that make up the scourge of Scientology, “Anonymous.”

“Operation Party Hard” celebrated the birthday of Scientology founder L. Ron Hubbard with protests at Church outposts across the world. In New York close to 300 people did their best to hide their faces from Scientology’s cameras to air their grievances with the Church, though Anons assured the handful of reporters in attendance that “over 9,000” of their compatriots were attending similar events in other cities.

Given the Church of Scientology’s history of harassing its critics, a policy outlined in Hubbard’s “fair game” memo of the mid-1960’s, no member of the assembled throng would offer their names to the media, stating instead that they were just “Anonymous.” Anonymous #1 wore a black suit and tie and covered his face with a paper surgical mask. He said he was there to oppose Scientology’s treatment of its own parishioners. Critics have accused the Church of cutting members off from their families, controlling every aspect of their lives and even, as in the case of Lisa McPherson, having a hand in a member’s death.

“What brings me personally here is how disgusted I am with their practices against their own patrons,” said Anonymous #1. “They charge thousands and thousands of dollars and they have been known to commit egregious crimes against members of their own church…Simply look up Lisa McPherson. Her name will reveal enough.”

Anonymous #2 wore a top hat and sunglasses, and said his personal mission was to alert onlookers of the “unfair” tax exempt status enjoyed by the Church of Scientology. At least 80 percent of all fees for “religious training and services” paid to the Church of Scientology are tax deductible, a privilege enjoyed by no other religion and a fact that does not sit well with Church critics. “They actually have a better tax exempt status than any other religion of all the established religions,” said Anonymous #2. While we spoke, he noted the presence of a very obvious camera in a third floor window of the Church across the street. That’s why he needs his sunglasses, he said. “They’re taking pictures of us right now, as we speak.”

Though masks at such protests are verboten by New York State law most protesters wore some kind of disguise, be it a pair of sunglasses or a scarf or even a wig. When a passerby would make the spontaneous decision to join the protest more than one “Anonymous” member would quickly offer them a paper mask. “You don’t want them to see your face, to take your picture,” said one protester to a young couple that decided to join the protest as he handed them their surgical disguise. The masks worked well enough to shield one’s face from Scientology’s prying eyes, but they were not without their own pitfalls. One protester asked anyone he could find if they had a pen to poke a hole in the surgical mask, as his friend was having a hard time breathing through it. Covering one’s mouth also makes it harder to speak clearly, as evident in the number of times “what did you say?” was uttered between “Anons.”

But those masks and other facial coverings are vital, said Anonymous #3, who wore a blue trench coat and a glasses-nose-mustache disguise, ala Groucho Marx. Though “Anonymous” has no leaders he had the task of acting as a liaison between protesters, police and the New York Civil Liberties Union, who had a representative on hand to observe the event. The first protests, held on February 10 to honor McPherson’s birthday, were basically thrown together on a whim, he said. This time around things were much more organized because they had to be. All week rumors were swirling on “Anonymous” message boards that the Church might throw several plants into the protests to make “Anonymous” look bad while also painting the Church as a victim. At least one suspected plant was thrown out of the New York protest, and a protocol for dealing with possible staged violence within the protest was even put forward: “if shit goes down, sit down.”

“They use their money, their connections, and basically their bullshit to have people who are speaking out against them silenced,” said Anonymous #3. Scientology, he said, engages in forms of “extreme harassment” to quiet its critics. “If they put someone in here with us who chants stupid shit, or racist shit, they can use it to make us all look bad. We can’t have that, so we have to be vigilant.”

While Scientology plants needed to be sniffed out other unlikely participants were greeted to the protest with open arms. Numerous vehicles passing by, including more than a few taxis and several postal service vehicles, responded in the affirmative to signs urging them to honk if they thought Scientology was a cult, and each time loud cheering sounded from the crowd. One father brought his two young children to the protest, both of whom carried signs denouncing the Church. “Did you see those kids? The little girl can’t be older than six,” said one “Anon” to another in glee. “That’s fucking awesome!”

As the midtown protest wound down various “Anons” made their plans to head uptown together, to Scientology’s Celebrity Center on East 82nd Street. “We have a sound permit for up there,” said one Anon to another. “It’s gonna be fantastic.” Anonymous #3 said that members of the Church have contacted various “Anons” covertly to discuss leaving the Church. In the past Scientology only faced a handful of critics, but today they face the full wrath of the Internet. As the numbers grow more Scientologists will be willing to escape, he said. “That’s the sort of stuff that keeps us coming back,” he said.

“Anons” had special balloons printed to celebrate Hubbard’s birthday, and many brought donuts and snack cakes to share with one another. Some waved chuckle-worthy signs like “Honk if you are driving.” They sang “Happy Birthday” to L. Ron, and mixed chants of “Battlefield Earth sucks!” in with their more serious statements against the Church. They danced, laughed, and even tried to “Rickroll.” And while handing out literature to tourists and theatergoers walking past the pen police had built to hold “Anonymous,” one compared information to food.

“Taste the delicious bacon sandwich of truth about Scientology!” he shouted.

http://blogs.villagevoice.com/runninscared/archives/2008/03/anonymous_vs_sc_1.php

Unlicensed Scientology kindergartens

0

At least three kindergartens spread out through Israeli urban sprawl offer children educational teachings of controversial cultist movement. Only one institute received municipal approval, but failed to note its religious leanings

Any kindergarten in Israel with more than 10 children requires the approval of the Education Ministry, but three kindergartens offering children the education teaching of the controversial Scientology movement are operating in Tel Aviv these days without the ministry being aware of their principles. One of these kindergartens, in the Nahalat Yitzhak neighborhood has about 90 children. Although it received the Education Ministry’s approval, it failed to note its religious leanings.

The ministry has never even heard of the other two Scientology kindergartens, one in the Yad Eliyahu neighborhood and the other on Keren Kayemet Street in northern Tel Aviv.

The Scientology cultist movement was materialized in the United States in the 1950s. Its principles were developed from author L. Ron Hubbard’s set of ideas and practices regarding the relationship between the spirit, mind and body presented in the book “Dianetics”.

In the book, Hubbard developed ideas in regards to ways humans can release themselves from mental elements preventing them from studying, developing and reaching a deeper understanding of the world.

One of the issues characterizing education according to the Scientology ideas is teaching respect, human rights and friendship — expressed in addressing children at eye level. When a teacher speaks to one of his or her pupils, he or she will bend down in order to prevent significant height differences.

It should be noted that a visit to one of the three kindergartens did not reveal any strange or severe issues in the teachers’ treatment of the children, and yet these kindergartens are operating without a license and without being supervised by the Education Ministry.

Avi Katzover, an Education Ministry spokesman for the Tel Aviv District, said in response that “the kindergarten (in Nahalat Yitzhak) was granted an operating license after it was made clear that it has no security or health risks. The license is temporary until the end of the school year.

“The pedagogical aspect will be examined this year and we will then make a final decision whether to grant it a permanent license for the coming years as well.

“As for the Scientology issue, the Education Ministry is unaware of such principles being taught in the kindergarten. The supervisor examined the kindergarten’s education contents and did not spot any Scientology content. The teacher also denied any involvement in the cult.”

http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-3521983,00.html

Scientology Strikes Back – Anonymous Responds

0

For months, a group calling itself Anonymous has been running giggling circles around the Church of Scientology. At the same time, caution is always advised – masks are worn, everyone is named Anonymous. People are advised to park far away or take public transit, and use the buddy system to avoid being followed home. The precautions seem almost a little over-the-top.

According to the latest from Anonymous, the precautions are needed, and the backlash has already begun. Anonymous members are being publicly outed, and emails warn of threatening letters and DVDs being sent to Anonymous members by the COS.

After the jump we are printing the letter from Anonymous warning of the threats, along with the story of one “outed” Anonymous organizer who has permitted LAist to publish his story.

Recent email to Anonymous members

Anonymous,

Over the last week a number of people have started receiving DVDs and hand delivered letters from Scientology. These indicate that the person receiving the letter is part of Anonymous and that they should cease a decist, or else. They aren’t really clear on what they’ll do, and since we aren’t doing anything illegal I would say that their actions are meant entirely as a scare tactic. Don’t fall for it! Facts:

Anonymous is doing nothing illegal.
Demonstrating is a first amendment right
If you aren’t doing anything illegal, you can’t be held responsible for something being done by someone else

Again, Anonymous is doing nothing illegal.
The Church of Scientology’s legal representation is trying to suppress free speech by scaring people with these packages.
They failed, twice, to get an injunction and a restraining order in Clearwater. If they had a legal grounds to stop you from protesting, those injuction/order attempts would have been successful. They failed, so these packages they are distributing to people that have gone to protests are misrepresenting the facts.
Long story short, don’t fall for their tricks.
One Outed Member of Anonymous Tells his Story:
My name is Gareth Cales. My online alias within Anonymous is “Ath,” and sometimes “David
Mudkip.” Previously, other organizers and some press knew me by the name Ryan. I no longer have any reason to conceal my identity, and this is my story.

About a day after the anonymous video came out in January, “Message to Scientology,” I saw it on drudgereport.com. It had been mirrored on breitbart.tv and Drudge had linked to it. I was immediately interested, as over the years I had heard about Scientology. There were just a few weird things here and there. In this case, an eery sounding video led me to want to find out more. I Googled Anonymous and was surprised at the number of sites that came up. Somehow I found myself in the “Project Chanology” Wiki page.

This was towards the end of the denial of service Civil Disobedience, and so I found myself looking at more appealing options like “IRL Raids (protests).” I went on to the IRC server at the time and found myself in #xenu. There were a number ofpeople consistently talking about the project and I watched as a number of people used their personal computers, without the use of botnets, to use acts of Civil Disobedience to raise awareness of the problem with Scientology. At no point did I ever take part.

At one point I was asked to assist with some press related things. This set off a relationship with several other Anonymous who were helping look after other regions. I discovered that Southern California did not have an adequate “IRL Raid” being planned, so I decided to help work on it. We created an irc channel, #socal, and recruited Southern California folks in to it from other IRC channels. We set up a SoCal wiki page with contact information so an e-mail list could be generated. A Myspace info page was set up as well as two Facebook groups to recruit people. Ultimately we had a couple hundred emails on the list. Another Anonymous, Rorschach, who has been a long time channer and veteran Encyclopedia Dramatica member, had also been on another list. We merged the two together.

SoCal posted on boards, had people out fliering, and recruited from other IRC channels as the
movement began to swell. February 10th was set as our protest date to coincide with the others, and we made calls to find out about permits and such. Somewhere in here I was put in touch with Tory Christman, ex-Scientologist and former-OSA handler/operative, who indicated she would attend our demonstration. We ensured that we needed no permits, and much progress was made towards a successful demonstration. We held IRC meetings and generated great interest. Multiple calls to the police from several sources confirmed that we did not need to obtain permits for our demonstration.

On February 3rd we did a scouting run, where Rorschach, myself, Tory Christman, and three other individuals walked around the church’s compound. Prior to going to the compound, we met at Starbucks, where an OSA operative was present. They have a very distinct look and she was very obvious about eavesdropping on us. We had no masks, just beanie caps and shades mostly, and we were followed while on Sunset Blvd and L. Ron Hubbard Way. As far as we could tell we were not followed away from the compound, but we couldn’t be sure. Low-quality video of this scouting is available on Youtube.1

I did some fliering with a friend on February 7th in downtown San Diego.I did a KROQ interview on February 8th, 2008,2 and was in the LA Times: “… a caller who identifiedhimself as a spokesman for the group Anonymous told a Times reporter that the group was not to blame.”

By this time all Internet-based civil disobedience was at a close. I am sure some nefarious faxing and calling continued, but that was out of my domain, and out of my sight.

On February 9th, I drove up to Los Angeles with the friend from February 7th and stayed at Rorschach’s house. We ate at a restaurant near his home and made good conversation with the bartender. We chatted Online with people and received a number of calls to the “Partyvan” disposable phone that Rorschach had set up. Everyone was in good spirits.

On Sunday morning, myself and my friend woke up early and went to Breakfast down the street. We then came home and got dressed for the demonstration. Rorschach proceeded to the Starbucks in the mall at Hollywood and Highland, and assisted those Anonymous in descending to the demonstration site. My friend and I went searching for Guy Fawkes masks but were unsuccessful. Fortunately, two masks were available to us when we arrived at the protest site.

I know for a fact that between those first 30 seconds on which I had no mask, and the February 3rd scouting, they got my picture a number of times. At the February 10th protest there was an “Ice” van set up for a company that does not exist. Information about this van can be found on Youtube.4 We are not sure who was operating the van, but its presence with tinted windows (and obvious purpose) was disturbing. There was enormous coverage of our event posted on Youtube, including articles in many publications.

The pictures for a front-page article in Radar magazine5 were taken in Los Angeles on 2/10. David Sarno of the LA Times wrote an outstanding article6, which made the front of the Entertainment section, that was based partly on the 2/10 demonstration. There was very little visible handling at the Hollywood 2/10 raid. There were a lot of OSA operatives recording protesters and attempting to catch faces. We proceeded from Sunset and LRH Way to three locations on Hollywood Blvd., making sure our message got out there extensively.

The only incident of violence that occurred was perpetrated by a Scientology supporter. The Youtube videos7 8 have the best coverage of this. The authorities were very cooperative through this whole process, and it is worth mentioning that the church hired no off-duty law enforcement (though they did have private security).

After the protest, Anonymous’ coverage in the media grew extensively. I answered a number of
commentary requests from the media as did other SoCal anonymous members. On February 16th, the evening before my 22nd birthday, I met with Graham Berry for the first time. We discussed potential courses of action. The same evening, an open party was hosted at which about 20-25 Anonymous members attended, as well as Tory Christman and Graham Berry. This was a masks off situation, and to this day I believe that no one who was openly in our group was a plant. There may have been a private investigator tailing people, but not openly. It was at this dinner that I met a number of fellow Anonymous without their masks for the first time, and to this day I am glad that we made that connection as it has built some lasting friendships.

On February 27th, a website called Exscientologykids.com went live, administered by Kendra Wiseman,Jenna Miscavige Hill and Astra Woodcraft. I was touched by Kendra’s personal story. Socal Anonymous had a demonstration planned for March 1st outside of a Citizens Commission on Human Rights (CCHR) awards dinner. CCHR is a known front group funded by Scientology, and their name is misleading as to their real purpose: ruining honest Psychiatrists. It says as much right on their website.9 Kendra Wiseman’s father is the president of CCHR USA, so I made a sign that was specifically for him, to highlight the church’s policy of Disconnection: “Bruce Wiseman, why won’t you be there to walk Kendra down the aisle? Exscientologykids.com” Disconnection is the church’s policy by which anyone who leaves Scientology publicly is forcefully cut off from their family and friends.

During the 3/1 protest, at which we had about 30 people and to which I brought an Anonymous by the alias “NigraJustice”, we identified a black SUV across the street from the Hyatt at which we were protesting. The Hyatt Century Plaza hotel on Avenue of the Stars was our protest location. Upon approaching this SUV with another anon with a camera, and one additional protester, the SUV drove off. The gentlemen put their suit jackets in the windows, rolled the windows up, put their cameras back in the car, and screeched out of the drop-off area. The police in charge of this jurisdiction were exemplary in every way and deserve to be commended.

Sometime around March 11th, Scientology posted a video labeling Anonymous a terrorist group, and blaming them for every single act of vandalism that had been allegedly perpetrated over the last two months. Around this same time they also filed for an injunction in Clearwater against Anonymous protesters. This injunction attempt failed twice, ultimately resulting in a successful 3/15 protest in Clearwater. They went so far as to make up easily verifiable incidents, such as the egging of a Boston church. Calls to the Boston PD indicate no such complaint was ever called in. This lack of credibility coupled with their previous lies over the last 60 years makes it a simply matter to acknowledge that most of their claims are either fabricated, or self-inflicted.

The evening of Tuesday March 11th, Scientology held a “Confidential OSA Briefing.” Operatives on the inside leaked the occurrence of this meeting in several cities, including New York City, Boston and Los Angeles. We sent 15 people to welcome the gathering Scientologists. Rorschach was somewhat rude to the security detail, but all accounts indicate he was just rude and not threatening. Video allegedly exists that corroborates that account.

On March 12th I went to work from 3AM — 5AM for some unusual maintenance, and proceeded
directly to Los Angeles afterwards. I parked about 2 blocks away from Rorschach’s house and
proceeded to take a nap for about 4 hours. I woke up at 11:30 or so and began planning my afternoon. I moved my car to the curb directly across the street from Rorschach’s and parked it at about Noon.

When I left at 1:30, I noticed very obviously that the two middle air conditioning vents had been tilted all the way up. This is not something that I, or anyone I have spoken to, will do. Generally people just turn the A/C off. I thought I might be a tad paranoid until later. That same day I was speaking to the class of someone who I knew only as Blvdnights. I was scheduled to speak to his class at the Art Institute of California, Los Angeles. Tory Christman joined me and we had a great meeting with the students, all of whom were very interested in what we had to say. I posted some fliers in their cafeteria area and headed down to the Farmer’s market around Fairfax and 3rd. I distributed fliers with Blvdnights and another Anonymous, as well as Tory.

Thursday evening, March 13th, three videos went online identifying Southern California members of Anonymous. The three people who were publicly identified were Rorschach, Blvdnights, and Nigrajustice. All three are mentioned above, so I had close personal contact with these individuals. This was my first indication that I was likely no longer safe. Rorschach was identified as “Sean Carasov.” Blvdnights was identified as “Ryan Benno.” Nigrajustice was also identified but I am leaving his name out. The following day two Anonymous from Clearwater were also named, but I do not have contact with those individuals.

On Friday the 14th, I spoke with Rorschach sometime after lunch and immediately noticed he sounded markedly out-of-sorts. I asked if everything was okay and he gave me a very choked-up and somewhat irate account of having woken to go into his yard to find and feed the feral cats that he cares for. He told me that he had found a pool of vomited blood and unidentified matter that looked like tissue – rather than chewed food – next to the dish for his cat Mudkips. He immediately suspected foul play since the food smelled like ammonia. This happened the morning after he was publically identified by Scientology on numerous sites. They have a well documented history of animal and pet abuse used to send critics a “message.” Sean lives around the corner from a Co$ ‘Mission,’ making handling a simple matter.

I later advised Sean that since Mudkips had not returned and he sounded stressed out and angry, he should not come to the demonstration on Saturday, as the Church would no doubt attempt to provoke him. He reluctantly agreed that his distress could cause a scene if they were to bait him. Friday evening after work, I drove up to Hollywood and picked up another anon who goes by the alias Cora. We went to a dinner with several other anon, a documentary crew and a magazine writer. It was great to meet with everyone and served as a final meal under the premise of normality.

After dinner, I stayed at Cora’s apartment. The following morning we departed for the demonstration. The demonstration was already underway when we arrived. A giant television screen had been set up to face the public, and they had a whole display up. The church might have even had a few dozen people, possibly a hundred at most at any one time. There was a 10 foot white tarp up around the entire compound blocking view, which had been there since Tuesday or Wednesday. There were speakers that, any time a chant would start, the church would crank way up to try and overwhelm our noise. Sadly for them, 600 people are hard to block out.

Anonymous spoke with Fox11,10 NBC4, and a Spanish speaking Anon spoke with Telemundo. We also gave comments to the LA Times, LA Weekly and the aforementioned magazine writer. At first, the sidewalk on Scientology’s side was blocked off. The off-duty, Scientology paid cops were also not allowing people over there. After the true, on-duty police arrived we were permitted to stand over there.

Numerous fliers and pamphlets were passed out to passing drivers, and everyone was in a very good mood, despite the fact that L. Ron Hubbard Way’s sidewalks were illegally closed to us. At some point, a private investigator or OSA agent with a gun was spotted, called out with a massive sign, and taken aside by some police. He apparently produced a permit, but my understanding is that he should do a better job of concealing it. He caused undue stress by having it visible.

Around 1:00 I stated to Sergeant Guillary that we would be taking about 20 people to the south side of the compound. About 50 people ended up walking down that road with the Subway restaurant on the corner. Once on Fountain, we walked over to LRH Way and lined up on the curb, such that the sidewalk was not blocked. Around 1:15 I was standing with a sign held up that I was momentarily holding for another Anonymous, when one of the other Anonymous grabbed me by the shoulder and forced me to look at a sign above my head. What I discovered were two giant signs that were laid out as such:

“Just for the Lulz.”
“Gareth Alan Cales
“Anonymous No More”

A photo of me with a mask on was juxtaposed with a photo of me without a mask on.
My home address was then listed.
Pictures and video will be included with this document.

Now I have to say, they picked a fantastic picture of me. I had a sinister look on my face, was talking in a cell phone, and was glancing around to see if I was being monitored. Clearly I had proper cause for concern about being followed. Through all of this I remained perfectly calm. About 2 minutes later I crossed the street to verify the legality of there display of my personal information. Sergeant Guillary informed me that it was an act of “freedom of expression” that they were performing, and so I let the matter drop.

As I was walking away to contemplate my next move, the Sergeant called me back over. He stepped out of his vehicle and we spoke privately. He stated that I may want to work out whatever issues I might have with the church. I indicated that I had no issues with the church and no prior involvement with them; my issue would be resolved when they were stripped of their tax exemption. The Sergeant praised my sense of idealism and made comments about how difficult it can be to change the system. He then went on to indicate that I might want to call a certain number, because there are two sides to every story. Some people were going to “call me,” so I might want to call them beforehand to give my side of a story.

I had no idea what he was talking about. I thanked him all the same and indicated I would call him in the evening. I stood about 10 feet off to the side of his vehicle, contemplating my revealed identity and deciding on a course of action.

As I stood there for 5 minutes or so, the only time I was alone through the entire demonstration, a male, middle-40s/early 50s, somewhat out of shape OSA operative said behind me “Hey Gareth, I guess your buddy Sean couldn’t make it today.”

I replied, “Who?”
He said “You know who I mean.”
I replied, “I don’t know who you are talking about.”

He then laughed as he walked off. As I said earlier, Sean’s cat had been poisoned the previous morning. I assumed that he was talking about this incident, and I was disgusted at how low they would sink.

I texted back and forth with an Anonymous who I needed to meet up with. I also had an offer for a vehicle to leave the area. I began making arrangements to depart, as my outing was causing an enormous distraction for the other Anonymous that were present. As I stood across the street, the two sign carriers remained opposite, but mirroring any moves that I made. As I crossed back to the LRH side of the street, the two sign carriers approached and fell in step. I made arrangements to get some room from them and began walking back up to Sunset Blvd.

As I approached, an Anonymous associate obtained his vehicle. I was escorted by a second associate and a number of other Anonymous. Ultimately, the sign carriers targeted an individual other than myself; I had taken my party hat off and I believe I managed to evade their view in the sea of people.

As soon as the associate pulled up, the second associate and I hopped in the car and we took off. We circled the block once and picked up Cora. As we took off, a Silver Toyota Sienna began following us. We made a long circuit, returning once to pick up a final associate. The five of us left the area with the van still in check. Thus began a car chase; our driver ducked in and out of parking lots, weaved through traffic and did other such necessary actions to shake the vehicle following us. At some point we managed to lose them. The action was fast paced enough that all we knew at the time was the plate started with the number “6”.

As the car chase was still going, I was on the phone with the magazine writer and David Sarno of the LA Times. They both took notes as far as I know, and advised calling the police. We spoke with Tory Christman during this event as well, and Graham Berry arranged that if we were to return to the picket the cops there would stop the vehicle following us. We managed to lose the vehicle before this was necessary.

As a followup note, going back to the sign bearers, I understand that Mark Bunker of XenuTV recorded the individuals holding my signs going back inside the Scientology center. This confirms that it was indeed Scientologists and not Anonymous demonstrators.

We were headed south on the 101 at this point, and pondering our destination to settle and plot a course of action. We decided to go to Graham’s home as it seemed he was headed there himself. Upon arrival, no one was home, so we went to a Denny’s to eat and wait for him. He arrived at Denny’s at about 4:45pm. He took 6 pages of notes on my experience that day; at the time everything was still fresh in my mind so I was giving him many word for word quotes.

Around 5:00pm Graham called Sergeant Guillary for me. Their conversation was apparently very polite and the Sergeant had some words for me. He proceeded to apologize profusely for our earlier conversation, as he had thought I was Sean Carasov. He told me that Sean had been arrested and was currently being taken to the Parker Center. We found out later that he ended up meeting with the “Major Case” squad, which I understand works with the FBI. His Miranda rights were read to him after he arrived at the Major Case squad, just before he was questioned, and not before. After they finished with him he went to Parker Center for processing.

We wrapped up our Denny’s meal. The three unnamed associates left. Myself, Cora, Graham Berry and “Mr. X” drove down to the station, taking a moment to drive by the protesters at Jefferson Blvd. which were getting underway. They looked as though they had about 200 people at that protest, meaning about 2/3 of the Anonymous had predictably gone home. It also appeared to have showered briefly. I will leave it for someone else to tell how horrible the police were at the Jefferson Blvd. event, since I was not there.

On arriving at the police station, Graham and myself went inside. We were both admitted to the visiting area, but only Graham, as an attorney, was permitted to speak with Sean as visiting hours were over. He made arrangements for a bail bondsman to come by, and collected as much information from Sean as possible. Sean’s story is available elsewhere on the net, but he was charged with Felony “Criminal Threats” based on a comment he allegedly made Tuesday (we still do not know what the threat was).

After departing the jail around 6:30, I called another associate. While on the phone, one of the people he was with phoned Graham. Both indicated that they were being chased by a Silver Toyota van. It turned out to be a Sienna with license plate “6AUP602”. Based on this information, we believe it was the same vehicle that had followed us. They had two photos of the vehicle chasing them while they were in a cab. The cab driver attempted to lose the van but was unsuccessful, ultimately dropping them off at Union Station where they hoped to lose the private investigator.

We turned ourselves in the direction of Union Station and headed their way.
5 minutes prior to our arrival, they phoned to let us know that they had been stopped in the Station. The Private Investigator had told their security that he had good reason to believe that the Anonymous individuals were carrying weapons, a blatant lie. The Anonymous offered to be searched, but security declined and instead told them they could not proceed with their masks on. Everyone sat and waited while the Transit Authorities showed up. Two sheriff’s deputies that were also part of the Department of Homeland Security arrived.

Upon our arrival, Graham, myself and Cora rushed inside. The Private Investigator had been told to leave and he apparently left quite frustrated. Graham convinced the deputies that our members needed a safe area to change and remove their masks if they were going to be forced to travel maskless. They were taken to the back room and courteously monitored as they changed. After this success, we parted ways and Cora and I ultimately made it back to my vehicle. I dropped her off and went to stay with another associate.

I got a great night’s sleep, and the following day made calls to a number of press organizations. I informed them what had happened to me, and that they were now permitted to use my real name: Gareth Cales. I do not care that Scientology has my identity now; it also does not bother me that some Anonymous out there will disown my allegiance now that I have a name attached to my alias. The fact of the matter is I am on the same side, I can do more with a name, and the Church will soon regret the PR Flap that comes as a result of outing the SoCal anons.

I went home in the early afternoon on Sunday and had a night of chuckling over IRC. The next couple of days were largely uneventful. I met with HR on Monday and explained my situation to them. They documented it in full and asked what they could do to help.

Tuesday evening, March 18th, a video was published online exactly like the five previous videos that I mentioned labeling people as members of Anonymous, and by association, “Terrorists.” This video had my photo and name in it, effectively sealing my outing.

On Wednesday, March 19th, I noticed several things that may or may not have been coincidences. Some will likely call me paranoid, but I am simply noting these things in the event that any of them turn out to be something more than just odd. This morning when I went to shave, I noted that the remainder of my shaving gel had been expelled in to a spot next to the shaving gel canister. It was a small amount and had foamed up like it was done several hours before. The canister was now empty. When I went downstairs to my car, I noticed that the gas cap had been opened and unsealed. I replaced it and went to work. At around 2:00pm, I received a call from Facilities. They said that Security had noted that my gas cap was undone. I went outside and found it had, and replaced it again. I had a conversation with our head of security and he had been informed of what was happening to me. He wished me luck and said he would keep both his and his colleagues’ eyes open.

This is my story thus far. As it continues I will add further text, but so far it has been very eventful and full of foot-bullets for Scientology.

Anyone interested in contacting me about this story can e-mail hitsut@gmail.com for comments.

Posted with permission of Gareth Cales. Photograph courtesy of Gareth Cales.

Gareth’s References

1 Heading “Scientology Anon LA Scouting Part 1/2” — http://www.youtube.com/user/xenuftw
2 http://www.kevinandbeanarchive.com/audio.php?dir=audio/——-Fridays
3 This quote was in regards to a powder scare that had taken place in the weeks leading up to
February 10th’s protests. To this day, no Anonymous has ever taken credit (don’t forget, an anon will always take credit for what [s]he does as it is part of our culture) and so I firmly believe we were not involved. In the past, the Church has attacked itself to discredit critics, so I wouldn’t rule out that possibility.
3 http://www.latimes.com/technology/la-me-scientology5feb05,1,4813130.s tory
4 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6kN_dT6UECA
5 http://www.radarmagazine.com/from-the-magazine/2008/03/scientology_anonymous_protests_tom_cruise_01.php
6 http://www.latimes.com/entertainment/news/newmedia/la-et-scientology3mar03,1,4376412.story
7 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bVWqvYb1GsU
8 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eoA0mnISlyQ
9 http://www.cchr.org/
10 http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gCRF4cm7agg

http://laist.com/2008/03/23/church_of_scien.php

How Scientology Destroys Families

0

scientology1.jpgThe Church of Scientology has a name for its critics: Suppressive Persons, or SPs. Those associated with them are PTS’, or Potential Trouble Sources. There are only two ways for a PTS to deal with an SP. Fix whatever the SP’s problem is. Or Disconnect.

Like any good cult, the Church of Scientology needs to keep its members in line. It’s one thing to capture an individual, but often people will have friends, family members, co-workers who notice a change in behaviour and voice concern. First resort, of course, is to try and convert them – prove the commitment of the new recruit and get a bunch more into the bargain. If that doesn’t work, the alternative is to sever contact completely.

In Scientology doctrine, this is justified as follows: Suppressive Persons account for around 2.5% of the world’s population. However, many more people do not support Scientology. This is because they have “false information” about Scientology, which is clouding their judgement and causing them to be hostile. If someone continues to show hostility towards Scientology after having been shown “true information”, they are obviously a Suppressive Person. An SP can make all those connected to them PTSs, and is not worth trying to reach out to as they are fundamentally flawed. As such, the only option left is absolute disconnection.

This policy has been used time and again since its inception to destroy families and tear apart friendships for the sake of preserving the “Church.” As described by former Scientologist Tory “Magoo” Christman ( http://www.torymagoo.org/discmas.htm):

“This practice, for anyone who is not familiar, is one that MAKES Scientologists disconnect, or stop talking to, or seeing anyone considered a critic of Scientology.

“This may include cutting off children from seeing their families (and I’m talking never to see or speak to them again, ever again!)

“This may include,as in my case, my husband divorcing me. This may include kids taking their lives, as now I’ve found out I know 5 young men who have, each with one person “in” and one out, or they themselves wanting out as the common denominator.

“Of course in Scientology they have the double edged sword: They convince you it is YOU deciding this…that YOU are “Thinking for yourself, doing what is the Greatest Good for the Greatest Number of Dynamics” (Hubbard’s theory of various forms of survival one works at) etc.

“As part of this package, “on your own’, you will stop seeing or talking to the people you love most: your mother or father or brother, sister, or family or friend, all in the guise of it is the most “ethical”.”

L Ron Hubbard’s “The Way to Happiness” pamphlet, containing his 21 precepts for living a good life, repeatedly emphasises the importance of the family and of friendship. Yet the Church of Scientology is willing to tear apart these relationships if they risk leading people to question their authority.

April sees the launch of Operation Reconnect, a project by Anonymous to help bring families and friends back together and shed light on the Church’s vile Disconnection policy. This will include worldwide pickets on 12th April.

Further information:
*  http://www.scientologyhandbook.org/SH11_4.HTM – Scientology Handbook: PTS Handling
*  http://www.youtube.com/v/4Dj67TXxrmM&hl=en – Operation: Reconnect video
*  http://www.scientologydisconnection.com/ – Scientology Disconnection
*  http://www.xenu-directory.net/practices/disconnection1.html – Disconnection at the Scientology directory
*  http://www.reconnect.org – Operation: Reconnect website
*  http://www.enturbulation.org – Anti-Scientology organising resource

http://templeofxenu.wordpress.com

How to Improve the Economy – Legalise Cannabis

6

As I am wont to babel about the economy: here it goes again. President’s Bush’s economic stimulus package, which pledges to give the average tax payer a $600 rebate check sometime later this year, isn’t going to offset the negative impact produced by the net decline of 85,000 jobs in the first two months of 2008. The unemployment rate is a lagging indicator of the economy, meaning that job losses occur after the economy has already taken a downturn; or, jobs will increase only after the economy has begun to grow. That said, the evidence put forth in this poor start to 2008 would suggest that the economy is indeed in trouble.

Typically, even the promise of an effective stimulus package will uplift Wall Street and consumer confidence, thus leading to increased consumer spending and subsequently a growing economy. As you can see, the plan put forth by our fearless leader has not instilled confidence in the consumer and has not bolstered Wall Street. Therefore, it cannot be considered an effective plan.

How about something new? Legalize marijuana for economic reasons. It is estimated that the legalization of marijuana in the U.S. would lead to a $7.7 billion drop in law enforcement costs and generate $6.2 billion in tax revenue. This is a net $13.9 billion improvement to U.S. government budgets, not to mention the fact that the dollars being spent on marijuana would be included in the consumer spending category of GDP, which would improve economic measures. What the study done by Harvard visiting professor Jeffrey Miron doesn’t take into account is the improved quality of life which arises from less militant policing of a substance that’s use is fairly widespread and has less negative effects on both individual health and society than alcohol. In 2006, there were 829,627 arrests for marijuana, which makes up 43.9% of total drug arrests in the U.S. Of the 829,627 arrested for marijuana-related charges, 738,916 were for possession alone. This is in direct contradiction to the alleged philosophy of the Drug Enforcement Agency, which states, “DEA targets criminals engaged in cultivation and trafficking…”. The statistics seem to contradict the mission stated by the DEA.

If marijuana was legal, then growing and distributing it would not be a crime. Therefore, this would put drug dealers out of business. I am not so naive as to believe that the supply of drug dealers will decrease by the exact same number as the marijuana dealers who were put out of business, because some of these dealers undoubtedly dabble in other substances and others who only sold marijuana before legalization will probably sell something else post legalization. I acknowledge that there are a considerable amount of concerns centered around operation of motor vehicles and individuals going to work while under the influence of marijuana. This should be treated no differently than alcohol is presently: it is not acceptable and/or legal to operate machinery or motor vehicles, or to go to your job while under the influence of a marijuana or alcohol.

The side benefits are also quite substantial. The Cannabis plant can be used for a variety of commercial and industrial products. Paper, rope, soap, lotions, fuel and lubricants are all among these products. The crops grow well in the United States’ varied climates and are relatively easy to grow, making it an ideal cash crop. If the trend could be set by the United States, then other countries may follow suit. This could lead to a situation analogous to the one in the 18th and 19th centuries when America was exporting enormous quantities of tobacco. The trade deficit could be reduced by taking a progressive step forward, one executed with much forethought and wisdom, and enticing the world to join us on our revolutionary quest to change the prejudices of government against its society.

Babeled

How Corporations Took Over The Supreme Court

0

The headquarters of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce, located across from Lafayette Park in Washington, is a limestone structure that looks almost as majestic as the Supreme Court. The similarity is no coincidence: both buildings were designed by the same architect, Cass Gilbert. Lately, however, the affinities between the court and the chamber, a lavishly financed business-advocacy organization, seem to be more than just architectural. The Supreme Court term that ended last June was, by all measures, exceptionally good for American business. The chamber’s litigation center filed briefs in 15 cases and its side won in 13 of them – the highest percentage of victories in the center’s 30-year history. The current term, which ends this summer, has also been shaping up nicely for business interests.

I visited the chamber recently to talk with Robin Conrad, who heads the litigation effort, about her recent triumphs. Conrad, an appealing, soft-spoken woman, lives with her family on a horse farm in Maryland, where she rides with a fox-chasing club called the Howard County-Iron Bridge Hounds. Her office, playfully adorned by action figures of women like Xena the Warrior Princess and Hillary Rodham Clinton, has one of the most impressive views in Washington. “You can see the White House through the trees,” she said as we peered through a window overlooking the park. “In the old days, you could actually see people bathing in the fountain. Homeless people.”

Conrad was in an understandably cheerful mood. Though the current Supreme Court has a well-earned reputation for divisiveness, it has been surprisingly united in cases affecting business interests. Of the 30 business cases last term, 22 were decided unanimously, or with only one or two dissenting votes. Conrad said she was especially pleased that several of the most important decisions were written by liberal justices, speaking for liberal and conservative colleagues alike. In opinions last term, Ruth Bader Ginsburg, Stephen Breyer and David Souter each went out of his or her way to question the use of lawsuits to challenge corporate wrongdoing – a strategy championed by progressive groups like Public Citizen but routinely denounced by conservatives as “regulation by litigation.” Conrad reeled off some of her favorite moments: “Justice Ginsburg talked about how ‘private-securities fraud actions, if not adequately contained, can be employed abusively.’ Justice Breyer had a wonderful quote about how Congress was trying to ‘weed out unmeritorious securities lawsuits.’ Justice Souter talked about how the threat of litigation ‘will push cost-conscious defendants to settle.’ ”

Examples like these point to an ideological sea change on the Supreme Court. A generation ago, progressive and consumer groups petitioning the court could count on favorable majority opinions written by justices who viewed big business with skepticism – or even outright prejudice. An economic populist like William O. Douglas, the former New Deal crusader who served on the court from 1939 to 1975, once unapologetically announced that he was “ready to bend the law in favor of the environment and against the corporations.”

Today, however, there are no economic populists on the court, even on the liberal wing. And ever since John Roberts was appointed chief justice in 2005, the court has seemed only more receptive to business concerns. Forty percent of the cases the court heard last term involved business interests, up from around 30 percent in recent years. While the Rehnquist Court heard less than one antitrust decision a year, on average, between 1988 and 2003, the Roberts Court has heard seven in its first two terms – and all of them were decided in favor of the corporate defendants.

Business cases at the Supreme Court typically receive less attention than cases concerning issues like affirmative action, abortion or the death penalty. The disputes tend to be harder to follow: the legal arguments are more technical, the underlying stories less emotional. But these cases – which include shareholder suits, antitrust challenges to corporate mergers, patent disputes and efforts to reduce punitive-damage awards and prevent product-liability suits – are no less important. They involve billions of dollars, have huge consequences for the economy and can have a greater effect on people’s daily lives than the often symbolic battles of the culture wars. In the current Supreme Court term, the justices have already blocked a liability suit against Medtronic, the manufacturer of a heart catheter, and rejected a type of shareholder suit that includes a claim against Enron. In the coming months, the court will decide whether to reduce the largest punitive-damage award in American history, which resulted from the Exxon Valdez oil spill in 1989.

What should we make of the Supreme Court’s transformation? Throughout its history, the court has tended to issue opinions, in areas from free speech to gender equality, that reflect or consolidate a social consensus. With their pro-business jurisprudence, the justices may be capturing an emerging spirit of agreement among liberal and conservative elites about the value of free markets. Among the professional classes, many Democrats and Republicans, whatever their other disagreements, have come to share a relatively laissez-faire, technocratic vision of the economy and are suspicious of excessive regulation and reflexive efforts to vilify big business. Judges, lawyers and law professors (such as myself) drilled in cost-benefit analysis over the past three decades, are no exception. It should come as little surprise that John Roberts and Stephen Breyer, both of whom studied the economic analysis of law at Harvard, have similar instincts in business cases.

This elite consensus, however, is not necessarily shared by the country as a whole. If anything, America may be entering something of a populist moment. If you combine the groups of Americans in a recent Pew survey who lean toward some strain of economic populism – from disaffected and conservative Democrats to traditional liberals to social and big-government conservatives – at least two-thirds of all voters arguably feel sympathy for government intervention in the economy. Could it be, then, that the court is reflecting an elite consensus while contravening the sentiments of most Americans? Only history will ultimately make this clear. One thing, however, is certain already: the transformation of the court was no accident. It represents the culmination of a carefully planned, behind-the-scenes campaign over several decades to change not only the courts but also the country’s political culture.

II.

The origins of the business community’s campaign to transform the Supreme Court can be traced back precisely to Aug. 23, 1971. That was the day when Lewis F. Powell Jr., a corporate lawyer in Richmond, Va., wrote a memo to his friend Eugene B. Snydor, then the head of the education committee of the U.S. Chamber of Commerce. In the memo, Powell expressed his concern that the American economic system was “under broad attack.” He identified several aggressors: the New Left, the liberal media, rebellious students on college campuses and, most important, Ralph Nader. Earlier that year, Nader founded Public Citizen to advocate for consumer rights, bring antitrust actions when the Justice Department did not and sue federal agencies when they failed to adopt health and safety regulations.

Powell claimed that this attack on the economic system was “quite new in the history of America.” Ever since 1937, when President Franklin D. Roosevelt threatened to pack a conservative Supreme Court with more progressive justices, the court had largely deferred to federal and state economic regulations. And by the ’60s, the Supreme Court under Chief Justice Earl Warren had embraced a form of economic populism, often favoring the interests of small business over big business, even at the expense of consumers. But what Powell saw in the work of Nader and others was altogether more extreme: a radical campaign that was “broadly based and consistently pursued.”

To counter the growing influence of public-interest litigation groups like Public Citizen, Powell urged the Chamber of Commerce to begin a multifront lobbying campaign on behalf of business interests, including hiring top business lawyers to bring cases before the Supreme Court. “The judiciary,” Powell predicted, “may be the most important instrument for social, economic and political change.” Two months after he wrote the memo, Powell was appointed by Richard Nixon to the Supreme Court. And six years later, in 1977, after steadily expanding its lobbying efforts, the chamber established the National Chamber Litigation Center to file cases and briefs on behalf of business interests in federal and state courts.

Today, the Chamber of Commerce is an imposing lobbying force. To fulfill its mission of serving “the unified interests of American business,” it collects membership dues from more than three million businesses and related organizations; last year, according to the Center for Responsive Politics, the chamber spent more than $21 million lobbying the White House, Congress and regulatory agencies on legal matters. But its battle against the forces of Naderism got off to a slow start. In 1983, when Robin Conrad arrived at the chamber, the Supreme Court was handing Nader and his allies significant victories. That year, for example, the court held that President Reagan’s secretary of transportation, Andrew L. Lewis Jr., acted capriciously when he repealed a regulation, inspired by Nader’s advocacy, that required automakers to install passive restraints like air bags. In 1986, the chamber supported a challenge to the Environmental Protection Agency’s aerial surveillance of a Dow Chemical plant. The chamber’s side lost, 5-4.

But eventually, things began to change. The chamber started winning cases in part by refining its strategy. With Conrad’s help, the chamber’s Supreme Court litigation program began to offer practice moot-court arguments for lawyers scheduled to argue important cases. The chamber also began hiring the most-respected Democratic and Republican Supreme Court advocates to persuade the court to hear more business cases. Although many of the businesses that belong to the Chamber of Commerce have their own in-house lawyers, they would have the chamber file “friend of the court” briefs on their behalf. The chamber would decide which of the many cases brought to its attention were in the long-term strategic interest of American business and then hire the leading business lawyers to write supporting briefs or argue the case.

Until the mid-’80s, there wasn’t an organized group of law firms that specialized in arguing business cases before the Supreme Court. But in 1985, Rex Lee, the solicitor general under Reagan, left the government to start a Supreme Court appellate practice at the firm Sidley Austin. Lee’s goal was to offer business clients the same level of expert representation before the Supreme Court that the solicitor general’s office provides to federal agencies. Lee’s success prompted other law firms to hire former Supreme Court clerks and former members of the solicitor general’s office to start business practices. The Chamber of Commerce, for its part, began to coordinate the strategy of these lawyers in the most important business cases.

At times, the strategic calculations can be quite personal. Because Supreme Court clerks have tremendous influence in making recommendations about what cases the court should hear, Conrad told me, having well-known former clerks involved in submitting a brief can be especially important. “When Justice O’Connor was on the bench and we knew her vote was very important, we had a case where the opposition had her favorite clerk on the brief, so we retained her next-favorite clerk,” she said with a laugh. “We won.”

In our conversation, Conrad was especially enthusiastic about Maureen Mahoney, a former clerk for Chief Justice Rehnquist and one of the top Supreme Court litigators who coordinate strategy with the chamber. When Mahoney agreed in 2005 to represent an appeal by the disgraced accounting firm Arthur Andersen, which was convicted in 2002 of obstructing justice by shredding documents related to the audit of Enron, few people thought the Supreme Court would take the case. “The climate was very anti-Enron,” Mahoney told me, “and it was viewed as a doomed petition.”

Mahoney rehearsed her Supreme Court argument in a moot court sponsored by the chamber. (“She was absolutely dazzling,” Conrad recalls.) On April 27, 2005, Mahoney stood calmly before the justices and delivered one of the best oral arguments I’ve ever seen at the Supreme Court. She argued that because Arthur Andersen’s accountants had followed a standard document-destruction procedure before receiving the government’s subpoena, they couldn’t be guilty of a crime; they weren’t aware what they were doing was criminal. The Supreme Court unanimously agreed and reversed the conviction, 9-0.

The Arthur Andersen case is a good example of how significantly the Supreme Court has changed its attitude about cases involving securities fraud – and business cases more generally – from the Warren to the Roberts era. In a case in 1964, the court ruled that aggrieved investors and consumers could file private lawsuits to enforce the securities laws, even in cases in which Congress hadn’t explicitly created a right to sue. In the mid-1990s, however, Congress substantially cut back on these citizen suits, and the court today has shown little patience for them. Mahoney says she sees her victory in the Arthur Andersen case as significant because it applied the same principle in criminal cases involving corporate wrongdoing that the court had already been recognizing in civil cases: namely, “refusing to create greater damage remedies or criminal penalties than Congress has explicitly specified.” She describes the case as “a very important win for business.”

This term, the Supreme Court has continued to cut back on consumer suits. In a ruling in January, the court refused to allow a shareholder suit against the suppliers to Charter Communications, one of the country’s largest cable companies. The suppliers were alleged to have “aided and abetted” Charter’s efforts to inflate its earnings, but the court held that Charter’s investors had to show that they had relied on the deceptive acts committed by the suppliers before the suit could proceed. A week later, the court invoked the same principle when it refused to hear an appeal in a case related to Enron, in which investors are trying to recover $40 billion from Wall Street banks that they claim aided and abetted Enron’s fraud. As a result, the shareholder suit against the banks may be dead.

III.

In addition to litigating cases before the court, the Chamber of Commerce also lobbies Congress and the White House in an effort to change the composition of the court itself. (Unlike many other government officials, the justices themselves are not, of course, subject to direct corporate lobbying.) The chamber’s efforts in this area were inspired by Robert Bork’s thwarted nomination to the court in 1987. Business groups were enthusiastic about Bork – not because of his conservative social views but because of his skepticism of vigorous antitrust enforcement. “In reaction to the Bork nomination, it struck us that we didn’t even have a process in place to be a player,” Conrad said.

So the chamber set up a formal process for endorsing candidates after their nominations. The process was designed to be bipartisan; and the chamber has encouraged Democratic as well as Republican presidents to appoint justices. Nominees are evaluated solely through the prism of their views about business. “We’re very surgical in our analysis,” Conrad said.

After the election of Bill Clinton, for example, the chamber endorsed Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who in addition to her pioneering achievements as the head of the women’s rights project at the A.C.L.U. had specialized, as a law professor, in the procedural rules in complex civil cases and was comfortable with the finer points of business litigation. The chamber was especially enthusiastic about Clinton’s second nominee, Stephen Breyer, who made his name building a bipartisan consensus for airline deregulation as a special counsel on the judiciary committee; and who, as a Harvard Law professor, advocated an influential and moderate view on antitrust enforcement.

During Breyer’s confirmation hearings his sharpest critic was Ralph Nader, who testified that his pro-business rulings were “extraordinarily one-sided.” Another critic, Senator Howard Metzenbaum of Ohio, said that the fact that the chamber was the first organization to endorse Breyer indicated that “large corporations are very pleased with this nomination” and “the fact that Ralph Nader is opposed to it indicated that the average American has a reason to have some concern.” The chamber’s imprimatur helped reassure Republicans about Breyer, and he was confirmed with a vote of 87 to 9. “Frankly, we didn’t feel like we had anyone on the court since Justice Powell who truly understood business issues,” Conrad told me. “Justice Breyer came close to that.”

The Breyer and Ginsburg nominations also came at a time when liberal as well as conservative judges and academics were gravitating in increasing numbers to an economic approach to the law, originally developed at the University of Chicago. The law-and-economics movement sought to evaluate the efficiency of legal rules based on their costs and benefits for society as a whole. Although originally conservative in its orientation, the movement also attracted prominent moderate and liberal scholars and judges like Breyer, who before his nomination wrote two books on regulation, arguing that government health-and-safety spending is distorted by sensational media reports of disasters that affect relatively few citizens.

Since joining the Supreme Court, Breyer has also been an intellectual leader in antitrust and patent disputes, which often pit business against business, rather than business against consumers. In those cases, many liberal scholars sympathetic to economic analysis have applauded the court for favoring competition rather than existing competitors, innovation rather than particular innovators. “The court deserves credit for trying to rationalize a totally irrational patent system, benefiting smaller new competitors rather than existing big ones,” says Lawrence Lessig, an intellectual-property scholar at Stanford.

Clinton’s nominations of Ginsburg and Breyer may have been welcomed by the chamber, but with the election of George W. Bush, the chamber faced a dilemma. Ever since the Reagan administration, there had been a divide on the right wing of the court between pragmatic free-market conservatives, who tended to favor business interests, and ideological states-rights conservatives. In some business cases, these two strands of conservatism diverged, leading the most staunch states-rights conservatives on the court, Antonin Scalia and Clarence Thomas, to rule against business interests. Scalia and Thomas were reluctant to second-guess large punitive-damage verdicts by state juries, for example, or to hold that federally regulated cigarette manufacturers could not be sued in state court. As a result, under Conrad’s leadership, the chamber began a vigorous campaign to urge the Bush administration to appoint pro-business conservatives.

When it came time to replace Chief Justice William Rehnquist and Justice Sandra Day O’Connor, the candidate most enthusiastically supported by states-rights conservatives, Judge Michael Luttig, had a record on the Court of Appeals for the Fourth Circuit that some corporate interests feared might make him unpredictable in business cases. (“One of my constant refrains is that being conservative doesn’t necessarily mean being pro-business,” Conrad told me.) The chamber and other business groups enthusiastically supported John Roberts, who had been hired by the chamber to write briefs in two Supreme Court cases in 2001 and 2002. At the time of Roberts’s nomination, Thomas Goldstein, a prominent Supreme Court litigator, described him as “the go-to lawyer for the business community,” adding “of all the candidates, he is the one they knew best.” When Roberts was nominated, business groups lobbied senators as part of the campaign for his confirmation.

The business community was also enthusiastic about Samuel Alito, whose 15-year record as an appellate judge showed a consistent skepticism of claims against large corporations. Ted Frank of the American Enterprise Institute predicted at the time of the nomination that if Alito replaced O’Connor, he and Roberts would bring about a rise in business cases before the Supreme Court. Frank’s prediction was soon vindicated.

“There wasn’t a great deal of interest in classic business cases in the last few years of the Rehnquist Court,” Carter Phillips, a partner at Sidley Austin and a leading Supreme Court business advocate, told me. In 2004, Judge Richard Posner, a founder of the law-and-economics movement, argued that the Rehnquist Court’s emphasis on headline-grabbing constitutional cases had politicized it, and called on the court to hear more business cases. The Roberts court has unambiguously answered the call. As Phillips told me, Roberts “is more interested in those issues and understands them better than his predecessor did.”

IV.

Exactly how successful has the Chamber of Commerce been at the Supreme Court? Although the court is currently accepting less than 2 percent of the 10,000 petitions it receives each year, the Chamber of Commerce’s petitions between 2004 and 2007 were granted at a rate of 26 percent, according to Scotusblog. And persuading the Supreme Court to hear a case is more than half the battle: Richard Lazarus, a law professor at Georgetown who also represents environmental clients before the court, recently ran the numbers and found that the court reverses the lower court in 65 percent of the cases it agrees to hear; and when the petitioner is represented by the elite Supreme Court advocates routinely hired by the chamber, the success rate rises to 75 percent.

Faced with these daunting numbers, the progressive antagonists of big business are understandably feeling beleaguered and outgunned. “The fight before the court is generally not an even one,” said David Vladeck, who once worked for the Public Citizen Litigation Group and now teaches law at Georgetown. “There’s us on one side, with a brief or two, and industry on the other side, with a well-coordinated campaign of 10 or 12 briefs, with each one written by a member of the elite Supreme Court bar that address an issue in enormous depth.” He added, ruefully, “You admire their handiwork, but it’s frustrating as hell to deal with.”

To gauge the degree of the frustration, I recently paid a visit to Ralph Nader, a few weeks before he announced his most recent campaign for president of the United States. It was a surprise to find that his office, the Center for Study of Responsive Law, shares an address in a grand building with the Carnegie Institution for Science. But the office itself, reassuringly, is buried on the ground floor, where Nader received me at a conference table surrounded by file cabinets stuffed with faded back issues of Mother Jones and The Nation.

Nader was uncontrite about his 2000 run against Al Gore – which is often credited with helping George W. Bush win the presidency – and he insisted that because Clinton appointed justices like Breyer, Gore would have done the same. “Breyer hasn’t been worse than I feared, because I had real concern when he was nominated,” Nader told me. He conceded that, like Breyer, Democratic justices appointed by President John Kerry would presumably have been better on civil rights and liberties than John Roberts and Samuel Alito. Nevertheless, he disparaged Breyer as a “deregulation quasi-ideologue” who was able to weave a “tapestry of illusion” in his arguments by dealing in abstractions.

The main casualty of the 2000 run, Nader said, is that he is no longer collaborating with America’s trial lawyers. They would ordinarily be his natural allies in representing consumer interests, but they donated heavily to Gore’s campaign. After 2000, the trial lawyers “have been vitriolic,” Nader explained. He blames them for not using their money to help counteract the influence of the Chamber of Commerce and other business groups before the federal courts. In part as a result of their stinginess, he said, his colleagues at Public Citizen are underfinanced and worn down. “There were some lawyers who left Public Citizen because they got tired of losing,” he said. “Everyone is desperately trying to hold on to whatever issues are left, and then they become demoralized and discouraged.”

Thirty years after the Chamber of Commerce founded its litigation center to counteract his influence, Nader all but conceded defeat in the battle for the Supreme Court. With the decline of economic populism in Congress, the weakening of trade unions and the rise of globalization, the political climate, he lamented, was passing him by. “I recall a comment by Eugene Debs,” Nader said, looking at me intensely. “He said: The American people live in a country where they can have almost anything they want. And my regret is that it seems that they don’t want much of anything at all.”

Nader chuckled quietly and shook his head. “I say ditto.”

V.

If there is an anti-Nader – a crusading lawyer passionately devoted to the pro-business cause – it is Theodore Olson. One of the most influential Supreme Court advocates and a former solicitor general under President George W. Bush, Olson is best known for his winning argument before the Supreme Court in Bush v. Gore in 2000. But Olson has devoted most of his energies in private practice to changing the legal and political climate for American business. According to his peers in the elite Supreme Court bar, he more than anyone else is responsible for transforming the approach to one of the most important legal concerns of the American business community: punitive damages awarded to the victims of corporate negligence.

Punitive damages – money awarded by civil juries on top of any awarded for actual harm that victims have suffered – are designed to penalize especially egregious acts of corporate misconduct resulting from malice or greed, and to deter similar wrongdoing in the future. In the 19th century, courts generally demanded a clear assignment of fault in cases where victims sued for injuries caused by malfunctioning products. It was hard for plaintiffs to recover in personal-injury cases unless the corporation was obviously at fault. But in the 20th century, in liability cases involving a rapidly expanding class of potentially dangerous products like cars, drugs and medical devices, courts increasingly applied a standard of “strict liability,” which held that manufacturers should pay whether or not they were directly at fault.

The animating idea was that manufacturers were in the best position to prevent accidents by improving their products with better design and testing. They and their insurance companies (rather than society as a whole) would shoulder the costs of accidents, thus giving them an incentive to make their products safer. Encouraged by Ralph Nader’s book, “Unsafe at Any Speed,” published in 1965, courts began to see car accidents as predictable events that better car design could have prevented. In 1968, for example, a federal court held that car manufacturers could be sued for failing to make cars safe enough for drivers to survive crashes, even if the driver was at fault for the crash.

A series of well-publicized awards in the 1980s and ’90s culminated in the largest punitive damage award in American history the $5 billion levied against Exxon after the Exxon Valdez oil spill in 1989. This was hardly typical: the median punitive award actually fell to $50,000 in 2001 from $63,000 in 1992. Nevertheless, critics like Olson claimed that multimillion-dollar punitive-damage verdicts were threatening the health of the economy. They resolved to fight back on several fronts. In his first Supreme Court argument, in 1986, Olson set out the broad contours of his argument: for most of English and American history, private litigants were entitled to be compensated for whatever damages they suffered, including pain and suffering, but any public wrongs like the failure of American business to make cars safer by adopting air bags should be addressed by legislation or regulation, not by the courts.

Olson decided that his clients deserved not just a lawyer who could argue a case but a lawyer who could change the political culture. “You had to attack it in a broad-scale way in the legislatures, in the arena of public opinion and in the courts,” he told me recently. “I felt the business community had to approach this in a holistic way.” He set out, in lectures and op-ed pieces, to publicize especially egregious examples. The poster child for punitive-damage abuse, widely derided in TV and radio ads paid for by the business community, was a New Mexico grandmother who, in 1994, was awarded $2.7 million in punitive damages when she scalded herself with hot McDonald’s coffee. Consumer advocates countered that she had originally asked for $20,000 for medical expenses, which McDonald’s refused to pay, and the award appeared to have the effect of persuading McDonald’s to serve its coffee at a safer temperature. Nonetheless, the campaign to vilify plaintiffs’ lawyers has been effective enough that the American Association of Trial Lawyers recently changed its name to the fuzzier American Association for Justice.

The business community made other inroads against punitive damages. Corporations financed campaigns against pro-punitive-damage state judges who had been elected with the assistance of large contributions from plaintiffs’ lawyers. The business community also helped persuade more than 30 states to either impose caps on punitive-damage awards or direct substantial portions of the awards to be paid into special state funds. In 1996, it helped persuade the Republican Congress, led by Newt Gingrich, to pass legislation that would cap punitive-damage awards in product-liability cases in every state court in the country. But in 1996, President Clinton, with what must have been perverse pleasure, vetoed the bill on the grounds that it violated principles of federalism and states rights to which conservatives claimed to be devoted.

Thwarted by Clinton, and unable to persuade Congress to override the veto, opponents of punitive damages turned their attention back to the Supreme Court, looking for a victory they were unable to win in the political arena. Here, they were remarkably successful. As late as 1991, the court had refused to impose limits on a large punitive-damage award. But in a case in 1996, the court held for the first time that punitive-damage awards had to be proportional to the actual damage incurred by the plaintiff. The case involved a man who said he was deceived by BMW when it sold him a supposedly “new” car that was, in fact, used and had received a $300 touch-up job. The court, in a 5-4 opinion, overturned a $2 million punitive-damage award as “grossly excessive.” In 2003, the court clarified what it meant: a single-digit ratio between punitive damages and compensatory damages was likely to be acceptable.

Last year, the business community watched with anticipation as Roberts and Alito revealed their views about punitive damages. The case involved the estate of a heavy smoker who sued Philip Morris for deceitfully distributing a “poisonous and addictive substance.” A jury had awarded the estate $821,000 in compensatory damages and $79.5 million in punitive damages – a ratio of about 100 to 1. In a 5-4 opinion written by Breyer, the court held that it was unconstitutional for a jury to use punitive damages to punish a company for its conduct toward similarly affected individuals who are not party to the lawsuit.

This spring, the court will decide the Exxon Valdez punitive-damage case, which many consider the culmination of the business community’s decades-long campaign against punitive damages. In 1989, the Exxon Valdez tanker, whose captain had a history of alcoholism, ran into a reef and punctured the hull; 11 million gallons of oil leaked onto the coastline of Prince William Sound. A jury handed down a $5 billion punitive-damage award.

After the verdict, Exxon began providing money for academic research to support its claim that the award for damages was excessive. It financed some of the country’s most prominent scholars on both sides of the political spectrum, including the Nobel laureate Daniel Kahneman and Cass Sunstein, a law professor at the University of Chicago. (Sunstein says he accepted only travel grants, not research support, from Exxon; and Kahneman stresses that the financing had no influence on the substance of his work.) In a 2002 book, “Punitive Damages: How Juries Decide,” Sunstein studied hundreds of mock-jury deliberations and concluded that jurors are unpredictable and often irrational in punitive-damage cases. Jury deliberations, he found, increase the unpredictability, as well as the dollar amount of the final awards. Sunstein concluded that a system of civil fines determined by experts, rather than punitive damages determined by juries, might be more sensible. When Exxon appealed the $5 billion verdict in 2006, it was reduced by an appellate court to $2.5 billion. The reduced verdict is once again being challenged as excessive.

Walter Dellinger, the lawyer now arguing Exxon’s case before the Supreme Court, is no Republican activist. Like Sunstein, he is one of the most respected Democratic constitutional scholars, as well as a former acting solicitor general for President Clinton. Last month, in his argument before the court, Dellinger argued that because Exxon has already paid $3.4 billion in fines, cleanup costs and compensation connected with the Exxon Valdez spill, and because it didn’t act out of malice or greed in failing to monitor the alcoholic captain, additional punitive damages would serve no “public purpose.”

During the argument, Breyer noted that the $2.5 billion punitive damage award represents a less than 10-to-1 ratio between punitive damages and compensatory damages, which is in the single-digit range that the Supreme Court has considered acceptable in the past. But Breyer also seemed concerned at other points that punitive-damage awards have not been routine in maritime cases like this one, and that the award might create “a new world for the shipping industry.” Alito, who owns Exxon Mobil stock, did not participate, and because a tie would affirm the $2.5 billion punitive-damage award, the plaintiffs who are opposing Exxon need only four votes to prevail. But whether Dellinger gets five votes, a significant triumph is already behind him: he persuaded the court to take the case in the first place.

VI.

Ted Olson and the Chamber of Commerce aren’t only trying to persuade the Supreme Court to cut back on large punitive-damage awards; they’re also arguing that consumers injured by dangerous or defective medical devices and drugs in some cases shouldn’t be able to file product-liability suits at all. Because there is no national product-liability law that allows federal suits for personal injuries, consumers who are injured by, say, defective heart valves or artificial hips have to sue in state courts under state tort law. By asking the Supreme Court to prevent injured consumers from suing in state court, the business community, supported by the Bush administration, is trying to ensure that these consumers often have no legal remedy for their injuries. And the Supreme Court has been increasingly sympathetic to the business community’s arguments.

In a Supreme Court case Olson argued in December, he stood before the justices and argued that the manufacturers of defective medical devices – like heart valves, breast implants and defibrillators – should be immune from personal-liability suits because the federal Food and Drug Administration had approved the devices before they were marketed and the manufacturers had complied with all federal requirements. The case involved Charles Riegel, who had an angioplasty in 1996 during which the catheter used to dilate his coronary artery burst. Riegel, who needed advanced life support and emergency bypass surgery, eventually sued the manufacturer of the catheter, Medtronic. The company is colloquially referred to in the business community as “the pre-emption company” because of its practice of arguing that the Food and Drug Administration’s “premarket approval” of its products pre-empts product-liability suits in state courts.

The lawyer representing Riegel’s estate before the Supreme Court, Allison Zieve of Public Citizen, countered that Congress never intended to ban state product-liability suits when Senator Edward Kennedy sponsored a bill regulating medical devices in 1976. (Kennedy himself filed a brief in the case noting that he indeed intended no such thing.) “Lawyers think this is a close issue, but any time I talk to a nonlawyer about it, they’re shocked,” Zieve told me after the argument. “People think: of course, if somebody makes a defective product you can sue.”

It’s one thing to argue that the federal government’s “premarket approval” of food, drugs and medical devices should pre-empt clearly inconsistent state laws and regulations. After all, if states imposed safety requirements that conflicted with the federal standard, the resulting regulatory confusion would make a national (and global) market impossible. But Olson’s claim that federal regulation of medical devices and drugs should also pre-empt product-liability suits under state tort law is one of the more creative and far-reaching legal arguments of the business groups that litigate before the Supreme Court.

This type of argument arose out of the tobacco litigation of the 1980s and ’90s, which culminated in a $206 billion settlement paid by the top tobacco companies to a consortium of 46 state attorneys general in exchange for dropping tort suits against the companies. The tobacco litigation began modestly: in 1983, Rose Cipollone, a New Jersey woman dying of lung cancer, sued several of the country’s largest tobacco companies for their failure to give adequate warnings about the dangers of smoking. After spending tens of millions of dollars fighting the verdict, the companies decided to take their defense to the next level. They argued that because the federal government required cigarette companies to have warning labels, tobacco companies couldn’t be subject to tort suits in state courts. Jury verdicts, they argued, are no less a form of regulation than laws explicitly adopted by state legislatures.

In a decision in 1992, the Supreme Court endorsed part of the companies’ argument. The decision unleashed a torrent of similar “pre-emption” claims by the manufacturers of dangerous drugs, defective medical devices and cars without air bags. And after the election of President Bush in 2000, the business community’s crusade was aggressively supported by the White House. At the same time that the White House was scaling back on federal health-and-safety enforcement, it insisted that consumers should not be able to sue federally regulated industries in state court. Bush appointed as the general counsel of the Food and Drug Administration a former drug- and tobacco-company lawyer named Daniel Troy. With Troy’s support, the F.D.A. reversed its position, held for 25 years, and argued for the first time that its premarket approval of medical devices should prevent injured consumers from bringing product-liability suits in state court.

After her Supreme Court argument in the Medtronic case, Zieve told me she wasn’t sure what to expect. Until the arrival of Chief Justice Roberts, groups like Public Citizen had found that they had a better chance of winning pre-emption cases before the Supreme Court than in the lower courts. But during the first two years of the Roberts Court, the justices had decided two pre-emption cases in favor of the corporate defendants.

The trend has continued. On Feb. 21, the Supreme Court handed Zieve a crushing defeat: an 8-1 opinion immunizing the makers of defective medical devices from product-liability suits. The lone dissent was written by Ruth Bader Ginsburg, who objected that Congress could not have intended such a “radical curtailment” of state personal-injury suits when it regulated medical devices in 1976. Ginsburg, who is devoted to liberal judicial restraint, has consistently opposed efforts to second-guess punitive-damage awards or expand federal pre-emption. I called Zieve soon after the Supreme Court issued its opinion, and she sounded shocked. “It’s really unfathomable to me,” she said. “I wasn’t sure that this was a business-friendly court, but now I’m finding it harder not to view it that way.” Zieve said that, as a result of the decision, “I think the industry will keep unsafe devices on the market longer and be slower to improve products.”

In the eyes of advocates like Zieve and Public Citizen, the public is now caught in a Catch-22: at the very moment that agencies like the F.D.A. are being strongly reproved by critics – including the agency’s own internal science board – for being unwilling or unable to protect public health, the court is making it harder for people to receive compensation for the injuries that result. On rare occasions, the Roberts Court has held that the Bush administration’s deregulatory efforts circumvent the will of Congress – like the 5-4 decision last year holding that the Environmental Protection Agency acted capriciously when it adopted a rule that said it had no legal authority to regulate greenhouse gases. But by and large, the Supreme Court defers to agencies that refuse to regulate public health and safety. “The industry has a lot of money, and they can routinely hire the biggest names in the biggest firms, while we’re doing it on our own,” Zieve told me. “We don’t charge anything – we’re free. It didn’t cost $250,000 to get us to write the brief.”

VII.

The Supreme Court is unlikely to reconsider its pro-business outlook anytime soon. Nevertheless, there are several currents in American political life that run counter to the court, even if they may not be strong enough, or suitably directed, to reverse it. There are, for example, economic populists in both political parties – John Edwards Democrats and Mike Huckabee Republicans, to cite just two types – who express concern about growing economic inequality and corporate corruption, and blame unchecked corporate power for America’s escalating economic problems. These populists tend to be from the working and middle classes rather than the professional classes, and their numbers may be growing. In recent Pew surveys, 65 percent of Americans agreed that corporations make excessive profits – the highest number in 20 years. Moreover, about half the country now asserts that America is divided on economic lines into two groups – the “haves” and “have nots” – up from only 26 percent two decades ago. And the number of Americans who view themselves as “have nots” has doubled to 34 percent today from 17 percent in 1988. Responding to pressures from this demographic, a Democratic Congress – bolstered by states-rights conservatives – might well try to pass legislation to counteract the court’s recent decisions barring product-liability suits for defective medical devices.

What about the executive branch? It seems unlikely that John McCain, if he were elected president, would push back against the court: he has already pledged to appoint “judges of the character and quality of Justices Roberts and Alito,” rather than justices more devoted to states rights, like Scalia and Thomas. As for Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, both have sounded increasingly populist notes in an effort to attract union and blue-collar supporters, ratcheting up their attacks on corporate wealth and power, singling out the drug, oil and health-insurance industries and promising to renegotiate the North American Free Trade Agreement. But despite their rhetoric, it is not clear that either candidate would actually appoint justices any more populist than Bill Clinton’s nominees. “I would be stunned to find an anti-business appointee from either of them,” Cass Sunstein, who is a constitutional adviser to Obama, told me. “There’s not a strong interest on the part of Obama or Clinton in demonizing business, and you wouldn’t expect to see that in their Supreme Court nominees.”

Still, the possibility does exist. If the economy continues to decline and blue-collar voters end up being crucial in the election, a Democratic president might appoint an economic populist to the Supreme Court as a kind of payback. Earlier this month, on the campaign trail in Ohio, Obama mentioned Earl Warren, who served as governor of California before becoming chief justice, as a model of the kind of justice he hoped to appoint. “I want people on the bench who have enough empathy, enough feeling, for what ordinary people are going through,” Obama said. He praised Warren for understanding that segregation was wrong because of the stigma it attached to blacks, rather than because of the precise nature of its sociological impact. Appointing a former politician to the court would almost certainly introduce a more populist element: the Supreme Court that in 1954 decided Brown v. Board of Education included, in addition to a former governor, three former senators, a former Securities and Exchange Commission member and two former attorneys general. (By contrast, the Roberts court is composed of nine former judges.)

Whatever happens in November, Robin Conrad says the Chamber of Commerce is prepared to lobby as hard as ever for the appointment of pro-business justices. “If we do have a Democrat president, and that president has opportunities to nominate to the court,” she said in our meeting as I glanced at her Hillary Clinton action figure, “we want to be able to express ourselves and work with that president.” Regardless of how many justices retire in the next presidential term, Conrad is confident that, having helped to transform the Supreme Court in less than 30 years, she and her colleagues can assure American business of a sympathetic hearing for decades to come.

When I told Conrad that Ralph Nader told me that lawyers were leaving Public Citizen because they were tired of losing, she achieved a look of earnest concern. “I hope if they feel they’ve lost,” she said, “they lost for a good reason – not because they’ve been overpowered or muscled by the big, bad business community, but they’ve lost because reason won.”

Conrad looked at me squarely, and then added, “I guess if Ralph Nader wants to say we did him in” – she paused to weigh her words – “so be it.”

Jeffrey Rosen, a law professor at George Washington University, is a frequent contributor to the magazine. He is the author, most recently, of “The Supreme Court: The Personalities and Rivalries That Defined America.”

Minister jeered by teachers over tests & class sizes

0

The Schools minister, Jim Knight, was given a public dressing down by teachers yesterday as he sought to defend large class sizes and the Government’s testing regime.

He was jeered by delegates at the Association of Teachers and Lecturers’ conference after being asked if a class of 38 pupils for eight and nine-year-olds in a primary school was acceptable. Mr Knight replied such class sizes were “manageable” if the teacher was supported by classroom assistants. Then, in what was supposed to be a vote of thanks to Mr Knight for his speech, one of the ATL’s executive members, Phil Jacques, tore into the Government’s education policies — criticising ministers for their lack of trust in teachers.

Mr Jacques, a science teacher from Mr Knight’s constituency in Dorset, was cheered by teachers at the conference in Torquay when he said: “Class sizes of 38 shouldn’t be made more manageable. They simply shouldn’t exist.”

He won further applause as he attacked “the ridiculous amount of over-testing of English schoolchildren” and told the minister that the national curriculum was “dismal, tedious and over-prescriptive” and “of very little value”.

Mr Jacques, from Shaftesbury school, Wiltshire, said: “It’s no wonder there are large numbers of disaffected children in these schools. In some schools, disaffection results in violence.”

He went on to attack the Government for its lack of trust in the teaching profession, saying: “How can you speak of trust when you tell us what to teach, how to teach it and when to teach it? Then you tell us how to assess it.”

Mr Knight, who described his reception as a “friendly disagreement”, later told journalists he had recently visited a school in Telford where there were 70 pupils in class with a teacher and three other adults which was “perfectly manageable”.

He said that Mr Jacques “may have had a point” about the over-prescriptive curriculum and said that a new secondary school curriculum to be introduced in September would give teachers more freedom. He said the Government had also initiated a review of the primary school curriculum, which was being carried out by Sir Jim Rose, former head of inspections at Ofsted, the education standards watchdog.

However, he made it clear that national curriculum tests for 11 and 14-year-olds were here to stay.

Mr Knight also attacked the British culture whereby it was “acceptable, fashionable even, to declare that you are useless at maths”.

He was speaking as the Government published the interim report of an inquiry into primary school maths, which suggested parents should be encouraged to join in lessons with their toddlers at nursery school so they could learn alongside their children. The report called for a maths specialist to be appointed to every primary school so that struggling children could be given tuition to help them catch up.

Richard Garner

VOTING COMPANY BULLIES ELECTION OFFICIALS

0

Cheney again links Iraq invasion to 9/11 attacks

0

In Baghdad, a long-anticipated reconciliation conference began with great fanfare, then quickly dissolved into the usual sectarian and political stalemates that have marred several similar gatherings in recent years.

But Vice President Dick Cheney gave an upbeat view of conditions in Iraq as he concluded his trip to mark the fifth anniversary of the U.S.-led invasion. Cheney defended the toppling of Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein as part of the struggle against terrorism following the 9/11 attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon.

This month, an exhaustive Pentagon-sponsored review of more than 600,000 Iraqi documents captured during the 2003 U.S. invasion found no evidence that Hussein’s regime had any operational links with al Qaeda.

But Cheney, who spent the night at a sprawling U.S. base in the northern town of Balad, told soldiers they were defending future generations of Americans from terrorism.

”This long-term struggle became urgent on the morning of Sept. 11, 2001. That day we clearly saw that dangers can gather far from our own shores and find us right there at home,” said Cheney, who was accompanied by his wife, Lynne, and their daughter, Elizabeth.

”So the United States made a decision: to hunt down the evil of terrorism and kill it where it grows, to hold the supporters of terror to account and to confront regimes that harbor terrorists and threaten the peace,” Cheney said. “Understanding all the dangers of this new era, we have no intention of abandoning our friends or allowing this country of 170,000 square miles to become a staging area for further attacks against Americans.”

Cheney later traveled to Irbil, the capital of the mostly autonomous Kurdish region, for a meeting with Kurdish leader Massoud Barzani, before flying to Oman.

FUNERAL LIMITS

Meanwhile, at the graveyard in Najaf, police restricted funerals to eight family members, out of fears that the funerals would become a target for attacks. Emotions ran high among mourners of the bombing victims. One man draped himself over a coffin and sobbed, “My father, my father.”

”Security forces have been negligent in securing the city and the pilgrims,” said Mohamed Hassan Ali, who buried his cousin, a policeman who was killed in the blast. “This area should have had camera monitoring, searches and equipment to detect explosives.”

The devastating security breach at one of Iraq’s most sacred places added to the pressure on Prime Minister Nouri al Maliki to make recent security gains stick and to keep the country on track for October elections.

MEETING BOYCOTTS

The Baghdad reconciliation conference was intended to bring the country’s warring factions to the negotiating table. But only half of the 700 invited guests showed up, and any real chance for negotiations dissolved when both the leading Sunni Muslim bloc and the powerful faction loyal to the rebel Shiite Muslim cleric Muqtada al Sadr announced boycotts.

”We entered the conference to reaffirm our support for national reconciliation, and we left to show our rejection of all these fake conferences,” Nassar al Rubaiye, a Sadr-allied lawmaker, said of the walkout. Most Sunnis and Sadrists didn’t participate, and Shiite lawmakers in attendance hinted that the groups weren’t missed.

Sunni lawmakers boycotted because they believe Maliki hasn’t made good on pledges to disband Shiite militias, release detainees not charged with crimes and include Sunni legislators in security decisions.

Members of Sadr’s militant Shiite movement said they walked out because of the lack of dialogue in preparations, a crackdown on Sadr’s forces in the south and to protest thousands of Iraqi detainees in U.S. custody.

Across the board, there were complaints of late invitations, snubs and general disarray. Even Wathab Shaker, head of the parliament’s national reconciliation committee, said he was left out of all planning for the conference. He is a Sunni.

”No contact had been made between the preparation committee for the conference and the parliament’s reconciliation committee. Absolutely no contact,” Shaker said. “I wish them good luck.”

OTHER ATTACKS

Tuesday’s roster of attacks included two roadside bombs in Baghdad — one targeting civilians at a market in Shaab, the other at a busy intersection in al Bunook — that killed four Iraqis and wounded at least 13, authorities said. A car bomb outside an electronics store in Mosul killed three and wounded 40, the U.S. military said.

Laith Hammoudi is a special correspondent for McClatchy Newspapers. Mohammed al Dulaimy contributed from Baghdad; Qassim Zein reported from Najaf. Both are special correspondents.

McClatchy News Service

Majority of Americans view Iraq war as failure

1

Americans offered a much more negative view of the Iraq war than President George Bush’s verdict on its fifth anniversary today.

Mr Bush said removing Saddam Hussein from power was the right decision, the war on terror is “a fight America can and must win” and Iraq is “the place where Arabs joined with Americans to drive al-Qaida out”.

But a poll published today found 54% of Americans viewed the war as a “total failure” or “mostly a failure”.

In its front page story, Karen DeYoung wrote in the Washington Post: “For a majority of Americans, today marks the fifth anniversary of the start of an Iraq war that was not worth fighting, one that has cost thousands of lives and more than half a trillion dollars.

“For the Bush administration, however, it is the first anniversary of an Iraq strategy that it believes has finally started to succeed.”

Across the river from where Mr Bush was speaking at the Pentagon, police arrested more than a dozen protesters who crossed a barricade and blocked entrances at the Internal Revenue Service.

The demonstrators said they were concentrating on the IRS at the start of a day of anti-war protests because it gathers taxes that are used to fund the war.

A marching band led protesters down the street near the National Mall and around the IRS building before dozens of demonstrators gathered at the entrance.

Protests were taking place across the US, including at the American Petroleum Institute in Washington, where dozens of protesters held signs which read “Out of Iraq” and “No war, no warming,” and chanted “No blood for Oil!”

College students from New Jersey to North Dakota have planned walkouts, while students at the University of Minnesota vowed to shut down military recruiting offices on campus.

The USA Today / Gallup poll published today showed 60% of Americans support setting a timetable for the withdrawal of US troops, with only 35% saying the troops should stay until the situation “gets better”.

And 30% of those who support withdrawal want to see the troops out as soon as possible.

But 65% of those surveyed said the US had an obligation to establish a reasonable level of stability and security in Iraq before pulling out.

Asked if Iraq would be better or worse in the long run after the US and British invasion, 23% said the country would be “much better off” and 44% said it would be “somewhat better off” while 12% said it would be “much worse off” and 14% “somewhat worse off”.

But Americans were split on whether history would judge the war as a success or failure.

The poll showed 18% thought it would be seen as a “total failure” with 36% opting for “mostly a failure”, 38% for “mostly a success” and only 4% for a “total success”.

A total of 2,021 adults were surveyed between February 21 and 24.

Evening Echo

Clinton missed key policy decisions

0

On the day that dozens of US cruise missiles rained down on Serbia in an attempt to punish Yugoslav president Slobodan Milosevic for the country’s onslaught against ethnic Albanian separatists in Kosovo, first lady Hillary Clinton was far from the White House war room: she was touring ancient Egyptian ruins.

In her bid for the Democratic presidential nomination Hillary Clinton has touted her experience in the White House as preparation to lead in a time of crisis. “Ready on Day One,” has been her slogan.

But an initial reading of some of the more than 11,000 pages of Clinton’s schedules from her days as first lady, released yesterday by the National Archives and the William Jefferson Clinton Presidential Library, shows that often she was far from the site of decision making during some of the most pivotal events of Bill Clinton’s presidency.

Clinton, who was an attorney and first lady of Arkansas before moving to the White House, frequently claims more than 30 years’ experience in public life, contrasting herself with Barack Obama’s slimmer resume – he served several years in the Illinois legislature and was elected to the US senate in 2004.

“The schedules do help illustrate Hillary Clinton’s extensive and exhaustive work as a public servant and her role as an influential advocate at home and around the world on behalf of our country,” Clinton campaign spokesman Jay Carson said in a statement.

But documents from her first lady office threaten to undermine her claim to have played a major role in Clinton’s foreign policy decisions.

For instance, Clinton has said she helped negotiate the April 1998 Good Friday agreement between warring factions in Northern Ireland. But while Catholic and Protestant figures hashed out details of a power-sharing agreement in Belfast Clinton was at the National Press Club in Washington at a “Hats on Bella” party honouring Bella Abzug, a congresswoman from New York who had recently died. While President Clinton phoned major participants in the peace talks she met with Holocaust survivor Elie Wiesel and joined a farewell party for Democratic worker Karen Finney. The day the agreement was inked she met with Philippine first lady Amelita Ramos.

When Nato launched air strikes against Serbia in an attempt to punish Yugoslav president Slobodan Milosevic for the country’s onslaught against ethnic Albanian separatists in Kosovo Clinton toured Egyptian ruins, including King Tut’s tomb and the temple of Hatshepsut. She dined at the Temple of Luxor, and stayed overnight at the Sofitel Winter Palace Hotel there.

Presidents of three Balkan states signed a peace agreement in Dayton, Ohio, in November 1995, ending years of ethnic violence in the former Yugoslavia. Clinton’s file lists no public schedule for that day, but indicates she was in Washington.

The documents released yesterday came in response to a conservative organisation’s freedom of information request and subsequent lawsuit. The records include schedules from nearly 3,000 days Clinton was in the White House, and detail meetings, trips, speaking engagements and social activities.

Bruce Lindsey, a Little Rock attorney and long time Clinton confidant, vetted the pages prior to their release. National archives staff checked the documents for information sensitive to national security and law enforcement matters.

Nearly a third of the pages have redactions, most of which the archives said were made to protect the privacy of Clinton’s associates. The redacted material includes home addresses, telephone numbers and social security numbers, the archives said.

Christopher Farrell, director of investigations and research with Judicial Watch, the organisation behind the two-year-long legal effort to win the documents’ release, said he doesn’t anticipate finding any “smoking gun” within the reams of pages. He said Lindsey “has enormous discretion” to redact information potentially damaging to Clinton’s White House bid. “My expectations are quite low.”

Hillary Clinton was present in the White House, however, for at least one significant event of the Clinton presidency. On November 15 1995, when President Clinton is said to have begun his affair with White House intern Monica Lewinsky, she was in the White House, according to her schedule.

First lady’s schedule

November 17 1993
The House of Representatives votes to approve the North American Free Trade Agreement, giving President Clinton one of the biggest triumphs of his early presidency. Senate approval was virtually assured.

Hillary Clinton meets congressional and cabinet spouses. She returns to the White House later for meetings and “Office/Phone Time”.

April 7 1994
Hutu extremists in Rwanda begin the slaughter of Tutsis and moderate Hutus. Eight thousand are killed on the first day of the genocide. Americans have been shocked by US military deaths in Somalia and the US evacuates American citizens but President Clinton resists calls to intervene in Rwanda.

Names of participants in Clinton’s schedule have been redacted by national archives staff. Later in the day she meets with the wife of a Georgia congressman, has private meetings with staff, and gives media interviews on healthcare issues.

April 9 and 10 1998
Catholic and Protestant parties work through the night thrashing out the Good Friday power-sharing agreement in Belfast.

Hillary Clinton attends a memorial event at the National Press Club in Washington for a New York City congresswoman. She also meets with Philippine first lady Amelita Ramos.

March 24 1999
US cruise missiles rain down on Serbia in an attempt to punish Yugoslav president Slobodan Milosevic for the country’s onslaught against ethnic Albanian separatists in Kosovo.

Hillary Clinton tours ancient Egyptian ruins.

Daniel Nasaw

An apple a day keeps the McDoctor away

0

Shake-up of hospitals will open door to McDonald’s sponsorship.

Firms such as McDonald’s and Virgin could be allowed to sponsor NHS hospital wards under radical plans announced by the Government to allow sponsorship of health services and create a new era of open competition between hospitals.

Private companies will be allowed to create some “brand awareness” such as a logo on hospital property but they would not be allowed to gain a “commercial advantage”, meaning a firm such as Durex would not be allowed to sponsor a sexual health unit, but it could sponsor another type of clinic or a hospital department.

The plans announced by Ben Bradshaw, the Health minister, came as part of a drive to give NHS patients more choice over the private or NHS hospitals in which they are treated.

Patients are to be allowed a choice of hospitals across England from 1 April, including private hospitals that are NHS approved. At the moment, the choice is limited to local providers but the NHS will be able to “shop” for health care across the country.

NHS patients who opt for treatment in a private hospital will not have to pay for their care, provided it is covered by NHS contracts.

Hospitals are also to be allowed to promote their own services to compete with each other for “custom” within the NHS. The code says there will be no official cap on how much they can spend on advertising their services to patients.

“Providers will be expected to recognise the potential effect on the reputation of the NHS of disproportionate expenditure on promotional activity.

“The cost of TV or cinema promotion is very unlikely to be justifiable.”

Hospitals could promote areas of good patient care, such as low rates of the potentially lethal hospital-acquired infection MRSA, but will not be able to indulge in discrediting their rival NHS hospitals.

“Comparative claims are permitted in the interests of vigorous competition and public information. They should neither mislead nor be likely to mislead,” says the code.

Hospitals will also be able to send direct marketing to their patients and no marketing “should cause fear or distress without good reason”. The code added: “Marketing communication addressed to, targeted at or featuring children should not exploit their credulity, loyalty, vulnerability or lack of experience.”

Hospitals will be able to use testimonials as long as people are not paid for them. Mr Bradshaw said: “Choice is fundamental to the delivery of a personalised NHS. People would like to have more control and be more involved in the decisions about their illness and treatment. More choice will also help drive up quality and standards across the NHS.”

However, many Labour MPs are hostile to creating competition within the NHS and the unions representing health workers are campaigning against what they call the “privatisation” of NHS services.

Colin Brown

High-tech interrogations may promote abuse

Among certain circles, including the American Psychological Association, we need more research on effective interrogation strategies. Many of us have been suspicious that these calls may cover the design of technologies that will create high-tech tools aiding abusive interrogations. In 2003, the APA sponsored, with the CIA and Rand Corp., a Science of Deception Workshop. CIA contractor torturers James Michell and Bruce Jessen were at this invitation-only conference, which discussed such topics as use of truth serums and the role of sensory overload in interrogations.

According to a press release from the Penn State University, bioethicist Jonathan Marks raises the specter of fMRI technology being used in ways that increase the likelihood of abuse. after all, if a high-tech tool suggests that someone is a “terrorist,” the potential for subjecting them to “harsh techniques” to get information from them is increased.

High-tech interrogations may promote abuse

There is evidence that brain imaging technology is being used to interrogate suspected terrorists despite concerns that it may not be reliable, and that it might inadvertently promote abuse of detainees, according to a Penn State researcher. He says the risk that such technology could license further abuse of detainees remains ever present, given President Bush’s March 8 veto of legislation that would have prohibited the CIA from conducting aggressive interrogations.

The technology – functional magnetic resonance imaging or fMRI – has been around since the 1990s. Neurosurgeons routinely use it to scan for brain tumors, and to diagnose and treat various disorders of the central nervous system.

But in recent times, fMRI has gained support from many in the intelligence community, who feel it could be a reliable tool in identifying terrorists from a group of suspects or detecting lies during an interrogation.

After the 9/11 terrorist attacks, military psychologists attached to intelligence units advised interrogators how to increase interrogation stressors and exploit detainees’ fears to make suspects talk, according to Jonathan Marks, associate professor of bioethics, humanities and law at Penn State.

“The problem is, if you apply pressure, people will say anything they think will make you stop. And that means anything they think you want to hear,” he said.

There are also reports that psychotropic drugs – so-called truth serums – have been administered. The use of brain imaging technologies appears to offer an alternative to such approaches.

The adoption of fMRI is not surprising given the limitations of other lie detection techniques such as a polygraph test, said Marks, whose analysis is published in a recent issue of the American Journal of Law and Medicine.

A polygraph relies on detecting accentuated signs of anxiety such as changes in skin conductance, heart rate, and respiration. But it is useless against sociopaths, and those trained to beat it. Counterintelligence experts also say the device is especially unreliable when questions and answers are translated with the help of an interpreter, as has been the case in Iraq.

Intelligence personnel believe fMRI could circumvent such limitations, and some commentators have argued that fMRI could render torture and interrogation obsolete. But Marks, who has critiqued the use of aggressive interrogation techniques in the war on terror, makes a case that “such claims are unfounded, and that the uncritical acceptance of fMRI as an interrogation tool could be potentially hazardous both to the health of the detainee and to the counterterrorism mission.”

Unlike a polygraph, an fMRI uses powerful magnetic fields to detect tiny changes in blood oxygen levels in the brain. Since active neurons take up more oxygen than inactive ones, these tiny changes are believed to be signatures of cognitive processes.

Some intelligence experts believe that fMRI can be used to detect deception, or to flag when a suspect recognizes (but may not wish to admit that he recognizes) the photograph or name of a suspected terrorist.

Marks, who also heads the Bioethics and Medical Humanities Program at Penn State’s University Park campus, finds the approach problematic. “There can be all sorts of reasons for recognizing a name or a photograph or for responding cognitively to a particular word,” he said. “I spent years living in London, listening to reports of IRA bombings. My brain would light up if you mentioned the word semtex (a plastic explosive).”

Interrogations that employ fMRI may also be making a considerable leap of faith. According to Marks, fMRI-based studies of lie detection have only been conducted on small groups of healthy people to examine changes in blood oxygen levels in the brain when they are lying in highly artificial laboratory settings. These results cannot be generalized, he argued, and should not be applied to terror suspects who have usually been detained in stressful circumstances and may have mental health issues that could clearly be exacerbated by their detention.

“MRI machines are very useful diagnostic tools but using them to claim that certain things are going on inside people’s minds is a major jump,” said Marks, who is also a research fellow and acting director of Penn State’s Rock Ethics Institute. Such a jump is a particularly dangerous one in the interrogation context, he argues.

The short duration of the test is another worry. According to the Penn State researcher, many neuroscientists argue that it could take many hours, even weeks, of testing with the suspect before getting accurate baseline readings.

Marks also argues that fMRI scans are open to broad interpretation, but they can produce seductively persuasive graphic images that provide a false sense of security and help create a narrative that may lead to aggressive interrogation tactics.

“One of the real concerns I have is that you can see how people can begin to say ‘the fMRI picked him out as a terrorist so let us give him a going over in the interrogation room,’ ” Marks explained. “Contrary to the view that fMRI will render torture obsolete, it might become a license for further abuse of detainees because its readings will convince people that they have a terrorist on their hands.”

The Penn State bioethicist says his view, which draws on the previously unpublished statements of an experienced U.S. interrogator, raises fundamental concerns about the use of fMRI either to detect deception or to flag recognition of a stimulus. If a terror suspect does recognize a certain stimulus, that person could be singled out for more aggressive interrogation.

Psyche, Science, and Society

Italian Judge Orders CIA trial To Proceed

2

An Italian court ruled the trial of 26 U.S. intelligence agents involved in the rendition of suspected terrorist sympathizer Abu Omar would resume in July.

The CIA agents are being tried in abstentia for allegedly kidnapping Abu Omar in Milan in 2003 and spiriting him off to Egypt for a presumably forceful interrogation.

Judge Oscar Magi Wednesday ordered the trial to resume April 18, at which time he would consider a defense motion to hold the trial behind closed doors, the ANSA news agency said. Arguments in the case were penciled in for July 8.

The trial had been suspended pending the outcome of a jurisdictional dispute between Italian government officials and prosecutors in Milan.

Magi said Wednesday that he could not wait for the dispute to be settled before starting the proceedings because a further delay would violate constitutional requirements for a speedy trial. (c) UPI

Brown wants to send civilian force to war zones

0

The government will publish a “national risk register” to help local authorities and businesses prepare for potential disasters, and promote a civil protection network of local volunteers. A national security forum combining up to 30 private sector experts and academics will advise the existing ministerial national security committee.

The 60-page national security strategy document published by the Cabinet Office described the threats facing Britain as more diffuse than during the cold war. “There is a much broader set of risks and threats,” Robert Hannigan, Brown’s chief security adviser, said.

Threats to Britain’s security range from climate change to cyber attacks to extremism among the young, the document said. Officials said the emphasis on protecting the UK should be as much on local initiatives as on government measures. They gave as an example schools and universities reporting on “radicalisers”, comparing it with child protection initiatives.

“Our new approach to security also means improved local resilience against emergencies, building and strengthening local capacity to respond effectively in a range of circumstances from floods to possible terrorism incidents,” Brown told MPs. “Not the old cold war idea of civil defence but a new form of civil protection that combines expert preparedness … with greater local engagement of individuals and families.”

Asked if the civil protection network would be similar to second world war ARP (air raid precautions) wardens, who patrolled the streets, a government spokesman said: “It’s a variation of that.” The network was also likened to a kind of neighbourhood watch scheme.

The document stressed the need to link national authorities with local ones and also the growing interdependence of Britain and the rest of the world.

In his statement to the Commons, the prime minister dwelt on the need to promote civil authority rather than military force.

The 1,000-strong “UK civilian standby capacity” would be set up to help failing states and rebuild countries emerging from conflict, he told MPs. At home, he referred to extra resources the government had given to MI5, MI6, GCHQ, and anti-terrorist police. Abroad, he announced more help for peacekeepers in Africa, including Somalia.

The prime minister also announced plans, drawn up by Des Browne, the defence secretary, for a bonus of £15,000 for armed forces personnel who had served for eight years.

He also said £20m had been set aside to help them on to the housing ladder. The measures would be financed through the defence budget.

Brown also held out the promise of greater openness, by giving a bigger role to parliament’s intelligence and scrutiny committee. But it remains unclear if the heads of MI5, MI6 and GCHQ would give evidence to the committee in public.

Brown said Britain would promote nuclear disarmament but the document called for the Trident nuclear weapons system to be retained.

There has been little enthusiasm for the document, which was due to be published at the end of last year, in Whitehall where departments are reluctant to share responsibilities or projects.

Ian Kearns, of the IPPR thinktank, which has published its own national security strategy, described the government’s document as “weaker on policy substance and weaker still on necessary changes to the machinery of government”.

Security threats

· No state threatens the UK directly

· There is a high probability of a flu pandemic. It could cause 50,000 to 750,000 fatalities in the UK

· Climate change is potentially the greatest challenge to global stability and therefore to national security

· Societies are growing increasignly dependent on electronic information and communications systems vulnerable to cyber attack

· Global energy demand will be more than 50% higher in 2030 than today

Richard Norton-Taylor

One out of ten trust government data security

0

It’s probably no surprise, but the government’s horrendous record with data security has destroyed the public’s trust.

Only one of every ten people trust the government to handle their personal data, according to new research released today.

The DES survey also showed 93 per cent of people who were against or not sure about identity cards said that this was because the government had a poor track record on protecting data.

This was a big contrast with the general freedom that people had with private information when dealing with organisations like banks and employers, with 74 per cent willing to hand over their details.

The results confirmed that the spate of data protection incidents and the press attention it has received has destroyed much of the trust that the public has with the governmental sector.

“On the face of it, these results seem surprising and controversial as they highlight such a high level of mistrust in government,” said Cherry Taylor, managing director of Dynamic Markets, who compiled the report.

“However in the wider context, when you consider the series of data protection incidents last year, maybe it’s not as shocking as you would imagine,” said Taylor.

“This is a problem we have seen echoed in other research, which suggests that it might be an issue that the government really needs to address.”

The government home secretary Jacqui Smith has already delayed the introduction of ID cards until 2012 and her contention that online ID card databases cannot be hacked has been contested by security experts and doubted by the public.

The results showed that 67 per cent of respondents didn’t trust the government’s technology and 56 per cent do not trust civil servants with their personal data.

“The research shows how damaging negative press surrounding a data breach can be – and it can be so easily prevented,” said DES managing director David Tomlinson.

One other concerning statistic showed that 52 per cent of staff were not given any means of encrypting data when dealing with client’s private information.

“The survey highlights the fact that there is a need to educate the public at large about data protection methods, such as encryption,” he added.

Asavin Wattanajantra

Firms’ biometrics records ‘can be hacked’

The growing use of biometrics to identify individuals is “insecure and in need of immediate attention,” according to an IT systems company.

Fujitsu Siemens said biometrics is increasingly being used in the business world to verify whether individuals really are who they say. By 2013, Fujitsu Siemens predicts biometric identity technology will be so widespread in the private sector that the number of people included would rival that of the proposed national ID schemes.

Within five years, 95 percent of the UK population will be identifiable through biometrics and other means.

But the tracking and monitoring of people could be a risk if security controls were not tightened up, the IT company said.

“From a security perspective, we have already seen that criminals can create a number of different personae for themselves and more methods of identification means more openings for them. Whether it’s issued by a company or a government, once an individual can associate their biometric characteristics with an identity, they effectively own that identity,” said David Pritchard, senior technology analyst.

“People are already carrying around several identifying documents or artefacts — car keys, passports, driving licences, bank cards,” said Pritchard.

“Biometrics are being added to these items, making them uniquely identifiable and traceable to the individual.”

The government recently commissioned a report in which former banker Sir James Crosby said that within five years people were likely to be carrying several biometric identifiers. In the report, Crosby called on the government to work with banks to create a universal ID assurance scheme, led by the private sector, which would result in a more secure system.

Computerworld UK

Media should press candidates on open government

WASHINGTON – At a time of continued government secrecy, the news media should press the presidential candidates on whether their administration would enforce “the spirit as well as the letter of the law” protecting the public’s right to know, says Associated Press President and CEO Tom Curley.

“Secrecy is one of the handiest tools for government that wants to be accountable only to itself regardless of the spirit of any law,” he said March 18 in a national Sunshine Week speech.

Curley praised congressional passage of legislation that toughened the Freedom of Information Act. But he chided Bush administration efforts that he said undercut the measure.

The presidential election provides a good opportunity to press for open-government policies, he said.

“We need to ask the candidates – at every opportunity until we have a clear answer – whether they are willing to appoint an attorney general willing to follow the spirit as well as the letter of the law that protects the people’s right to know what their government is doing,” Curley said in his speech at the National Press Club.

President Bush signed into law last December a toughened version of FOIA, the first such makeover to public-access laws in a decade. It establishes a hotline service for all federal agencies to deal with problems and an ombudsman to provide an alternative to litigation in disclosure disputes.

The legislation came partly in response to an order by former Attorney General John Ashcroft in the wake of the Sept. 11, 2001, attacks, in which he instructed agencies to lean against releasing information when there was uncertainty about how doing so would affect national security. Although the legislation is aimed at reversing Ashcroft’s order, it fails to explicitly do so.

Earlier this year the administration submitted a budget proposal that would move the ombudsman’s office to the Justice Department instead of the National Archives. Open-government advocates including Sen. Patrick Leahy, D-Vt., say that would be a conflict of interest because Justice would be defending federal agencies seeking to keep records secret.

In his speech, Curley criticized the administration move as a “sucker punch” to cripple the new FOIA law. He urged advocates to push back and called for the next attorney general to explicitly reverse the Ashcroft memo.

“We must do more because the entrenched powers have become far more determined to avoid public scrutiny when it matters most,” he said.

Addressing the issue of whether journalists should be open-government advocates, Curley said it would be a disservice to the public to pretend to be “disinterested observers.” He noted that journalists already routinely badgered executive agencies and courts “for information and access we think the Constitution says the public is supposed to have.”

“The brightest rays from Sunshine Weeks have spotlighted countless efforts by citizens to hold their governments accountable,” Curley added. “By reporting on their efforts, we have revealed for millions important lessons in fighting city halls, statehouses and, yes, even Washington.”

In his remarks, Curley:

  • Cited the case of former USA Today reporter Toni Locy as a “dramatic example” of why Congress should pass a federal shield law. Locy recently was fined up to $5,000 a day by a federal judge for refusing to disclose anonymous Justice Department sources to lawyers for a former Army scientist who came under scrutiny in the 2001 anthrax attacks. An appeals court last week stayed the judge’s order pending appeal. Locy also at one time worked for the AP.
  • Urged release of any evidence the U.S. military has to justify its detention of AP photographer Bilal Hussein, who worked in the Iraq war zone. After Hussein spent 19 months in prison, his case was referred to the Iraqi criminal courts last year. Pentagon spokesmen have alleged that Hussein was suspected in a range of terrorist-related activities.Curley said he thought the Locy case had gotten good public attention. On Hussein, he said, “I don’t know how many people are interested in one more Iraqi. I wish there were.” Predicted the media would not shy away from reporting about the human rights abuses or protests in China during the Summer Olympic Games. He noted that one journalist across the world is beaten every two weeks in pursuit of the news.

Q & A on Sunshine Week
Curley is one of the media’s foremost advocates for open government and freedom of information.

Last year he testified before the Senate Judiciary Committee to urge that the Freedom of Information Act be revitalized; an amended act was signed into law late last year.

In question-and-answer form, he discusses this year’s Sunshine Week initiative spearheaded by media organizations.

Question: Sunshine Week 2008 marks the fourth year of the national effort to initiate a public dialogue in the United States about the people’s right to know. What’s different, compared to previous years?

Answer: Important progress was made last year. The Freedom of Information Act got a significant upgrade 40 years after it first was passed. A federal shield bill advanced further in Congress than ever before. The bill would give reporters significant protection from disclosing confidential sources. Unfortunately, we also saw increasing willingness on the part of judges to pressure reporters to give up sources.

Q. On the last day of 2007, President George W. Bush signed into law legislation amending the Freedom of Information Act. How significant are the changes outlined in that law?

A. The new law sets meaningful deadlines for agencies to respond to information requests, provides incentives to meet those deadlines, calls for a tracking system so requesters can check the status of their requests, and creates an ombudsman to help resolve disputes when requests are denied.

Q. Does the public have better tools now to know what the government is doing?

A. Any strengthening of the Freedom of Information Act benefits the public directly. Most FOIA requests are filed by the public about their own records (Social Security or veterans’ benefits). We think these amendments will help everyone, not just the news media.

Q. Does the government have the right to close off electronic communication, such as e-mails, from public view?

A. E-mails or other electronic files can be “records” and subject to disclosure under FOIA. Whether they can be withheld from public view depends on whether any of the exemptions in the Freedom of Information Act or other federal statutes apply to the particular content and purpose of a communication, whether electronic or paper.

Q. Has progress been made on the state level in opening up government records without legal recourse?

A. Two of the absolute worst states in terms of open-government laws – Louisiana and Pennsylvania – made considerable progress. Ultimately, what led to the change was citizen outrage over government of the special interests, for the special interests and by the special interest-elected representatives. Media played an important role covering the citizen unrest and focusing the spotlight on the most offensive officeholders and their ties to lobbyists.

Q. What is the outlook for a federal shield law?

A. The House has passed a bill, and the Senate is considering a similar one. The Senate Judiciary Committee has approved it. If the full Senate approves it, the differences with the House have to be ironed out, and then the president has to sign it. Supporters of the bill are cautiously optimistic about a Senate vote, but the rest of the process is hard to predict.

Q. Will the advent of a new administration help or hinder open-government initiatives?

A. That’s really hard to know. Candidates who get elected tend to want to control the message and the messenger. We have to continue to fight for openness on all fronts. This election year would seem to offer hope in several ways. Public interest by many measures is higher. The campaigns have been exciting, and the likely party nominees have appealed for transparency, healing and dialogue. Judging by the electorate’s repudiation of bare-knuckle partisan politics, the politicians might have gotten a message.

Q. What role should media play in the dialogue about the people’s right to know?

A. Media can help in important ways. We should explain how information can be accessed. We should model good behavior in making critical facts available, especially in crisis situations. We should seek to put as much information on the record from sources or leaders in a position to have reliable facts. We should do our best to explain in understandable terms what’s happening, who benefits and the likely impacts. Finally, we should work harder to hold elected and other officials accountable. One of the best ways to do that is to give voice to citizens and their concerns through fair coverage and letters.

Q. Is there a historical benchmark for an acceptable balance between the good done for security against the harm done to liberty?

A. As a case in point, look at the U.S. military’s detention of AP photographer Bilal Hussein in Iraq – since April 12, 2006. We believe Bilal’s detention was part of a sweep of photographers by the military and was intended to end (or) prevent coverage of a part of the war that was not going well. We know from history – such as from the Vietnam War – that images that inform the public can change the world. In terms of access to information for the media and the public, it appears we are seeing a replay on the part of some of the old Cold War scare tactics. Government exaggerates the threats and implies that it has knowledge we don’t, so only they know best. Really, that attitude is outrageous and shortsighted. Since Bilal was picked up, there also has been an egregious disregard of his due process; we’ve seen meddling in the judicial process at every step. The war on terrorism will likely be more successful if we stand by the rule of law, especially when dealing with due process for suspects or detainees. Procedures already exist to get the job done, even on electronic surveillance. We started on a slippery slope in the aftermath of the Sept. 11 attacks and now have secret prisons abroad and former military prosecutors accusing the government of trying to rig trials at Guantanamo. Excessive secrecy combined with abusive judicial tactics are a danger to democracy.

Q. Has the media’s traditional role as a watchdog of government activity on behalf of the public changed?

A. The role has evolved with the times and technology, and you can see it being played out in the presidential election process this year. The public is getting a much faster vetting of candidate rhetoric and information about partisan tactics or game-playing. New technologies have helped create new media, so there are more voices than ever. Social-networking sites are providing context and information to millions of people, especially a new generation of voters. With all the cameras in all the places, candidates and even media are finding it hard to duck.

AP

Police Censorship of Smash Edo film

Police have intervened across the country to censor ‘On the Verge’ an independent documentary about a campaign to shut down a Brighton weapons manufacturer. So far establishments in Southampton, Chichester and Bath and Oxford as well as Brighton have come under police pressure to cancel film showings. In Brighton police intervened to prevent a showing at the Duke of York’s Cinema.

Staff at the Arthouse Community Cafe in Bedford Place, Southampton were approached at 11 a.m (Weds 19th March) by police accompanied by licensing officers. Threats were made concerning their licensing if the film, due to be shown on Thursday 20th was screened. Jani Franck director of the Community Cafe said “I grew up in South Africa and this feels awfully familiar. This has nothing to do with protecting the public this is nothing but censorship”

Sussex Police initially denied involvement in the decision to cancel the screening at the Duke of York’s cinema, with Chief Inspector Taylor telling the Argus newspaper that “Police played no part in the controversial cancellation”.

Subsequently however the police were forced to admit that “a junior officer, who is not based in the city, alerted the city council to the showing and they advised the cinema of its responsibilities.”

Spokesman for the production company SchMovies, Steven Bishop said ““I am extremely disappointed but not entirely surprised by the police’s action. There may be issues with certification but as we’re not charging for entry this shouldn’t be an issue. If the police really had problems over the certificate they could have approached us at a much earlier stage. Our film although focussing mainly on the rights and wrongs of protest shows a number of examples of questionable police behaviour — Perhaps this is why they left their move so late”

Andrew Beckett, spokesman for the campaign said ‘It looks like a co-ordinated campaign against the film. When the police are reduced to banning film showings via the back door another blow has been struck against our rights to free speech and free assembly’

CONTACTS:

Steve Bishop — SchMovies 07879 261625
Andrew Beckett/Chloe Marsh 07875 708873
Arthouse Community Centre, Southampton 02380238582

Sussex Police Press 01273 404173
Hampshire Police Press 01962 871619

THE FILM

On the Verge — An independent film about the SMASH EDO Campaign — View a trailer at 

http://www.schnews.org.uk/schmovies/index-on-the-verge.htm

“In 2004 a group of Brighton peace campaigners began to bang pot and pans outside their local arms manufacturers EDO MBM in disgust of their part in the Iraq war. This has grown into the Smash EDO campaign, which has cost the company millions, been the subject of large scale police operations and has tested the right to protest in the UK.Using activist, police and CCTV footage plus interviews with those involved in the campaign, ‘On The Verge’ tells the story of one of the most persistent and imaginative campaigns to emerge out of the UK’s anti-war movement and direct action scene.”
The Company
EDO MBM Technologies Ltd are the sole UK subsidiary of huge U.S weapons manufacturer EDO Corp.From their base in Moulescoombe Brighton, EDO MBM
manufacture vital parts for the Hellfire and Paveway weapons systems,laserguided missilesused extensively in Iraq, Lebanon, Palestine and Somalia. EDO Corp
were recently acquired by ITT in multi-billion pound deal. ITT’s links to fascism go back to the 1930s. The founder Sosthenes Behn was the first foreign businessman
received by Hitler after his seizure of power.
The Campaign
There has been active campaign against the presence of
EDO
MBM in Brighton since the outbreak of the Iraq war.Campaigners include students, Quakers ,
Palestine solidarity activists, anti-capitalists and academics. Despite an injunction under the protection of harassment act (which failed) and over
forty arrests the campaign is still going strong.Their avowed aim is to expose EDO MBM and their complicity in war crimes and to remove them from Brighton.
They hold regular weekly demos outside the Moulescoombe factory on Wednesday’s between 4 and 6.

Andrew Beckett
http://www.smashedo.org.uk

Tabloid Fabricated Heathrow Plot

tablies.jpgEvening Standard condemned by press watchdog for coverage of the Camp for Climate Action’s Heathrow protest. Claim of fabrication upheld.

In a much awaited ruling the Press Complaints Commission (PCC) issued a stinging rebuke against the Evening Standard today. The usually mild- mannered PCC slammed the Standard’s coverage of last summer’s Camp for Climate Action at Heathrow as ‘materially misleading’ and ‘alarmist’. The Evening Standard will be forced to carry the ruling with due-prominence today.

On 13 August last year, the Standard ran a front page story headlined ‘Militants will hit Heathrow’ the day before a climate change protest camp near Heathrow airport opened. Chief reporter Robert Mendick said he had uncovered a plot to paralyse the airport via invading runways and placing suspect packages. The story was subsequently echoed in several media outlets, all of which ran the false claims believing them to be true. The Camp for Climate Action immediately wrote to the PCC declaring that the article was “fabricated”. The PCC adjudicated the complaint as “upheld”.

The PCC gave the strongest possible reprimand in its powers, finding that the article was a ‘serious breach’ of the PCC code of journalistic standards. They found that “adequate care had not been taken” by the Standard, despite the Standard’s claim that their reporting was the result of an ‘extensive operation organised by an extremely experienced team of executives and senior reporters'[Doug Wills, Letter to PCC, February 12, 2007].

The rare PCC ruling comes after seven months’ worth of submissions, in which the story’s authorship, sources and credibility are all called into question. Alexandra Harvey, one of the team responsible for pulling apart the Standard’s story, said today:

“This was a political hit job of the worst kind. There was no plot, and the Standard’s ever changing claims throughout this process show that this was a fiction created for political ends – to stop the growth of a mass movement taking action on climate change”.

Chief reporter Robert Mendick has previously denied writing the very article he authored and the PCC condemned. The Standard subsequently claimed the story was the work of a different junior journalist, Rashid Razaq, working undercover.

Mr Razaq has a history of being accused of fabrications which the Standard has ignored. Last year Mr Razaq wrote a story falsely alleging the showing of films sympathetic to terrorists at the Freud Museum. The alleged interviewee said the interview Mr Razaq reported in the article never took place. A complaint by the museum’s director and curator was never answered. An undercover story by Mr Razaq about his work at Barnet Hospital as a cleaner was called into question when the Hospital stated that he was in fact employed as a porter, and had misreported significant facts. “This is a disturbing pattern, and the Standard ought to examine why Mr Razaq was allowed to continue writing these stories for so long,” said Ms Harvey.

Natasha Edlemann said, “This summer will see increased direct action aimed at stopping climate change. This growing movement expects and deserves scrutiny from the media, but we need to draw a line under dangerous propaganda by those who claim to care about climate change while seeking to destroy the reputations of the people who are actually doing something about it.”

This year’s Camp for Climate Action will take place 4 to 11 August at Kingsnorth power station in Kent. Everyone is invited to join in.

For all the documents and more details, visit Anatomy of a fabrication

http://www.climatecamp.org.uk

Wiretapping’s true danger

0

History says we should worry less about privacy and more about political spying.

As the battle over reforms to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act rages in Congress, civil libertarians warn that legislation sought by the White House could enable spying on “ordinary Americans.” Others, like Sen. Orrin Hatch (R-Utah), counter that only those with an “irrational fear of government” believe that “our country’s intelligence analysts are more concerned with random innocent Americans than foreign terrorists overseas.”

But focusing on the privacy of the average Joe in this way obscures the deeper threat that warrantless wiretaps poses to a democratic society. Without meaningful oversight, presidents and intelligence agencies can — and repeatedly have — abused their surveillance authority to spy on political enemies and dissenters.

The original FISA law was passed in 1978 after a thorough congressional investigation headed by Sen. Frank Church (D-Idaho) revealed that for decades, intelligence analysts — and the presidents they served — had spied on the letters and phone conversations of union chiefs, civil rights leaders, journalists, antiwar activists, lobbyists, members of Congress, Supreme Court justices — even Eleanor Roosevelt and the Rev. Martin Luther King Jr. The Church Committee reports painstakingly documented how the information obtained was often “collected and disseminated in order to serve the purely political interests of an intelligence agency or the administration, and to influence social policy and political action.”

Political abuse of electronic surveillance goes back at least as far as the Teapot Dome scandal that roiled the Warren G. Harding administration in the early 1920s. When Atty. Gen. Harry Daugherty stood accused of shielding corrupt Cabinet officials, his friend FBI Director William Burns went after Sen. Burton Wheeler, the fiery Montana progressive who helped spearhead the investigation of the scandal. FBI agents tapped Wheeler’s phone, read his mail and broke into his office. Wheeler was indicted on trumped-up charges by a Montana grand jury, and though he was ultimately cleared, the FBI became more adept in later years at exploiting private information to blackmail or ruin troublesome public figures. (As New York Gov. Eliot Spitzer can attest, a single wiretap is all it takes to torpedo a political career.)

In 1945, Harry Truman had the FBI wiretap Thomas Corcoran, a member of Franklin D. Roosevelt’s “brain trust” whom Truman despised and whose influence he resented. Following the death of Chief Justice Harlan Stone the next year, the taps picked up Corcoran’s conversations about succession with Justice William O. Douglas. Six weeks later, having reviewed the FBI’s transcripts, Truman passed over Douglas and the other sitting justices to select Secretary of the Treasury (and poker buddy) Fred Vinson for the court’s top spot.

“Foreign intelligence” was often used as a pretext for gathering political intelligence. John F. Kennedy’s attorney general, brother Bobby, authorized wiretaps on lobbyists, Agriculture Department officials and even a congressman’s secretary in hopes of discovering whether the Dominican Republic was paying bribes to influence U.S. sugar policy. The nine-week investigation didn’t turn up evidence of money changing hands, but it did turn up plenty of useful information about the wrangling over the sugar quota in Congress — information that an FBI memo concluded “contributed heavily to the administration’s success” in passing its own preferred legislation.

In the FISA debate, Bush administration officials oppose any explicit rules against “reverse targeting” Americans in conversations with noncitizens, though they say they’d never do it.

But Lyndon Johnson found the tactic useful when he wanted to know what promises then-candidate Richard Nixon might be making to our allies in South Vietnam through confidant Anna Chenault. FBI officials worried that directly tapping Chenault would put the bureau “in a most untenable and embarrassing position,” so they recorded her conversations with her Vietnamese contacts.

Johnson famously heard recordings of King’s conversations and personal liaisons with various women. Less well known is that he received wiretap reports on King’s strategy conferences with other civil rights leaders, hoping to use the information to block their efforts to seat several Mississippi delegates at the 1964 Democratic National Convention. Johnson even complained that it was taking him “hours each night” to read the reports.

Few presidents were quite as brazen as Nixon, whom the Church Committee found had “authorized a program of wiretaps which produced for the White House purely political or personal information unrelated to national security.” They didn’t need to be, perhaps. Through programs such as the National Security Agency’s Operation Shamrock (1947 to 1975), which swept up international telegrams en masse, the government already had a vast store of data, and presidents could easily run “name checks” on opponents using these existing databases.

It’s probably true that ordinary citizens uninvolved in political activism have little reason to fear being spied on, just as most Americans seldom need to invoke their 1st Amendment right to freedom of speech. But we understand that the 1st Amendment serves a dual role: It protects the private right to speak your mind, but it serves an even more important structural function, ensuring open debate about matters of public importance. You might not care about that first function if you don’t plan to say anything controversial. But anyone who lives in a democracy, who is subject to its laws and affected by its policies, ought to care about the second.

Harvard University legal scholar William Stuntz has argued that the framers of the Constitution viewed the 4th Amendment as a mechanism for protecting political dissent. In England, agents of the crown had ransacked the homes of pamphleteers critical of the king — something the founders resolved that the American system would not countenance.

In that light, the security-versus-privacy framing of the contemporary FISA debate seems oddly incomplete. Your personal phone calls and e-mails may be of limited interest to the spymasters of Langley and Ft. Meade. But if you think an executive branch unchecked by courts won’t turn its “national security” surveillance powers to political ends — well, it would be a first.

Julian Sanchez is a Washington writer who studies privacy and surveillance.

Copyright 2008 Los Angeles Times

Panel approves DNA bill testing for convicts

0

COLUMBIA – South Carolina would make DNA testing available for prisoners who claim they’re innocent under a bill heading to the Senate Judiciary Committee.

The co-founder of the Innocence Project told senators today that the law could both exonerate wrongly convicted prisoners and help police find the person who committed the crime.

Barry Scheck says the Innocence Project has exonerated 214 prisoners through DNA testing since 1992. He says law enforcement used the evidence to find the true offender through DNA databases in 35 percent of those cases.

The measure sponsored by Senator Gerald Malloy would create the procedures for handling prisoners’ requests and preserving evidence.

AP

Former UN chief links democracy, human rights

0

UN chief Boutros Boutros Ghali stressed here Wednesday the significance of the close relationship between democracy and defence of human rights.

Ghali was speaking to reporters on the sidelines of the 4th Seminar of Arab National Institutions on Human Rights, which kicked off here earlier Tuesday under the title “Human Rights and Development: Role of Arab National Institutions on Human Rights”.
He hailed such meetings as an opportunity to bolster and strengthen human rights in Arab countries, thus shoring up democracy in the entire Arab world.

He believed that most people had not yet realized the repercussions of globalization on international relations and, thence, democracy and human rights.

But, he predicted that such international problems as terrorism, diseases and environmental pollution would be resolved at the world level in the coming few years.
The Arab region is currently witnessing a major activity in the field of human rights thanks to relevant achievements over the recent period, the former UN secretary-general said.

The Arab endorsement of the Arab Charter of Human Rights in 2004 reflected the will of Arab countries to ensure and develop human rights in a context that could disseminate and fan the spirit of benevolence, opening-up and accepting others, Ghali added.

Concerning the Algiers human rights meeting, he stressed its importance to swift developments in the Arab region in economic, social, political and cultural fields.

Kuwait News

Israel’s airport security questioned

0

JERUSALEM – A civil rights group is challenging Israeli airport security practices. The group says Israel singles out Arabs for closer inspection, and that’s racisim.

But experts say the practice, which is known as profiling, is vital to security and saves lives. They say attackers aiming at Israeli aircraft are most likely to be Arabs.

The Israeli civil rights group challenged the practice before the Israeli Supreme Court on Wednesday. Israeli-Arabs complain frequently that they are taken aside for unpleasant security checks. But the Israeli government isn’t prepared to admit that it practices profiling. Government lawyers are refusing to disclose details of security policy in open court sessions.

Mugabe Government Dismisses Rights Report

Zimbabwe’s government has described as rubbish accusations that general elections scheduled for March 29 would not be free and fair. This follows a report by US-based Human Rights Watch, which suggests that supporters of incumbent President Robert Mugabe’s ZANU-PF government use violence to intimidate partisans of opposition parties. Mugabe’s government contends that significant changes have been made to ensure that this month’s elections are credible.

It adds that the country’s electoral commission is adequately prepared and would be unbiased in discharging its duties. Gordon Moyo is the executive director of the Bulawayo project, a non-governmental organization based in the country’s commercial capital. From Bulawayo, he tells reporter Peter Clottey that the elections would not be credible.

“The facts on the ground are that the government has engaged on its cultural violence, which it has been practicing over the years. We had a situation over the past two weeks where the commissioner of prison services addressed the police and told them that they should vote for ZANU-PF, ordering them to vote for ZANU-PF. That sends signals to the military structures that they should defend ZANU-PF, disrupt opposition campaigns, and disturb people’s peace. That alone is violence because it is a precursor to what is likely to take place if Mugabe were to lose,” Moyo pointed out.

He denied President Mugabe’s government has made significant strides in ensuring this month’s elections are credible.

“We are actually havening the police commissioner. We are actually having the military structures at a very senior level making such statements. Any other statement becomes a political statement, but the statements that are coming from military structures and from the security community are serious violations of electoral guidelines that govern democratic elections in the SADC (Southern African Development Community),” he said.

Moyo accused the government of employing tactics that undermine basic election practices in a democracy.

“So, it’s violence, threats, and it is about manipulation. Not only that we know that the chiefs around the rural areas are going around telling people that only ZANU-PF supporters are going to vote on 29 March. And that anyone who is not going to vote for ZANU-PF should go and vote on 30th March. These are strategies from the ZANU-PF, and are part of intimidation because if you are telling people not to go and vote on 29 March, then you are intimidating them. You are disenfranchising them and that kind of election can never be free, can never be fair,” Moyo noted.

He expressed confidence in the ordinary Zimbabwean to change the government.

“Indeed, Zimbabweans are resolved to vote this dictatorship out. They are prepared to vote for change, and for change that they trust. But this government of Robert Mugabe is going to steal the election. We know that they are saying they are going to use helicopters to carry ballot papers, and they are not going to allow polling agents to accompany the ballot papers,” he said.         

Moyo said President Mugabe’s recent statements ahead of next week’s elections amount to intimidation.         

“And again the president has issued a decree at the end of last week that police officers are going to be inside the polling booths, and they are going to be assisting people to vote. Those are threats and you cannot have free and fair elections. But Zimbabweans at all levels are resolved to vote for change,” Moyo said.


Bin Laden in new video attack on EU

0

Al Qaida leader Osama bin Laden addressed the “wise men” of the European Union in a new audio message slamming the publication of drawings insulting to the Prophet Mohammed and vowed a strong reaction.

The message, which appeared on a militant website that has carried al Qaida statements in the past and bore the logo of the extremist group’s media wing al-Sahab, showed a still image of bin Laden aiming with a AK-47.

A voice meant to be Bin Laden’s described the attacks of the Europeans on women and children, but said these “paled (in comparison) when you went overboard in your unbelief and freed yourselves of the etiquettes of dispute and fighting and went to the extent of publishing these insulting drawings, this is the greatest misfortune and the most dangerous.”

PA News

Ex-chief weapons inspector slams Iraq war

0

LONDON (AFP) – Hans Blix, the former chief UN weapons inspector, slammed the Iraq war as a “tragedy” and blamed it on leaders ignoring the facts, in a comment piece published Thursday.Writing in The Guardian on the five-year anniversary of the US-led invasion of Iraq, Blix, who clashed with Washington in the run-up to the Iraq war, described the war as “a tragedy — for Iraq, for the US, for the UN, for truth and human dignity.”

In the sub-headline to the comment piece, Blix, who headed the UN Monitoring, Verification and Inspection Commission, wrote that responsibility for the war “must lie with those who ignored the facts five years ago”.

At the time of the Iraq war, Blix accused the US and Britain of exaggerating the threat from Iraqi dictator Saddam Hussein‘s alleged “weapons of mass destruction” — traces of which have never been found.

In his comment piece, he said the war was a “setback in the world’s efforts to develop legal restraints on the use of armed force between states” and added that in 2003, “Iraq was not a real or imminent threat to anybody.”

Blix wrote that had coalition troops not deposed Saddam, “he would, in all likelihood, have become another Kadhafi or Castro; an oppressor of his own people but no longer a threat to the world.”

He said that one positive sign to emerge from the conflict was that “it may be that the spectacular failure of ensuring disarmament by force, and of introducing democracy by occupation, will work in favour of a greater use of diplomacy and ‘soft power’.”

Ron Paul on the Anniversary of the War on Iraq

“The occupation of Iraq began five years ago today, but few realize that the march to war began ten years ago under Bill Clinton, when regime change became official U.S. policy. In 1998, I took to the House floor in protest of the Iraqi Liberation Act to warn that, ‘I see this legislation as essentially being a declaration of virtual war. It is giving the President tremendous powers to pursue war efforts against a sovereign Nation.’ My warnings were largely dismissed at the time, but five years later, we were bombing Iraq.

“After five years of occupation, today is a good time for reflection. The cost to America has been great: 4,000 soldiers are dead, 30,000 have been severely wounded, and over 100,000 have applied for disability. In addition, the war has put a tremendous strain on our economy. As we spiral toward recession and experience an assault on our dollar, we spend $12 billion per month financing our Iraqi operations. The war has cost us nearly $1 trillion dollars, or over $3,300 per American man, woman, and child.

“In a recent presidential debate, I was asked whether the war was ‘worth it.’ I said, and still say, ‘absolutely not.’ In addition to the tremendous costs to America, the war has been helpful to our enemies. The war has strengthened Osama bin Laden, Al Qaeda, and Iran. And yet the other presidential candidates want to keep troops there for at least five more years. One even says we should keep American troops in Iraq for 100 years.

“As I have repeatedly said when discussing United States policy in Iraq, when you find yourself going the wrong way down a one-way street, you need to look for the nearest off-ramp. The only solution to the mess in Iraq is to promptly bring our troops home. Our bad policy spans at least ten years and two presidents and has had severe costs in lives and economic consequences. Continuing down the same road will solve nothing and compound our already substantial problems.”

National Guard has played major role in war in Iraq

0

SPRINGFIELD – On the five-year anniversary of Operation Iraqi Freedom, more than 9,000 Illinois Army National Guard soldiers and 3,700 Illinois Air National Guard personnel have served in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Soon, more than 2,500 more Illinois National Guard troops will be deployed. That number includes about 250 personnel from armories based in Mattoon, Sullivan and Effingham.

Progress continues in Iraq with reconstruction efforts and improvements to quality of life, but those changes do not come without sacrifice.

Sixteen Illinois Guardsmen and women have made the ultimate sacrifice in support of the global war on terrorism. Fifteen soldiers have been killed in action in Iraq. The memory of their service and dedication is not lost to those who served with them.

One of those soldiers was Sgt. Shawna Morrison, assigned to the Illinois Army National Guard 1544th Transportation Company, Paris.

“I remember seeing her around town. I helped recruit her. It was like losing a family member,” said Sgt. 1st Class Raymond Butler, with the 1544th Transportation Company.

Butler was deployed to IRaq from December 2003 to February 2005. The company was responsible for convoy security missions country-wide and was active delivering emergency supplies to Najaf when roads were “black,” which means no travel was allowed.

“You could see a difference when we were over there. There are differences being made,” said Butler, a 15-year Guard veteran and Paris native.

Butler explained the five-year anniversary is important.

“I still have a lot of friends deployed,” he said. “When I first got into the Guard, I realized that the person I was standing next to in formation was one of the guys I had played basketball or football against. I remember thinking that I used to play against the guy and I hated him, but now we are here for the same reason.”

From small towns to big cities, Illinois residents across the state have answered the call to duty to not only serve their communities, but also their country.

“There are 13 million people in Illinois and 13,000 Illinois Guardsmen, all of whom are volunteers. They are one in a thousand,” said Maj. Gen. William L. Enyart, adjutant general of the Illinois National Guard. “Without their service to our great nation, we wouldn’t be where we are today.”

A sense of service and patriotism not only attracts new recruits to the Guard, but also prior service members who appreciate the camaraderie and sense of duty to complete a mission.

“After 9-11, I rejoined the military by joining the National Guard,” said Sgt. Jason Drake, with the Illinois Army National Guard Recruiting and Retention Command, Beardstown. Drake retired from the Navy and is a six-year Illinois Guard veteran.

“I volunteered for deployment. I was not originally attached to the unit deploying,” said Drake. “There was no way my guys, who I trained with, were going to go over without me.”

Drake, a Charleston native, was deployed to Iraq from January 2005 to April 2006, and was assigned to the Headquarters and Headquarters Company, 2nd Battalion, 130th Infantry. Drake’s unit was responsible for patrol and force protection.

“I have to remind myself we’ve been there for five years. I know we did good, positive things. The Iraqis knew we were there for the right reasons. It changed my outlook on the situation over there,” said Drake.

“The children (in Iraq) loved us,” said Drake, who is married and has three children.

Though all soldiers sacrifice civilian lives and careers and the comforts of home while deployed, they do so knowing their service is a vital part of a mission to defend our nation’s interests around the world.

“The debate goes on, even after five years, but the support of the troops has never diminished,” said Staff Sgt. Samer Elguindy, with the 341st Military Intelligence Unit, Chicago.

There are approximately 550 Illinois Army National Guard soldiers and 100 Illinois airmen deployed in support of Operation Iraqi Freedom.

Obama: US less safe since Iraq war

0

The Iraq war has left America less safe and has emboldened al Qaida, Iran, North Korea and the Taliban, Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama has said.

The Illinois senator criticised the stance of his Republican rival John McCain and said the United States needed to end the war in order to confront the emerging national security challenges of the 21st century.

He said the “central front in the war against terror is not Iraq, and it never was” and said his presidency would shift the focus to “the battles that need to be won … against al Qaida in Afghanistan and Pakistan”.

In a significant speech on the war on its fifth anniversary, Mr Obama said: “The war in Iraq has emboldened Iran, which poses the greatest challenge to American interests in the Middle East in a generation, continuing its nuclear programme and threatening our ally, Israel. Instead of the new Middle East we were promised, Hamas runs Gaza, Hezbollah flags fly from the rooftops in Sadr City, and Iran is handing out money left and right in southern Lebanon.”

He continued: “The war in Iraq has emboldened North Korea, which built new nuclear weapons and even tested one before the administration finally went against its own rhetoric, and pursued diplomacy. The war in Iraq has emboldened the Taliban, which has rebuilt its strength since we took our eye off of Afghanistan. Above all, the war in Iraq has emboldened al Qaida, whose recruitment has jumped and whose leadership enjoys a safe haven in Pakistan – a thousand miles from Iraq.”

He was speaking at Fayetteville Technical Community College in North Carolina, a short distance from Fort Bragg and Pope Air Force Base.

As America’s first black president, Mr Obama said he would withdraw US troops from Iraq at a pace of one to two combat brigades per month, finish the fight against the Taliban and root out al Qaida. He added he would also act aggressively to stop nuclear proliferation and double America’s foreign assistance to cut extreme poverty in half. He also said he would renew US diplomacy by talking to the nation’s adversaries, as well as its friends.

His speech came on the fifth anniversary of the beginning of the Iraq war and two days after his Democratic rival, former first lady Hillary Clinton, restated her position.

In a speech at George Washington University in Washington DC, Mrs Clinton criticised Mr Obama for not starting his “aggressive” anti-war campaign until running for president.

She said she would start pulling troops out of the country within 60 days of taking office, but did not significantly advance her well-established policy. “Senator Obama holds up his original opposition to the war on the campaign trail, but he didn’t start working aggressively to end the war until he started running for president,” she said.

The Three Trillion Dollar War: The True Cost of Iraq

On March 19, 2008, the United States will have been in Iraq for five years – longer than the three years and eight months we were involved in World War II; the two years and two months in World War I; the three years and one month in Korea; and even the four years Americans fought each other in the Civil War.

The Bush administration was wrong about the benefits of the war and it was wrong about the costs of the war. The President and his advisers expected a quick, inexpensive conflict. Instead, we have a war that is costing more than anyone could have imagined.

The cost of direct US military operations – not even including long-term costs such as taking care of wounded veterans – already exceeds the cost of the twelve-year war in Vietnam and is more than double the cost of the Korean War. And, even in the best-case scenario, these costs are projected to be almost ten times the cost of the first Gulf War, almost a third more than the cost of the Vietnam War, and twice that of World War I. The only war in our history which cost more was World War II, when 16.3 million US troops fought in a campaign lasting four years, at a total cost (in 2007 dollars, after adjusting for inflation) of about $US5 trillion.

With virtually the entire armed forces committed to fighting the Germans and Japanese, the cost per troop (in today’s dollars) was less than $US100,000 in 2007 dollars. By contrast, the Iraq war is costing (directly) upward of $US400,000 per troop.

The chronic underestimation of costs has continued throughout the war. In January 2007, the administration estimated that it would cost $US5.6 billion to deploy an additional 21,000 troops for the proposed “surge” in troop levels.

But this estimate referred only to the cost of deploying the combat troops themselves for four months. According to the non-partisan Congressional Budget Office (CBO), the surge would also require deployment of 15,000 – 28,000 combat support troops, a mobilisation that would raise the cost to at least $11 billion (for four months), rising to $US27 – $US49 billion if the “surge” continued for 12 to 24 months.

Even this expanded estimate did not take into account the long-term health and disability costs for veterans and the cost of replacing the equipment that these additional troops would use.

Nor did it factor in other costs of the surge that the CBO pointed out in a separate report, including the reduced availability of US troops for other potential conflicts for a period well beyond the actual deployment.

Guns and butter

Most Americans have yet to feel these costs. The price in blood has been paid by our voluntary military and by hired contractors.

The price in treasure has, in a sense, been financed entirely by borrowing. Taxes have not been raised to pay for it – in fact, taxes on the rich have actually fallen.

Deficit spending gives the illusion that the laws of economics can be repealed, that we can have both guns and butter. But of course the laws are not repealed. The costs of the war are real even if they have been deferred, possibly to another generation.

As the fifth year of the war draws to a close, operating costs (spending on the war itself, what you might call “running expenses”) for 2008 are projected to exceed $US12.5 billion a month for Iraq alone, up from $US4.4 billion in 2003, and with Afghanistan the total is $US16 billion a month. Sixteen billion dollars is equal to the annual budget of the United Nations, or of all but 13 of the US states.

Even so, it does not include the $US500 billion we already spend per year on the regular expenses of the Defence Department. Nor does it include other hidden expenditures, such as intelligence gathering, or funds mixed in with the budgets of other departments.

‘Priceless’ lives

Because there are so many costs that the Administration does not count, the total cost of the war is higher than the official number. For example, government officials frequently talk about the lives of our soldiers as priceless. But from a cost perspective, these “priceless” lives show up on the Pentagon ledger simply as $US500,000 – the amount paid out to survivors in death benefits and life insurance. After the war began, these were increased from $US12,240 to $US100,000 (death benefit) and from $US250,000 to $US400,000 (life insurance).

Even these increased amounts are a fraction of what the survivors might have received had these individuals lost their lives in a senseless automobile accident. In areas such as health and safety regulation, the US Government values a life of a young man at the peak of his future earnings capacity in excess of $US7 million – far greater than the amount that the military pays in death benefits. Using this figure, the cost of the nearly 4,000 American troops killed in Iraq adds up to some $US28 billion.

From the unhealthy brew of emergency funding, multiple sets of books, and chronic underestimates of the resources required to prosecute the war, we have attempted to identify how much we have been spending – and how much we will, in the end, likely have to spend.

The figure we arrive at is more than $US3 trillion. Our calculations are based on conservative assumptions. They are conceptually simple, even if occasionally technically complicated.

A $US3 trillion figure for the total cost strikes us as judicious, and probably errs on the low side.

Needless to say, this number represents the cost only to the United States. It does not reflect the enormous cost to the rest of the world, or to Iraq.

Extracted from The Three Trillion Dollar War: The True Cost of the Iraq conflict by Joseph Stiglitz and Linda Bilmes. Joseph Stiglitz was chief economist at the World Bank and won the Nobel Memorial Prize for Economics in 2001. Linda Bilmes is a lecturer in public policy at the Kennedy School of Government at Harvard University.

War Protesters Halt Traffic, Recall Dead

0

Protesters blocked traffic and government buildings in Washington, acted out a Baghdad street scene in Syracuse, N.Y., and banged drums in a parade through San Francisco on Wednesday to mark the fifth anniversary of the U.S. invasion of Iraq.In other, more somber observances, organizers set up a 2-mile display of about 4,000 T-shirts in Cincinnati, meant to symbolize the members of the U.S. military killed in Iraq, while in Louisville, Ky., demonstrators lined rows of military boots, sandals and children’s tennis shoes on the steps of a courthouse.

Laurie Wolberton of Louisville, Ky., whose son just finished an Army tour of duty in Iraq, said she fears the worsening U.S. economy has caused Americans to forget about the war.

“We’re not paying attention anymore,” she said. “My son has buried his friends. He’s given eulogies, he’s had to go through things no one should have to go through, and over here they’ve forgotten. They just go shopping instead.”

On previous anniversaries, tens of thousands of people marched through major U.S. cities, and more than 100,000 gathered on several occasions leading up to the invasion.

Only a few hundred mustered for one of Wednesday’s largest gatherings, in Washington, the crowds’ size perhaps kept in check by a late-winter storm system that stretched the length of the country.

Dozens of people were arrested, most of them at demonstrations in San Francisco, Washington and Syracuse.

At the Internal Revenue Service building in the nation’s capital, about 100 protesters led by a marching band gathered at the main entrance. Several jumped barricades and sat down in front of the doors and were immediately detained. The demonstrators said they were focusing on the IRS, among other institutions, because it gathers taxes used to fund the war.

Brian Bickett, 29, was among the first arrested. The high school theater teacher from New York City said he had never engaged in civil disobedience before.

“We need to find lots of different ways to resist the war, and I decided to try this,” he said.

About 20 protesters were arrested about a block from the U.S. Capitol after blocking traffic. In some cases, police had to drag the protesters off the street.

In Syracuse, police arrested 20 protesters who blocked traffic by creating a mock Baghdad street scene. One person dressed in camouflage lay on the ground. Another was covered in a white sheet with red markings and a woman leaned over as if grieving. They were from a group of more than 100 demonstrators who marched downtown in a steady rain over the lunch hour.

In Chicopee, Mass., eight people were arrested when they blocked a gate at Westover Air Reserve Base, police said. Five people were arrested In Hartford, Conn., for blocking the front door of a federal courthouse.

On the West Coast, San Francisco police arrested about 100 protesters by early afternoon for blocking traffic and chaining themselves to buildings, police said.

The rallies, which drew hundreds to the city’s busy financial district, were mostly peaceful, though some demonstrators threw glass Christmas ornaments filled with paint at police, said Sgt. Steve Mannina, a San Francisco police spokesman.

Black balloons were tied to trees along San Francisco’s main downtown thoroughfare, and protesters at a table offered coffee, oranges and “unhappy birthday cake” to passers-by.

A few hundred protesters banging drums and waving banners that read “Was it worth it” took to the streets for a parade that blocked morning traffic.

In Anchorage, Alaska, vandals dumped a gallon of red paint on a war veterans memorial, police spokesman Lt. Paul Honeman said.

Demonstrators also converged in Ohio, where more than 20 vigils, rallies, marches and other events were planned.

In New York City, women sang songs and counted out the war dead outside the military recruiting station in Times Square, which was recently the target of a bomb.

Half a dozen war protesters in Miami dressed in black placed flowers outside the U.S. Southern Command during rush-hour Wednesday morning.

Outside a military recruitment office in Washington, protesters were met by a handful of counterdemonstrators, one of several shows of support for the war and the troops.

Colby Dillard, who held a sign reading, “We support our brave military and their just mission,” pointed to some red paint that one of the war protesters had splattered on the sidewalk.

“The same blood was spilled to give you the right to do what you’re doing,” said Dillard, who said he served in Iraq in 2003.

Earlier, about 150 people, mostly with the group Veterans for Peace, marched down Independence Avenue. Many of them carried upside-down American flags, which they said symbolized a nation in distress.

Daniel Black, who was stationed in Fallujah with the Marines in 2004, said he came to believe the war was a mistake after he returned.

“The more I read the more it just didn’t add up,” said the 25-year-old, a student at Marist College in Poughkeepsie, N.Y.

A couple of miles away at the American Petroleum Institute, protesters chanted “No blood for oil!” and tried to block traffic by sitting in the street and linking arms. At least once, they were dragged away by police.

Vandals in Milwaukee damaged the front door of an Army recruiting center and spray-painted anti-war graffiti across its front windows. Milwaukee police said the vandalism occurred Monday night or Tuesday.

The Iraq war has been unpopular both abroad and in the United States, although an Associated Press-Ipsos poll in December showed that growing numbers think the U.S. is making progress and will eventually be able to claim some success in Iraq.

Contributing to this report were Associated Press writers Karen Mahabir in Washington; Dave Collins in Hartford, Conn.; Laura Wides-Munoz in Miami; William Kates in Syracuse, N.Y.; Marcus Wohlsen in San Francisco; Dinesh Ramde in Milwaukee; Stephanie Reitz in Springfield, Mass.; Will Graves in Louisville, Ky.; and Deepti Hajela in New York.

SARAH KARUSH
AP

Bush Defends Iraq War in Speech

0

President Bush used the fifth anniversary of the start of the war in Iraq on Wednesday to make the case for persevering in a conflict that will in all likelihood have many more anniversaries.

Mr. Bush, speaking before troops, officers and defense officials at the Pentagon, acknowledged in some of his bluntest language yet that the costs of the war, in lives and money, had been higher than he had anticipated – and longer.

He remained unwavering, however, in his insistence that the invasion of Iraq that began in March 2003 had made the world better and the United States safer.

“Five years into this battle, there is an understandable debate over whether the war was worth fighting, whether the fight is worth winning, and whether we can win it,” he said. “The answers are clear to me. Removing Saddam Hussein from power was the right decision, and this is a fight that America can and must win.”

Mr. Bush gave his speech as sporadic and relative small protests erupted in several places here in Washington, and in other cities. “How much longer?” read a banner along the president’s route to the Pentagon across the Potomac. There were scattered arrests, including some in front of the Internal Revenue Service, where demonstrators protested the use of taxpayers’ dollars.

As it has in the past, the anniversary galvanized the war’s critics and, to a lesser degree, its supporters. And many of the arguments on both sides fell along familiar lines. The scale and the fury of antiwar protests, however, appears to have diminished from just a year ago before Mr. Bush ordered “a surge” of still more American troops to Iraq that has resulted, according to many, in a decline in overall violence there.

Even in the presidential campaign to replace Mr. Bush, the issue has dropped in significance, as the economy, health care and race have risen in prominence. Iraq, nonetheless, continues to illustrate the stark divide between the Republican candidate, Senator John McCain, and the two Democrats, Senators Barack Obama and Hillary Rodham Clinton.

Mr. McCain, who visited Iraq this week, released a statement echoing the president’s rationale for the war, saying that the United States and its allies in Iraq stood “on the precipice of winning a major victory against radical Islamic extremism.”

At a community college in Fayetteville, N.C., Mr. Obama drew the opposite conclusion. He noted that the war in Iraq had now lasted longer than the Civil War, World War I and World War II, though it has been fought on a scale far below those conflicts. “And where are we for all of this sacrifice?” he said. “We are less safe and less able to shape events abroad.”

Mr. Obama criticized both of his rivals, Mr. McCain and Mrs. Clinton. He said that as commander in chief he would withdraw a brigade or two each month, reducing the American force there to only to the number required to provide security for the American embassy and maintain a force capable of striking any terrorist base. Even he acknowledged that his plan would not end the war until it had already lasted seven years.

“My plan to end this war will finally put pressure on Iraq’s leaders to take responsibility for their future,” he said in remarks prepared for delivery. “Because we’ve learned that when we tell Iraq’s leaders that we’ll stay as long as it takes, they take as long as they want.”

The number of troops in Iraq is at the center of the administration’s planning. The top American commander, Gen. David H. Petraeus, is scheduled to appear before Congress in early April to present his recommendations on how to continue the war after the withdrawal of the 30,000 additional troops ordered to Iraq by Mr. Bush last year.

The troops brought the total number of Americans fighting there to a peak of more than 160,000. Most of those added troops are scheduled to leave by the end of summer, leaving a force of more than 130,000. General Petraeus and other commanders have indicated that there should be a pause in any further reductions – though for how long remains unclear – to see if security in Baghdad and other cities deteriorates as a result of the withdrawals already taken.

In his remarks, Mr. Bush said he had made no decision but indicated that he would be reluctant to hasten the withdrawals. As he has on several occasions recently, he touted the “surge” as a turning point in a war that he acknowledged “was faltering” a year ago.

“Any further drawdown will be based on conditions on the ground and the recommendations of our commanders,” he said, “and they must not jeopardize the hard-fought gains our troops and civilians have made over the past year.”

John Sullivan contributed reporting.

STEVEN LEE MYERS

Spotlight on Aliou after Met police raid

0

A suspicious transfer highlighted by the Stevens bung inquiry was behind yesterday’s police raid on Birmingham City.The early morning swoop on the Premier League club by officers of the City of London Police is the latest move in the biggest crackdown on football corruption ever mounted.

Three officers from the special unit investigating football corruption, armed with a search warrant, took away various documents after spending a hour at St Andrew’s, where they received total co-operation from the club.

The papers are understood to relate to the £300,000 transfer of Aliou Cisse from Birmingham to Portsmouth in 2004, which is one of the 17 transfers which Lord Stevens was unable to sign off following his 15-month inquiry that examined 362 Premiership transfers.

The Cisse move was negotiated by agent Willie McKay, as were two other transfers on the Stevens doubt list: Jean Alain Boumsong’s £8m move from Rangers to Newcastle in 2005 and Amdy Faye’s £2m transfer from Portsmouth to Newcastle in the same year.

The Birmingham search means the City of London Police, who say their investigation is being conducted entirely separately from the Stevens inquiry, have now pounced on all four clubs involved in those McKay transfer dealings.

Newcastle, Portsmouth and Rangers were visited last July, with police taking away computers and paperwork.

McKay, along with Portsmouth manager Harry Redknapp, Pompey chief executive Peter Storrie, former Portsmouth chairman Milan Mandaric and Senegalese player Faye are currently on bail after being arrested last November on suspicion of conspiracy to defraud and false accounting.

Tottenham defender Pascal Chimbonda, who is represented by McKay, is also on bail after being arrested in September on suspicion of conspiracy to defraud. This is understood to relate to his transfer to Wigan from French club Bastia for £500,000 in July 2005.

The pattern of the police work over the last year strongly suggests that McKay is being targeted.

But he said: “I don’t need to clear my name. This is a Quest investigation we’re talking about and they’ve followed all the paperwork through. They have cleared me of any wrongdoing on the transfers in an official statement.”

And a friend of McKay’s added: “This is a witch-hunt instigated by other agents who are jealous of Willie’s continued success in doing deals which they aren’t capable of doing.”

Quest – the investigative agency run by Lord Stevens – stood by their McKay statement regarding their inquiries over a specific two-year period of Premiership transfers.

But the City of London Police have far more powers at their disposal and have not revealed whom they have in their sights or how far back they are trawling.

Birmingham have never been under suspicion during the bung inquiry saga, which followed former England manager Sven Goran Eriksson’s allegations about Premiership corruption during the infamous ‘fake sheik’ newspaper sting.

A Birmingham statement said: “The club is co-operating fully with the police in their inquiries, which relate to an unconnected third party. No one connected with the club has been questioned or arrested.”

The Premier League passed Stevens’ 100 files of findings to the FA to bring charges if necessary.

Since then, eight of the questionable transfers have been sent to FIFA to examine, while Soho Square officials are continuing their inquires into the other nine remaining deals that weren’t signed off by Stevens.

But it is the economic crime unit of the City of London Police who continue to take the lead.

Daily Mail

Premier League – Spurs hold Chelsea in epic match

0

Tottenham put a dent in Chelsea‘s title hopes by holding their London rivals to a 4-4 draw at White Hart Lane.

In a game which will surely go down as one of the best to be played in the Premier League, Spurs trailed 1-0, 3-1 and 4-3 but somehow fought back to claim an improbable point thanks to Keane’s brilliant curling effort from 25 yards out.

It was Chelsea, though, who got off the a flying start after three minutes when Didier Drogba headed past Paul Robinson following John Terry‘s cross.

Avram Grant’s side thought they had doubled their lead almost immediately as Joe Cole struck after Robinson had parried Drogba’s long range shot but the flag was up for offside.

Almost out of nowhere Spurs levellled on 12 minutes through Carling Cup hero Jonathan Woodgate when the defender rose expertly to power a header past Carlo Cudicini.

But just seven minutes later Chelsea were back in front when man-of-the-match Joe Cole showed great skill to beat two men before threading a throughball into the path of Michael Essien who finished with aplomb from 12 yards out.

Chelsea were looking comfortable but the game boiled over on the stroke of half-time when Ashley Cole caught Scotland international Alan Hutton with a high and dangerous tackle for which he was lucky to only be shown a yellow card.

Chelsea started the second-half strongly and looked to have made the game secure on 52 as Joe Cole shrugged off the challenge of Pascal Chimbonda before his shot looped up and into the back of the net off the unfortunate Robinson.

But their two-goal advantage lasted just nine minutes as once again they failed to deal with a corner, allowing Dimitar Berbatov to direct an excellent effort into the top corner.

Tom Huddlestone then levelled matters with 15 minutes remaining.

The substitute picked up the ball 12 yards out at an angle on the right side of the Chelsea box and lashed a left-footed effort past Cudicini into the corner.

Spurs looked to be in the ascendancy but the magnificent Joe Cole scored his second and Chelsea’s fourth on 80 minutes, spinning past Pascal Chimbonda and driving the ball into the roof of the net from 12 yards.

Just when Chelsea thought Spurs had ran out of ideas, up popped Keane with a stunning curling effort.

Ricardo Carvalho turned his back on a high ball which hit him and fell into the path of Keane and the Irishman struck what could be a killer blow to Chelsea’s title hopes.

Dimitar Berbatov almost won the points for Spurs in injury-time but a superb right-handed save from Cudicini denied the Bulgarian his second.

TeamTalk / Eurosport

Andrew Flintoff passes dry run in Abu Dhabi

0

Andrew Flintoff took his first steps towards resurrecting his career with a brief spell of fast bowling under floodlights in the Arabian desert yesterday.

The England all-rounder’s decline through injury had left England vulnerable, and his form for Lancashire in the Arabian Challenge tournament for the Pro-ARCH Trophy – a glass prize that was accidentally smashed last weekend – took on some significance.

Flintoff had bowled very little since August and not at all since his most recent ankle operation in October, so the hostile accuracy that dismissed two Sussex batsmen in four balls here yesterday was the best part of Lancashire’s 109-run victory.

Andrew Flintoff passes dry run in Abu DhabiIn two short spells, he took two wickets for nine off five overs, refreshed by his break from the intensity abroad with England that has usually had to serve as his preparation for the summer.

Mike Watkinson, Lancashire’s coach, was pleased. “It looks all right, doesn’t it,” he said as he strolled around the boundary in the warm night at the Zayed Stadium.

“The thing that helps here is that he’s not building up to anything in particular. There’s no deadline. We’re just looking to play him as an all-rounder in our first championship match this season at the Oval. And then let’s build on that.

“I suppose he’s bowling at 70 per cent at the moment. His rhythm is good, his confidence is good and it all looks fluid. Unless he plays for Lancashire and stays fit and healthy, England is not going to happen. So we can’t look too far ahead.”

Abu Dhabi is an emirate better known so far for constructing the world’s most costly hotel at more than £1 billion – the Emirates Palace with its 102 lifts – but the Zayed Stadium has become a notable international cricket venue since it rose from the sand almost four years ago.

The inaugural Arabian Challenge tournament started last week with Lancashire, Sussex, Essex, Somerset, Yorkshire and the keen-as-mustard United Arab Emirates XI in a quest for the ill-fated trophy. The 50-over matches provided outdoor preparation on sound pitches and a smooth-grassed outfield.

Lancashire easily disposed of Sussex after making 246. Flintoff was dismissed for 15 but fared better with the ball, removing Chris Nash lbw and bowling Ben Brown.

His next appearance will be a desert Roses match against Yorkshire tomorrow, the highlight of the event. The Arabian concept looks likely to catch on, especially with the completion of another venue in Dubai this year, the third centre after Sharjah and Abu Dhabi.

Charles Randall in Abu Dhabi

Cristiano Ronaldo sets new landmark

0

Cristiano Ronaldo set a new landmark as Manchester United moved three points clear at the top of the table with a 2-0 home win over Bolton Wanderers.

The Portuguese winger, who was captain for the night in the absence of several senior players, struck twice in the opening 20 minutes at Old Trafford.

He put United in front on nine minutes when scuffing home a shot to equal George Best’s record of 32 goals in a season for a winger.

And on 20 minutes he surpassed the Red Devils legend when he hit a stunning free-kick for his 33rd goal of a remarkable campaign.

In between, Kevin Davies was denied by a smart stop from Tomasz Kuszczak, but the result leaves Bolton deep in the relegation mire.

Bolton manager Gary Megson’s tactic of packing defence and midfield was hardly unexpected, but it took less than nine minutes for United to nullify them.

Crucial

Carlos Tevez threatened to score only for Ricardo Gardner to whip the ball off his toe, but from the resulting corner Ronaldo struck.

It was not the most beautiful of Ronaldo’s many goals but it was crucial.

First the winger rose to head back Nani’s corner, Tevez missed an overhead kick but Bolton only half-cleared and Ronaldo was swiftly there to strike a shot into the ground and home from 12 yards out.

Nani blazed over after a jinking run, but in the 18th minute Bolton put together a thrilling move that nearly earned them an equaliser.

The inspiration was Danny Guthrie, the midfielder on loan from Liverpool and Bolton’s best player of the night, surging out of midfield and then down the right where he sent over a searching cross.

Davies’ movement had seen him shake off Gerard Pique and he slid in at the far post only to see Kuszczak make an excellent stop.

The costliness of that miss was hammered home as Ronaldo made it 33 goals for the season, and 24 in the league, after being fouled by Abdoulaye Meite.

It was another of those tremendous Ronaldo free-kicks which rose, dipped and swerved from 30 yards out over a six-man wall to leave Ali Al Habsi clutching thin air.

Gretar Steinsson tried to get Bolton back into it but failed with a wild drive, before Tevez curled a left-footed shot into Al Habsi’s arms after a scintillating dribble.

United nearly made it three in first-half injury-time as first Darren Fletcher’s low drive was blocked and then John O’Shea blasted wide.

Immediately after the break Steinsson, moved to centre-back, played Bolton into further trouble by chopping down Tevez on the edge of the box.

Old Trafford awaited Ronaldo, but he was the decoy and instead Nani took the free-kick and only a sprawling dive by Al Habsi kept the ball out.

Spell of pressure

But then followed Bolton’s spell of pressure and United had cause to thank their keeper.

First Davies’ threatened but shot low and straight at Kuszczak, then Diouf did have the ball in the net with a quickly-taken free-kick but referee Alan Wiley ruled it out on the grounds he had not whistled for him to strike it.

Bolton did not complain too much, but when Diouf put the re-taken kick in the same spot Kuszczak was waiting for it.

The Polish keeper then performed heroics to tip over after Nicky Hunt caught a volley perfectly from 30 yards out and the ball looked destined for the top corner.

Gavin McCann was next to find Kuszczak impregnable as the keeper turned aside his low strike.

United responded to end the revival and the Ronaldo hat-trick looked odds on when he ran at the Bolton defence, performed a couple of step-overs and sent in a fierce shot but Al Habsi was able to parry his effort.

Louis Saha should have sealed matters after a neat side-step but lost his cool and found the stands instead.

As United poured forward for a third, Nani had three decent chances in quick succession, two missed and one saved. The home fans were left cursing they had not fallen to his captain.

Sky Sports

O’Sullivan quits as Ireland coach

0

Eddie O’Sullivan has confirmed his resignation as head coach of Ireland.He had been in change since November 2001 and was under pressure after a disastrous World Cup, followed by a poor campaign in the RBS Six Nations.

Ireland failed to make it out of the group stages at the World Cup and could only manage victories over Scotland and Italy in the Six Nations.

O’Sullivan said: “Having given my role as team head coach much consideration, I have decided to step down.”

The 49-year-old coach led Ireland to three Triple Crowns during his reign but his critics still felt he did not get the best out of a richly talented team.

Expectations were high that the Irish would do well at the World Cup but heavy defeats by France and Argentina meant they failed to progress from the group stages for the first time.

Last Saturday’s 33-10 defeat by England sealed a poor championship for Ireland and signalled the end for O’Sullivan.

His statement continued: “I would like to thank my management team and all the players that I have worked with during my tenure as Irish coach.

“Their commitment and professionalism in representing their country has been consummate throughout.

“I would also like to thank the IRFU for their unwavering support of me as coach to the team.

“In addition, I would like to thank the Irish rugby supporters who have played a huge role in driving the team on to some outstanding performances in recent years.

“Finally, I would like to wish the Irish rugby team and the IRFU every success in the future, in a professional sport that is becoming more demanding and competitive by the day.

“I will not be making any further comments on this issue for the foreseeable future, and I would ask that the privacy of both myself and my family at this time be respected.”

BBC

Tiger Woods still focused on majors

0

There are 78 players at this World Golf Championship, and one guy playing out of this world.Tiger Woods is winning at a rate not seen in more than a half-century. Bay Hill was his sixth straight victory around the world among official tournaments, and he is the three-time defending champion this week at the CA Championship.

“He inhales so many wins that there’s not much breathing room for the rest of us,” Stewart Cink said.

Even a player lined up to get his autograph Wednesday.

Boo Weekley stood behind the 18th green as Woods and Jim Furyk finished an abbreviated practice round at Doral in 30 mph wind. He was holding two flags, from the Arnold Palmer Invitational, which Woods won with a 25-foot birdie on the last hole; and from the Accenture Match Play Championship, which Woods won by a record 8-and-7 margin in the final round.

It was for charity, although the scene spoke volumes.

There is a sense of awe among Woods’ peers during a stretch of golf that rivals Byron Nelson’s golden season of 1945, when he won 11 straight events and 18 out of 30. And there is determination not to let this domination continue.

“It’s a great time to be playing,” Adam Scott said. “It’s awfully hard to beat him, but he doesn’t play every week. I know he’s winning all the time, but he doesn’t win every week, either.”

Then the 27-year-old Australian paused long enough that he couldn’t contain a wry smile.

“There’s no proof of that,” Scott said. “But we’ll try to change it this week.”

The bookmakers don’t like the chances of the other 78 guys on the Blue Monster at Doral. Woods was listed as a 2-3 favorite on one Web site, staggering odds for a sport in which players have no control over the competition and the hole is only 4 1/2 inches in diameter.

Next in line is Phil Mickelson at 15-1.

There’s a reason for that. Woods has won at Doral the last three years, the first two when it was a full-field PGA Tour event. He has won this World Golf Championship six of eight years, the first five when it was called the American Express Championship and played around the world. His two-shot victory last year made him the first player to win the same event on six golf courses.

And there is no indication that Woods is about to let up.

Walking down the eighth fairway, caddie Steve Williams was asked how he spent Monday after Bay Hill.

“Practice,” he said as he kept walking.

What about Tuesday?

“Practice,” Williams said, adding after a few more steps, “but not as much.”

Woods might be the only guy not wrapped up in his streak, the longest he has gone in his career without losing. He counts it as seven, including his unofficial Target World Challenge against a field of 16. But everything is geared toward four weeks a year, starting next month at the Masters.

“You can win every tournament for the entire year, but if you go 0-for-4 in major championships … you don’t really get remembered for the number of wins in a career,” he said. “It’s the number of wins in major championships. Those are the biggest events. If you win one major a year, it turns a good year into a great one.”

Woods did not show up at Doral until the sun cast a pink glow Wednesday morning, and when he stepped to the first tee, he turned to agent Mark Steinberg and said, “Should I take a practice swing? Nah.”

Then he ripped a tee shot with a severe hook, turned back and said with a grin, “Should have taken a practice swing.”

Woods and Furyk played the first 10 holes, then walked over to play the 18th because the wind was so severe. It was hard to find anyone who played 18 holes in such conditions. They were so tough that Furyk hit a beautiful tee shot on the 467-yard closing hole, and when he got to his ball, he quickly found a sprinkler head to get his yardage.

He was still so far from the green that the sprinkler had no number on it. Woods, meanwhile, hammered a tee shot and still had to hit a 3-wood to land just short and to the right of the green.

Wind really is the only defence on the Blue Monster, which is framed by white bunkers on every hole.

The defence against Woods? Still to be determined.

Bart Bryant held his own at Bay Hill until Woods made one putt on the final hole. Sean O’Hair was two shots behind after playing in the final group with Woods for the first time. He said he did not watch Woods until his final putt.

“I think you can kind of get taken back a little bit,” O’Hair said. “As much as I admire him, his game and what he does for our sport, I’ve also got to compete against the guy. I respect the guy, but I also want to beat his brains in when I’m on the golf course. We’re all aware of how good he is. But it’s not like we’re laying down.”

Scott has played in the final group with Woods only once, six shots behind, so that was hardly a fair fight. Scott arrived in Florida on Saturday and watched Woods birdie the two toughest holes at Bay Hill to wind up in a five-way tie for the lead.

“It seems like everyone crumbles around him,” Scott said. “But Bart didn’t last week. A lot of times, Tiger does incredible stuff to win.”

UK teachers forced to work 100-hour weeks

1

Teachers in independent schools are being denied the most basic employment rights, with some not having written contracts and others forced to work more than 100 hours a week.

Growing competition to perform well in league tables, and pressure from parents paying fees as high as £25,000 a year, are forcing head teachers to get rid of staff for the flimsiest of reasons, the Association of Teachers and Lecturers (ATL) heard yesterday.

John Richardson, the union’s national officer for the independent schools, said that one teacher had been hauled over the coals by his head after a parent complained that her child had achieved 90 per cent in a test instead of an expected 95 per cent.

“If a parent takes a child out of school, that’s £25,000 in income out the door. There’s a motivation not to treat employees as fairly as they should be,” Mr Richardson said.

“I’m sure we have had members sacked as a result of parents’ complaints. The school may take the view that they are taking a financial decision based on possible loss of fees and the school’s reputation. It is a business decision.”

Teachers were routinely dismissed on the last day of term. They were often paid off and asked to sign a confi-dentiality clause, Mr Richardson said.

Speaking at the ATL’s annual conference in Torquay, he said that while teachers in the biggest independent schools could expect to earn a third more than colleagues in the state sector, those in smaller schools that were not members of the Independent Schools Council or any other professional body, were likely to earn less.

He estimated that 15 per cent in the independent sector did not have a contract of employment. Contracts often did not state what hours teachers were expected to work. He added that some schools were introducing compensatory time off for those working around the clock to supervise boarding pupils.

The union will debate a motion this week calling for staff to be paid at least the same as the standard national pay scales operating in the state sector.

Danny Cooper, of the Independent Schools Bursars Association, said that the Association of Governing Bodies of Independent Schools had drawn up a model contract. He said: “I would be most surprised if teachers didn’t have a contract; we may be the independent sector but we are still governed by employment law.”

Hard lessons

– Peter Cash, the head of English at Newcastle-under Lyme School, Staffordshire (annual fees £21,000), was sacked over the school’s poor examination results and told not to work his notice period. He was reinstated after colleagues staged the first strike at an independent school

– Malvern College, Worcestershire (annual fees £25,000) paid £12,000 out of court to Barbara White, an assistant housemistress, who was paid an hourly rate of £3.75 — less than the minimum wage — to work more than 100 hours a week

– ATL won 90 days’ pay for staff at St Elphin’s School, Derbyshire, who were sacked when the owner landed his helicopter on the front lawn and ordered the school shut with immediate effect. Staff had to find accommodation for pupils from as far afield as Dubai.

Russia said to receive U.S. missile shield plan

0

MOSCOW – Russia received written U.S. proposals on Wednesday which Washington hopes will allay Moscow’s concerns over plans to deploy elements of a missile shield in Europe, Russian news agencies reported.

U.S. Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice and Secretary of Defense Robert Gates promised Russian counterparts at talks in Moscow on Tuesday to offer a set of confidence-building measures aimed at easing Russia’s opposition to the project.

Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov, who reiterated Russia’s criticism of the Missile Shield plan, described the U.S. offer on Tuesday as “pretty serious and interesting” and said Moscow was waiting for it to be presented in writing by Tuesday night.

The U.S. proposals arrived in the Russian Foreign ministry on Wednesday, Interfax news agency quoted an unnamed diplomatic source as saying.

“They are being studied now,” the source was quoted as saying by Interfax.

The confirmation on Wednesday afternoon in Moscow followed the Russian criticism of the U.S. delay earlier in the day.

“In spite of promises yesterday, written proposals from the American side have not yet been received by us,” Foreign Ministry spokesman Mikhail Kamynin said on Wednesday morning.

The United States wants to install parts of the shield in former Soviet satellites Poland and the Czech Republic to protect against missiles from what it terms “rogue states” but Russia opposes the plan, saying it will threaten its security.

Russia complained late last year that a previous oral suggestion from the United States on how to allay Moscow’s concerns on the shield had not been followed up in writing.

Gates committed the U.S. side on Tuesday to putting down on paper its suggestions on confidence-building measures before the end of the day.

The two sides failed to agree on the missile defence shield, one of the key issues dividing them, at the talks on Tuesday. Russian Defence Minister Anatoly Serdyukov said that “on the matter of principle, the positions of our two sides have not changed”.

(Reporting by Conor Sweeney; Editing by Dominic Evans)

Blues raided as part of corruption investigation

0

Birmingham have been raided by police officers investigating football corruption.

The club has promised to co-operate fully with police after financial documents were taken away to be examined early on Wednesday morning.

The raid is believed to relate to the Lord Stevens inquiry, which concentrated mainly on illicit payments to agents.

Birmingham have made it clear they have done nothing illegal and that the investigation is not linked with any official club business.

“The club is fully co-operating with the police in their inquiries which relate to an unconnected third party or third parties,” read a statement on the Birmingham website.

“For the avoidance of doubt no-one connected with the club has been questioned or arrested. No further comment will be made by the club.”

Sky Sports

Brown promises to meet Dalai Lama

0

Gordon Brown has said he will meet Tibet’s exiled spiritual leader the Dalai Lama when he visits the UK.The prime minister has faced pressure from opponents to make the commitment after recent protests in Tibet.

During prime minister’s questions, he also said he had spoken to China’s premier on Wednesday morning and had urged an end to violence.

Tory leader David Cameron congratulated Mr Brown on reaching what he called the “right decision”.

The Dalai Lama has called for an end to the violence in Tibet and rejected accusations by China that he was responsible for the recent unrest.

‘Absolutely clear’

China says 13 people were killed by rioters in Lhasa. Tibetan exiles say 99 have died in clashes with authorities.

Mr Cameron said: “Does the prime minister agree that our relationship with China is vital… But we must be absolutely clear in telling the Chinese that this is unacceptable.”

Mr Brown said he had spoken to Chinese premier Wen, telling him “there must be an end to violence in Tibet”.

He added: “I also called for constraint and I called for an end to the violence by dialogue between the different parties.”

Mr Brown also said: “I will meet the Dalai Lama when he is in London.”

Mr Cameron replied: “Can I congratulate the prime minister on making the right decision… I congratulate him for doing the right thing.”

Mr Brown said: “We make the right decisions at all times.”

The protests began on 10 March – the anniversary of the 1959 Tibetan uprising against Chinese rule – and have gradually escalated.

They come ahead of the Olympic Games in Beijing this summer.

BBC

Human rights groups slam EU over Tibet stance

0

EUOBSERVER / BRUSSELS – Human rights groups Amnesty International and Human Rights Watch have slammed the European Union’s stance over Tibet, calling the reaction “tepid” and demanding much more robust pressure on China from the 27-nation European bloc.

“Once again, this is a test for the European Union, which needs to decide whether it’s going to be a serious player or just sit on the sidelines,” Human Rights Watch’s Asia director, Brad Adams, told the EUobserver.
“The EU’s reaction has been tepid and needs to be much stronger,” he said, criticising the statements from both the European Council and European Commission calling for restraint from both protesters and the Chinese authorities.

“While there has been violence on both sides, the ultimate responsibility lies with China. They’ve created the conditions for the unrest.”

“You can see the difference between how they are dealing with China and how they dealt with Burma, when there was a similar crackdown,” he said, referring to the autumn 2007 assault by the Burmese military junta on high-profile dissidents and Buddhist monks in which thousands of protesters were rounded up and unknown numbers killed.

At the time, the EU banned imports of gemstones, timber and metal from the country.

“The EU shouldn’t just take strong action in response to human rights violations of small states, but also strong states, like China,” said Mr Adams.

Meanwhile, Amnesty International echoed their fellow human rights campaigners. “We’ve seen a very weak statement from the council,” said Susi Dennison, the group’s external relations officer at its Brussels office, in an interview with the EUobserver.

“And the EU presidency statement called on China to respect international democratic principles, but China actually needs to go further and adhere to its international legal obligations, such as the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and the UN Convention Against Torture.”

“The EU needs to be pushing for the Chinese government to account for detained citizens in particular, and in the run-up to the Olympics, while the world is watching, they need at a minimum to press China to live up to the human rights commitments that it made ahead of winning the games.”

“Specifically, Amnesty is calling on the EU to push for China to allow an independent investigation, letting in international observers.”

Mirroring Amnesty’s demands, the Human Rights Watch official said: “We’ve called for China to let in the UN to conduct an independent probe into alleged abuses, and we’d like the EU to echo that call.”

European Parliament president opens door to boycott
There have been stronger statements coming out of some member states, such as France and Italy, said Ms Dennison.

Italian President Giorgio Napolitano said that the EU should put forward a common denunciation of the events in Tibet. “What is happening is deeply worrying, and there are no doubts that what we have said so far will be reiterated more vigorously.”

Meanwhile, the country’s foreign ministry summoned the Chinese ambassador to Rome for talks on the unrest.

French Socialist leader Francois Hollande said Monday (17 March) that his country should consider boycotting the games, while France’s foreign minister said he was considering boycotting the opening ceremonies.

But the EU collectively has been ineffective, said Ms Dennison, while other member states have hidden behind the EU statements.

“When the EU speaks with one voice, it is at its most powerful. Unfortunately, this is similar to our criticisms we had of the EU over Darfur.

“The EU has the ability to speak with one voice, but too often, it doesn’t use it.”

Hans-Gert Poettering, the centre-right president of the European Parliament, who, speaking on German public radio on Tuesday (18 March), said that politicians should reconsider attending the opening of the Beijing Olympic games if the attacks from Chinese authorities continue.

“One has to say to the Chinese: if the repression continues like this, it will cause political leaders who plan to attend the opening of the Olympic Games, as I plan to, to consider whether such a trip is a responsible move,” President Poettering told Deutschlandfunk radio.

He also said he did not rule out a wider boycott of the games. “We must send a signal to Beijing,” he added.

Mr Poettering’s words are a departure from the president’s initial comments on the topic, who the day before had repeated the other European institutions’ call for both sides to show restraint, adding that he hoped that the upcoming Olympic Games in Beijing would be a success.

Christina Gallach, spokesperson for EU foreign policy chief Javier Solana, responding to the complaints from human rights groups about double standards regarding Burma and China, said: “The relations between the EU and China are totally different from those between the EU and Burma.”

“The EU has bilateral agreements with China and various human rights dialogues with the country. Our relationship with China goes back 30 years.”

“Whereas we have expanded sanctions on the Burmese junta. There is no comparison with Burma.”

She also said that it is not foreseen that the EU will have a special envoy for Tibet, as they do with Burma, a key demand of Tibetan protesters.

‘Classic Chinese lock-down on information’
Meanwhile, European and International journalists’ associations are calling on the EU to beef up its language around freedom of the media in Tibet. International and Hong Kong journalists have been banned from the region, while foreign television news reports have been blacked out in China, along with access to stories and video about Tibet on the internet.

“The EU should immediately press the Chinese authorities to open the door to scrutiny by the international media,” said Aidan White, general-secretary of the International Federation of Journalists. “What we’re witnessing is a classic Chinese lock-down on information, a cordon sanitaire to stop journalists reporting and the world from knowing what’s going on.”

France-based Reporters Sans Frontieres on Tuesday urged political officials to boycott the 8 August Olympic opening ceremony.

“China has not kept any of the promises it made in 2001 when it was chosen to host these Olympics,” the press freedom organisation said. “Instead, the government is crushing the Tibetan protests and is imposing a news blackout.”

The Peoples’ Republic of China say that demonstrators have killed 13 civilians in protests in recent days, while exiled Tibetan leaders in India say some 100 people may have been killed by the Chinese authorities.

© 2008 EUobserver, All rights reserved

Human rights activist on trial in China

0

BEIJING – Hu Jia, a human rights activist and commentator, was tried in a Beijing court yesterday on charges of inciting subversion against the Chinese government through his writings on the Internet.

Hu’s lawyer, Li Fangping, said the Beijing No. 1 Intermediate Court would probably hand down its sentence in about a week. Hu, 34, who faces up to five years in prison, pleaded not guilty.

Li said he was given only 20 minutes to defend Hu, which he said was not enough time to mount a persuasive case. “When the prosecutor spoke, the judge let him finish,” Li said. “But when I spoke, the judge stopped me and said time was short.”

Hu was detained Dec. 27 in what was seen as part of a crackdown by Chinese censors and security services to rid the Internet of dissidents in the lead-up to the 2008 Olympic Games in Beijing this August. Formal charges were filed a month later. His wife, Zeng Jinyan, and their infant daughter, Qianci, were restricted from leaving Hu’s Beijing apartment.

Zeng had worked with her husband on an Internet site that gathered and relayed dissident reporting and opinion on Chinese websites. She was a witness in yesterday’s trial and was allowed a brief meeting with her husband on the sidelines of the 3 1/2 hour proceedings.

Human Rights Watch, a US-based advocacy group, denounced the legal proceedings against Hu and said the charges were inconsistent with international law because they sought to punish peaceful criticism of the Chinese political system.

“Hu Jia’s case has been marked by grave rights violations from the start,” Sophie Richardson, the Asia advocacy director for Human Rights Watch, said in a statement. “His arrest was political, the charges are political and his trial is political.”

Premier Wen Jiabao, in a news conference, denied that Hu’s case was part of a party campaign to put away dissidents in advance of the Olympics. “I can make it very clear to you that China is a country under the rule of law,” he said.

Pentagon Destroys Guantanamo Evidence

0

The Pentagon “likely” overwrote or deleted video recordings of a Guantanamo detainee that were subject to a court preservation order, according to a Department of Defense lawyer.

In a declaration Monday night in U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, associate deputy general counsel James Hourican said that “it is likely” that Yemeni detainee Hani Saleh Rashid Abdullah was monitored by video recorders in the naval base set up to automatically overwrite old material when they reached capacity. As a result, he wrote, “it is likely that recordings of petitioner Abdullah were overwritten and/or deleted.”

Hourican said the footage “potentially” falls within the scope of records the government was required to preserve in a 2005 order by U.S. District Judge Richard Roberts, who is adjudicating Abdullah’s habeas petition.

Hourican’s declaration comes about a month after a Rear Adm. Mark Buzby, who oversees the detention center, described the monitoring system in another declaration. He wrote that the recorders used in at least four camps at Guantanamo automatically overwrote old material every few weeks when they reached capacity. The Department of Defense has since begun storing the material, he said.

The monitoring system was set up to “oversee activities in the camp for the purpose of ensuring good order and discipline,” Buzby wrote. He did not say whether detainee interrogations were included in the deleted footage.

Roberts ordered the Bush administration last month to submit a report detailing whether any evidence relating to Abdullah had been destroyed or spoliated. Abdullah’s lawyers requested it after the CIA disclosed last year that taped interrogations of two suspected terrorists were destroyed in 2005.

The report, filed Monday along with the declaration, says Pentagon officials found no other evidence that records were destroyed in violation of Roberts’ order. The CIA also filed a classified declaration with Roberts, apparently describing the agency’s efforts to determine its compliance with the order.

The report says that the CIA “has not exhausted its search” for records, and that officials plan to submit to Roberts its findings next month.

First reported in The BLT: The Blog of Legal Times

Blackwater sells itself as a peacekeeper

0

Blackwater Worldwide, the private security company whose guards are accused of shooting dead 17 Iraqi civilians last year, is attempting to reposition itself as a peacekeeping force as work in Iraq begins to dry up.

Adverts have appeared in security industry journals featuring mothers feeding babies and Blackwater guards smiling as children play in the street.

The US-based company has also set up a subsidiary, Greystone, which is seeking to win peacekeeping and security work from the UN, aid organisations and foreign companies. The improved situation in Iraq combined with a withdrawal of troops and less reconstruction spending means that there is less need for private security companies (PSCs).

Blackwater insists that it is business as usual. But, for everyone else, profits have collapsed and companies are looking for mergers or moving into new regions.

The crash has come after a short but very lucrative boom in Iraq. Blackwater is reported to have earned $1.5 billion from the US Department of Defence and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office has spent about £178 million on PSCs during the past five years. The boom was triggered by Donald Rumsfeld, the former US Defence Secretary, who decided to outsource semi-military work so that the US and UK could deploy smaller forces.

Tasks such as guarding bases, convoys and government officials were given to PSCs, and dozens of companies run by former military officers sprang up to fill the void. They hired other soldiers, sometimes at rates of $1,000 a day, but the new outfits operated under almost no supervision or chain of command.

Blackwater, set up by Eric Prince, a former US Navy Seal, remains under investigation for an incident in Nisoor Square, Baghdad, last September when guards protecting a convoy allegedly opened fire, killing 17 and injuring 24. In another incident, in 2004, four guards were ambushed in Fallujah and their mutilated bodies hung from a bridge, prompting a counter-attack on the city by US forces.

Symon Hill, spokesman for Campaign Against Arms Trade, said: “They are irresponsible, unaccountable and a danger to the reputation of anybody employing them.”

The idea of an outfit such as Blackwater moving into corporate and humanitarian work has been scoffed at by both competitors and campaigners. John Holmes, a retired major-general in the British Army and now a director of Erinys Security, said: “Blackwater is going to have a stigma about them now.”

Mr Hill added: “Private security firm is a worrying euphemism. It would be more honest to call them mercenaries.”

A spokeswoman for Blackwater said: “Blackwater’s only role in Iraq is to provide defensive security, which we continue to do. We have always looked globally for opportunities to serve the US government and we continue to do so.”

The Iraq boom was lucrative while it lasted but for many former soldiers the private security business is no longer the path to riches that it once was.

DNA database will not be extended, says minister

MPs told that calls from senior police officers will not be answered.

The government has no plans to extend the DNA database despite the wishes of senior figures within the police force to do so, home office minister Tony McNulty told MPs today.

Speaking at a Home Affairs Committee inquiry, Mcnulty said he thought the balance of the number of people on the DNA database is “about right”.

Calls from the police service for a universal DNA database were not going to become government policy, he said.

“I’m not convinced by the notion of a universal DNA database,” he said. ” Where we are now is where we should be.”

The minister said he would be inclined towards not allowing the DNA of those who commit non-recordable crimes to be put on the database, though the matter was still open to debate.

Over the weekend Gary Pugh — who will soon become the Association of Chief Police Officers (Acpo) lead on the DNA database – said children could be put on the database if they showed behaviour indicating criminality in later life.

Acpo has since distanced itself from the comments, saying that they do not reflect any official policy line.

Tom Young
Computing

CCTV may soon ‘identify’ criminals

0

· Offenders’ faces tracked through CCTV images
· Scheme part of ‘hi-tech revolution on the beat’

The police are developing the first national database of mugshots so that they can use face recognition technology to match CCTV images with details of offenders, MPs were told yesterday.

The system is being developed in a pilot scheme involving the Lancashire, West Yorkshire and Merseyside police which has generated a database of more than 750,000 facial images over the past 18 months. Peter Neyroud, the chief executive of the National Police Improvement Agency (NPIA), told MPs yesterday that the development of a national facial images database is just one element of a technological revolution in neighbourhood beat policing.

Neyroud, former chief constable of Thames Valley, hopes that by the time of the 2012 London Olympics beat officers will be equipped with advanced “second-generation” hand-held computers which can take and transmit fingerprints, download mugshots and details from the police national computer, and access images from local CCTV cameras.

His hi-tech vision of the future of policing was given during the final evidence session of a year-long inquiry by the Commons home affairs select committee into the “surveillance society”.

The development of an electronic mugshot database is still at an early stage. In the pilot scheme areas the digital photographs are logged of everyone who has been arrested for a criminal offence, with the image linked to the criminal data held on the police national computer. While each force is able to search the electronic mugshots in its own area to match them with CCTV images, the technology does not yet exist to search on the scale needed for a national database.

The NPIA said the database would allow forces around the country to search for, retrieve, store and transmit facial images or video images with scars, marks and tattoos if appropriate. The idea is that each force will store its images on a central national database to give all forces immediate access to the mugshots for intelligence and investigative purposes.

So far only three police forces have been involved in contributing and viewing images, but several other forces, including Greater Manchester, North Wales, parts of the Metropolitan, and the immigration police have been given “read-only” access. So far £6m has been allocated on developing the technology with a national launch date of 2009 pencilled in.

NPIA evidence to the committee raises the prospect of “automated face recognition” to identify known offenders or terror suspects. But Neyroud said trials around the world had shown that there was still a long way to go before such systems could be used reliably.

The police are also developing “behavourial matching” software to pick out odd behaviour in a crowd using CCTV picures. “That might be particularly useful in counter-terrorism or tackling street crime,” he said. “The proliferation of CCTV cameras in the UK – with about one for every 14 people – means that we are now accustomed to our movements being monitored in this way and for most people this is not an issue.”

The Home Office minister, Tony McNulty, told the committee that people’s fears over a “surveillance society” were the “meat of myths”. He said that the regulatory oversight of surveillance was far more robust than many assumed. “The idea of big brother or big sister sitting on everybody’s shoulder makes great copy for the newspapers but it is simply not the case.”

lan Travis
The Guardian

VIDEO: Blockade of the World Biofuels Market

0

Thursday March 13th 2008, the World Biofuels Market was blocked by an international group of activists that want to show the world that the Agrofuel Industry is heavily into greenwashing, and is not saving the world as they pretend she does.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Ns1JS92fugk[/youtube]

The only lesson we ever learn is that we never learn

0

Five years on, and still we have not learnt. With each anniversary, the steps crumble beneath our feet, the stones ever more cracked, the sand ever finer. Five years of catastrophe in Iraq and I think of Churchill, who in the end called Palestine a “hell-disaster”.

But we have used these parallels before and they have drifted away in the Tigris breeze. Iraq is swamped in blood. Yet what is the state of our remorse? Why, we will have a public inquiry — but not yet! If only inadequacy was our only sin.

Today, we are engaged in a fruitless debate. What went wrong? How did the people — the senatus populusque Romanus of our modern world — not rise up in rebellion when told the lies about weapons of mass destruction, about Saddam’s links with Osama bin Laden and 11 September? How did we let it happen? And how come we didn’t plan for the aftermath of war?

Oh, the British tried to get the Americans to listen, Downing Street now tells us. We really, honestly did try, before we absolutely and completely knew it was right to embark on this illegal war. There is now a vast literature on the Iraq debacle and there are precedents for post-war planning — of which more later — but this is not the point. Our predicament in Iraq is on an infinitely more terrible scale.

As the Americans came storming up Iraq in 2003, their cruise missiles hissing through the sandstorm towards a hundred Iraqi towns and cities, I would sit in my filthy room in the Baghdad Palestine Hotel, unable to sleep for the thunder of explosions, and root through the books I’d brought to fill the dark, dangerous hours. Tolstoy’s War and Peace reminded me how conflict can be described with sensitivity and grace and horror — I recommend the Battle of Borodino — along with a file of newspaper clippings. In this little folder, there was a long rant by Pat Buchanan, written five months earlier; and still, today I feel its power and its prescience and its absolute historical honesty: “With our MacArthur Regency in Baghdad, Pax Americana will reach apogee. But then the tide recedes, for the one endeavour at which Islamic people excel is expelling imperial powers by terror or guerrilla war.

“They drove the Brits out of Palestine and Aden, the French out of Algeria, the Russians out of Afghanistan, the Americans out of Somalia and Beirut, the Israelis out of Lebanon. We have started up the road to empire and over the next hill we will meet those who went before. The only lesson we learn from history is that we do not learn from history.”

How easily the little men took us into the inferno, with no knowledge or, at least, interest in history. None of them read of the 1920 Iraqi insurgency against British occupation, nor of Churchill’s brusque and brutal settlement of Iraq the following year.

On our historical radars, not even Crassus appeared, the wealthiest Roman general of all, who demanded an emperorship after conquering Macedonia — “Mission Accomplished” — and vengefully set forth to destroy Mesopotamia. At a spot in the desert near the Euphrates river, the Parthians — ancestors of present day Iraqi insurgents — annihilated the legions, chopped off Crassus’s head and sent it back to Rome filled with gold. Today, they would have videotaped his beheading.

To their monumental hubris, these little men who took us to war five years ago now prove that they have learnt nothing. Anthony Blair — as we should always have called this small town lawyer — should be facing trial for his mendacity. Instead, he now presumes to bring peace to an Arab-Israeli conflict which he has done so much to exacerbate. And now we have the man who changed his mind on the legality of war — and did so on a single sheet of A4 paper — daring to suggest that we should test immigrants for British citizenship. Question 1, I contend, should be: Which blood-soaked British attorney general helped to send 176 British soldiers to their deaths for a lie? Question 2: How did he get away with it?

But in a sense, the facile, dumbo nature of Lord Goldsmith’s proposal is a clue to the whole transitory, cardboard structure of our decision-making. The great issues that face us — be they Iraq or Afghanistan, the US economy or global warming, planned invasions or “terrorism” — are discussed not according to serious political timetables but around television schedules and press conferences.

Will the first air raids on Iraq hit prime-time television in the States? Mercifully, yes. Will the first US troops in Baghdad appear on the breakfast shows? Of course. Will Saddam’s capture be announced by Bush and Blair simultaneously?.

But this is all part of the problem. True, Churchill and Roosevelt argued about the timing of the announcement that war in Europe had ended. And it was the Russians who pipped them to the post. But we told the truth. When the British were retreating to Dunkirk, Churchill announced that the Germans had “penetrated deeply and spread alarm and confusion in their tracks”.

Why didn’t Bush or Blair tell us this when the Iraqi insurgents began to assault the Western occupation forces? Well, they were too busy telling us that things were getting better, that the rebels were mere “dead-enders”.

On 17 June 1940, Churchill told the people of Britain: “The news from France is very bad and I grieve for the gallant French people who have fallen into this terrible misfortune.” Why didn’t Blair or Bush tell us that the news from Iraq was very bad and that they grieved — even just a few tears for a minute or so — for the Iraqis?

For these were the men who had the temerity, the sheer, unadulterated gall, to dress themselves up as Churchill, heroes who would stage a rerun of the Second World War, the BBC dutifully calling the invaders “the Allies” — they did, by the way — and painting Saddam’s regime as the Third Reich.

Of course, when I was at school, our leaders — Attlee, Churchill, Eden, Macmillan, or Truman, Eisenhower and Kennedy in the United States — had real experience of real war. Not a single Western leader today has any first-hand experience of conflict. When the Anglo-American invasion of Iraq began, the most prominent European opponent of the war was Jacques Chirac, who fought in the Algerian conflict. But he has now gone. So has Colin Powell, a Vietnam veteran but himself duped by Rumsfeld and the CIA.

Yet one of the terrible ironies of our times is that the most bloodthirsty of American statesmen — Bush and Cheney, Rumsfeld and Wolfovitz — have either never heard a shot fired in anger or have ensured they did not have to fight for their country when they had the chance to do so. No wonder Hollywood titles like “Shock and Awe” appeal to the White House. Movies are their only experience of human conflict; the same goes for Blair and Brown.

Churchill had to account for the loss of Singapore before a packed House. Brown won’t even account for Iraq until the war is over.

It is a grotesque truism that today — after all the posturing of our political midgets five years ago — we might at last be permitted a valid seance with the ghosts of the Second World War. Statistics are the medium, and the room would have to be dark. But it is a fact that the total of US dead in Iraq (3,978) is well over the number of American casualties suffered in the initial D-Day landings at Normandy (3,384 killed and missing) on 6 June, 1944, or more than three times the total British casualties at Arnhem the same year (1,200).

They count for just over a third of the total fatalities (11,014) of the entire British Expeditionary Force from the German invasion of Belgium to the final evacuation at Dunkirk in June 1940. The number of British dead in Iraq — 176 — is almost equal to the total of UK forces lost at the Battle of the Bulge in 1944-45 (just over 200). The number of US wounded in Iraq — 29,395 — is more than nine times the number of Americans injured on 6 June (3,184) and more than a quarter of the tally for US wounded in the entire 1950-53 Korean war (103,284).

Iraqi casualties allow an even closer comparison to the Second World War. Even if we accept the lowest of fatality statistics for civilian dead — they range from 350,000 up to a million — these long ago dwarfed the number of British civilian dead in the flying-bomb blitz on London in 1944-45 (6,000) and now far outnumber the total figure for civilians killed in bombing raids across the United Kingdom — 60,595 dead, 86,182 seriously wounded — from 1940 to 1945.

Indeed, the Iraqi civilian death toll since our invasion is now greater than the total number of British military fatalities in the Second World War, which came to an astounding 265,000 dead (some histories give this figure as 300,000) and 277,000 wounded. Minimum estimates for Iraqi dead mean that the civilians of Mesopotamia have suffered six or seven Dresdens or — more terrible still — two Hiroshimas.

Yet in a sense, all this is a distraction from the awful truth in Buchanan’s warning. We have dispatched our armies into the land of Islam. We have done so with the sole encouragement of Israel, whose own false intelligence over Iraq has been discreetly forgotten by our masters, while weeping crocodile tears for the hundreds of thousands of Iraqis who have died.

America’s massive military prestige has been irreparably diminished. And if there are, as I now calculate, 22 times as many Western troops in the Muslim world as there were at the time of the 11th and 12th century Crusades, we must ask what we are doing. Are we there for oil? For democracy? For Israel? For fear of weapons of mass destruction? Or for fear of Islam?

We blithely connect Afghanistan to Iraq. If only Washington had not become distracted by Iraq, so the narrative now goes, the Taliban could not have re-established themselves. But al-Qa’ida and the nebulous Osama bin Laden were not distracted. Which is why they expanded their operations into Iraq and then used this experience to assault the West in Afghanistan with the hitherto — in Afghanistan — unheard of suicide bomber.

And I will hazard a terrible guess: that we have lost Afghanistan as surely as we have lost Iraq and as surely as we are going to “lose” Pakistan. It is our presence, our power, our arrogance, our refusal to learn from history and our terror — yes, our terror — of Islam that is leading us into the abyss. And until we learn to leave these Muslim peoples alone, our catastrophe in the Middle East will only become graver. There is no connection between Islam and “terror”. But there is a connection between our occupation of Muslim lands and “terror”. It’s not too complicated an equation. And we don’t need a public inquiry to get it right.

Robert Fisk

Dalai Lama threatens to quit over Tibet violence

0

dali-lamaThe Dalai Lama has rejected claims by the Chinese government that he orchestrated the demonstrations in Tibet and said he would stand down as head of the country’s exiled government if the violence continued.

The spiritual and political leader yesterday called on both sides to end the violence that has rocked many parts of Tibet in what has been the biggest protest against Chinese rule for two decades.

Speaking in Dharamsala, India, he said: “I say to China and the Tibetans — don’t commit violence. Whether we like it or not, we have to live together side by side,” adding that “if things become out of control then my only option is to completely resign”.

The Dalai Lama’s comments came as the Chinese authorities accused him of masterminding the protests, which resulted in a crackdown by troops and police that killed an unknown number of people.

Speaking at a news conference held to mark the end of China’s parliament, the National People’s Congress, Prime Minister Wen Jiabao said that the Tibetan Buddhists’ spiritual leader was attempting to undermine China’s hosting of the forthcoming Olympic Games. “There is ample fact — and we also have plenty of evidence — proving that this incident was organised, premeditated, masterminded and incited by the Dalai clique,” he said.

A witness in the Tibetan capital said it was quiet after a midnight deadline for a lockdown by security forces ended days of unrest. With Lhasa now firmly in the grip of Chinese security forces, the back and forth between the Dalai Lama and the Chinese represented the political battle that both sides are desperate to win.

In a move underlining a carefully developed image of a peaceful power, Mr Wen also called for talks with its long-time foe Taiwan, which China considers an inalienable part of its territory since Chiang Kai-shek’s losing Nationalist Kuomintang fled there after the civil war in 1949, saying China was willing to resume talks with the government.

The olive branch to Taipei serves to further confuse China’s critics. The Tibet unrest has triggered a significant stepping-up of security in China in areas where ethnic groups are seeking greater autonomy.

There were reports of heavy weaponry being loaded on to cargo planes destined for Tibet and the restive province of Xinjiang, where separatist Muslims were recently involved in plots to undermine the Olympics. Troops are being deployed in large numbers in trouble spots.

But China’s international reputation has also suffered as a result of its violent response to the unrest, jeopardising the goodwill Beijing has generated in the run-up to the Games. Tibetan campaigners say hundreds may have died, while the Chinese government puts the number at 16. It sees itself as very much the victim in the upheaval.

There have been growing calls for a boycott of the Games, although the Dalai Lama has rejected such calls, saying that a boycott would achieve nothing.

The International Olympic Committee president, Jacques Rogge, has also said that there have been no calls for a boycott although Richard Gere, the high profile pro-Tibetan campaigner, said that it would be “unconscionable” to attend the Beijing Games if China did not find a peaceful resolution to the crisis.

“To host an Olympics is a dream shared by people of many generations in this country. I also hope that by hosting the Olympics we will be able to further friendships and co-operation with people from all over the world,” Mr Wen said.

Clifford Coonan and Andrew Buncombe

Bush Still Spinning Nukes in Iran

1

The unanimous conclusion of the 16 U.S. intelligence agencies, that Iran ceased pursuing a program of nuclear weapons in 2003, has dealt a severe blow to the Bush-Cheney agenda of forcible regime change in Iran. For several months, the rhetoric emerging from the White House escalated to the point that many observers predicted Bush would attack Iran before he leaves office.

But although the new National Intelligence Estimate (NIE) makes it more difficult to carry out his agenda in Iran, Bush is trying to publicly undermine its conclusions. “I have said Iran is dangerous,” he declared, “and the NIE estimate doesn’t do anything to change my opinion about the danger Iran poses to the world – quite the contrary.” Will Bush provoke an incident with Iran and then respond in “self-defense”?

Bush “rewarded” Iran for its help in consolidating U.S. power in Afghanistan after the 9/11 attacks by inaugurating Iran into his “axis of evil” in January 2002. The following year, Iran offered the U.S. government a comprehensive plan for negotiations and cooperation, which addressed all of Bush’s claimed pet peeves about Iran. In Iran’s 2003 memorandum, sent to the U.S. government via Swiss diplomats, Iran proposed a “dialogue in mutual respect.” It sought negotiations with the United States on the concerns Bush has repeatedly expressed.

Iran proposed “full transparency” to show “there are no Iranian endeavors to develop or possess WMD.” It also sought to guarantee “decisive action against any terrorists (above all Al Qaida) on Iranian territory, full cooperation and exchange of all relevant information.” In Iraq, Iran proposed “coordination of Iranian influence for activity supporting political stabilization and the establishment of democratic institutions and a non-religious government.” Iran agreed to discuss the “stop of any material support to Palestinian opposition groups (Hamas, Jihad etc.) from Iranian territory” and “pressure on these organizations to stop violent action against civilians within borders of 1967.” And Iran listed its “acceptance of the Arab League Beirut declaration (Saudi initiative, two-states-approach).” This meant Iran would recognize the state of Israel.

The Iranian memorandum also offered to negotiate the following with the United States: “Halt in US hostile behavior and rectification of status of Iran in the U.S.: (interference in internal or external relations, ‘axis of evil’, terrorism list)”; “Abolishment of all sanctions: commercial sanctions, frozen assets, judgments (FSIA), impediments in international trade and financial institutions”; “Iraq: democratic and fully representative government in Iraq, support of Iranian claims for Iraqi reparations, respect for Iranian national interests in Iraq and religious links to Najaf/Karbal”; “Full access to peaceful nuclear technology, biotechnology and chemical technology”; “Recognition of Iran’s legitimate security interests in the region with according defense capacity”; and “Terrorism: pursuit of anti-Iranian terrorists, above all MKO.”

This 2003 offer by Iran to negotiate these pressing issues with the United States was an incredible opportunity, which Bush, who claims to pursue diplomacy, should have seized. Yet the White House thumbed its nose at the Iranian offer and then tried to cover up the story.

Why did Bush reject Iran’s 2003 offer and now seek to discredit the conclusions of the National Intelligence Estimate? Because even if all his stated gripes with Iran were resolved, Bush’s hidden agenda would not be addressed. That agenda comes into focus on the website of the American Enterprise Institute, a neoconservative think tank that claims Paul Wolfowitz, Lynne Cheney, Richard Perle and John Bolton as members. Under the AEI’s list of “Research Projects” is “Global Investment in Iran.”

Just as “Operation Iraqi Freedom” was about corporate control over Iraq’s oil, Bush’s strategy on Iran is about making Iran safe for global investment. And just as Bush lied about the danger posed by Saddam Hussein, he is now lying about the perils Iran poses.

U.N. International Atomic Energy Agency Director Mohamed ElBaradei has consistently said there is “no evidence” Iran has ever maintained a program of developing nuclear weapons. Yet even though Bush learned about the NIE report in August or September, according to National Security Advisor Stephen Hadley, he invoked World War III in the same breath with Iran in October. On December 4, Bush lied about when he learned Iran had no weapons program, saying, “I was made aware of the NIE last week.”

Hadley’s report on the timing of Bush’s knowledge of the NIE is corroborated by a shift in the rhetoric emerging from the White House. During the last two months, Bush stopped talking about Iran possessing nukes, and began referring to Iran having “knowledge” of nuclear weapons, which he linked with World War III.

In spite of the unanimous conclusion in the National Intelligence Estimate and ElBaradei’s informed judgment, we cannot trust Bush-Cheney to abandon their imperial designs on Iran. Bush will probably provoke a military confrontation with Iran, then invoke the language in the 2002 Congressional authorization for the use of military force in Iraq that says, “The President has authority under the Constitution to take action in order to deter and prevent acts of international terrorism against the United States.”

Congress must support Rep. Neil Abercrombie’s resolution stating that Bush has been given no authority to go to war with Iran.Marjorie Cohn is president of the National Lawyers Guild and a professor at Thomas Jefferson School of Law, where she teaches criminal law and procedure, evidence, and international human rights law. She lectures throughout the world on human rights and US foreign policy. http://marjoriecohn.com/

Is this the end of traditional governments?

0

In the first chapter of David Rothkopf’s “Superclass: The Global Power Elite and the World They Are Making,” the author quotes Mark Malloch Brown, a British minister of state and former deputy secretary-general of the United Nations, recalling what it was like to walk with his wife through a reception in New York for the World Economic Forum. The WEF puts on the famous annual meeting of business leaders, political figures, NGO heads, scientists and other movers and shakers, nicknamed after the small Swiss alpine town where it takes place, Davos. After crossing the room and shaking countless manicured hands in the process, the couple turned to each other and marveled that “we walk though the Davos party and know more people than when we’re walking across the village green in the town we live in.”Brown is far from the only one who could tell such a tale. “Davos man” is an epithet coined by the conservative scholar Samuel Huntington to describe the very specific type that attends the conference. These are people who, as Huntington wrote, “have little need for national loyalty, view national boundaries as obstacles that thankfully are vanishing, and see national governments as residues from the past whose only useful function is to facilitate the elite’s global operations.”

Not everyone Rothkopf writes about in “Superclass” is a Davos man, but despite his efforts to remain impartial toward “the global power elite” he describes, you can tell that the elect milieu of the WEF gives him a palpable thrill. The book opens with a scene of the author making his way through the town’s frozen streets, recognizing CEOs, oil company executives and Harvard professors on his way to a fondue restaurant. Suddenly, he’s greeted effusively by a bestselling inspirational writer with whom he has been trading e-mail: Paulo Coelho, “an icon of the global literary scene”! (The literary scene? I don’t think so, though Coelho certainly is a publishing phenomenon.)

Rothkopf’s credible, if not especially original argument in “Superclass” is that over the past several decades a “global elite” has emerged whose connections to each other have become more significant than their ties to their home nations and governments. They schmooze regularly at conferences like Davos, go to the same schools, serve together on corporate and nonprofit boards, and above all do business with each other constantly — to the point that they have become a kind of culture in themselves, a “class without a country,” as Rothkopf puts it. Furthermore, these people are “the new leadership class for our era.”

A former undersecretary of commerce in the Clinton administration and an officer in an assortment of “advisory” firms (including Kissinger Associates, run by former Secretary of State Henry Kissinger, and the consulting company Rothkopf himself founded, Garten Rothkopf), Rothkopf is an insider of sorts, well enough connected to sit in on meetings of power brokers without quite being one himself. He also writes Op-Eds on international affairs for major newspapers and is a visiting scholar at the Carnegie Endowment for International Peace, positions that require the display of some critical distance. “Superclass” isn’t as condemnatory as Naomi Klein’s anti-globalization manifesto “No Logo,” let alone the conspiracy theorizing of “The Iron Triangle,” Dan Briody’s exposé of the Carlyle Group, but it doesn’t merely fawn over its subjects, either.

Rothkopf announces that he and his researchers have identified “just over 6,000” people who match his definition of the superclass — that is, who have met complicated (and vaguely explained) metrics designed to determine “the ability to regularly influence the lives of millions of people in multiple countries worldwide.” These include heads of state and religious and military leaders — even the occasional pop star, like Bono — but the core membership is businessmen: hedge fund managers, technology entrepreneurs and private equity investors.

Money alone doesn’t cut the mustard. A fabulously wealthy widow living out the end of a quiet life isn’t in the superclass; you must not only possess power, but also freely exercise it. Stephen Schwarzman, CEO of the Blackstone Group, is the paradigm: In addition to running a huge private equity firm, he sits on the boards of a half-dozen cultural foundations and belongs to a laundry list of forums and councils, including the WEF. (He also granted Rothkopf a lunch interview at the Four Seasons Grill Room, as the author takes pains to inform his readers.)

The pope is a member of the superclass, as is Osama bin Laden, who can undoubtedly claim influence over current international affairs, even if he sometimes lives in a cave. The Russian illegal arms dealer Viktor “Merchant of Death” Bout is a member, as are Rupert Murdoch and Bill Clinton, who, while no longer commander in chief of the world’s remaining superpower, nevertheless heads the Clinton Global Intiative, a brand new dynamo in the area of international philanthropy.

Rothkopf’s outlook on these players is roughly Clintonian. He believes in capitalism as an engine for prosperity, but he’s leery of the free-market gospel that dictates that “market reforms” ought to be imposed on faltering economies whatever the social and political costs. “It is true,” he writes, “that governments have been unable to do much of what they should do to improve the welfare of their people, and in a vast number of cases markets have done much more.” But the “free-market” moniker is misleading, since such a thing doesn’t really exist. All markets are tweaked by governments to some extent, and what the preachers of the free-market religion never acknowledge is that their own favorite case studies are surreptitiously finagled to benefit the already rich.

Taking a dinner party at the home of Chile’s finance minister, Andres Velasco, as an example, Rothkopf describes his uneasy response to the oligarchs around him. He realizes that they embrace the market-oriented philosophy of the “Chicago Boys,” Milton Friedman’s University of Chicago disciples, but only so long as the attendant suffering is limited to Chile’s lower classes. They quietly resist reforms that might nibble away at their iron control of the nation’s industries. “While many of the most powerful people in the country embrace ‘progress,'” Rothkopf observes of Chile, “they use their energy and political capital primarily on behalf of the changes that benefit them most directly. Elites in Chile have implicitly or explicitly resisted the changes that might create more competition, more entrepreneurship, more access to capital for the poor and middle classes.” As a result, though Chile is touted as Latin America’s great economic success story, profound inequities in its society have gone comparatively unchanged.

“Superclass” makes a case that today’s elites are an improvement on those of the past: Instead of inherited aristocracy or sheer military might, power is more likely to go to the smart, ambitious and hardworking. Membership is fluid to an unprecedented extent, with new people muscling their way into the inner circle and slackers dropping out of the bottom all the time. Still, as Rothkopf points out, the ranks of this elite are overwhelmingly older males of European descent who graduated from prestigious Western colleges. Critics have been complaining for years that Davos is too Eurocentric, one reason why the Boao Forum for Asia was started for Eastern financial honchos in 1998.

Above all, like anybody else — in fact, more than anybody else, given the obsessive, often narcissistic energy required of moguls, politicians and would-be messiahs — these people are self-interested. However gifted, they should not be allowed to operate in a vacuum. The difficulty is that most of them exercise their power transnationally, while laws and regulations are confined within the borders of nation-states (which Rothkopf, in classic Davos-man style, regards as doomed). “We must resist the temptation to reflexively attack elites,” he writes, since human societies need leaders and this is an able bunch, but elites ought to be more accountable to the millions of people whose lives they affect. Otherwise, as history (and the current upsurge in religious extremism) shows, they may provoke a violent and chaotic backlash.

Nevertheless, the likelihood of a world government forming to handle the situation is remote — not while nation-states have any life left in them to defend their sovereignty. International institutions — the U.N., especially, but also the IMF and the World Bank — are weak, or weakening, and are hemorrhaging credibility. The answer, according to Rothkopf, is not global government, but “governance,” fewer formal agreements and mechanisms among international entities. The registration and management of Internet domain names (via a collection of organizations) is one example of this sort of governance, orderly and helpful in a way you wouldn’t automatically associate with Rothkopf’s ominous-sounding definition of the term: “Fulfilling government roles with mechanisms” that “lack the full traditional power, authority or mandates of governments.”

Yikes! Rational as it may sound to set up such systems, they just aren’t directly answerable to the populace at large — they’re undemocratic. Of course, as several of the superclass muckety-mucks Rothkopf talks to complain, most of the officials who are democratically selected by the masses don’t really understand — and perhaps aren’t even capable of understanding — the complex global issues that need to be negotiated. American congressmen, senators and even presidents know how to get elected by capitalizing on delusional fears of gay marriage and illegal aliens, but their constituents don’t demand that they master high-level economic or scientific concepts. Chances are, the voters haven’t even heard of those concepts, let alone formulated opinions on them. How can even the superclass be accountable to a public that can’t (or won’t) comprehend what they do?

Still, Rothkopf insists that elites ought to look out for the disadvantaged. “If the global decisions that take place out there only serve the powerful,” he writes, “and many of the people making the decision are not elected or chosen by the people, the average person is going to recognize they have less influence. So it won’t just be unfair, it will produce a backlash.” One such “backlash” is the administration of Venezuela’s Hugo Chavez, a leader characterized by Rothkopf as part of “the global network of antiglobalists.” Chavez has made political theater out of taunting and thwarting the global elite. No wonder one of the book’s chapter sections is titled “Is a Crisis Inevitable?”

Rothkopf’s idea is that the superclass ought to be smart enough to foresee any such crisis and head it off by doing more to make the currently disenfranchised feel like “stakeholders” in the new global order. The superclass should recognize that “order and legitimacy are the allies of both business and those who seek social stability.” Furthermore, I suppose, they should put pressure on fellow members who step out of line with this program. The upside to the “closely knit” connections between the globe’s top players is that, like any community, they can use exclusion and ostracism to punish those who misbehave.

This is a tall order indeed. Of course, the power elite are not entirely indifferent to the world’s problems. The Davos conference often spotlights issues like poverty in Africa and global warming, and high-profile charities such as the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation and the Clinton Global Initiative suggest that at least some of the superclass feel obliged to step in where national governments have failed to do anything substantive. Deciding on how best to gentle the masses, how to settle on standards of global economic conduct and how to enforce those standards won’t be easy, though. Fortunately for the superclass and anyone seeking to work with them, there are consulting companies like Garten Rothkopf (“an international advisory firm specializing in emerging markets investing and risk management related services”) to turn to!

In the concluding pages of “Superclass” it becomes increasingly difficult to dispel the impression that you have just read what amounts to a 380-page business card. Many recent nonfiction books on “current affairs” are little more than that. Organized around a catchy concept and extensively researched by underlings, they win their authors jobs in think tanks and speaking engagements at corporate workshops and conferences — all of which pay much, much more than anyone can expect to make on a book. There are a handful of important ideas in “Superclass,” it’s true, but many of them have been gleaned from other, more original thinkers. There are also a lot of facts and statistics, presumably gathered by Rothkopf’s assistants.

The other thing that you’ll find in “Superclass” is names, lots and lots of names. At times, Rothkopf’s breathless citing of notables, accompanied by the banal details of their C.V.s and hobbies, made me waspish enough to mutter an old saying of indeterminate origins: Great minds talk about ideas, average minds talk about things and small minds talk about people. Yet, to be fair, people are among the things that Rothkopf has to offer his clients, specifically his knowledge of and acquaintances among the very superclass he celebrates and scolds. One thing “Superclass” assiduously demonstrates is that whatever the mistakes of the global elite, Rothkopf has been around to witness a few of them firsthand.

This explains why “Superclass” lacks the one thing that would probably guarantee it a spot on the bestseller list: the actual names of the 6,000 members of the superclass, as defined by Rothkopf’s criteria. The list exists, Rothkopf assures his readers, but publishing it would be “an exercise in futility.” CEOs lose jobs and retire, tycoons suffer financial setbacks and even get thrown in jail. Therefore, “the day after it was published,” the list “would be obsolete.”

Besides, Rothkopf sniffs, “publishing such a list immediately generates debate about who’s in and who’s out, and obscures the bigger issues involved.” This shows a surprising degree of high-mindedness in a book that is significantly occupied with mini-profiles of the rich and powerful, whom they know, how they operate and where they eat lunch. If printing the list coarsens the conversation, then why compile it to begin with? If, as Rothkopf intimates, the list was a necessary part of the book’s research yet publishing it would nevertheless be a detriment to the project, then why mention it at all? Why let drop the tantalizingly specific number of 6,000 names?

Despite his demurrals, I’m sure there are at least a few conversations that Rothkopf would not regard as fatally cheapened by the sharing of his list of the rich and powerful. To the contrary, those conversations would no doubt be very expensive indeed, taking place between Garten Rothkopf and the clients who pay for its consulting services (which surely cost more than the $26 cover price of “Superclass”). In the end, this might be the most important message contained between the covers of “Superclass”: David Rothkopf’s got the list, and you know where to find him.

Salon

Big Brother Keeping Tabs On Students

0

New technology is helping Guilford County school leaders keep an eye on your kids.

Greensboro, NC — The district installed the first surveillance cameras more than a decade ago, but an upgrade now gives leaders a look from three angles.

“There’s really no way to hide from them,” Jeff Harris, transportation director for Guilford County Schools said about the new school bus cameras.

No matter where you sit on one of 82 Guilford County school buses, anything you do will be caught on camera.

“We can leave the camera hard drive on the bus and let it just continuously record the student behavior or any kind of actions on the bus,” said Harris.

The cameras record any action or conversation. “Each camera at each mounted location has a microphone,” he said.

Each bus equipped with a surveillance system has three different cameras, picking up three different angles of activity on the school bus.

That means it’s virtually impossible to do anything and not get filmed.

Harris hopes the cameras cut down on problems, stemming from students or drivers. “If there’s a problem where a student accuses a driver of something, one of the cameras catches the driver area,” he said.

Video surveillance caught this 2005 struggle between a student and a bus driver in Charlotte County, Florida.

A year later, two sisters attacked a fellow student in New Mexico.

Whether it’s a fight like those, or something like vandalism, any inappropriate behavior will be harder to hide.

“If they’re covering up this camera at this angle, then that camera in the front is capturing who is messing with this camera,” said Harris, pointing to the two cameras focused on bus seats.

The district installed cameras in 82 out of 634 buses. The plan is to add a few more each year, depending on how much it costs to get buses around their routes.

“We’ll have to see what fuel costs are looking like for the future, and then that will determine what we can use money for,” Harris said.

Guilford County Schools picked up the $148,000 tab using taxpayer dollars. Middle school principals helped decide which buses to outfit with cameras

They each identified four or five buses at their schools with the most discipline problems.

The new cameras can record up to 15 days of activity, compared to the old cameras, which could capture only 45 to 60 minutes at a time.

Guilford County Schools isn’t the only system using video surveillance on school buses.

Winston-Salem/Forsyth County Schools have a limited number in use. Rockingham County Schools purchased cameras for roughly half of their buses at the beginning of the 2007/2008 school year.

Source: WFMY News 2

Copyright: 2008 digtriad.com

Postal voting cheats are threat to May elections

0

Fears of widespread fraud in the local elections in May were raised yesterday after a judge said that the rules for postal ballots were fatally flawed.

Just weeks before more than two million people are expected to vote by post in local council and mayoral elections, Richard Mawrey, QC, said that postal voting on demand was “lethal to the democratic process”.

He said that the current system made “wholesale electoral fraud both easy and profitable” and accused politicians of failing to act after past scandals. He urged sweeping reforms to electoral law dealing with corruption.

His comments came as he found a Conservative councillor guilty of vote rigging by using postal ballots in the names of hundreds of “ghost voters” fraudulently added to the electoral register. Eshaq Khan was stripped of his council seat in Slough, Berkshire, and banned from holding office for five years after being found guilty of corrupt practices.

The case highlighted how new checks designed to stamp out the misuse of postal ballots were by-passed by Khan’s team within a year of their introduction, enabling him to gain a marginal seat from Labour last year.

Mr Mawrey, in his judgment on the Slough case, concluded: “There is no reason to suppose that this is an isolated incident. Roll-stuffing [packing the electoral roll with fictitious voters] is childishly simple to commit and very difficult to detect. To ignore the probability that it is widespread, particularly in local elections, is a policy that even an ostrich would despise.”

The case is an embarrassment to David Cameron as the most serious case of vote rigging involving a Conservative candidate. But Mr Mawrey criticised all Britain’s main political parties for failing to introduce adequate checks after widespread electoral abuse involving postal ballots was discovered during local elections at Birmingham in 2004.

Election chiefs last night stepped up their demands for tougher laws to clamp down on voting fraud after the Slough judgment.

The Electoral Commission urged the Government to heed its calls to introduce individual registration for all voters similar to the scheme in Northern Ireland for the past few years.

“We have been saying since 2003 that the current system of voter registration in Great Britain is not sufficiently secure and that a system of individual voter registration is needed to provide a secure foundation for both registration and postal voting,” a spokesman for the commission said yesterday.

The chief safeguard included in the Electoral Registration Act 2006 was to require people voting by post to sign a form and write their date of birth when returning their ballot paper, to be checked against the signature on their original request.

But the judge attacked the move as inadequate, saying council staff were untrained to match signatures and computers were unreliable, meaning bogus ballots still slipped through and some genuine votes were rejected.

Under individual registration all members of a household eligible to vote have to provide two sets of identification such as a signature and date of birth at the time they sign on to the electoral register. These have to match identifiers for both postal votes and those put in ballot boxes.

The Electoral Commission has sent 55,000 guides to “bobbies on the beat” giving the police advice on how to detect and prevent fraud. A fuller guide is being distributed to police chiefs and election officers next week.

Secret ballot

1872 Right to vote by secret ballot is introduced
2000 Postal voting on demand introduced with pilots in 32 areas
2003 More pilots to test alternative voting methods
2004 All-postal ballots in four regions for European elections, despite opposition from the Election Commission. The Times exposes widespread fraud
August 2004 Commission says all postal voting should not go ahead
April 2005 Richard Mawrey, QC, said electoral fraud in Birmingham would “disgrace a banana republic”
October 2005 Electoral Adminstration Bill with new safeguards introduced
May 2007 First elections using personal identifiers for postal votes

The Iraq War as a War Crime

0

The Iraq War — now ending its fifth bloody year — represents not only a human tragedy of enormous consequence and possibly the greatest strategic blunder in U.S. history but also a systemic failure of American political and journalistic institutions.

Instead of checking George W. Bush’s imperial impulse for the good of the Republic, the Congress — including Sen. Hillary Clinton and other prominent Democrats — and the national press corps tended to their careers and their political viability.

In recognition of this tragedy — and in honor of the thousands of American dead and the hundreds of thousands of Iraqi dead — we are publishing the first of two excerpts from Neck Deep: The Disastrous Presidency of George W. Bush:

Iraq’s “Day of Liberation” — as George W. Bush called it — was supposed to begin with a bombardment consisting of 3,000 U.S. missiles delivered over 48 hours, 10 times the number of bombs dropped during the first two days of the Persian Gulf War in 1991.

Officials, who were briefed on the plans, said the goal was to so stun the Iraqis that they would simply submit to the overwhelming force demonstrated by the U.S. military. Administration officials dubbed the strategy “shock and awe.”

In his 2003 State of the Union speech, Bush had addressed the “brave and oppressed people of Iraq” with the reassuring message that “your enemy is not surrounding your country — your enemy is ruling your country.”

Bush promised that the day that Saddam Hussein and his regime “are removed from power will be the day of your liberation.”

But never before in history had a dominant world power planned to strike a much weaker nation in a preemptive war with such ferocity. It would be liberation through devastation.

Many projections expected the deaths of thousands of Iraqi non-combatants, no matter how targeted or precise the U.S. weapons. For those civilians, their end would come in the dark terror of crushing concrete or in the blinding flash of high explosives.

In the prelude to the invasion, the United Nations predicted possibly more than 500,000 civilians injured or killed during the war and its aftermath and nearly one million displaced from their homes.

The International Study Team, a Canadian non-governmental organization, raised similar alarms. The invasion of Iraq would cause a “grave humanitarian disaster,” with potential casualties among children in “the tens of thousands, and possibly in the hundreds of thousands,” the group said.

Assuming U.S. forces succeeded in eliminating Saddam Hussein and his army with relative speed, the post-war period still promised to be complicated and dangerous. The Bush administration outlined plans to occupy Iraq for at least 18 months, installing a military governor in the style of Gen. Douglas MacArthur in Japan after World War II.

But it was not clear how the United States would police a population that was certain to include anti-American militants ready to employ suicide bombings and other irregular tactics against an occupying force.

Bin Laden’s Message

There was the risk, too, that the U.S. invasion would play into the hands of Osama bin Laden, who circulated a message portraying himself as the defender of the Arab people.

“Anyone who tries to destroy our villages and cities, then we are going to destroy their villages and cities,” the al-Qaeda leader said. “Anyone who steals our fortunes, then we must destroy their economy. Anyone who kills our civilians, then we are going to kill their civilians.”
 
Some U.S. military strategists saw Bush’s war plan as the worst sort of wishful thinking.

What if the Iraqi army — instead of making itself an easy target for the U.S. missiles — melted into urban centers and began coordinating with an armed civilian population to resist a foreign invasion of their homeland? What if the Iraqi people chose to fight the American invaders, rather than shower them with rose petals?

Already, Saddam Hussein had begun concentrating his troops in urban centers and passing out AK-47s to Iraqis, young and old, men and women.

But Bush’s biggest gamble was whether the “shock and awe” bombardment from the air and the stunning American firepower during the ground invasion would intimidate the Iraqis into surrendering.

The relatively light invading force of a couple hundred thousand troops would be enough to take Baghdad, most military analysts believed, but significant resistance during the invasion would be an early sign that the Army’s chief of staff, Gen. Eric Shinseki, was right when he told Congress that the occupation could require “several hundred thousand troops.”

After that alarming estimate, Shinseki was pushed into early retirement and drew a public rebuke from Deputy Defense Secretary Paul Wolfowitz, who called Shinseki “wildly off the mark.”

A similar dispute erupted over the expected cost of the war. White House economic adviser Lawrence Lindsay had estimated a figure as high as one or two percent of the gross national product or about $100 billion to $200 billion.

To head off American worries about this high cost, Bush’s budget director Mitch Daniels slapped down Lindsay’s estimate as “very, very high,” pegging it instead at between $50 billion and $60 billion. As for reconstruction costs, Wolfowitz and other administration officials suggested that Iraq’s oil revenues would pay for nearly all of that.

 Lindsay was soon headed for the door, fired in December 2002 along with Treasury Secretary Paul O’Neill, an even more outspoken Iraq War critic.

Lost Objectivity

There is the old cliché about war, that its first casualty is truth. But — as U.S. forces began the invasion of Iraq on March 20, 2003, still the evening of March 19 in Washington — an even more immediate casualty was the journalistic principle of objectivity.

Many U.S. news outlets dropped even the pretense of trying to stay neutral and just report the facts. TV anchors were soon opining about what strategies “we” should follow in prosecuting the Iraq War.

“One of the things that we don’t want to do is to destroy the infrastructure of Iraq because in a few days we’re going to own that country,” NBC’s Tom Brokaw explained as he sat among a panel of retired generals on the opening night of “Operation Iraqi Freedom.”

There was little sensitivity to the sensibilities of the region. U.S. networks used large floor maps of Iraq so American analysts could stride across the country to point out troop movements. They looked like giants towering over the Middle East.

When American troops faced resistance from Iraqi paramilitary fighters, Fox termed them “Saddam’s goons.” When Iraqi forces surrendered, they were paraded before U.S. cameras as “proof” that Iraqi resistance was crumbling.

Some of the scenes showed Iraqi POWs forced at gunpoint to kneel down with their hands behind their heads as they were patted down by U.S. soldiers. Network executives apparently felt no sense of irony when they ran these images over the words, “Operation Iraqi Freedom,” the title for the coverage and the code name for the invasion.

Showing these degrading images of captured Iraqi soldiers generated not even the mildest concern. Neither the Bush administration nor a single U.S. reporter covering the war for the news networks observed that these scenes might violate the Geneva Conventions on treatment of prisoners of war.

But several days into the invasion, five American soldiers were captured in the southern city of Nasiriyah. When their images were broadcast on Iraqi TV, Bush administration officials immediately denounced the brief televised interviews as a violation of the Geneva Conventions, a charge that was repeated over and over by outraged U.S. television networks.

“It’s illegal to do things to POWs that are humiliating to those prisoners,” said Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld.

In their collective outrage over Iraq’s alleged violation of international law, the U.S. networks seemed to forget the earlier scenes of the Iraqi POWs. They also left out how President Bush had stripped POWs captured in Afghanistan of their rights under the Geneva Conventions.

Prisoners at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, were shaved bald and forced to kneel down with their eyes, ears and mouths covered to deprive them of their senses. Their humiliation was broadcast widely for the world to see.

There also had been leaks to the news media that terrorist suspects were being subjected to “stress and duress” tactics, which in some cases could be considered forms of torture. U.S. officials admitted to the use of sleep deprivation in their interrogations of prisoners.

But senior U.S. officials defended these tactics, with one official telling The Washington Post, “If you don’t violate someone’s human rights some of the time, you probably aren’t doing your job.”

Virtually confirming the new U.S. policy of using forms of torture, Cofer Black, former head of the CIA Counterterrorist Center, told a joint hearing of the House and Senate intelligence committees that there was a new “operational flexibility” in dealing with suspected terrorists.

“There was a before 9/11, and there was an after 9/11,” Black said. “After 9/11 the gloves come off.”

This background left many in the world shaking their heads over the U.S. outrage when Iraqi TV broadcast the videotapes of American POWs. The Bush administration — and the major American media — seemed to prefer their international law a la carte, picking and choosing when the rules should apply and when they shouldn’t.

Patriotism Sweepstakes

As the invasion — or “liberation” — proceeded, Fox News and MSNBC competed in the sweepstakes to be the network that demonstrated the greatest pro-war patriotism.

Both Fox and MSNBC broadcast Madison Avenue-style montages of heroic American soldiers at war, amid thankful Iraqis and stirring background music. Fox News used a harmonica soundtrack of the “Battle Hymn of the Republic.”

MSNBC brought even higher production values to its images of U.S. troops moving through Iraq. One segment ended with an American boy surrounded by yellow ribbons for his father at war, and the concluding slogan, “Home of the Brave.”

Another MSNBC montage showed happy Iraqis welcoming U.S. troops as liberators over the slogan, “Let Freedom Ring.”

Left out of these “news” montages — and much of the American news coverage — were images of death and destruction.

Rather than troubling Americans with gruesome pictures of mangled and dismembered Iraqi bodies, including many children, the cable networks, in particular, edited the war in ways that helped avoid negativity, boost ratings and give advertisers the feel-good content that plays best around their products.

Fox News may have pioneered the concept of casting the war in the gauzy light of heroic imagery, but the other U.S. networks weren’t far behind.

Not to be completely out-foxed, CNN offered startlingly different war coverage to Americans on domestic CNN than what other viewers saw on CNN International.

While domestic CNN focused on happy stories of American courage and appreciative Iraqis, CNNI carried more scenes of wounded civilians overflowing Iraqi hospitals.

“During the Gulf War in 1991, [CNN] presented a uniform global feed that showed the war largely through American eyes,” the Wall Street Journal reported. “Since then, CNN has developed several overseas networks that increasingly cater their programming to regional audiences and advertisers.”
 
Left unsaid by the Journal’s formulation of how CNN’s overseas affiliates “cater” to foreign audiences was the flip side of that coin, that domestic CNN was freer to shape a version of the news that was more satisfying to Americans.

Still, CNN — and MSNBC — lagged behind Fox in pulling in the viewers with super-patriotic war coverage, albeit not for lack of trying.

The U.S. networks fell over themselves to tell the glorious story of Pfc. Jessica Lynch, who was captured during the invasion’s early days. Her rescue was filmed by the U.S. military in the fuzzy green of night-vision equipment and played over and over again.

Only later was it revealed that the Lynch story had been embroidered for propaganda effect. The Iraqi doctors who had cared for Lynch said the rescue was staged, a kind of made-for-TV movie before it was destined to become a made-for-TV movie.

“They made a big show,” said Haitham Gizzy, a doctor who treated Lynch. “It was just a drama” filmed after Iraqi fighters had fled the scene and with only doctors manning the hospital.

Impending Disaster

While Americans were fed a steady diet of cheerleading journalism, the stronger-than-expected resistance from Iraqi forces on the ground in the war’s early days raised warning signs about trouble ahead.

Robert Parry tracked down some of his longtime military and intelligence sources who painted for him a much grimmer picture than was appearing in the major U.S. news media.

With the war less than two weeks old, he described their portents of disaster in a Consortiumnews.com article entitled “Bay of Pigs Meets Black Hawk Down.” It read:

“Whatever happens in the weeks ahead, George W. Bush has ‘lost’ the war in Iraq. The only question now is how big a price America will pay, both in terms of battlefield casualties and political hatred swelling around the world.

“That is the view slowly dawning on U.S. military analysts, who privately are asking whether the cost of ousting Saddam Hussein has grown so large that ‘victory’ will constitute a strategic defeat of historic proportions.

“At best, even assuming Saddam’s ouster, the Bush administration may be looking at an indefinite period of governing something akin to a California-size Gaza Strip.

“The chilling realization is spreading in Washington that Bush’s Iraqi debacle may be the mother of all presidential miscalculations — an extraordinary blend of Bay of Pigs-style wishful thinking with a ‘Black Hawk Down’ reliance on special operations to wipe out enemy leaders as a short-cut to victory.

“But the magnitude of the Iraq disaster could be far worse than either the Bay of Pigs fiasco in Cuba in 1961 or the bloody miscalculations in Somalia in 1993. In both those cases, the U.S. government showed the tactical flexibility to extricate itself from military misjudgments without grave strategic damage.

“The CIA-backed Bay of Pigs invasion left a small army of Cuban exiles in the lurch when the rosy predictions of popular uprisings against Fidel Castro failed to materialize. To the nation’s advantage, however, President John Kennedy applied what he learned from the Bay of Pigs — that he shouldn’t blindly trust his military advisers — to navigate the far more dangerous Cuban missile crisis in 1962.

“The botched ‘Black Hawk Down’ raid in Mogadishu cost the lives of 18 U.S. soldiers, but President Bill Clinton then cut U.S. losses by recognizing the hopelessness of the leadership-decapitation strategy and withdrawing American troops from Somalia.

“Similarly, President Ronald Reagan pulled out U.S. forces from Lebanon in 1983 after a suicide bomber killed 241 Marines who were part of a force that had entered Beirut as peace-keepers but found itself drawn into the middle of a brutal civil war.”

Robert Parry continued: “Few analysts today, however, believe that George W. Bush and his senior advisers, including Vice President Dick Cheney and Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, have the common sense to swallow the short-term bitter medicine of a cease-fire or a U.S. withdrawal.

“Rather than face the political music for admitting to the gross error of ordering an invasion in defiance of the United Nations and then misjudging the enemy, these U.S. leaders are expected to push forward no matter how bloody or ghastly their future course might be.

“Without doubt, the Bush administration misjudged the biggest question of the war: ‘Would the Iraqis fight?’ Happy visions of rose petals and cheers have given way to a grim reality of ambushes and suicide bombs.

“But the Bush pattern of miscalculation continues unabated. Bush seems to have cut himself off from internal dissent at the CIA and the Pentagon, where intelligence analysts and field generals warned against the wishful thinking that is proving lethal on the Iraqi battlefields. …

“Instead of recognizing their initial errors and rethinking their war strategy, Bush and his team are pressing forward confidently into what looks like a dreamscape of their own propaganda. …

“While the Bush administration once talked about administering Iraq for a couple of years after victory, that timetable was based on the pre-war assumptions that the war would be a ‘cakewalk’ and that the Iraqi population would welcome U.S. troops with open arms.

“After that easy victory, a U.S. proconsul administration would weed out Saddam loyalists and build a ‘representative’ government, apparently meaning that the U.S. would pick leaders from among Iraq’s various ethnic groups and tribes.

“However, now, with civilian casualties rising and a U.S. ‘victory’ possibly requiring a blood bath, the timeline for the post-war ‘reconstruction’ may need lengthening. Instead of a couple of years, the process could prove open-ended with fewer Iraqis willing to collaborate and more Iraqis determined to resist.

“A long occupation would be another grim prospect for American soldiers. Given what’s happened in the past 11 days, U.S. occupation troops and Iraqi collaborators can expect an extended period of scattered fighting that might well involve assassinations and bombings.

“U.S. troops, inexperienced with Iraqi culture and ignorant of the Arabic language, will be put in the predicament of making split-second decisions about whether to shoot some 14-year-old boy with a backpack or some 70-year-old woman in a chador. …

“Once the ‘shock and awe’ bombing failed to crack the regime and Iraqis showed they were willing to fight in southern Iraqi cities — such as Umm Qasr, Basra and Nasiriyah — where Saddam’s support was considered weak, Bush’s initial war strategy was shown to be a grave mistake.

“The supposedly decisive ‘shock and awe’ bombing in the war’s opening days amounted to TV pyrotechnics that did little more than blow up empty government buildings, including Saddam’s tackily decorated palaces. The U.S. had so telegraphed the punch that the buildings had been evacuated. …

“Unwittingly, Bush may be applying all the wrong lessons from America’s worst military disasters of the past 40-plus years. He’s mixing risky military tactics with a heavy reliance on propaganda and a large dose of wishful thinking.

“Bush also has guessed wrong on the one crucial ingredient that would separate meaningful victory from the political defeat that is now looming. He completely miscalculated the reaction of the Iraqi people to an invasion.

“More and more, Bush appears to be heading toward that ultimate lesson of U.S. military futility. He’s committed himself — and the nation — to destroying Iraq in order to save it.”

Part Two: Stiffer-Than-Expected Resistance

Robert Parry, who broke many of the Iran-Contra stories in the 1980s for the Associated Press and Newsweek, wrote Neck Deep: The Disastrous Presidency of George W. Bush, with two of his sons, Sam and Nat. It can be ordered at neckdeepbook.com. Or go to Amazon.com.

Henry rules out Premier League return

0

‘We’re in the quarter-final of the Champions League and in a good place in the league. It’s certainly nothing to be crying about’

Thierry Henry
Manchester City will not be welcoming Henry to Eastlands any time soon. Photograph: Denis Doyle/Getty Images
 

The Barcelona striker Thierry Henry says he has no intention of returning to England despite admitting that his form has been affected by being apart from his daughter.Much has been made of Henry’s struggles since his transfer to the Nou Camp from Arsenal, and last week he suggested any dip in his performances stemmed from the fact he was “not happy” at his diminished contact with his two-year-old daughter since his divorce last year.

Henry’s words led to reports in the Spanish and British media that Manchester City were preparing a bid to bring him back to the Premier League. But speaking in Barcelona daily Sport today Henry simply said a return to England “is not a possibility”.

Instead Henry preferred to concentrate on his future in La Liga. “Before I was playing with an injury and it wasn’t easy,” he said. “I don’t know if it was the best thing to do but I wanted to play. Now I’m playing without pain, but there are always some problems.”

He added: “We’re in the quarter-final of the Champions League, a step away from the Copa del Rey final and in a good place in the league, although it could be better. It’s certainly nothing to be crying about.” 

Richard Aikman and agencies
guardian.co.uk

Homeland Security’s Five Years of Mistakes

0

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) just turned five years old. It seems like it was born just yesterday.

The department’s growing pains have made it a slow learner and a downright ugly child. Born in an atmosphere of tension and fear, and cobbled together from pieces of other government departments and agencies, the prospects for this Frankenstein offspring were always dim. Yet, as Congress frequently does in times of crisis, the legislative body, in the wake of 9/11, had to be seen as doing something–anything–to respond to the crisis, even if its actions were ineffective and even counterproductive.

And predictably, the Department of Homeland Security has been a disaster. In the wake of the federal government’s failure to prevent or stop 9/11–when the principal problem was the failure of large, slothful security agencies to coordinate against a small, agile terrorist group–the last thing the country needed was another ponderous department. Yet Congress glued together 22 disparate agencies, superimposed another layer of bureaucracy on top of them to manage the new department, astronomically increased the department’s budget to $38 billion per year and its personnel from 170,000 to 208,000 employees, and oversaw the department’s activities with 86 congressional committees and subcommittees. In creating more bureaucracy to coordinate, Congress never told the American people exactly how security against nimble, non-bureaucratic terrorist groups would be enhanced.

In fact, over its five years, the department has become the butt of jokes for its color-coded terror warning system, grossly incompetent response to Hurricane Katrina, pork-barrel spending, intrusive and largely ineffectual airline security, and expensive security projects gone awry.

Throughout its history, the color-coded warning system seems to just toggle between the mid-levels, orange and yellow, leading to suspicion that it is designed as merely for show, to demonstrate to the American public that their government is ever vigilant against terrorists. Setting the dial at red would cause everyone to stay locked down in their homes–afraid to go to the shopping mall to buoy the faltering economy. If the government were to move the indicator to blue or green and a terrorist attack occurred, fingers would be pointed at DHS for sleeping as the threat worsened. So the indicator stays between orange and yellow, even though the department has not made clear what the public should do at any of the levels.

Most politically damaging to DHS was its abysmal and incompetent response to Hurricane Katrina. Yet many members of Congress became “disgusted” with the department’s response in New Orleans at the same time they were sending DHS money elsewhere to their own states and congressional districts for useless pork-barrel projects. Much of DHS spending still spreads the pork to cities and states around the country to help the reelection chances of politicians, rather than sending money to cities that might actually have a remote chance of being hit by a terrorist attack (for example, New York and Washington).

Politics has also been involved in security for air travel. Even if the federal government had done nothing, air security would have improved dramatically after Sept. 11. Prior to 9/11, airline crewmembers and passengers had been encouraged to cooperate with any airplane hijackers. In many hijackings over the years, a familiar pattern had emerged, wherein the hijackers would at worst shoot a couple of passengers to show they meant business and order the plane to Cuba or some other remote location. The hijackers’ purpose was to draw attention to their cause, and if the crew and passengers played ball, most could expect to live.

That paradigm changed drastically on 9/11. On the fourth plane, apparently the passengers and crew realized that they were being forcibly recruited for a suicide mission that would end not only all of their lives, but potentially those of many more people in any building the plane would hit. Heroically, they evidently got nasty with the terrorists and foiled the hijacking attempt. Later, a similarly surly crew and passengers famously foiled an attempt by Richard Reid to set his explosive shoes on fire. With far more aggressive passengers and crew — having visions of dying in a mass suicidal bombing mission–pity (not really) the terrorists who try to take over or destroy a plane in a post-9/11 world.

If this monumental security improvement, which DHS had nothing to do with, was not enough, the department probably could have stopped once it had hardened cockpit doors. Federalizing airport security checkpoints, making passengers partially disrobe and requiring them to throw away liquid toiletries, provides only marginal security improvement but much passenger frustration. Despite such security “enhancements,” repeated investigative studies have shown that alarming amounts of contraband still get through the checkpoints undetected.

DHS overinvests in such checkpoint measures because many voters fly and thus are reminded that their government is taking very visible actions (however annoying) to make them safe. In contrast, less money is spent, for example, on the security of air cargo, ports, or chemical plants, because few voters visit air cargo terminals (or even the baggage compartment of their own plane), the dock where their new Toyota is being delivered, or the factories where the petrochemical ingredients of many consumer products are made. Once again, DHS’ priorities are based more on politics than on actual threats.

Finally, the DHS bureaucracy has wasted billions of taxpayer dollars by blowing the development and purchase of many new high-tech security systems. Even with the excessive emphasis on air security, the department has projected that it could require $22 billion and 16 more years to deploy advanced systems for screening airline baggage, and has been inept at fielding new “puffer devices,” which blow air on passengers to detect explosives, according to the Washington Post.

At the ports and borders, DHS is also struggling. Granted, the congressional demand that all inbound shipping containers be scanned is unrealistic, unnecessary, and ridiculous, but Congress was reacting to DHS’ having put port security on the back burner. In addition, DHS has proven incompetent in fielding equipment to detect nuclear devices. At the borders, despite prescient warnings by outside experts, the expensive “virtual” border fence of sensors was so poorly designed that DHS had to pay the contractor to start over, and the first phase of the project may not be completed until 2011. Finally, the project to track the entry and exit of foreign visitors using photos and fingerprints has been scrapped indefinitely (on the exit side) because of its excessive cost and technological difficulties.

Thus, at the age of five, DHS has all the bureaucratic sclerosis of an octogenarian and is on the road to juvenile delinquency.

Ivan Eland is Director of the Center on Peace & Liberty at The Independent Institute. Dr. Eland is a graduate of Iowa State University and received an M.B.A. in applied economics and Ph.D. in national security policy from George Washington University. He has been Director of Defense Policy Studies at the Cato Institute, and he spent 15 years working for Congress on national security issues, including stints as an investigator for the House Foreign Affairs Committee and Principal Defense Analyst at the Congressional Budget Office. He is author of the books, The Empire Has No Clothes: U.S. Foreign Policy Exposed, and Putting “Defense” Back into U.S. Defense Polic

MWC News

Reviving Vietnam War Tactics

0

The top counterinsurgency adviser to Gen. David Petraeus in Iraq advocates practicing a “global Phoenix Program,” alluding to the notorious Vietnam-era CIA operation that provoked a worldwide uproar because of the detention, torture and execution of thousands of Vietnamese.The mainstream media has never reported on the use of the “global Phoenix program” in Iraq, perhaps because the explosive terminology has largely disappeared from the writings and résumé of Lt. Col. David Kilcullen after he first being referred to it in a forty-eight-page strategy paper, “Countering Global Insurgency” published in the obscure Small Wars Journal in September-November 2004.

Kilcullen, an Australian PhD who served for twenty-one years in the Australian army, was the “chief adviser on counterinsurgency operations” to Petraeus in planning the 2007 US troop surge. He also served as chief strategist in the State Department’s counterterrorism office in 2005 and 2006, and has been employed in Iraq, Pakistan, Afghanistan, the Horn of Africa and Southeast Asia.

In the section titled “A Global Phoenix Program” in his 2004 article, Kilcullen describes the Vietnam Phoenix program as “unfairly maligned” and “highly effective.” Dismissing CIA sponsorship and torture allegations as “popular mythology,” Kilcullen calls Phoenix a misunderstood “civilian aid and development program” that was supported by “pacification” operations to disrupt the Vietcong, whose infrastructure ruled vast swaths of rural South Vietnam. A “global Phoenix program,” he wrote, would provide a starting point for dismantling the worldwide jihadist infrastructure today.

Phoenix was far from an “aid and development” program. To achieve deniability, the CIA trained and transferred operational authority to the South Vietnamese national police, who tortured suspects indiscriminately. CIA officer William Colby, founder of the program, told a Congressional committee in 1971 that the Phoenix operation had killed 20,587 Vietcong suspects in two years. An official Pentagon evaluation in 1968 found that “the truncheon and electric shock method of interrogation were in widespread use, with almost all [US] advisors admitting to have witnessed instances of the use of these methods…[and] ‘turned their backs on them.’ ” A Naval Institute historian later found that “the large majority of South Vietnamese interrogators tortured some or all of the communist prisoners in their care” as well as Vietnamese suspected of collaboration with the Vietcong.

According to recently disclosed documents, Colby went to laughable lengths in trying to cover up the real nature of Phoenix. Lloyd Shearer, editor of Parade, wrote Colby in 1972 “wondering if you would care to say flatly that the CIA has never used political assassination in Indo-China or elsewhere and has never induced, employed or suggested to others that such tactics or devices be employed,” adding that he would “tango with Dick Helms in Garfinkel’s largest show window” if proven wrong. The documents I received from the CIA last year include no less than nine drafts of Colby’s reply to Shearer, including handwritten revisions. One top CIA official wrote, “I suggest we let the whole thing drop” on an official routing slip. Another, Angus Thuermer, recommended against saying that Vietcong were killed while resisting police arrest, as follows: “‘resisting police arrest'” will get you, with the press, nothing but snide snicking cracks…. and as we’re really not going to win too much in a short letter anyway, why not skip the ‘occasional abuses’ bit.”

“Officers with PhDs Advising War Effort” was the Washington Post headline for a 2007 article on Kilkullen and others. The history of university-based counterinsurgency operatives stretches back to the Michigan State University Vietnam project in the 1950s, which involved covert CIA officers training and arming South Vietnamese police. Stanley Sheinbaum, for decades a respected progressive leader and fundraiser, coordinated the MSU project and later, in disgust, broke the story to Ramparts magazine (April 1966). Nearly fifty years later, Gen. Petraeus is still recruiting academic anthropologists and systems theorists. Among them are professors at Harvard’s Carr Center, which formally collaborated with him in writing the current Army and Marines’ war-fighting manuals. According to a 2005 New Yorker report, American psychologists and psychiatrists are enlisted in Behavioral Science Consultation Teams to design strategies to “exploit the physical and mental vulnerabilities of detainees.” Anthropologists are recruited to study tribal cultural patterns in what Kilcullen calls “armed social science.”

Carefully disguised programs that use American funding and training to employ local police in torture, death squads and mass detention had continued under US sponsorship in Vietnam, the Shah’s Iran and Central America before taking root in Iraq and Afghanistan. The torture revelations at Abu Ghraib prison came to public attention only through photographs posted on the web, and the official spin was that the abuses were the irresponsible behavior of an isolated few.

The evidence continues to mount that torture is being practiced in Iraq. One of Petraeus’s top associates, Col. Theodore Westhusing, committed suicide in June 2005, leaving a note saying, “I cannot support a mission that leads to corruption, human rights abuses and liars.” The Jones Commission reported to Congress last year that the Iraqi national police are “highly sectarian,” almost entirely Shi’a, and should be disbanded. The New York Times has reported that there are as many as ten secret prisons under the Interior Ministry in Baghdad. The Los Angeles Times has described the same ministry, funded and advised by Americans, as responsible for torture and ethnic cleansing. A BBC reporter in 2006 showed footage of tortured civilians and said “it’s all happening under the eyes of US commanders who seem unwilling or unable to intervene.” In a July 2007 report to Congress, even the Bush Administration acknowledged that “target lists,” emanating from the highest levels of the Iraqi regime, contain the names of Iraqis that are suspected of sympathizing with the insurgency. Baghdad has been turned into an urban counterinsurgency theme park with blast walls, barricades, concertina wire, checkpoints, interrogation centers, retina scans and fingerprinting, door-to-door searches–the whole panorama of police controls. The Pentagon refers to these areas as “gated communities.”

Kilkullen sees the problem in terms of a biological model of disease control. In a flattering 2007 New Yorker interview with George Packer, he compared the US military surge to extending the use of antibiotics after the disease is apparently suppressed: “you keep taking it as long as possible, even after the symptoms are gone, to kill the underlying infection.”

Now in his 80s, Sheinbaum shakes his head about such analogies. As he wrote in 1966 in Ramparts, “Where is the source of serious intellectual criticism that would help us avoid future Vietnams?… Our failure in Vietnam was not one of technical expertise, but of historical wisdom.”

Tom Hayden

China premier attacks Dalai Lama

2

Chinese Premier Wen Jiabao has accused the Dalai Lama of masterminding recent violence in Tibet’s main city, Lhasa. Speaking at the close of parliament, Mr Wen also said that the exiled Tibetan leader’s claim of “cultural genocide” in Tibet was nothing but lies.

China’s response to the violence had been restrained, the premier said.

China says 13 people were killed by rioters in Lhasa. Tibetan exiles say at least 80 protesters were killed in a crackdown by Chinese security forces.

The Dalai Lama, who in 1989 was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize for his consistent opposition to the use of violence in the quest for Tibetan self-rule, has repeatedly called for dialogue with China.

The protests began on 10 March – the anniversary of a Tibetan uprising against Chinese rule – and gradually escalated, culminating in a day of violence late last week.

The demonstrations have also spread to Tibetan communities in Gansu and Sichuan provinces.

‘Seeking independence’

Mr Wen’s comments – his first since the violence broke out – came in response to a question by a Western journalist at a press conference following the close of parliament.

He defended China’s handling of the violence, accusing protesters of robbery, arson and violence, and said Tibetan exiles had instigated the violence. “There is ample fact and plenty of evidence proving this incident was organised, premeditated, masterminded and incited by the Dalai clique,” he said.

“This has all the more revealed the consistent claims by the Dalai clique that they pursue not independence, but peaceful dialogue, are nothing but lies.”

In recent years, Tibetan exiles have accused the Chinese government of trying to eradicate Tibetan culture.

As Tibet has developed, Han Chinese have poured in and now dominate the economy, while the authorities continue to control aspects of Tibetan Buddhism. Tibetans are now a minority in Lhasa.

Olympic ‘sabotage’

But Mr Wen insisted China was helping to improve the livelihoods of Tibetans.

“These claims that the Chinese government is involved in so-called cultural genocide are nothing but lies,” he said.

The Chinese premier accused the protesters of trying to sabotage the Beijing Olympic Games, which begin on 8 August.

On Monday, European Union ministers ruled out a boycott over Tibet, saying it would only punish athletes.

UN Secretary General Ban Ki-moon has called on both Chinese forces and demonstrators to show restraint.

In Tibet, large numbers of police are patrolling the streets of the regional capital, Lhasa, and at midnight on Monday (1600 GMT) a Chinese deadline for protesters to surrender passed.

But the BBC’s Quentin Sommerville in Beijing says that people outside of China have been placing far more emphasis on the deadline than is the case inside the country.

In effect there has not been a deadline, our correspondent says, but instead a rolling crackdown with Chinese security forces moving through the city, going door to door, to root out and detain the instigators of the unrest.

China says Tibet has always been part of its territory but Tibet enjoyed long periods of autonomy before the 20th Century and many Tibetans remain loyal to the Dalai Lama, who fled in 1959.

VIDEO: Clinton vs Obama on Blackwater

1

Winter Soldier: Jeremy Scahill discusses why no presidential candidate plans on fully leaving Iraq

Jeremy Scahill is the author of the bestselling Blackwater: The Rise of the World’s Most Powerful Mercenary Army. He is an award-winning investigative journalist and correspondent for the national radio and TV program Democracy Now!.

The Real News Network

McCain the Warmonger?

7

If you’ve followed Senator John McCain at all, you’ve heard about his tendency to, well, explode. He’s erupted at numerous Senate colleagues, including many Republicans, at the slightest provocation. “The thought of his being President sends a cold chill down my spine. He is erratic. He is hotheaded. He loses his temper, and he worries me,” wrote Republican Senator Thad Cochran, shortly before endorsing McCain.

You’ve heard about his penchant for bellicose rhetoric, whether appropriating a Beach Boys song in threatening to bomb Iran or telling Russian President Vladimir Putin that he doesn’t care what he thinks about American plans to install missiles in Eastern Europe.

And you’ve heard, no doubt, about McCain’s stubbornness. “No dissent, no opinion to the contrary, however reasonable, will be entertained,” says Larry Wilkerson, a retired army colonel who was former Secretary of State Colin Powell’s top aide. “Hardheaded is another way to say it. Arrogant is another way to say it. Hubristic is another way to say it. Too proud for his own good is another way to say it. It’s a quality about him that disturbs me.”

But what you may not have heard is an extended critique of the kind of Commander in Chief that Captain McCain might be. To combat what he likes to call “the transcendent challenge [of] radical Islamic extremism,” McCain is drawing up plans for a new set of global institutions, from a potent covert operations unit to a “League of Democracies” that can bypass the balky United Nations, from an expanded NATO that will bump up against Russian interests in Central Asia and the Caucasus to a revived US unilateralism that will engage in “rogue state rollback” against his version of the “axis of evil.” In all, it’s a new apparatus designed to carry the “war on terror” deep into the twenty-first century.

“We created a number of institutions in the wake of World War II to deal with the situation,” says Randy Scheunemann, McCain’s top adviser on foreign policy. “And what Senator McCain wants to begin a dialogue about is, Do we need new structures and new institutions, both internally, in the US government, and externally, to recognize that the situation we face now is very, very different than the one we faced during the cold war?” Joining Scheunemann, a veteran neoconservative strategist and one of the chief architects of the Iraq War, are a panoply of like-minded neocons who’ve gathered to advise McCain, including Bill Kristol, James Woolsey, Robert Kagan, Max Boot, Gary Schmitt and Maj. Ralph Peters. “There are some who’ve moved into his camp who scare me,” Wilkerson says. “Scare me.”

If McCain intends to be a shoot first, ask questions later President, consider a couple of the new institutions he’s outlined, which seem designed to facilitate an unencumbered, interventionist foreign policy.

First is an unnamed “new agency patterned after the…Office of Strategic Services,” the rambunctious, often out-of-control World War II-era covert-ops team. “A modern day OSS could draw together specialists in unconventional warfare; covert action operators; and experts in anthropology, advertising, and other relevant disciplines,” wrote McCain in Foreign Affairs. “Like the original OSS, this would be a small, nimble, can-do organization” that would “fight terrorist subversion [and] take risks.” It’s clear that McCain wants to set up an agency to conduct paramilitary operations, covert action and psy-ops.

This idea is McCain’s response to a longstanding critique of the CIA by neoconservatives such as Richard Perle, who have accused the agency of being “risk averse.” Since 2001 the CIA has engaged in a bitter battle with the White House and the Pentagon on issues that include the Iraq War and Iran’s nuclear weapons program. The agency lost a major skirmish with the creation of the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, which put the White House more directly in charge of the intelligence community. And now McCain wants to put the final nail in the CIA’s coffin by creating a gung-ho operations force. Scheunemann, who credits Max Boot of the Council on Foreign Relations with the idea, says the new agency is urgently needed to “meet the threats of the twenty-first century in a time of war, much as the OSS was created in a time of war.” And he disparages the CIA as a bunch of has-beens. The new agency would eclipse “an organization created to meet the needs of the cold war and hang out in embassies and try to recruit a major or two or deal with walk-in defectors,” Scheunemann told The Nation.

But John McLaughlin, a former deputy director of the CIA who retired in 2004, is more than skeptical, and he worries that McCain doesn’t understand the need for Congressional controls over spy agencies. “You need to have Congressional oversight and transparency,” he says. “I would not recommend a new agency that is set up parallel to the CIA…. All of those things can be done within the boundaries of the CIA.” Told about McLaughlin’s comments, Scheunemann says, “Anyone who thinks that the agency today is a nimble, can-do organization has a different view than Senator McCain does.”

The UN, too, would be shunted aside to make room for McCain’s new League of Democracies. Though the concept is couched in soothing rhetoric, the “league” would provide an alternate way of legitimizing foreign interventions by the United States when the UN Security Council won’t authorize force. Five years ago, on the eve of the Iraq War, McCain said bluntly before the European Parliament that if Security Council members resisted the use of force, or if China opposed US action against North Korea, “the United States will do whatever it must to guarantee the security of the American people.” Among the targets McCain cites for his plan to short-circuit the UN are Darfur, Burma, Zimbabwe, Serbia, Ukraine and, of course, Iran–and he has already referred to “wackos” in Venezuela. According to Scheunemann, it’s an idea that bubbled up from some of McCain’s advisers, including Peters and Kagan, but it alarms analysts from the realist-Republican school of foreign policy. “They’re talking about a body that essentially would circumvent the UN and would take authority to act in the name of the international community, sometimes using force,” says a veteran GOP strategist who knows McCain well and who insisted on anonymity. “Well, it’s very easy to predict that the Russians and Chinese would view this as a threat.”

McCain seems almost gleeful about provoking Russia. At first blush, you’d think he’d be more nuanced, since many of the foreign policy gurus he says he talks to emanate from the old-school Nixon-Kissinger circle of détente-niks, including Henry Kissinger himself, Lawrence Eagleburger and Brent Scowcroft. Their collective attitude is that as long as Moscow doesn’t threaten US interests, we can do business with it. But there is little evidence of their views in McCain’s policy toward Putin’s Russia. “I think it’s fair to assume that he’s most influenced by his neoconservative advisers,” says the GOP strategist.

“We need a new Western approach to…revanchist Russia,” wrote McCain in Foreign Affairs. He says he will expel Russia from the Group of Eight leading industrial states, a flagrant and dangerous insult, one likely to draw stiff opposition from other members of the G-8. He refuses to ease Russian concerns about the deployment of a missile defense system in Eastern Europe, saying, “The first thing I would do is make sure we have a missile defense system in place in Czechoslovakia [sic] and Poland, and I don’t care what [Putin’s] objections are to it.” And he’s all for rapid expansion of NATO, to include even the former Soviet republic of Georgia–and not just Georgia but also the rebellious Georgian provinces of Abkhazia and South Ossetia. Since Kosovo’s declaration of independence on February 17, which was opposed by Russia, Moscow has said it intends to support independence of the two Georgian regions, making McCain’s goal of expanding NATO provocative, to say the least. “McCain says [NATO] ought to include Abkhazia and South Ossetia, which are not under the control of the current Georgian government,” says a conservative critic of the Arizona senator. “Which, if not a prescription for war with Russia, is at least a prescription for conflict with Russia.”

Earlier in his Congressional career, McCain was reluctant to engage in overseas adventures unless American interests were directly threatened. He opposed US involvement in Lebanon in the early 1980s, and in Haiti and the Balkan conflicts in the early 1990s. But as the post-cold war environment seemed increasingly to promise unchallenged American hegemony, McCain took up the neocons’ call for interventionism. His views crystallized in a 1999 speech, when he called for the United States to use tough sanctions and other pressure to roll back “rogue states” like Iraq and North Korea, adding, “We must be prepared to back up these measures with American military force if the existence of such rogue states threatens America’s interests and values.” In referring to “values,” McCain indicates his support for the notion that a selective crusade allegedly on behalf of freedom and democracy can provide a rationale for an aggressive new foreign policy outlook.

“He’s the true neocon,” says the Brookings Institution’s Ivo Daalder, a liberal interventionist who conceived the idea of a League of Democracies with Robert Kagan. “He does believe, in a way that George W. Bush never really did, in the use of power, military power above all, to change the world in America’s image. If you thought George Bush was bad when it comes to the use of military force, wait till you see John McCain…. He believes this. His advisers believe this. He’s surrounded himself with people who believe it. And I’ll take him at his word.”

Not surprisingly, the center of McCain’s foreign policy is the Middle East. “He’s bought into the completely fallacious notion that we’re in a global struggle of us-versus-them. He calls it the ‘transcendental threat…of extreme Islam,” says Daalder. “But it’s a silly argument to think that this is either an ideological or a material struggle on a par with [the ones against] Nazi Germany or Soviet Communism.” For McCain, the Iraq War, the conflict with Iran, the Arab-Israeli dispute, the war in Afghanistan, the Pakistani crisis and the lack of democracy in Egypt, Saudi Arabia and Jordan are all rolled up into one “transcendent” ball of wax.

More than any other politician, McCain is identified with the Iraq War. From the mid-1990s on, he and his advisers were staunch supporters of “regime change.” Scheunemann helped write the Iraq Liberation Act in 1998, which funded Ahmad Chalabi’s Iraqi National Congress; joined Bill Kristol’s Project for the New American Century; and helped create the neoconservative Committee for the Liberation of Iraq in 2002, with White House support. Together with Joe Lieberman, Sam Brownback and a handful of other senators, McCain emerged as a major cheerleader for the war. Like his fellow neocons, McCain touted what proved to be faked intelligence on the threat posed by Iraq. Echoing Vice President Cheney, McCain said on the eve of the war, “There’s no doubt in my mind, once [Saddam] is gone, that we will be welcomed as liberators.” He pooh-poohed critics who argued that Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld’s war plan was too reliant on technology and too light on troops, saying, “I don’t think you’re going to have to see the scale of numbers of troops that we saw…back in 1991.” When Gen. Eric Shinseki warned, a month before the war started, that occupying Iraq would require far more troops, McCain was mute.

Today McCain portrays himself as a critic of how the war was fought, but his criticism did not emerge until long after it was clear that the United States faced a grueling insurgency. From the fall of 2003 onward, against a growing chorus of critics who called for US forces to withdraw, McCain repeatedly called for more troops to secure “victory.” By late 2006, when the bipartisan Iraq Study Group called for pulling out all combat brigades within fifteen months, McCain, Lieberman and a hardy band of neocons, led by Frederick Kagan of the American Enterprise Institute and joined by Cheney, persuaded Bush to escalate the war instead. Asked if McCain directly lobbied Bush to reject the ISG’s recommendations, a McCain aide says, “There were many encounters with the President’s senior advisers and with the President on this issue.” Fred Kagan, the surge’s author and Robert Kagan’s brother, told McClatchy Newspapers, “It was a very lonely time. He went out there for us.”

In January McCain famously said US forces might end up staying in Iraq for a hundred years. It’s clear that for McCain the occupation is not just about winning the war but about turning Iraq into a regional base for extending US influence throughout the region. According to the original neocon conception of the war, as promoted by people like Perle and Michael Ledeen, Iraq was only a first step in redrawing the Middle East map. Gen. Wesley Clark said recently that on the eve of the war he was shown a Pentagon document that portrayed Iraq as the first in a series of operations to change regimes in Iran, Syria, Sudan, Libya, Somalia and Lebanon.

When The Nation asked Scheunemann why US forces would have to stay in Iraq so long, he explicitly linked their presence to the entire Middle East. “Iraq might be stable, but what about the region?” he responded. “Other countries could be in turmoil; other countries could be threatening Iraq. It could be an external threat that we need to have troops there for, à la South Korea, à la Japan.” He added, “I understand your readers may think it’s some sort of malevolent imperialist conspiracy.” Conspiracy or not, it’s clear that McCain sees our presence in Iraq as a permanent extension of US power in the oil-rich Persian Gulf.

McCain has made no secret of his belief that using force against Iran is the only way to prevent it from acquiring nuclear weapons. “There is only one thing worse than a military solution, and that, my friends, is a nuclear-armed Iran,” McCain said. “The regime must understand that they cannot win a showdown with the world.” He supports tougher sanctions against Tehran, but critics note that implementing them would require Russia’s consent. McCain’s provocative anti-Russia stand, though, makes such a deal less than likely. And he rejects direct US-Iran talks.

In the end, McCain seems almost reflexively to favor the use of America’s armed might. “He would employ military force to the exclusion of other options,” says Larry Korb, a former Reagan Administration defense official. Scion of admirals (his father and grandfather), a combat pilot in Vietnam who continued to believe long after that war that it might have been won if the US military had been allowed free rein, McCain presents the image of a warrior itching for battle. He is the candidate of those Americans whose chief goal is an endless war against radical Islam and who’d like nothing more than for the Arizona senator to clamber figuratively into the cockpit once more. Like his former aide Marshall Wittman, currently a top aide to Senator Lieberman, McCain sees Theodore Roosevelt, the Bull Moose interventionist President of the early twentieth century, as his role model. And that attracts neoconservatives.

“I’m an old-fashioned, Scoop Jackson–I guess you’d now say Joe Lieberman–Democrat, and he’s a Teddy Roosevelt Republican, and they’re pretty close in their views, so substantively there’s a lot of overlap between us,” says James Woolsey, a former CIA director who’s endorsed McCain and has campaigned with him this year. “I think John’s style is very TR-like. It’s very much about speaking softly but carrying a big stick.”

We’re still waiting for the “speaking softly” part. “There’s going to be other wars,” McCain warns. “I’m sorry to tell you, there’s going to be other wars. We will never surrender, but there will be other wars.”

ROBERT DREYFUSS

Extent of secret Government IRA links revealed

0

The full extent of a secret 20-year “back channel” between the British government and the IRA is revealed today by Tony Blair’s former chief of staff, who declares that the peace process might never have been possible without the link.

In the first authoritative account of the link by a British official, Jonathan Powell tells the Guardian that a Derry businessmen, Brendan Duddy, and a series of MI5 and MI6 officers risked their lives to allow the British government and the IRA leadership to communicate in private between 1973 and 1993. In the latest extracts from his memoirs, serialised in the Guardian this week, Powell writes: “It is very hard for democratic governments to admit to talking to terrorist groups while those groups are still killing innocent people.

“Luckily for this process, the British government’s back channel to the Provisional IRA had been in existence whenever required from 1973 onwards.” The secret link was only used on three major occasions: to negotiate an IRA ceasefire in the mid-1970s; during the first IRA hunger strike in 1980; and in the early stages of the peace process in the 1990s. But Powell writes that the simple fact that a link existed from the IRA leadership to Downing Street – mainly via Duddy and his MI6 handler Michael Oatley – was of huge significance.

Powell writes: “It was, metaphorically, contained in a locked box, the key to which was in the possession of Brendan Duddy and behind which, wherever he happened to be in the world, was Oatley, known to the IRA as ‘Mountain Climber’.”

The link broke down in 1993 when Martin McGuinness, Sinn Féin’s chief negotiator, reacted furiously to claims that he had sent a message purportedly saying that the IRA’s “conflict is over”. Duddy told the BBC’s Peter Taylor, in an interview published in today’s Guardian, that he was interrogated for four hours by four “very senior Provisionals” after he was wrongly suspected of sending the message.

Powell admits that the message is in dispute, but he says it laid the grounds for the peace process. “What that message succeeded in doing, true or not, was to get the attention of the British government. John Major really thought: ‘Gosh, here is a chance that we can make a breakthrough in Northern Ireland’.”

The DUP leader, Ian Paisley, condemned Major for the secret back channel when it was revealed in 1993. But Powell reveals in his memoirs that 10 years later the DUP established its own secret channel to Sinn Féin when Paisley’s party won the elections to the Northern Ireland assembly of 2003. The channel was kept secret because the DUP refused to meet Sinn Féin at the time on the grounds that the IRA was still active. Powell says: “They [the DUP] were no different from the British government at the time of John Major or Margaret Thatcher saying they never had contacts with the IRA – but actually [they were] doing so as well. It did play an important role in making possible that extraordinary meeting between Ian Paisley and Gerry Adams. They had never met, they had never spoken until they sat down for that photo-opportunity in March 2007. If you hadn’t had that back channel building confidence over time, it would have been difficult.”

Burrell ‘took bloodstained ring from Diana’s body’

0

Diana’s former butler Paul Burrell took a bloodstained engagement ring off her dead body and kept it, her inquest heard today.

Michael Faux, who worked as Burrell’s bodyguard, said he had been “disgusted” after hearing the revelation. He told the inquest Burrell told him he took the ring in the Paris hospital where Diana died following a car crash in August 1997.

Faux said: “He said that he took it from the body in Paris.”

Nicholas Hilliard, representing the coroner, said: “Did he have any way of demonstrating this was hers?”

Faux replied: “Yes, there was still blood on the ring and he could prove it was hers by the DNA.”

He told the jury Burrell only told him of the engagement ring after he agreed to sign a confidentiality agreement.

The jury has heard that Diana received a gold Bulgari friendship ring from Dodi Fayed, which she wore on her right hand.

In a written statement to the court, Burrell said: “There was no conversation about a ring. I have never referred to the Bulgari friendship ring as an engagement ring. This is not my opinion of what the ring was.

“I have never told anybody that I have had possession of that ring. I am not in possession of that ring.”

The hearing continues.

America: Big Brother’s big week

Americans learned last week that, whatever the law says, they shouldn’t assume that their private communications are private. It was a big week for Big Brother, with but a single, small ray of hope at week’s end.

– The Wall Street Journal reported Monday that the National Security Agency, which is supposed to spy only on foreign targets, now “monitors huge volumes of records of domestic e-mails and Internet searches as well as bank transfers, credit card transactions, travel and telephone records.” The NSA has created, in effect, a back-door version of the controversial “Total Information Awareness” program that Congress thought it killed in 2003.

– The Boston Globe reported Friday that last month President George W. Bush quietly changed the rules governing the authority of the President’s Foreign Intelligence Advisory Board. The board, a group of private citizens, is supposed to provide oversight of intelligence agencies. In an executive order issued Feb. 29, Mr. Bush stripped the board of its power to report suspected unlawful activity to the Justice Department. So if the intelligence agencies are doing something illegal, they’ll just have to turn themselves in.

– On Friday afternoon, the U.S. House of Representatives passed an extension of the so-called Protect America Act that will allow the warrantless surveillance program to continue. But Mr. Bush, who says the program is essential to the nation’s security, has threatened to veto the bill anyway if it reaches his desk because it doesn’t grant immunity to telecommunications companies for any illegal acts they already committed in cooperating with the government. The Senate version of the bill does. The House version also would set up an independent commission to investigate the surveillance program, an absolutely splendid idea.

Mr. Bush’s actions stem from Vice President Dick Cheney’s belief that the executive branch gave up too much of its inherent power in the post-Watergate reform era. When the president acts as commander in chief in the war against terrorism, the specious Cheney theory goes, there are no limits to his executive authority.

So after 9/11, Mr. Bush authorized the NSA to ignore certain provisions of the 1978 Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. They no longer had to seek warrants from special FISA judges to eavesdrop on suspected terrorists in this country. The NSA, with the cooperation of U.S. telecommunications companies, began mining electronic communications through computers and telephone switching stations in the United States.

After The New York Times revealed the warrantless wiretapping program, and the fact that communications involving U.S. citizens were being caught in the NSA’s drift net, Mr. Bush belatedly went to Congress and got permission to do what he’d already been doing. Under intense White House pressure, Congress last year passed the Protect America Act, a revision of the 1978 FISA act, but put a six-month expiration date on it. The law expired Feb. 17.

Since then, the battle to renew it has focused mainly on the provision to give telecom companies a free pass for any past bad acts. Some 38 pending lawsuits were filed by citizens who are angry that the companies gave up their private communications without valid warrants ordering them to do so. The administration argues that allowing the lawsuits to proceed would endanger national security and adds that it would make lawyers rich. Critics suggest that the administration is more worried that the lawsuits will reveal the flimsy legal pretexts used to justify spying on citizens without first getting court warrants.

Mr. Bush says the expiration of the law three weeks ago has made the country less safe. But he and his supporters consistently have refused to cite specific instances in which the law has resulted in credible intelligence against actual threats. It’s one of those “we could tell you, but then we’d have to kill you” kind of things.

Mr. Bush has substituted fear-mongering for facts, even as he weakens his own watchdogs and allows the NSA to cast its electronic nets farther and wider. The Senate, worried about “soft on terrorism” charges in the fall election, caved under the pressure. To their credit, most House Democrats and a few Republicans held firm.

They must continue to do so in negotiations with the Senate and in the face of Mr. Bush’s veto threat. In this instance, gridlock is not a bad thing. If, between now and the November elections, intelligence agencies have to get judicial warrants to do their spying, so much the better.

STL Today

On Frontlines in Tibet, Protestors ‘Shot Like Dogs’

2

tibet.jpgUnconfirmed Reports From Tibet of Dozens of Civilians Killed in Crackdown

The Chinese military is shooting Tibetan demonstrators “like dogs,” a Tibetan exile group said Monday, firing “indiscriminately” intro groups of people protesting Chinese rule.

The accusation was leveled by the Tibetan Center for Human Rights and Democracy, a group run by exiled Tibetans in Dharamsala, India, home to the Dalai Lama. Exile groups in India receive some of the few reports from inside Tibet and have provided some of the only reporting from there since last Monday, when the most significant Tibetan protests in 20 years began.

“People have been saying they’re shooting our people like dogs,” Tenzin Norgay, the spokesman for the Tibetan Center for Human Rights and Democracy, told ABC News, citing his sources inside Tibet. He spoke just a few hours after a deadline set by the Chinese government expired for the protestors to stop or face a crackdown. The protests, he says, continued, and so did the retaliation.

“From reports we have been able to gather, the military forces, they do not tolerate anything more than a few minutes and then immediately they begin shooting or beating. And if the crowd goes out of control they shoot indiscriminately,” Norgay said.

News Blackout

He said his group had confirmed that 55 protestors had been shot to death in the last few days. The Tibetan government in exile, which is seated in Dharamsala, maintains that it has confirmed at least 80 deaths in the capital of Lhasa alone during one week of protests.

If the Chinese military is in fact shooting into crowds, the accusation is impossible to prove. The Chinese government has kicked all journalists out of the region and exile groups’ sources are anonymous and refuse to speak directly to the media for fear of their safety.

The Chinese government denies shooting protestors over the last week, saying that Tibetans themselves are at fault.

The “atrocities of the Tibetan independence forces manifested … the hypocrisy and deceit of its peace and non-violence propaganda,” Foreign Ministry spokesman Liu Jianchao said, according to the Associated Press. “The Chinese government will unwaveringly protect national sovereignty and territorial integrity.”

“Unwavering” for China has clearly meant a massive mobilization of soldiers and police to quell the protests. ABC News witnessed hundreds of buses full of soldiers rumbling along the road to Tibet on Monday, hours before the deadline expired.

But the protestors themselves have also been unwavering, and seem to be more aggressive than ever.

They have burned buildings, attacked cars with baseball bats and thrown rocks at Chinese authorities. Those methods have long been used by revolutionaries around the world, but never so often by Tibetans.

And as the actions and rhetoric on both sides rose over the last week, a fault line within the Tibetan independence movement has been exposed.

The Dalai Lama is the spiritual leader of the movement, the living God who won a Nobel Peace Prize for advancing non-violent protest in Tibet. But the 72-year-old’s faith in Gandhian resistance has left some of his followers frustrated.

‘Issue Has to Do With Every Tibetian’

“He is the leader, yes, but every single Tibetan has the responsibility” to fight for independence, Tsewang Rigzin, the president of the Tibetan Youth Congress, told reporters in Dharamsala. “The issue of Tibet is not an issue of an individual or an individual organization. The issue of Tibet has to do with every single Tibetan. ”

He sat in front a sign that read “Rise Up, Resist, Return.” Unlike the Dalai Lama, the Tibetan Youth Congress stands for aggressive protest. Unlike the Dalai Lama, it stands for Tibetan independence from China and not just autonomy. And Unlike the Dalai it believes that China should be stripped of the Olympics.

“There is a growing frustration within the Tibetan community, especially the younger generation,” Rigzin said. “His holiness’ brand of ‘middle way’ has been in existence for the last 20 years. And as of right now, nothing has come of it whatsoever.”

The Dalai Lama has stuck to his principles. “Particularly in our case,” he said during a press conference on Sunday, “violence is almost like suicide.”

But he pointedly did not condemn the protesters’ actions during the press conference. He said he didn’t have the power to stop the demonstrations, though he admitted that he’d received requests not to intervene.

“Generally, Tibetans following, I think quite sincerely, non-violent peaceful” protest, he told reporters. “Of course, individual human beings, emotions become out of control, and [that leads to] violent actions. So this is possible.”

Asked by ABC News whether he supported the demonstrators and had the power to stop them, he parried, saying, “I have no such power.”

Perhaps he is not standing in the way because he and his advisers realize this is a moment the Tibet movement needs to seize. The Summer Olympics begin in only five months. Never have so many eyes been on China. And it seems that never has he been so impressed by the possibilities of this week’s protests.

When he heard the Chinese impose a deadline to the protestors, he said “I got the same sort of mental state which I experienced in 1959.” That is an extremely significant year for the Tibetan people — the year the Dalai Lama fled to India, and the year Tibetans tried to seize their homeland through force. “One side, Chinese military determined to crush. Other side, Tibetan side also, determined to resist that,” he said.

Emotions have never been higher here. Lobsang Tsering, a 28-year-old monk, left Tibet in 1989 to move to a monestary in Dharamsala. He has been following the protests in Tibet closely.

Situation in Lhasa

“So many people have been killed in Lhasa. Yesterday 15 were killed in Amdho. And yet the protesters continue — with only a photo of the Dali Lama and the Tibetan flags as their weapons. They have no guns. The Chinese have the guns,” he says.

While being interviewed he and another monk received a call from one of their friends in Tibet. The caller described a scene of violence unfold right in front of his eyes.

“The police are beating 70 people,” the called said. “One policeman just hit a monk’s head with a baton. The monk is bleeding right now.” As he continued describing the scene, the violence turned worse. “Oh! Just now two people were killed. I saw it right in front of me.”

Tsering was inconsolable. Speaking a few hours before the Chinese deadline, he feared that the violence would only get worse.

“If the Chinese shoot bullets into the Tibetans into the Tibet, the feeling is felt in the heart of those of us in exile,” he said. He started crying, and hugged a visiting reporter. “When I think about the news from the last couple of days, I feel mad. I don’t know what to do.”

ABC News 

Dalai Lama accuses China of cultural genocide

0

The Dalai Lama on Sunday accused China of unleashing a “cultural genocide” in Tibet and demanded an impartial international probe into the situation in violence-hit Lhasa.

Addressing his first press conference here in the wake of the violence in the Tibetan capital since Friday, the exiled Tibetan spiritual leader felt said that India has a few limitations as far as China is concerned and was “too cautious” on the Tibet issue.

The Indian government, the 72-year-old monk said, had “hostile views” on certain actions of Tibetans but “we should not pick up one particular incident”. He did not elaborate.

The Dalai Lama, a Nobel Peace laureate, demanded an international probe into the Chinese crackdown against protesters in Lhasa, saying “some respected international organisations can find out what the situation is in Tibet and what is the cause.”

He said the investigations should be independent and unbiased.

He favoured holding of Beijing Olympics in August, but reminded China that it should play a “good host.”

Replying to questions, he said “Tibetans’ protests in Lhasa is borne out of China carrying out a sort of cultural genocide in Tibet intentionally or unintentionally.”

On whether he could contain the violence, which, according to Chinese authorities, had claimed at 10 lives, he said: “I have no such power…. I do feel helpless.”

Expressing concern over China serving an ultimatum to protesters to surrender by Monday midnight, he said “while the Chinese authorities are bent upon crushing the agitation with the help of the army, Tibetans in Lhasa and other places are equally determined to continue the agitation”.

Denying China’s charge that he was behind the violence, the worst since 1989, the Dalai Lama said that he was “completely committed” to non-violence and favoured a “middle path” which he said was also supported by some Chinese officials and scholars, whom he did not name.

On whether he would use his good office to ask his fellow countrymen to halt the protests, he said “the situation in Tibet has become volatile and only a miracle power can control it, not me”.

“I have reached a stage of semi-retirement and at age 73, I am look for full retirement,” he said.

The Dalai Lama, who offered prayers before talking to the press, said “we want genuine autonomy and not independence (from China).”

On the death toll in Tibet, he did not give any definite figure claiming that different sources had varying figures which went up to even 100. “I do not know.”

He was also of the view that some trusted group should go to Tibet and see how it happened.

Holding that he was being made a “scapegoat” by the Chinese authorities, the Dalai Lama said whether Beijing admitted or not, there was a problem in Tibet.

He said “there is an ancient cultural heritage that is facing serious danger” and that China was imposing “political education” in monasteries there, much to the dislike of the monks.

He said in order to achieve peace, China was using force in Tibet. “They (China) simply rely on using force in order to simulate peace, a peace brought by force using a rule of terror,” he said.

The Dalai Lama said he has been receiving phone calls and e-mails from Tibetans asking him not to stop them from continuing with their agitation in Lhasa.

He blamed the local Chinese authorities in Tibet were responsible for the “non-solution” of the problem.

“While educated Chinese very well understand our viewpoint that the only solution to the Tibet issue is by granting genuine autonomy, the local Chinese authorities nourish a negative attitude,” he said.

The spiritual leader said he was of the opinion that “genuine harmony and unity between the Tibetans and the Chinese can be established only on the basis of trust and this shall come from the heart”.

Recalling the direct talks between his envoys and the Chinese government, which began in 2002, the Dalai Lama said the negotiations have been facing “difficulties” since February 2006 with Beijing “hardening” its stand on the Tibet issue.

Press Trust Of India

‘Signs of torture’ you can’t imagine

0

Editor’s note: In our Behind the Scenes series, CNN correspondents share their experiences in covering news and analyze the stories behind the events. Here, CNN’s Arwa Damon describes the hardships faced by Iraqi women. Her documentary airs this weekend on CNN and CNN International.

BAGHDAD, Iraq (CNN) — The pain here is choking — it’s a dark, suffocating sorrow.

“They took my husband away in front of me. I found his body in the morgue a few days later. He had multiple bullet wounds and his eyes had been gouged out,” one woman tells me, forcefully twisting a tissue in her hands as if it somehow could ease her agony and erase the chilling memory.

She didn’t want her story told, too afraid that she would meet the same fate as the man she loved.

Her husband’s body bore the “signs of torture.” How many times has that phrase been used? It’s such a common phrase it’s as if what really happened gets glossed over: skin scraped off their bodies, fingernails ripped out, horrifying screams of pain before death.

How many times have we reported death tolls from one horrific bombing or another and not been able to get across that these are lives that literally were blown apart? No matter how hard we in the media try, Iraq remains a nation filled with untold tragedies, the scope of which so often is overwhelming.

And no matter how hard Iraqis try to shield themselves and those they love from the horrors here, more often than not they fail. Yet they keep fighting.

Nahla works at a radio station and is one of those women. She’s tall, slender, elegantly dressed and has a firm handshake. I look at her and it’s nearly impossible to imagine what she’s been through.

“This numbers game, you always think that you are exempt from the numbers,” Nahla tells me, referring to the daily death toll. “You’re pained by them, but you are outside of them.”

On April 14, 2007, her world shattered. There was an explosion on a bridge in the capital and 10 people were killed. Her husband, Mohammed, was one of them.

“And with it, I am motionless,” she says. “Truly, life was in color and now it is in black and white. I feel like it is a game of musical chairs we used to play with others. … One time you are hit with the chair; another time, someone else is. Now, my son and I are out of the game completely, completely.”

The image of the man she loved, tall and proud, is of a doctor who moved his family back to Iraq after the fall of Saddam Hussein because he believed his country needed him. He was a father who doted on their 6-year-old autistic son.

Also etched into her memory is the image of his charred body, melted together with nine others, a twisted pile of black, scorched flesh.

Yet Nahla’s voice is calm as she speaks, only breaking at the very end of our conversation, when the pain, buried so deep, rises to the surface. She couldn’t suppress her gut-wrenching dry sobs.

I don’t know how many times I have heard stories like hers after nearly five years of war here, and yet I still get chills. I can’t stop being in awe — nor can I stop looking at these women in amazement. Life in Iraq has forced people to confront horror that would leave many of us paralyzed.

Where do they find the strength to keep going?

Some don’t and choose to live out their lives as hollow shells, just waiting for this wretched existence to be over. But so many others refuse to be beaten down, refuse to allow the horror that is Iraq to win and kill their spirit.

“If I want to see Baghdad again from before the war, I have to do my part while the other person will do his part and the other person will do his part,” says Dr. Eaman, a children’s doctor, as her bright smile seems to shine unnaturally in Baghdad’s grim atmosphere.

“This is the dream, and I wish everybody would believe it and it will happen, I’m sure, and this is what is keeping me here,” she continues. “I have been attacked by three insurgents and was going to be kidnapped.”

She now lives at the hospital, choosing to disassociate herself from her 8-year-old son to keep him safe.

“I wish I can have him with me, live with me, you know, raising him, and just show him how to do things more than anything else,” Eaman says as she laughs and apologizes for her tears. She knows she chose to live with that pain because she believes other children need her more.

“Iraq is my life, is my country. Being a woman and knowing what other [countries] look like, I want to make a change. I want to make a change for the future for a lot of people.”

Yanar is another fighter, petite with curly dark hair and a commanding presence.

“You have been beaten, pushed, kicked and blindfolded,” Yanar says, describing today’s Iraqi woman. “You cannot see, you cannot hear, but you are kicking back. It’s not OK to be like that. You kick back and you fight for what you deserve … you should not be turned into a prisoner.”

She started the Organization for Women’s Freedom in Iraq to act as a watchdog to help safeguard women’s rights amid war and conflict. She is another woman who exhibits jaw-dropping courage.

She left her family and her comfortable life in Canada and came to Baghdad to build growing support for women’s rights. She lives a life that at times sounds more like a James Bond movie — having to constantly move because of death threats — than that of a mother of a 9-year-old.

“At many stages I had to change my house so my address is a secret; nobody knows where I am other than 10 very close allies,” Yanar says nonchalantly, as if what she is saying is completely normal. But in Iraq it is — it’s a country where a person’s parameters of what they accept as being “normal” have to shift to survive.

“What brings me here,” Yanar says, “it is that everybody that I love, all the people that I love have been crushed.”

She adds, “This cannot happen, should not happen, cannot be allowed to happen.”

What we as journalists cannot allow to happen is for these voices to go unheard. No matter how hard it is for us to find them — literally navigating roadblocks and checkpoints or spending days chasing down someone — the voices of the innocents caught in war must be heard.

Clinton Would Ban Private Military Contractors

0

Hillary Clinton, in a speech marking the five-year anniversary of the start of the Iraq War, said that if elected, she would pull armed private contractors from that country as well as U.S. troops.

Speaking at George Washington University in Washington, Clinton used the issue to try to draw distinctions between herself and her chief rival for the Democratic presidential nomination, Barack Obama, and John McCain, the presumptive Republican nominee.

“Senator Obama and I have a substantive disagreement here. He won’t rule out using armed private military contactors in Iraq to do jobs that historically have been done by the U.S. military or government personnel,” Clinton said.

The Pentagon has about 137,000 contract workers in Iraq, of which about 7,300 work in security. One contractor in particular, Blackwater Worldwide of Moyock, North Carolina, has come under scrutiny by Congress and the courts after a series of violent incidents involving its employees, including a 2007 shooting that killed at least 17 Iraqis.

Obama, in a speech in Monaca, Pennsylvania, said Clinton was a “latecomer” to cracking down on contractors.

“I actually introduced legislation in the Senate before Senator Clinton even mentioned this that said we have to crack down on private contractors like Blackwater, because I don’t believe they should be able to run amok and put our own troops in danger and get paid three or four times or ten times what our soldiers are getting paid,” Obama said.

He repeated that he was opposed to the war from the beginning.

Careful Getting Out

“I opposed this war in 2002, I opposed it in 2003, 4, 5, 6 and 7,” Obama said. “I have been consistently saying that we have to be as careful getting out as we were careless getting in.”

Clinton also said she would end no-bid contracts, citing those won by Houston-based Halliburton Co., where Vice President Dick Cheney worked as chief executive officer before becoming vice president to George W. Bush.

“It’s also a time we put an end, once and for all, to the no-bid contracts that squander taxpayer money while lining the pockets of the president’s cronies,” Clinton said. “Companies like Halliburton are enjoying record profits thanks to a 700 percent increase in taxpayer funds awarded to them.”

Such no-bid contracts make up a larger proportion of federal spending than lawmakers’ pet spending projects known as earmarks, Clinton said.

No-Bid Contracts

“We’ve had a lot of talk in this town and elsewhere about earmarks, and I am one of those who believe we need more transparency and disclosure in the earmark process. But no-bid contracts are ten times more costly than earmarks,” Clinton said.

Clinton, a senator from New York, used the speech to present a three-point plan to end the war in Iraq. She would begin to remove one or two troop brigades from Iraq starting in 2009. She also would extend the amount of time soldiers are given between overseas deployments.

“Withdrawal is not risk-free, but the risks of staying in Iraq are certain,” Clinton said. “A well-planned withdrawal is the one and only path to a political solution.”

To boost political stability in Iraq, she would ensure that the nation’s oil profits are spent on critical reconstruction projects such as electricity and clean water. She said she would work with Iraq’s neighbors, including Iran and Syria, to craft a strategy for stabilizing the country.

“This war has made the terrorists stronger,” Clinton said. “We must persuade neighboring nations not to get involved in an Iraqi civil war.”

Flying Into Bosnia

Clinton, 60, has been touting her foreign policy experience on the Senate Armed Services Committee and as former first lady to draw contrasts between herself and Illinois Senator Obama, 46. During her speech, she recalled flying into Bosnia under sniper fire to visit U.S. troops when her husband Bill Clinton was president.

She blamed Bush for making decisions in Iraq that were “rooted in politics and ideology.”

“The mistakes of Iraq are not the responsibility of our men in uniform, but of our commander in chief,” Clinton said.

Cheney arrived in Baghdad today on an unannounced trip for meetings with Iraqi Prime Minister Nuri al-Maliki as well as Army General David Petraeus, Ambassador Ryan Crocker and other leaders. Petraeus and Crocker are scheduled to brief Congress next month on progress in Iraq since the deployment of 30,000 extra U.S. soldiers a year ago.

First Stop

Iraq is the first stop for Cheney on a 10-day trip to the Middle East for discussions with Arab allies about oil production and prices, Iran and the Israeli-Palestinian peace process.

Arizona Senator McCain arrived in Iraq yesterday as part of a congressional delegation. He supported Bush’s troop increase and says the U.S. may need a continuing presence in Iraq for years.

The U.S. is pulling five of 20 combat brigades out of Iraq, totaling about 20,000 soldiers. Petraeus has said he wants to take time to assess security after the withdrawal ends in mid- July.

At least 3,978 U.S. personnel have died in Iraq and 29,395 more have been wounded, according to Department of Defense figures.

Lorraine Woellert
Bloomberg

Amnesty: Human rights in Iraq ‘disastrous’

0

LONDON – Amnesty International on Monday said the rights situation in Iraq five years after the US-led invasion was “disastrous” and that the country had turned into one of the world`s most dangerous zones.

“Five years after the US-led invasion that toppled (former president) Saddam Hussein, Iraq is one of the most dangerous countries in the world,” it said in a 24-page report, entitled “Carnage and Despair. Iraq Five Years On”.

Against a backdrop of insecurity, law and order and economic recovery were a “distant prospect” while most Iraqis were living in poverty, with food shortages, lack of access to safe drinking water and high unemployment.

More than four in 10 Iraqis lived on less than one US dollar a day — the UN standard for measuring poverty — while the health and education systems were at near collapse and women and girls at risk of violence from extremists.

“Saddam Hussein`s administration was a byword for human rights abuse,” said Amnesty`s director for Middle East and North Africa, Malcolm Smart. “But its replacement has brought no respite at all for its people.”

The failure to investigate alleged abuses “is one of the most worrying aspects for the future”, he added.

“Even when faced with overwhelming evidence of torture under their watch, the Iraqi authorities have failed to hold the perpetrators to account — and the US and its allies have failed to demand that they do so,” he said.

Amnesty also criticised the extensive use of the death penalty, the international community`s failure to cater for Iraqi refugees and despite the more stable situation, the lack of free speech in the Kurdistan region.

“Despite claims that the security situation has improved in recent months, the human rights situation is disastrous,” the London-based group said, highlighting the kidnap, torture and murder of civilians by armed groups.

“All sides have committed gross human rights violations, including war crimes and crimes against humanity,” it added, referring to militia groups, Iraqi security forces, US-led troops plus private and military security guards.

Amnesty pointed to the detention of about 60,000 people by the Iraqis and multi-national forces, most of them without charge, saying torture and ill-treatment of prisoners and miscarriages of justice were “routine”.

But it said no-one, including the divided Iraqi government, appeared serious about investigating claims of abuse, torture, rape and murder of civilians and bringing those reponsible to justice.

A recent World Health Organisation and Iraqi health ministry report estimated that 151,000 people were killed between the start of the invasion on March 20, 2003 and June 2006.

Other estimates have put the number of civilian deaths as a result of the conflict between nearly 48,000 and 601,000.

phz/ach

Guantanamo: The Bigger Picture?

0

 The U.S. base at Guantanamo has been called many things. The “gulag of our time” (Amnesty International General Secretary Irene Khan, May 2005). “The key strategic intelligence platform in the war on terror” (Charles Stimson, Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Detainee Affairs, January 2007). The “legal equivalent of outer space” (unnamed Administration official). The right place for “the worst of a very bad lot” (Vice President Dick Cheney, January 2002) and for the “most dangerous, best trained, vicious killers on the face of the earth” (former Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld, January 2002).

Guantanamo is now best known as the home of oversized iguanas, banana rats, and the more than 700 “enemy combatants” who have been detained, tortured, and interrogated there over the past six years as part of the Bush administration’s global war on terrorism. But, the history of the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay stretches much further back — to the beginning of the last century — when the United States wrestled this prime real-estate from Spain to become the colonial power in the hemisphere.

Twenty-first century experiences at Guantanamo have now been exposed in a sheaf of books, including difficult, vivid memoirs from former detainees and powerful poetry, and dramatized in plays and films, such as the best-documentary Oscar winner Taxi to the Dark Side and the critically-acclaimed Road to Guantanamo. The iconic orange jumpsuits are on display at every anti-war protest and the word “Guantanamo” is often used as shorthand for the Bush administration’s whole system of indefinite detention, rendition, torture, and abuse of power established since September 2001.

Harold and Kumar Escape Guantanamo

Calls to “shut down Guantanamo” from legal and human rights experts, politicians, and the international community are now strong, irrepressible and growing louder each day. At the same time, the facility has finally penetrated pop culture. This spring, movie-goers can enjoy the sequel of the 2004 slacker-stoner Harold and Kumar Go to White Castle. In the new film, the two friends are arrested after smuggling a bong on a flight to Amsterdam and end up at Guantanamo. Yep, the movie is titled: Harold and Kumar II: Escape from Guantanamo Bay. Promoted with the tag-line: “This Time, They’re Running from the Joint,” the film is described as “an irreverent and epic journey of deep thoughts, deeper inhaling and a wild trip around the world that is as ‘un-PC’ as it gets.”

Guantanamo is getting more attention (both outraged and outrageous), but the question of how the United States came to control a swath of Cuban territory is worth more discussion. If the Guantanamo prison is shuttered tomorrow, and the prisoners get their day in court, the U.S. base will continue to exist as a key colonial outpost in a post-colonial world. Now that Fidel Castro has turned over power to his brother Raul and the United States is again poised to “democratize” socialist Cuba, this question has even greater resonance.

Booty from a “Splendid Little War”

Perched on the south-eastern corner of Cuba, the U.S. Naval Base straddles the deep water harbor of Guantanamo Bay and occupies 45 square miles of Cuban territory.

In 1898, the United States and Spain battled for control of Cuba and other Spanish colonies in what Washington had come to see as part of its “sphere of influence.” The Spanish-American War is known for the Rough Riders and the “Remember the Maine” call to arms (which refers to the now historically suspect attack on the USS Maine battleship sunk in the Havana Harbor). In a letter to his good friend Teddy Roosevelt, the U.S. Ambassador to England dubbed it a “splendid little war.” Ignoring the countless (literally) Cubans, Filipinos and others who were killed, one could see his point. The United States won a lot in the war: it lasted less than four months, resulted in the death of fewer than 1,000 U.S. soldiers and put the United States in charge of Puerto Rico, the Philippines and Guam — all former Spanish colonies — and gave the United States control of Hawaii. The U.S. Navy also discovered the benefits of Guantánamo Bay when they sought refuge from summer hurricanes. One hundred and ten years later, they are still there.

While the U.S. Congress promised Cuba independence after the war, the Platt Amendment forced a peace treaty that granted the United States the right to “stabilize” the island militarily and established a permanent U.S. naval base in Cuba.

Cuban-American Treaty

The Cuban-American Treaty was signed in 1903 by President Theodore Roosevelt and Tomas Estrada Palma, the President of Cuba — a U.S. citizen fully backed by Washington. According to the text of the treaty, the U.S. military presence will “enable the United States to maintain the independence of Cuba, and to protect the people thereof, as well as for its own defense, the Cuban Government will sell or lease to the United States the lands necessary for coaling or naval stations.” The treaty goes onto acknowledge Cuba’s “ultimate sovereignty” over the territory, but asserts that while the United States occupies it, they have “complete jurisdiction and control” over the land.

It’s difficult to call an agreement between a world power and a conquered colony a treaty, but it has governed operations there ever since. Only a few restrictions were placed on U.S. freedom of operation, even when the treaty was updated in 1934. The document stipulated that the site could only be used for the purposes outlined and prohibited the U.S. from conducting private enterprise there. The U.S. granted Cuba and her trading partners free access through the bay and agreed to pay Havana $2,000 in gold per year. Finally, the two countries promised to return fugitives from justice who crossed into the others’ territory.

As U.S. Navy Rear Admiral M.E. Murphy, a military historian, put it in his 1953 History of Guantanamo Bay: the land is “a bit of American territory, and so it will probably remain as long as we have a Navy.” He goes on to note “we have a lease in perpetuity to this Naval reservation and it is inconceivable that we would abandon it.”

And we have not abandoned it.

After the Revolution

When Washington’s close ally Fulgencio Batista was overthrown by the Cuban Revolution in 1958, the relationship between the U.S. base and the nation it occupied changed dramatically. When Batista fled to Spain (where he lived the rest of his life in luxury), thousands of Cubans with ties to his regime sought refuge on the base, and the rest of the island was deemed off limits to U.S. servicemen and civilians in 1959. Washington cut diplomatic relations in 1961.

In February 1964, two years after the Cuban missile crisis, Cuban President Fidel Castro cut water and supply lines to the base and since then, the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo Bay has been self-sufficient. It is outfitted with a de-salinization plant to produce water, and windmills and other technology produce all of the base’s electricity.

In 2002, the first “enemy combatants” in the global war on terrorism landed at the Base. But this was not the first time the U.S. had confined internationals at the base. In the early 1990s, civil unrest in Haiti and economic crisis in Cuba drove tens of thousands of people from both countries to seek refuge in the United States. In little boats overcrowded with migrants, these people set off from the United States — only to end up at Guantanamo Bay. As many as 45,000 migrants were “processed” through the base, with many of the Haitians sent home to deprivation and the majority of the Cubans granted asylum.

“Honor Bound to Defend Freedom”

“Honor Bound to Defend Freedom” is the proud sentiment emblazoned above the entrance to the U.S. Naval Base at Guantanamo. The website for the Commander of Navy Installations Command Guantanamo features a large picture of an iguana and the greeting: “welcome to the website for the oldest overseas U.S. Naval Station and the only one in a country with which the U.S. does not maintain diplomatic relations.”

Navy Commander Jeffery D. Gordon explains that the U.S. presence at Guantanamo serves “a vital role in Caribbean regional security, protection from narco-trafficking and terrorism and safeguards against mass migration attempts in unseaworthy craft.” The Navy’s Atlantic fleet is based there and the base is described as being “on the front lines of the battle for regional security.”

Changing the Rationale

The military aggressively makes the case for the base. Eighty years ago, Guantanamo was crucial to colonial expansion and the smooth extraction of resources from Latin America; 30 years ago, it would have been justified as playing a key role in supporting anti-democratic regimes in El Salvador, Nicaragua, and elsewhere. More recently, the war on drugs served as rationale.

But, before 2001, the number of military personnel stationed at the base had dwindled to about 300. And many saw Guantanamo’s greatest value as a carrot to dangle before the Cuban people in Washington’s long project to unseat Fidel Castro. Part of the 1996 Helms Burton Act (the chief aim of which was to strengthen and continue to U.S. trade related embargo on Cuba) — for example — offered to open negotiations with a “democratically elected Cuban government” to return the base at Guantanamo to Cuba or redefine the lease.

Then, Washington decided that the Guantanamo base would be an ideal place to try and hide war on terrorism detainees from the law and public scrutiny. And planeloads of shackled prisoners wearing blacked-out goggles, noise canceling headphones, and orange jumpsuits began landing at the U.S. base. Initially, many were housed in chain-link cages. In June 2005, then-Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld told reporters that the Pentagon had invested $100 million to construct new prisons and barracks and upgrade other facilities. Operating the base and the prison cost another $95 million a year. For U.S. soldiers and Marines stationed there, Guantanamo is a slice of the American mall culture transported to coastal Cuba — there is a weekly newspaper, The Guantanamo Bay Gazette, a movie theater that offers current films like “I Am Legend” and “The Spiderwick Chronicles.” McDonalds and Starbucks are both on base.

With no end in sight to the global war on terrorism, more than 8,000 military personnel are now based at Guantanamo. So, for the time being, the military has a new way to fend off calls to shut down the U.S. military base there. In a January 2007 interview on C-SPAN, Charles Stimson, the Deputy Assistant Secretary of Defense for Detainee Affairs, justified the U.S. base at Guantanamo, saying “It is important during time of war to have a place where, number one, you can take people off the battlefield and not allow them to go back to the battlefield, but also, exploit intelligence that they may possess… Guantanamo today remains the key strategic intelligence platform in the war on terror.”

“To my knowledge, the Cubans have never officially asked for it back” John Regan, the acting Officer at the State Department’s Cuba Desk, is quoted as saying in an April 2007 Los Angeles Times article. He goes on to say that they have not raised objections to the presence of war on terrorism prisoners. He must not be listening very closely.

In June 2002, at the United Nations General Assembly, Cuba demanded that the Guantánamo territory be returned to the island. And two years later, Cuba’s Foreign Minister Felipe Perez Roque proposed a resolution before the United Nations Human Rights Commission that would have condemned the violation of human rights at Guantanamo. More recently, these calls have grown louder. In a December 2007 speech in Havana, Roque said: “We demand today, on the World Day of Human Rights, that the President of the United States and that the U.S. Government close down the torture center in Guantánamo and return to our homeland the territory that they occupy illegally.” Cuba protests in other ways as well. The U.S. Treasury continues to pay the “gold” that Roosevelt promised 105 years ago. Annual checks for $4,085 are deposited into an account for the Cuban government, but not a single one has been cashed in 47 years.

Toxic Brand

Cuba doesn’t like Guantanamo, and many in the administration agree that the detention facility has become a problem. During Robert Gates’ first week as Secretary of Defense following the resignation of Donald Rumsfeld, he argued that the detention facility should be closed, pointing out that the U.S. image abroad is so tainted that any legal proceedings for detainees at the base will be viewed as illegitimate. He commented: “I think that Guantanamo has become symbolic, whether we like it or not, for many around the world.” He also cut one big zero off Rumsfeld’s plan to spend $100 million on new infrastructure, resulting in a more modest (but still significant) $10 million expenditure for air-conditioned pods and other amenities for the military commissions hearings.

President George W. Bush acknowledges Guantanamo as a problem too, saying during a June 2006 press conference: “I’d like to close Guantanamo. No question: Guantanamo sends a signal to some of our friends and provides an excuse — for example, to say the United States is not upholding the values that they’re trying to encourage other countries to adhere to.” Despite his claims to being the “decider in chief,” Bush has not taken any executive steps to change the signal we are sending.

What is at the heart of the administration’s discomfort with Guantanamo? It is not torture — President Bush just vetoed a law that would have prohibited water-boarding. It is certainly not respect for Cuba’s sovereignty — the State Department has a whole office devoted to meddling in the country’s affairs. It is the PR problem. In March of last year, William Taft, a former State Department adviser, testified before the House of Representatives on Guantanamo. He acknowledged that the logistical advantages of housing prisoners at Guantanamo are outweighed by the “political costs of continuing its operation. At some point a brand becomes so toxic that no amount of Madison Avenue talent can rehabilitate it.”

One solution is to give the base back to Cuba. But, Julia Sweig, the Director for Latin America Studies at the Council on Foreign Relations, is not sure Havana would want it back, saying “it’s become such a global symbol of what has gone wrong with America — not just a symbol of our colonial impulses, but of the anti-imperialist fight throughout Latin America — it is something Cuba uses to greater benefit than getting the base back.” Rhetorical benefits are of value — but you can’t eat, trade or wield geo-political power with rhetoric.

What Next?

But closing the prison and relinquishing control of the territory are two completely different things. Can Cuba get Guantanamo Bay back?

The Guantanamo prison is not a hot-button campaign issue. Lee Feinstein, Director of National Security for Senator Hillary Clinton’s campaign, says that “as President, she would direct the Justice Department to evaluate the evidence amassed against these prisoners and make a determination.” Not exactly a rousing and definitive call to shut down Guantanamo, but at least she has a process. For his part, Senator Barack Obama does not see the need for military justice proceedings there, asserting “I believe that our civilian courts or our traditional system of military courts-martial are best able to meet this challenge and demonstrate our commitment to the rule of law.” On the Republican side, Senator John McCain has pushed for Guantanamo to be closed and the prisoners sent to maximum security prison in Ft. Leavenworth, Kentucky.

On the larger issue of U.S.-Cuba relations, Obama favors engagement and dialogue without preconditions, while Clinton would predicate diplomatic overtures on Cuba’s steps towards democratization. McCain holds the position that U.S. containment policy has worked, and he would not talk to Cuba until they held free elections and released political prisoners and made other reforms.

Returning the occupied territory to Cuba has not been mentioned as an option by Presidential candidates, and it is not high on the list of objectives in Cuba policy circles. Close Cuba-watcher Patrick Doherty — the Deputy Director of the New America Foundation’s American Strategy Program — predicts it would come up only in “the later stages of a long-term process of rapprochement.” That’s because, in addition to the geographic value of an American military base at Guantanamo, Doherty says “one of our most effective areas of quiet cooperation with the Cuban government is at the mil-mil level in managing our presence and operations out of Guantanamo… and working on counter narcotics, counter-crime, and general Caribbean security issues. Without many other vehicles for official dialogue, Guantanamo, ironically, is acting like a confidence-building measure.”

Some international law experts assert that the United States is in violation of the treaty made with Cuba and that could be the basis of a movement to win the territory back. Dr. Alfredo de Zayas, a professor of international law at the Geneva School for Diplomacy, argues that even before looking at specific violations, the treaty can be nullified because, “the lease for the military base in a foreign country is conditioned on the friendly relations between states.” While relations between Cuba and the United States were friendly at the time of the treaty, that is no longer the case. De Zayas also asserts that the treaty is “voidable by virtue of a material breach,” because it clearly stipulates that the area should be used for naval purposes (coaling refers to re-fueling naval vessels when they were steam powered) and “for no other purpose” including housing war on terrorism detainees. Additionally, the treaty bars the United States from establishing “commercial, industrial or other enterprises” but the base is home to McDonalds, Starbucks, Subway sandwiches, and other commercial enterprises, another material breach.

While Washington does not make a habit of abiding by the treaty or its obligations under it, the 1903 agreement was repeatedly cited as a reason to keep Guantanamo detainees and their cases out of U.S. courts. During Supreme Court hearings for Rasul vs. Bush and Al Odah vs. United States, government lawyers argued that under the 1903 treaty and the 1934 revisions, the United States “recognizes the continuance of the ultimate sovereignty” of Cuba over Guantanamo and that the base is thus “not part of the sovereign territory of the United States,” and therefore not under U.S. law, meaning that the prisoners at Guantanamo should not be allowed access to U.S. courts.

In 2004, the Supreme Court rejected those arguments, but the legal fight continues.

Shut it Down

The decision of what to do with the prisoners at Guantanamo will most likely be left to the next administration. Washington’s policy and attitude towards Cuba will also be shaped by the next person to sit behind the big desk in the Oval Office. The next steps in the global war on terrorism; a major change (up or down) in the size, scope and objective of the U.S. occupation of Iraq; a shift in how (or if) we communicate and cooperate with the rest of the world; an exploration of the effectiveness of U.S. military might in resolving problems: these pressing issues will be seen through new eyes post-November 2008.

The U.S. military occupation and control of territory — from Guantanamo to Germany to Okinawa and beyond — should be included in this reckoning. Shutting down Guantanamo — not just the prison where men are tortured, abused, and held in contravention of U.S. and international law, but the sprawling colonial-holdover enterprise that the United States came to control and continues to occupy illegitimately and illegally — would be a huge symbolic step towards the rule of law, respect for other nations and the dawning recognition that military might is a tool of last resort not first assault. One hundred and five years later, the time has more than come.

Foreign Policy In Focus columnist Frida Berrigan is a senior program associate at the Arms and Security Project of the New America Foundation.

MI5 Wants Oyster Card Travel Data

Counter-terrorism experts call it a ‘force multiplier’: an attack combining slaughter and electronic chaos. Now Britain’s security services want total access to commuters’ travel records to help them meet the threat

Millions of commuters could have their private movements around cities secretly monitored under new counter-terrorism powers being sought by the security services.

Records of journeys made by people using smart cards that allow 17 million Britons to travel by underground, bus and train with a single swipe at the ticket barrier are among a welter of private information held by the state to which MI5 and police counter-terrorism officers want access in order to help identify patterns of suspicious behaviour.

The request by the security services, described by shadow Home Secretary David Davis last night as ‘extraordinary’, forms part of a fierce Whitehall debate over how much access the state should have to people’s private lives in its efforts to combat terrorism.

It comes as the Cabinet Office finalises Gordon Brown’s new national security strategy, expected to identify a string of new threats to Britain – ranging from future ‘water wars’ between countries left drought-ridden by climate change to cyber-attacks using computer hacking technology to disrupt vital elements of national infrastructure.

The fear of cyber-warfare has climbed Whitehall’s agenda since last year’s attack on the Baltic nation of Estonia, in which Russian hackers swamped state servers with millions of electronic messages until they collapsed. The Estonian defence and foreign ministries and major banks were paralysed, while even its emergency services call system was temporarily knocked out: the attack was seen as a warning that battles once fought by invading armies or aerial bombardment could soon be replaced by virtual, but equally deadly, wars in cyberspace.

While such new threats may grab headlines, the critical question for the new security agenda is how far Britain is prepared to go in tackling them. What are the limits of what we want our security services to know? And could they do more to identify suspects before they strike?

One solution being debated in Whitehall is an unprecedented unlocking of data held by public bodies, such as the Oyster card records maintained by Transport for London and smart cards soon to be introduced in other cities in the UK, for use in the war against terror. The Office of the Information Commissioner, the watchdog governing data privacy, confirmed last night that it had discussed the issue with government but declined to give details, citing issues of national security.

Currently the security services can demand the Oyster records of specific individuals under investigation to establish where they have been, but cannot trawl the whole database. But supporters of calls for more sharing of data argue that apparently trivial snippets – like the journeys an individual makes around the capital – could become important pieces of the jigsaw when fitted into a pattern of other publicly held information on an individual’s movements, habits, education and other personal details. That could lead, they argue, to the unmasking of otherwise undetected suspects.

Critics, however, fear a shift towards US-style ‘data mining’, a controversial technique using powerful computers to sift and scan millions of pieces of data, seeking patterns of behaviour which match the known profiles of terrorist suspects. They argue that it is unfair for millions of innocent people to have their privacy invaded on the off-chance of finding a handful of bad apples.

‘It’s looking for a needle in a haystack, and we all make up the haystack,’ said former Labour minister Michael Meacher, who has a close interest in data sharing. ‘Whether all our details have to be reviewed because there is one needle among us – I don’t think the case is made.’

Jago Russell, policy officer at the campaign group Liberty, said technological advances had made ‘mass computerised fishing expeditions’ easier to undertake, but they offered no easy answers. ‘The problem is what do you do once you identify somebody who has a profile that suggests suspicions,’ he said. ‘Once the security services have identified somebody who fits a pattern, it creates an inevitable pressure to impose restrictions.’

Individuals wrongly identified as suspicious might lose high-security jobs, or have their immigration status brought into doubt, he said. Ministers are also understood to share concerns over civil liberties, following public opposition to ID cards, and the debate is so sensitive that it may not even form part of Brown’s published strategy.

But if there is no consensus yet on the defence, there is an emerging agreement on the mode of attack. The security strategy will argue that in the coming decades Britain faces threats of a new and different order. And its critics argue the government is far from ready.

The cyber-assault on Estonia confirmed that the West now faces a relatively cheap, low-risk means of warfare that can be conducted from anywhere in the world, with the power to plunge developed nations temporarily into the stone age, disabling everything from payroll systems that ensure millions of employees get paid to the sewage treatment processes that make our water safe to drink or the air traffic control systems keeping planes stacked safely above Heathrow.

And it is one of the few weapons which is most effective against more sophisticated western societies, precisely because of their reliance on computers. ‘As we become more advanced, we become more vulnerable,’ says Alex Neill, head of the Asia Security programme at the defence think-tank RUSI, who is an expert on cyber-attack.

The nightmare scenario now emerging is its use by terrorists as a so-called ‘force multiplier’ – combining a cyber-attack to paralyse the emergency services with a simultaneous atrocity such as the London Tube bombings.

Victims would literally have nowhere to turn for help, raising the death toll and sowing immeasurable panic. ‘Instead of using three or four aircraft as in 9/11, you could do one major event and then screw up the communications network behind the emergency services, or attack the Underground control network so you have one bomb but you lock up the whole network,’ says Davis. ‘You take the ramifications of the attack further. The other thing to bear in mind is that we are ultimately vulnerable because London is a financial centre.’

In other words, cyber-warfare does not have to kill to bring a state to its knees: hackers could, for example, wipe electronic records detailing our bank accounts, turning millionaires into apparent paupers overnight.

So how easy would it be? Estonia suffered a relatively crude form of attack known as ‘denial of service’, while paralysing a secure British server would be likely to require more sophisticated ‘spy’ software which embeds itself quietly in a computer network and scans for secret passwords or useful information – activating itself later to wreak havoc.

Neill said that would require specialist knowledge to target the weakest link in any system: its human user. ‘You will get an email, say, that looks like it’s from a trusted colleague, but in fact that email has been cloned. There will be an attachment that looks relevant to your work: it’s an interesting document, but embedded in it invisibly is “malware” rogue software which implants itself in the operating systems. From that point, the computer is compromised and can be used as a platform to exploit other networks.’

Only governments and highly sophisticated criminal organisations have such a capability now, he argues, but there are strong signs that al-Qaeda is acquiring it: ‘It is a hallmark of al-Qaeda anyway that they do simultaneous bombings to try to herd victims into another area of attack.’

The West, of course, may not simply be the victim of cyber-wars: the United States is widely believed to be developing an attack capability, with suspicions that Baghdad’s infrastructure was electronically disrupted during the 2003 invasion.

So given its ability to cause as much damage as a traditional bomb, should cyber-attack be treated as an act of war? And what rights under international law does a country have to respond, with military force if necessary? Next month Nato will tackle such questions in a strategy detailing how it would handle a cyber-attack on an alliance member. Suleyman Anil, Nato’s leading expert on cyber-attack, hinted at its contents when he told an e-security conference in London last week that cyber-attacks should be taken as seriously as a missile strike – and warned that a determined attack on western infrastructure would be ‘practically impossible to stop’.

Tensions are likely to increase in a globalised economy, where no country can afford to shut its borders to foreign labour – an issue graphically highlighted for Gordon Brown weeks into his premiership by the alleged terrorist attack on Glasgow airport, when it emerged that the suspects included overseas doctors who entered Britain to work in the NHS.

A review led by Homeland Security Minister Admiral Sir Alan West into issues raised by the Glasgow attack has been grappling with one key question: could more be done to identify rogue elements who are apparently well integrated with their local communities?

Which is where, some within the intelligence community insist, access to personal data already held by public bodies – from the Oyster register to public sector employment records – could come in. The debate is not over yet.

Gaby Hinsliff

London Tube Smartcard Cracked

Looks like lousy cryptography.

Details here. When will people learn not to invent their own crypto?

Note that this is the same card — maybe a different version — that was used in the Dutch transit system, and was hacked back in January. There’s another hack of that system (press release here, and a video demo), and many companies — and government agencies — are scrambling in the wake of all these revelations.

Seems like the Mifare system (especially the version called Mifare Classic — and there are billions out there) was really badly designed, in all sorts of ways. I’m sure there are many more serious security vulnerabilities waiting to be discovered.

Bruce Schneier

An overview of the NSA’s domestic spying program

In Wednesday’s Wall Street Journal, Siobhan Gorman pulled together the disparate threads of reporting on what’s known of the NSA’s secret domestic spy program, and combined them with some of her own reporting to confirm, once again, that the NSA’s program is another incarnation of the Pentagon’s erstwhile Total Information Awareness program. Gorman also describes how Carnivore, the SWIFT database snooping program, and basically every other “Big Brother” database and data snooping program that the executive branch has developed over the past two administrations* feed information into the NSA’s TIA-like system, which then looks for suspicious patterns in the data.

Gorman’s article provides a great overview of how these programs fit together in the architecture of the modern, post-9/11 surveillance state, and it’s required reading because it comes at a critical time in our national debate about privacy and the limits of executive power. However, if you’ve been following this topic closely then you know that most of the information in the article has been public since 2006.

In this post, I’m going to walk back through some of the previous reporting on the topic, both my own work and that of others, and offer corrections and adjustments where necessary based on the WSJ piece. My hope is that readers and reporters who are so inclined can dig through the details and links and follow up on any leads that others may have missed.

(*Note: Infamous codenames like “Carnivore” and ECHELON first cropped up in Bill Clinton’s second term, and I covered them when Ars launched in mid-1998. In terms of the presidential orders he signed and the programs that were inaugurated on his watch, Clinton laid some of the groundwork for the Bush administration’s pre- and post-9/11 surveillance-related lawbreaking. Or, perhaps a more accurate metaphor is that he blazed a trail that the Bush gang then paved over and turned into a six-lane highway.)

A look back at the role of the TIA in the NSA’s surveillance activities

Back in December of 2005, when the NSA warrantless wiretapping story story broke in the New York Times, I took a close look at what was then known about the program and suggested that the NSA’s program probably shared some technological DNA with the short-lived (2002-2003) Total Information Awareness program. In the years since TIA first appeared under the Pentagon’s roof, the program has moved from agency to agency in the Executive branch, as Congress catches wind of each new incarnation of it and shuts it down only to see it reemerge again with a different acronym on a different department’s budget.

In April of 2006, the MIT Technology Review published a piece by Mark Williams that moved the story forward by fleshing out the relationship between TIA and the NSA’s domestic spying program. Williams reported that elements of TIA had indeed been moved from the Department of Defense to the NSA, and he suggested that this technology was almost certainly in use as part of the domestic spying program that the New York Times had uncovered.

One month later, a very important article on the role of “transactional information”–a term that originally referred to the phone company’s call logs but has since been stretched to fit a widening array of communication types–appeared in USA Today. The article made clear that this “communication metadata” was the real target of the NSA’s vast data collection efforts. Also that May, Wired‘s Ryan Singel released critical technical documents that had been sealed under court order, showing some of the nuts and bolts of how the NSA snoops Internet traffic on AT&T’s backbone.

In terms of my own understanding of the NSA’s program, the USA Today article made clear that my initial assessment of the NYT’s piece had missed the mark on an important and central point: the new surveillance technology at the heart of the TSA’s warrantless wiretapping program was not, as I had conjectured, an automated voice recognition system that sampled calls looking for “hits,” and then escalated of-interest calls to higher levels of scrutiny and, ultimately, to a human monitor. This call monitoring is almost surely going on somewhere in the intelligence pipeline, but the core of the NSA’s program really is the aggregation and analysis of communications metadata.

Based on the USA Today piece and on a number of other sources, I suggested in “TIA (aka Topsail) unveiled: the real scope of the NSA’s domestic spying program” that “the original revelations about the NSA’s SIGINT vacuum were just the tip of the iceberg,” and that “it appears there’s probably more that we’ve yet to see. Much more.”

I then put the pieces together and asked the following rhetorical question: “Now, does anyone seriously think that the NSA is not collecting transactional data (at a minimum) for Web, email, FTP and other IP-based communications, and/or that they’re not tying all of this data to individual users?”

Gorman’s WSJ piece provides sourced confirmation that the NSA is doing exactly what I and others suspected they were doing, i.e., they’re collecting e-mail headers, Web surfing histories, cell phone call logs, and every other trace of the digital and analog connections that we make to the world, and they’re synthesizing this into complete informational portraits of individuals.

Network effects

In my “TIA unveiled” piece, I appear to have overstated the scope of the NSA’s profiling by suggesting that the agency is building such informational pictures of everyone in the US. But Gorman’s article provides an important correction by suggesting that the TIA driftnet works in a much more focused fashion.

According to Gorman, counter-terrorism officials must seed the system with leads–like the name or phone number of an individual with suspected terrorist ties. The system then begins monitoring the aforementioned types of transactional data in order to build an informational profile. The system also works outward through the individual’s social network by turning its information vacuum on everyone that that person contacts, and then on their contacts in turn, in an ever-expanding web of surveillance. This way, the system can build of profiles of individuals and groups, and monitor their interactions for suspicious activity.

The fact that the driftnet is seeded by first giving it a single target–a target that is ostensibly drawn from some type of human-generated intelligence–makes it less of a lost cause than a massive, nationwide driftnet would be, but only marginally less so, depending on how far out in the suspect’s social network the surveillance extends. As I explained in this article on why the NSA’s program is a bad idea from a national security perspective, the main problem with these driftnet or “dragnet” systems is that the rate of false positives is typically so high that they produce an overwhelming flood of bogus leads that tie up law enforcement resources.

Even if the more targeted driftnet approach described by Gorman does result in fewer false positives, the constitutional, privacy, and oversight questions still remain. Let’s hope that we, the people, eventually get a shot at answering those questions for ourselves.

Jon Stokes

England beat New Zealand in the second Test

0

England beat New Zealand by 126 runs in the second Test at the Basin Reserve in Wellington.

England levelled the Test series after they bowled the hosts out for 311 on the fifth and final morning.

Left arm pace bowler Ryan Sidebottom, who captured 10 wickets in the first Test in Hamilton, provided the impetus for the visitors with five wickets in New Zealand’s second innings.

Wicketkeeper Brendon McCullum had a swashbuckling 85 in an effort to help chase down the record 438 needed for victory but they fell well short.

Resuming on 242-6, New Zealand’s hopes of pulling off an improbable victory rested squarely on the shoulders of McCullum and captain Daniel Vettori.

The aggressive McCullum had two large swishes at Stuart Broad deliveries in the first over before he hooked him to the backward square boundary to open the day’s scoring.

However, Vettori was unable to reproduce the form that had given him two half centuries and he nicked a Sidebottom delivery to Alastair Cook at third slip in the second over of the day.

Vettori’s dismissal effectively ended New Zealand’s slim hopes of fashioning the victory, and first Test series win against England since 1999.

Fast bowler Kyle Mills, who has scored a first-class century and could have possibly held up one end while McCullum blazed away at the other, did not last long when he was trapped leg before for 13 by Sidebottom.

It was the left hander’s third five-wicket Test haul and he ended with figures of 5-105.

He also completed the victory when he caught McCullum at long-on, off Monty Panesar, for 85 about 35 minutes before lunch.

England’s victory tied the three-Test series at 1-1 heading into the third Test in Napier, beginning on Friday night.

Reuters

BBC journalists arrested in Irish probe

0

Four BBC journalists were arrested at the weekend by Irish police monitoring the Real IRA, the dissident group responsible for intermittent violence in Northern Ireland.

The four were among 11 men arrested and held for questioning by Gardai in three separate police stations in the border county of Donegal.

It is believed the journalists were working for the BBC’s Panorama and BBC Northern Ireland’s Spotlight investigative programmes. Seven of the arrests were made on Saturday and a further four yesterday.

Although the BBC released only limited details, it is reported they were working on a programme on the Real IRA. A statement from the BBC said: “They were working on a BBC Northern Ireland current affairs investigation and had full editorial authorisation under the BBC’s guidelines. The other parties present were fully aware.”

Irish police said the arrests were part of “ongoing investigations into paramilitary activity”.

BBC journalists are restricted by detailed guidelines covering contacts with illegal organisations, some dating from heated controversies arising from reporting on the IRA in the 1970s.

The Real IRA will forever be associated with the Omagh bombing, which killed 29 people in Co Tyrone in 1998. Its sporadic activities since then included shootings which seriously wounded two police officers.

In recent years there have been numerous signs that the security forces have penetrated the organisation, and a significant number of Real IRA personnel have been jailed.

But the police shootings suggested the grouping may have staged a partial recovery — possibly because it has divided into several factions.

Last month increased security measures such as vehicle checkpoints made a reappearance in parts of Northern Ireland. Days earlier, in a newspaper interview, the Real IRA announced its ambition to force troops back on to the streets. A spokesman said: “We believe we can reach the stage where British soldiers are brought back onto the streets to bolster the cops. This will shatter the facade that the British presence has gone and normality reigns.”

Police sources recently described the Real IRA as “disorganised but dangerous”.

David McKittrick

Brown: There will be a public inquiry into Iraq

0

Gordon BrownGordon Brown has promised that the Government will hold a full-scale inquiry into the mistakes made in Iraq before and since the invasion five years ago. His concession marks a significant break from his predecessor, Tony Blair, who steadfastly refused to hold a wide-ranging inquiry into the war.

Mr Brown, however, insists it is not the right time for an immediate investigation as the situation in Iraq remains “fragile” and British troops are still trying to bring stability to the country. The Prime Minister said: “There is a need to learn all possible lessons from the military action in Iraq and its aftermath.”

On the eve of the fifth anniversary of the invasion on Thursday, Mr Blair’s former chief of staff, Jonathan Powell, warned it could take “decades” to bring calm to Iraq. He also admitted the British and US governments had seriously underestimated the scale of the task before them in 2003.

Mr Brown’s promise came in a letter to Sunder Katwala, general secretary of the Labour-affiliated Fabian Society, who had urged him to mark the anniversary by announcing a public inquiry.

“There will come a time when it is appropriate to hold an inquiry,” said Mr Brown. “But whilst the whole effort of the Government and the armed forces is directed towards supporting the people and government of Iraq as they forge a future based on reconciliation, democracy, prosperity and security, we believe that is not now.”

The Prime Minister added: “Despite the progress made on the security, economic and political fronts in Iraq, the situation remains fragile and could easily be reversed. At this critical time it is therefore vital that the Government does not divert attention from supporting Iraq’s development as a secure and stable country.”

Insisting that “real progress” is being made in Iraq, Mr Brown said the transfer of all four provinces in the south of the country to the Iraqi authorities was “ample evidence” of the sterling work done by UK forces and its coalition partners. “But the work is not complete,” he said. “Our troops will remain in Iraq to train and support the Iraqi army, whilst our diplomatic missions will continue to work with the government of Iraq to use the space created by the improved security environment to make real progress on political reconciliation and economic development.”

Mr Katwala welcomed Mr Brown’s statement, saying: “It is very good news that the Prime Minister is personally committed to an inquiry on Iraq. I wrote to him to make the case for an inquiry because I was not aware of any previous statement from Gordon Brown since he became Prime Minister, or from the current Foreign Secretary, making the Government’s policy clear.”

He added: “Many people who believe this is important should be pleased to see the Prime Minister confirm that there will be an inquiry.”

Mr Katwala said he understood Mr Brown’s desire to focus on current efforts in Iraq but urged him to clarify the nature and timing of the inquiry.

“With a good deal of public reflection around the fifth anniversary of the war, this strikes me as an appropriate context for Government to make a public statement about this,” he said.

Mr Blair had insisted a public inquiry was not justified as the background to the war had been examined four times — by the Hutton and Butler inquiries, by the Parliamentary Intelligence and Security Committee and by the Commons Foreign Affairs Committee.

He said during the 2005 general election campaign: “We have had inquiry after inquiry we do not need to go back over this again and again.”

But critics have argued that the terms of each of the inquiries were tightly drawn and failed to establish a full picture of the war and its aftermath.

The Conservatives, who backed the invasion, plan to force a Commons vote shortly in the hope of forcing an independent investigation by privy councillors into the origins and conduct of the war. William Hague, the shadow Foreign Secretary, told BBC1’s The Andrew Marr Show yesterday: “If we are not going to start it now, five years on from the beginning of the war, then when on earth would we have such an inquiry?”

Labour MPs who opposed the conflict had been hoping Mr Brown would use the anniversary to set up an inquiry. They argue that this would enable him to draw a line under what is widely seen as “Tony Blair’s war” and enable Labour to win back disaffected supporters.

Mr Powell told The Andrew Marr Show that the Blair government failed to prepare properly for the consequences of Saddam Hussein’s removal. He said: “The trouble with Iraq is we were kind of preparing for the wrong sort of aftermath. We made lots of preparations for humanitarian disaster, for the lack of water, of all that kind of thing, and what we hadn’t in my view, thought through, was the long-term nature of this.”

Mr Powell admitted: “We probably hadn’t thought through the magnitude of what we were taking on in Iraq, this is something that will take many decades to sort itself out.

“We were pushing [the Americans] to be prepared; we were pushing our own side to be prepared but I don’t think any of us really thought through this much bigger question of what we were dealing with.”

Four inquiries, but few answers

*July 2003

Foreign Affairs Select Committee

The first inquiry into intelligence used by the security services and claims that the Government knew it had been exaggerated. It grilled the weapons scientist David Kelly. It cleared Tony Blair’s aide Alastair Campbell, right, of the charge of “sexing up” the dossier on weapons of mass destruction.

*September 2003

Parliamentary Intelligence and Security Committee

It investigated the intelligence that went into the 2002 dossier that made the case for war, and exonerated Mr Campbell of the charge of sexing up the document, but concluded that the dossier was “unbalanced”, and failed to emphasise that Saddam Hussein was no threat to UK territory.

*January 2004

The Hutton inquiry

Lord Hutton was asked “urgently to conduct an investigation into the circumstances surrounding the death of Dr David Kelly”. During hearings over two months he ranged widely into the controversial 45-minute claim aired by the BBC and the way the September 2002 dossier that made the case for war was compiled. The judge cleared the Government of sexing up the dossier and was scathing about editorial practices at the BBC.

*July 2004

The Butler inquiry

The five-member committee headed by the former cabinet secretary Lord Butler of Brockwell was instructed in February 2004 to examine the intelligence on WMD used to justify the invasion. It accused MI6 of relying on third-hand reports and failing to check its sources thoroughly. It also criticised Downing Street’s informal “sofa-style” of government. Tony Blair said any mistakes were made in “good faith” and nobody had lied.

Andrew Grice and Nigel Morris

Calls for Admiral to “blow whistle” on Iran strike

4

Calls are growing on Admiral William Fallon and other senior military officers to make a public stand against the Bush administration’s alleged plans to attack Iran. Admiral Fallon’s resignation last week from his position as head of the US Central Command is seen as a blow for those seeking a diplomatic resolution to the current standoff with Iran. His resignation has drawn demands that he “come clean” as to his reasons for stepping down and expose the true extent of the Bush administration’s plans for military intervention.

Today the Westminster Committee on Iran claimed that Mr Fallon and other key military and political insiders had a “moral duty” to make public their private reservations and to make a stand against the push for attacks on Iran. This call comes in the wake of the British Commons foreign affairs committee report which, this month, warned that “military strikes against Iran are unlikely to succeed and could provoke a violent backlash across the region”. It is known that many senior military figures in both America and Britain, including some of the Joint Chiefs of Staff have serious reservations about US plans for military intervention against Iran. Mr Fallon reportedly made his opposition to a strike known to the White House early on in his tenure and is believed to have resigned due to pressure from within the Bush administration.

An open letter sent today to senior military and political officials states:
“It is no longer conscionable for these people to remain silent. Tendering a resignation may be an honorable thing to do on a personal level, but cannot absolve individuals from their personal responsibilities to blow the whistle on an action that they know to be misguided and illegitimate. An engineer who knows the design for a passenger aircraft is fatally flawed has a duty to make public his concerns. If he chooses to remain silent the resultant deaths will be on his conscience.

The five years since the invasion of Iraq have seen politicians and military officials queuing up to distance themselves from the strategy to attack Baghdad. Many claim that they had privately disagreed with the invasion all along. It is imperative that political and military experts who oppose attacks on Iran speak up now rather than coming out of the shadows only after another disastrous military adventure in the Middle East.

Writing in the Washington Times on 15th March the Chair of the Committee, said:

“As head of Central Command, Admiral Fallon controlled all ground, air, and naval military access to the region and could have made it very difficult for the Bush administration to carry out such a strike. His removal greatly increases the chances of pre-emptive military intervention against Iran. This issue is of such importance that it transcends allegiance to political party or administration. It is essential that parliamentarians, political analysts and military officials make clear their opposition to military intervention against Iran. If they fail to do so they will not be forgiven by their electorates nor by history.”

Notes:

1) The Westminster Committee on Iran is not a campaigning organisation per se nor is it an official parliamentary body or All Party Parliamentary Group. Instead it aims to fill the space between these two types of bodies in order to increase dialogue, understanding and trust between parliamentarians in London, Tehran and the rest of the world.

2) On 25th January 2008, Anders B. Johnsson, General Secretary of the Inter-Parliamentary Union, Geneva wrote a letter stating that “…the objectives of the Westminster Committee on Iran coincide with those of the IPU, which promotes dialogue to foster understanding and avoid conflict.”

3) The Commons foreign affairs committee is appointed by the House of Commons and made up to reflect the membership of the House as a whole. Its March report states:

“We remain of the view that such a military strike would be unlikely to succeed and could provoke an extremely violent backlash across the region…We recommend that the Government urges Washington to consider offering a credible security guarantee to Iran if the Iranian government in turn will offer an equally credible and verifiable guarantee that it will not enter into a nuclear weapons programme and improves its co-operation with the international community in other areas”.

The members of the Commons Committee were:
Mike Gapes (Chairman) MP, Rt Hon Sir Menzies Campbell QC MP, Mr Fabian Hamilton MP, Rt Hon David Heathcoat-Amory MP, Mr John Horam MP, Mr Eric Illsley MP, Mr Paul Keetch MP, Andrew Mackinlay MP, Mr Malcolm Moss MP, Sandra Osborne MP, Mr Greg Pope MP, Mr Ken Purchase MP, Rt Hon Sir John Stanley MP, Ms Gisela Stuart MP .

4) Washington Times — 15/3/08  http://www.washingtontimes.com/apps/pbcs.dll/article?AID=/20080315/EDITORIAL/172100791/&template=nextpage

5) Visit the Westminster Committee on Iran’s discussion forum on  http://westminstercommitteeiran.ning.com/

Westminster Committee on Iran

Chavez: Bush, genocidal terrorist

0

Venezuelan President Hugo Chavez has criticized US President George W. Bush for his latest remarks and called him a genocidal terrorist.

Chavez made the remarks on Sunday after President Bush accused him of supporting ‘terrorists’ in neighboring Colombia and fueling an anti-American campaign last week.

“The president of the United States himself has come out and attacked us and attacked me personally, calling me a demagogue. Well, I am calling him a terrorist and genocidal,” AFP quoted Chavez as saying.

“And now Bush says I have Venezuelans here going hungry,” he added, insisting Bush should take a look at the economic conditions in the United States.

“Venezuelan people today are better fed than ever,” Chavez said. “The people taking hits from their own government are in the United States, which has an economic crisis. ”

Last week, the US president said that Venezuela ‘has squandered its oil wealth to promote its hostile anti-American vision, and it has left its own citizens to face food shortages while it threatens its neighbors’.

AGB/RE

Obama Questioned On Rev. Wright’s AIDS Sermon

Obama Questioned on Rev. Jeremiah Wright’s AIDS Sermon – Denies Evidence of Genocidal Conspiracy to Save Candidacy

Sandpoint, ID – Barack Obama critics are questioning the candidate’s sudden estrangement from his long-term minister and confidant, Rev. Jeremiah Wright, who preached HIV/AIDS is a genocidal conspiracy administered by Anglo-American population controllers primarily targeting non-whites.

The transparency of this racial and political hypocrisy affords Americans a partial view into this closet of skeletons Washington wishes to ignore.

Speaking for the media’s mainstream, ABC News’ Senior National Correspondent, Jake Tapper, wrote (March 14, 2008), “Let’s just say it: some of Rev. Jeremiah Wright’s theories and sermons have been, well, shall we say ‘out there.’ Like, for instance, the notion that the U.S. government started the AIDS virus.” (1)

Obama, quickly closing the closet door between him offered, “I vehemently disagree and strongly condemn the statements that have been the subject of this controversy,” (2)

Right wing opportunist John Hinderaker balked as though the candidate exchanged a pink elephant for an AIDS skeleton. “If a reader had to rely on Obama’s post,” Hinderaker wrote, “he would have no idea what statements” are at issue. 

Hinderaker, with Claremont Institute’s conservative policy think tank continued, “What I’d really like to know more about, though, is Wright’s position on the AIDS virus. He writes that ‘We started AIDS;’ what is that supposed to mean?”

Answering his own rhetorical question, Hinderaker claimed, “Factually, it’s incorrect. I believe that AIDS originated in Africa.”

When has believing anything evidenced a fact? Western civilization once believed the world was flat!

But the show must go on.

Hinderaker-the-magician’s slight-of-hand came next so both Obama’s elephant and Washington’s skeleton suddenly disappeared: “It’s possible that the claim that ‘We started AIDS’ is intended as an indictment of the San Francisco bath house culture that did so much to spread the disease,” he wrote, “but I’ve seen no indication that this is what Wright has in mind.”

Stay focused on his hand. “In any event, San Francisco didn’t ‘start’ the virus. I don’t know how to interpret this claim that ‘we’ started the disease as anything other than an endorsement of the fable that the CIA invented AIDS in a laboratory so as to kill off African-Americans.”

“The AIDS virus originated in African chimpanzees,” admits Dr. Leonard G. Horowitz, author of the definitive tomb on this subject, Emerging Viruses: AIDS & Ebola–Nature, Accident or Intentional? (Tetrahedron Press, 1998). “Zero candidates have the decency and integrity to discuss how American researchers working under National Cancer Institute contracts, abused chimpanzees from Africa, gay men from Greenwich Village, and Central Africans in Zaire and Uganda between 1972 and 1974. This first hepatitis B vaccine study clearly triggered the global pandemic according to the consensus of irrefutable evidence published in esteemed scientific journals.”

For nearly a decade Dr. Horowitz’s website http://www.originofAIDS.com has freely provided details and documents of these experiments, including his scientific publication in the respected journal of Medical Hypothesis–a peer reviewed periodical based in Britain. “I needed to go out of the United States to publish this scientific evidence,” he laments. “This alone evidences a conspiracy of silence.”

Not only does he argue American agencies, working with pharmaceutical companies, created vaccines tainted with HIV, but they have been suppressing potential cures including oxygenation therapies, chemotherapies using tetrasilver tetroxide (Tetrasil), and the new silver-oxygen hydrosol called OXYSILVER that became Google’s most popular website last week for people searching for natural alternatives to intoxicating vaccines following the government’s admission that inoculations can cause autism. http://www.coasttocoastam.com/shows/2008/03/11.html

Classified government documents, and other incriminating evidence secreted for (allegedly) “national security” reasons by the National Cancer Institute were unearthed by the Harvard-trained public health expert during his three-year independent investigation of this conspiracy theory. Besides combing scientific journals, Dr. Horowitz also interviewed eyewitnesses from Bethesda and Uganda each evidencing related parts of a U.S. government military biological weapons program that develop “synthetic biological agents”–laboratory prepared viruses–identical to HIV by description and function, for the earliest experimental hepatitis B vaccine trials.

More recently, Horowitz produced a feature length documentary showing freely, in its entirety, on Google called In Lies We Trust: The CIA, Hollywood & Bioterrorism. Released by Tetrahedron Films, the company’s website, http://www.inlieswetrust.com, shares files containing many incriminating documents that Washington insiders prefer to neglect.

“Mental midgets and yellow-press journalists like ABC’s Jake Tapper and National Review author Hinderaker ignore the fact that vaccines prepared in African chimpanzees were given to gay men in New York and Central Africans simultaneously between 1972 and 1974 according scientific publications,” Dr. Horowitz said. “That is a scientific fact, political dynamite, vaccine industry nightmare.”

This American origin of AIDS theory was investigated, and rebuked, by the Congress’ investigating arm, the U.S. General Accounting Office (GAO) earlier this decade. Dr. Horowitz was among a handful of experts interviewed by GAO officials during their inquiry into the possibility that HIV, or its precursor, was constructed by biological weapons contractors during a “Special Virus Cancer Program” beginning in the 1960s. Their report entirely neglected Dr. Horowitz’s recorded statements.

Two weeks ago the international AIDS Community, hosted by the UNAIDS Secretariat to the UN Theme Group on AIDS considered censoring Dr. Horowitz’s works, his websites, along with a half dozen of his colleagues’ publications alleging lacking scientific support for their AIDS-origin claims.

In response, Dr. Horowitz sent them a copy of his Medical Hypothesis journal article and wrote, “For all we know, . . . the hepatitis B vaccine produced initially in chimpanzees and rhesus monkeys between 1970 and 1974, not the polio vaccine of the 1950s and later, MIGHT STILL BE FUELING THE AIDS PANDEMIC! Only a grossly-malfeasant blindly-biased sociopath would neglect this probability.”

Barack Obama is not the only one running for president that fulfills this criteria.

At Least Four Arrests Made at STWC march

0

Four people were arrested near Trafalgar Square around 1:15pm on Saturday during the Stop the war Coalition rally, accused of intimidating a Forward Intelligence Team. Officer XB92 ‘Wayne’ Rooney requested back-up from three van loads of the Met’s ‘Griffon’ squad – supposed to provide additional security against “the threat of terrorism” within the “Government Security Zone”.

Leaflets about the Campaign for Free Asssembly (http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2008/03/393790.html) were seized as evidence, along with cameras, mobile phones and notebooks. The arrests were made under s241 of the Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992, see below. All four were released on bail without charge after being held at Bishopsgate police station for 9 hours.

Trade Union and Labour Relations (Consolidation) Act 1992 (c. 52)
Part V Industrial action

241.
Intimidation or annoyance by violence or otherwise.
– (1) A person commits an offence who, with a view to compelling another person to abstain from doing or to do any act which that person has a legal right to do or abstain from doing, wrongfully and without legal authority–
(a) uses violence to or intimidates that person or his wife or children, or injures his property,
(b) persistently follows that person about from place to place,
(c) hides any tools, clothes or other property owned or used by that person, or deprives him of or hinders him in the use thereof,
(d) watches or besets the house or other place where that person resides, works, carries on business or happens to be, or the approach to any such house or place, or
(e) follows that person with two or more other persons in a disorderly manner in or through any street or road.
(2) A person guilty of an offence under this section is liable on summary conviction to imprisonment for a term not exceeding six months or a fine not exceeding level 5 on the standard scale, or both.
(3) A constable may arrest without warrant anyone he reasonably suspects is committing an offence under this section.

Wales 29-12 France

0

It was no doubt, a good night to be a Williams, be it Martyn or Shane. Or a Jones, a Jenkins, a Thomas or, indeed, vaguely Welsh and, in the case of the two men who choreographed this rousing Grand Slam, even a Kiwi or a Pom.Warren Gatland, who hooked for New Zealand and was turned away by Ireland as a coach, has embraced Wales as only an outsider can do: with a clear head and no baggage. It has been the saving of a team who looked beyond repair when they staggered home from the World Cup. Alongside him stood a jut-jawed northerner, a converted league man as well, whose loyalty is complete as he shuttles back and forth from his day job with Wasps. Shaun Edwards, who masterminds the defence, does not so much demand respect as take it for granted – and he has it completely from a side not unknown for internal ructions.

Wales play their best rugby when smiling – and they are positively beaming now, content and confident in their skills. ‘Every game isn’t perfect,’ Gatland said, reflecting on this match, which was not pretty, yet thrilled the senses. ‘You can’t control 80 minutes of rugby. But we have learnt from our mistakes. We talked about what we needed to do and they did it.’

And the future? Two games ago he said Wales would be ready for any team in the world in a couple of seasons. He might have to re-adjust his timetable, with a visit to South Africa coming up in June. ‘Where do you want us to go from here?’ he asked redundantly. ‘You’ve got to test yourself against the best in the world and South Africa are the number-one team, so…’

This, Wales’ 10th clean sweep, was even more clinical than their ninth, three seasons ago. Then, there was a suspicion they had caught everyone napping with their flair rugby; this winter, they were clearly the best and, yesterday, they proved it against the only team that had it in them seriously to threaten their dominance.

England might have done so in the first game of the championship, had they not gone to pieces in the second half. But, as you would be reminded if you had the temerity to suggest as much in the heaving bars around St Mary’s Street, they could not do it.

This was not the expansive showdown some might have imagined or wished for, but it was enthralling, a victory ground out with utter professionalism. At the epicentre of everything was Martyn Williams, try-scorer, inspired defender, scavenger and all-round great rugby brain. And he did not even want to be part of it at the start of the season. Hopefully for Wales, he will not have foolish notions like that again for a while.

Cardiff was awash with omens, anniversaries and statistics on the Ides of March. It is almost a century, to the day, since Wales won the first of their Grand Slams; it is 30 years since France came here and failed to stop a Welsh Slam – and 10 years since they succeeded in doing that in the old Arms Park.

How curious is it that Wales have not lost in the 12 internationals in which Tom Shanklin and Gavin Henson have started alongside each other? Henson knew it, as he is famously obsessive about such things. Shanklin, typically, did not. He is admirably uncomplicated and, yesterday, in his 51st game for Wales, had the back line ticking smoothly

Into this maelstrom of history and joy charged France, marshalled by a coach in the grand tradition of Gallic perversity. Marc Lièvremont, for reasons known only to himself, dropped Aurelien Rougerie for this game after the winger had played such a major part in their win over Italy last weekend. It is, of course, what passes for his rotation strategy, a rationale that has led him to discard eight of the players who turned out against England only a few weeks ago. During his first campaign, he has picked three number eights, three hookers, four scrum-halves, five locks and five props.

The ones he selected for this match repaid his weird brand of faith with passion, but not quite enough discipline – a performance from the French archives, in fact.

France needed to win by 20 points to steal the championship and from their first free-kick, they ran the ball from inside their 22. It came to nothing. Wales, as all their opponents have discovered, are now as tight as a drum without the ball, having conceded only two tries in the championship – two fewer than the record tackling effort of England’s mighty defensive wall in 2002 and 2003 – and they kept Les Bleus tryless with killing precision.

At the heart of their attack was James Hook, every bit as inspirational for Wales as Danny Cipriani looks like being for England. He too has to dislodge the established and quality No 10 in the national team, Stephen Jones, but Gatland is sticking to a policy of keeping them both in the frame.

The New Zealander has brought common sense and good judgment to the sometimes anarchic world of Welsh rugby in what has been a dream first season, and he has shown genuine belief in his players, rather than inducing anxiety and doubt in them, which must be the mood inside the French camp.

Lee Byrne, for instance, has been a revelation and had another fine game, especially under the high ball. And Martyn Williams owes Gatland a debt of gratitude for persuading him to extend his distinguished international career. The flanker has been inspired and was at the centre of every breakdown, scrapping and delving, while providing the connections off the second and third pass that gives Wales the confidence to go wide. That alone unsettled France as they struggled to allocate their tackling resources. They were their off-the-cuff selves with ball in hand, but stuttered – and, in the case of Gulgence Ouedraogo, shuddered. Henson’s stupidly late throat-buster did not escape the official’s attention and France dragged the deficit back to 9-6 at the end of a tight first half.

Jean-Baptiste Elissalde, as mouthy as scrum-halves are licensed to be, taunted Wales during the week with the assertion that ‘they were not the All Blacks’. Given that France beat the Blacks in the World Cup, this presumably meant they would not be doing the same to Wales – but Elissalde did his best, drawing them level just after the break. Curiously, he could not ignite his back line with ball in hand.

Shane Williams, meanwhile, has been able to score from just about anywhere on the pitch all season. He needed just one more to go with the five he has posted in this Six Nations to go beyond a career total of 40 and break the national record he shares with Gareth Thomas.

Then, on the very stroke of the hour, the Millennium Stadium was filled with almost unbearable happiness as every man, woman and child (even those who were French, probably) rose to applaud the little wizard’s kick and chase. He ran 40 yards, skipping clear of the snapping defence, and flopped on the ball over the line, as happy a record-breaker as there can ever have been in the principality. The championship was theirs now. The Slam too, surely. Twenty minutes to keep out the unpredictable French, 20 minutes before they could truly give vent to their talent for celebrating.

When Martyn Williams broke through for a try near the end, following the most exhilarating long break by Mark Jones, we were in heart-attack territory, such was the exultation.

This time, it would be even sweeter than in 2005, reckoned Shanklin on Friday, because they could believe in it, savour it. It might even begin another run, such as they had in the Seventies. Funny how history and tradition and all those other imponderables really do matter sometimes.

Man of the match: Martyn Williams

Truly magnificent. He may never have played a finer game for his country. He was everywhere – scavenging in the loose, backing up in attack, putting in the big hits. If he decides to announce his retirement again, his compatriots should beg him to change his mind.

Wales: Byrne; M Jones, Shanklin, Henson, S Williams; Hook (S Jones 71), Phillips; Jenkins, Bennett (Rees 56), A Jones, Gough (Evans 71), AW Jones, Thomas, M Williams, R Jones (capt).

Tries S Williams, M Williams Cons S Jones 2

Pens Hook 3, S Jones 2

France: Floch (Heymans 67); Clerc, Jauzion, Traille, Malzieu; Skrela (Trinh-Duc 63), Elissalde (Yachvili 67); Barcella, Szarzewski (Servat 44), Mas (Poux 62), Nallet (capt), Thion (Mela 75), Dusautoir, Ouedraogo (Vermeulen 62), Bonnaire.

Pens Elissalde 3, Yachvili

Referee M Jonker (SA)

Millennium Stadium 75,000

Kevin Mitchell at the Millennium Stadium
Sunday March 16, 2008
The Observer

Police: Put young children on DNA list

0

Primary school children should be eligible for the DNA database if they exhibit behaviour indicating they may become criminals in later life, according to Britain’s most senior police forensics expert.

Gary Pugh, director of forensic sciences at Scotland Yard and the new DNA spokesman for the Association of Chief Police Officers (Acpo), said a debate was needed on how far Britain should go in identifying potential offenders, given that some experts believe it is possible to identify future offending traits in children as young as five.

‘If we have a primary means of identifying people before they offend, then in the long-term the benefits of targeting younger people are extremely large,’ said Pugh. ‘You could argue the younger the better. Criminologists say some people will grow out of crime; others won’t. We have to find who are possibly going to be the biggest threat to society.’

Pugh admitted that the deeply controversial suggestion raised issues of parental consent, potential stigmatisation and the role of teachers in identifying future offenders, but said society needed an open, mature discussion on how best to tackle crime before it took place. There are currently 4.5 million genetic samples on the UK database – the largest in Europe – but police believe more are required to reduce crime further. ‘The number of unsolved crimes says we are not sampling enough of the right people,’ Pugh told The Observer. However, he said the notion of universal sampling – everyone being forced to give their genetic samples to the database – is currently prohibited by cost and logistics.

Civil liberty groups condemned his comments last night by likening them to an excerpt from a ‘science fiction novel’. One teaching union warned that it was a step towards a ‘police state’.

Pugh’s call for the government to consider options such as placing primary school children who have not been arrested on the database is supported by elements of criminological theory. A well-established pattern of offending involves relatively trivial offences escalating to more serious crimes. Senior Scotland Yard criminologists are understood to be confident that techniques are able to identify future offenders.

A recent report from the think-tank Institute for Public Policy Research (IPPR) called for children to be targeted between the ages of five and 12 with cognitive behavioural therapy, parenting programmes and intensive support. Prevention should start young, it said, because prolific offenders typically began offending between the ages of 10 and 13. Julia Margo, author of the report, entitled ‘Make me a Criminal’, said: ‘You can carry out a risk factor analysis where you look at the characteristics of an individual child aged five to seven and identify risk factors that make it more likely that they would become an offender.’ However, she said that placing young children on a database risked stigmatising them by identifying them in a ‘negative’ way.

Shami Chakrabarti, director of the civil rights group Liberty, denounced any plan to target youngsters. ‘Whichever bright spark at Acpo thought this one up should go back to the business of policing or the pastime of science fiction novels,’ she said. ‘The British public is highly respectful of the police and open even to eccentric debate, but playing politics with our innocent kids is a step too far.’

Chris Davis, of the National Primary Headteachers’ Association, said most teachers and parents would find the suggestion an ‘anathema’ and potentially very dangerous. ‘It could be seen as a step towards a police state,’ he said. ‘It is condemning them at a very young age to something they have not yet done. They may have the potential to do something, but we all have the potential to do things. To label children at that stage and put them on a register is going too far.’

Davis admitted that most teachers could identify children who ‘had the potential to have a more challenging adult life’, but said it was the job of teachers to support them.

Pugh, though, believes that measures to identify criminals early would save the economy huge sums – violent crime alone costs the UK £13bn a year – and significantly reduce the number of offences committed. However, he said the British public needed to move away from regarding anyone on the DNA database as a criminal and accepted it was an emotional issue.

‘Fingerprints, somehow, are far less contentious,’ he said. ‘We have children giving their fingerprints when they are borrowing books from a library.’

Last week it emerged that the number of 10 to 18-year-olds placed on the DNA database after being arrested will have reached around 1.5 million this time next year. Since 2004 police have had the power to take DNA samples from anyone over the age of 10 who is arrested, regardless of whether they are later charged, convicted, or found to be innocent.

Concern over the issue of civil liberties will be further amplified by news yesterday that commuters using Oyster smart cards could have their movements around cities secretly monitored under new counter-terrorism powers being sought by the security services.

Mark Townsend and Anushka Asthana

Scores of civilians and US military staff feared dead

0

Scores of civilians and US military staff feared dead as huge Albanian arms dump explodes

Scores of people, including US military staff, are feared to have died after a Soviet-era munitions dump exploded at an Albanian army base yesterday. The blast injured more than 240 people, including many children — and the country’s Prime Minister, Sali Berisha, said he believed the death toll could be considerable.

The initial blast at the depot at Gerdec village, about six miles north of the capital, Tirana, set off a series of explosions, and ammunition continued to detonate for hours. The blast was felt 12 miles away and was heard at a distance of more than 30 miles. Many of the injured are civilians hurt by the enormous shockwaves that hit nearby villages and cars passing by on a nearby highway. Terrorism is not suspected.

A Reuters cameraman at the scene said: “Terrified people are leaving the area on foot along the highway, mainly women and children.” He described plumes of smoke and a series of explosions from the base.

“Cars with broken windows have been abandoned on the highway,” he added. Television pictures showed houses torn apart, their walls and roofs caved in. Unexploded shells were scattered round the area.

The explosions seemed to have begun when Albanian and US teams were moving obsolete munitions stored at the base, including 50-year-old artillery shells. Mr Berisha said: “The problem of ammunition in Albania is one of the gravest and a continuous threat. There is a colossal, a crazy amount of it since 1945.” The base is a central collection point for the arsenal amassed by Albania’s Stalinist-era dictatorship.

Interior Minister Bujar Nishani said: “The most dangerous area, where it is foreseen there will be dead, is the explosion site where no one has been able to go yet.” He added that army and police forces were some 50 meters from the site.

Five bodies have been found so far, but officials said they feared the worst for the three teams, each of 21 people, working there at the time. Several were reportedly US citizens.

David Randall 

Britain’s refugee shame

1

Gordon Brown has strongly criticised Robert Mugabe’s regime in Zimbabwe, but now ministers are seeking to expel 1,000 desperate people back to Harare on the grounds that there is ‘no general risk’ to them. Emily Dugan and Robert Verkaik investigate

Ministers are preparing to expel hundreds of failed asylum-seekers back to the brutal regime of Robert Mugabe, seriously undermining Gordon Brown’s publicly declared tough stance on Zimbabwe.

The Government has started a mass removal programme that could affect more than 1,000 Zimbabweans who have enjoyed protection in the UK under a moratorium on deportations.

Letters sent by the Home Office to failed asylum-seekers last week inform the recipients that they are at “no general risk” in Zimbabwe and encourage them to leave the UK voluntarily.

One of the letters, seen by The Independent on Sunday, says: “Your claim for asylum has been refused… I am now writing to make sure that you know that the Border & Immigration Agency [BIA] is expecting shortly to be able to enforce returns to Zimbabwe. The Asylum and Immigration Tribunal [AIT] has now found that there is no general risk on return for failed asylum-seekers.”

It adds: “You have exhausted your rights of appeal and have no other basis of stay in the UK. You should now make plans to return home.”

Groups advising asylum-seekers in the UK said the change of policy follows an immigration appeals court ruling in 2006 that paved the way for mass deportations.

The first phase of the new asylum removal drive will target 500 failed asylum-seekers from Zimbabwe living in the north-west of England. In all, more than 1,000 people are likely to be affected in the near future, out of some 7,000 Zimbabwean asylum-seekers in the UK.

News of the letter could prove embarrassing for the Prime Minister, who has made political capital out of a possible Zimbabwe cricket tour ban and refused to sit next to Mr Mugabe at an international summit. Gordon Brown now faces accusations of hypocrisy over his dealings with the African state.

In his first speech as leader to the Labour conference last year, Mr Brown promised to stand up for those suffering persecution in Zimbabwe. He made direct reference to Mugabe’s regime, saying: “The message should go out to anyone facing persecution anywhere from Burma to Zimbabwe: human rights are universal and no injustice can last for ever.”

Last night Chris Huhne, the Lib Dem home affairs spokesman, said the deportations could not be justified: “With elections due to be held on 29 March, the timing could not be worse. Unfortunately the situation in Zimbabwe has if anything deteriorated. There is no justification for returning Zimbabweans into the hands of the Mugabe regime. It is typical but depressing that Gordon Brown can seek to gain the moral high ground by refusing to attend a summit with Mugabe, while his own Home Secretary seems desperate to deport Zimbabweans at the earliest opportunity.”

Kate Hoey MP, Labour chair of the All-Party Parliamentary Group on Zimbabwe, said it would be “ridiculous” if the Home Office tried to force mass returns of asylum-seekers. “The situation in Zimbabwe is worse than ever, and to send people back in a blanket way like this is not something that anyone with an understanding of the country would support.”

Diane Abbott, Labour MP for Hackney North and Stoke Newington, said: “I do not believe it is safe to return asylum-seekers to Zimbabwe. The country is considered by many, including Amnesty, to still be in political turmoil. Opposition to Mugabe’s regime is still prohibited and political opponents vulnerable to excessive police force. I condemn the Home Office’s habit of sending people back to unsafe countries just to look tough.”

Donna Covey, chief executive of the Refugee Council, said: “We do not think it is morally acceptable for the Government to force people to return to Zimbabwe. There has been no improvement in the human rights situation there, which remains dire.

“We know most Zimbabweans want to return when it is safe and to contribute to rebuilding their country. We should be offering them a form of temporary status here allowing them to work and retain their skills so they’re fully equipped when the situation has improved.”

Beatrice Masina, 26, one of the 500 Zimbabweans who received a Home Office letter last week, faces being sent back — along with her seven-month-old baby, Leeroy — to people she said have already attacked her previously in Zimbabwe.

A supporter of the opposition Movement for Democratic Change (MDC), she distributed T-shirts and leaflets at party rallies. Early one morning in May 2003, a gang of 10 Zanu-PF militia kidnapped her. The men, armed with machetes and clubs, took her to a secret location, raped and then beat her. A day later, they dumped her by the road.

She sought protection at her uncle’s house but soon began to get threatening letters. “The letters said they knew where I was, and that they would come and get me,” said Ms Masina. It was then that she decided to flee, arriving in the UK in September 2003.

“If [Zanu-PF] know I’m back they might attack me again, and I might be killed,” she said. “I’m scared my baby would not survive the persecution. They [the Home Office] are being very unfair. I don’t think they’re looking at the dangers I’ll face. They just want to send people back regardless. If anything happens to me, they’ll have my blood on their hands.”

Patson Muzuwa, chair of the Zimbabwe Association, said it had called an emergency meeting with solicitors to look at ways of fighting this change in policy. He said: “How come the Foreign and Commonwealth Office says Zimbabwe is bad on human rights, yet the Home Office wants to send people back?

“There doesn’t appear to be a link between the departments; the Home Office just wants to boast about how many people they’ve deported. There are continuous human rights abuses in Zimbabwe, and this seems to be deliberate timing by the Home Office ahead of the elections.”

David Banks, co-ordinator of the parliamentary group on Zimbabwe, said: “It’s baffling; the BIA doesn’t seem to put what it is doing into any context of developments in the country from where the asylum-seekers have come. I think these letters highlight the astonishing insensitivity of the Home Office. Most of their people have no understanding of the sense of fear and threat that people in this country live under.”

A spokesman for the BIA said last night: “The Home Office had agreed at a High Court hearing on 26 September 2006 to defer the enforced removal of failed asylum-seekers to Zimbabwe pending the outcome of the country guidance litigation. This position will be maintained until any application for permission to appeal the AIT’s determination is dealt with. We expect to be in a position to resume enforced returns of failed asylum-seekers to Zimbabwe very shortly.”

He added: “We will continue to do everything we can to ensure a better future for Zimbabweans: a democratic and accountable government, respect for human rights and the rule of law, and policies that ensure economic stability and development, not humanitarian misery. However, not every Zimbabwean in the UK qualifies for asylum and we believe it is vital that we continue to operate a fair and robust system, enforcing the removal of those not entitled to be in the country who refuse to leave voluntarily.”

A family at risk: ‘If I go back to Zimbabwe, they’ll kill me’

When Rose Moyo (a pseudonym) fled Zimbabwe in 2002 she thought she had secured a safe future. But now a letter from the Home Office has shattered the 35-year-old’s dream of life away from Mugabe’s militia.

Rose worked as a farm manager with her husband just outside Bulawayo when gangs of men from Zanu-PF began targeting them. The couple were well known for being MDC members, and visits became more frequent.

After the most violent of these attacks in October 2001, when the militia began whipping MDC activists, her husband disappeared. Rose has not heard from him since and fears he is dead. A month later the men came back again: this time they raped and beat her. “That was the worst day of my life,” she said. “And I will never be able to forget it.”

After more death threats, she decided the only option left was to flee, and her two children were forced to stay behind with her mother-in-law. But last year her mother-in-law also went missing and is believed dead.

Relatives managed to get her two children, Lucia, 11, and Blessings, nine, on a flight to the UK at Christmas, and for the first time in six years the family is reunited in safety. But now her dream of them living in peace is destroyed.

Choking back tears, Rose said: “When I got the letter I couldn’t believe it. If I go back to Zimbabwe they’ll kill me. The Home Office is just being cruel. Instead of helping people like me they are making our lives harder.

“If the Government doesn’t believe what I’m saying they should go there and see for themselves how bad it is.”

Emily Dugan

McCain Backed by Rothschilds – Washington Post

5

Sen. John McCain plans at least one campaign event on his week-long congressional trip to Europe and the Middle East: a March 20 fundraiser in London. An invitation sent out by the campaign says the luncheon will be held at Spencer House, St. James’s Place, “by kind permission of Lord Rothschild OM GBE and the Hon Nathaniel Rothschild.” Tickets to the invitation-only event cost $1,000 to $2,300. Attire is listed as “lounge suits.”

The fundraiser will be limited to Americans, as foreigners are not permitted to donate to presidential candidates.

McCain spokeswoman Jill Hazelbaker said the campaign will reimburse Congress for the political portions of the trip, as well as the senator’s flight home, because he is flying separately from the congressional delegation.

“We are also paying for the fundraiser and his hotel that evening in London,” Hazelbaker said. “We will reimburse the Treasury for the cost of a flight to London.”

— Matthew Mosk

Eli Lilly E-Mail Discussed Unapproved Use of Drug

2

John C. Lechleiter, an Eli Lilly official who is about to become the company’s top executive, wrote an e-mail message in 2003 that appears to have encouraged Lilly to promote its schizophrenia medicine Zyprexa for a use not approved by federal drug regulators.

Mr. Lechleiter’s comments came in a March 2003 e-mail message he wrote to other Lilly executives, after he traveled to Cincinnati to watch Lilly sales representatives talk to doctors.

The e-mail message was discussed this week in an Anchorage courtroom in a lawsuit against Lilly by the State of Alaska. The suit seeks reimbursement for the medical costs of Medicaid patients who developed diabetes while taking Zyprexa.

The drug causes severe weight gain and cholesterol problems in many patients and has been linked to diabetes.

Zyprexa is federally approved only for use by adults diagnosed with schizophrenia or bipolar disorder. While doctors are free to prescribe it “off label” for any patients for any use, it would be a violation of federal law for Lilly to actively encourage off-label use of the drug.

The federal government has investigated drug companies before for off-label promotion of their medicines, but Mr. Lechleiter’s note provides rare documentation of a senior drug executive’s openly discussing the practice.

A spokeswoman for Eli Lilly said Mr. Lechleiter was not advocating off-label promotion in his note but simply wanted the company to respond to physicians’ requests for information.

In his e-mail message, Mr. Lechleiter discusses the use of Zyprexa by children and teenagers.

Mr. Lechleiter, who was then the company’s executive vice president for pharmaceutical products, noted to other Lilly officials that company representatives were already promoting Strattera, a second Lilly psychiatric drug, to pediatricians and child psychiatrists. The representatives could also discuss Zyprexa with such doctors, he said.

“The fact we are now talking to child psychs and peds and others about Strattera means that we must seize the opportunity to expand our work with Zyprexa in this same child-adolescent population,” Mr. Lechleiter wrote in the message.

He also encouraged Lilly to get data on the use of Zyprexa in treating “disruptive kids” in order to increase the drug’s sales.

The company declined to make Mr. Lechleiter available for comment.

Because of Zyprexa’s physical side effects, many psychiatrists now say it is appropriate only for severely mentally ill patients. Clinical trials have shown that its tendency to cause dangerous weight gain appears to be especially pronounced in younger patients. The Food and Drug Administration has for more than a year declined to act upon an application by Lilly to broaden the drug’s label to allow its use in people under 18.

Mr. Lechleiter’s e-mail message has not previously been discussed publicly. In the Alaska trial, after plaintiff lawyers presented it without the jury present, Judge Mark Rindner said it could not be admitted into evidence in the trial because off-label use was not at issue in the case.

Its disclosure nonetheless comes at a sensitive moment for Lilly, which is also under federal criminal investigation for the way it promoted Zyprexa and played down the drug’s risks to doctors.

From 2000 to 2002, internal Lilly documents show that the company tried aggressively to expand Zyprexa’s sales into markets for which the drug was never approved, including elderly patients with dementia.

To settle that investigation, and related investigations by several states, Lilly is negotiating with federal prosecutors in Pennsylvania on a deal that could result in the company’s paying $1 billion to $2 billion in fines and restitution, according to people involved in the investigation. The prosecutors declined to comment on Friday.

Because Mr. Lechleiter, an organic chemist who is Lilly’s president and chief operating officer, is a senior official about to become the chief executive, the public disclosure of an e-mail message in which he appears to have encouraged off-label promotion of Zyprexa could complicate the talks.

He is scheduled to become chief executive on April 1, succeeding Sidney Taurel, and is to succeed Mr. Taurel as Lilly’s chairman at the end of the year.

Since 2003, as information about the drug’s risks has spread, prescriptions for Zyprexa have fallen sharply in the United States. But Lilly has repeatedly increased the drug’s price to counteract the slumping prescriptions, and Zyprexa remains by far Lilly’s best-selling product, with worldwide sales of $4.8 billion last year, about half in the United States. Zyprexa now costs about $8,000 a year at commonly prescribed doses.

Marni Lemons, a spokeswoman for Eli Lilly, said Mr. Lechleiter’s e-mail message was meant to encourage Lilly representatives to answer questions from doctors who were already prescribing Zyprexa off label to children and teenagers.

“Rather than driving physician demand, what he was doing was responding to demand from physicians, which we are allowed to do,” Ms. Lemons said.

Federal law does let companies send “medical letters” with additional information about off-label uses to physicians who request the information, although sales representatives are not supposed to discuss it.

In the e-mail message, Mr. Lechleiter made several other references to off-label use of Zyprexa. He wrote, “We are losing scripts to Risperdal for treatment of disruptive kids, because Johnson & Johnson has the data and we don’t.”

Risperdal, made by Johnson & Johnson, is another drug for schizophrenia and bipolar disorder. Unlike Zyprexa, it has been approved for pediatric use.

Mr. Lechleiter also wrote that “Zyprexa is getting traction with some neurologists for treatment of pain,” another off-label use of Zyprexa, which has never been approved for pain relief.

The Alaska trial over Zyprexa began March 5 in Anchorage and is expected to last until late this month.

In its initial complaint, the state tried to recover costs associated with Lilly’s off-label promotion of Zyprexa. But just before the jury was chosen, Judge Rindner dismissed that claim. As a result, jurors have not been permitted to hear any evidence relating to off-label promotion in the case.

But lawyers for the state tried on Tuesday to introduce the e-mail message into evidence anyway. Although the judge ruled against them, the message became part of the court record.

ALEX BERENSON

Anti-war demo draws thousands

1

Anti-War DemoThousands of anti-war protesters rallied to demand Britain withdraw its troops from Iraq and Afghanistan.

Activists urging an end to Britain’s role in overseas’ wars gathered in Trafalgar Square, central London, for a march on parliament.

The protest, organised by the Stop the War Coalition, was called to mark the fifth anniversary of the invasion of Iraq. Demonstrators called for no US attack on Iran and for an end to the “siege” of Gaza.

Organisers in London estimated up to 40,000 people joined the protest. Police said no arrests were made. They estimated numbers at 10,000.

The London protest was one of a number taking place in countries around the world on Saturday, organisers said. Protesters heard speeches from the leaders of a range of groups including CND, and the Palestinian Solidarity Campaign.

Former Labour cabinet minister Tony Benn said: “The troops in Iraq have caused devastation. It’s the same in Afghanistan.”

Green MEP Caroline Lucas called for the Prime Minister and his predecessor to be prosecuted for war crimes. She said: “Tony Blair and Gordon Brown should be tried for war crimes at the international court in the Hague.

“They need to know you cannot bomb your way to peace.”

Former CND leader Bruce Kent described the protest as an “orchestra of peace”.

“I think the common agreement is for a peaceful and just world. I am speaking about nuclear weapons but the war in Iraq is part of the same campaign.”

Indymedia

Chavez: I dare Bush to call us terrorist

0

President Hugo Chavez says that Washington does not dare to list Venezuela as one of the countries allegedly supporting terrorism.

Republican lawmakers including Reps. Connie Mack and Ileana Ros-Lehtinen have urged the State Department to add Venezuela to the list of terror sponsors.

In a Friday televised speech, Chavez said the threat to label Venezuela as a ‘terror sponsor’ is yet another politically motivated attempt to undermine the regional success of Caracas.

“Let them make that list and shove it in their pocket, we shouldn’t forget for an instant that we’re in a battle against North American imperialism. On this continent, they have us as enemy No. 1,” said Chavez.

The heated comments come as Ecuadorian leader Rafael Correa hammered US President George W. Bush for supporting Columbia’s assault on Ecuador.

“Bring your soldiers Mr. Bush. Let it be your soldiers who die along the southern border with Colombia. We’ll see if the Americans, the citizens of the United States will accept tremendous atrocity,” said Correa.

“If not, shut your mouth and understand what is happening in Latin America,” he concluded.

SBB/HGH

VIDEO: Police caught inciting violence

14

For over ten years now, I’ve been writing about and documenting police riots at protests.

It’s always the same story:

Undercover police dress up as protesters and incite, or even engage in, violence.

Uniformed police then take advantage of this to assault legitimate protesters, sometimes brutally.

It’s the oldest trick in the book and the French have a phrase for it: “Agent Provocateur.

Bizarrely, US protesters NEVER seem to get their heads out of their arses and see it coming no matter how many times it gets pulled on them.

In contrast, one labor leader at the Montebello meeting of the so called “Security and Prosperity Summit” in Quebec earned the title “leader” and not only detected this crap as it was talking place, but confronted the government-employed criminals involved and forced them to stand down.

This kind of activity isn’t legitimate police work. It’s thug-for-hire work on behalf of fascists.

Next time you see one of these hulking morons with a mask on his face holding a rock or stick, rip off his mask and photograph him. Don’t expect a shred of help from the gutless news media exposing these vermin. They’ll never follow up on the story, but the photographs are a deterrent.

By the way, the so called “Security and Prosperity Summit” will be meeting in New Orleans in April. Brasscheck TV will be there reporting on cop dirty tricks as they happen.

Note: New Orleans police have coincidentally been given a “grant” of assault weapons and riot gear recently. Also, an article recently appeared in New Orleans Magazine praising the local SWAT team for brutalizing local affordable housing protesters. How subtle.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=St1-WTc1kow[/youtube]

Yemeni man accuses CIA of torture

A Yemeni national accused American secret agents of subjecting him to various forms of torture during nearly three years of CIA detention, in a statement released by Amnesty International yesterday. Khaled Abdu Ahmed Saleh Al Maqtari was arrested by American soldiers in Fallujah, Iraq, in January 2004, along with around 60 other people, he told the London-based human rights group. He said he was transferred to the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq where he was held as a “ghost detainee”, where he experienced violent beatings, intimidation by dogs, sleep deprivation, induced hypothermia, and other forms of torture. Al Maqtari described one occasion when he was beaten by three men and then made to stand naked on a chair in front of an air conditioner while holding up a large bottle of water. During this time, he was periodically doused in water, making him feel so cold he had trouble standing.

The 31-year-old added that he was also suspended by his feet with his arms cuffed behind his back while he was lowered up and down over a water crate with a pulley. After nine days of interrogation at Abu Ghraib, Al Maqtari was transferred to Afghanistan in a secret CIA flight, Amnesty said. The organisation added that flight records it obtained showed a plane operated by the CIA left Baghdad for Kabul nine days after the Yemeni national’s arrest.

In Afghanistan, Al Maqtari was again subjected to torture, including prolonged isolation, sleep deprivation, exposure to extreme heat and cold, and sensory deprivation with bright lighting and loud music or sounds channeled into his cell, among other forms of ill-treatment, it said. At the end of April 2004, Al Maqtari was transferred to another secret CIA detention centre, according to Amnesty, possibly in eastern Europe, where he was held for nearly two and a half years, before eventually being transferred to Yemen, where he was detained until May 2007.

“At no point during his 32-month confinement was Khaled al-Maqtari told where he was or why,” said Anne FitzGerald, an Amnesty senior adviser. “He did not have access to lawyers, relatives, the International Committee of the Red Cross or any person other than his interrogators and the personnel involved in his detention and transfer. This clearly violates the US’s international obligations.”

AFP

Guantanamo detainee’s request for key witness OKd

0

Prosecutors must make available a military commander who allegedly altered a report to cast blame on their client for the killing of a U.S. soldier.

GUANTANAMO BAY, CUBA — The Army judge presiding over the war-crimes trial of Canadian Omar Khadr ordered prosecutors to turn over to defense lawyers documents and interrogation notes, and to make available a key witness.

The judge, Col. Peter E. Brownback III, issued his rulings a day after hearing defense appeals for more disclosure from prosecutors in the case against Khadr, 21, who is charged with killing a U.S. Army special forces soldier during a 2002 firefight in Afghanistan.

Among the witnesses who will be made available by April 4 to Khadr’s attorneys is an Army commander identified only as Lt. Col. W.

Khadr’s Navy lawyer, Lt. Cmdr. William C. Kuebler, has accused military authorities of doctoring evidence to make his client appear guilty. He said in pretrial motions that the Army commander for the Khost region of eastern Afghanistan, Lt. Col. W, reported in July 2002 that the person who threw a grenade that killed Sgt. 1st Class Christopher J. Speer also died in the firefight.

But two months later, Kuebler said, the commander altered his account to say Speer’s attacker was “engaged” by U.S. forces, suggesting that he might still be alive. Defense attorneys now will be able to question the commander about why he changed his account of the incident.

The government contends that Khadr was the only enemy combatant to survive the clash in which Speer suffered wounds that led to his death eight days later.

Defense attorneys also on Friday won access to documents and notes that they hope will reveal the harsh treatment Khadr has endured as a prisoner, and the conditions under which he may have provided statements to U.S. authorities.

Khadr, who was 15 at the time of the clash, was wounded and captured in the confrontation. As a 9- or 10-year-old, he was taken by his militant father from Canada to Afghanistan to visit Al Qaeda training sites.

Kuebler and the other military lawyers assigned to defend Khadr in an earlier commissions process have argued that the suspect should have been treated as a juvenile, in accordance with the Geneva Conventions.

Khadr was taken from the battlefield to the U.S. military base at Bagram, north of Kabul, where Kuebler said Khadr was exposed to weeks of harsh treatment by military interrogators before being sent to Guantanamo.

Khadr’s attorneys on Friday also were granted a request to delay the trial because of the protracted dispute over what could be disclosed to the defense team. The judge set no date, but the proceedings will be delayed until at least June.

The judge blamed both prosecution and defense for the delay.

Carol J. Williams, Los Angeles Times

MPs raise fears over data protection for ID register

0

Repeated breaches of data protection laws by government departments raise huge question marks over plans for the national identity register required for ID cards and biometric passport, an influential parliamentary human rights watchdog has warned.

MPs and peers on the Lords and Commons Joint Committee on Human Rights said repeated losses of personal information by departments had increased their concern, and announced they ” intend to take a close interest in the government’s detailed proposals for the national identity register as and when they emerge.”

In a hard-hitting report the committee insisted the privacy of personal data is guaranteed under the European Convention on Human Rights as well as the Data Protection Act. The report demands that detailed rules must in future be written in to all relevant primary legislation to “help ensure that data protection becomes a primary concern of managers and frontline staff in the public sector.”

The committee listed 18 previous occasions where it had expressed concern at the lack of data protection provisions in government bills, including one creating the unified HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) department – responsible for the 25 million child benefit records data loss last year – where it had flagged up the ” inadequacy of safeguards relating to HMRC information sharing powers”.

The committee questioned the role of justice minister Michael Wills, responsible for data protection and human rights issues – who said he was not personally responsible for ensuring other departments obey the law – insisting he must be more proactive.

The MPs were also surprised to discover government departments have senior officials designated as “human rights champions” about whom it had never heard.

Committee chairman Andrew Dismore said people had been shocked at the loss of child benefit data and demanded individual information should be treated “as sensitively and carefully as hard cash”.

“The government must demonstrate that it appreciates the seriousness of what needs to be done,” he said.

“The fundamental problem is a cultural one. There has been a rapid increase in the amount of data sharing in the public sector, which can be useful, important and necessary, but this has not been matched by the even more necessary strong commitment to safeguard the right to respect for privacy.”

Computing,

Call to scrap ID cards plan

0

A critical report today should be the last nail in the coffin of the government’s proposed ID cards, said Jenny Willott, Welsh Liberal Democrat MP for Cardiff Central.

The report by the Joint Committee on Human Rights, comes as details, released through the Freedom of Information Act revealed how many of those departments lack basic systems to comply with the Data Protection Act.

A survey of 14 departments by the British Computer Society published today shower that none of them had statistics of how many errors were on their database, nor had a budget to correct them.

The loss of 25m child benefit records by the HM Revenue & Customs last year when computer discs were mislaid has hugely dented trust in the government’s ability to look after personal data.

The Ministry of Defence has admitted that more than 11,000 military ID cards have been lost or stolen in the past two years.

Defence minister Bob Ainsworth admitted that 4,433 ID cards disappeared in 2006 and a further 6,812 went missing from July 2006 to December 2007.

Commenting on today’s Joint Committee on Human Rights critical report
into ‘Data Protection and Human Rights’, Ms Willott sid: “This report should be the last nail in the coffin for ID cards. Why should the public trust this Government with the quantity of personal data they would load on to the ID card system, when it has utterly failed to protect far less?

“Over the last 10 years, the Labour government has combined a drive to gather up ever more information on the public with a cavalier attitude to people’s basic human right for their personal data to be properly
protected.

“Why has it taken the loss of data affecting 1 in every 3 people for the Government to look again at their security procedures? Whatever the outcome of the ongoing review into personal information safeguards, the Government will have to do the miraculous to convince anyone that they know how to fix this systematic problem.”

Web Link

DNA bill expected to pass key committee

0

A bill that would expand the criminal DNA database to include suspects of every violent crime appeared likely to pass a key House committee late Friday, despite a request from black lawmakers to postpone discussion.Members of the House judiciary committee debated potential changes to Gov. Martin O’Malley‘s proposal to collect DNA from all suspects in violent crimes. His administration is offering significant amendments to alleviate resistance from the legislature’s black caucus who say the proposal encourages racial profiling.

Some members of the caucus asked House leaders to delay the committee vote to discuss the changes. The request was denied.

“It was a proper, reasonable request,” said Del. Jill Carter, a Baltimore City Democrat. “The impact it has on black people is going to be different and more significant that it will be to other people.”

The state currently collects DNA samples from those convicted of felonies or child sex abuse. Under the amended proposal, the state will collect samples from those charged with violent crimes and will automatically destroy samples if a suspect is arrested but not indicted. The governor’s proposal also adds about 15 crimes including arson, rape and manslaughter.

Committee members indicated they would have passed the bill as O’Malley originally proposed. Several Republican members supported the request to delay a vote until after Monday, when the black caucus is scheduled to meet next.

“I would hope that if my caucus made that request it would be honored,” said Minority Whip Christopher Shank, a sponsor of the legislation. “I think we should give the black caucus the ability to work this out.”

A final vote was not available by press time.

Not all black lawmakers oppose the bill. Del. Gerron Levi, a Prince George’s County Democrat, suggested the delay was a strategy to ultimately kill the proposal before next week’s deadline for bills to cross to opposite General Assembly chambers.

“I do not think it’s fair to say there is one black side of the equation or another,” Levi said “I think it’s split at best.”

http://www.examiner.com/

Fears mount over US economy

0

 

The US economy has been hit by more bleak news, with a series of announcements adding to an already gloomy picture.

A slump in consumer spending, another drop in the dollar, and oil prices at new highs pushed the White House to admit that the next few months would be “difficult and challenging”.

First came the news of weaker than expected February retail sales figures, reflecting a lack of consumer confidence that could prove fatal for an economy where consumer spending accounts for two-thirds of total activity.

The commerce department reported that consumers, battered by falling home values, job losses, soaring energy costs and a severe credit squeeze, held back on spending in February. The 0.6 per cent drop was the second big drop in retail sales in the past three months, a pattern consistent with the onset of a recession, and many economists believe the country is in recession or will be soon.

‘Difficult and challenging’

The Bush administration rushed out new proposals to avoid a repeat of various problems that have led to a severe crisis in credit markets.

Tony Fratto, the White House deputy press secretary, said the government expected a “difficult and challenging” period but predicted an economic rebound once the impact of the Federal Reserve’s credit cuts and the recently passed economic stimulus package began to be felt. But private analysts were not as confident, worrying that the economy is being hit by multiple blows and noting that some of the problems, such as plunging home sales and mortgage defaults, are showing no signs of abating. “We’re in the belly of the recession beast right now and all we really can do is take defensive action,” Bernard Baumohl, managing director of the Economic Outlook Group, told the Associated Press. George Bush, the US president, is expected in New York on Friday to deliver a speech on the economy. “I think it’s important for the president to get out and talk about how he sees the economy, and why he sees the economy improving as the year goes on,” Fratto said.  But Fratto conceded that surging energy prices were acting as a drag and “higher oil prices and higher gasoline prices are not going to go away overnight”. Crude oil prices hit all-time highs on Thursday with crude closing at $110.33 per barrel on the New York Mercantile Exchange.

Dipping dollar

February’s retail sales was weaker
than expected [AFP]

The dollar, meanwhile, dropped anew, dipping briefly below 100 yen for the first time in 12 years and falling to a new low against the euro.

Gold prices topped $1,000 an ounce on Thursday for the first time after the dollar’s plunge.


Gold, which is priced in dollars, becomes cheaper for buyers using other currencies when the US unit falls in value.
 There was also the troubling news that Chrysler, the country’s third largest car manufacturer, announced it was shutting down operations for two weeks in July to boost productivity and efficiency. 

‘End in sight’

On Wall Street, stocks slid more than 200 points but then rebounded to close up more than 30 points as traders grew hopeful about a Federal Reserve rate cut next Tuesday of up to three-quarters of a point. Investors’ moods were also bolstered after the Standard & Poor’s predicted that financial companies were nearing the end of the massive write-downs in the value of sub-prime mortgages and other assets. “The end of write-downs is now in sight for large financial institutions,” it said. The president’s Working Group on Financial Markets, led by Henry Paulson, the treasury secretary, put forward a broad blueprint of changes on Thursday aimed at correcting a variety of abuses such as mortgage brokers who pushed prospective buyers into loans they could not afford. While the recommendations could help prevent a repeat of the current crisis, critics said the administration still needed to go much further to stave off an expected tidal wave of foreclosures in coming months. 

Nearly 60 per cent more US homes faced foreclosure in February than in the same month a year ago, according to a report on Thursday from California-based RealtyTrac.

Agencies

WASHINGTON’S SUPPRESSED PROSTITUTION CASE

3

ONE THING IS CLEAR about the so-called DC Madam – aka Deborah Jeane Palfrey – case: there is a stunning contrast between the lid being kept on the names of male clients in this matter and the interest of the media compared to the speed with which Eliot Spitzer name became notorious in a similar DC case. Admittedly the alleged charges for a prostitute in the DC Madam case were far less than in the Emperor’s Club operation, but both were sufficient to attract the police.

At least investigative journalist Wayne Madsen reported a name in the DC Madam case that was even more famous than Spitzers’ but there has been no denial and no libel suit, not to mention a striking lack of curiosity by the Washington press. Our own best guess as to why the DC Madam client list is being handled so gingerly: the appearance on it of too many good news sources not to mention the possibility of a few well known. media types as well.

Having gotten estimates at the time for the cost to research and back-track telephone numbers, along with subsequent owner data (tens of thousands of dollars), we gladly accepted ABC’s offer of assistance. In return, ABC asked that they be given exclusivity regarding the first public interview with me and more importantly, all of the phone records for years 1993 to 2006.

While the laborious task of copying and transferring the enormous amount of data to ABC was ongoing, the government went to Judge Kessler and obtained the current restraining order prohibiting either my civil counsel, Mr. Sibley or me from further distribution of the records. The government’s justification for the temporary injunction was witness harassment and intimidation — having abandoned its prior rationalization, i.e. asset forfeiture. Consequently, ABC received only 80% of years 2002 thru 2006.

Contrary to popular belief, they never had a complete set of all 13 years. In the final analysis, it really didn’t matter whether ABC had 4 years or 13, their constant assurances and reassurances to Mr. Sibley and me that they could be trusted with my story — for the almost two months they researched 2002 to 2006 — fell flat on May 4, when the much hyped, sweep’s week 20/20 broadcast failed to deliver even one revelation; this despite, a major ad campaign blitz on the part of the network to the contrary. Both Mr. Sibley and I can attest to the fact — having been an integral part of the 7 1/2 week vetting process — that there were and are noteworthy names to be named, in the four years. Why ABC chose to jump ship seemingly at the eleventh hour would be pure speculation, here. The bottom line is that they did and by doing so, they did a tremendous disservice to the American people.. .

DeSales Street

bureau across the street from the Mayflower Hotel, one of the rendezvous points for some Pamela Martin clients. Our sources stated that Ross, Schwartz, Rood, and others at ABC tried their best to get the story out but were overruled by senior executives at ABC in New York and Disney headquarters in Burbank, California who, in turn, were under heavy pressure from the Bush White House.

The Washington Madam case also involves criminal conspiracy and malfeasance within the Justice Department, Internal Revenue Service, and Postal Inspection Service. Palfrey’s case file was not opened until June 2004 after she had been in business for over a decade without any pressure from the government. After Baltimore Police Commissioner and later Maryland State Police Superintendent Ed Norris was charged in May 2004 with three criminal counts by US Attorney Thomas DiBiagio, the IRS opened a file on Palfrey the following month. It is clear that with Norris, a 20 year veteran of the New York Police Department, facing up to 30 years in prison, he entered into a plea bargain with DiBiagio. In return for his cooperation, which included Norris naming Pamela Martin as one of the recipients of Baltimore Police supplemental accounts money, he got six months in prison and six months home detention. Norris now hosts a radio show in Baltimore.

DiBiagio’s assistant US Attorney Jonathan Luna, who once worked at the Brooklyn District Attorneys’ office when a probe was being conducted of both Norris and his friend, former New York Police Commissioner Bernard Kerik, was on to Norris’ corruption in Baltimore. Baltimore Mayor Martin O’Malley appointed Norris as police commissioner but soon became disenchanted with his performance. After his relection as Governor in 2002, Maryland Governor Robert Ehrlich appointed Norris as Maryland State Police Superintendent. Luna was brutally murdered near the Pennsylvania Turnpike in December 2003.

BALTIMORE EXAMINER, MAY 2007 – A woman accused of running a Washington-area prostitution ring says former University of Maryland professor Brandy Britton worked for her. Britton told The Examiner before her death that she previously worked for an escort service called East Coast Elites, but she never mentioned Deborah Jeane Palfrey or her firm, Pamela Martin & Associates, during a series of interviews with this newspaper. . . Britton committed suicide in January, days before she was scheduled to stand trial on prostitution charges and be evicted from her $600,000 Ellicott City home. She faced up to a year in prison on each count, but Howard County prosecutors said that if convicted, she likely wouldn’t have served any time. Britton’s Howard County police file makes no mention of Palfrey or her escort service. Police said Britton was working alone when arrested in January 2006, and they have not connected her case to Palfrey. . . Although Britton said her clients included “police, lawyers and judges,” her notes don’t appear to include the names of prominent people. They contain many partial names and code names, including notes for appointments with men identified only as “Robert,” “Bernard” and “David.” Next to their names, she sometimes wrote the callers’ purported occupations, such as “Dr.” or “Accountant.” Britton was a former assistant professor of sociology and anthropology at University of Maryland, Baltimore County. She resigned in 1999. . . . “I thought I would hate the job, and I’d just have to do it,” she said. “But I really liked it, and I made some really good friends, and I like men more than I ever did before. It’s a long story, but as a feminist it made me see things differently. They love their families and their kids. They’re good guys that really love their wives.”

According to e-mails the woman sent to Palfrey on her Akin Gump account, she “enjoyed and even missed” the work she did at night for Palfrey, who has been charged by federal prosecutors with running a large scale prostitution ring. “Perhaps not the weekly grind, but was thinking that a day a week would be fun and spa money,” the legal secretary wrote to Palfrey last year, after Palfrey had closed her business and was considering whether to re-open it.

The Akin Gump secretary was described by Palfrey as an “absolutely lovely gal,” who was working as an escort “to go back to school and get her education, to finish her college degree.”

Considered one of the most powerful firms in Washington, Akin Gump partners make up a who’s who of Washington insiders, including Vernon Jordan, former Speaker of the House Tom Foley, former Secretary of Health and Human Services Tommy Thompson, former Republican National Committee Chairman Ken Mehlman and co-founder Robert Strauss, an adviser to numerous presidents.

CAROL D. LEONNIG, WASHINGTON POST MAY 2007 – A former client of the woman accused of being the D.C. madam is trying to block his name from being aired on an ABC News program about her escort business and the men who patronized it, saying publicity would amount to witness intimidation, ABC said yesterday. In a letter to ABC, Steven Salky, the man’s attorney, wrote that he has “reason to believe” that his client could be named tomorrow in a “20/20” report about an alleged prostitution ring run by Deborah Jeane Palfrey, ABC said. Salky would not identify the man. The client expects to be a prosecution witness in Palfrey’s federal trial on racketeering charges, Salky told ABC. Identifying him would violate a court order barring harassment of potential witnesses, he said. . .

Palfrey, 50, was indicted last week on racketeering and money laundering charges stemming from her operation of the Pamela Martin & Associates escort service, which closed last summer after 13 years in business. In their motion, government lawyers claim that some discovery documents contain “personal information” about Palfrey’s former johns and prostitutes that is “sensitive.” . . .

Before closing her business, Palfrey operated a web site touting Pamela Martin & Associates as “the best adult agency around,” claiming that it had an “ongoing repeat clientele rate of 65-75%.” Palfrey’s site also advertised for escorts. Prospective hookers, she noted, had to be at least 23 years old with two or more years of college. And her $275-an-appointment employees had to be “weight proportionate to height.”

It’s Maine vs. the feds over national ID cards

0

Unless someone blinks, after May 11 air travel for Mainers will get a lot more complicated. So will entering a federal office building or courthouse. That is the day the Department of Homeland Security institutes new regulations that will gradually turn drivers’ licenses into national identification cards.

Whoops. We’re not supposed to say that. The new regulations, part of the Real ID program, are supposed to “enhance the integrity and reliability of drivers’ licenses and identification cards,” according to a press release from the Department of Homeland Security (DHS).

Essentially Real ID sets common standards for all drivers’ licenses and state identity cards nationwide and creates the electronic infrastructure that gives states and the federal government access to each other’s databases of personal information. Early last year an outraged and skeptical Maine legislature almost unanimously passed a bill opposing the new rules and forbidding the state’s participation. Since then at least sixteen other states have passed bills or resolutions similarly opposing.

According to Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff, Real ID will make America safe from terrorists, stop identity theft, and solve the illegal immigration problem. According to its opponents, Real ID is a massive invasion of personal privacy that offers no assurances of safety or security but will impose a multi-billion-dollar unfunded mandate on the states. Once in place, opponents add, Real ID presents the very real opportunity for “mission creep,” with its use expanding to include prescription drug purchases, banking, employment, and even access to a voting booth.

“The vote opposing Real ID in the legislature wasn’t about the money,” Secretary of State Matthew Dunlap explains. “Every caucus, Republican and Democratic, House and Senate, said we don’t trust the government to create databases of personal information and controls on how we move around.”

“Real ID fundamentally undermines Mainers’ privacy and security,” declares Shenna Bellows, executive director of the Maine Civil Liberties Union (MCLU). “The federal government is foisting a national identification card on Americans without any debate on the pros or cons.”

Opposition to the new regulations has brought together an unusual assortment of players, from the MCLU to George Smith of the Sportsman’s Alliance of Maine to legislative leaders of both parties. In truth, it’s difficult to find anyone in Maine who supports the measure outside the few dozen members of Mainers for a Sensible Immigration Policy, who hope that Real ID is the solution to the illegal immigration problem.

Maine Senator Susan Collins chaired the Homeland Security Committee when the original Real-ID legislation was passed and today is the ranking Republican member. She gets some of the credit for delaying implementation of the rules, and over the past several months, as public opposition to Real ID has mounted, she has adopted a progressively tougher stance against the program.

Among other points, she notes that in 2004 she and her then-Democratic counterpart on the committee, Senator Joe Lieberman, of Connecticut, had written a bill that called for a collaborative approach between the federal government and the states in developing a new, more secure ID. “Then Real ID was slipped through, and it repealed the language Joe and I had written,” she recalls. “We need a tamper-proof ID. We don’t need Real ID.”

When Collins says Real ID “was slipped through,” she isn’t exaggerating. A relatively obscure congressman from Wisconsin, F. James Sensenbrenner, Jr., had been promoting Real ID for several years without success until 2005, when he managed to attach the program as a rider to a supplemental military appropriations bill. It sailed through Congress under the radar and without debate.

Originally Real ID was promoted as an anti-terrorist measure, but that argument faltered when opponents pointed out that all of the 9/11 hijackers carried valid identification papers that would have passed the Real ID test. Then supporters argued that it would prevent identity theft – until the DHS’ Transportation Security Administration created a Web site that left the personal information of air travelers open to the public.

Now Real ID is being pushed as an anti-illegal immigration program, which makes some people wonder what that has to do with air travel. And since it’s a federal program being implemented by state motor vehicle departments, does that also turn drivers’ license examiners into immigration agents? Matt Dunlap says that’s not in the job description of any of his employees.

Real ID was supposed to be fully implemented by this year, but critics won delays while DHS tried to reduce costs – originally estimated at twenty billion dollars – and answer questions about its effectiveness. If Maine and other recalcitrant states want their licenses and other state-issued IDs to remain valid for air travel after May 11, they must apply for a waiver claiming they need more time to comply.

As it now stands, people born on or after December 1, 1964, will have to obtain the new ID by December 1, 2014. Those born before December 1, 1964, will have until December 1, 2017. “The reason for that,” Dunlap says with a laugh, “is that DHS figures that people over fifty years old are less likely to be terrorists. Hello? Anyone care to guess how old Osama Bin Laden is?” (Bin Laden’s birth date is generally given as March 10, 1957.)

Collins hopes that Maine applies for the extension, which gives the state until the end of 2009. “The state has many legitimate points about the cost and privacy concerns,” she says. “But I don’t want to see Maine citizens suffering the consequences of Maine not asking for the extension.”

Mainers who cannot produce an acceptable ID after the May 11 deadline – a passport or a military ID card, for example – will face additional screening at airport security checkpoints. “There are practical implications for residents of states that don’t participate,” acknowledges DHS spokesperson Amy Kudwa. “The IDs of states that opt out are no longer valid for federal purposes. This is the law, and we are the enforcing agency.”

“Even if just Maine stays out of the program, it’s going to cause chaos at the airports in Portland and Bangor,” Dunlap says, “and in Chicago and Boston and Los Angeles, too, because Mainers travel. But it’s not just Maine – Montana, Georgia, New Hampshire, all those other states have refused to join the program.”

“DHS is trying to scare Maine into backing down,” warns the MCLU’s Bellows. “What’s really going to happen on May 11 is nothing is going to happen. It’s hard to believe that DHS is going to prevent the residents of all these states from boarding planes unless they go through enhanced security procedures. It would be a nightmare.”

Kudwa says DHS is hanging tough in the expectation that travelers who face the additional hassles will demand that their state governments comply with the program. She dismisses the possibility that citi-zens who already loathe the uncertainty and humiliation of modern air travel might direct their wrath at DHS instead.

There are other issues with Real ID beyond flight delays. Bellows points out that Chertoff could end up explaining himself to a federal judge if citizens are barred from entering a federal courthouse or office building without showing a Real-ID compliant document. “There are serious First Amendment problems relating to the right to assemble and right to petition the government for redress of grievances,” she notes. “If people are forced to show a Real ID license to enter a federal building, it imposes an unreasonable restriction on their access to their public servants.”

Collins notes that her constituent offices in Bangor and Augusta are both in federal buildings that will require the new identification to enter. “There is a list of alternative acceptable documents,” she explains, “but otherwise I do fear there will be inconveniences.” Both of Maine’s congressmen, Tom Allen and Michael Michaud, have expressed opposition to Real ID, and Senator Olympia Snowe has called for delays to work out a compromise.

Bellows says barring people who lack approved identification could be seen as imposing limits on the right of a federal court defendant to face his or her accuser or the right of a witness to testify. “The regulations do not address the constitutionality issue at all,” Bellows notes. “We think Real ID is constitutionally unsound, and the Department of Homeland Security is opening itself to immediate legal challenge.”

Dunlap notes that there is already talk of requiring Real ID-compliant identification for voters. “The Carter-Baker Commission on Federal Election Reform included it in their final recommendations,” he says. If that happens, the state will not be allowed to charge a fee for a driver’s license, because it would be interpreted as a poll tax, which is illegal.

Among the few people publicly supporting the program in Maine is Robert Casimiro, of Bridgton, executive director of Mainers for a Sensible Immigration Policy and a member of the Minutemen, which made headlines last year when its members highlighted illegal immigration by setting up their own patrols of the Mexican border. The Brunswick High School graduate returned to the state a year ago from Massachusetts, where he led a similar organization. Both, he says, are outgrowths of the Federation for American Immigration Reform, itself an offshoot of the bitter battle inside the national Sierra Club in the late 1990s over immigration policy and overpopulation.

“Personally I’m not too thrilled about Real ID,” Casimiro admits, “but if it will force Maine to do what it currently is not doing – requiring driver’s license applicants to prove they are legal residents of the United States – then I have to support it.” Casimiro notes that Vermont and New Hampshire already require proof of legal residence to earn a driver’s license. Both also oppose Real ID.

“We’re not asking state employees to be immigration agents. But they need to verify that people are who they say they are,” he argues. “Right now the rules for getting a hunting license in Maine are much more strict than for getting a driver’s license.”

George Smith, executive director of the Sportsman’s Alliance of Maine, has some experience with that issue. He fears that Real ID is a foot in the door to increasing government surveillance of citizens. “Look what happened with our Social Security numbers,” he says. Many older Mainers have Social Security cards from their youth that say prominently “Not to be used for identification.” Now the number is required for all sorts of things.

“I was refused a fishing license in Florida and a pheasant hunting license in North Dakota because I refused to give them my Social Security number,” Smith recalls. To him Real ID “smacks of needing a passport to travel in your own country.”

For now, Mainers can only wait to see if someone blinks. Collins says Chertoff, with whom she speaks frequently on DHS issues, “thinks he already has blinked by allowing the extension to 2009. He’s very unhappy with that delay.”

By early February, at least, Dunlap was predicting that Maine wouldn’t blink, either. “I hate to be alarmist and say our liberty is at stake,” he muses, “but we need to have that discussion. We don’t need to roll over to a bureaucratic automaton. Justice William O. Douglas once said that oppression doesn’t come suddenly, like turning off a light. It comes slowly, like nightfall, just getting darker and darker.”

Jeff Clark

Web Hosting Company Silences Police Watchdog

1

A new web service that lets users rate and comment on the uniformed police officers in their community is scrambling to restore service Tuesday, after hosting company GoDaddy unceremonious pulled-the-plug on the site in the wake of outrage from criticism-leery cops.Visitors to RateMyCop.com on Tuesday were redirected to a GoDaddy page reading, “Oops!!!”, which urged the site owner to contact GoDaddy to find out why the company pulled the plug.

RateMyCop founder Gino Sesto says he was given no notice of the suspension. When he called GoDaddy, the company told him that he’d been shut down for “suspicious activity.”

When Sesto got a supervisor on the phone, the company changed its story and claimed the site had surpassed its 3 terabyte bandwidth limit, a claim that Sesto says is nonsense. “How can it be overloaded when it only had 80,00 page views today, and 400,000 yesterday?”

Police departments became uneasy about RateMyCop’s plans to watch the watchers in January, when the Culver City, California, startup began issuing public information requests for lists of uniformed officers.

Then the site went live on February 28th. It stores the names and, in some cases, badge numbers of over 140,000 cops in as many as 500 police departments, and allows users to post comments about police they’ve interacted with, and rate them. The site garnered media interest this week as cops around the country complained that they’d be put at risk if their names were on the internet.

“Having a website like that puts a lot of law enforcement, in my eyes, in danger because it exposes us out there,” Officer Hector Basurto, vice president of the Latino Police Officers Association, told ABC television affiliate KGO.

Since undercover officers aren’t in the database, and the site has no personal information like home addresses, that fear seems unfounded. Chief Jerry Dyer, president of the California Police Chiefs Association, voices what sounds like a more honest concern: that officers will face “unfair maligning” by the citizens they serve.

Sesto says police can post comments as well, and a future version of the site will allow them to authenticate themselves to post rebuttals more prominently. Chief Dyer wants to get legislation passed that would make RateMyCop.com illegal, which, of course, wouldn’t pass constitutional muster in any court in America.

Unfortunately for the startup, the company it chose for hosting is known to be quick to censor its customers. In January of last year, GoDaddy took down entire computer security website — delisting it from DNS — to get a single, archived mailing list post off the web.

On that occasion, at least, it gave the site’s owner 60 seconds notice. GoDaddy notified Seto by posting its “Oops!” message to his public website.

“You put on my website for me to call you, when you have my phone number?,” says Sesto.

A GoDaddy spokeswoman says the company can’t comment on the RateMyCop takedown due to its privacy policy. Sesto says he’s already arranged hosting elsewhere, and hopes to have the site online Tuesday night.

March 12, 2008 | 6:00:00 PM RackSpace Cops Out. Sesto says he’d arranged for the Texas-based hosting firm RackSpace to take over permanent hosting for RateMyCop.com, and paid them $2,000 for the first two months of service. But he heard from RackSpace’s lawyer minutes ago, and the deal is off.

“We believe that the website to be found at www.ratemycop.com as described to our sales representative could create a risk to the health and safety of law enforcement officers,” wrote general counsel Beth Sherfy, in an e-mail to the startup provided by Sesto.

Sherfy didn’t immediately return a phone call from THREAT LEVEL.

At the moment, the site has temporary hosting on its own server, but Sesto says it won’t be able to handle the kind of traffic he expects as RateMyCop.com becomes more popular. He doesn’t sound too worried, and there’s little doubt that he’ll be able to find a hosting company.

Our prediction: A year from now RateMyCop.com will have won public service awards. Good cops, and clean departments, will have come to think of the site as a friend, and its founders will be sought-after speakers at police gatherings. Hosting companies that reject them on “health and safety” grounds will look like fools and cowards.

March 12, 2008 | 19:40:00 PM GoDaddy Breaks Its Silence. The company insists the RateMyCop.com takedown had nothing to do with the content of the site.

“The site’s operator has publicly disclosed the concerns were over bandwidth,” spokeswoman Elizabeth Driscoll writes in an e-mail “More accurately, GoDaddy’s concerns were about how the RateMyCop site was far exceeding the amount of server usage for which it had contracted.”

I asked for clarification, and Driscoll agreed with Sesto that RateMyCop.com hadn’t exceeded its monthly bandwidth allotment. But the spike in popularity that followed the police backlash resulted in far more simultaneous connections than GoDaddy can handle under the low-budget shared hosting plan Sesto signed up for.

There’s no hard contractual limit on the number of connections a customer can receive at once, but Driscoll says GoDaddy pulled the plug under a broad provision of its terms-of-service that lets it “remove your website temporarily or permanently from its virtual dedicated servers if GoDaddy is the recipient of activities that threaten the stability of its network.”

“Basically, he was paying for compact car, when he really needed a semi-truck,” Driscoll writes. “The customer was not willing to work with our staff to resolve the issue.”

Sesto refutes that last part, and says GoDaddy didn’t contact him before cutting off the site.

Kevin Poulsen

Ex-Drug Sales Rep Exposes All

0

Former Eli Lilly Rep Says He Wined and Dined Doctors to Make a Sale

To sell their drugs, pharmaceutical companies hire former cheerleaders and ex-models to wine and dine doctors, exaggerate the drug’s benefits and underplay their side-effects, a former sales rep told a Congressional committee this morning.

Shahram Ahari, who spent two years selling Prozac and Zypraxa for Eli Lily, told a Senate Aging Committee chaired by Sen. Herb Kohl, D-Wisc., that his job involved “rewarding physicians with gifts and attention for their allegiance to your product and company despite what may be ethically appropriate.”

Ahari claims that drug companies like hiring former cheerleaders and ex-models, as well as former athletes and members of the military, many of whom have no background in science.

“On my first day of sales class, among 21 trainees and two instructors, I was the only one with any level of college-level science education,” Ahari told ABCNews.com on Tuesday.

During their five-week training class, Ahari claims that instructors teach sales tactics, including how to exceed spending limits for important clients, being generous with free samples to leverage sales, using friendships and personal gifts to foster a “quid pro quo” relationship, and how to exploit sexual tension.

“The nature of this business is gift-giving,” says Ahari. He claims that he’s heard stories about sales reps helping to pay the cost of a doctor’s swimming pool and another doctor who was routinely taken to a nightclub where a hostess was paid to keep him company.

Drug reps develop a positive view of their drug and a negative view of the competitors, according to Ahari. “You drink the Kool-Aid. We were taught to minimize the side effects and how to use conversational ploys to minimize it or to change the topic.”

According to Ahari, the benefits could be lucrative for sales reps, who tended to earn more than researchers. On top of a base salary for starting reps of $50,000, “there were four quarterly bonuses, an annual bonus, stock options, a car, 401K, great health benefits, and a $60,000 expense account.”

Included in his prepared remarks, Ahari cites a quote from a senior marketing executive at Parke-Davis: “I want you out there every day selling Neurotonin. Neurotonin is more profitable than Accupril, so we need to focus on Neurotonin. Pain management, now that’s money&. I don’t want to see a single patient coming off Neurotonin before they’ve been up to at least 4,800 milligrams a day. I don’t want to hear that safety crap, either.”

A spokesman for Parke-Davis did not immediately respond to ABC News’ request for comment.

A spokesman for Eli-Lilly emphasized that Ahari’s testimony didn’t allege any specific product misconduct on the part of the company but rather focused on industry practice.

“We think his examples are exaggerated. We have policies in place that allow us to engage in interactions with health care professionals at an appropriate level and they are intended to provide information about our products so that they will be able to make appropriate medical decisions for their patients,” the spokesman said.

One doctor who says he has resisted the pitches of sales reps is Dr. Jerome P. Kassirer, a professor at Tufts University School of Medicine.

“I don’t see drug reps and haven’t seen them for probably 35 years,” he tells ABCNews.com’s Audrey Grayson. “One important question: why would the drug industry spend so much money on advertising if they didn’t think they were influencing physicians? The notion that this is all for physician education is nonsense.”

Democrats in Congress are pushing for a bill to counter the pharmaceutical companies’ sales campaigns by paying nurses, pharmacists and other health professionals to present objective academic literature on prescription drugs to doctors.

A drug industry group, Coalition for Healthcare Communication, is not opposed to the measure but questioned the role of politicians and the federal government.

“The First Amendment provides everyone with a right to speak, including Uncle Sam,” John Kamp, CHC director told the Associated Press. “But I question whether the federal government needs to be in the business of countering pharmaceutical sales.”

Newcastle star Joey Barton to face trial

1

Newcastle star Joey Barton to face trial over alleged attack on teenager

Footballer Joey Barton is facing a crown court trial for allegedly attacking a teenager.

The Newcastle United player, 25, appeared before magistrates yesterday for the fourth time over the brawl at a McDonald’s in Liverpool on December 27.

He and brother Andrew, 20, face assault charges and girlfriend Nadine Wilson, 27, is up for common assault.

Barton is also accused of affray. All three will be in court on April 23.

13/03/2008

British ‘link’ in torture case

0

British special forces troops were involved in the investigation of a man who alleges he was tortured by US agents while held in secret jails for a period of nearly three years, it has been claimed in a report released by Amnesty International.

The claim led to renewed calls from the human rights group for the UK Government to allow a thorough, independent inquiry into all aspects of British involvement with secret “war on terror” detentions, including so-called rendition flights.

There is no suggestion in the report that British troops were themselves involved in torture or interrogation of the man, a Yemeni national who says he was detained by US troops during a sweep of a market place in the Iraqi city of Fallujah in 2004.

But Amnesty noted that the UK personnel apparently did nothing to raise the alarm about the man’s alleged mistreatment at the hands of American interrogators.

The latest report is based on the testimony of Khaled al-Maqtari, a 31-year-old former merchant, who says he was severely tortured while being held in three prisons before his release without charge in May 2007.

Its publication comes just weeks after Foreign Secretary David Miliband admitted to Parliament that, contrary to earlier denials, the UK territory of Diego Garcia had been used by US rendition flights carrying detainees.

Amnesty International UK director Kate Allen said: “Slowly but surely more information about the ultra-secretive US ‘war on terror’ detentions operation is trickling out and Khaled al-Maqtari’s extremely serious allegations must be met with a serious investigation by both the US and UK authorities.

“A full independent inquiry on both sides of the Atlantic into secret prisons and rendition flights is long overdue and should now happen as soon as possible.

“If his allegations are substantiated, Mr al-Maqtari’s tormentors must be brought to justice and he should receive proper reparation for his horrifying ordeal.”

Mr al-Maqtari told Amnesty that after his seizure, he was taken, handcuffed and hooded, to a military camp near Fallujah, where he was beaten by US soldiers before being transferred by helicopter to Baghdad’s Abu Ghraib prison. There, he says he was subjected to beatings with sticks while naked, hooded and handcuffed. Loud discordant music was played and he was doused in cold water and forced to hold a heavy box while standing in front of a powerful air-conditioning system.

© Copyright Press Association Ltd 2008, All Rights Reserved.

‘FBI continues to break the law’

1

The Justice Department’s Inspector General has reported the FBI continues to illegally obtain personal information about Americans.

‘It is too early to tell whether these measures will eliminate fully the problems,’ Inspector General Glenn A. Fine said in his second report in two years on the use of national security letters to obtain personal information.

Fine said the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) and Justice Department had made significant progress in implemented revised procedures since last year but some measures still are not fully implemented or tested.

The new procedures govern how FBI agents use national security letters, which allow them to obtain telephone, bank, Internet and credit records without first getting a warrant from a judge.

The revised procedures were announced after Fine’s report last year found 48 violations of law or rules in the bureau’s use of national security letters from 2003 to 2005.

Fine said that the number of abuses found and reported by the FBI itself in 2006 “was significantly higher than the number of reported violations in prior years.”

He said the improved self-policing ‘may be explained in large part’ by attention focused on these issues by his earlier audit, which was being conducted during 2006.

The errors included issuing national security letters without proper authorization, improper requests and unauthorized collection of telephone or Internet e-mail records.

FT/MMN

War vets to talk about US atrocities

1

In an event in Washington, veterans and soldiers have urged other members of the military to join them in speaking out against war in Iraq.

Thursday has kicked off the four-day ‘Winter Soldier’ event in Washington, organized by Iraq Veterans against the War (IVAW) that urged other military personal to speak out against US atrocities in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Camilo Mejia, the first conscientious objector to the Iraq war and chairperson of the board of Iraq Veterans against the War spoke of a groundswell of resistance within the US military to the war in Iraq, which will enter its sixth year later this month.

“Servicemen and women are refusing en masse to participate in this war. I have seen a rapid and inevitable growth of dissent within our ranks,” Camilo Mejia said.

At the ‘Winter Soldier’ event some 200 soldiers will give eye-witness testimonies about what they lived through during their deployments in Iraq and Afghanistan, and afterwards.

Vietnam veterans held a ‘Winter Soldier’ event in 1971 at which more than 100 servicemen and 16 civilians described atrocities committed against innocent civilians in South Vietnam.

The name ‘Winter Soldier’ is derived from the “summer soldier” described by American Revolutionary War writer Thomas Paine in “The Crisis:”

SG/HAR

Public, media losing sight of Iraq, study finds

0

Only 28 percent know that nearly 4,000 U.S. troops have been killed

Twenty-eight percent of the public is aware that nearly 4,000 U.S. personnel have died in Iraq over the past five years, while nearly half thinks the death tally is 3,000 or fewer and 23 percent think it is higher, according to an opinion survey released yesterday.

The survey, by the Pew Research Center for the People and the Press, found that public awareness of developments in the Iraq war has dropped precipitously since last summer, as the news media have paid less attention to the conflict. In earlier surveys, about half of those asked about the death tally responded correctly.

Related Pew surveys have found that the number of news stories devoted to the war has sharply declined this year, along with professed public interest. “Coverage of the war has been virtually absent,” said Pew survey research director Scott Keeter, totaling about 1 percent of the news hole between Feb. 17 and 23.

The Iraq-associated median for 2007, he said, was 15 percent of all news stories, with major spikes when President Bush announced a “surge” in forces in January of that year and when Gen. David H. Petraeus, the U.S. commander in Iraq, testified before Congress in September.

“We try not to make any causal statements about the relationship between the absence of news and what the public knows,” Keeter said. “But there’s certainly a correlation between the two. People are not seeing news about fatalities, and there isn’t much in the news about the war, whether it be military action or even political discussion related to it.”

Although Iraq topped the list of the public’s most closely followed news stories in all but five weeks during the first half of 2007, according to Pew’s research, interest fell rapidly in the fall, and Iraq has not held the top spot since October. That corresponded with a sharp drop in the rate of U.S. casualties in Iraq and increased news coverage of the U.S. presidential campaign.

More track Ledger than war
During the last week in January, 36 percent of those surveyed said they were most closely following campaign news, while 14 percent expressed the most interest in the stock market and 12 percent in the death of actor Heath Ledger. In contrast, 6 percent said they were most closely following coverage of Iraq.

Compared with those Americans surveyed who correctly identified U.S. casualties at around 4,000 (3,975 as of yesterday morning, according to the Pentagon), 84 percent identified Oprah Winfrey as the talk-show host supporting Sen. Barack Obama (Ill.) for the Democratic presidential nomination, and 50 percent knew that Hugo Chavez is president of Venezuela.

All education levels in the recent survey were similarly uninformed, Keeter said. The Pew “Political Knowledge Update” was based on nationwide telephone interviews of 1,003 adults conducted Feb. 28 through March 2. The margin of error was plus or minus 3.5 percentage points.

© 2008 The Washington Post Company

Millions put at risk from Government ID records

Millions of Britons face having their lives made a “misery” by mistakes on Government databases, it was claimed last night.Experts warned these errors could even put lives at risk by leading to inappropriate medical treatment.

Research by IT specialists found 4 per cent of the population – almost two million people – had discovered incorrect information stored under their name by Whitehall or local authorities.

The total climbs even higher when partial or incomplete information is included.

The British Computer Society said this left different departments holding conflicting pieces of information about a person.

When they tried to share information, it led to “mismatches” in an alarming 20 per cent of cases.

The society’s spokesman, Dr Louise Bennett, said this could have “potentially extremely serious” consequences, including someone being wrongly identified as diabetic, or someone suffering from the condition not being treated in an emergency.

It could even mean a person being wrongly recorded as dead, if he or she had very similar details to another individual.

The researchers urged every member of the public to check the records under their name.

This includes checking the DNA database – which contains more than half a million inaccurate entries – the identity and passport database, NHS records, the Department for Work and Pensions database and the tax credits and income tax computer system.

To access personal records each department suspected of holding a file has to be contacted individually and can charge up to £10 to provide the data.

But the Computer Society said the consequences of not checking could be months of “suffering”, dealing with the chaos incorrect entries can cause.

In a survey, the Society found that 26 per cent of people have asked or searched for information held on them. Of those who needed to correct one or more errors, 35 per cent said it was “difficult” and 36 per cent described it as “time consuming”.

The survey found confidence in the Government’s ability to handle sensitive data had fallen among two thirds of adults, following the loss of discs containing the details of 25million child benefit claimants.

The high number of database inaccuracies casts further doubt on the Government’s £4.5billion ID card scheme – which will store biometric details such as fingerprints alongside a person’s name and address.

Shadow Home Secretary David Davis said: “This is yet more evidence of the Government’s inability to handle people’s data and why they should abandon their dreadful ID card scheme which, far from improving people’s security, will clearly make it worse.”

The report came as a Parliamentary committee delivered a blistering verdict on recent Government data losses.

The Joint Committee on Human Rights said the losses were “symptomatic of the Government’s persistent failure to take data protection safeguards sufficiently seriously”.

Chairman Andrew Dismore said: “People were shocked by the recent loss of child benefit data but that was far from a oneoff. In fact, it was symptomatic of lax standards in the public sector.

“Information should be treated as sensitively and carefully as hard cash. It has taken the massive data loss by HMRC to bring the true consequences of the piecemeal approach to data management to light. The Government must demonstrate that it appreciates the seriousness of what needs to be done.”

© 2008 Associated Newspapers Limited

Torture? We’ll just turn a very British blind eye

0

bush-torture1.jpgWe were told that Saddam Hussein was an enemy of mankind because he used torture. Now we witness the gruesome spectacle of President Bush endorsing torture by vetoing the Bill from Congress outlawing “waterboarding” and other equivalently barbaric forms of interrogation.This must be the first time in modern history that a head of state has openly and officially endorsed torture.

Alongside that, there is reason to believe that the U.S. continues with its secret “extraordinary rendition” flights to take suspects – remember that is all they are – to countries where they apply even more savage torture.

This is an American President who prides himself on his moral sense, a born again Christian who starts the day with prayers and has forsworn alcohol following a very boozy youth. The humbug makes one gasp.

Scroll down for more…

President BushPresident Bush: Endorsing torture by vetoing the Bill from Congress

What does he say in his prayers? “Oh Lord, make me a decent human being, but not yet”?

So we have the free world, as we call it, the Western Alliance, the proclaimed centre of civilised values, led by a man endorsing methods applied by Hitler and Stalin. What do we do about it?

The British Government insists it is opposed to all torture and refuses the use of our air space for planes on rendition flights – a rule the CIA has not always obeyed. But our indignation stops there.

We continue to heap fulsome praise on the value of the Anglo-American special relationship which must never be upset.

The Foreign Office will say only that Washington knows our attitude to torture. There has been no protest about Bush’s latest move.

Just imagine what our Government would say if Russia, China or India were officially and openly to say they sanctioned torture. Our noisy indignation about human rights would know no bounds.

But in the American case, we do nothing. Perhaps that is part of the “Britishness” which even school children are now invited to celebrate.

The fact that it is considered “daring” for the BBC to make a series of programmes about the problems and fears of the white working class (i.e., the majority) tells you all you need to know about the BBC and much of what you need to know about Britain.

Richard Klein, the series commissioner, must have fought hard to get sanction for programmes about the mere majority.

The most daring programme so far (in media eyes) has been the sympathetic picture of Enoch Powell.

It conveyed his rage that the populace was never consulted about the drastic change being made in its composition and culture without so much as a by your-leave.

Politicians on both sides, furious about the “river of blood” speech in 1968, claimed then – and some still do – that Powell’s speech hindered reform.

It was so extreme, you see, that it made it difficult for us moderate men to do something about immigration, which we obviously had intended to do when the occasion was suitable, when the time was right, at the appropriate juncture, etc.

I promise you as God is my witness that what the two frontbenches wanted to do was nothing, nil, zero, rien and nicht. It was this conspiracy of silence and inertia which enraged Powell and much of the public.

It is understandable why he became hated by Labour figures like Roy Hattersley, interviewed on the programme. For it meant that he and his fellow socialists had been found out.

For all their supposed unique contact with the masses, and their beliefs that the proles would naturally trust Labour to be told what was right, here was an aroused and angry public indicating the opposite.

It undermined the very basis of many a Labour politician’s lifelong belief along with his faith in the universal brotherhood of man.

Powell was scarcely less hated by various Tory politicians because an election was looming and here was this bloody man turning everything upside down, enraging the opinion-forming elite and insisting that the party had jettisoned its responsibilities.

Interestingly enough, a middle-of-the-road Tory from that elite assured me the other day that immigration was not a problem, though he admitted “there are still some difficulties with the white working class”.

It is a remark worth treasuring. Framing, if not embalming.

Powell was always an uncomfortable man politically, his impassioned attack in 1959 on the official hushing-up of atrocities in Kenya’s Hola Camp for Mau Mau terrorists – Denis Healey describes it as the finest Parliamentary speech he ever heard – was a nuisance for the Macmillan Government.

Powell also deplored our nuclear deterrent: he wanted an end to our bases East of Suez and an end to posturing as a world policeman.

He saw the Soviet threat as greatly exaggerated and the Anglo-American alliance as a menace. Ted Heath’s prices and incomes policy was “madness”.

Enoch was my oldest friend in politics, and in later years he would regularly invite me to scrutinise his speeches in advance. I would sometimes comment that his remarks would upset many people. His usual reply was that they needed to be upset.

Daily Mail

‘Israel must be tried for war crimes’

2

DAKAR: The head of the world’s biggest Muslim body, the Organisation of the Islamic Conference (OIC), called yesterday for Israelis to be tried by an international war crimes court for “heinous” attacks against Palestinians.
Ekmeleddin Ihsanoglu, secretary-general of the 57-nation body – the second largest inter-governmental bloc after the UN – told an OIC summit in Senegal that Israel was repeatedly seeking to undermine foreign-brokered peace plans.

“The situation in Palestine remains deplorable due to the successive crises fabricated by Israel to stall the peace process and to thwart the many peace plans and initiatives proposed by the international community,” he said.

“It has become indispensable that these aggressions and heinous crimes be officially documented and their perpetrators be brought before international justice designed for these kind of acts … such as the International Criminal Court.”

Israel’s five-day offensive in Gaza last week killed more than 125 Palestinians.

An Israeli spokesman dismissed Ihsanoglu’s remarks, saying the source of the problem was rocket fire from Gaza into southern Israeli towns.

UN Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon told the summit that Israel’s “disproportionate and excessive use of force” had killed and injured many civilians including children and called for the violence to stop.
“I condemn these actions and call on Israel to cease such acts. Israel must fully comply with international humanitarian law and exercise utmost restraint,” Ban told the summit.

Renewed violence in the Gaza Strip and West Bank, following a week of relative calm, has threatened prospects for an Egyptian-brokered truce.

Islamic Jihad fired rockets into Israel from the Gaza Strip yesterday after an Israeli raid in the occupied West Bank.

No one was injured by the salvo against the border town of Sderot, the first such attack by Islamic Jihad, a Palestinian militant faction, since March 5.

Israel, which had not struck in the Hamas-controlled Gaza Strip in a week, attacked from the air a rocket launcher in the town of Beit Hanoun after Sderot was hit. No one was hurt.

Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas earlier accused Israel of “ethnic cleansing” in Jerusalem by banning the building of Palestinian homes and cutting the city off from the rest of the occupied West Bank.

“Our people in the city are facing an ethnic cleansing campaign through a set of Israeli decisions such as imposing heavy taxes, banning construction and closing Palestinian institutions in addition to separating the city from the West Bank by the racist separation wall,” Abbas told the OIC summit.
A spokesman for Israeli Prime Minister Ehud Olmert, Mark Regev, condemned Abbas’s “inflammatory” comments. — AFP

Gulf Times Newspaper, 2008

A triple ring of security around Britain

The Home Secretary yesterday set out her plans for a “triple ring of security around Britain”. This “triple ring” entails the funding of new Special Branch police to patrol UK borders; tougher checks at borders and ID cards for foreign nationals.

As the Troubles come to an end with their attendant measures of State control to watch over the people of Northern Ireland, we seem to be heading into a new era where the population is placed under permanent State suspicion and surveillance.

How can being more watched and controlled by the State make us any more safe? I don’t think it can.

Last week, it was reported that Meg Hillier MP, gave evidence to the Home Affairs Committee that we should see ID cards as “passports in-country”. The Orwellian resonance of this MP’s title as Minister for ID cards already creates a sense of unease: Who voted to create this office? What next, a Ministry for Identity? This sense of unease only grows when you consider that the government seems to have forgotten all the lessons of history. Or is it ignoring them to meet its own authoritarian ends?

As our government intends first to apply the ID card system to migrants and foreign nationals, we should recall historical instances where ID documentation have been used for the State to control private lives by discrimination, segregation and exclusion. Recall the deportation of the Jews which was made possible by their identification and a gradual curtailment of their rights to move around and go about their business. Recall the South African passbooks, a despised symbol of apartheid. These passbooks — or ‘dompas’ — bore the bearer’s fingerprints, photograph and identification information. It was obligatory for black South Africans over sixteen to carry the pass book, and failure to do so was cause for arrest and imprisonment.

Two anecdotes from my own caseload of immigrants reveal the real impact of a controlling regime based on paper identification. An asylum-seeker in Northern Ireland whom I worked with was recently unable to travel to an urgent medical appointment with the Medical Foundation for Survivors of Torture because the airlines would not accept the forms of ID that he possessed for the flight from Belfast to London. Another young woman who had been granted leave in the UK was detained at Belfast Airport and interrogated for several hours about her right to be here, what she was doing, where she was going etc. She had been fingerprinted at the airport and the Home Office centralized database had not been updated to reflect her grant of leave; she came up on the system as ‘illegal’. Officers were loathe to believe the young woman’s word, or my word as her lawyer, instead of the computer record.

Comments by the Home Secretary that the ID cards will not be compulsory should be no comfort to civil liberties campaigners. If the alternative is an all-too-real fear of arbitrary detention, denial of travel rights and other infringements of our liberties, the population will have little choice but to sign up for the ID cards.

We do have the choice to ask questions of ourselves and those who govern us. We need to ask in the strongest possible way: where is the safety in a government which holds the power of fear and threat over its own people? Where is the humanity in an ID-based system of rights, which, as in the case of my two refugee friends above, ignores a person’s humanity and individual reasoning in favour of cynical paranoia and the certainty of a flickering number on a computer scheme?

I will be speaking at Queen’s University on 10 April (postponed from 6 March) about those forced to flee to Northern Ireland, looking at their experiences in the context of the erosion of the right to seek asylum and the curtailment of civil liberties in the UK. Please contact the Centre for Global Education in Belfast for more information on its ‘Global Issues Seminar Series 2008’ for more information and come along.

Anna

MoD accused of schools propaganda

0

The Ministry of Defence has been accused of supplying “misleading propaganda” to schools and attempting to recruit pupils into the army.The children’s secretary, Ed Balls, has written to officials in the MoD asking them to investigate teachers’ claims that their worksheets for 16- to 18-year-olds provide a one-sided view on the war in Iraq.

The National Union of Teachers said the MoD was “unethically” targeting recruitment materials at schools in disadvantaged areas.

Steve Sinnott, the union’s general secretary, said: “It is propaganda, it does not present a balanced position.

“When you are dealing with something as controversial as Iraq and different events which led up to the invasion, teachers are under an enormous duty to present material which is balanced.”

One worksheet supplied by the MoD and designed by a private marketing company, Kids Connections, describes the UK force’s efforts in Iraq as mainly targeted at “helping the Iraqis to rebuild their country after the conflict and years of neglect”.

It describes the work the armed forces have done in security and reconstruction, and notes the 2005 democratic elections. But union officials said it failed to mention the US-led invasion, Iraqi civilian deaths and the fact that no weapons of mass destruction were ever found.

The NUT will debate the issue at its annual conference in Manchester next week. Teachers are regularly sent model lesson plans, worksheets and other teaching materials by government departments, charities and private companies, but these are required by law to give a balanced political view. A report by the Joseph Rowntree Charitable Trust in January highlighted websites set up by the MoD targeted at 12- to 17-year-olds, but noted that some recruitment tactics targeted children as young as seven. “Children are introduced to the potential benefits of a forces career, but not to its risks,” the report said.

The union wrote to Balls in October expressing concern over the materials. Balls in turn promised to take the issue up with MoD officials.

A motion to be discussed at the NUT conference would, if passed, commit the union to “actively opposing military recruitment activities in schools across England and Wales”. The Educational Institute of Scotland has already opposed military recruitment in Scotland.

The MoD said in a statement: “The … programme is a set of web-based resources whose use is completely voluntary. We have consulted widely with teachers and students during the development of these products and feedback from schools has been extremely encouraging. They are designed to support teachers in delivering a whole range of subjects across the national curriculum and its equivalents in Scotland and Wales. We are happy to engage with the NUT to discuss further.”

Polly Curtis
The Guardian

The Story The Press Didn’t Have Time For

0

SAFA ABU SEIF, 12, was fatally wounded as she stood in an upstairs room of her home in the Gaza City district of Jabaliya 10 days ago.

She was one of 27 children identified by United Nations staff among the 107 Palestinians who were killed in five days last week. Another 25 dead, including five women, were identified as unarmed non-combatants. The status of 13 more dead victims could not be determined. At least three of the children were reportedly shot in their homes by Israeli small arms or sniper fire.

A Palestinian gunman killed eight Israeli students on Thursday before he was killed himself. An Israeli soldier was also killed that day. Two Israeli soldiers died in action in the early stages of a three-day incursion into Jabaliya, and an Israeli civilian was killed by Palestinian rocket fire on the first day of the surge in violence.

Asked by the Herald to comment on allegations that its troops had killed children in the area, the Israeli Defence Force blamed the violence on terrorist groups who exploited Palestinian civilians as human shields while firing rockets intended to harm Israeli civilians.

“IDF operations in the Gaza Strip are aimed solely at the Hamas terror infrastructure, armed terrorists and rocket launchers,” its statement said.

A security source, speaking on condition of anonymity, said the Civil Administration – Israel’s military government for the occupied territories – had received no complaints about shootings of civilians, and no investigation was underway.

Yet the family of the Palestinian television journalist Mahmoud Al Adjrami said that when Safa was struck Israeli troops were occupying their house, 90 metres across a stretch of open space from the window she was struck through.

They say the invading soldiers smashed up their tile floor to get sand to fill sand-bags for firing positions in first-floor windows facing the Abu Seif house. The discarded sand, together with the smashed door and tiles, spent bullet cases and heaps of Israeli ration boxes and discarded snack wrappers, were still in the house a day after the troops withdrew.

It is standard Israeli military procedure during tank raids to take over civilian homes as snipers’ nests and hideouts, holding the occupants at gunpoint. According to the testimonies of victims and from Israeli soldiers themselves, this process can frequently involve theft, vandalism and violence against unarmed civilians.

The 15 women and children of the extended al Adjrami family were herded together into a single room for 19 hours, while the two adult men had their wrists tightly bound with plastic cable ties. Mahmoud’s sister Naima, 33, said the soldiers gave them water but no food.

According to Mahmoud’s brother, Mamdoeh, the soldiers ransacked the wardrobes and cupboards, stealing two gold bracelets, four mobile phones and the equivalent of $8600.

Next door Jabr Zidane, 52, a taxi driver, said troops had taken over his house for 24 hours, looting jewellery and four mobile phones. He shows visitors the remains of a smashed television and stereo, a broken floor, discarded sand and Hebrew-labelled army rations.

In another home soldiers allegedly stole two large gold bracelets and $500 from Jumaa Abed Rabbo, 40, and his wife and eight children.

“I was sitting with my hands tied with plastic ties for 24 hours. I asked if my family could use the kitchen to get water and food. They refused and so we didn’t eat for 24 hours,” Abed Rabbo said.

The professed purpose of last weekend’s raid into Gaza was to kill or capture Palestinian terrorists involved in firing rockets into Israel, to capture or destroy equipment and to gather intelligence.

Yet all four of the families mentioned in this article are linked to Fatah, the Palestinian faction favoured by Israel and the United States over Hamas.

Abed Rabbo and al Adjrami are members of the Presidential Guard of the Palestinian President, Mahmoud Abbas – the key weapon in what the US magazine Vanity Fair said last week was a failed attempt by the Bush Administration last year to overthrow the Palestinian Authority’s elected Hamas government.

According to documents and testimony unearthed by the magazine, the administration coerced Mr Abbas into reneging on a power sharing agreement that paved the way for possible Hamas-backed peace talks with Israel.

Instead, new Presidential Guard factions trained by US soldiers were to be used to mount a coup against Hamas in Gaza with US-sponsored weapons shipped through Israel and Egypt.

Israel’s foot soldiers seem to be unaware of this relationship.

“They were punching me, saying, ‘You are a member of Hamas. You are a member of Fatah. Where do you work?”‘ Mamdoeh al Adjrami said. “I said, ‘I work in the Presidential Guard’ … They kept hitting me whenever they liked.”

Jabr Zidane’s son Mohammed, 21, was hardly able to speak on Monday, drugged with painkillers to ease the pain from beatings and from shoulders, elbows and hands swollen from more than a day in tight plastic restraints.

He said he was beaten, questioned, used as a human shield by Israeli troops, taken to Israeli territory, and released on the border.

Mr Zidane said he did not know why Mohammed, an unemployed stonemason, was singled out for interrogation and abduction.

“It makes no sense to us. Maybe it’s because he’s the only one with a beard.”

Anti-G8 activist detained and beaten

0

German activist Martin Kramer, en route to Japan to prepare for the Hokkaido G8 summit protests, was arrested by police in the city of Vanino in the Habarovsk region of the Russian Far East March 3. He was turned over the FSB agents, in whose hands he was harshly interrogated and beaten.

Martin was accused of carrying “extremist” and “secret” documents. These included archival materials from the 1920s, long since made public, that Kramer had for research purposes. Also included was a copies of the Ukrainian anarchist paper Liva-Sprava and Udar, the paper of Autonomous Action of Vladivostok.

After a few hours, he was put in a car and thrown out in a strange part of the city. On March 10, arriving in Sapporo via ship from Sakhalin, he was denied entry by Japanese authorities. As of March 11, he remained on board the ship, while local activists appealed to Japanese authorities.

Via No-G8 Action Japan mailing list & World War 4 Report

UK MEPs fined after EU treaty protest

0

Four British MEPs have been fined hundreds of pounds for staging an EU treaty referendum protest in the European parliament.

The president of the European parliament, Hans-Gert Pöttering, has docked the allowances of MEPs involved in the disruption of the parliament last December.

Dozens of MEPs, many of them from the Conservative party and the UK Independence party, disrupted business in the parliament in Strasbourg by heckling at and protesting against EU leaders who signed the new EU charter of fundamental rights.

As Pöttering, José Manuel Barroso, the president of the European commission, and the Portuguese prime minister, José Socrates, signed the charter – which Britain says will not apply in the UK – the British-led band of Europhobic MEPs unveiled banners and T-shirts demanding a referendum on the EU treaty.

Nine MEPs face sanctions as a result, including British Conservative MEP Roger Helmer, independent MEP Jim Allister and Ukip’s Roger Knapman, who will all lose three days’ allowance. The MEPs’ daily allowance is €287.
Ukip MEP Godfrey Bloom learned he will be fined two days’ allowance for his part in the fracas.

Gary Titley MEP, Labour’s leader in Europe, denounced the protest: “I hope we have seen the back of those bully-boy tactics. Democracy is about respecting each other.”

Bloom said: “A quarter of a million people voted for me to protest against the EU and I’m not going to stop doing that because a few Euro-nationalists decide to take away my pocket money.

“I was proud to stand shoulder to shoulder with MEPs from across Europe to protest at the repulsive behaviour of the European parliament.

“It’s probably hard for these chaps to understand because they’re a bit tight, but the people they have made suffer with these proposals are the small charities because that’s who I give my allowances to.”

Knapman said he was too long in the tooth to be told what to do by a German president.

Hélène Mulholland

MoD requests ‘voluntary’ DNA samples

0

The Ministry of Defence (MoD) is asking armed forces personnel to voluntarily submit DNA samples leading to fears that they are becoming part of a larger national DNA database.

Under secretary of state for defence Derek Twigg told the Commons that voluntary DNA submission has been a gradual process across the armed forces. In 1999 all aircrew pilots were asked to voluntarily submit samples. This year the ministry is extending the voluntary policy to all personnel and civilian staff deploying on operations according to Twigg and by next year all new recruits will be asked to voluntarily submit samples. Finally, all remaining personnel who do not fit into one of these categories will be asked to give DNA samples.

Twigg defended the voluntary samples, saying that if a member of the forces had died, getting a DNA sample from a member of family could be traumatic.

“DNA matching is a near-failsafe method of identifying a deceased individual but only if there is a reference sample with which to compare the bodily remains,” Twigg stated.

“The aim of our voluntary DNA sampling scheme is to…. enable deceased personnel to be identified quickly and with less intrusion on the family.”

All samples are currently taken through blood, but soon the MoD will begin using cheek swabs.

Once the samples are taken they are stored in secure filing cabinets in rooms that have very limited access according to Twigg. Unless the donator signs a waiver, the samples cannot be accessed by the police or other criminal investigative units, and they will not be placed in the national DNA database.

However this will not reassure critics of the plan because Twigg admitted that a court order could force the MoD to release the DNA samples to law enforcement officials.

Otherwise the samples are left alone for up to 45 years when they are destroyed. Armed forces personnel are allowed to ask for the samples to be destroyed when they leave the forces Twigg acknowledged.

Public Servant

Experts wary over ID card plan

0

Home Office slows ID card rollout as independent Treasury study recommends fast implementation

The government’s failure to take on board the recommendations of independent reports on the national identity card scheme may lead to faults and extra cost, warn experts.

Last week, home secretary Jacqui Smith announced plans for a slower rollout of the £5.4bn ID cards programme, with the government retaining control of the national identity register.

But in a Treasury-commissioned report, also released last week, former HBOS chief executive Sir James Crosby recommends a fundamentally different, consumer-led approach.

“Our identity belongs to us, no one else,” said Crosby.

“The potential of any mass ID system such as ID cards lies in the extent to which it is created, by consumers for consumers.”

There are many reasons why the government may have ignored the Crosby report ­ which has been delayed by almost a year and was released through the Treasury web site ­ said Eric Woods, analyst at Ovum.

“Crosby’s recommendations on reaching a critical mass of card users quickly were always going to be unlikely due to the political and technical realities of the scheme,” he said.

Smith has delayed compulsory adoption of ID cards when renewing passports amid widespread criticism of the plan.

Crosby’s other recommendations ­ which were ignored by the government ­ include:

– ID cards should be free.

– The scheme should be subject to review by the information commissioner.

– Information should not be passed on to the police from the national identity register.

The government denies any Whitehall disagreement over ID cards. “The home secretary has talked to Sir James Crosby on each point of his report ­ there is no disagreement between the Home Office and the Treasury over the scheme,” said a home office spokesman.

The government previously ignored the recommendations of a London School of Economics (LSE) report in 2005, which said the scheme could cost £19.2bn, said Ian Angell, professor of information systems at LSE.

“The government only listens to what it wants to hear ­ current proposals are technically unsound and do not have public confidence,” he said.

Tom Young

Detainee’s Suit Says Abuse Was Videotaped

0

Lawyers for a detainee held at the Navy brig in Charleston, S.C., allege in court papers to be filed today that their client was systematically abused and that he was told there were cabinets full of videotapes depicting his treatment at the hands of the FBI and the Defense Intelligence Agency.

Ali al-Marri, who has been in U.S. custody since his arrest in 2003, is seeking to have the conditions of his detention reviewed by a federal court and wants to be removed from isolation, where he has remained without charge for years. His allegations of being videotaped while he was mistreated could add to an uproar over CIA admissions that the agency videotaped detainees who were waterboarded and then destroyed the tapes.

The Defense Department has been reviewing its videotaping efforts in detention facilities since the CIA’s revelations, and officials have been saying for months that there were few, if any, videotapes of interrogations that ever existed. Officials at the military detention facility at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba, acknowledged inadvertently destroying years’ worth of video images of its operations as part of the routine overwriting of surveillance video but have not ruled out that interrogators kept at least some videotapes of interrogations.

The New York Times reported last night on its Web site that defense officials have turned up about 50 videotapes related to interrogations of Marri and Jose Padilla, another suspect held at the Navy brig. Donald Black, a spokesman for the Defense Intelligence Agency, said yesterday that one tape depicted Marri being gagged with duct tape. But he said the move was prompted by Marri’s disruptive behavior, adding that there was no evidence on the video of abuse.

“Marri was chanting very loudly and was being disruptive,” Black said. “It was determined that he should be quieted up, and if he didn’t they were going to put tape over his mouth. When Marri was told this he got even louder.”

Jonathan Hafetz, an attorney for Marri, said yesterday that his client has been forced to endure stress positions, sensory deprivation, and threats of violence or death.

“On several occasions, interrogators stuffed Mr. Almarri’s mouth with cloth and covered his mouth with heavy duct tape,” according to the legal filings to be presented to the U.S. District Court in South Carolina, which refer to the apparently videotaped incident. “The tape caused Mr. Almarri serious pain. One time, when Mr. Almarri managed to loosen the tape with his mouth, interrogators re-taped his mouth even more tightly. Mr. Almarri started to choke until a panicked agent from the FBI or Defense Intelligence Agency removed the tape.”

Black said the Marri interrogation involved defense officials and members of another agency. A U.S. source familiar with the tapes identified the other agency as the FBI.

The DIA official said the tapes were made in part to ensure that interrogations were being carried out according to Pentagon rules. Most of the tapes were routinely destroyed after transcripts of the interviews were made, Black said.

Staff researcher Julie Tate contributed to this report. 

By Josh White and Joby Warrick

Washington Post

Khadr’s lawyers want names of U.S. interrogators

0

Lawyers for Omar Khadr are asking a U.S. military judge for the names of interrogators who questioned the Canadian citizen in Afghanistan in an attempt to prove he was tortured.

Khadr’s lawyers were to appear at a pretrial hearing Thursday for the 21-year-old, who has been held at the Guantanamo Bay facility since his 2002 capture during a battle in Afghanistan.

He is accused of murder in the death of American medic Sgt. First Class Christopher J. Speer. Khadr is also charged with spying, conspiracy and supporting terrorism.

During questioning at a U.S.-run detention centre at the Bagram air base north of Kabul after his capture, Khadr was quoted as saying he wanted to kill a lot of American soldiers. According to the statement, Khadr said the Taliban were offering a $1,500 bounty for each U.S. soldier.

Court documents later revealed interrogators at the air base used attack dogs and hung prisoners by their wrists.

Khadr’s lawyers want the chance to cross-examine the interrogators during the military tribunal. If it is proven Khadr’s statement was extracted by torture, his lawyers argue it should be wiped from the record.

His trial, due to start on May 5, would likely be delayed until the summer if the judge grants Khadr’s lawyers’ request.

Khadr’s lawyers also argue their client should be freed because trying him for crimes he allegedly committed as a minor contravenes international law. He was 15 when he was captured.

The U.S. and Canada are signatories to a United Nations protocol that states fighters under age 18 are to be considered as child soldiers. Under those international obligations, child fighters must be released and helped to reintegrate into society.

Khadr’s U.S. military lawyer, Lt.-Cmdr. Bill Kuebler, alleges Khadr has been threatened with rendition to places where he would be raped. Kuebler also said he believes allegations Khadr has been beaten, has had dogs turned on him and is nearly blind. Earlier reports said Khadr is blind in one eye, with deteriorating sight in his other eye.

Last month, a trio of opposition MPs called for Ottawa to intervene in the case.

About 275 men are being held at the military base on suspicion they are linked to al-Qaeda or the Taliban. Thirteen of the prisoners have been charged.

The heavily criticized military tribunal system has yet to complete a trial.

Original rules allowed the military to exclude the defendant from his own trial, permitted statements made under torture, and forbade appeal to an independent court, but the U.S. Supreme Court struck down the system in 2006 and a revised procedure has included some additional rights.

CBC News
With files from the Associated Press

Budget Falls A Long Way Short On Green Action

Environmentalists are calling Alistair Darling’s first Budget as Chancellor a ‘green smokescreen’, accusing him of giving with one hand, but taking away with the other.

While Mr Darling announced plans for ‘green’ taxes on gas-guzzling cars, he removed the 20p per litre discount on the use of environmentally-friendly biofuels.

He presented several measures aimed at tackling climate change, but critics believe he could have done more, and that many of the green-orientated hikes in taxes will act more as revenues for the Government than aid for the environment.

Despite his efforts, Friends of the Earth director Tony Juniper believes his Budget “falls a long way short of what is required.” He said that “The Chancellor promised to put sustainability at the heart of today’s announcement, but he has merely tinkered in the margins.”

“Mr Darling should have used this Budget to tackle climate change – the biggest challenge the world faces – by making it cheaper and easier for people to go green, including tax breaks for greening the home, and grants for renewable energy.”

Mr Juniper offered that Friends of the Earth welcomes the green initiatives that were introduced, such as a car purchase tax, but that there is a lot more which could have been accomplished.

“Another freeze in fuel duty will further undermine the Government’s already weak green credentials.” he continued. “The cost of motoring has fallen over the past 10 years, and carbon emissions from road transport have risen. Raising fuel duty would encourage people to choose greener transport options. And the money raised could have been used to cut taxes on people and jobs, and helped to fund a range of green initiatives, including better sustainable transport options.”

The Chancellor said in his speech that there will be more funding for a Green Homes Service to “help people cut their carbon emissions and their fuel bills”, increasing funding for renewable energy so that it can triple by 2015.

He promised that next month will see the launch of an “ambitious household emissions reduction programme”, and while Communities Secretary Hazel Blears welcomes the Budget because it will “help us support peoples aspiration to own their own homes and ensure communities are built in a way that will protect the environment for future generations”, she is mindful that “we also need to look at what we should be doing to tackle carbon emissions from the rest of our buildings – our offices, shops and pubs.”

Emma Howard Boyd, Head of Socially Responsible Investment at Jupiter said that the Budget “shows how the Government continues to put weight behind targeted environmental issues through selected fiscal measures” but was disappointed that “the focus on voluntary action still remains. Actual measures were less aggressive than we had been led to expect from the build up.”

Meanwhile, Vicki Bakhshi, associate director of Governance and Sustainable Investments at F&C defended the Budget, recognising that “The Chancellor has obviously had to walk a fine-line between the long-term strategic imperative of tackling climate change and the shorter-term concerns about the weakening global economy.”

© Fair Investment Company Ltd

George Bush lashes out at Hugo Chavez

0

George Bush has accused the Venezuelan president of “praising terrorists” and of squandering his country’s oil wealth to fuel a campaign against the US.

The US president criticised Hugo Chavez’s reaction to a recent Colombian raid on a Farc rebel base in Ecuador that sparked a week-long diplomatic crisis in Latin America.

“The president of Venezuela praised the terrorist leader as a good revolutionary and ordered his troops to the Colombian border,” Bush said.

The US leader said the move was “the latest step in a disturbing pattern of provocative behaviour by the regime in Caracas”.

Bush also reaffirmed his support for the Alavaro Uribe, the Colombian president, and warned that the region was facing a choice over its future.

“The region is facing an increasingly stark choice: to quietly accept the vision of the terrorists and the demagogues, or to actively support democratic leaders like President Uribe.

“I’ve made my choice. I’m standing with courageous leadership that believes in freedom and peace.”

‘Empty promises’

Bush’s sharp criticism of Chavez came as the White House tried to portray the passage of a US-Colombia free trade agreement as critical to stem Chavez’s influence across Latin America.

Wednesday’s speech was made at the US Hispanic Chamber of Commerce.

“As it tries to expand its influence in Latin America, the regime claims to promote social justice.

“In truth its agenda amounts to little more than empty promises and a thirst for power,” Bush said.

“It has squandered its oil wealth in an effort to promote its hostile anti-American vision; it has left its own citizens to face food shortages while it threatens its neighbours,” he added.

Colombian apology

Bush spoke just days after Latin American leaders agreed an end to a week-long crisis sparked by the cross-border raid inside Ecuador that killed a Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colombia (Farc) commander.

Ecuador also sent troops to the Colombian border and cut diplomatic ties with Bogota over the incident.

Colombia apologised and promised never to carry out such a raid again.

The recent crisis reflected a sharp political divide in South America, where Uribe, who has strong US backing, is opposed by Chavez and his allies who fiercely reject what they call US “imperialism”.

Chavez, who has called for a socialist revolution in Latin America to counter US influence, regularly criticises Bush and once called him the “devil” in a speech to the UN General Assembly.

Agencies

Israel to boycott Al-Jazeera

0

Israel will boycott Al-Jazeera over what it calls the channel’s ‘biased coverage’ of the regime’s military operation in Gaza.

The regime’s foreign ministry has held discussions on the matter and decided to impose an official embargo on the Qatar-based station in the coming days, deputy foreign minister Majali Wahbe told Army Radio on Wednesday.

The ministry claimed that Al-Jazeera, in cooperation with Hamas, is inciting the Palestinian nation with broadcasting what Israel believed was a ‘staged candlelight protest’ that followed the regime’s decision to cut electricity and gas supplies to the Gaza Strip.

“We have discussed this problem and I have decided that we will boycott this channel as its partial coverage is not credible and is damaging to us,” said the deputy foreign minister.

He announced the regime’s plan to launch an Arabic language channel which would reflect Israel’s viewpoints and said the regime’s officials will no longer give interviews to Al-Jazeera.

SB/MMN

Ferraro Steps Down From Clinton Campaign

1

After making racially-charged comments about Sen. Barack Obama, D-Ill., former vice presidential Democratic nominee Geraldine Ferraro stepped down Wednesday as a surrogate and member of the finance committee for the presidential campaign of Sen. Hillary Clinton, D-N.Y.

“She made the decision that she wants to continue talking about this and didn’t want to do this in a way that would cause the campaign problems,” a Clinton campaign source told ABC News.

The source insisted that the campaign did not ask Ferraro to leave.

That does not mean, however, that the Clinton campaign had not asked her to shut up.

Ferraro caused the Clinton campaign embarrassment and controversy after telling a California newspaper that if Clinton’s rival, Obama, “was a white man, he would not be in this position. And if he was a woman (of any color) he would not be in this position. He happens to be very lucky to be who he is. And the country is caught up in the concept.”

Read Ferraro’s newspaper interview here.

Instead of backing down, Ferraro took to the airwaves to insist there was nothing offensive or wrong about what she’d said, keeping a story alive that fed into a narrative in which quotes from various Clinton campaign surrogates were used to portray the Clinton campaign as race-baiting.

While refraining from calling the comments “racist,” Obama, Wednesday, accused Ferraro of conducting “slice and dice” politics.

“I think that her comments were ridiculous. I think they were wrong-headed,” he said. “The notion that it is a great advantage to me to be an African-American named Barack Obama and pursue the presidency, I think, is not a view that has been commonly shared by the general public.”

Obama’s campaign, however, called for the Clinton campaign to fire her.

After speaking to Ann Lewis, a senior adviser to the campaign, Ferraro, 72, Wednesday sent an e-mail to Clinton, saying:

“Dear Hillary –

“I am stepping down from your finance committee so I can speak for myself and you can continue to speak for yourself about what is at stake in this campaign. The Obama campaign is attacking me to hurt you. I won’t let that happen. Thank you for everything you have done and continue to do to make this a better world for my children and grandchildren. You have my deep admiration and respect.

“Gerry”

Ferraro, the previous Honorary New York Leadership Council chair for the Clinton campaign, had pledged to continue raising money for Clinton, even if she were to leave the campaign.

Ferraro could not be immediately reached by ABC News for comment. Just this morning, she stood by her controversial comments suggesting Obama wouldn’t be succeeding in the Democratic nomination battle if he weren’t black.

“I am sorry that people think this was a racist comment,” Ferraro said in an interview with ABC’s Diane Sawyer on “Good Morning America” Wednesday.

At the time, she declined to apologize directly for the firestorm she created with her comments.

Ferraro, the 1984 Democratic vice presidential candidate, told Sawyer she was “absolutely not” sorry for what she’d said, suggesting she had tried to pay Obama a compliment.

Continue

Spitzer’s Shame Is Wall Street’s Gain

0

splitz.jpgTell me again: Why should we get all worked up over the revelation that the New York governor paid for sex? Will it bring back to life the eight U.S. soldiers killed in Iraq that same day in a war that makes no sense and has cost this nation trillions in future debt? Will it save those millions of homes that hardworking folks all over the country are losing because of financial industry shenanigans that Eliot Spitzer, as much as anyone, attempted to halt? Perhaps it provides some insight into why oil has risen to $108 a barrel, benefiting most of all the oil sheiks whom our taxpayer-supported military has kept in power?

Sure, the guy, by his own admission, is quite pathetic in all those small, squirrelly ways that have messed up the lives of other grand public figures before him, but why is an all-too-human sin, amply predicted in early Scripture, getting all this incredible media play as some sort of shocking event? The answer is that, while having precious little to do with serious corruption in public life, it does have a great deal to do with stoking flagging newspaper sales and television ratings.

The sad truth is that reporting on major corruption, say, the rationalizations of a president who has authorized torture, doesn’t cut it as a marketing bonanza. Just days before this grand exposé, the president vetoed a bill banning torture, and instead of being greeted with horrified disgust, the president’s deep denigration of this nation’s presumed ideals was met with a vast public yawn. Torture, unlike paid sex, doesn’t have legs as a news story.

Sex sells, and frankly it would seem far more exploitative for the news media to pimp this tale to the public than anything that VIP escort service did with the pitiable governor. His behavior was not really any more wretched than messing around with a young and vulnerable White House intern who didn’t even get paid for her efforts, yet Bill Clinton survived that one, whereas Spitzer was presumed dead on the arrival of this “news.” The New York Times, which editorially has supported the candidacy of Hillary Clinton, whose vast White House experience clearly did not include corralling her husband, now editorializes contemptuously about Spitzer’s betrayal of the public trust as well as about his exploitation of his “ashen-faced” wife, who, like Hillary, stood by her man.

The media consensus from the opening salvo was that Spitzer must resign and he will be thrown to the dogs, which is unfortunate because, like Clinton, he has done much valuable work in the public interest, and the outrage over this personal dereliction, tawdry in the extreme, is excessive. I certainly never wanted Clinton to resign, let alone be impeached, but why is Spitzer’s paying for sex more disgraceful than ripping it off? Yes, Spitzer allegedly broke a law that shouldn’t be on the books, and his resignation in disgrace is inevitable, but it bothers me that George W. Bush and Dick Cheney remain in office despite having violated enormously more serious laws.

Frankly, I don’t care what any of these politicians do in their personal lives as long as the practice is consensual, and the thousands of dollars that exchanged hands in this case would provide a presumption that the lady in question was indeed a willing partner in this commercial transaction. True, Spitzer is an outrageous hypocrite for having prosecuted others caught in what should not be considered criminal behavior, but since when is hypocrisy on the part of a politician, particularly as to sex, so shocking?

I wouldn’t have written this column had I not read The Wall Street Journal’s Page 1 news story headlined “Wall Street Cheers as Its Nemesis Plunges Into Crisis.” The article begins with the crowing statement “It’s Schadenfreude time on Wall Street” and goes on to quote those whom Spitzer went after over what should be considered the criminal greed that has predominated on Wall Street. It was Spitzer, as much as anyone, who sounded the alarm on the subprime mortgage crisis, the obscene payouts to CEOs who defrauded their shareholders and the other financial scandals that have brought the U.S. economy to its knees.

The best rule of thumb these days is that ordinary Americans should be mightily depressed over any news that Wall Street hustlers cheer, for they have been exposed as a dangerous pack of scoundrels quite willing to rob decent, hardworking people of their homes. And of course no one on Wall Street ever paid for sex.

Robert Scheer

Faceless: Chasing the Data Shadow

0

Remote-controlled UAVs (Unmanned Aerial Vehicles) scan the city for anti-social behaviour. Talking cameras scold people for littering the streets (in children’s voices). Biometric data is extracted from CCTV images to identify pedestrians by their face or gait. A housing project’s surveillance cameras stream images onto the local cable channel, enabling the community to monitor itself.

These are not projections of the science fiction film that this text discusses, but techniques that are used today in Merseyside1, Middlesborough2, Newham and Shoreditch3 in the UK. In terms of both density and sophistication, the UK leads the world in the deployment of surveillance technologies. With an estimated 4.2 million CCTV cameras in place, its inhabitants are the most watched in the world.4 Many London buses have five or more cameras inside, plus several outside, including one recording cars that drive in bus lanes.

But CCTV images of our bodies are only one of many traces of data that we leave in our wake, voluntarily and involuntarily. Vehicles are tracked using Automated Number Plate Recognition systems, our movements revealed via location-aware devices (such as cell phones), the trails of our online activities recorded by Interent Service Providers, our conversations overheard by the international communications surveillance system Echelon, shopping habits monitored through store loyalty cards, individual purchases located using RFID (Radio-frequency identification) tags, and our meal preferences collected as part of PNR (flight passenger) data.5 Our digital selves are many dimensional, alert, unforgetting.

Increasingly, these data traces are arrayed and administered in networked structures of global reach. It is not necessary to posit a totalitarian conspiracy behind this accumulation — data mining is an exigency of both market efficiency and bureaucratic rationality. Much has been written on the surveillance society and the society of control, and it is not the object here to construct a general critique of data collection, retention and analysis. However it should be recognised that, in the name of efficiency and rationality — and, of course, “security” — an ever-increasing amount of data is being shared (also sold, lost and leaked6) between the keepers of such seemingly unconnected records as medical histories, shopping habits, and border crossings. Legal frameworks intended to safeguard a conception of privacy by limiting data transfers to appropriate parties exist. Such laws, and in particular the UK Data Protection Act (DPA, 1998)7, are the
subject of investigation of the film Faceless.

From Act to Manifesto
“I wish to apply, under the Data Protection Act, for any and all CCTV images
of my person held within your system. I was present at [place] from approximately
[time] onwards on [date].” (From the template for subject access requests used for Faceless)

For several years, ambientTV.NET8 conducted a series of exercises to visualise the data traces that we leave behind, to render them into experience and to dramatise them, to watch those who watch us. These experiments, scrutinising the boundary between public and private in post-9/11 daily life, were run under the title The Spy School. In 2002, the Spy School carried out an exercise to test the reach of the UK Data Protection Act as it applies to CCTV image data.

“The Data Protection Act 1998 seeks to strike a balance between the rights of individuals and the sometimes competing interests of those with legitimate reasons for using personal information. The DPA gives individuals certain rights regarding information held about them. It places obligations on those who process information (data controllers) while giving rights to those who are the subject of that data (data subjects). Personal information covers both facts and opinions about the individual.” ( Data Protection Act Factsheet available from the UK Information Commissioners Office, www.ico.gov.uk)

The original DPA (1984) was devised to ‘permit and regulate’ access to computerised personal data such as health and financial records. A later EU directive broadened the scope of data protection and the remit of the DPA (1998) extended to cover, amongst other data, CCTV recordings. In addition to the DPA, CCTV operators ‘must’ comply with other laws related to human rights, privacy, and procedures for criminal investigations, as specified in the CCTV Code of Practice (www.ico.gov.uk).

As the first subject access request letters were successful in delivering CCTV recordings for the Spy School, it then became pertinent to investigate how robust the legal framework was. The Manifesto for CCTV Filmmakers was drawn up, permitting the use only of recordings obtained under the DPA. Art would be used to probe the law.

A legal readymade

“Vague spectres of menace caught on time-coded surveillance cameras justify an entire network of peeping vulture lenses. A web of indifferent watching devices, sweeping every street, every building, to eliminate the possibility of a past tense, the freedom to forget. There can be no highlights, no special moments:
a discreet tyranny of now has been established. Real time in its most pedantic form.” (Ian Sinclair: Lights out for the territory, Granta, London, 1998, p. 91)
Faceless is a CCTV science fiction fairy tale set in London, the city with the greatest density of surveillance cameras on earth. The film is made
under the constraints of the Manifesto — images are obtained from existing CCTV systems by the director/protagonist exercising her/his rights as a surveilled person under the DPA. Obviously the protagonist has to be present in every frame. To comply with privacy legislation, CCTV operators are obliged to render other people in the recordings unidentifiable — typically by erasing their faces, hence the faceless world depicted in the film. The scenario
of Faceless thus derives from the legal properties of CCTV images.

“RealTime orients the life of every citizen. Eating, resting, going to work, getting married — every act is tied to RealTime. And every act leaves a
trace of data — a footprint in the snow of noise… (Faceless, 2007)

The film plays in an eerily familiar city, where the reformed RealTime calendar has dispensed with the past and the future, freeing citizens from guilt and regret, anxiety and fear. Without memory or anticipation, faces have become vestigial — the population is literally faceless. Unimaginable happiness abounds — until a woman recovers her face…

There was no traditional shooting script: the plot evolved during the four-year long process of obtaining images. Scenes were planned in particular locations, but the CCTV recordings were not always obtainable, so the story had to be continually rewritten.

Faceless treats the CCTV image as an example of a legal readymade (objet trouvé). The medium, in the sense of raw materials that are transformed into artwork, is not adequately described as simply video or even captured light. More accurately, the medium comprises images that exist contingent on particular social and legal circumstances — essentially, images with a legal superstructure. Faceless interrogates the laws that govern the video surveillance of society and the codes of communication that articulate their operation, and in both its mode of coming into being and its plot, develops a specific critique.

Reclaiming the data body

Through putting the DPA into practice and observing the consequences over a long exposure, close-up, subtle developments of the law were made visible and its strengths and lacunae revealed.

“I can confirm there are no such recordings of yourself from that date, our recording system was not working at that time.” (11/2003)

Many data requests had negative outcomes because either the surveillance camera, or the recorder, or the entire CCTV system in question was not operational. Such a situation constitutes an illegal use of CCTV: the law demands that operators, “comply with the DPA by making sure […] equipment works properly.” (CCTV Systems and the Data Protection Act 1998, available from www.ico.gov.uk)

In some instances, the non-functionality of the system was only revealed to its operators when a subject access request was made. In the case below, the CCTV system had been installed two years prior to the request.

“Upon receipt of your letter […] enclosing the required £10 fee, I have been sourcing a company who would edit these tapes to preserve the privacy of other individuals who had not consented to disclosure. […] I was informed […] that all tapes on site were blank. [.. W]hen the engineer was called he confirmed that the machine had not been working since its installation.Unfortunately there is nothing further that can be done regarding the tapes, and I can only apologise for all the inconvenience you have been caused.” (11/2003)

Technical failures on this scale were common. Gross human errors were also readily admitted to:

“As I had advised you in my previous letter, a request was made to remove the tape and for it not to be destroyed. Unhappily this request was not carried out and the tape was wiped according with the standard tape retention policy employed by [deleted]. Please accept my apologies for this and assurance that steps have been taken to ensure a similar mistake does not happen again.” (10/2003)

Some responses, such as the following,were just mysterious (data request made after spending an hour below several cameras installed in a train carriage). “We have carried out a careful review of all relevant tapes and we confirm that we have no images of you in our control.” (06/2005) Could such a denial simply be an excuse not to comply with the costly demands of the DPA? “Many older cameras deliver image quality so poor that faces are unrecognisable. In such cases the operator fails in the obligation to run CCTV for the declared purposes.You will note that yourself and a colleague s faces look quite indistinct in the tape, but the picture you sent to us shows you wearing a similar fur coat, and our main identification had been made through this and your description of the location.” (07/2002)

To release data on the basis of such weak identification compounds the failure.

Much confusion is caused by the obligation to protect the privacy of third parties in the images. Several data controllers claimed that this relieved them of their duty to release images:

“[… W]e are not able to supply you with the images you requested because to do so would involve disclosure of information and images relating to other persons who can be identified from the tape and we are not in a position to obtain their consent to disclosure of the images. Further, it is simply not possible for us to eradicate the other images. I would refer you to section 7 of the Data Protection Act 1998 and in particular Section 7 (4).” (11/2003)
Even though the section referred to states that it is:
“not to be construed as excusing a data controller from communicating so much of the information sought by the request as can be communicated without disclosing the identity of the other individual concerned, whether by the omission of names or other identifying particulars or otherwise.”

Where video is concerned, anonymisation of third parties is an expensive, labour-intensive procedure — one common technique is to occlude each head with a black oval. Data controllers may only charge the statutory maximum of £10 per request, though not all seemed to be aware of this:

“It was our understanding that a charge for production of the tape should be borne by the person making the enquiry, of course we will now be checking into that for clarification. Meanwhile please accept the enclosed video tape with compliments of [deleted], with no charge to yourself.” (07/2002)

Visually provocative and symbolically charged as the occluded heads are, they do not necessarily guarantee anonymity. The erasure of a face may be insufficient if the third party is known to the person requesting images. Only one data controller undeniably (and elegantly) met the demands of third party privacy, by masking everything but the data subject, who was framed in a keyhole. (This was an uncommented second offering; the first tape sent was unprocessed.) One CCTV operator discovered a useful loophole in the DPA:

“I should point out that we reserve the right, in accordance with Section 8(2) of the Data Protection Act, not to provide you with copies of the information requested if to do so would take disproportionate effort.” (12/2004)

What counts as disproportionate effort ? The gold standard was set by an institution whose approach was almost baroque — they delivered hard copies of each of the several hundred relevant frames from the timelapse camera, with third parties heads cut out, apparently with nail scissors.

Two documents had (accidentally?) slipped in between the printouts — one a letter from a junior employee tendering her resignation (was it connected with the beheading job?), and the other an ironic memo:

“And the good news — I enclose the £10 fee to be passed to the branch sundry income account.” (Head of Security, internal communication 09/2003)

From 2004, the process of obtaining images became much more difficult.

“It is clear from your letter that you are aware of the provisions of the Data Protection Act and that being the case I am sure you are aware of the principles in the recent Court of Appeal decision in the case of Durant vs. Financial Services Authority. It is my view that the footage you have requested is not personal data and therefore [deleted] will not be releasing to you the footage which you have requested.” (12/2004)

Under Common Law, judgements set precedents. The decision in the case Durant vs. Financial Service Authority (2003) redefined personal data ; since then, simply featuring in raw video data does not give a data subject the right to obtain copies of the recording. Only if something of a biographical nature is revealed does the subject retain the right.

“Having considered the matter carefully,we do not believe that the information we hold has the necessary relevance or proximity to you. Accordingly we do not believe that we are obligated to provide you with a copy pursuant to the Data Protection Act 1988. In particular, we would remark that the video is not biographical of you in any significant way.” (11/2004)

Further, with the introduction of cameras that pan and zoom, being filmed as part of a crowd by a static camera is no longer grounds for a data request.

“[T]he Information Commissioners office have indicated that this would not constitute your personal data as the system has been set up to monitor the area and not one individual.” (09/2005)

As awareness of the importance of data rights grows, so the actual provision of those rights diminishes:

“I draw your attention to CCTV systems and the Data Protection Act 1998 (DPA) Guidance Note on when the Act applies. Under the guidance notes our CCTV system is no longer covered by the DPA [because] we:

– only have a couple of cameras
– cannot move them remotely
– just record on video whatever the cameras pick up
– only give the recorded images to the police to investigate an incident on our premises” (05/2004)

Data retention periods (which data controllers define themselves) also constitute a hazard to the CCTV filmmaker:

“Thank you for your letter dated 9 November addressed to our Newcastle store, who have passed it to me for reply. Unfortunately, your letter was delayed in the post to me and only received this week. […] There was nothing on the tapes that you requested that caused the store to retain the tape beyond the normal retention period and therefore CCTV footage from 28 October and 2 November is no longer available.” (12/2004)

Amidst this sorry litany of malfunctioning equipment, erased tapes, lost letters and sheer evasiveness, one CCTV operator did produce reasonable justification for not being able to deliver images:

“We are not in a position to advise whether or not we collected any images of you at [deleted]. The tapes for the requested period at [deleted] had been passed to the police before your request was received in order to assist their investigations into various activities at [deleted] during the carnival.” (10/2003)

In the shadow of the shadow

There is debate about the efficacy, value for money, quality of implementation, political legitimacy, and cultural impact of CCTV systems in the UK. While CCTV has been presented as being vital in solving some high profile cases (e.g. the 1999 London nail bomber, or the 1993 murder of James Bulger), at other times it has been strangely, publicly, impotent (e.g. the 2005 police killing of Jean Charles de Menezes). The prime promulgators of CCTV may have lost some faith: during the 1990s the Home Office spent 78% of it crime prevention budget on installing CCTV, but in 2005, an evaluation report by the same office concluded that, “the CCTV schemes that have been assessed had little overall effect on crime levels.”9

An earlier, 1992, evaluation reported CCTV’s broadly positive public reception due to its assumed effectiveness in crime control, acknowledging “public acceptance is based on limited, and partly inaccurate knowledge of the functions and capabilities of CCTV systems in public places.”10

By the 2005 assesment, support for CCTV still “remained high in the majority of cases” but public support was seen to decrease after implementation by as much as 20%. This “was found not to be the reflection of increased concern about privacy and civil liberties, as this remained at a low rate following the installation of the cameras,” but “that support for CCTV was reduced because the public became more realistic about its capabilities” to lower crime.

Concerns, however, have begun to be voiced about function creep and the rising costs of such systems, prompted, for example, by the disclosure that the cameras policing London’s Congestion Charge remain switched on outside charging hours and that the Metropolitan Police are to have live access to them, having been exempted from parts of the Data Protection Act to do so.11 As such realities of CCTV’s daily operation become more widely known, existing acceptance may be somewhat tempered.

Physical bodies leave data traces: shadows of presence, conversation, movement. Networked databases incorporate these traces into data bodies, whose behaviour and risk are priorities for analysis and commodification, by business and by government. The securing of a data body is supposedly necessary to secure the human body, either preventatively or as a forensic tool. But if the former cannot be assured, as is the case, what grounds are there for trust in the hollow promise of the latter? The all-seeing eye of the panopticon is not complete, yet. Regardless, could its one-way gaze ever assure an enabling conception of security?

There will be a screening of Faceless on Tuesday 6th May at Peacock Visual Art, Aberdeen. For details, see: www.peacockvisualarts.com

Notes
1. Police spy in the sky fuels ‘Big Brother’ fears, Philip Johnston, Telegraph, 23/05/2007, http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/main.jhtml?xml=/news/2007/05/22/ndrone22.xmlThe Guardian has reported the MoD rents out an RAF-staffed spy plane for public surveillance, carrying reconnaissance equipment able to monitor telephone conversations on the ground. It can also be used for automatic number plate recognition: “Cheshire police recently revealed they were using the Islander [aircraft] to identify people speeding, driving when using mobile phones, overtaking on double white lines, or driving erratically.”
http://www.guardian.co.uk/uk_news/story/0,,2181393,00.html

2. ‘Talking’ CCTV scolds offenders, BBC News, 4 April 2007, http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/england/6524495.stm

3. If the face fits, you’re nicked, Independent, Nick Huber, Monday, 1 April 2002, http://www.independent.co.uk/news/business/analysis-and-features/if-the-face-fits-youre-nicked-656092.html

Also see: “In 2001 the Newham system was linked to a central control room operated by the London Metropolitan Police Force. In April 2001 the existing CCTV system in Birmingham city centre was upgraded to smart CCTV. People are routinely scanned by both systems and have their faces checked against the police databases.” Centre for Computing and Social Responsibility: http://www.ccsr.cse.dmu.ac.uk/resources/general/ethicol/Ecv12no1.html

4. A Report on the Surveillance Society. For the Information Commissioner by the Surveillance Studies Network, September 2006, p.19. Available from www.ico.gov.uk

5. ‘e-Borders’ is a £1.2bn passenger-screening programme to be introduced in 2009 and complete by 2014. The single border agency, combining immigration, customs and visa checks, includes a £650m contract with consortia Trusted Borders for a passenger-screening IT system: anyone entering or leaving Britain are to give 53 pieces of information in advance of travel. This information, taken when a travel ticket is bought, will be shared among police, customs, immigration and the security services for at least 24 hours before a journey is due to take place. Ministers are also said to be considering the creation of a list of “disruptive” passengers. Trusted Borders consists of US military contractor Raytheon Systems who will work with Accenture, Detica, Serco, QinetiQ, Steria, Capgemini, and Daon. It is expected to cost travel companies £20million a year compiling the information. These costs will be passed on to customers via ticket prices, and the Government is considering introducing its own charge on travellers to recoup costs. A pilot of the e-borders technology, Project Semaphore, has already screened 29 million passengers. Similarly, Lockheed Martin, the biggest
defense contractor in the U.S, that undertakes intelligence work as well as contributing to the Trident programme in the UK, is bidding to run the UK 2011 census. New questions in the 2011 Census will include information about income and place of birth, as well as existing questions about languages spoken in the household and many other personal details. The Canadian Federal Government granted Lockheed Martin a $43.3 million deal to conduct its 2006 census. Public outcry resulted in only civil servants handling the actual data, and a new government task force being set up to monitor privacy during the Census. See: http://censusalert.org.uk/, http://www.vivelecanada.ca/staticpages/index.php/20060423184107361

6. Sales:“Personal details of all 44 million adults living in Britain could be sold to private companies as part of government attempts to arrest spiralling costs for the new national identity card scheme, set to get the go-ahead this week. […] ministers have opened talks with private firms to pass on personal details of UK citizens for an initial cost of £750 each.”‘Ministers plan to sell your ID card details to raise cash’, Francis Elliott, Andy McSmith and Sophie Goodchild, Independent, Sunday 26 June 2005, http://www.independent.co.uk/news/uk/politics/ministers-plan-to-sell-your-id-card-details-to-raise-cash-496602.htm

lLosses:In January 2008, hundreds of documents with passport photocopies, bank statements and benefit claims details from the Department of Work and Pensions were found on a road near Exeter airport, following their loss from a TNT courier vehicle. There were also documents relating to home loans and mortgage interest, and details of national insurance numbers, addresses and dates of birth.In November 2007, HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) posted, unrecorded and unregistered via private courier TNT, computer discs containing personal information on 25 million people from families claiming child benefit, including the bank details of parents and the dates of birth and national insurance numbers of children. The discs were then lost. Also in November, HMRC admitted a CD containing the personal details of thousands of Standard Life pension holders has gone missing, leaving them at heightened risk of identity theft. The CD, which contained data relating to 15,000 Standard Life pensions customers including their names, National Insurance numbers and pension plan reference numbers was lost in transit from the Revenue office in Newcastle to the company’s headquarters in Edinburgh by ‘an external courier’.Thefts:In November 2007, MoD acknowledged the theft of a laptop computer containing the personal details of 600,000 Royal Navy, Royal Marines, and RAF recruits and of people who had expressed interest in joining, which contained, among other information, passport, and national insurance numbers and bank details.In October 2007, a laptop holding sensitive information was stolen from the boot of an HMRC car. A staff member had been using the PC for a routine audit of tax information from several investment firms. HMRC refused to comment on how many individuals may be at risk, or how many financial institutions have had their data stolen as well. BBC suggest the computer held data on around 400 customers with high value individual savings accounts (ISAs), at each of five different companies – including Standard Life and Liontrust. (In May, Standard Life sent around 300 policy documents to the wrong people.)

7. The full text of the DPA (1998) is at www.opsi.gov.uk/ACTS/acts1998/19980029.htm

8. ambientTV.NET : “a crucible led by Manu Luksch and Mukul Patel, conceives and produces interdisciplinary art projects, develops social and technical infrastructure, and promotes network architectures that allow explorations of alternatives to current socio-political and economic practice.”

9. Gill, M. and Spriggs, A.: Assessing the impact of CCTV. London: Home Office Research, Development and Statistics Directorate 2005, pp.60-61 www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/pdfs05/hors292.pdf

10. www.homeoffice.gov.uk/rds/prgpdfs/fcpu35.pdf

11. Surveillance State Function Creep — London Congestion Charge “real-time bulk data” to be automatically handed over to the Metropolitan Police etc.

Manu Luksch and Mukul Patell

China slams US human rights report

China on Wednesday voiced strong opposition to the US State Department’s 2007 Human Rights Report that criticizes China’s human rights conditions.

“China is willing to have dialogue and exchange of views with other countries on the human rights issue”, said Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Qin Gang.

However, the spokesman stressed that the country sternly opposes to any intervention to the internal affairs of other countries in excuse of human rights concern.

Qin said, responding to the reporters’ question on the US “Country Reports on Human Rights Practices for 2007”, that China respects and safeguards human rights and the Chinese government adheres to a policy that calls for “putting people first,” and has made great efforts to promote democracy and improve the human rights conditions under the rule of law.

“The efforts and remarkable achievement China has made on the issue have already been widely recognized by the international community”, the spokesman stressed.

Qin said the US annual report “again ignored basic facts”, and willfully distorted and groundlessly criticized China’s ethnic, religious and legal systems, which was “quite mistaken” and will never succeed in its attempt.

“We suggest the US government to stop depicting itself as a human rights watchdog and focus more on its own human rights problems”, Qin said, demanding the US to stop its wrongdoing such as issuing the so-called country reports on human rights practices, playing double standard on the human rights issue and interfere with the internal affairs of other countries.

Xinhua

NSA’s Domestic Spying Grows

0

Five years ago, Congress killed an experimental Pentagon antiterrorism program meant to vacuum up electronic data about people in the U.S. to search for suspicious patterns. Opponents called it too broad an intrusion on Americans’ privacy, even after the Sept. 11 terrorist attacks.

But the data-sifting effort didn’t disappear. The National Security Agency, once confined to foreign surveillance, has been building essentially the same system.

The central role the NSA has come to occupy in domestic intelligence gathering has never been publicly disclosed. But an inquiry reveals that its efforts have evolved to reach more broadly into data about people’s communications, travel and finances in the U.S. than the domestic surveillance programs brought to light since the 2001 terrorist attacks.

Congress now is hotly debating domestic spying powers under the main law governing U.S. surveillance aimed at foreign threats. An expansion of those powers expired last month and awaits renewal, which could be voted on in the House of Representatives this week. The biggest point of contention over the law, the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act, is whether telecommunications and other companies should be made immune from liability for assisting government surveillance.

Largely missing from the public discussion is the role of the highly secretive NSA in analyzing that data, collected through little-known arrangements that can blur the lines between domestic and foreign intelligence gathering. Supporters say the NSA is serving as a key bulwark against foreign terrorists and that it would be reckless to constrain the agency’s mission. The NSA says it is scrupulously following all applicable laws and that it keeps Congress fully informed of its activities.

According to current and former intelligence officials, the spy agency now monitors huge volumes of records of domestic emails and Internet searches as well as bank transfers, credit-card transactions, travel and telephone records. The NSA receives this so-called “transactional” data from other agencies or private companies, and its sophisticated software programs analyze the various transactions for suspicious patterns. Then they spit out leads to be explored by counterterrorism programs across the U.S. government, such as the NSA’s own Terrorist Surveillance Program, formed to intercept phone calls and emails between the U.S. and overseas without a judge’s approval when a link to al Qaeda is suspected.

The NSA’s enterprise involves a cluster of powerful intelligence-gathering programs, all of which sparked civil-liberties complaints when they came to light. They include a Federal Bureau of Investigation program to track telecommunications data once known as Carnivore, now called the Digital Collection System, and a U.S. arrangement with the world’s main international banking clearinghouse to track money movements.

The effort also ties into data from an ad-hoc collection of so-called “black programs” whose existence is undisclosed, the current and former officials say. Many of the programs in various agencies began years before the 9/11 attacks but have since been given greater reach. Among them, current and former intelligence officials say, is a longstanding Treasury Department program to collect individual financial data including wire transfers and credit-card transactions.

It isn’t clear how many of the different kinds of data are combined and analyzed together in one database by the NSA. An intelligence official said the agency’s work links to about a dozen antiterror programs in all.

A number of NSA employees have expressed concerns that the agency may be overstepping its authority by veering into domestic surveillance. And the constitutional question of whether the government can examine such a large array of information without violating an individual’s reasonable expectation of privacy “has never really been resolved,” said Suzanne Spaulding, a national-security lawyer who has worked for both parties on Capitol Hill.

NSA officials say the agency’s own investigations remain focused only on foreign threats, but it’s increasingly difficult to distinguish between domestic and international communications in a digital era, so they need to sweep up more information.

The Fourth Amendment

In response to the Sept. 11 attacks, then NSA-chief Gen. Michael Hayden has said he used his authority to expand the NSA’s capabilities under a 1981 executive order governing the agency. Another presidential order issued shortly after the attacks, the text of which is classified, opened the door for the NSA to incorporate more domestic data in its searches, one senior intelligence official said.

The NSA “strictly follows laws and regulations designed to preserve every American’s privacy rights under the Fourth Amendment to the U.S. Constitution,” agency spokeswoman Judith Emmel said in a statement, referring to the protection against unreasonable searches and seizures. The Office of the Director of National Intelligence, which oversees the NSA in conjunction with the Pentagon, added in a statement that intelligence agencies operate “within an extensive legal and policy framework” and inform Congress of their activities “as required by the law.” It pointed out that the 9/11 Commission recommended in 2004 that intelligence agencies analyze “all relevant sources of information” and share their databases.

Two former officials familiar with the data-sifting efforts said they work by starting with some sort of lead, like a phone number or Internet address. In partnership with the FBI, the systems then can track all domestic and foreign transactions of people associated with that item — and then the people who associated with them, and so on, casting a gradually wider net. An intelligence official described more of a rapid-response effect: If a person suspected of terrorist connections is believed to be in a U.S. city — for instance, Detroit, a community with a high concentration of Muslim Americans — the government’s spy systems may be directed to collect and analyze all electronic communications into and out of the city.

The haul can include records of phone calls, email headers and destinations, data on financial transactions and records of Internet browsing. The system also would collect information about other people, including those in the U.S., who communicated with people in Detroit.

The information doesn’t generally include the contents of conversations or emails. But it can give such transactional information as a cellphone’s location, whom a person is calling, and what Web sites he or she is visiting. For an email, the data haul can include the identities of the sender and recipient and the subject line, but not the content of the message.

Intelligence agencies have used administrative subpoenas issued by the FBI — which don’t need a judge’s signature — to collect and analyze such data, current and former intelligence officials said. If that data provided “reasonable suspicion” that a person, whether foreign or from the U.S., was linked to al Qaeda, intelligence officers could eavesdrop under the NSA’s Terrorist Surveillance Program.

The White House wants to give companies that assist government surveillance immunity from lawsuits alleging an invasion of privacy, but Democrats in Congress have been blocking it. The Terrorist Surveillance Program has spurred 38 lawsuits against companies. Current and former intelligence officials say telecom companies’ concern comes chiefly because they are giving the government unlimited access to a copy of the flow of communications, through a network of switches at U.S. telecommunications hubs that duplicate all the data running through it. It isn’t clear whether the government or telecom companies control the switches, but companies process some of the data for the NSA, the current and former officials say.

On Friday, the House Energy and Commerce Committee released a letter warning colleagues to look more deeply into how telecommunications data are being accessed, citing an allegation by the head of a New York-based computer security firm that a wireless carrier that hired him was giving unfettered access to data to an entity called “Quantico Circuit.” Quantico is a Marine base that houses the FBI Academy; senior FBI official Anthony DiClemente said the bureau “does not have ‘unfettered access’ to any communication provider’s network.”

The political debate over the telecom information comes as intelligence agencies seek to change traditional definitions of how to balance privacy rights against investigative needs. Donald Kerr, the deputy director of national intelligence, told a conference of intelligence officials in October that the government needs new rules. Since many people routinely post details of their lives on social-networking sites such as MySpace, he said, their identity shouldn’t need the same protection as in the past. Instead, only their “essential privacy,” or “what they would wish to protect about their lives and affairs,” should be veiled, he said, without providing examples.

Social-Network Analysis

The NSA uses its own high-powered version of social-network analysis to search for possible new patterns and links to terrorism. The Pentagon’s experimental Total Information Awareness program, later renamed Terrorism Information Awareness, was an early research effort on the same concept, designed to bring together and analyze as much and as many varied kinds of data as possible. Congress eliminated funding for the program in 2003 before it began operating. But it permitted some of the research to continue and TIA technology to be used for foreign surveillance.

Some of it was shifted to the NSA — which also is funded by the Pentagon — and put in the so-called black budget, where it would receive less scrutiny and bolster other data-sifting efforts, current and former intelligence officials said. “When it got taken apart, it didn’t get thrown away,” says a former top government official familiar with the TIA program.

Two current officials also said the NSA’s current combination of programs now largely mirrors the former TIA project. But the NSA offers less privacy protection. TIA developers researched ways to limit the use of the system for broad searches of individuals’ data, such as requiring intelligence officers to get leads from other sources first. The NSA effort lacks those controls, as well as controls that it developed in the 1990s for an earlier data-sweeping attempt.

Sen. Ron Wyden, an Oregon Democrat and member of the Senate Intelligence Committee who led the charge to kill TIA, says “the administration is trying to bring as much of the philosophy of operation Total Information Awareness as it can into the programs they’re using today.” The issue has been overshadowed by the fight over telecoms’ immunity, he said. “There’s not been as much discussion in the Congress as there ought to be.”

Opportunity for Debate

But Sen. Kit Bond of Missouri, the ranking Republican on the committee, said by email his committee colleagues have had “ample opportunity for debate” behind closed doors and that each intelligence program has specific legal authorization and oversight. He cautioned against seeing a group of intelligence programs as “a mythical ‘big brother’ program,” adding, “that’s not what is happening today.”

The legality of data-sweeping relies largely on the government’s interpretation of a 1979 Supreme Court ruling allowing records of phone calls — but not actual conversations — to be collected without a judge issuing a warrant. Multiple laws require a court order for so-called “transactional'” records of electronic communications, but the 2001 Patriot Act lowered the standard for such an order in some cases, and in others made records accessible using FBI administrative subpoenas called “national security letters.” (Read the ruling.)

A debate is brewing among legal and technology scholars over whether there should be privacy protections when a wide variety of transactional data are brought together to paint what is essentially a profile of an individual’s behavior. “You know everything I’m doing, you know what happened, and you haven’t listened to any of the contents” of the communications, said Susan Landau, co-author of a book on electronic privacy and a senior engineer at Sun Microsystems Laboratories. “Transactional information is remarkably revelatory.”

Ms. Spaulding, the national-security lawyer, said it’s “extremely questionable” to assume Americans don’t have a reasonable expectation of privacy for data such as the subject-header of an email or a Web address from an Internet search, because those are more like the content of a communication than a phone number. “These are questions that require discussion and debate,” she said. “This is one of the problems with doing it all in secret.”

Gen. Hayden, the former NSA chief and now Central Intelligence Agency director, in January 2006 publicly defended the activities of the Terrorist Surveillance Program after it was disclosed by the New York Times. He said it was “not a driftnet over Lackawanna or Fremont or Dearborn, grabbing all communications and then sifting them out.” Rather, he said, it was carefully targeted at terrorists. However, some intelligence officials now say the broader NSA effort amounts to a driftnet. A portion of the activity, the NSA’s access to domestic phone records, was disclosed by a USA Today article in 2006.

The NSA, which President Truman created in 1952 through a classified presidential order to be America’s ears abroad, has for decades been the country’s largest and most secretive intelligence agency. The order confined NSA spying to “foreign governments,” and during the Cold War the NSA developed a reputation as the world’s premier code-breaking operation. But in the 1970s, the NSA and other intelligence agencies were found to be using their spy tools to monitor Americans for political purposes. That led to the original FISA legislation in 1978, which included an explicit ban on the NSA eavesdropping in the U.S. without a warrant.

Big advances in telecommunications and database technology led to unprecedented data-collection efforts in the 1990s. One was the FBI’s Carnivore program, which raised fears when it was in disclosed in 2000 that it might collect telecommunications information about law-abiding individuals. But the ground shifted after 9/11. Requests for analysis of any data that might hint at terrorist activity flooded from the White House and other agencies into NSA’s Fort Meade, Md., headquarters outside Washington, D.C., one former NSA official recalls. At the time, “We’re scrambling, trying to find any piece of data we can to find the answers,” the official said.

The 2002 congressional inquiry into the 9/11 attacks criticized the NSA for holding back information, which NSA officials said they were doing to protect the privacy of U.S. citizens. “NSA did not want to be perceived as targeting individuals in the United States” and considered such surveillance the FBI’s job, the inquiry concluded.

FBI-NSA Projects

The NSA quietly redefined its role. Joint FBI-NSA projects “expanded exponentially,” said Jack Cloonan, a longtime FBI veteran who investigated al Qaeda. He pointed to national-security letter requests: They rose from 8,500 in 2000 to 47,000 in 2005, according to a Justice Department inspector general’s report last year. It also said the letters permitted the potentially illegal collection of thousands of records of people in the U.S. from 2003-05. Last Wednesday, FBI Director Robert Mueller said the bureau had found additional instances in 2006.

It isn’t known how many Americans’ data have been swept into the NSA’s systems. The Treasury, for instance, built its database “to look at all the world’s financial transactions” and gave the NSA access to it about 15 years ago, said a former NSA official. The data include domestic and international money flows between bank accounts and credit-card information, according to current and former intelligence officials.

The NSA receives from Treasury weekly batches of this data and adds it to a database at its headquarters. Prior to 9/11, the database was used to pursue specific leads, but afterward, the effort was expanded to hunt for suspicious patterns.

Through the Treasury, the NSA also can access the database of the Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication, or Swift, the Belgium-based clearinghouse for records of international transactions between financial institutions, current and former officials said. The U.S. acknowledged in 2006 that the CIA and Treasury had access to Swift’s database, but said the NSA’s Terrorism Surveillance Program was separate and that the NSA provided only “technical assistance.” A Treasury spokesman said the agency had no comment.

Through the Department of Homeland Security, airline passenger data also are accessed and analyzed for suspicious patterns, such as five unrelated people who repeatedly fly together, current and former intelligence officials said. Homeland Security shares information with other agencies only “on a limited basis,” spokesman Russ Knocke said.

NSA gets access to the flow of data from telecommunications switches through the FBI, according to current and former officials. It also has a partnership with FBI’s Digital Collection system, providing access to Internet providers and other companies. The existence of a shadow hub to copy information about AT&T Corp. telecommunications in San Francisco is alleged in a lawsuit against AT&T filed by the civil-liberties group Electronic Frontier Foundation, based on documents provided by a former AT&T official. In that lawsuit, a former technology adviser to the Federal Communications Commission says in a sworn declaration that there could be 15 to 20 such operations around the country. Current and former intelligence officials confirmed a domestic network of hubs, but didn’t know the number. “As a matter of policy and law, we can not discuss matters that are classified,” said FBI spokesman John Miller.

The budget for the NSA’s data-sifting effort is classified, but one official estimated it surpasses $1 billion. The FBI is requesting to nearly double the budget for the Digital Collection System in 2009, compared with last year, requesting $42 million. “Not only do demands for information continue to increase, but also the requirement to facilitate information sharing does,” says a budget justification document, noting an “expansion of electronic surveillance activity in frequency, sophistication, and linguistic needs.”

SIOBHAN GORMAN

Police lose track of nine sex offenders

0

NEWS Shopper has discovered Kent police has lost track of known sex offenders.

The force was responding to a Freedom of Information request submitted by News Shopper.

It confirmed the whereabouts of nine registered sex offenders “became unknown” in 2007.

Police declined to say who the missing people are, where they used to live and what offences they had committed.

They say officers may find the contact details they have been given are incorrect and then work with partner agencies to locate the offenders.

Assistant Chief Constable Allyn Thomas said: “Kent police take this matter very seriously.

“Active investigations are ongoing in order to trace the nine people.”

He added: “We are working with partner agencies and other forces in a bid to locate these offenders.

“This may also include working with agencies overseas.

“Once these offenders have been located, Kent police will work with the Crown Prosecution Service to ensure they are dealt with appropriately, and in some instances, returned to prison.”

He said: “Kent police, together with the Kent Police Authority, has recently committed £750,000 towards monitoring offenders living in the county, including assessing any risks to communities.”

Family Matters is a charity which offers counselling to victims of sexual abuse in north Kent.

Its chairman, Malcolm Gilbert, says although the figures are disturbing they should not discourage victims from reporting offences.

He said: “We must not let a focus on the Sex Offenders’ Register diminish our vigilance against the sexual abuse of children and the sexual assault of young people and women.

“The vast majority of sex offenders go undetected because their crimes go unreported and so they have never been put on the register in the first place.”

Mr Gilbert added: “Many of these offenders continue to abuse and prey on the vulnerable with little fear of being caught.”

A national newspaper recently revealed police forces across the country had lost track of 337 sex offenders since 1997.

There are 92 registered sex offenders living in north Kent and 983 in the whole county.

Call the Family Matters helpline on 01474 537392 or visit familymattersuk.org

Dan Keel

UK Budget 2008: What it Means to You

0

High-polluting vehicles will be hit harder, but incentives for green cars will be introduced and fuel duty rises shelved, announced Chancellor Alistair Darling in his 2008 budget.

Fuel duty
Lobbying from consumer and freight organisations, as well as record increases in oil prices, have convinced Chancellor Alistair Darling to delay planned fuel duty rises by six months.

A rise of 2p per litre had been planned, but pressure from lobby groups and consumer unrest at the high cost of motoring has led to Darling shelving the plans.

But fuel duty will rise by 0.5p per litre in real terms in 2010, warned the Chancellor.

Road tax
Road tax will be regraded to punish those who buy the most polluting vehicles and encourage manufacturers to drive down emissions from their cars.

From 2010 cars that emit less than 130g/km – the proposed EU target for fleet-wide emissions by 2012 – will pay no car tax at all in the first year. A higher first year rate will be introduced on the most polluting cars. Currently a Band G vehicle that emits more than 225g/km pays £300 per year.

‘It is right that if people choose to buy a more polluting car that they should pay more in the first year to reflect the environmental cost,’ Darling said.

Biofuels
Darling announced that money will be set aside to develop road-pricing schemes and – as expected – announced that biofuels will not be subsidised from 2010, saving the Treasury over £500m a year.

Darling has scrapped the tax break on biofuels due to environmental concerns about the sustainability of biofuel crops. Instead the government will press ahead with existing plans to require petrol and diesel to include 5 per cent biofuel by 2010.

Other measures
It is believed that global economic pressures have delayed plans to introduce harsher green taxes on high-polluting vehicles.

Announcements on a showroom tax on so-called gas-guzzlers of up to £1,000 and laws that would force oil companies to develop more sustainable biofuels were not announced.

A report published alongside the budget called for -whole-life running costs of cars to displayed on new cars and clearer environmental information on advertising provided by manufacturers to indicate the relative greenness of their cars.

Source

CIA rendition flight spotted in Hungary

2

A Hungarian newspaper Wednesday ran a picture of a Boeing 737 allegedly used for CIA rendition flights in central and Eastern Europe.

The daily Nepszabadsag ran a photo of a white plane bearing the registration number N34315. That aircraft was allegedly used to ferry terror suspects from the Middle East and South Asia to the United States, the Hungarian news service, MTI reported.

The photo is from Budapest’s Ferihegy airport and the plane is thought to be the same one spotted in previous rendition photos taken in central Europe and Ireland. It doesn’t say when the picture was taken, however. A check of the Web site credited with the picture indicates the photograph is from 2006.

A spokesman for the Ferihegy airport said charter flights from the United States often stop in Budapest on their way to Iraq, noting a Boeing 767 landed for refueling there Tuesday.

The Hungarian Foreign Ministry had no official comment of the photo.

© 2008 United Press International

CCTV camera sees under clothing

Applications for CCTV operators go through the roof

A UK company is marketing the first CCTV camera that can see objects under a person’s clothing.

The ThruVision T5000 can spot items underneath clothing at a range of up to 25 metres.

All materials emit different terahertz waves, allowing the cameras to differentiate between sugar and cocaine, for example.

Clive Beattie, chief executive at ThruVision, said: “Acts of terrorism have shaken the world in recent years and security precautions have been tightened globally.

“The ability to see metallic and non-metallic items on people out to 25 metres is a key capability that will enhance any comprehensive security system deployment.”

ThruVision claimed that privacy campaigners should not be alarmed since the human body emits terahertz waves at a frequency which the device does not scan, meaning that personal body details are not revealed.

This contrasts with millimetre wave radar such as the Secure 1000 systems being tested at Heathrow which provide clear pictures of the body under clothing.

Dr Liz Towns-Andrews, director of knowledge exchange at the Rutherford Appleton Laboratory, said: “Astronomers use T-ray cameras that can see through dust and clouds in space, revealing what lies beyond.

“This is a first-class example of how fundamental scientific research can be applied to benefit the whole of society.

“Who would have imagined that research carried out by space scientists to study the stars could be used to protect the public from terrorists and therefore save lives? The impact of this will be remarkable.”

Iain Thomson

Democrat calls for inquiry into Blackwater

0

House Oversight Committee Chairman Henry Waxman expanded his effort yesterday to investigate private security contractor Blackwater Worldwide, calling for a wide-ranging federal inquiry into the company’s employment practices.

In letters to the Internal Revenue Service, the Small Business Administration, and the Labor Department, Waxman, Democrat of California, questioned Blackwater’s classification of its workers as independent contractors instead of employees. That designation, which the government has questioned in the past, allowed the company to obtain $144 million in contracts set aside for small businesses and avoid paying as much as $50 million in withholding taxes under State Department contracts, he said.

A Blackwater spokeswoman called Waxman’s allegations completely without merit and said the company regrets his “decision to publicly air misleading information.” An IRS spokesman declined to comment.

The allegations were made public as a team of Justice Department and FBI investigators completed a two-week visit to Baghdad, where they interviewed additional witnesses in connection with a Sept. 16 episode in which Blackwater security personnel guarding US diplomats killed 17 civilians at a Baghdad traffic circle. Although a grand jury was convened late last year in the case, federal prosecutors have not determined whether the contractors can be prosecuted under US law. They are immune from Iraqi prosecution under a decree promulgated by the former US occupation government in Iraq.

The shootings prompted criticism of the use of private security contractors by both the State and Defense departments. As a result, the State Department promised to increase supervision of their activities, and the two departments developed comprehensive guidelines for them.

In Senate testimony late last month, administration officials said that 163,590 contractor personnel were working in Iraq under Defense contracts, slightly more than the number of US troops there. Of those, 6,467 are armed security personnel, about 1,500 of them American citizens. State Department security contractors total 1,518, about half of them Americans. The officials said that many of the rest are British and South African.

An additional 32,520 Defense contractor personnel are working in Afghanistan.

Blackwater, one of three US companies that provide security for US diplomats and official civilians in Iraq, has received nearly $1.25 billion in federal contracts from State and other agencies since 2000.

According to Waxman, Blackwater has received contracts set aside for companies with fewer than 1,500 employees after self-certifying its own status. The addition of nearly 1,000 personnel in Iraq would put it over the Small Business Administration limit, but Blackwater has insisted that they are independent contractors it pays to work for the US government. That designation allows the firm to avoid withholding federal income tax from what company records have indicated is $1,222 per day the guards are paid.

Waxman also charged that Blackwater was violating Labor Department affirmative action regulations by withholding its employment records.

In its statement, Blackwater said that its classification of its personnel is accurate and that it has “always been forthcoming about this aspect of its business with its customer, the US government.”

Karen DeYoung

Guantanamo detainees allowed phone calls

0

 Cuba: The US military has agreed to let detainees make regular phone calls to their families from the Guantanamo Bay prison, where many have been confined in extreme isolation for as long as six years.

The new policy by the Defense Department, which previously said security concerns prevented such calls, is part of a strategy to ease conditions for frustrated prisoners at the US Navy base in southeast Cuba.

Critics suggest the move aims to improve the image of the prison, which has been a flash point for criticism of Bush administration policies at home and abroad since it opened in January 2002.

A Pentagon spokesman, Navy Cmdr. Jeffrey Gordon, said the telephone policy reflects a commitment to maintaining the health and well-being of Guantanamo detainees. No start date has been set for the program.



It was not clear how the military plans to monitor the calls. A spokesman for the detention center, Army Lt. Col. Ed Bush, said it is working out procedures and has no timeline for starting the program. He declined to provide details about which detainees would be eligible and how often calls would be permitted.

Inmates’ contact with the outside world generally has been limited to mail delivered by the International Committee of the Red Cross and meetings with their lawyers. The military has allowed a small number of detainees to speak with their families, but typically only on “humanitarian” grounds such as following a death in the family.

Detainees’ attorneys welcomed the phone calls but said reconnecting with family could make life more painful for those at Guantanamo, where the US military holds about 275 men on suspicion of links to terrorism, al-Qaida or the Taliban.

Human rights advocates and foreign leaders have repeatedly called for its shutdown, raising complaints about the duration of detentions and the US decision to classify detainees as “enemy combatants” without the same protections as traditional prisoners of war.

Marc Falkoff, a Northern Illinois University law professor who represents 17 detainees, said one of his Yemeni clients has a 6-year-old daughter with whom he has never spoken.

“To be honest, I don’t know whether speaking with her will lift him from his depression or simply shatter him,” said Falkoff, who added that the man has grown so hopeless he has asked his lawyers to stop meeting with him.

He also suggested the policy aimed to cast a better light on the prison ahead of a US Supreme Court decision on detainee rights.

Chicago lawyer H. Candace Gorman, who represents a Guantanamo detainee, said she learned on a recent visit with her client that prisoners will be allowed to speak with their families for one hour every six months.

Some attorneys are skeptical the calls will ever happen.

“I will believe it when I see it,” said Wells Dixon, a lawyer with the New York-based Center for Constitutional Rights, which represents many Guantanamo detainees.

In an attempt to reduce hostility inside the detention center, military commanders have recently pursued plans for humanities courses and more open communal areas for men held in isolation 22 hours a day.

Attorneys for detainees say the assaults against guards are partly triggered by frustration among men with no real chance to confront accusations that they are enemy combatants.

AP

VIDEO: Ex-DEA Claims CIA Imported Cocaine

0

A clip from “American Drug War: The Last White
http://www.AmericanDrugWar.com

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=JR8s-mIj9BM[/youtube]

US Wants More Powers To Ban Air Travellers

Washington seeks power to ban air travellers – even if they are only flying OVER the U.S.

The US government is demanding the right to ban British air passengers from flying over America en route to other countries — even when the flights will not land in the United States.

Under anti-terrorism measures due to come into force within two years, the US authorities insist they need to do background checks on all UK air passengers travelling to Canada, the Caribbean, Mexico and South America.

Direct flights to popular holiday destinations such as the Bahamas, Barbados, Toronto and Mexico City would all be covered by stringent US security checks examining people’s passport details, travel plans and even how they paid for their ticket.

US security officials insist the checks must be completed 72 hours before departure or the flight will be banned from US airspace.

Anyone identified as having “suspicious indicators associated with travel behaviour” by US security would be prevented from boarding their flight.

Almost every flight leaving Britain and Europe for North and South America will be affected.

For safety reasons, transatlantic flights usually take the shortest route across the Atlantic and then fly over or close to the US coast so they can divert to an airfield quickly in an emergency.

The far-reaching new demands emerged last month during a private meeting between US Homeland Security Secretary Michael Chertoff and Jacqui Smith, the Home Secretary, but have not been revealed until now.

Mr Chertoff confirmed British passengers would be checked against US anti-terror and so-called “no-fly” lists.

Miss Smith said: “We agree that it is possible to maintain that ability for people to travel whilst at the same time building on the close relationship we have in sharing information, in ensuring that we’re working together to develop the strongest security around travel between our countries.”

Civil liberties campaigners fear the Secure Flight programme could be used to gather information about anyone flying, not just those with links to terrorism.

The Home Office insisted: “No decisions have been made.”

© 2008 Associated Newspapers Limited

MRSA Infections Killing More Americans than AIDS

0

An antibiotic-resistant strain of the common staph bacteria is now responsible for more deaths in the United States than AIDS, according to a study conducted by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and published in the Journal of the American Medical Association. “This is a significant public health problem” said CDC medical epidemiologist Scott K. Fridkin. “We should be very worried.”

Methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA) is a variant of a common bacteria species that normally causes easily-treated staph infections. While staph infections are not usually life-threatening, if untreated they can cause wounded flesh to necrotize (die), leading to painful and disfiguring abscesses. In severe cases, the bacteria can spread to other parts of the body, such as joints, bones, lungs, blood or other vital organs. This can cause potentially fatal complications, and patients so infected must be given intensive care immediately.

Because MRSA is resistant to all first-line antibiotics, it is far more dangerous than the easily treated varieties of the bacterium. And according to the CDC, MRSA infection is becoming more common.

Researchers analyzed data from nine states and concluded that 31.8 out of 100,000 U.S. residents are being infected by MRSA each year, leading to 94,360 infections and 18,650 deaths across the country. This is in comparison to 12,500 deaths from AIDS in 2005, and represents more infections than meningitis, bacterial pneumonia and flesh-eating strep put together.

“This indicates these life-threatening MRSA infections are much more common than we had thought,” Fridkin said.

The CDC says that MRSA infections are most common among children and the elderly, and more common among blacks than among members of other ethnic or racial groups.

Prior studies on MRSA have concluded that health care providers could significantly reduce the spread of the disease by implementing stricter hygiene measures. Outbreaks of MRSA in prisons, schools, and other institutions have also become increasingly common.

“MRSA outbreaks are entirely the fault of the conventional medical community, which has actually encouraged the breeding of the bacteria through rampant overuse of antibiotics,” said consumer health advocate Mike Adams. “The rest of the story is that MRSA is easily killed by colloidal silver, garlic, rainforest herbs and numerous other natural remedies, but the entire conventional medical community continues to pretend these substances don’t exist. Thus, they refuse to embrace the actual cures for MRSA, and thousands of people are dying each year as a result. This medical catastrophe will continue for as long as doctors remain ignorant about the curative powers of natural remedies while remaining foolishly limited to the use of patented pharmaceuticals to treat all infections,” Adams said.

David Gutierrez

Top Commander Resigns

Admiral William Fallon, the head of U.S. Central Command, resigned on Tuesday, explaining that his reputation as an obstacle of President Bush’s military designs had become too much of a distraction. Fallon was often reported to be a thorn in the side of the president and his other military advisors, a role both the admiral and administration officials strongly deny.

U.S. commander in Mideast steps down
Navy Adm. William J. Fallon, head of Central Command, oversaw the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan. He is seen as a critic of Bush’s policies.

By Peter Spiegel and Julian E. Barnes, Los Angeles Times Staff Writers

The Pentagon on Tuesday announced the abrupt resignation of the commander overseeing the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan who was seen as an internal critic of the Bush administration’s troop decisions in Iraq.

The resignation of Navy Adm. William J. Fallon, head of U.S. Central Command, comes at a crucial time — a month before highly anticipated recommendations for the future of U.S. involvement in Iraq — and amid a debate among top military commanders over American deployments in the region.

Supporters of the administration’s troop buildup have criticized Fallon for pushing for an accelerated reduction of U.S. forces in Iraq. By doing so, they argued, Fallon undermined the top U.S. commander in Iraq, Army Gen. David H. Petraeus.

“He fought Petraeus every step of the way, creating unrealistic demands and extra work,” said a former senior Pentagon official who has worked directly with both men. “And in so doing, he was not only undermining Petraeus, he was failing to support the president’s policy.”

Despite the increasingly heated bickering, Fallon’s decision, representing the departure of a combatant commander in wartime, stunned even senior officers.

In a statement issued by his headquarters in Tampa, Fla., Fallon insisted that he had no substantive differences with the White House over policies in the Middle East. Instead, press reports of “a disconnect between my views and the president’s policy objectives” had become a distraction, he said.

“Although I don’t believe there have ever been any differences about the objectives of our policy in the Central Command area of responsibility, the simple perception that there is makes it difficult for me to effectively serve America’s interests there,” Fallon said.

His resignation was announced at the Pentagon by Defense Secretary Robert M. Gates, who also insisted Fallon had no significant policy differences with the White House.

Fallon’s resignation came just a week after the publication of a controversial profile in Esquire magazine that portrayed the admiral as the primary opponent of an administration plan to bomb Iran.

Administration officials ridiculed the idea of Fallon as the lone obstacle, citing similar concerns by Gates and others. But current and former officers said administration officials were upset with the article because it portrayed Fallon at sharp odds with the president on a wider range of issues. Some of the current and former officers spoke on condition of anonymity when describing internal discussions.

A senior Pentagon official said that while the Esquire piece was a final straw, Fallon repeatedly had angered administration officials with his public comments.

In one instance, Fallon allowed a New York Times reporter into a meeting with Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri Maliki, a decision that made Maliki uncomfortable and seemed to upset President Bush. This month, Fallon testified before Congress that Turkey must reach “accommodation” with the Kurdistan Workers Party, a group the U.S. has labeled a terrorist organization.

“The Esquire piece had a big impact,” the official said. “But I think it is merely the most recent in a series of pieces that have left people with the impression that Fallon is out of step with the administration.”

Sen. Edward M. Kennedy of Massachusetts, a senior Democrat on the Armed Services Committee, said Fallon’s resignation was a sign that the Bush administration was unwilling to tolerate dissent. But Geoff Morrell, Gates’ spokesman, insisted that Fallon’s resignation would not preclude admirals and generals from voicing their opinions.

Although both Gates and Fallon focused on the recent press reports as the source of distractions, those briefed on internal Pentagon debates said the administration had been souring on Fallon for months, largely because of his strained relations with Petraeus.

Both Fallon and Petraeus are known as hard-charging and intellectually gifted. But almost from the time Fallon first traveled to Iraq after assuming control of U.S. Central Command in early 2007, he and Petraeus had clashed over Iraq policy, according to current and former officials.

“I have the distinct impression that Fallon and Petraeus do not like each other personally and disagree dramatically on how extensive our effort in Iraq should be,” said Stephen Biddle, a scholar at the Council on Foreign Relations who has advised the military command in Iraq.

The former senior Pentagon official said Fallon early in his tenure told Petraeus that he believed Iraq was slumping inevitably toward civil war and the that Iraqi government would be unable to turn the tide, meaning the U.S. should find a way to quickly disengage militarily.

“It drove Fallon for the rest of his command,” the official said of that early analysis, adding that the reasons Fallon had been picked for the job — his ability to work diplomatically with Iraq’s neighbors and the hope he would go to bat for Petraeus in Washington — fell by the wayside.

“The administration, and particularly the White House, immediately lost confidence in him,” the former official said.

Fallon repeatedly has denied such deep differences with Petraeus, who issued a statement calling Fallon a “true warrior.” At the same time, Petraeus said that although the two men had collaborated for more than a year on Iraq policy, they had come to a “shared view” of the future only “more recently.”

By pushing for quicker withdrawals in Iraq, Fallon was seen as siding with the Joint Chiefs of Staff, who have warned of stress on U.S. forces.

As well, Fallon and his staff are known to share concerns of the Joint Chiefs about Petraeus’ ties to the White House. Petraeus officially works for Central Command. But because he regularly speaks to Bush, Centcom has been left out of planning processes, to Fallon’s frustration.

Despite apparent White House displeasure with Fallon, Gates insisted that the Central Command chief decided to retire “entirely on his own.” Bush praised Fallon, saying he deserves “considerable credit” for progress in Iraq and Afghanistan.

Gates said that Army Lt. Gen. Martin E. Dempsey, the deputy Centcom commander, would take over temporarily for Fallon. Possible successors include Army Lt. Gen. Peter Chiarelli, the former No. 2 commander in Iraq who is currently Gates’ top military aide; Marine Gen. James N. Mattis, who led troops in both Iraq and Afghanistan and now heads Joint Forces Command; Dempsey; and Petraeus.

Is the UK Hunting Ban Working?

0

It’s three years since the Fox Hunting ban came into force in England. What’s changed – not much, with fox hunts still going on…

THREE YEARS ON – SCHNEWS REVIEWS THE UK ‘BAN’ ON HUNTING

“It’s pretty much business as usual hunt sabbing in the fields of rural England, three years after the hunting ban came into force – if you can call it a ban; week in week out we see hunts chasing and killing foxes in direct violation of the ban.” – H.S.A. Press Officer

Three years since the ban on hunting with hounds was passed through parliament, has it made a blind bit of difference to the bloody fate of persecuted British wildlife? No — but it has provided an invaluable lesson on how people with cash and influence can buck the law with impunity. Not only that, but those trying to curb their illegal activities face police harassment and hunt thuggery.

When the the Criminal Justice Act 1994 was first introduced, one of its main targets was the Hunt Saboteurs movement, denounced as “Thugs, wreckers and bullies” by the then Home Secretary Michael Howard. Within hours of the bill receiving royal assent, police moved in and began arresting those disrupting bloodsports under the new offence of ‘aggravated trespass’. At one point, Sussex police were fielding nearly eighty officers every weekend to arrest and harass hunt saboteurs.

Contrast this with the Hunting Act 2005. Pretty unequivocal in its terms, it made hunting with hounds a criminal offence. The more naïve might have expected a similar police effort made to clamp down on those now in breach of the law. What actually happened was that David ‘there’s none so blind as those who will not see’ Blunkett announced a ‘softly-softly’ approach, letting the police off the hook. In a backstairs deal, hunting became an offence – but not one for which details of those arrested would be recorded, or one which would count towards national crime enforcement statistics. The same police forces which had deployed vast resources to harass anti-bloodsports activists now simply ignored the hunting issue.

Bloodsports enthusiasts carried on their merry way, initially using the flimsy legal camouflage of ‘exempt’ hunting. What this meant in fact was that some hunts took to having a bird of prey on hand (falconry isn’t banned), others a few bumpkins with shotguns (because it’s allowed to use two hounds to flush prey towards guns) and others still took to dragging smelly rags around miles from the action in attempt to pretend they were drag-hunting. Once it became apparent that across the country police were not about to take any action anyway even these pantomimes were dropped. For example on Saturday 5th January, the Surrey Union foxhunt chased and killed a fox on the village green at Ockley, Surrey. This was photographed by sabs. Efforts to interest police in the footage were met with the thin blue line of complete indifference.

Of course there have been a handful of prosecutions across the country – twenty-five to be exact. Almost all of those prosecuted by the CPS have been targeted for ‘low-level’ hunting — using lurcher dogs to hunt rabbits and hares. While just as cruel as yer redcoated, stirrup cup drinkin’ landownin’ variety, the setting of dogs on wildlife isn’t protected by that most vital exemption in the Hunting Act — the defence of being a toff.
When huntsmen from the more prestigious hunts find themselves in court, always as a result of footage taken by the League against Cruel Sports and often as a result of private prosecutions taken out by them, they are equipped with the best legal advice money can buy. As a result they can afford to pay for continual appeals and, like Premiership footballers charged with speeding, find themselves able to wriggle through the smallest of courtroom loopholes.

We are now nearing the end of the third fox-hunting season since the introduction of the ban. Sab groups, committed to taking direct action against bloodsports, have gathered hours of footage of hunts breaking the ban. In response, the hunts have upped the level of violence and intimidation — especially against those carrying cameras. This season has seen a rise in violence targeted at sabs, with vehicles attacked and people hospitalised. And it is usually the camera operators they go for first.

When police do turn up, naturally they haven’t developed a sudden sympathy for the anarchists in their (t)rusty black landrovers. In November last year, sabs out with the notorious Old Surrey and Burstow fox hunt, filmed huntsman Mark Bycroft blatantly urging his hounds on to a fox.

One sab told us, “They were on to their third fox of the day — it broke out of some woodland and we were standing there filming. Police arrived and told the sabs, “You lot move away or you’ll be arrested.” When we asked what for, we were told aggravated trespass. Pointing out that we were disrupting a unlawful activity didn’t do any good as at that point Bycroft rode up and told the police, “You lot sort ‘em out or we will.” The cops then immediately jumped on one cameraman and wrestled him to the ground, putting him in handcuffs. Minutes later they arrested me.”All charges have since been dropped.

Of course it’s not surprising that the boys in blue line up with the chinless in pink — some of them ride with the hunt! On Saturday 9th February 2008, Sabs on the South Downs and Eridge hunt were bemused to have an off-duty WPC from Surrey ride up to them flashing her warrant card. Strangely enough two sabs were later arrested and held for 22 hours. “Basically our vehicle had been blocked in by hunt thugs. After one female hunt sab had been ridden down we’d asked for police assistance and been told that the matter ‘had already been dealt with’ — i.e. they’d asked the WPC if everything was OK. To try and get out I rolled forward with the Land Rover and cracked a brake light on the 4×4 blocking the road. When the police eventually did turn up I was nicked for criminal damage!”

And the courts take a lenient view of hunt violence. One hunt supporter, convicted of GBH in November for breaking a woman’s arm in two places, merely received an eight month suspended sentence. You can easily imagine what would have happened if the offence had been the other way round.

As one greying veteran of the anti-bloodsports battles told SchNEWS, “Screw this monitoring lark: no more standing around with cameras while still getting attacked by the huntscum and arrested by the plod — let’s get back to old fashioned sabbing…”

With the law still an ass, all kinds of anti-hunt action continues — and help and support is still needed. See www.huntsabs.org.uk

CIA Holocaust Claims Twenty Million Victims

1

The world’s number one terrorist organization, the CIA has committed heinous acts of terrorism abroad, murdering critics of US foreign and domestic policies and has done it on behalf of an increasing tiny, privileged American elite. This elite is a tiny one percent which owns more than the combined wealth the remaining 95% [See: the L-Curve]. On behalf of this tiny, privileged base, the CIA has placed itself above all law and supervision. The CIA’s war on the world has claimed an estimated 12 million to 20 million victims, far more than the best estimates attributed to Adolph Hitler’s ‘Holocaust’ of World War II.

A war of plunder waged by the CIA on much of the world has been called the Third World War because many of its victims are chauvinistically, imperialistically, termed “third world”. Given the magnitude of these CIA atrocities, we may, indeed, consider this panoply of terrorist acts a world war waged by privilege upon those who are less privileged, a war waged by the rich on the poor, a war of aggression by those who have against those who are without.

The official history of the CIA is dull reading. But one would not expect an official document of the US government to reveal the early connections between the CIA and Yale’s notorious Skull and Bones society; one would not expect the US government to reveal the nature of CIA backed coups in Chile to its role in the notorious Bay of Pigs debacle. One would not expect an official document to detail the role played by the CIA in the Iran/Contra affair. One would not expect a sanitized government version of the CIA to reveal how the CIA creates and support death squads that have resulted in a holocaust not seen since the Third Reich.

The passage of the National Security Act in July 1947 legislated the changes in the Executive branch that had been under discussion since 1945. The Act established an independent Air Force, provided for coordination by a committee of service chiefs, the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS), and a Secretary of Defense, and created the National Security Council (NSC). The CIG became an independent department and was renamed the Central Intelligence Agency.

Under the Act, the CIA’s mission was only loosely defined, since efforts to thrash out the CIA’s duties in specific terms would have contributed to the tension surrounding the unification of the services. The four general tasks assigned to the Agency were to advise the NSC on matters related to national security; to make recommendations to the NSC regarding the coordination of intelligence activities of the Departments; to correlate and evaluate intelligence and provide for its appropriate dissemination and “to perform such other functions … as the NSC will from time to time direct….”

—CIA Organizational Development, [Adapted from: United States Senate Select Committee on Governmental Operations with Respect to Intelligence Activities, Foreign and Military Intelligence — Book I, 94th Congress, 2nd Session, 26 April 1976, pages 102-118.]

The numbers don’t lie! At the end of a detailed statistical study, the CIA will be found, like a spider in its web, at the bump on a bell curve, at the very nexus of murder, mayhem and heinous acts of terrorism that it has exported across the globe and behind the deaths of US citizens in America.

– CIA atrocities may be categorized.
– Secret Wars
– Assassinations
– Subversions of targeted regimes
– Overt terrorism
– Support of other terrorist organizations
– Exploitation and/or creation of terrorist organizations like ‘al Qaeda’.
– Drug sales, primarily cocaine and its derivative –crack.
– Domestic Assassinations and acts of terrorism

The US government, especially under the GOP regimes of Ronald Reagan, Bush Sr, and now the shrub, have given up the dream of peace. The result is an Orwellian nightmare, a state of perpetual war put into effect by the CIA, the Praetorian Guard to America’s privileged elite. The nightmares –domestic and foreign –are of our own making. Worse than “mutually assured destruction”, this thug government within a government may very well spell the end of humankind, at least the end of those dreams that make life worth living. It was an avoidable choice forced upon us by incompetent, cowardly and corrupt right wing inspired ‘leadership’.

CIA Mission: Prop Up Right Wing Extremists and Elites; Suppress Everyone Else

Since World War II, the peace achieved with this strategy has been illusory. “Peace” has become an Orwellian term for a series of crimes against humanity. The secret wars waged by the CIA hardly penetrates the American consciousness, numbed as we are by a compromised mainstream media. Largely owned by the likes of Rupert Murdoch and other extreme right wing corporations, media, at the highest levels of ownership and management, are complicit. Many conflicts escape the glare of publicity –by design or by incompetence. Some are low-intensity conflicts designed to slip under the radar.

At the very heart of the CIA modus operandi is the network of proxy governments, by nature, oligarchical, naturally allied with America’s privileged classes. The CIA has little trouble convincing this class that its work abroad is ‘patriotic’.

The CIA has naturally allied itself with ruling oligarchs abroad, most notably the Saudi Royals. It was significant that the Saudi royals were provided a ‘royal’ exit from the US when every other aircraft was grounded on 911.

Throughout the Middle East and the Persian Gulf, wealth and income disparities are even greater than those in the US. The oil emirates, only some 0.5 percent of the population, are billionaires. Everyone else, like the poorer and middle income folk in America, share less or none of the wealth that is generated by the production of oil. In Latin America, Cesar Chavez may be a notable exception, hence the Bush administration’s campaign of demonization. Chavez dares to maintain control of his nation’s oil wealth.

In Latin America, Central America, this same system is working. If the people don’t like it, you organize the police into death squads, as we’ve done in many countries, including, conspicuously, El Salvador, and you kill enough of them that they are emasculated. They can’t do anything about it. They are crippled. They are repressed, suppressed and oppressed, and you can get by with this system of milking the countries to your will and to your way.

The [Sen. Frank] Church Committee of 1975 ….. Again this is not a lecture about the Secret Wars of the CIA. That’s a separate lecture. I could give it again, but it takes a full hour in its own right. But you must know how the CIA weaves into this war complex – this war machinery of ours.

–John Stockwell, The CIA and the Gulf War

According to Stockwell, the Church Committee of 1975 discovered over thirteen thousand covert operations since World War II.

Late in 1974, investigative reporter Seymour Hersh revealed that the CIA was not only destabilizing foreign governments, but was also conducting illegal intelligence operations against thousands of American citizens.

On January 27, 1975, an aroused Senate voted overwhelmingly to establish a special 11-member investigating body along the lines of the recently concluded Watergate Committee. Under the chairmanship of Idaho Senator Frank Church, with Texas Senator John Tower as vice-chairman, the select committee was given nine months and 150 staffers to complete its work.

The so-called Church Committee ran into immediate resistance from the Ford administration, concerned about exposing American intelligence operations and suspicious of Church’s budding presidential ambitions.

The committee interviewed 800 individuals, and conducted 250 executive and 21 public hearings. At the first televised hearing, staged in the Senate Caucus Room, Chairman Church dramatically displayed a CIA poison dart gun to highlight the committee’s discovery that the CIA directly violated a presidential order by maintaining stocks of shellfish toxin sufficient to kill thousands.

Church Committee Created

Stockwell maintains that many of these ‘covert operations’ were violent and led to wars. Examples include the propaganda campaign that led directly to the Korean and Viet Nam wars.

…we have so many of them in the public record that it’s obviously very difficult to know exactly how many people died in Vietnam or in Korea or in Nicaragua or in the Congo – but still, working with conservative figures we come up with a minimum figure of SIX MILLION PEOPLE killed in the Secret Wars of the CIA through its de-stabilizations over these past forty years:

One million people killed in the Korean War;
Two million people killed in Vietnam;
One to two million people killed in Cambodia;
Eight hundred thousand people killed in Indonesia;
Fifty thousand people killed in Angola.

Now that began with the war that I organized as Commander of the Angola Task Force, working for a subcommittee of the National Security Council in Washington in 1975 and 1976. Fifty thousand is the number that the Sandinistas and The New York Times pretty much agreed on were killed and wounded in Nicaragua in the ONE BILLION DOLLAR Contra de-stabilization in that country that we effected in the 1980s.

–John Stockwell, The CIA and the Gulf War

Stockwell concludes that throughout what is called the ‘Cold War’ some twenty million people were murdered, ‘…the second or third bloodiest war in all of human history”. Stockwell calls this the Third World War, a war waged by the CIA upon a ‘third world’. Is there any question now about why the US is hated throughout the world? Any questions?

Torture and death squads we do not run in England or Canada or Belgium or Sweden or Switzerland. They are, virtually all of them, done against countries of the Third World where the governments of those countries are not strong enough to prohibit us, to prevent us from brutalizing their people. The six million people killed are people of the Third World: people of the Mitumba Mountains of the Congo, and the jungles of Southeast Asia, and the hills of Nicaragua. And now, of course, the Middle Eastern deserts, in a new wrinkle on this system.

–John Stockwell, The CIA and the Gulf War

By now, the CIA has become expert in waging wars by proxy, encouraging domestic terrorism, subverting elected governments.

CIA operations follow the same recurring script. First, American business interests abroad are threatened by a popular or democratically elected leader. The people support their leader because he intends to conduct land reform, strengthen unions, redistribute wealth, nationalize foreign-owned industry, and regulate business to protect workers, consumers and the environment. So, on behalf of American business, and often with their help, the CIA mobilizes the opposition. First it identifies right-wing groups within the country (usually the military), and offers them a deal: “We’ll put you in power if you maintain a favorable business climate for us.” The Agency then hires, trains and works with them to overthrow the existing government (usually a democracy).

–Steve Kangas, A Timeline of CIA Atrocities

Pakistan is a case in point.

Since 9/11, the Bush administration has been propping up Musharraf’s military regime with $3.6 billion in economic aid from the US and a US-sponsored consortium, not to mention $900 million in military aid and the postponement of overdue debt repayments totaling $13.5 billion. But now the administration is debating whether Musharraf has become too dependent on Islamic extremist political parties in Pakistan to further US interests, and whether he should be pressured to permit the return of two exiled former prime ministers, Benazir Bhutto and Nawaz Sharif, who have formed an electoral alliance to challenge him in presidential elections scheduled for next year.

—Pakistan: Friend or Foe? The US shouldn’t prop up President Musharraf’s military regime, Selig S. Harrison

The late Benazir Bhutto revealed the truth before she was brutally gunned down in the streets of Karachi: US policy causes world terrorism. She died before she could tell the rest of the story. See also: Terrorism is worse under GOP regimes.

When the United States aligns with dictatorships and totalitarian regimes, it compromises the basic democratic principles of its foundation — namely, life, liberty and justice for all. Dictatorships such as Musharraf’s suppress individual rights and freedoms and empower the most extreme elements of society. Oppressed citizens, unable to represent themselves through other means, often turn to extremism and religious fundamentalism.

Benazir Bhutto, A False Choice for Pakistan

Quoted above was a paragraph from A Timeline of CIA Atrocities by Steve Kangas, whose death under questionable circumstances raises still more questions given his encyclopedic knowledge of the CIA and the antipathy he inspired from Richard Mellon Scaife –the spider at the center of a malicious, right wing web, perhaps the “great right wing conspiracy” referred to by Hilary Clinton at the height of the GOP blow job jihad and scandal.

In 1984 Kangas moved to Germany where he was involved in electronic eavesdropping on Soviet military units in Eastern Europe, analyzing the transcripts and reporting back to NATO. It was at this time he began to question his conservative political beliefs.

Kangas left military intelligence in 1986 and became a student at the University of California in Santa Cruz. This experience moved him further to the left: “There, kindly professors pointed out to me the illogic of defending life by taking it, destroying the planet for a buck and shutting down schools to build more prisons. I am now thoroughly brainwashed to believe that kindness and human decency are positive traits to be emulated and encouraged.”

Kangas ran the Liberalism Resurgent website. This included several articles on the activities of the Central Intelligence Agency. One of his online essays, The Origins of the Overclass, attempted to show “why the richest 1 percent have exploded ahead since 1975, with the help of the New Right, Corporate America and, surprisingly, the CIA.” In the essay he argues that Richard Mellon Scaife ran “Forum World Features, a foreign news service used as a front to disseminate CIA propaganda around the world.”

Scaife was very unhappy with the attack made on him and employed private detective, Rex Armistead, to carry out an investigation into Kangas.

It is believed that Kangas was working on a book about CIA covert activities when on 8th February, 1999, he was found dead in the bathroom of the offices of Richard Mellon Scaife, the owner of the Pittsburgh Tribune. He had been shot in the head. Officially he had committed suicide but some people believe he was murdered. In an article in Salon Magazine, (19th March, 1999) Andrew Leonard asked: “Why did the police report say the gun wound was to the left of his head, while the autopsy reported a wound on the roof of his mouth? Why had the hard drive on his computer been erased shortly after his death? Why had Scaife assigned his No. 1 private detective, Rex Armistead, to look into Kangas’ past?”

—Spartacus International; See also: A Timeline of CIA Atrocities

Violence against against America, often called ‘blowback’, is an inevitable reaction to CIA atrocities and interference. Concurrently, the US leads the world in the production of military hardware –tanks, missiles, nuclear weaponry, weapons of mass destruction. More recently, since the regime of Ronald Reagan specifically, the US has begun to trail the world in many other key industrial classification.

Under GOP ‘stewardship’, the US is rapidly becoming a third world nation on steroids. As long as this is the case, no one living in the US, no citizen of the US abroad, is truly free. We are all reduced to mere units in a bigger, evil machine. Bush and his servile ilk serve Moloch willingly and visibly at Bohemian Grove. Slavery, however, is forced upon the rest of us, a process assisted ably by a corporate media.

Secrets of the CIA, Parts 1 – 7

The most extreme example of this, of course, is Fox News, best described as political porn. If the Fox outfit did not deflect attention from more insidious designs, it would be laughable, even indulge for the low-class, beer drinking’ entertainment that it might bring to certain demographics. In practice, however, it might as well be a state run organization reduced to merely dramatizing officially sanctioned news.

Should you have doubts about press complicity with CIA/government lawlessness, I urge you to consider, as an example, revelations from Dan Rather about what CBS did to curry favor with the White House; or what can happen to a corporate, fully politicized, fourth estate: the Iraq war. Once called Yellow Journalism, it is now cleverly called “fair and balanced”. In the worst cases, journalism become little more than a CIA ‘front’.

After World War II, these psywar techniques continued. C.D. Jackson, a major figure in US psywar efforts before and after the war, was simultaneously a top executive at Time-Life. Psywar was also used with success during the 1950s by Edward Lansdale, first in the Philippines and then in South Vietnam. In Guatemala, the Dulles brothers worked with their friends at United Fruit, in particular the “father of public relations,” Edward Bernays, who for years had been lobbying the press on behalf of United. When CIA puppets finally took over in 1954, only applause was heard from the media, commencing forty years of CIA-approved horrors in that unlucky country.[2] Bernays’ achievement apparently impressed Allen Dulles, who immediately began using US public relations experts and front groups to promote the image of Ngo Dinh Diem as South Vietnam’s savior.[3]

The combined forces of unaccountable covert operations and corporate public relations, each able to tap massive resources, are sufficient to make the concept of “democracy” obsolete. Fortunately for the rest of us, unchallenged power can lose perspective. With research and analysis — the capacity to see and understand the world around them — entrenched power must constantly anticipate and contain potential threats. But even as power seems more secure, this capacity can be blinded by hubris and isolation.

–Daniel Brandt, NameBase NewsLine, Journalism And The CIA

So it naturally follows that the robber barons and their fourth estate business partners should indeed benefit from the puppet they all worked so vigorously to enthrone.

Corporate Interests merged with State Interests

The corporate interests of America are now almost entirely at one with the political interests of America. The people are either relegated to the outskirts as unimportant bystanders or are caught in the cross-fire as casualties of a hostile corporate takeover by American and even foreign corporations. We “the people” do not matter in a country where corporate profits are tied to state policy, which then uses those same corporations to tell us what is real and what is fabricated, what is true and what is false.

–Laura Alexandrovna, Our Cold Civil War

The CIA is symptomatic of a militarized society, in which the CIA and the military play important roles in a circular self-justification. Much is made of the fact that the military provides opportunities for high school dropouts, the disadvantaged who might not otherwise get an education or a job. What is to be said of a society for which the export of death and destruction becomes essential to its economic well-being?

As Gore Vidal argued persuavesively in his “The Decline and Fall of the American Empire“, the military/industrial complex is a drag on the economy. The Pentagon budget, he argues, is an economic black hole. He sites, as an example, the construction of a ‘tank’! Once built, the economic life of the tank if finished! From that point on, the tank becomes a net drag on the economy. It produces nothing, adds noting! Moreover, the Pentagon soaks up monies that might have been budgeted for truly productive programs like education and training. What is to be said about a society that finds it necessary to send young people off to die in immoral wars in order to get them employed and off the streets?

Eisenhower saw Big Brother’s approach but could not have known how it might have been avoided. The revolution, decades in the making, is like a slow boil. We did not even know when we were “done”, but cooked we are! We are like one of many puzzles that originated in the mind of the ancient Megarian logician, Eubulides of Miletus.

The puzzle is called “sorites”, from the Greek for “heap.” The question is whether or not a single grain of sand is a “heap”? The answer is obviously “no”. But, if we add grains one at a time, the question arises: at what point have we made a “heap”? At what point have we made of the Military/Industrial complex a Frankenstein monster, Moloch, a Big Brother? At what point have we sacrificed our souls to ol’ Scratch? At what point did MIC become the Owl god?How CIA Became ‘Praetorian Guard’ to America’s Fascist Right Wing

While Americans in general opposed involvement in foreign wars, American industrialists were not inclined to turn down a quick buck.

On December 20, 1922 the New York Times reported that automobile manufacturer Henry Ford was financing Adolph Hitler’s nationalist and anti-Semitic movements in Munich. Simultaneously, the Berlin newspaper Berliner Tageblatt appealed to the American Ambassador in Berlin to investigate and halt Henry Ford’s intervention into German domestic affairs. It was reported that Hitler’s foreign backers had furnished a “spacious headquarters” with a “host of highly paid lieutenants and officials.” Henry Ford’s portrait was prominently displayed on the walls of Hitler’s personal office:

—Henry Ford and the Nazis

Opposition to US involvement in World War II is most often linked to Charles Lindbergh.

However, most AFC supporters were neither liberal, nor Socialist. Many simply wanted to stay out of the war. Since many also came from the Midwest, an area never as sensitive to European problems as the east coast, isolationist arguments was soon buttressed by more traditional prejudices against eastern industrial and banking interests. (Almost two-thirds of the Committee’s 850,000 registered supporters would eventually come from the Midwest, mostly from a radius of three hundred miles around Chicago.)[13] Many AFC supporters were certain industry and the banks wanted war for their own profit.[14] Many other supporters were Republicans who flocked to the AFC for partisan political reasons. Still others were covertly pro-German. Some were German-Americans whose sentimental attachments had not been diminished by the crimes of the Nazi regime. Others, whether of German origin or not, were attracted to Hitler’s racism and anti-Semitism.

–David Gordon, America First:the Anti-War Movement, Charles Lindbergh and the Second World War, 1940-1941, History Department, Bronx Community College / CUNY Graduate Center

Ideologically, Bush and Lindbergh have much in common. It is no stretch to imagine this faction welcoming a Hitler victory in Europe, perhaps plotting a Nazi coup d’etat in the US had that happened.

Lindbergh wanted Hitler to destroy the Soviet Union, and was willing to accept Nazi domination of Europe as the price.[118] His protests to the contrary are not convincing.[119] Long before most Committee members, he had come to believe the existence of the Soviet Union had made Hitler’s dictatorship necessary. The German invasion of Russia in June 1941 made the need to keep America out of the war greater than ever. As a result, the efforts of America Firsters to keep America neutral became more frenetic as German successes in Russia mounted, and Roosevelt’s efforts to enter the war increased.

–David Gordon, America First:the Anti-War Movement, Charles Lindbergh and the Second World War, 1940-1941, History Department, Bronx Community College / CUNY Graduate Center

Lindbergh opposed US entry into WWII for the same reasons the Bush family continued to do business with Hitler and the Nazis’ after war had begun. The Bush family were Hitler’s trading partners.

The debate over Prescott Bush’s behavior has been bubbling under the surface for some time. There has been a steady internet chatter about the “Bush/Nazi” connection, much of it inaccurate and unfair. But the new documents, many of which were only declassified last year, show that even after America had entered the war and when there was already significant information about the Nazis’ plans and policies, he worked for and profited from companies closely involved with the very German businesses that financed Hitler’s rise to power. It has also been suggested that the money he made from these dealings helped to establish the Bush family fortune and set up its political dynasty.

…

Three sets of archives spell out Prescott Bush’s involvement. All three are readily available, thanks to the efficient US archive system and a helpful and dedicated staff at both the Library of Congress in Washington and the National Archives at the University of Maryland.

The first set of files, the Harriman papers in the Library of Congress, show that Prescott Bush was a director and shareholder of a number of companies involved with Thyssen.

The second set of papers, which are now in the National Archives, are contained in vesting order number 248 which records the seizure of the company assets. What these files show is that on October 20 1942 the alien property custodian seized the assets of the UBC, of which Prescott Bush was a director. Having gone through the books of the bank, further seizures were made against two affiliates, the Holland-American Trading Corporation and the Seamless Steel Equipment Corporation. By November, the Silesian-American Company, another of Prescott Bush’s ventures, had also been seized. —

British Guardian: How Bush’s grandfather helped Hitler’s rise to power

By now it is common knowledge, verified in the public record, that in October of 1942, Prescott Bush was accused of “Running Nazi front groups in the United States”. He was charged under the Trading With the Enemy Act as the US government shut down the operations at New York’s Union Banking Corporation.

Bush’s actions might have been considered high treason. They are interesting by virtue of the myriad connections about what is commonly referred to as the “Bush Crime FAmily” –Avril Harriman, the Rockefellers, Allen Dulles, James Baker III, Gulf Oil, Pennzoil, and Osama bin Laden. The connections are labyrinthine, involving a host of corporate connections, high ranking Nazis, the CIA and Allen Dulles.

Certainly, opposition to the US entry into World War II was not essentially “leftist”. It was, rather, the right wing that overtly supported Hitler’s adventures in Europe. Their opposition was, in fact, an ideological opposition to the US opposition to Hitler. There is a stunning picture of American Nazis giving the Nazi salute as they filed past the coffins of German Nazis killed in the crash of the airship Hindenburg at Lakehurst, New Jersey.

Some recent history may be in order. Before their resurgence amid delicious vindication, the Dixie Chicks were vilified by the same crowd that attacked dissenters for daring to compare Bush with Hitler. In Europe, by contrast, the similarities were clear and irrefutable, quite beyond the power of Fox to spin or lie about.

…one woman who is a translator and teacher of German-language literature — a woman who lived in Germany for ten years and has immersed herself in the German culture for twenty years said that among the people in Germany, Switzerland, and Austria, and among Holocaust survivors in the United States, she hears the parallels between Bush and Hitler and the similarities between the United States now and Germany in the 1930’s all the time. “She writes:”

“It’s almost like this knowledge is a given–a basic assumption shared by everyone I know who is intimately familiar with the Nazi era (that is, 90% of my professional colleagues, clients, collaborators, etc.). It is like the unspoken known. Unspoken, and unspeakable”

–Lonna Gooden VanHorn, America’s Hitler: Part V

The most recent right wing variation about WWII peaceniks had its origins in Bush’s run up to war against Iraq. It goes like this: the allies had already done all the hard work because US “Peaceniks” did not want to go to war. However, it was not “leftist peaceniks” who wanted to keep the US out of the war; it was the fascist right. It was Charles Lindbergh and Prescott Bush, who led domestic opposition to US entry into World War II. Prescott Bush, later charged with treason, and Charles Lindbergh, an avowed fascist, were the most notable figures in a movement that most certainly included Nazis, sympathizers and other admirers of Adolph Hitler

Keeping the US out of WWII had been a ring wing goal when goal when Prescott Bush, the Shrub’s Grandfather, conspired to overthrow the legitimate government of the United States and replace the administration of FDR with a fascist dictatorship.

The conspirators were operating under the umbrella of a front group called the American Liberty League, which included many families that are still household names today, including Heinz, Colgate, Birds Eye and General Motors.

Butler played along with the clique to determine who was involved but later blew the whistle and identified the ringleaders in testimony given to the House Committee on un-American Activities.

However, the Committee refused to even question any of the individuals named by Butler and his testimony was omitted from the record, leading to charges that they were involved in covering the matter up, and the majority of the media blackballed the story.”

— BBC: Bush’s Grandfather Planned Fascist Coup In America

In 1936, William Dodd, the US Ambassador to Germany, wrote a letter to President Roosevelt in which he stated:

“A clique of US industrialists is hell-bent to bring a fascist state to supplant our democratic government and is working closely with the fascist regime in Germany and Italy. I have had plenty of opportunity in my post in Berlin to witness how close some of our American ruling families are to the Nazi regime…. A prominent executive of one of the largest corporations, told me point blank that he would be ready to take definite action to bring fascism into America if President Roosevelt continued his progressive policies.

Certain American industrialists had a great deal to do with bringing fascist regimes into being in both Germany and Italy. They extended aid to help Fascism occupy the seat of power, and they are helping to keep it there. [ed. treason!] Propagandists for fascist groups try to dismiss the fascist scare. We should be aware of the symptoms. When industrialists ignore laws designed for social and economic progress they will seek recourse to a fascist state when the institutions of our government compel them to comply with the provisions.”

Prescott Bush’s role in helping finance Hitler’s Nazi War Machine is a fact, a matter of record. Clearly, then, the elder Bush was a part of a criminal, treasonous enterprise that sought to overthrow the elected government of the US and impose upon it a fascist dictatorship.

The most tantalising part of the story remains shrouded in mystery: the connection, if any, between Prescott Bush, Thyssen, Consolidated Silesian Steel Company (CSSC) and Auschwitz.

Thyssen’s partner in United Steel Works, which had coal mines and steel plants across the region, was Friedrich Flick, another steel magnate who also owned part of I.G. Farben, the powerful German chemical company.

Flick’s plants in Poland made heavy use of slave labour from the concentration camps in Poland. According to a New York Times article published in March 18 1934 Flick owned two-thirds of CSSC while “American interests” held the rest.

—How Bush’s grandfather helped Hitler’s rise to power [See: BBC: Bush’s Grandfather Planned Fascist Coup In America] Also: Bush’s Grandfather Planned Fascist Coup In America. Certainly, this treasonous gang of right wing insurgents, bore little resemblance to the broad-based, often leftist coalition of peace activists who opposed US action in Viet Nam upon broader, philosophical principles.

In 1980, Stockwell said that “if the Soviet Union were to disappear off the face of the map, the United States would quickly seek out new enemies to justify its own military-industrial complex.”

The CIA and Iran/Contra

CIA and Iran/Contra

Addendum:
The Speech that may have motivated the murder of Sen. Paul Wellstone
In the middle of tough re-election campaign, Sen. Paul Wellstone announces his opposition to Bush’s Iraq war resolution. His speech to the US Senate, entitled “Regarding Military Action Against Iraq” was presented on October 3, 2002. By October,

Mr. President, as we turn later today to address our policy on Iraq, I want to take a few minutes to outline my views. The situation remains fluid, and Administration officials are engaged in negotiations at the United Nations over what approach we ought to take, with our allies, to disarm the brutal and dictatorial Iraqi regime.

Our debate here is critical because the administration seeks our authorization now for military action including possibly unprecedented, pre-emptive, go-it-alone military action in Iraq, even as it seeks to garner support from our allies on a tough new UN disarmament resolution.

Let me be clear: Saddam Hussein is a brutal, ruthless dictator who has repressed his own people, attacked his neighbors, and remains an international outlaw. The world would be a much better place if he were gone and the regime in Iraq were changed. That’s why the US should unite the world against Saddam, and not allow him to unite forces against us.

A go-it-alone approach, allowing for a ground invasion of Iraq without the support of other countries, could give Saddam exactly that chance. A pre-emptive go-it-alone strategy towards Iraq is wrong. I oppose it.

I support ridding Iraq of weapons of mass destruction through unfettered UN inspections, which should begin as soon as possible. Only a broad coalition of nations, united to disarm Saddam, while preserving our war on terror, is likely to succeed. Our primary focus now must be on Iraq’s verifiable disarmament of weapons of mass destruction. This will help maintain international support, and could even eventually result in Saddam’s loss of power.

Of course, I would welcome this, as would most of our allies. The president has helped to direct intense new multilateral pressure on Saddam Hussein to allow UN and International Atomic Energy Agency weapons inspectors back in to Iraq to conduct their assessment of Iraq’s chemical, biological and nuclear programs. Saddam clearly has felt that heat, and it suggests what might be accomplished through collective action. I am not naive about this process, and much work lies ahead. But we cannot dismiss out-of-hand Saddam’s late and reluctant commitment to comply with UN disarmament arrangements, or the agreement struck Tuesday to begin to implement it. We should use the gathering international resolve to collectively confront his regime by building on these efforts through a new UN disarmament resolution.

This debate must include all Americans, because our decisions finally must have the informed consent of the American people, who will be asked to bear the costs, in blood and treasure, of our decisions. When the lives of the sons and daughters of average Americans could be risked and lost, their voices must be heard by Congress before we make decisions about military action.

Right now, despite a desire to support our president, I believe many Americans still have profound questions about the wisdom of relying too heavily on a pre-emptive, go-it-alone military approach.

Acting now on our own might be a sign of our power. Acting sensibly and in a measured way in concert with our allies, with bipartisan Congressional support, would be a sign of our strength.

It would also be a sign of the wisdom of our founders, who lodged in the President the power to command US armed forces, and in Congress the power to make war, ensuring a balance of powers between co-equal branches of government. Our Constitution lodges the power to weigh the causes for war and the ability to declare war in Congress precisely to ensure that the American people and those who represent them will be consulted before military action is taken.

The Senate has a grave duty to insist on a full debate that examines for all Americans the full range of options before us, and weighs those options, together with their risks and costs. Such a debate should be energized by the real spirit of September 11: a debate which places a priority not on unanimity, but on the unity of a people determined to forcefully confront and defeat terrorism and to defend our values.

I have supported internationally sanctioned coalition military action in Bosnia, in Kosovo and Serbia, and in Afghanistan. Even so, in recent weeks, I and others including major Republican policymakers like former Bush National Security Advisor Brent Scowcroft, former Bush Secretary of State James Baker, my colleague on the Foreign Relations Committee Senator Hagel, Bush Mideast Envoy General Anthony Zinni and other leading US military leaders have raised serious questions about the approach the Administration is taking on Iraq.

There have been questions raised about the nature and urgency of Iraq’s threat, our response to that threat, and against whom, exactly that threat is directed. What is the best course of action that the US could take to address the threat? What are the economic, political, and national security consequences of possible US or US-British invasion of Iraq? There have been questions raised about the consequences of our actions abroad, including its effects on the continuing war on terrorism, our ongoing efforts to stabilize and rebuild Afghanistan, and efforts to calm the intensifying Middle East crisis, especially the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. And there have been questions raised about the consequences of our actions here at home.

Of first and greatest concern, obviously, are the questions raised about the possible loss of life that could result from our actions. The United States could send tens of thousands of US troops to fight in Iraq, and in so doing we could risk countless lives, of US soldiers and innocent Iraqis. There are other questions, about the impact of an attack in relation to our economy. The United States could face soaring oil prices and could spend billions both on a war and on a years-long effort to stabilize Iraq after an invasion. The resolution we will be debating today would explicitly authorize a go-it-alone approach.

I believe an international approach is essential. In my view, our policy should have four key elements. First and foremost, the United States must work with our allies to deal with Iraq. We should not go it alone or virtually alone with a pre-emptive ground invasion. Most critically, acting alone could jeopardize our top national security priority, the continuing war on terror. The intense cooperation of other nations in matters related to intelligence-sharing, security, political and economic cooperation, law enforcement and financial surveillance, and other areas has been crucial to this fight, and enables us to wage it effectively with our allies. Over the past year, this cooperation has been our most successful weapon against terror networks. That — not attacking Iraq should be the main focus of our efforts in the war on terror.

We have succeeded in destroying some Al Qaeda forces, but many of its operatives have scattered, their will to kill Americans still strong. The United States has relied heavily on alliances with nearly 100 countries in a coalition against terror for critical intelligence to protect Americans from possible future attacks. Acting with the support of allies, including hopefully Arab and Muslim allies, would limit possible damage to that coalition and our anti-terrorism efforts. But as General Wes Clark, former Supreme Commander of Allied Forces in Europe has recently noted, a premature go-it-alone invasion of Iraq “would super-charge recruiting for Al Qaeda.”

Second, our efforts should have the goal of disarming Saddam Hussein of all of his weapons of mass destruction. Iraq agreed to destroy its weapons of mass destruction at the end of the Persian Gulf War and to verification by the UN and the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA) that this had been done. According to the UN and IAEA, and undisputed by the administration, inspections during the 1990’s neutralized a substantial portion of Iraq’s weapons of mass destruction, and getting inspectors back in to finish the job is critical. The prompt resumption of inspections and disarmament, under an expedited timetable and with unfettered access in Iraq, is imperative.

Third, weapons inspections should be enforceable. If efforts by UN weapons inspectors are tried and fail, a range of potential UN-sanctioned means, including proportionate military force, should be considered. I have no doubt that Congress would act swiftly to authorize force in such circumstances. This does not mean giving the UN a veto over US actions. No one wants to do that. It simply means, as Chairman Levin has observed, that Saddam is a world problem and should be addressed in the world arena.

Finally, our approach toward Iraq must be consistent with international law and the framework of collective security developed over the last 50 years or more. It should be sanctioned by the Security Council under the UN Charter, to which we are a party and by which we are legally bound. Only a broad coalition of nations, united to disarm Saddam, while preserving our war on terror, can succeed. Our response will be far more effective if Saddam sees the whole world arrayed against him.

We should act forcefully, resolutely, sensibly with our allies, and not alone, to disarm Saddam. Authorizing the pre-emptive, go-it-alone use of force now, right in the midst of continuing efforts to enlist the world community to back a tough new disarmament resolution on Iraq, could be a costly mistake for our country.

–Paul Wellstone, Speech to the US Senate regarding US military action in Iraq, 2002

The CIA has enabled a right wing dictatorship in America, and, in doing so, has inspired generations of ‘terrorist’ antagonists who might never have found cause until given it them by the CIA’s ham-fisted approach to empire. The CIA has been called a new ‘Praetorian Guard’, as apt a description as any I have found. Certainly, the CIA is to Big Brother what the ‘Praetorian Guard was to the Emperors of Rome. The CIA does not merely exercise absolute power via the apparatus of the police state, it marshals the resources of the monolithic state to rob the individual of person hood. Big Brother literally changes what it means to be “human”.

In Goethe’s version of Faust, Mephistopheles tries to grab Faust’s soul when he dies but is frustrated by a divine intervention. Can the people of the US afford to wait passively for divine intervention? No! We must deny the state its power to define us. Challenged by aristocrats who demanded to know just who he thought he was, Voltaire said “I have no name but the name that I have made for myself!”

Big Brother’s lies have made of us our own worst nightmares, but only if we buy into the scheme. It follows, therefore, that Big Brother is finished when we make Voltaire’s existentialist choice, when we take responsibility for what we have become, when we dare to define ourselves. The seeds of revolution are born when each individual chooses to be free!

Additional resources:

Five Days in London by John Lukacs
The transcripts of the Nuremberg Tribunal
Churchill’s History of World War II
Liddell Hart’s History of the Second World War
Read this or George W. Bush will be president for the rest of your life
Lessons Bush Learned from Hitler
Bush’s Fascist, Private Army of Paid Cutthroats, Murderers and Mercenaries
Emergent Properties
Grand Jury: “Can We Indict Bush & Cheney?”
Why the Bush Regime is an Orwellian Threat
Lessons Bush Learned from Hitler

Len Hart

John Pilger: Australia’s hidden Empire

4

When the outside world thinks about Australia, it generally turns to venerable clichés of innocence — cricket, leaping marsupials, endless sunshine, no worries. Australian governments actively encourage this. Witness the recent “G’Day USA” campaign, in which Kylie Minogue and Nicole Kidman sought to persuade Americans that, unlike the empire’s problematic outposts, a gormless greeting awaited them Down Under. After all, George W Bush had ordained the previous Australian prime minister, John Howard, “sheriff of Asia”.

That Australia runs its own empire is unmentionable; yet it stretches from the Aboriginal slums of Sydney to the ancient hinterlands of the continent and across the Arafura Sea and the South Pacific. When the new prime minister, Kevin Rudd, apologised to the Aboriginal people on 13 February, he was acknowledging this. As for the apology itself, the Sydney Morning Herald accurately described it as a “piece of political wreckage” that “the Rudd government has moved quickly to clear away… in a way that responds to some of its own supporters’ emotional needs, yet changes nothing. It is a shrewd manoeuvre.”

Like the conquest of the Native Americans, the decimation of Aboriginal Australia laid the foundation of Australia’s empire. The land was taken and many of its people were removed and impoverished or wiped out. For their descendants, untouched by the tsunami of sentimentality that accompanied Rudd’s apology, little has changed. In the Northern Territory’s great expanse known as Utopia, people live without sanitation, running water, rubbish collection, decent housing and decent health. This is typical. In the community of Mulga Bore, the water fountains in the Aboriginal school have run dry and the only water left is contaminated.

Throughout Aboriginal Australia, epidemics of gastroenteritis and rheumatic fever are as common as they were in the slums of 19th-century England. Aboriginal health, says the World Health Organisation, lags almost a hundred years behind that of white Australia. This is the only developed nation on a United Nations “shame list” of countries that have not eradicated trachoma, an entirely preventable disease that blinds Aboriginal children. Sri Lanka has beaten the disease, but not rich Australia. On 25 February, a coroner’s inquiry into the deaths in outback towns of 22 Aboriginal people, some of whom had hanged themselves, found they were trying to escape their “appalling lives”.

Most white Australians rarely see this third world in their own country. What they call here “public intellectuals” prefer to argue over whether the past happened, and to blame its horrors on the present-day victims. Their mantra that Aboriginal infrastructure and welfare spending provide “a black hole for public money” is racist, false and craven. Hundreds of millions of dollars that Australian governments claim they spend are never spent, or end up in projects for white people. It is estimated that the legal action mounted by white interests, including federal and state governments, contesting Aboriginal native title claims alone covers several billion dollars.

Smear is commonly deployed as a distraction. In 2006, the Australian Broadcasting Corporation’s leading current affairs programme, Lateline, broadcast lurid allegations of “sex slavery” among the Mutitjulu Aboriginal people. The source, described as an “anonymous youth worker”, was exposed as a federal government official, whose “evidence” was discredited by the Northern Territory chief minister and police. Lateline never retracted its allegations. Within a year, Prime Minister John Howard had declared a “national emergency” and sent the army, police and “business managers” into Aboriginal communities in the Northern Territory. A commissioned study on Aboriginal children was cited; and “protecting the children” became the media cry — just as it had more than half a century ago when children were kidnapped by white welfare authorities. One of the authors of the study, Pat Anderson, complained: “There is no relationship between the emergency powers and what’s in our report.” His research had concentrated on the effects of slum housing on children. Few now listened to him. Kevin Rudd, as opposition leader, supported the “intervention” and has maintained it as prime minister. Welfare payments are “quarantined” and people controlled and patronised in the colonial way. To justify this, the mostly Murdoch-owned capital-city press has published a relentlessly one-dimensional picture of Aboriginal degradation. No one denies that alcoholism and child abuse exist, as they do in white Australia, but no quarantine operates there.

The Northern Territory is where Aboriginal people have had comprehensive land rights longer than anywhere else, granted almost by accident 30 years ago. The Howard government set about clawing them back. The territory contains extraordinary mineral wealth, including huge deposits of uranium on Aboriginal land. The number of companies licensed to explore for uranium has doubled to 80. Kellogg Brown & Root, a subsidiary of the American giant Halliburton, built the railway from Adelaide to Darwin, which runs adjacent to Olympic Dam, the world’s largest low-grade uranium mine. Last year, the Howard government appropriated Aboriginal land near Tennant Creek, where it intends to store the radioactive waste. “The land-grab of Aboriginal tribal land has nothing to do with child sexual abuse,” says the internationally acclaimed Australian scientist and actvist Helen Caldicott, “but all to do with open slather uranium mining and converting the Northern Territory to a global nuclear dump.”

This “top end” of Australia borders the Arafura and Timor Seas, across from the Indonesian archipelago. One of the world’s great submarine oil and gas deposits lies off East Timor. In 1975, Australia’s then ambassador in Jakarta, Richard Woolcott, who had been tipped off about the coming Indonesian invasion of then Portuguese East Timor, secretly recommended to Canberra that Australia turn a blind eye to it, noting that the seabed riches “could be much more readily negotiated with Indonesia . . . than with [an independent] Timor”. Gareth Evans, later foreign minister, described a prize worth “zillions of dollars”. He ensured that Australia distinguish itself as one of the few countries to recognise General Suharto’s bloody occupation, in which 200,000 East Timorese lost their lives.

When eventually, in 1999, East Timor won its independence, the Howard government set out to manoeuvre the East Timorese out of their proper share of the oil and gas revenue by unilaterally changing the maritime boundary and withdrawing from World Court jurisdiction in maritime disputes. This would have denied desperately needed revenue to the new country, stricken from its years of brutal occupation. However, East Timor’s then prime minister, Mari Alkatiri, leader of the majority Fretilin party, proved more than a match for Canberra and especially its bullying foreign minister, Alexander Downer.

Alkatiri demonstrated that he was a nationalist who believed East Timor’s resource wealth should be the property of the state, so that the nation did not fall into debt to the World Bank. He also believed that women should have equal opportunity, and that health care and education should be universal. “I am against rich men feasting behind closed doors,” he said. For this, he was caricatured as a communist by his opponents, notably the president, Xanana Gusmão, and the then foreign minister, José Ramos-Horta, both close to the Australian political Establishment. When a group of disgruntled soldiers rebelled against Alkatiri’s government in 2006, Australia readily accepted an “invitation” to send troops to East Timor. “Australia,” wrote Paul Kelly in Murdoch’s Australian, “is operating as a regional power or a potential hegemon that shapes security and political outcomes. This language is unpalatable to many. Yet it is the reality. It is new, experimental territory for Australia.”

A mendacious campaign against the “corrupt” Alkatiri was mounted in the Australian media, reminiscent of the coup by media that briefly toppled Hugo Chávez in Venezuela. Like the US soldiers who ignored looters on the streets of Baghdad, Australian soldiers stood by while armed rioters terrorised people, burned their homes and attacked churches. The rebel leader Alfredo Reinado, a murderous thug trained in Australia, was elevated to folk hero. Under this pressure, the democratically elected Alkatiri was forced from office and East Timor was declared a “failed state” by Australia’s legion of security academics and journalistic parrots concerned with the “arc of instability” to the north, an instability they supported as long as the genocidal Suharto was in charge.

Paradoxically, on 11 February, Ramos-Horta and Gusmão came to grief as they tried to do a deal with Reinado in order to subdue him. His rebels turned on them both, leaving Ramos-Horta critically wounded and Reinado himself dead. From Canberra, Prime Minister Rudd announced the despatch of more Australian “peacemakers”. In the same week, the World Food Programme disclosed that the children of resource-rich East Timor were slowly starving, with more than 42 per cent of under-fives seriously underweight — a statistic which corresponds to that of Aboriginal children in “failed” communities that also occupy an abundant natural resource.

Australia is engaged in the Solomon Islands and Papua New Guinea, where its troops and federal police have dealt with “breakdowns in law and order” that are “depriving Australia of business and investment opportunities”. A former senior Australian intelligence officer calls these “wild societies for which intervention represents a blunt, but necessary instrument”. Australia is also entrenched in Afghanistan and Iraq. Rudd’s electoral promise to withdraw from the “coalition of the willing” does not include almost half of Australia’s troops in Iraq.
At last year’s conference of the American-Australian Leadership Dialogue — an annual event designed to unite the foreign policies of the two countries, but in reality an opportunity for the Australian elite to express its historic servility to great power — Rudd was in unusually oratorical style. “It is time we sang from the world’s rooftops,” he said, “[that] despite Iraq, America is an overwhelming force for good in the world… I look forward to more than working with the great American democracy, the arsenal of freedom, in bringing about long-term changes to the planet.”

The new sheriff for Asia had spoken.

John Pilger

Salvia divinorum targeted as next marijuana

3

Salvia divinorum is being targeted by U.S. lawmakers concerned that the inexpensive and easy-to-obtain plant could become the next marijuana, media reported Wednesday.

Eight states have already placed restrictions on salvia, and 16 others, including Florida, are considering a ban or have previously.

Salvia divinorum is not one of the several varieties of common ornamental garden plants known as salvia.

Called nicknames like Sally-D, Magic Mint and Diviner’s Sage, salvia is a hallucinogen that gives users an out-of-body sense of traveling through time and space or merging with inanimate objects. Unlike hallucinogens like LSD or PCP, however, salvia’s effects last for a shorter time, generally up to an hour.

“It’s much more powerful than marijuana.” said Jonathan Appel, an assistant professor of psychology and criminal justice at Tiffin University in Ohio who has studied the emergence of the substance.

Native to Mexico and still grown there, salvia divinorum is generally smoked but can also be chewed or made into a tea and drunk.

No known deaths have been attributed to salvia’s use, but it was listed as a factor in one Delaware teen’s suicide two years ago.

Salvia’s short-lasting effects and the fact that it is currently legal may make it seem more appealing to teens, lawmakers say. In the Delaware suicide, the boy’s mother told reporters that salvia made his mood darker but he justified its use by citing its legality. According to reports, the autopsy found no traces of the drug in his system, but the medical examiner listed it as a contributing cause.

A study released last month by the Department of Health & Human Services found just under 2 percent of people age 18 to 25 surveyed in 2006 reported using salvia in the past year. A 2007 survey of more than 1,500 San Diego State University students found that 4 percent of participants reported using salvia in the past year.

(Agencies)

ASP Surfers get ready for the Rip Curl Pro

0

The Rip Curl Pro Bells Beach, the second of 11 stops on the 2008 ASP World Tour, is the longest-running event in professional surfing history. To “ring the bell” – or win the coveted bell-shaped trophy – is considered one of the sport’s highest honors.

Taj Burrow, runner-up to the 2007 ASP World Title, took top honors at Bells Beach last year when he beat three-time ASP World Champion Andy Irons who won the event in 2002 and 2003 – in the Final.

After finishing ninth in the season opener at Snapper Rocks on the Gold Coast of Australia, Burrow is eager to repeat and get on a roll.

“I’m so psyched for Bells,” Burrow said in a release. “I want nothing more than to ring that bell back to back, especially after a slow start at Snapper. I want to make up some ground ASAP and Bells is where I plan on doing it.”

Reigning ASP World Champion Mick Fanning finished second to eight-time ASP world champion Kelly Slater in the first event of the 2008 season. Despite a great start to his title defense and a tour kick-off fans could not have written better, Fanning is fired up to regain the World No. 1 rating.

“I could have written it better, but it was a great event to start the year,” Fanning joked with the media. “Everyone was surfing so well and it is like the standard has raised another notch. It was a great event for me and I am really excited with the start.”

Fanning will marry fiance Karissa Dalton on Saturday but come Monday, the newlywed will shift his focus to adding a second Rip Curl Pro Bells Beach trophy to the mantle. Fanning won the event as a wildcard in 2001.

“Yeah, I’m getting married, so I have been a little busy but I still have a lot of time to surf and train and also have fun,” Fanning said. “I always enjoy Bells and really am looking forward to getting down there again. I have good feelings for the event and hope we all get some really good waves. I am sure the level of surfing will be amazing.”

Current World No. 3 Bede Durbidge wed his longtime girlfriend Tarryn in February and it appears that married life suits his surfing – he only narrowly lost to Fanning in the semifinals of the Gold Coast event.

“I have settled into married life really well and I’m lucky to have Tarryn because she supports my surfing career 100 percent,” Durbidge said. “Mick and Karrisa have a great relationship so it’s great to see them getting married.”

Durbidge won the Pipeline Masters in Hawai‘i last year to finish a career-best world No. 5 on the ASP ratings and secure a high seeding for 2008.

“It was great to finish in the top five last year, then start this year with a third,” Durbidge said. “I feel my surfing has improved a lot from last year. It definitely gives me confidence being right up there on the ratings and I’m really excited for Bells. I love it down there and I have been going down there every year since I was 15 so I’m looking to put in a strong performance down there.”

Jeremey Flores finished his 2007 rookie year World No. 9, but is currently rated equal third courtesy of a semifinal berth against Slater on the Gold Coast. He leads the charge for a record four Europeans on the 2008 ASP World Tour.

“I’m so happy already with my first result at Snapper,” Flores said, “I’m still very young and I have so much to learn still but I feel like my surfing is improving in many aspects which is positive for the future. I did many juniors events at Bells when I was a kid so I know the wave well, but it’s definitely going to be a hard event. There is so many guys that have so much more experience who are ripping at Bells.”

Slater, who is once again No. 1 after his win in the first event of the year, has rung the bell twice – in 1994 and in 2006. He went on to win the ASP World Title both years. Slater has not yet confirmed whether or not he will go after a third Bells Beach title next week.

Rookie Aritz Aranburu has withdrawn due to injury and will be replaced by Nic Mus-croft. California’s Chris Ward, who pulled out of the first event of the year for personal reasons, is confirmed to compete next week.

The official waiting period for the Rip Curl Pro Bells Beach stretches from March 18 to 29.

The Garden Island

Huge supply of steroids seized in Germany

3

About 1.3 tons of anabolic steroids and anti-impotence drugs were seized by German authorities in an investigation of illegal trade in doping substances.Kiel prosecutors and customs investigators in Hamburg said Tuesday the raids in January and February netted drugs with a black-market value of about $1.2 million.

The main suspect, a 33-year-old German man who had moved to Austria, was arrested Feb. 18 at Hamburg airport as he entered the country, investigators said.

The drugs included 384 pounds of the bodybuilding supplement Winstrol Depot; 1,102 pounds of kamagra, an anti-impotence drug; and other anabolic steroids.

The substances came from countries including China, Iran, Lebanon and Spain, investigators said, adding that they appeared to be “destined for the domestic bodybuilding scene.”

Associated Press

Cast wary eye on surveillance efforts

0

Surveillance advocates from President Bush on down are disingenuously mischaracterizing the law –- and the already vast power of the government to gather intelligence information electronically –- in order to gain the votes needed to send such legislation to the president for signature.

To set the record straight, here are some key points concerning the surveillance powers of government –- current and desired:

Q. Despite the fact that the House has not yet caved to the president and the Senate and permanently expanded the power of the government to surreptitiously surveil Americans’ international calls and e-mails, is our government still able to conduct necessary foreign intelligence surveillance?

A. Yes. The sky has not fallen and will not fall. The government has had and continues to have robust power and lawful authority to monitor calls and e-mails of known or suspected terrorists.

Q. As an American citizen within the United States, aren’t my calls and e-mails protected against the government listening in, unless the government suspects me of unlawful activity, including working with or communicating with terrorists?

A. Such calls should be, and are, protected against warrantless surveillance by the 30-year-old Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. However, under the “Protect America Act,” in effect from August 2007 until the middle of February of this year, the government was given vastly expanded power to listen in to any of your calls or e-mails, so long as a government official “reasonably believed” one party was outside the United States. In other words, any call you made with or e-mail you sent to, someone in another country –- a friend, a relative, a business associate or anyone else –- could be monitored by the government without any suspicion you were doing something wrong or that you were conspiring with a member of al-Qaida.

Q. Is the government listening in on my calls regardless?

A. Probably. Even though FISA requires the government to first get a court order to listen in to your calls, this administration claims it has the inherent right to ignore the law and eavesdrop on Americans’ calls anyway.

Q. Don’t we want the government to be able to listen in to calls if a terrorist overseas is talking to someone in this country?

A. Of course; and the government can already do that.

Q. Why should people overseas have the same protections against the government monitoring their conversations as U.S. citizens inside the United States?

A. They don’t, and they shouldn’t have. This is one of the big lies the administration is pushing. Protections against warrantless surveillance that properly extend to Americans within the United States do not extend to persons overseas. In other words, the government can listen in to conversations taking place outside the U.S., regardless of whether the House adopts the same expansive legislation already passed by the Senate.

Q. But wasn’t there a problem with a secret court decision last year restricting the government’s ability to listen in to persons overseas?

A. Yes, and that problem should be addressed legislatively. Calls between two persons not in the U.S. that happen to be routed through a switching station inside the United States should not be subject to the warrant requirements of FISA just because they were routed thusly. However, that problem can be resolved very easily by a specific and limited change to FISA –- a change that does not require the vast expansion of surveillance powers sought by the administration.

Q. What about this question of granting telecommunications companies immunity for disclosing their customers’ private calling information to the government without proper authority?

A. Companies, just like individuals, should not violate the law, regardless of their motivation. Legislation allowing companies to violate the law just because a government official asks them to would set a terrible precedent we would come to regret mightily.

Q. Finally, are those House members who are raising questions about the expanded powers the administration is seeking doing so for partisan reasons?

A. No. The objections they have raised are principled and reflect important, nonpartisan values: respect for the Fourth Amendment, limits on executive-branch power and fundamental privacy concerns.

Government wants e-mail spying to last for longer

0

Amendments to the Federal Telecommunications Interception Act will be put before the House of Representatives today, as the government seeks to extend the limit of a sunset clause which allows authorities to monitor internal and government communications without a specific warrant.

The federal government is hoping to extend current provisions in the act which permit various government and security agencies to intercept communications sent over government networks — including those sent by the public to the government — without an interception warrant until 12 December 2009, after they were originally set to expire on 13 June this year.

According to a parliamentary briefing paper released last week: “Exemption is provided to the employees of a number of Commonwealth and state law enforcement and security agencies, if they are responsible for operating, protecting or maintaining a network or if they are responsible for enforcement of the professional standards (however described) of the agency or authority.”

The proposed amendments have already attracted criticism. “There needs to be accountability when it comes to these extraordinary powers that police are granted and if things are going to be intercepted there needs to be a warrant,” said a spokesperson for Greens Senator Kerry Nettle, who opposed other changes to the act last year which permit authorities to access “stored communications” including unread e-mails under a normal search warrant.

The spokesperson said the changes — made by the previous government — had made it easier for agencies such as the Australian Federal Police to monitor people’s online communications, as a standard search warrant “is far easier to obtain than a telecommunications interception warrant”.

“One of our concerns is that the existing scope of this legislation is already quite wide, and in our view there needs to be more accountability, not less, especially as the changes up for debate tomorrow extend not only to government employees but potentially to members of the public as well,” the spokesperson added.

Dale Clapperton, chair of online privacy advocacy group Electronic Frontiers Australia, said that the group prepared an extensive submission to the Attorney General’s office last year opposing changes to the legislation and the organisation is “still concerned about the privacy issues which arose as a result of the 2007 amendments”.

Further amendments up for debate today include changes to technical provisions outlined in the legislation relating to the number and duration of warrants required to intercept communications from various individual devices.

Currently, the legislation requires authorities to gain a warrant for each separate type of device it wishes to monitor. However, under the proposed changes warrant conditions will potentially be extended to cover any devices purchased by the individual in the future.

“At the moment if an agency wants to monitor your telecommunications they need to seek a warrant for each device, but now it can apply to what you may own in the future,” said the Greens spokesperson.

“Essentially warrants are there to provide accountability, and any move to water down this accountability is of concern to the Greens and we will continue to watch it closely.”

Marcus Browne, ZDNet.com.au

Is Australia helping with CIA rendition flights?

0

Is Australia unwittingly helping the US Central Intelligence Agency with the notorious secret flights known as renditions?

Australian politicians and defense officials are refusing to address claims that Royal Australian Air Force (RAAF) servicemembers are unwittingly involved in CIA flights that transport terror suspects from Afghanistan to face possible torture, Australia’s Seven News reports.

Renditions are opposed by Australia’s government, but as Chris Reason reports, the RAAF admits it has no idea which planes originating from Australian-controlled air space are rendition flights.

Both the present and former governments deny involvement, says Reason. A former minister under Howard said of the charge, “That is incredibly offensive, to suggest anything of the sort.”

Human rights groups such as Amnesty International stress that the Rudd government has an obligation to investigate the allegations.

CIA renditions reportedly involve harsh interrogation techniques of transported suspects, who are passed through various locales and sometimes handed over to countries that practice torture as a matter of course to extract information. RAW STORY was the first to reveal the location of a secret CIA prison in Poland in March 2007.

In related news, a city police chief in the United Kingdom who was leading an investigation of British cooperation in CIA renditions was found dead after having gone missing the day before.


Generals on trial for war crimes

0

Three generals regarded as national heroes in Croatia have gone on trial at the UN war crimes tribunal for orchestrating the slaughter of at least 150 Serbs.

Ante Gotovina, Ivan Cermak and Mladen Markac are accused of launching a 1995 military campaign that unleashed widespread murder and pillage and led to the expulsion of up to 200,000 people in the offensive.

It was known as “Operation Storm,” and aimed at reclaiming the Krajina region of southern Croatia.

Channel 4 News

Cop who led probe into CIA flights found dead

0

One of Britain’s most senior police officers has been found dead after taking a hill-walking trip in North Wales.

Michael Todd, the Chief Constable of Greater Manchester, was discovered at the bottom of a cliff in Snowdonia yesterday afternoon.

The police chief led an investigation into charges that Britain cooperated with secret CIA flights to transport terrorism suspects without formal proceedings.

Todd was elected vice president of the Association of Chief Police Officers of England and Wales in 2006, according to a biography on his Web site.

The association gave him the task of looking into accusations that Britain allowed the CIA to use the country’s airports to fly terrorism suspects to other countries without any extradition hearings, a clandestine procedure known as “extraordinary rendition.”

Todd’s investigation concluded last June that there was no evidence to back the claim. Last month, however, Britain admitted one of its remote outposts in the Indian Ocean had twice been used by the United States as a refueling stop for the secret transfer of two terrorism suspects.

Speaking outside the force’s headquarters, Greater Manchester’s Deputy Chief Constable, Dave Whatton, said Mr Todd, who had three children, had spent Monday, his day off, walking in Snowdonia. After becoming concerned for his welfare during Monday night, a search was launched. Yesterday afternoon, his body was retrieved by a Mountain Rescue team.

In his statement Mr Whatton said: “I believe it is Michael. As you can imagine, all of his friends and colleagues are extremely upset. Our hearts and thoughts are with his family, and I would ask that they be left in peace to come to terms with this.”

Sources at Greater Manchester Police said that among items found on the body were notes to his family and loved ones.

Telephone conversations with friends shortly before his disappearance are said to have indicated Mr Todd was experiencing personal problems.

Mr Todd’s wife and three children, twin teenage sons and a teenage daughter — who apparently lived in Nottinghamshire apart from Mr Todd, and saw him at weekends — were being comforted by relatives last night.

Mr Todd, 51, was a high-flier and was widely tipped as a likely future Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police. He started his career with Essex Police in 1976 and later served in Nottingham and London before becoming Manchester’s chief constable in 2002. He was immediately charged with the task of turning his failing force around. GMP was named the worst-performing force in Britain in 2003 and Mr Todd himself claimed that Inspector Morse fans would make better policemen than some of his officers.

His notable achievements included the arrest of 28 of the North-west force’s most wanted criminals in one 12-month period. Never afraid of the limelight, his most high-profile recent appearance was when he allowed himself to be hit by a Taser stun gun in order to demonstrate the weapon’s effectiveness as a non-lethal alternative to firearms.

Yesterday, in the hours following the announcement of his death, colleagues and political figures paid tribute to a “decent and committed policeman”.

The Metropolitan Police Commissioner Sir Ian Blair said Mr Todd made a “significant contribution to policing”. He said: “I am shocked and saddened to hear reports of the death of Michael Todd. Our thoughts are with his family, friends and colleagues in the Greater Manchester force at this time.

“Michael held a variety of posts and ranks. In London, this culminated in him being assistant commissioner for territorial policing and leading the important fight against street crime. He was held in high esteem and I and colleagues who knew him are truly shocked.”

The Home Secretary Jacqui Smith said: “Chief Constable Todd has had a long and distinguished career in various forces and has contributed greatly to the fight against crime and terrorism. My thoughts are with his family, friends and colleagues.”

The former home secretary, David Blunkett, added: “Michael Todd was a decent and committed policeman who did a first-class job in difficult circumstances. His death is a real tragedy and I feel very sad to hear of his loss. My thoughts are with his family at this time.”

The president of the Association of Chief Police Officers, Ken Jones, said: “Mike has made an enormous contribution to policing in Manchester and nationally throughout his distinguished career. He will be greatly missed by chief officer colleagues and all who worked with him.”

A fast-tracked officer with an impressive intellectual ability

Michael Todd began his career with Essex Police in 1976 where he served as both a uniformed officer and a detective before moving to the Metropolitan Police, where he worked in Bethnal Green as an inspector, in the first management exchange scheme between Essex and the Met. He was one of a new generation of police officers in Britain, and like the current Met Commissioner Sir Ian Blair, boasted impressive intellectual abilities and a media-friendly approach. Mr Todd graduated with a first-class degree in politics from Essex University and went on to do an M Phil. The university named him its alumnus of the year in 2003.

His police career was fast-tracked at an early stage. In 1995 he was made Assistant Chief Constable of Nottinghamshire before returning to London in 1998 where he was appointed Deputy Assistant Commissioner responsible for the north-west area of the capital.

Two years later he became Assistant Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police and was responsible for policing of all 32 London boroughs. It was during this time that he led high-profile operations at events such as the May Day demonstrations, the Notting Hill Carnival and the Queen’s Jubilee celebrations.

In 2002 he became Chief Constable of Greater Manchester and he was made vice-president of the Association of Chief Police Officers in 2006.

Throughout his career he gained a reputation for being open with the media, and often stated his belief in the importance of a good relationship between the police and the press.

In 1992 he invited television crews to join him on police raids and since then has been interviewed on various television and radio programmes including the Today programme on Radio 4.

He is one of a small number of top officers to have been grilled by the BBC’s Jeremy Paxman and, during the May Day riots in 2001, he held 66 television and radio interviews, which remains a record.

Belfast Telegraph

Government fails to sell ID concept

0

It would be easy to be cynical and suggest the government engaged in a bit of press control with the timing of the publication of Sir James Crosby’s report on UK identity management last week.

On the afternoon that home secretary Jacqui Smith announced the latest changes to ID cards, the Treasury-commissioned Crosby study was also quietly released after months of delays ­ — Computing was leaked details of its contents as long ago as last August — ­ see www.computing.co.uk/2197249.

Smith said she was “indebted” to Crosby, but ignored most of his recommendations ­ — not least the widely publicised suggestion that ID cards should be free.

But a detailed look at the Crosby report ­ — which was initiated by Gordon Brown when he was chancellor — ­ reveals a more coherent, workable, and less costly alternative to the increasingly ham-fisted and ever-changing plans for ID cards.

The former HBOS chief executive recommends a system delivered by the private sector through trusted institutions such as banks. The government has co-opted at least part of this, in that companies will be asked to bid to provide biometric enrolment services, but the national identity register remains a Whitehall resource.

Under Crosby, you choose which trusted organisation looks after your biometrics. Far less Big Brother.

His proposal is for a consumer-led process that offers citizens who are increasingly worried about identity theft a secure way to prove who they are, with a commercial incentive for the banks. And of course, public services can piggyback the scheme. Compared to the government’s attempts, it appears to make much more sense.

There is no doubt that in future we will need some form of standardised electronic personal identity management system to safeguard our details and our online ­ — and physical ­ — transactions.

But the government’s lacklustre attempts to sell ID cards to a sceptical public are doing more to threaten this goal than to promote it. The expertise of the private sector needs to be given more weight in the identity management debate.

Computing

MoD lost 11,000 military ID cards

0

ID CardThe Ministry of Defence has revealed that 11,000 military ID cards have been lost in the past two years. The MoD’s revelation, which came in a written answer in the House of Commons, is to increase public scrutiny on the government’s plans for a national ID card scheme after a series of data security problems.

The personal details of some 25 million child benefit claimants were lost by HM Revenue and Customs staff last year and in January a laptop containing the private data of 150,000 Armed Forces applicants was stolen from the car of a Royal Navy officer.

And with the new revelation that 4,433 ID cards went missing in 2006 and a further 6,812 disappeared last year, government plans to improve national security by imposing a national ID card database are likely to come in for further criticism.

In a statement, the MoD said: “We take the loss of military ID cards very seriously, and we are taking steps to improve general security awareness.

“Military ID cards form one part of the security measures we have in place. They have photographic ID on them, so it would be difficult for them to be used by individuals they have not been assigned to.”

Conservative party defence spokesman Gerald Howarth said the MoD’s disclosure was “another example of the government’s scandalous disregard for the security of our citizens and yet another reason why the public has no confidence in the government’s ID card plans for the rest of the population”.
© Adfero Ltd

State of the root causes of debris

0

First of all, state phenomenon often with the debris of the “national construction,” about the history. Now a lot of the root causes of the separatist movement must be traced back to the history of the Imperial era, the colonial era, the independent – the founding period. Empire and the colonial administrative boundaries is not naturally formed, not-Cultural Community, but the Community of force is formed through brutal means – either brutally forced to bundle together a number of ethnic groups, or being rude to the same ethnic groups isolation of the people in the border ends. Thus leaving the ethnic separatist movement troubles.

So later separatist movement there are two main forms, a separate country is separated, and the other is with the peoples of neighbouring countries with a total of the group.

Secondly, after the modernization of national independence movement, a market economy triggered a local awareness campaign, ethnic awareness rejuvenation. Many minority groups because of looting, exploitation, development dividend and share less than Heart resentment. If the rich local resources, minority groups will have a sense of sovereignty over resources, such as the United Kingdom North Sea area was rich in oil resources, Scotland in the separatist movement on rising up.

Third, the State of the debris with the phenomenon of the political system. To Indonesia as an example, after the fall of Suharto, many parts of the country separatist movements and ethnic conflicts, which are considered to democratization in Indonesia as a result of restructuring, I think just the opposite: it is precisely this situation Suha care caused by the totalitarian system. Generally speaking, the autocratic may promote economic growth, but it is difficult to promote the comprehensive development of society, it is difficult to create truly national internal harmony. Under the rule of Suharto, and the island of Java in Indonesia, “the island,” the big and small ethnic groups, cities and villages, and powerful class and the disadvantaged groups, there is a lot of unfairness, which generated a serious social crisis . This community may have a光鲜shell, but has internal powder, and of the debris.

Fourth, the separatist movement and the international political struggle are inextricably linked. The impact of the latter on the former include: (1) Based on the same ethnic group, with a cultural system of international support. If the Kosovo Albanian independence movement by Albania’s covert support of the Philippines Muslim separatist movement by the international Islamic extremist forces support. (B) the contemporary world politics, the country is mainly political, separatist movement by the big powers inevitably political influence. In many cases, this means the United States is big country. However, the United States treatment of foreign separatist movement’s attitude is selective, often with the geo-political and economic interests are linked together. (C) The rights and interests of domestic ethnic minorities of the international humanitarian intervention, the objective encourage separatist movements. (4) In the absence of the United Nations, not the international peacekeeping force in the 19th century, small countries to survive will be more difficult. But now the overall international environment of great change, Anthony H. Birch said: contemporary international system so that small country more secure and easy to survive.

Identity cards chief defends government u-turn

0

The head of Britain’s ID cards project and national identity database has defended the government’s revised ID card plans in the face of allegations of a u-turn after the project was scaled back.

By Nick Heath

James Hall, director of the Identity and Passport Service (IPS), told silicon.com the revised scheme is likely to cut £1bn off its £5.4bn price tag, that power station workers are likely to join airport workers and Olympic security staff as the first UK citizens in line for the cards and that the cards may be used to prove identity over the internet.

But UK businesses remain critical, with the Confederation of British Industry (CBI) fearing that companies could be liable if they provide inaccurate information to the National Identity Register and expressing unease over the security of the data that will be held on it.

Shadow Home Secretary David Davis launched a further attack, citing the risk of a massive data breach on the system. He said: “It is something very dangerous the government are doing. We would cancel this database.”

It also emerged that employers of the “trusted workers” who will get the cards first, such as BAA, are likely to continue picking up the bill for pre-employment checks under the ID card system.

Hall said the decision to delay a Parliamentary vote on making ID cards compulsory for British citizens until 2015 was an example of the government “listening to people” and to the recommendations of a wider report into “identity assurance” by former banking chief Sir James Crosby.

He was confident that making the scheme voluntary from 2010 would increase the take-up of the £30 ID cards among the public.

Hall said: “We assume that we will get a very high level of take-up, more than with the previous arrangement by tying the take-up to passport renewal. We are taking a benefit-led approach. The consumer will be able to choose whether they want to have an ID card or a passport. We will enable people with cards to quickly and easily access public services.”

Biometric data for the cards is likely to be captured by private companies with people paying for the service.

Hall insisted that the changes were not what prompted Accenture, BAE Systems and more recently Steria to pull out of the procurement process to build the ID card computer system, describing the remaining bidders as “incredibly positive”.

He added that security and Criminal Records Bureau checks carried out with ID cards would be far quicker and easier for the employer and employees.

Hall said that cards could later be used to confirm identity online using a PIN stored on the card.

Anyone renewing or applying for a new passport from 2011 onwards will be required to add their biometric details to the National Identity Register but they won’t now be forced to pay for a physical ID card and can instead choose to just use their passport.

Foreign nationals living in Britain will have to register their biometric details on the National Identity Register and carry an ID card by the end of this year.

Drug traces found in U.S. water supply

0

WaterTrace amounts of pharmaceutical drugs are lurking in Louisville’s drinking water, including one used to treat people with bipolar disorder and alcohol withdrawal, and another prescribed to combat seizures.

Swimming with them in the city’s water supply is a favorite pick-me-up: caffeine.

The findings are part of a nationwide investigation into pharmaceutical drugs in drinking water conducted by The Associated Press.

In the course of a five-month inquiry, the AP discovered that drugs have been detected in the drinking-water supplies of 24 major metropolitan areas serving at least 41 million people — from Southern California to Northern New Jersey, from Detroit to Louisville.

The findings came as no surprise to Judy Petersen, executive director of the Kentucky Waterways Alliance, a group that lobbies for cleaner rivers and lakes.

“There is a drug cocktail, if you will, in our nation’s waters,” Petersen said, adding that there’s little known about how those drugs might be affecting people or the environment. “We’re kind of flying in the dark.”

Louisville Water Co. officials acknowledged an increased concern of the potential health effects of trace amounts of drugs in drinking water, even as they noted there are no national standards for pharmaceutical chemicals in the water supply.

It’s only been in recent years that technology has even allowed detection of the chemicals, said Barbara Crow, a water company spokeswoman.

But they and other companies say the amounts are so small that they don’t pose a health risk. But others worry that the long-term effects of even those small amounts aren’t certain.

Flushed into the system

How do the drugs get into the water?

People take pills. Their bodies absorb some of the medication, but the rest of it passes through and is flushed down toilets.

Other pharmaceuticals end up in drinking water when people flush unused pills down toilets or drugs are used on farm animals that excrete back into the water supply.

Wastewater is treated before it is discharged into reservoirs, rivers or lakes. And some of the water is cleansed again at drinking-water treatment plants, but not all the drug residue gets removed.

Rengao Song, manager of water quality and research for the Louisville Water Co., said the concentrations of drugs they found in two samples taken in 2005 were so weak that they do not suggest any public health risks. They were detected in parts per trillion and lower, he said.

Crow said it was those samples, taken as part of an industrywide study, that found their way with sampling results from other cities into the AP report.

Louisville Water doesn’t normally test for pharmaceutical drugs because it’s too expensive, said Jack Wang, director of water quality and production for the city-owned utility.

Way below medical dose

The concentrations of the pharmaceuticals are far below the levels of a medical dose, the AP reported.

But the presence of so many prescription drugs — and over-the-counter medicines such as acetaminophen and ibuprofen — in so much of the nation’s drinking water is heightening worries among scientists of long-term consequences to human health.

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency also is taking notice.

“We recognize it is a growing concern, and we’re taking it very seriously,” said former Louisvillian Benjamin Grumbles, assistant administrator for water at the EPA.

Recent laboratory research has found that small amounts of medication have affected human embryonic kidney cells, human blood cells and human breast-cancer cells. The cancer cells proliferated too quickly; the kidney cells grew too slowly; and the blood cells showed biological activity associated with inflammation.

Even those who use bottled water and home-filtration systems don’t necessarily avoid exposure.

Bottlers, some of which simply repackage tap water, do not typically treat or test for pharmaceuticals, according to the industry’s main trade group. The same goes for the makers of home-filtration systems.

Pharmaceuticals in waterways also are damaging wildlife, research shows. Notably, male fish are being feminized, creating egg yolk proteins that usually come from females.

Some scientists stress that the research is limited, and there are many unknowns. They say, though, that the documented health problems in wildlife are disconcerting.

“It brings a question to people’s minds that if the fish were affected … might there be a potential problem for humans?” EPA research biologist Vickie Wilson said.

Song, at the Louisville Water Co., largely attributed the problem to effluent discharged from treatment plants.

Metropolitan Sewer District Executive Director Bud Schardein said he’s aware of the issue, and he doesn’t want people flushing drugs down the toilet.

But Alex Novak, who runs MSD’s Morris Forman Wastewater Treatment Plant on the Ohio River in western Louisville, said MSD does not test for drugs in its effluent. He characterized concerns about health and environmental drugs in rivers or drinking water as being “more in the research realm at this point.”

Key test results

In its report, members of the AP National Investigative Team reviewed hundreds of scientific reports, analyzed federal drinking-water databases, visited environmental study sites and treatment plants and interviewed more than 230 officials, academics and scientists. They surveyed the nation’s 50 largest cities and a dozen other major water providers and smaller community water providers.

Some key test results:

Officials in Philadelphia said testing discovered 56 pharmaceuticals or byproducts in treated drinking water, including medicines for pain, infection, high cholesterol, asthma, epilepsy, mental illness and heart problems.

Anti-epileptic and anti-anxiety medications were detected in a portion of the treated drinking water for 18.5 million people in Southern California.

A sex hormone was detected in San Francisco’s drinking water.

Of the 28 major metropolitan areas where tests were performed on drinking-water supplies, only Albuquerque, N.M.; Austin, Texas; and Virginia Beach, Va.; said tests were negative. Arlington, Texas, acknowledged that traces of a pharmaceutical were detected in its drinking water but cited post-9/11 security concerns in refusing to identify the drug.

The AP also contacted 52 small water providers — one in each state, and two each in Missouri and Texas — that serve communities with populations around 25,000. All but one said their drinking water had not been screened for pharmaceuticals; officials in Emporia, Kan., refused to answer AP’s questions, also citing post-9/11 concerns.

Grumbles, the EPA’s water chief, acknowledged that just late last year the agency developed three new methods to “detect and quantify pharmaceuticals” in wastewater.

“We realize that we have a limited amount of data on the concentrations,” he said. “We’re going to be able to learn a lot more.”

Associated Press reporters Jeff Donn, Martha Mendoza and Justin Pritchard reported and wrote this story. Courier-Journal reporter James Bruggers, who contributed to it, can be reached at (502) 582-4645.

From Sstaff and Wwire Ddispatches

AUDIO: Dialect Radio – Diana Inquest

0

Features this week

News featuring the latest on the Princess Diana inquest, including excerpts of interviews with Mohammad Al Fayed and Princess Diana.

Columbia Solidarity – Report on the protests staged by Bristol’s Columbia Solidarity Campaign against state sponsored violence in Columbia. Making the link between British corporations and Columbian death squads in dramatic style outside the main entrance of Bristol university.

 DJ Samurai from DC Breaks talks about producing drum and bass music and on vinyl records.

Studio guest June Wentland, author of children’s books, talks about the challenges and rewards of self-publishing her own stories.

Sally Allnutt muses on the day she tried to measure the height of her ceiling.

What’s On Guide and song of the week with Jeff Sparkes.

[audio:http://www.tjpdesign.co.uk/wordpress/podpress_trac/web/78/0/2149-1-20080309-Dialect08Mar08.mp3 |autostart=yes]
For more visit http://www.dialectradio.co.uk/

Can we believe Gordon Brown?

0

‘Ever get the feeling you’ve been cheated?” Johnny Rotten famously sneered to the audience at the San Francisco Winterland in 1978, just before the Sex Pistols split up. Well, 30 years on, we have all been cheated: ripped off, swindled, stitched up like kippers. What happened last week in the vote on the Lisbon Treaty was a confidence trick of epic proportions.

By Matthew d’Ancona

First, and however grudgingly, all credit to the grifters who pulled off this awesome scam: it was a masterly political operation. Gordon Brown, David Miliband and Jim Murphy, the Europe Minister, played an absolute blinder, in the idiomatic and literal senses: they barely put a foot wrong in their handling of the referendum vote, and they managed, by keeping their cool, remaining poker-faced and burying the debate in obfuscation, to divert the public’s attention almost entirely from what was going on.

My jaw dropped last Wednesday as I listened to the Prime Minister tell David Cameron that it was time for the Tories to move “to the centre of Europe instead of being left at the margins of Europe”.

Rarely has Gordon sounded so like Tony. I don’t believe for a second that Mr Brown has become a true believer in the European Union. But – however much the words stuck in his craw – he was willing to say just about anything to get this one out of the way.

When the Prime Minister and his allies looked ahead to the referendum vote in the Commons, not in their wildest dreams could they have imagined that the headlines the morning after would focus on Nick Clegg and the Lib Dem split over Europe. Talk about missing the big picture: it was as if the press the day after the storming of the Winter Palace in 1917 had led on drainage problems in Petrograd.

Much as I like Mr Clegg, I do not think his parliamentary management skills are of greater significance to the real story of Wednesday night: the denial to the British public of a referendum that all three parties promised to them in the 2005 election. The arguments deployed to justify this treachery were remarkable for their sheer effrontery.

We were told, first of all, that the Lisbon Treaty is not the same as the original EU Constitutional Treaty. Come on, guys: everybody knows that the two texts are so similar that any claim to the contrary is either sophistry or an outright lie.

It is true that some European leaders have joined in the sophistry to claim that the two documents are not the same. But the overwhelming majority concur with Valery Giscard d’Estaing’s declaration that “All the earlier proposals will be in the new text, but will be hidden and disguised in some way.”

Next, it was argued by the Government that the Lisbon Treaty is no longer “constitutional” and so does not require a referendum. This is a moot point, to say the least: the deal establishes a permanent EU presidency, an EU foreign minister, wide-ranging extensions of qualified majority voting, dramatic changes to the “passerelle” or escalator system which enables the European Council unilaterally to extend its powers, and – perhaps above all – the Charter of Fundamental Rights, the precise legal significance of which Foreign Office lawyers admitted is unknowable in testimony to the Commons European Scrutiny Committee.

However, let us say, for the sake of argument, that the Government is right and that the Lisbon Treaty is not “constitutional”. This is, as it happens, irrelevant.

When Tony Blair made the original promise of a referendum to the Commons on April 20, 2004, he was absolutely explicit: the proposed deal, he claimed, “does not and will not alter the fundamental nature of the relationship between member states and the European Union”.

He was not constitutionally obliged to hold a referendum, he said, but driven to do so by the “partly successful campaign to persuade Britain that Europe is a conspiracy aimed at us”, and by his own growing desire for a grand reckoning. “Let the issue be put and let the battle be joined!” he declared. To be clear: Labour made the promise on the grounds that it was ready for a punch-up, and could win. So it is not that there was a constitutional hurdle that the original treaty cleared, but the Lisbon Treaty does not.

What has changed is that there is a new Prime Minister, who is not ready for a punch-up on Europe, and knows he would not win such a confrontation.

The breach of trust in shifting from one position to another is extraordinary. Three days before he entered Number 10, Mr Brown said that “The manifesto is what we put to the public. We’ve got to honour that manifesto. That is an issue of trust for me with the electorate.”

Well, apparently not. No referendum for us lot.

And why not? Because we are too thick, apparently. On Thursday’s Question Time, the PM’s close ally, Ed Miliband, said that all the technical stuff in the Treaty was really not the sort of thing to be bothering us dimwit voters with.

“I don’t think those issues are issues which people in my constituency want to have a referendum on,” said Mr Miliband in a performance of Sesame Street didacticism. “If you’re interested in improving democracy in this country, having a referendum on issues that don’t speak to people’s lives is not the way to achieve it.”

Best left to clever folk like you, eh, Ed? How fortunate we dunces are to have a ruling elite of brainy Fauntleroys to do our thinking for us.

It is interesting, too, that we now hear the Treaty does not “speak to people’s lives”, having been told so often by ministers that to jeopardise its passage in any way would lead to the downfall of Western civilisation. In fact, this particular Bill speaks to our lives in a sense that has nothing to do with Europe and everything to do with the drainage of trust from the political system.

Osmotically, this latest betrayal will compound the question that all voters now ask about all politicians: why can’t they keep a promise? Why has the Government that came to power 11 years ago with a pledge card become a gang of card sharks?

The battle is not quite over. This week’s Spectator urges the Lords to make imaginative use of the Salisbury Convention when the Bill goes to the Upper House. This tradition holds that the second chamber will not reject a manifesto bill at second reading. In this case, however, the Lords should demand, as a matter of conscience, that MPs honour their manifesto commitments to vote for a referendum and send the Treaty back to the Commons.

Lord Strathclyde, the Tory leader in the Lords, is already talking to pro-Europeans and cross-benchers, urging them to see this as an issue of principle in which the second chamber has a moral responsibility. There is all to play for, and Strathclyde’s intellectual and persuasive powers are immense. But the odds are not in his favour.

In his book The Politics of Consent, Francis Pym, who died on Friday, wrote “the politics of consent are neither a luxury nor a soft option. They are the only form of democratic politics that will ultimately work or that can have a moral basis.” He was right, and it is a shame that this principle, so scandalously breached last week, has come to mean so little to those who govern us. They must be very proud.

DNA register ‘labels children as criminals’

Campaigners condemn laws that have put 1.5 million juvenilies on a database

Jamie Doward

Nearly 1.5 million 10 to 18-year-olds will have been entered on the national DNA database by this time next year, sparking claims that Britain’s youths are being criminalised and disproportionately ‘targeted’.

Campaign group Action on Rights for Children (Arch) says ‘no other country in Europe criminalises children at such a young age; no other country in the world has such an extensive database’.

Changes to the law have meant police can arrest anyone over the age of 10 on suspicion of committing a ‘recordable’ offence – which includes even minor crimes – and place their details on the register. But the government has been reluctant to discuss the issue of minors, confirming last year only that the profiles of some 358,012 children are currently on the register.

But campaign groups claim that this figure masks the bigger picture. A close analysis of the register by Arch and the pressure group Genewatch reveals the profiles of more than 1.1 million young people aged 10 to 18 have been added between 1995, when the database started, and April last year. Of these, they calculate 521,901 were aged 10 to 16 and 604,590 were between 16 and 18. When the youths become adults they are reclassified, resulting in a much lower number of minors being recorded.

‘The Home Office has shown repeated reluctance to release figures for children on the DNA database, presumably realising how shocked the public would be,’ said Terri Dowty, director of Arch.

Given current trends, with an average 170,000 youths being added to the database every year, the number of 10- to 18-year-olds who have been recorded on the register is expected to rise to almost 1.5 million by early 2009. Figures show a significant increase in the number of children being arrested compared with adults. According to Arch, the number of children between 10 and 17 arrested between 2002 and 2006 rose by 16.4 per cent. Over the same period the number of adults arrested went up by just 6.6 per cent.

Genewatch calculates some 100,000 children on the database are ‘innocent’ in that they have not even received a caution after being arrested. It also claims that between 1995 and 2007 only 189 minors have successfully applied to have their details taken off the register.

Stephen Bain, chair of the identity testing monitoring group at the government’s Human Genetics Commission, recently wrote to the Scottish government querying whether putting more young people on the database was useful. ‘We question the evidence supporting the suggestion that expanding the database would deter young people from committing minor offences in the first place and deter young offenders from moving on to more serious criminal activities,’ the letter states.

A spokeswoman for the National Policing Improvement Agency, which oversees the register,confirmed the profiles of around a million youths had been placed on the database so far – once replications and removals had been factored in – but added: ‘The retention of a person’s DNA profile… is not a criminal record. If a young person has DNA stored on the database but does not have a conviction, this database record will not show on criminal record checks for education or employment matters.’

Putting the ID in idiotic

0

Iain Macwhirter

ISN’T IT reassuring that the finest minds of their generation are serving in Gordon’s government. Take home secretary Jacqui Smith and her brilliant solution to the problem of compulsory identity cards: making them voluntary! This oxymoronic U-turn sets a new benchmark in government dithering.

The whole point about identity cards – or so Tony Blair told us – was that they were meant to be held by everyone.

That way, wrong uns, illegals and people with dark faces (sorry, “criminally profiled terrorist suspects”) would be easy to spot because they wouldn’t have said card.

They could then be banged up for weeks without charge under the proposed law on detention of suspected terrorists.

Now that the cards are voluntary, the terrorists, illegals, etc, will not even have to go to the inconvenience of forging their own ID cards.

Only those who actually have the cards will be liable to arbitrary arrest and detention by the police, when they inevitably confuse Mr Oswald B Linden with Osama bin Laden.

We can sleep safely in our beds, secure in the knowledge that they know where we live.

In her further wisdom, Ms Smith has made students an exception to voluntary compulsion. They will all be expected to have identity cards.

Which is inspired because, of course, students are the one group in society that can be guaranteed to lose their identity cards, after using them to cut up lines of coke or whatever. This means that the government won’t have to go to the trouble of losing the identity cards itself, in the way it lost the child benefit records of 25 million citizens.

Senior managers at HM Revenue and Customs have been amply rewarded for losing our bank accounts, national insurance numbers and pension details and posting them in a Jiffy bag to al-Qaeda. A grateful government has increased their bonuses by more than 50%.

You might find it surprising that officials in dysfunctional government departments are getting any bonuses at all, but incompetence on this scale doesn’t come cheap.

It takes brains to lose £3.3 billion in overpaid tax credits, and civil servants need proper incentives or, heck, they might go to the private sector.

Talking of which, Gordon Brown himself must surely be in line for some kind of bonus for losing £4bn of our money on the bullion markets.

Gordo sold most of Britain’s gold reserves off the back of a lorry eight years ago when it was worth $275 an ounce. Now the yellow stuff is trading at nearly a $1000, which makes GB the biggest rogue trader since Jerome Kerviel.

You can see why banks are so keen on hiring top politicians like Tony Blair when they leave office. I bet Societie General will be lining up to hire Mr Brown, who will be able to name his price even if he can’t price his name.

Government tries to abuse the Bill of Rights

Government and the Speaker of the House of Commons collude to try to abuse the 17th Century Bill of Rights to suppress the FOIA disclosure of OGC Gateway Reviews of the ID Cards Programme

Spy Blog 

The Bill of Rights 1689 a historical piece of the English Constitution, which was intended to preserve the rights and freedoms of the public and of Members of Parliament from abuses by the Executive branch of Government, which, in the 17th Century was:

Whereas the late King James the Second by the Assistance of diverse evill Councellors Judges and Ministers imployed by him did endeavour to subvert and extirpate the Protestant Religion and the Lawes and Liberties of this Kingdome.

If you replace “the late King James the Second” with.”Tony Blair”or “Gordon Brown”, the words fit just as well.

We are astonished and furious, that this Bill of Rights, is being abused in the High Court to try to weasel out of having to disclose the early (and now very out of date) Gateway Reviews of the Home Office’s Identity Cards Programme (as it was then, circa 2002 / 2003), by the lawyers for the Government’s Office for Government Commerce, supported by, incredibly, lawyers for the Speaker of the House of Commons, in their Appeal against the Decision of the independent Information Tribunal, which ordered full disclosure, in the public interest.

Are the Government and their lawyers desperate, or evil ?

Why is the Speaker of the House of Commons helping the Executive branch of Government, to suppress freedom of speech and transparent open government, in a matter of huge public interest ?

Daily Mail / Mail on Sunday: 319-year-old law used by Speaker Michael Martin to gag ID report

Computer Weekly: Government seeks to bury ID card reviews

[hat tip to UK Liberty for spotting this before us]

Bill of Rights 1688 ( “Act declared to be a Statute by Crown and Parliament Recognition Act 1689 (c. 1)”)

That the Freedome of Speech and Debates or Proceedings in Parlyament ought not to be impeached or questioned in any Court or Place out of Parlyament.

See the history of this long running Freedom of Information Act disclosure suppression in our OGC Gateway Reviews of the Identity Cards Programme blog category archive.

The lawyers for the Government, seem to be desperately clutching at straws, by claiming that the Information Tribunal, in its very thorough 4 day hearing, involving submissions from top barristers Queens Councils and specialist professors of Freedom of Information Act law, somehow made improper use of a publicly published report from a Select Committee of the House of Commons, the one which scrutinises the Department for Work and Pensions.

See the House of Commons Select Committee on Work and Pensions report: Third Report – 7 July 2004 – Department for Work and Pensions Management of Information Technology Projects: Making IT Deliver for DWP Customers specifically paras. 110 – 123 Publishing OGC Gateway Reviews

If they are allowed to get away with this line of reasoning, then there is no point in any of the supposedly powerful Select Committees whatsoever, if their official public reports following their inquiries and investigations, cannot be used to scrutinise the policies and decisions of Central Government Departments or Agencies.

Incredibly, they are being supported by a lawyer acting on behalf of the Speaker of the House of Commons, to help the Executive branch of the Government (i.e. no longer the Monarch, but a Central Government Department, which was not the case in the 17th Century) to suppress the rights of the public in general, and of the two people who submitted the original Freedom of Information Act requests, which have been considered together by the Information Tribunal. One of those people is actually a Member of Parliament !

This bit of law is what is supposed to protect Members of Parliament from libel cases for what they say, with Parliamentary Privilege, in speeches or debates, in the Chamber of the House of Commons.

This fundamental constitutional law pre-dates the official record of the proceedings of Parliament i.e. Hansard, which started out as a private sector journalistic publishing venture, and the general acceptance of press and media reporting of the procedures of Parliament. Neither of these existed back in the 17th Century.

Provided that these reports use fair and accurate quotations, then these media reports are themselves protected by Parliamentary Privilege from being accused of promulgating what might be a libel, if it had not been uttered by an MP within the House of Commons. This protection against libel or other civil cases also extends to the official written Reports of Select Committees of the House of Commons, and the Lords or Joint Committees of both Houses of Parliament.

There are perverse consequences of this Parliamentary Privilege e.g.
1995 case of the then MP Neil Hamilton (“Cash for Questions”), trying to sue The Guardian newspaper for libel, and being unable to, because The Guardian would not have been able to get a fair trial in a UK Court, by not being able to quote any of his speeches or the rules of the House of Commons. This anomaly was later amended by specific legislation allowing MPs to waive their parliamentary Privilege on an individual, case by case basis, so as to sue for defamation..

See Defamation Act 1996 section 13 Evidence concerning proceedings in Parliament

The provisos in this section of the Act explicitly cover Select Committee evidence and reports.

Information Tribunal was not criticising, let alone libeling or even “Questioning” the Select Committee report. The Information Tribunal simply cited this publicly published Report as evidence, noting the arguments, both for and against publication of such Gateway Reviews.

para 23In the course of this hearing, the Tribunal was referred to the
inquiry conducted by the Select Committee on Work and Pensions that reported in 2004 on Management of Information Technology Projects: Making IT Deliver for DWP Customers. It considered, amongst other things, the arguments for and against publishing GR’s.

The “Questioning” by the Information Tribunal Judgement was of the Office for Government Commerce, part of HM Treasury, headed, at the time (May 2007) by the “control freak” Chancellor / Prime Minister Gordon Brown.

That is definitely not anything to do with the “Freedome of Speech and Debates or Proceedings in Parlyament” which is what the Bill of Rights clause is on about !

How can the High Court, Judge Mr. Justice Stanley Brunton possibly decide that reading or mentioning a Select Committee Report contravenes the Bill of Rights, without also destroying Hansard, official Government Press Releases, the wider Freedom of Speech and Freedom of the Press ?

How can he ignore the Parliamentary Papers Act 1840 ?

The Speaker of the House of Commons should not be colluding with the Government and the civil service bureaucracy, he should be Ordering them, under threat of Contempt of Parliament, to obey the several cross-party Select Committees such as the Public Accounts Committee, the Home Affairs Committee, and the Work and Pensions Committee etc. have not even been allowed to see copies of Gateway Review reports, even in closed evidence sessions.

That is the scandal which the Speaker of the House of Commons should be employing lawyers to remedy.

He should not be helping to suppress proper public and Parliamentary scrutiny of massive Government IT projects, involving millions of pounds of public money, which will affect every person in the UK, individually.

The publication of the High Court’s Judgment could take several weeks or months. We await the result, with mounting despair and resentment of the English legal system, which is stacked by the Government so heavily against normal individual citizens, and which fails to uphold their fundamental human rights, in a speedy and just manner.

Karachi, Pakistan in large-scale power

6

Karachi, Pakistan’s largest city, the outbreak of the electricity supply dispute, 6 occurred on the morning of large-scale power, originally made on the face of food shortages and higher prices of 13 million people more panic.

Local time at 8:00 on the 6th, Pakistan State Energy Agency cut off the supply of electricity to Karachi, resulting in more than 13 million population of Karachi in power, including industrial, commercial, ports, medical facilities, places all power in the “shock” status . State Energy Agency spokesman said that the supply is cut off because the power companies have not repay the arrears of accounts. Hydropower Development Bureau under the agency officials said, from Saudi Arabia, Kuwait and other foreign joint venture enterprises in Karachi power company has accumulated arrears of nearly 35 billion rupees (about 550 million US dollars) electricity, but ignoring the continuous development of hydropower continuous reminder accounts. Stop supply is a last resort move.

Electricity has become a major ills in Pakistan. To address operator confusion, poor facilities, such as theft, a serious problem, the Government of Pakistan to implement reforms, the introduction of privatization. 2005 restructuring of the company to set up in Karachi is a product of reform, but the problem could not be effectively addressed. Karachi has been complaining about the power company and the electricity sector units owed electricity, so that enterprises operating difficulties. Power company said that the negotiations will be resumed as soon as possible a comprehensive supply As for the incident reflected the lack of electricity, operating difficulties, at least five years to ease. (Huang Huan)

VIDEO: History Channel Surveillance Tech

0

In the world of surveillance, Big Brother is not only watching, he’s also listening, analyzing, recording, scanning, and tracking every aspect of our lives. And with advanced surveillance technology, there’s virtually no place to hide.

SURVEILLANCE TECH examines some of the most important and potentially terrifying equipment the world has ever seen–or rather, not seen–in this thriving surveillance revolution. Check out parabolic microphones that pick up conversations a mile a way, cameras that learn what and who to photograph, RadarVision that “sees through walls”, and Uninhabited Aerial Vehicles (UAVs). And explore the mind-bending future of surveillance technology, while, of course, reviewing its surprising history.

VIDEO: Bush hands the torch to McCain

0

Who was being interviewed here? “All candidates must say change”-GWB “I have nothing left to say”-McCain

Gaza conditions ‘at 40-year low’

0

Gaza girls protest at Israeli measures Gaza’s humanitarian situation is at its worst since Israel occupied the territory in 1967, say UK-based human rights and development groups. They include Amnesty International, Save the Children, Cafod, Care International and Christian Aid. They criticise Israel’s blockade on Gaza as illegal collective punishment which fails to deliver security.

Israel says its military action and other measures are lawful and needed to stop rocket attacks from Gaza. Israel pulled its troops and settlers out of the Gaza Strip in 2005, but retains control over Gaza’s airspace and coastline, and over its own border with the territory.

It tightened its blockade in January amid a surge in rocket attacks by Palestinian militants in Gaza.

Israel’s Defence Ministry rejected the criticism in the report, blaming the Hamas militant group which controls Gaza.

“The main responsibility for events in Gaza is the Hamas organisation, to which all complaints should be addressed,” a statement read.

‘Disaster’

The groups’ report, Gaza Strip: A Humanitarian Implosion, says the blockade has dramatically worsened levels of poverty and unemployment, and has led to deterioration in education and health services.

More than 1.1 million Gazans are dependent on food aid and of 110,000 workers previously employed in the private sector, 75,000 have now lost their jobs, the report says.

“Unless the blockade ends now, it will be impossible to pull Gaza back from the brink of this disaster and any hopes for peace in the region will be dashed,” said Geoffrey Dennis, of Care International UK.

Last week Israeli forces launched a bloody and destructive raid in northern Gaza, in which more than 120 Palestinians – including many civilians – were killed.

Israel says the measures are designed to stamp out frequent rocket fire by Palestinian militants.

Recent rocket attacks have hit deeper into southern Israel, reaching Ashkelon, the closest large Israeli city to the Gaza Strip.

Occupying power

The UK-based groups agree that Israel has the right and obligation to protect its citizens, urging both sides to cease unlawful attacks on civilians.

Israel tank guards crossing into Gaza

The Israeli army has cut access to Gaza for almost all traffic

But they call upon Israel to comply with its obligations, as the occupying power in Gaza, to ensure its inhabitants have access to food, clean water, electricity and medical care, which have been in short supply in the strip.

“Punishing the entire Gazan population by denying them these basic human rights is utterly indefensible,” said Amnesty UK Director Kate Allen.

“The current situation is man-made and must be reversed.”

Other recommendations from the groups include international engagement with the Hamas movement, which rejects Israel’s legitimacy and has been shunned by Israel’s allies, and the Fatah party of Palestinian West Bank leader Mahmoud Abbas.

“Gaza cannot become a partner for peace unless Israel, Fatah and the Quartet [the US and UN, Europe and Russia] engage with Hamas and give the people of Gaza a future,” said Daleep Mukarji of Christian Aid.

Last Updated: Thursday, 6 March 2008, 09:15 GMT

E-mail this to a friend Printable version

Gaza conditions ‘at 40-year low’

Gaza girls protest at Israeli measures

The groups say a battered, starved Gaza cannot be a peace partner

Conditions in Gaza

Gaza’s humanitarian situation is at its worst since Israel occupied the territory in 1967, say UK-based human rights and development groups. They include Amnesty International, Save the Children, Cafod, Care International and Christian Aid.

They criticise Israel’s blockade on Gaza as illegal collective punishment which fails to deliver security.

Israel says its military action and other measures are lawful and needed to stop rocket attacks from Gaza.

Israel pulled its troops and settlers out of the Gaza Strip in 2005, but retains control over Gaza’s airspace and coastline, and over its own border with the territory.

Click here to for an enlarged map of the Gaza Strip

It tightened its blockade in January amid a surge in rocket attacks by Palestinian militants in Gaza.

Israel’s Defence Ministry rejected the criticism in the report, blaming the Hamas militant group which controls Gaza.

“The main responsibility for events in Gaza is the Hamas organisation, to which all complaints should be addressed,” a statement read.

‘Disaster’

The groups’ report, Gaza Strip: A Humanitarian Implosion, says the blockade has dramatically worsened levels of poverty and unemployment, and has led to deterioration in education and health services.

Gaza cannot become a partner for peace unless Israel, Fatah and the Quartet engage with Hamas and give the people of Gaza a future

Daleep Mukarji, Christian Aid

Gaza’s humanitarian crisis

Profile: Gaza Strip

More than 1.1 million Gazans are dependent on food aid and of 110,000 workers previously employed in the private sector, 75,000 have now lost their jobs, the report says.

“Unless the blockade ends now, it will be impossible to pull Gaza back from the brink of this disaster and any hopes for peace in the region will be dashed,” said Geoffrey Dennis, of Care International UK.

Last week Israeli forces launched a bloody and destructive raid in northern Gaza, in which more than 120 Palestinians – including many civilians – were killed.

Israel says the measures are designed to stamp out frequent rocket fire by Palestinian militants.

Recent rocket attacks have hit deeper into southern Israel, reaching Ashkelon, the closest large Israeli city to the Gaza Strip.

Occupying power

The UK-based groups agree that Israel has the right and obligation to protect its citizens, urging both sides to cease unlawful attacks on civilians.

Israel tank guards crossing into Gaza

The Israeli army has cut access to Gaza for almost all traffic

But they call upon Israel to comply with its obligations, as the occupying power in Gaza, to ensure its inhabitants have access to food, clean water, electricity and medical care, which have been in short supply in the strip.

“Punishing the entire Gazan population by denying them these basic human rights is utterly indefensible,” said Amnesty UK Director Kate Allen.

“The current situation is man-made and must be reversed.”

Other recommendations from the groups include international engagement with the Hamas movement, which rejects Israel’s legitimacy and has been shunned by Israel’s allies, and the Fatah party of Palestinian West Bank leader Mahmoud Abbas.

“Gaza cannot become a partner for peace unless Israel, Fatah and the Quartet [the US and UN, Europe and Russia] engage with Hamas and give the people of Gaza a future,” said Daleep Mukarji of Christian Aid.


Gaza map

BBC

US Rep. Weiner tells FBI to drop Clemens probe

0

Queens congressman: Drop case against Clemens

Rep. Anthony Weiner has a message for the FBI regarding Roger Clemens: Drop it.

Weiner (D-Forest Hills), a 2009 mayoral hopeful and a Mets fan, said Wednesday he believes Clemens lied Feb. 13 to the House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform. But Weiner said the court of public opinion was better served to judge Clemens than an understaffed Justice Department.

“While there may have been some wrongdoing, I think we should let this issue be waived in light of the other challenges we face,” Weiner said, noting he had sent a letter to Attorney General Michael Mukasey .saying the same thing.

“The Justice Department has to make decisions every day on how to allocate their limited resources. The end of this investigation will not be taking someone who’s selling HGH to our children off the streets. It only leads to whether Roger Clemens was truthful or not.”

Weiner, part of the House Energy and Commerce Committee that grilled the commissioners of the four major pro sports a week ago, said .Congress has done all it can do about steroids in pro sports.

“We’re not legislating here,” he said. “We’re delving into an interesting topic for the .public. At the end of the day, .steroids is a PR issue for pro sports.”

Weiner said he’s among the many who think that .Clemens lied to Congress, which prompted the committee to recommend an FBI investigation to .determine whether Clemens committed perjury, a felony.

But, he added, “I do believe that public embarrassment is a sanction. The real consequences are a loss of revenue from endorsements and a loss of respect in the eyes of the fans. It may be that Roger Clemens’ entry into the Hall of Fame is in question. It may be that future employers won’t have an interest in his services.”

As Weiner views the role of the federal government, that should be enough.

“The question is not whether someone who may have committed a crime is walking away scot-free,” he said. “It’s about whether someone who’s committed a crime is walking away because the frankly limited federal .resources aren’t being properly allocated.”

Chemicals in Baby Products Linked to Problems

1

A new study brings to light a potentially dangerous link between chemicals used in ordinary products, such as baby shampoos and lotions, to reproductive problems in children. The chemicals, called phthalates, have been under attack by some environmental advocacy groups, according to a Feb. 4, 2008 AP News article, although experts are uncertain what dangers they might pose.

The study, which appears in the February issue of the journal Pediatrics, found elevated levels of phthalates in the urine of babies who recently had baby products applied to them. The federal government does not limit their use, even though California and some European countries will have restricted their use beginning in 2009. Although the Food and Drug Administration stated that this study “has no compelling evidence that phthalates pose a safety risk when used in cosmetics,” it has many parents paying closer attention to what products they are putting on their children.

“We really need to take a look at the number of products we use on a daily basis and figure out what we truly need,” said Stacy Malkan, spokeswoman for the Campaign for Safe Cosmetics and author of Not Just a Pretty Face: The Ugly Side of the Cosmetic Industry.

According to Malkan, these chemicals do not remain in the body for long periods of time. They can be flushed out within 24 hours. However, due to the ubiquitous use of the chemicals in thousands of personal care products used daily, we are continuously exposed to them.

Malkan said that phthalates are hormone disruptors and block the production of testosterone. This can cause problems in utero as well as through adulthood, causing a cascade of reproductive issues. The chemicals have been linked to undescended testicles, testicular tumors, low fertility and infertility. “This study directly correlates the phthalate level in babies with the use of personal care products,” Malkan said. “Reproductive toxins just do not belong in baby shampoos and lotions.”

Of the 163 babies between two and 28 months that participated in the study, 100 percent of them had at least one phthalate, and 80 percent had at least seven different types.

But many parents are stuck with their hands tied, because retail products aren’t required to list individual ingredients of fragrances, which are a common phthalate source.

A group of concerned mothers on a Babyfit.com message board have decided to take it upon themselves to learn more about the ingredients in the products they are using, and make drastic changes to ensure to the best of their ability that their children remain safe. After one mother posted a link to the Web site (www.cosmeticdatabase.com) , the floodgates opened up.

Some of the sentiments were:

“Between the BPA and the phthalates, I want to scream. This just is not fair to our children. I shudder to think about the possible harm I’ve already caused.”

“I have always tried to be cautious about what I put in and on my body, but this just takes it to a whole new level! Companies don’t even have to add these bad ingredients on their lists, so how are we to be sure?”

“We need to demand better of these companies. Most chemicals and preservatives are added because it is cheaper and increases shelf life. They aren’t necessary.”

“I just lost someone close to me to cancer and the statistics say 1 out of every 3 people will get cancer… Why? So we can buy cheap crap?”

“I had worked in an environmental lab for seven years before I quit to become a stay-at-home-mom. If you ladies saw what I saw, you would lose your minds.”

Every day, children are exposed to an average of 27 personal care ingredients that have not been found safe for kids, according to a national survey conducted in 2007 by Environmental Working Group (EWG), creator of (cosmeticdatabase.com) .

A search for Huggies Baby Lotion with Chamomile and Lavender reveals a wealth of information about the product, including but not limited to: its ranking (both as an average for the entire project and per ingredient), whether or not it does animal testing, and a list of concerns (cancer, endocrine disruption, allergies, developmental/reproductive toxicity) paralleled with each specific ingredient.
The ranking system is color-coded for easy viewing: products with a low hazard ranking are given a green 0-2, products with a medium hazard ranking are given a yellow 3-6, and products with a high hazard are given a red 7-10.

Huggies Baby Lotion with Chamomile ranks overall as a red 8, largely due to the fragrance component of the product, and does practice animal testing. According to the search, ingredients in this product are linked to: developmental/reproductive toxicity; violations, restrictions and warnings; allergies/immunotoxicity; neurotoxicity, endocrine disruption, and skin irritation – to name a few.

According to EWG, by law, the government cannot mandate safety studies of cosmetics products or their ingredients, and only 13 percent of the 10,500 ingredients in personal care products have been reviewed for safety by the cosmetic industry’s own review panel. For virtually every product on the market, safety decisions are made behind closed doors, guided by an industry-funded panel, without the benefit of peer-review or independent pre-market safety testing.

“Under federal law, companies can put virtually anything they wish into personal care products, and many of them do. Mercury, lead, and placenta extract – all of these and many other hazardous materials are in products that millions of Americans, including children, use every day,” said Jane Houlihan, Vice President of Research at EWG. “Mothers shouldn’t have to worry about what is in the baby lotion they use, and now they don’t have to. The new Skin Deep database provides information on nearly 25,000 personal care products so people can find out for themselves which products are the best choices for them and their families.”

About the author

Julie Hurley is a working mother of two children. She has a degree in journalism from Grand Valley State University in Michigan, and has an increasing interest in holistic living.
She is an Independent Distributor for the It Works product line, which features the Ultimate Body Applicator (www.itworks.net/juliehurley).
Julie is also training for her first 25k in May after picking up running in April 2007. Follow her training journey on her blog at: http://tinyurl.com/37t4yf.

FBI head: Give telcos immunity

0

Nick Julian

At the heart of President Bush’s plea to give telecommunications companies legal immunity is the contention that these companies were merely being patriotic corporate citizens when they facilitated the warrantless wiretapping of Americans.

FBI Director Robert Mueller undercut that argument Wednesday, telling Congress that the ‘good faith’ argument should have nothing to do with whether or not they are let off the hook in dozens of pending court cases.

“I would focus more on the downsides, substantial downsides, of not providing retroactive immunity as being the principal rational of the legislation, providing immunity,” Mueller told the Senate Judiciary Committee.

Mueller insisted that good faith of the companies was “important” but said he was unsure “where it fit into the calculus” behind trying to give companies legal immunity.

President Bush has previously said it was unfair the companies were being “sued for billions of dollars,” and Mueller’s testimony further clarifies the financial motive behind the companies’ push to be let off the hook. He did not elaborate on the “substantial downsides” that would come from a judicial review of the companies actions.

It wouldn’t be the first time the phone companies’ financial situation overlapped with US law enforcement and intelligence needs. At least one foreign intelligence wiretap was disconnected by a telephone carrier when the FBI failed to pay its bills, as the Associated Press reported earlier this year.

Mueller acknowledged the FBI had discovered “a line going down for a matter of days” because of an unpaid bill, but he said the investigation of which that wiretap was a part was not adversely affected.

Won’t rule out waterboarding American in ticking-bomb scenario

Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse probed Mueller on whether there would be a scenario in which the FBI would use waterboarding during an interrogation. The Rhode Island Democrat laid out a hypothetical situation in which the FBI had captured Timothy McVeigh just after the Oklahmoa City bombing and believed he had information on another bomb that was set to explode within an hour.

“Do you waterboard Timothy McVeigh?” Whitehouse asked.

Mueller demurred, saying he would “prefer not to answer hypotheticals,” although he acknowledged under further questioning that such a ticking time-bomb scenario could happen today.

“I would not know how I would respond,” Mueller said.

Why governments can’t continue to ignore torture

European judges have delivered a landmark ruling in the so-called ‘war on terror’, says Robert Verkaik, Law Editor, and it is one that we should all have reason to celebrate

Buried deep beneath the welter of publicity covering Prince Harry’s secret deployment to Afghanistan was the release of another piece of news concerning the Allies’ so-called “war on terror”. A judgment published last week by the European Court of Human Rights (ECHR) delivered a devastating blow to Britain’s attempt to water down the prohibition on the use of torture by sending terror suspects to states which routinely abuse prisoners. The judges described as “misconceived” the British argument that there could be a justification for balancing the risk of torture against the threat posed to national security.

In an Italian case before the Strasbourg judges in which the British Government had intervened, Foreign Office lawyers had hoped to clear a lawful path for the Government’s policy of deporting terror suspects to Algeria and other states which have a history of using torture. The Government has relied on assurances from these countries that they will not use torture against suspects sent there by Britain.

But last week the ECHR said: “the concepts of risk and dangerousness do not lend themselves to balancing . . . [t]he prospect that he may pose a serious threat to the community . . . does not reduce in any way the degree of risk of ill treatment that the person may be subject to on return.”

Amnesty International described the ruling as a landmark case and welcomed the re-affirmation of the absolute prohibition of torture and other inhuman or degrading treatment or punishment. Ian Seiderman, Amnesty International’s senior legal adviser, said: “This judgment should serve as a reminder to all states: not only are they not allowed to commit torture themselves, but they are forbidden from sending anyone to countries where they would be at risk of torture or other ill-treatment.”

The human rights campaign group Liberty also welcomed the decision. Liberty’s Director, Shami Chakrabarti, said: “If the Grand Chamber had watered down the absolute prohibition against torture there would have been no putting this genie back in the bottle. It would have been a green light for extraordinary rendition and even the direct use of torture as an interrogation technique.”

In the case before the court, the Italian authorities sought to deport Nassim Saadi, a Tunisian national, to Tunisia under the “Pisanu Law” which was originally adopted in 2005 as “an urgent measure to combat terrorism”. The Italian authorities argued that he posed a security risk to Italy. But the court found “substantial grounds had been shown for believing that there is a real risk” that Saadi would be subjected to torture or ill-treatment if he were deported.

The Government says it is considering the ruling but did not think that it would lead to a change in policy over the deportation of terror suspects who could not stand trial in this country. Since the terror attacks of 9/11, the judiciary has largely managed to hold the line against repeated government attempts to restrict human rights in its pursuit of the “war on terror”.

So in a week when Britain’s media lifted the news blackout on the secret deployment of another brave soldier to Afghanistan, we should also celebrate a ruling that upholds the very democratic values which our government says we have been fighting to protect.

Met Police chief calls for European DNA database

0

Sir Ian Blair says scheme would have obvious benefits for crimefighting

Computing

Metropolitan Police Commissioner Sir Ian Blair has called for the UK’s controversial DNA database to be extended across Europe to help bridge the intelligence gap caused by the removal of many of the EU’s internal borders.

He made the proposal at the first pan-European Serious Organised Crime Conference in Liverpool yesterday, claiming also that a Europe-wide automated fingerprint recognition and search system would have “obvious” benefits.

Bair told delegates that the welcome introduction of the Eurodac system for identifying asylum seekers was “a move in the right direction” but only applied to illegal immigration and asylum applicants.

“To extend such a system to include fingerprints taken from criminals EU-wide would be a huge step forward and would go some way to addressing the intelligence loss that the removal of borders has created,” he said.

Tory shadow home secretary David Davis said everybody would welcome the reasonable use across borders of DNA and other biometric data to identify criminals.
But he warned that the government needs to improve its data security first.

“It would be best, before we got to that stage, if we improved our data security so that we didn’t leave four thousand DNA records on a shelf for a year, and didn’t take the risk of losing the entire population’s records – in the way we did with the HMRC disks debacle,” said Davis.

“National and international security comes down to the gritty business of doing the day-to-day job well and using technology properly and safely, and is not just about blue skies ideas.”

Meanwhile the Lords European Union Committee called on the government to speed up its proposed e-Borders system, which is not due for full implementation until 2014.

In a report on EU border controls, the committee found it “astonishing” that although there was an elaborate system of temporary or limited entry into the UK, “there is no way in which the Borders and Immigration Agency can know whether these time limits and conditions are being complied with because there is no routine recording of entries into or departures from the UK.”

30,000 children’s DNA on police database

0

By Christine Sexton

THE DNA profiles of more than 30,000 Essex children are being kept on a police database.

Figures released in response to a Freedom of Information request also reveal that 12,345 of those young people are under 15.

The news comes after it was reported how the profile of a 13-year-old boy from Benfleet boy was being kept on the DNA database, despite police admitting he had been wrongfully arrested.

The boy’s mother, who is considering legal action to have his profile removed, said: “The Government has already proved what a bad record it has on keeping such sensitive information, so I don’t trust them with this.”

Since 2003, police have been able to retain DNA taken from anyone over the age of ten arrested for a criminal offence, whether or not they go on to be convicted for it.

Under-18s now make up a quarter of the 120,946 samples to be added to the Essex database since it started in 1995.

Essex Police are unable to say how many children on their database were eventually found to be innocent of the offence they were accused of.

Prior to 2001, police had to destroy samples from people subsequently proved innocent, but an amendment to the Police and Criminal Evidence Act in 2003 gave police the right to take and retain the DNA profile of anyone they arrested over the age of ten.

Some argue the database has helped police to solve recent high-profile crimes, such as the murder of 18-year-old Sally Anne Bowman by Mark Dixie, and the deaths of five Ipswich prostitutes at the hands of Steve Wright.

Both men are now serving lengthy jail sentences.

But others fear it is the latest infringement of civil liberties. A European court test case arguing samples should be destroyed if no charges are brought may help to clarify the issue.

Closer to home, the mother of the Benfleet boy is determined to have his DNA removed from the database. He was released without charge for throwing pebbles into a road near his school.

A woman who had had her car vandalised filmed the act, believing the boy might have been reponsible for the damage.

Despite him later being exonerated, his DNA still remains on the database.

The boy’s mother, who does not want to be identified to protect her son, said she was considering mounting a legal battle to get it removed.

She said: “It happens all the time.

“I don’t think people realise how many children there are on the database now.

“I don’t think it would work having everyone on the database because it would take so long to eliminate everyone’s DNA from a crime scene.”

However, the man in charge of taking samples for the Essex database is adamant it is the “best crime fighting tool” in the police armoury to date.

Tom Harper, scientific support manager and head of forensic investigations, said: “We will take a sample from everyone arrested and we will retain that forever, but there are exceptional circumstances where they can be removed.

“Where it has been found there was no original offence, for example, if we go to a scene of a suspicious death and we arrest people in connection with it, but then on post mortem it is found to be a natural death, then there would have been no offence committed.”

Mr Harper said the UK’s DNA database was now “the envy of the world”.

He added: “A few countries have a DNA database, like the US, but that is not across the whole country.

“Where someone is found not guilty, that’s where the problems happen, because they feel they haven’t committed an offence. But the law is very clear.

“Say during an investigation we find evidence of criminal damage and we arrest someone on suspicion of criminal damage, then provided that arrest is lawful and the offence happened, we should retain the samples.”

Mr Harper believes people are worrying needlessly about having their DNA on record and says it is not akin to having a criminal record.

He said: “We don’t give this information out.

“It is owned by the police and managed by the Forensic Science Service.

“I can’t sit in my office and access this, I have to go to the FSS.

“There is a tremendous benefit in terms of crime detection. It gives us thousands of leads on crimes each year. To have a national DNA database of everyone would be quite useful.

“At the moment we probably have about 5 per cent of the country on the database, but to increase it by another 95 per cent would require a big increase in the administrative system.

“If people are not committing crimes, they have nothing to worry about.”

Human rights groups such as Liberty are calling for a national debate.

Spokeswoman Mairi Clare Rodgers said: “Taking the DNA of every man, woman and child is expensive and impractical, yet it is impossible to have no DNA database.

“We need a sensible debate to find a fair and proportionate solution which will satisfy civil rights as well as crime prevention concerns.”

The national picture

BY the end of 2005, about 200,000 samples nationally had been retained that would have been destroyed before the change in legislation.

Of these samples, 8,000 matched with DNA taken from crime scenes, involving nearly 14,000 offences, including murders and rapes.

Under-18s make up 23 per cent of all arrests. There are no legal powers to take a DNA sample from anyone under ten without the consent of a parent or legal guardian.

About a million people who have not been convicted of any offence, including at least 100,000 children, are now estimated to be on the national DNA database. Many others have been acquitted, or have been convicted of relatively minor offences (including begging, being drunk and disorderly, or taking part in an illegal demonstration) but will remain on the database for life.

US Spends 6 Times More on Prisons than Education

25

Globe and Mail

For the first time in history, more than one in every 100 American adults is in jail or prison, according to a new report tracking the surge in inmate population and urging states to rein in corrections costs with alternative sentencing programs.

The report, released Thursday by the Pew Center on the States, said the 50 states spent more than $49 billion on corrections last year, up from less than $11 billion 20 years earlier. The rate of increase for prison costs was six times greater than for higher education spending, the report said.

Using updated state-by-state data, the report said 2,319,258 adults were held in U.S. prisons or jails at the start of 2008 – one out of every 99.1 adults, and more than any other country in the world.

The steadily growing inmate population “is saddling cash-strapped states with soaring costs they can ill afford and failing to have a clear impact either on recidivism or overall crime,” said the report.

Susan Urahn, managing director of the Pew Center on the States, said budget woes are prompting officials in many states to consider new, cost-saving corrections policies that might have been shunned in the recent past for fear of appearing soft in crime.

“We’re seeing more and more states being creative because of tight budgets,” she said in an interview. “They want to be tough on crime, they want to be a law-and-order state – but they also want to save money, and they want to be effective.”

The report cited Kansas and Texas as states which have acted decisively to slow the growth of their inmate population. Their actions include greater use of community supervision for low-risk offenders and employing sanctions other than re-imprisonment for ex-offenders who commit technical violations of parole and probation rules.

“The new approach, born of bipartisan leadership, is allowing the two states to ensure they have enough prison beds for violent offenders while helping less dangerous lawbreakers become productive, taxpaying citizens,” the report said.

According to the report, the inmate population increased last year in 36 states and the federal prison system.

The largest percentage increase – 12 percent – was in Kentucky, where Gov. Steve Beshear highlighted the cost of corrections in his budget speech last month. He noted that the state’s crime rate had increased only about 3 percent in the past 30 years, while the state’s inmate population has increased by 600 percent.

The Pew report was compiled by the Center on the State’s Public Safety Performance Project, which is working directly with 13 states on developing programs to divert offenders from prison without jeopardizing public safety.

“For all the money spent on corrections today, there hasn’t been a clear and convincing return for public safety,” said the project’s director, Adam Gelb. “More and more states are beginning to rethink their reliance on prisons for lower-level offenders and finding strategies that are tough on crime without being so tough on taxpayers.”

The report said prison growth and higher incarceration rates do not reflect a parallel increase in crime or in the nation’s overall population. Instead, it said, more people are behind bars mainly because of tough sentencing measures, such as “three-strikes” laws, that result in longer prison stays.

“For some groups, the incarceration numbers are especially startling,” the report said. “While one in 30 men between the ages of 20 and 34 is behind bars, for black males in that age group the figure is one in nine.”

The nationwide figures, as of Jan. 1, include 1,596,127 people in state and federal prisons and 723,131 in local jails – a total 2,319,258 out of almost 230 million American adults.

The report said the United States is the world’s incarceration leader, far ahead of more populous China with 1.5 million people behind bars. It said the U.S. also is the leader in inmates per capita (750 per 100,000 people), ahead of Russia (628 per 100,000) and other former Soviet bloc nations which make up the rest of the Top 10.

War Contractor Makes Bid For Election Machines

0

CHICAGO TRIBUNE – United Technologies Corp. made public Sunday an unsolicited $3 billion bid for Diebold, one of the largest makers of automated teller machines and voting machines. United Technologies, which first approached Diebold two years ago, initially made the offer in private Friday. The bid amounts to $40 a share in cash, or a 66 percent premium over Diebold’s closing price Friday of $24.12, United Technologies said. . .

“This transaction creates significant and immediate value for Diebold shareholders with no operational risk, while creating long-term value for UTC shareholders,” George David, United Technologies’ chairman and chief executive, said in a statement Sunday.
Founded in 1859, Diebold grew as a provider of security technology for financial systems. But Diebold was thrust into the spotlight in the 2004 election when it was criticized for flawed electronic voting machines in Ohio and elsewhere

UNITED TECHNOLOGIES MAKES TOP TEN LIST FOR GOVERNMENT CONTRACTOR MISCONDUCT

PROJECT ON GOVERNMENT OVERSIGHT
– United Technologies, based in Hartford, Conn., is a diversified company that provides high technology products and services to the building and aerospace industries.

Federal Contract $: $5,050 millon

Total Number of Instances of misconduct: 10

Total Misconduct dollar amount: $323 million

– According to a GAO report cited by Senator Harkin and Representative DeFazio, United Technologies Optical Systems, reached a settlement for $150,000 for alleged cost/labor mischarging

– According to a GAO report cited by Senator Harkin and Representative DeFazio, United Technologies, reached a settlement for $304,729 for alleged defective pricing. . .

– United Technologies Corporation’s Pratt & Whitney Government Engine and Space Propulsion Division entered into a settlement agreement in which P&W agreed to pay the government $14.8 million, following a Defense Criminal Investigative Service investigation. The agreement resolved charges that P&W violated the False Claims Act by preparing false purchase orders and submitting false invoices under the Foreign Military Sales Program administered by the Defense Security Assistance Agency. . .

– On July 7, 2005, Pratt & Whitney, a subsidiary of United Technologies, reached a settlement “for potential violations of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, . . . under an outsource labor contract between Pratt & Whitney and EDF Company. On April 24, 2002, Brainard, a Major with the United States Army Reserve, was called to active military service. . .

– The Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department of Labor…cited the Pratt and Whitney Aircraft, Turbine Modular Center, located in North Haven, Connecticut, for alleged willful violations of the Occupational Safety and Health Act and has proposed penalties totaling $155,000 for those alleged violations. . . the company is being cited for four alleged willful violations, carrying proposed penalties totaling $154,000. . .

– “Sikorsky Aircraft Corp. will pay a fine of $176,000 to settle an EPA complaint for violations of the federal stratospheric ozone protection regulations and two federal hazardous air pollutant standards. . .

– “The [Connecticut] Department of Environmental Protection entered into an administrative consent order with Pratt & Whitney Division of United Technologies Corporation on September 7, 2004 for allegedly violating the standards for underground storage tank systems. . .

– “European Union regulators on Wednesday fined United Technologies’ Otis unit and four other elevator makers $1.3 billion for operating cartels for the installation and maintenance of elevators and escalators in Germany, Belgium, Luxembourg and the Netherlands. . .

– Hamilton Sundstrand, a subsidiary of United Technologies, pled guilty to two counts of violating the federal Clean Water Act and was sentenced to five years’ probation and $12 million in fines. Hamilton Sundstrand is one of the world’s largest manufacturers of advanced aerospace and industrial systems. The company, in operating its Windsor Locks, Conn. manufacturing plant, violated its state pollutant discharge permit and attempted to conceal those violations by knowingly submitting false environmental reports.

Government ‘letting troops down’

0

Conservative leader David Cameron has accused the Government of “breaking the military covenant” as he launched a Commission to draw up proposals to improve support for Britain’s armed forces.

Mr Cameron said ministers were letting troops down on equipment, healthcare, family support and accommodation and promised a defence review to ensure that a future Tory government would match the demands it made on the military with the resources it provided them.

But he declined to say whether he would match the Government’s pledge of £7.7bn additional defence funding by 2011 in last year’s Comprehensive Spending Review.

Labour accused the Tory leader of “damaging troop morale” by claiming the covenant between the armed forces and the Government was broken.

Defence Minister Bob Ainsworth said he was “behind the curve”, as the Government had already launched a Command Paper designed to improve support for troops, families and veterans.

Mr Cameron was joined at the London launch of the new Commission by Falklands hero Simon Weston, who will sit on the panel, and author Freddie Forsyth, who will chair it. Both stressed that their report, due in September, will be independent and non-party political.

The Tory leader said: “I believe the military covenant is well and truly broken, and I am determined that the Conservative Party will fix it.

“This Commission will look at how the Government and society can better fulfil our obligations under the military covenant. It will look at all the issues that affect our Armed Forces, from training and recuperation to the welfare of their families and their wider relationship with society.”

Mr Cameron, who will not be bound by the Commission’s recommendations, accused the Government of cutting defence spending to its lowest level since the 1930s, leaving the armed forces 5,500 under strength. Troops were forced to go into action without necessary equipment like night-vision goggles, while the Ministry of Defence spent £2 billion refurbishing its Whitehall HQ, he said.

He highlighted frontline troops’ complaints about limited phone and email contact with their families, as well as the policy of counting leave from the day they depart their posts, rather than the day they arrive home in the UK.

Gov gags “extraordinary renditions” whistleblower

2

Marcus Morgan

Last Friday, the Labour government took out a high court injunction to prevent a former member of the British Special Air Services, Ben Griffin, from revealing further details about the government’s involvement in “extraordinary rendition”


The US administration coined the term to cover the practice of sending arrested terrorist suspects to dozens of detention facilities where torture is often carried out. Ever since reports of rendition and torture began to surface after the invasions of Afghanistan and Iraq in 2001, the British government has adamantly denied any knowledge or collaboration with these activities.

In his last public address before the gagging order came into force, Griffin told an antiwar rally, “I will be continuing to collect evidence and opinion on British involvement in extraordinary rendition, torture, secret detentions, extra-judicial detention, use of evidence gained through torture, breaches of the Geneva Conventions, breaches of International Law and failure to abide by our obligations as per UN Convention Against Torture. I am carrying on regardless.”

He called for former Prime Minister Tony Blair and his successor Gordon Brown to face trial for breaking international law.

Griffin served in the army for eight years, including a three-month tour in Baghdad working on secret joint operations with US Special Forces. He quit in 2005 because he believed the war was illegal and aimed at seizing control of the natural resources in the region.

He is strongly opposed to the tactics being employed by US occupation forces, including indiscriminate detention of people, a trigger-happy mentality among soldiers and routine torture of prisoners that is advocated through the chain of command. Although he had not witnessed torture first-hand, Griffin said, “I have no doubt in my mind that non-combatants I personally detained were handed over to the Americans and subsequently tortured.”

The secret joint US-UK task force within which he was posted was “responsible for the detention of hundreds, if not thousands, of individuals in Afghanistan and Iraq.”

He added: “British soldiers are intimately involved in the actions of this task force. Jack Straw, Margaret Beckett, David Miliband, Geoff Hoon, Des Browne, Tony Blair, Gordon Brown–in their respective positions over the last five years they must know that British soldiers have been operating within this joint US/UK task force. They must have been briefed on the actions of this unit.”

The gagging order was placed under the Official Secrets Act, which has been used repeatedly since the war began to silence critics of the occupations within the civil service and armed forces on grounds of “national security.” If he makes further disclosures relating to renditions that implicate government ministers in war crimes, he could face a jail sentence.

The Foreign Office refused to comment on the allegations on the grounds that statements are never released on the activities of Special Forces soldiers.

When allegations about the government’s involvement in extraordinary rendition first surfaced in December 2005, Blair told the press, “I have absolutely no evidence to suggest that anything illegal has been happening here at all, and I am not going to start ordering inquiries into this, that and the next thing, when I have got no evidence to show whether this is right or not. And I honestly, it is like all this stuff about camps in Europe or something, I don’t know, I have never heard of such a thing, I can’t tell you whether such a thing exists.”

And again, in March 2007, Blair assured an intelligence and security committee that “he was satisfied that the US had at no time since 9/11 rendered an individual through the UK or through our Overseas Territories.”

This position became increasingly untenable as leaks from individuals within the armed forces, such as those from Griffin and former United States Army General Barry McCaffrey, as well as numerous civil servants, conflicted with official government denials.

Responding to allegations that Britain was co-operating with renditions to the UK protectorate of Diego Garcia, an Indian ocean island that is leased to the US as an air base for operations in Afghanistan and Iraq, then-Foreign Secretary Jack Straw said in September 2003, “The United States Government have explicitly assured us that there have never been any prisoners in detention on any US vessels moored in Diego Garcia waters. The British Government are satisfied that this is correct.”

In December 2006, McCaffrey revealed that he knew of renditions to the base. He said of suspected terrorists, “They’re behind bars, they’re dead, they’re apprehended. We’ve got them on Diego Garcia, in Bagram Airfield, in Guantanamo.”

According to a report from the civil rights group Statewatch, “Diego Garcia has been the subject of repeated, credible and concurrent claims that the island has played a major role in the US system of renditions and secret detention.”

The mounting evidence culminated in the government being forced to make limited admissions, whilst attempting to distance itself as far as possible from the US practice of renditions and torture. A carefully worded statement to parliament on February 21 by Foreign Secretary David Miliband said that Britain had recently been made aware of two US extraordinary rendition flights, which had stopped at Diego Garcia in 2002 to refuel.

Miliband said, “Contrary to earlier explicit assurances that Diego Garcia had not been used for rendition flights, recent US investigations have now revealed two occasions, both in 2002, when this had in fact occurred. An error in the earlier US records search meant that these cases did not come to light.”

He went on to spell out that the US and UK policy on counter-terrorism will continue as before: “Our counter-terrorism relationship with the United States is vital to UK security. I am absolutely clear that there must and will continue to be the strongest possible intelligence and counter-terrorism relationship with the US, consistent with UK law and our international obligations.”

It was Miliband’s evasions and denials about UK involvement in rendition that prompted Griffin to issue a statement a few days later. He pointed out that the government always talks about rendition as purely the process of flying detainees to a foreign country in the hope of deflecting attention away from the British Army’s vital role in the first stages of the process in Iraq and Afghanistan. He said the Diego Garcia admission “pales into insignificance in light of the fact that it has been British soldiers detaining the victims of extraordinary rendition in the first place.”

“Since the invasion of Afghanistan in the autumn of 2001 UKSF [United Kingdom Special Forces] has operated within a joint US/UK Task Force. This Task Force has been responsible for the detention of hundreds if not thousands of individuals in Afghanistan and Iraq. Individuals detained by British soldiers within this Task Force have ended up in Guantanamo Bay Detention Camp, Bagram Theatre Internment Facility, Balad Special Forces Base, Camp Nama BIAP and Abu Ghraib Prison.”

“Whilst the government has stated its desire that the Guantanamo Bay detention camp be closed, it has remained silent over these other secretive prisons in Iraq and Afghanistan. These secretive prisons are part of a global network in which individuals face torture and are held indefinitely without charge. All of this is in direct contravention of the Geneva Conventions, International Law and the UN Convention Against Torture.”

Griffin detailed human rights abuses at Camp Nama at Baghdad International Airport in 2004, where individuals captured by the US/UK Task Force were detained and torture was carried out that was “systematic and sanctioned through the chain of command.” He also relates a story he was told by two soldiers that torture was carried out using partial asphyxiation and cattle prods.

Numerous human rights groups, including Human Rights Watch, which has obtained damning firsthand evidence about abuses in secret detention facilities, have corroborated Griffin’s statements on abuse of detainees. Witnesses relate that the use of torture, including prolonged sleep deprivation, exposure to extreme temperatures, beatings and humiliating treatment were widespread and sanctioned by commanding officers. Soldiers who objected to the treatment of prisoners were lectured on the exceptional circumstances of the “war on terror.”

The latest gagging order follows a series of similar cases where the government has forcibly silenced critics of its “war on terror” policy. Civil servant David Keogh and political researcher Leo O’Connor were jailed last year–for six months and three months, respectively–after being convicted of leaking a secret government memo from 2003, alleged to contain minutes of a meeting between then-Prime Minister Tony Blair and President George W. Bush in which the latter reportedly advocated bombing Al Jazeera’s headquarters in Qatar.

The growing body of evidence exposing the crimes of detention without trial and a global network of prison camps has also implicated countries other than the UK and US. Statewatch obtained a document in 2005 that confirmed the European Union (EU) had agreed to rendition flights in CIA planes as part of a wider programme of joint security operations with the Bush administration in 2003.

In a recent report from the European Parliament on the alleged use of European countries for the illegal transport and detention of prisoners by the CIA, the EU Rapporteur Claudio Fava said, “Many governments co-operated passively or actively (with the CIA). They knew.”

According to the report, more than 1,000 CIA-operated flights used European airspace between 2001 and 2005. It also states that detention facilities may be located at US military bases in Europe and that some EU members turned a blind eye to flights operated by the CIA being used for extraordinary rendition or the illegal transportation of detainees.

The report mentions 21 well-documented cases of extraordinary rendition in which rendition victims were transferred through a European country or were residents in a European state at the time of their kidnapping. The national governments specifically criticised for their unwillingness to co-operate with investigations were those of Austria, Italy, Poland, Portugal and the UK.

Amnesty International has previously reported on more than 1,000 flights linked to the CIA, many of which used European airspace.

President George W. Bush stated in September 2006 that “alternative procedures” were necessary to deal with the new threat of global terrorism. Thanks to the courage and conviction of those like Ben Griffin, we now know more of the substance that lies behind those ominous words.

The global network of CIA “black sites” that have been established under the pretext of the “war on terror” are being used to suppress growing opposition to the imperialist aims of the United States to control the natural resources of the Middle East and Central Asia. According to the US Congress, up to 14,000 people may have been victims of rendition and secret detention since 2001.

Clifford claims tour was ‘publicity stunt’

0

By Nicholas Christian

PRINCE Harry’s tour of duty in Afghanistan was a “PR stunt” that has not fooled the British public, publicist Max Clifford has claimed.

The Royal’s 10-week deployment at the front was “virtual reality” because Army chiefs would have kept him away from any actual danger of being hurt, the PR guru added. He said the plan could backfire as the public would soon turn their thoughts to the thousands of ordinary British troops serving in Afghanistan who had not received special treatment.

His claims last night prompted an angry rebuttal from the Ministry of Defence which insisted that Prince Harry was there are an ordinary soldier.

Clifford claimed: “To me it’s blatantly obvious. It’s a PR stunt. The whole thing has been put together. The climate when he went out (he] was getting increasing bad publicity from hanging around in clubs and pubs, and coming out drunk. It happened immediately after that. I don’t think you’re cynical for saying: ‘Hold on a minute.'”

Clifford continued: “(The press coverage] has been favourable, but I do think that the public are maybe a bit more questioning than the media have been in this instance.

“A lot of people have been saying, if he was Private Harry Smith, would he have been looked after in the same way, and how much of this was just a public relations exercise?”

The publicist said Harry was “a brave lad” and the public perception of him was “pretty good generally”, but he went on: “It just comes across, the whole thing, as a very, very calculated public relations exercise. There are, I think, a lot more people out there than the media seem to realise that are saying: ‘Hold on a minute, this is virtual reality.’ I don’t think that they would have dared to put him in real danger.”

Clifford added: “The other aspect of it is he has been shown firing a machine gun at Muslims. What does that say? He becomes a big target. Harry likes to go to clubs and pubs — does that make them targets? It’s not black and white, it’s not a simple situation.”

But the publicist does not think there will be a backlash against the media for keeping news of Harry’s deployment secret. “That’s easily defused — it would have placed him and others in danger,” he said.

The MoD furiously denied Clifford’s claims. A spokesman said: “This was definitely not a publicity stunt. We have made it absolutely clear that what he did was very brave.”

Clifford is the UK’s best known publicist and regarded as a consummate media manipulator. His targets have included David Mellor, Neil Hamilton and Jeffrey Archer.

Multiple 9/11s every day of the year

Multiple 9/11s every day of the year: Why is there no war on this terror?

By Shreeram Krishnaswami

“Another child will die in the time it takes to read this sentence. And the death of that child, a child who had a name and a personality, a family and a future, is a rebuke to all humanity. It is no longer necessary. It is therefore no longer acceptable.”
State of the World’s Children — UNICEF

According to the video documentary, “A World Without Water,” (you can watch it at the bottom of this post) “every day 3900 children die as a result of insufficient or unclean water supplies.” Most of these children, under 5 years old, are dehydrated to death — slowly, excruciatingly.

According to UNICEF, “9.7 million children under five die (every year) four million in the first month of life. Most of these deaths are from preventable and treatable diseases. These children don’t die from birth defects or incurable diseases–they die from infections, diarrhea, pneumonia, malaria, measles, and other causes that are almost unheard of in our own country. Undernutrition is a key factor in up to half of all child deaths.” That’s about 27,000 children dying a day from easily preventable or treatable causes. Their parents drown in their own tears.

Their only crime was to have the misfortune of being born on the “wrong” side of the tracks — both globally and within their own countries. So successful has been the dehumanization of these, the wretched of the earth, that year after year the holocaust of 10 million children remains invisible and silent to those with full bellies and working faucets.

We don’t allow our young children free access to money and bank accounts because we haven’t yet “taught them how to manage money wisely.” We fear they would fritter it away on toys and candy and perhaps do something reckless, like give some of it to friends. Literally millions of pages have been written waxing eloquent on how best to teach children responsible money-management skills.

Yet the world over, wise adults collectively spend $1.1 trillion every year on weaponry — weapons that, by denying people food and water, kill millions every year without ever firing a shot. I take that back. As the reprehensible NRA is fond of saying, “It’s not guns that kill people” without ever firing a shot. It’s people who kill millions of people every year without ever saying a word.

Leading this global blood lust is the United States, where “our military spending exceeds the rest of the world’s spending combined, and we spend almost 10 times what the second-place country, China, spends.” (Glenn Greenwald, Salon.com). As Glenwald observes, there is a “bipartisan consensus on U.S. military spending .”

Yet a dollar a day can feed, clothe, house and educate a child. A dollar a day can prevent the death of a child who has the same right to life that you and I do.

Instead we have an annual holocaust that murders 10 million of the most innocent, vulnerable and voiceless human beings on this bloody planet. In this we are all silently complicit and all the water in the world can not wash that blood off our hands.

Can someone please explain to me why there is no war on this terror?

More Water Facts and Figures:

* 1.1 billion people in the world do not have access to safe water, roughly one-sixth of the world’s population.
* 2.4 billion people in the world do not have access to adequate sanitation, about two-fifths of the world’s population.
* 2.2 million people in developing countries, most of them children, die every year from diseases associated with lack of access to safe drinking water, inadequate sanitation and poor hygiene.
* Some 6,000 children die every day from diseases associated with lack of access to safe drinking water, inadequate sanitation and poor hygiene — equivalent to 20 jumbo jets crashing every day.
* At any one time it is estimated that half of the world’s hospital beds are occupied by patients suffering from water-borne diseases.
* 200 million people in the world are infected with schistosomiasis, of whom 20 million suffer severe consequences. The disease is still found in 74 countries of the world. Scientific studies show that a 77% reduction of incidence from the disease was achieved through well designed water and sanitation interventions.
* The average distance that women in Africa and Asia walk to collect water is 6 km.
* The weight of water that women in Africa and Asia carry on their heads is the equivalent of your airport luggage allowance (20kg).
* The average person in the developing world uses 10 litres of water a day.
* The average person in the United Kingdom uses 135 litres of water every day.
* One flush of your toilet uses as much water as the average person in the developing world uses for a whole day’s washing, cleaning, cooking and drinking.
* Comparative costs: In Europe $11 billion is spent each year on ice cream; in USA and Europe, $17 billion is spent on pet food; in Europe $105 billion is spent annually on alcoholic drinks, ten times the amount required to ensure water, sanitation and hygiene for all.
* In the past 10 years diarrhoea has killed more children than all the people lost to armed conflict since World War II.
* In China, India and Indonesia twice as many people are dying from diarrhoeal diseases as from HIV/AIDS.
* In 1998, 308,000 people died from war in Africa, but more than two million (six times as many) died of diarrhoeal disease. …

Day of Action: Refuse to Pay – 20th April

The Student Climate Project

All are invited to take part in a mass action against soaring public transport prices on Sunday 20th April. We encourage people from all walks of life to board trains into the central London terminals, refusing to pay the fare. People will converge together at the terminals at around 1pm. The action is highlighting the fact that public transport must become drastically cheaper and affordable if it is to become a viable alternative to the dominant carbon heavy motoring. It will be a chance to collectively rise up and declare that we are not going to accept how much it costs to travel by sustainable means, and a warning to both the government and private train companies that these actions will continue until public transport prices are brought down massively.

The action is being organised by The Student Climate Project, because choosing whether or not to own a car is a decision many students are faced with. Many will opt to own a car simply because an affordable and accessible alternative is not available. This action gives students an empowering opportunity to contribute to changing the fundamentals of our carbon intensive infrastructure and economy, rather than merely feeling guilty about their own personal emissions. But, of course, you don’t need to be a student to take part in the action!

Since 1980 motoring has increased by an alarming 87%, and continues to grow despite the ongoing threat of climate change. This might have something to do with the fact that, in this time period, public transport costs for the user have risen by 40% in real terms, whereas motoring costs have decreased by 14%. [1]

If anyone is in any doubt about the emission reductions public transport can bring, then you need look no further than the Department for Transport’s own calculations. In a parliamentary answer in July 2004, the Department stated that taking the train from London to Manchester would mean just 14% the carbon emissions of taking the car for the individual passenger. [2]

Climate Change needs to be tackled today. We need 90% cuts in UK emissions before 2030 if we are to avoid going beyond tipping point where the climate system will spiral out of our control completely. As well as rapidly doing away with carbon intensive means of transport, we must also ensure the sustainable alternatives become available for all.

Therefore, let’s come together on this action and bring about positive change: putting public transport first!

More information will follow very shortly at www.studentclimateproject.org.uk and you can also email  process@studentclimateproject.org.uk for info and resources for the action.

References

[1]  http://www.dft.gov.uk/pgr/statistics/datatablespublications/trends/current/section1rvc.pd
[2]  http://www.publications.parliament.uk/pa/cm200304/cmhansrd/vo040708/text/40708w05.htm

Israeli troops withdraw from Gaza

0

Israel has pulled back its troops from the Gaza Strip with an army spokesman saying that military operations in the territory were “winding down”.

The move came after an intense Israeli assault that killed eight more Palestinians overnight on Monday, adding to the more than 100 people killed in the past six days.

The Israeli army spokesman said: “Almost all our forces have already returned to Israel.”

Ehud Olmert, Israel’s prime minister, said that it is probable that actions against Palestinian forces firing rockets into Israel will continue.

An Israeli official quoted Olmert as telling a parliamentary panel: “We are in the midst of a combat action. What happened in recent days was not a one-time event.

“The objective is reducing the rocket fire and weakening Hamas.”

Hamas ‘victory’

Hamas has welcomed the Israeli withdrawal and said it signalled a “victory” for the Palestinians.

Mahmoud Abbas, the Palestinian president, had suspended all contact with Israel over its assault that left at least 116 Palestinians dead, including 22 children and 12 women.

Overnight, Israel attacked Gaza from both land and sea with naval ships shelling the territory.

The EU, UN and the Catholic pope joined Abbas on Sunday in demanding an immediate halt to the violence.

Israel says the raids are in self-defence, aimed at curbing homemade rockets being fired over the border from the Hamas-controlled territory.

It has threatened to intensify its ground and air campaign, despite allegations it is using excessive force.

Nine rockets slammed into southern Israel, wounding four people on Sunday, Israeli ambulance workers said.

International outcry

Slovenia, the current EU president, issued a statement on Sunday condemning Israel’s attacks as Javier Solana, the European body’s foreign policy chief, was dispatched to meet leaders in Israel and the West Bank.

“The presidency rejects collective punishment of the people of Gaza. Such activities are contrary to international law,” the statement said.

“The presidency at the same time reiterates its condemnation of continued firing of rockets into Israeli territory and calls for its immediate end.”

Ban Ki-moon, the UN secretary-general, joined his voice to growing global denunciations of the attacks that left more than 60 Palestinians dead on Saturday alone.

Addressing an emergency session of the security council in New York, Ban also called on Palestinian fighters to stop firing rockets into Israel.

He said: “While recognising Israel’s right to defend itself, I condemn the disproportionate and excessive use of force that has killed and injured so many civilians, including children … I call on Israel to cease such attacks.”

“I [also] condemn Palestinian rocket attacks and call for the immediate cessation of such acts of terrorism.”

Suspended relations

Abbas designated Sunday as a day of mourning.

He ordered “the suspension of negotiations … until [Israeli] aggression is stopped”, a senior aide to Abbas said in the West Bank city of Ramallah on Sunday.

Nabil Abu Rudeina, an Abbas spokesman, said in a statement: “The negotiations are suspended, as are all contacts on all levels, because in light of the Israeli aggression such communication has no meaning.”

Arye Mekel, an Israeli foreign ministry spokesman, said Abbas’s decision was a mistake and expressed hope that the talks would resume “in the very near future”.

The director of the United Nations Relief and Works Agency in Gaza however, told Al Jazeera the attacks on the strip were in nobody’s interest.

Speaking about the situation in territory, John Ging said: “The crossing points have been closed for days. [We are] struggling to keep our food aid going – remember a million people are food aid dependent – and we’re at our wits end to understand how this will lead to the peace and stability that we all so desperately need.”

West Bank clashes
 
As Gazans mourned the dead, clashes between Palestinians and Israeli troops erupted on Sunday in the Shufat refugee camp in occupied East Jerusalem, Hebron, and Belin as well as other areas across the West Bank.

More than 40 Palestinians were injured, three of them seriously, as the demonstrators clashed with Israeli troops.

Two Israeli soldiers were killed during clashes
on Saturday in the Gaza Strip [Reuters]

Hundreds of West Bank residents holding Hamas and Fatah flags staged rallies and appealed for national unity in an atmosphere that is being compared to the situation at the start of the second intifada in 2000.

In Lebanon, up to 1,000 people waving Lebanese and Palestinian flags rallied near the Israeli border against the continuing attacks on Gaza.

The demonstrators, at the Fatima Gate border point near the southern village of Kfar Kila, shouted “Death to Israel” and “The blood of our sons in Palestine will not be in vain”.

Egypt, meanwhile, has agreed to open the Rafah border crossing to let injured Palestinians receive medical treatment.

Responding to a request by the Palestinian Authority, Egyptian authorities permitted 250 injured Gazans to enter Egypt through the controversial crossing.

Source: Al Jazeera and agencies

Government to miss poverty targets

0

icWales 

THE UK Government is set to miss its target of halving the number of children living in poverty by around one million, MPs warn today.

The Commons Work and Pensions Committee said that it was still possible to turn the situation around before the target date of 2010 — but only if ministers were prepared to make more resources available.

The target to halve child poverty — with a view to eradicating it completely by 2020 — was first announced by then prime minister Tony Blair in 1999, when the number of children living in poverty stood at 3.4 million.

Since then the number has fallen by 600,000 to 2.8 million — still well short of the goal of 1.7 million.

On current trends, the committee said that the Government will miss the target by about 1 million — or 1.5 million if housing costs are taken into account.

“We believe the 2010 target could be met, but only if further investment is forthcoming,” it said.

The committee pointed to the way some groups of children had a much higher risk of growing up in poverty, such as those who were disabled or had a disabled parent.

It was “particularly concerned” that one-in-five families with a disabled child were so hard up they had to cut back on food.

Poverty rates among Pakistani and Bangladeshi children were twice those among white children, while black children also experienced higher rates of poverty than whites. The rates were particularly high in London.

The committee endorsed the Government’s strategy of lifting families out of poverty by helping parents find “sustainable” work.

However it expressed concern that the Jobseekers Allowance was too inflexible to cope with the “complexity” of many lone parents’ lives, particularly those with disabled children.

It also urged the Government to do more to change public attitudes towards poverty at a time when sympathy for the poor was at a “low level”.

“Many assume that poverty is only a problem in developing countries and the UK’s economic success means that if someone is poor it must be due to their own poor choices or personal failings,” it said.

“The Government needs to take a lead on challenging these misconceptions.”

Work and Pensions Secretary James Purnell said that the Government had made significant progress, but acknowledged that more needed to be done.

NO STRAIN NO GAIN

SchNEWS looks at how corporations and governments are limiting and controlling the varieties of crops grown…

Last week, in France, the independent seed-saving and selling Association Kokopelli were fined €35,000 after being taken to court by corporate seed merchant Baumaux. Their crime was selling traditional and rare seed varieties which weren’t on the official EU-approved list — and, therefore, illegal to sell — thus giving them an ‘unfair trading advantage’. As the European Commission met this week to prepare new legislation for seed control, due in 2009, which will further restrict the geographic movement and range of crop varieties, this ruling will set a dangerous precedent.

Kokopelli, the non-profit French group set up in 1999 to safeguard endangered seed strains, may be driven out of existence by the fine. Their focus is biodiversity, food security, and the development of sustainable organic agriculture and seed networks in the ‘global south’. They have created one of the largest independent collections in Europe — with over 2500 sorts of vegetable, flower and cereals. Other non-government seedbanks are held by large agro-industrial companies like Limagrain, Syngenta and Pioneer — and guess what their main interest is money rather than starving subsistence farmers.

You may think that in an era of mass extinction it would be a no-brainer that we need to protect biodiversity and the heritage of the crop varieties which have been build up over centuries… but no. Since the 1970s, laws in the UK and Europe mean that to sell seeds, the strain needs to be registered — and everything else becomes ‘outlaw’ seeds, illegal to sell. In the UK it costs £300 per year to maintain the registration and £2000 to register a ‘new’ one — which all disadvantages smaller organisations.

Garden Organic in the UK run a Heritage Seed Library (www.organicgardening.org.uk/hsl), and they get around the law by not selling ‘outlaw’ seeds, but getting individual gardeners to become ‘seed guardians’ who pass around seeds for free to other members of the Library. Unlike other seedbanks, seeds are not kept in cold storage, but are living species which are continually grown and allowed to adapt to new environmental factors.

Another law-busting approach is seed swaps — which in recent years have sprouted up and down the country. People freely share seeds for another year’s growing — a co-operative way of maintaining genetic diversity. Most are around February – see www.seedysunday.org for the remaining events this year.

DIGGING THE DIRT

There’s so many types of potato — why not just use the best ones and forget the rest? Seed varieties which have been developed over the centuries have adapted to environments, and the genepool has to survive unforeseen factors such as pests and diseases — or climate change. The Irish potato famine was caused by an over-reliance on blight afflicted spuds, or, to take another example, a variety of cauliflower grown in Cornwall was abandoned in the 1940s for a French cauli which gave a higher yield, but turned out to be vulnerable to fungal ringspot — but the old ringspot-resistant Cornish type is now extinct.

Limiting the varieties means limiting the genetic base — presumably to leave GM technology in the clear as the only option.

While mass extinctions are taking place in natural ecosystems, the same has taken place in domesticated seeds. Today there are only half a dozen apple types grown in the UK, down from 2,000 a century ago. Over 90% of crop types listed in the US have been lost in 80 years, and China now grows fifty types of rice, down from 8,000 just twenty years ago. The whole human population is supported by just 30 main crop varieties — a recipe for disaster.

LIFE INC.

Originally laws regarding seeds were brought in during the 1920s — mostly to regulate quality and make sure they did what they said on the tin, and not disease ridden, full of stray weed seed or stones. At the time these laws were a good thing but guess what! It’s all been twisted around and now companies use these and subsequent laws to get control of the market. By cutting out the independent networks of farmers, gardeners, and independent seed-sellers – on a worldwide scale – ten companies now control two-thirds of seed distribution. And which companies are we talking about? It’s yer bio-tech giants like Monsanto and Syngenta. Unsurprisingly governments around the world are building up the legal framework to support these firms.

When you register a seed type, potentially anyone growing it is liable to pay you royalties — making ‘intellectual property’ out of plants which have evolved over thousands of years. These companies take an interest in the myriad of varieties with a view to splicing genetic traits into other types, and take out patents on the genetic content. Monsanto have a European patent on a type of wheat which is derived from a traditional Indian one, the sort used to make chapatis.

These same companies are narrowing the market down to the few mono-culture crops they are flogging, reducing diversity. Once farmers limit theirs to these few types — often hybrids which produce defective seeds — they are forced to return to ‘the man’ to buy next year’s seed rather than being able to save and use last year’s. This is the next thing down from the prospect of ‘terminator’ seeds — genetically modified to be sterile, and deliberately unable to supply future yields (See SchNEWS 557).

The farmers were in a far stronger position with their traditional varieties which were open-pollinated, carrying a wider genepool, and better able to adapt to new conditions and diseases.

SEWING WILD OATS

Seeds — and ultimately the control over production of food – becomes another front in which communities and individual farmers across the world have to fight against the forces of neoliberalism and corporatisation.

Via Campesino — the international peasants movement — held a gathering last weekend in Austria, bringing together small farmers from sixteen countries on ‘food and power’. They are increasing networking and solidarity amongst farmers across the world both to protect biodiversity and increase the sharing of crop choices and farming techniques. And it’s not just the corporations and large-scale agro-industry they are up against — due to climate change they are being forced to adapt quickly to new environmental factors and more than ever need to pool knowledge and resources.

For more see www.viacampesina.org

JUDGEMENT DAY

But don’t fret — whatever catastrophe, armageddon or ecocide befalls us, measures are at hand to make sure that if we survive a nuclear winter or total desertification, we’ll be able to recreate a bucolic paradise: This Tuesday (26th), Norway opened the Svalbard Global Seed Vault on the island of Spitsbergen in the Arctic circle. The vault is over 500 feet inside a mountain, and 130 metres above sea-level — in case the polar ice caps melt. Seeds are stored at below -20 degrees in moisture free packs and it is claimed that many will last a hundred years — longer for some cereals. Maybe after all the cyborg mutant terminator seeds have all long since sprouted legs and run off into the sunset, the traditional common-or-garden varieties will be the ones saying, “I’ll be back”.

* See www.wikipedia.org/wiki/Svalbard_Global_Seed_Vault
* For more about Kokopelli see www.kokopelli-seeds.com

Lib Dem leader defends civil liberties

0

Nicol Stephen told the Scottish Liberal Democrat conference at the weekend that they must hold hard to the defining liberal issue of civil liberties.

Labour threatened to erode these through detention without trial, DNA databases, ID cards, biometrics, CCTV and stop-and-search powers, he told delegates in Aviemore.He said: “Our approach is founded on a fundamental principle that the rights of the individual are central to the freedoms and liberties that many Liberals have fought and died for over centuries of campaigning.”

He pointed to Labour’s attempts to push through laws allowing retention of the DNA of innocent people of all ages, and plans to link the planned ID card to students’ ability to secure a loan.

He said he had asked Alistair Carmichael at Westminster to head up a new “stop and search” LibDem hit squad to stop and search all new legislation that seeks to sneak through anything that further erodes civil liberties.

‘POLICE SHOULD TAKE DNA OF ALL BABIES’

BY SHAUN JEPSON

A Former Derbyshire Deputy Chief Constable, who established the national DNA police database, believes genetic samples should be taken from everyone at birth.

Don Dovaston, pictured, also said that immigrants should have their DNA recorded.

He believes the benefits of a universal database far outweigh any human rights issues. Mr Dovaston said not only did a database give police a better chance of catching criminals, but it also helped to clear innocent people who might be suspected of a crime.

But Mr Dovaston, who has 40 years’ police service, said that there would need to be a serious discussion in Government before such measures were put in place.

He said: “I think the benefits of a universal database far outweigh any issues surrounding human rights and my personal opinion is that DNA should be taken from people from birth. I do not see the problem but I understand there has to be serious discussion in Government before it could take place.”

UN rights chief urges probe into Gaza killings

0

APP

The top UN human rights official, reacting to the recent violence between Israel and the Palestinians,has called for an investigation into the reported killing of dozens of civilians, including children, in Gaza by Israeli military.

While recognizing Israel’s right to defend itself, UN High Commissioner for Human Rights Louise Arbour condemned the Israeli Defence Force’s “disproportionate use of force,” in a statement issued today in Geneva, which was also distributed at UN Headquarters in New York.

“Israel, as the occupying power, bears a particular responsibility under international human rights and humanitarian law to protect the civilian population and civilian installations in Gaza,” the statement added.

She called on the Israeli Government “to conduct impartial investigations into the killings of civilians, make the findings public and hold any perpetrators accountable.”

Ms. Arbour also strongly condemned the rocket attacks by Palestinian militants against Israeli civilian targets, stressing that they are in clear violation of international humanitarian law and “those responsible must be held to account.”

The UN estimates that at least 59 Palestinians ­ including 39 civilians ­ were killed last Saturday in Gaza and hundreds more injured. In addition, two Israeli soldiers are reported to have been killed in the fighting and an Israeli civilian was killed in Sderot following a rocket attack and at least five other civilians were injured in Ashkelon.

Both Secretary-General Ban Ki-moon and the Security Council which met in emergency session over the weekend have condemned the escalating violence in the Gaza Strip and southern Israel.

VIDEO: Ben Griffin Speaks Before Being Gagged

1

Ben Griffin speaks to World Against War rally before being gagged by UK Government

Stop the War

“As of 1940hrs 29/02/08 I have been placed under an injunction preventing me from speaking publicly and publishing material gained as a result of my service in UKSF (SAS).

I will be continuing to collect evidence and opinion on British Involvement in extraordinary rendition, torture, secret detentions, extra judicial detention, use of evidence gained through torture, breaches of the Geneva Conventions, breaches of International Law and failure to abide by our obligations as per UN Convention Against Torture. I am carrying on regardless ”
Ben Griffin, Former UK Special forces trooper

Ben Griffin, the ex-SAS trooper who this week revealed the extensive British collaboration with US rendition and torture, was served with an injunction immediately after speaking at the London World Against War rally last night. The government is trying to gag Ben to prevent any more revelations about British involvement in the US policy of kidnapping people and sending them to secret centres for interrogation and torture.

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=cb50-ouA-IA[/youtube]

[youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=M-yMPUQJez4[/youtube]

Anti-EU protesters climb crane near Parliament

0

Demonstrators on top of a crane in Parliament Square

( Andrew Parsons/PA)

Days after green demonstrators mounted the roof of a British Airways plane at Heathrow and a separate group staged a rooftop protest at the House of Commons, two men climbed hundreds of feet late last night and were still there this morning.

Their banners, saying “Referendum Now” and “Give Us Our Vote”, were aimed at forcing the Prime Minister to call for a referendum before adopting the European treaty, which they claim is merely a rebranding of the constitution.

Today’s stunt comes ahead of Wednesday’s House of Commons vote on a Conservative proposal to hold a referendum.

However it appeared to be having little impact. As demonstrations are permitted in Parliament Square, which is not inside the Parliamentary estate, police say the pair are doing nothing illegal by protesting there and their only offence appeared to be trespassing on a crane.

A security source said that police officers were not concerned about the demonstration. “They’ll come down when they get cold,” the source said.

Philip Webster, Political Editor of The Times, said headline-grabbing protests like that seen today — along with the stunts of recent days — have little impact on public opinion.

“It is almost counter-productive, because it raises all kinds of wider issues on MPs’ minds, such as security,” he said.

“After the demonstration last week on the roof, there was only one MP who actually backed the protesters, and that was John McDonnell, whose constituency covers Heathrow.

“When protests like that seen today take place, the story ends up not being about Heathrow, for example, but about the security breach, or the stunt.

“What happened in Parliament Square this morning will have absolutely no impact on Wednesday’s debate about a referendum.”

One protester, calling himself Simon, who like his counterpart was wearing a fluorescent jacket and helmet, said today: “We want the Government to give the people of Britain a referendum like they promised they would. It’s a very simple request.

“It’s a question of democracy. All we are asking for is a vote on whether to ratify this treaty or not. It seems Gordon Brown doesn’t trust us enough to let us have a vote.” They claimed to represent a group calling itself We Are Change.

Asked whether he backed their protest, the Conservative leader said he supported the protesters’ message but not their methods.

“No-one should break the law; that’s not right. But on the issue of a referendum on the Lisbon Treaty, the constitutional treaty, of course we should have one,” David Cameron told Sky News.

SOCPA Demo Pics & Report

0

Indymedia

SOCPA placard outside the National Gallery
SOCPA placard outside the National Gallery

Demonstrators in Trafalgar Square
Demonstrators in Trafalgar Square

Officer attempts to impede photography during stop and search, Whitehall
Officer attempts to impede photography during stop and search, Whitehall

Peace Protesters, Parliament Square
Peace Protesters, Parliament Square

SOCPA placard and Big Ben
SOCPA placard and Big Ben

Disproportionate policing was the name of the game in Westminster on Saturday, where hundreds if not thousands of police were on duty over the area in an obvious attempt to avoid a repeat of the January ‘Freedom to Protest’ debacle. (See http://mylondondiary.co.uk/2008/01/jan.htm#freedom )

Despite the gravity of the issue, only a small group of demonstrators turned up, and at the start of the event they were outnumbered by the media – and were only a minute fraction of the police presence. A few arrived later, and some went home quickly, but at the peak numbers were still under 50. A senior officer came over at the start and issued a warning that serious action would be taken if any demonstration in the SOCPA designated area were attempted, handing out copies of the usual notice. A demonstrator took notes and the FIT photographer photographed and filmed everything that moved.

Later this photographer objected to demonstrators photographing him from a close range and several times pushed out his arm in an unfortunate gesture resembling a Nazi salute, at one point hitting a demonstrator in the throat. Later, harassed by a ‘serious criminal’ with her ‘Illegali-Tea’ shopping trolley, he ran off and scuttled off up the steps of the National Gallery to escape, much to the amusement of all present, including even some of his colleagues.

A small group of demonstrators decided to set off for Parliament Square, walking quietly along the pavement. One young man who managed to evade the police (but not several press photographers) was stopped and searched by police opposite Downing St, who forced him to remove his balaclava. The most suspicious things found on him were a National Express ticket and a strong Newcastle accent.

In Parliament Square the peace protest was continuing as usual, and one protester was producing a splendid chalk pavement drawing. As I watched a police community support van drew up by her and it looked for a moment as if she was about to be apprehended, but seeing several press photographers taking pictures, the van drove off.

Later in the day a small group of the ‘Freedom to Protest’ demonstrators walked down Whitehall and through Parliament Square, and a short protest was held. Followed by a police van and the FIT photographer and minder they then made their way to a pub on the Horseferry Road, causing a little consternation among police around the Home Office as they passed close by. But the demonstrators went into the pub and police and press went home.

Pictures © 2008, Peter Marshall, all rights reserved.

UK: Attack on Iran, big mistake

1

British lawmakers say ‘Washington and allies’ should not use force on Iran cautioning it could ‘provoke an extremely violent backlash’.

“Any military strike against Iran would have ‘grave repercussions’ for the Middle East,” The House of Commons Foreign Affairs Select Committee said in a Sunday report.

In its ‘Global Security: Iran’ report, the select committee also warned that the use of force on Iran’s nuclear facilities would be “unlikely to succeed”.

The report added that ‘given Iran’s ‘lynchpin’ role in energy security’, launching military strikes against the country ‘would also have a highly detrimental economic impact across the globe’.

Washington and allies accuse Iran of conducting a covert weapons program and have done everything in their power to pressure Tehran into halting its nuclear program.

US President George W. Bush has kept the military option on the table, advocating that the ‘consequences of a nuclear-armed Iran are such that military strikes are justified, whether a smoking gun is found or not’.

The committee, however, urged British echelons to persuade the White House into ‘directly engaging’ with Iran on the nuclear issue, ‘as the absence of such engagement has deprived the international community of a significant diplomatic tool’.

“We recommend that the government urges Washington to consider offering a credible security guarantee to Iran if the Iranian government, in turn, will offer an equally credible and verifiable guarantee that it will not enter into a nuclear weapons program,” the committee concluded.

Iran maintains that as a signatory to the Non-Proliferation Treaty it is entitled to a uranium enrichment program in order to produce fuel for the country’s under-construction nuclear power plants.

MD/HGH

The Lies of the Drug War

0

One war appears to be going well for the United States and its allies these days: the drug war.

That was the lead in dozens of U.S. newspapers in response to a June 2007 United Nations report claiming that U.S. drug policy has led to a substantial decline in illicit drug use. Chances are the author of the story hadn’t read a copy of Lies, Damned Lies, and Drug War Statistics: A Critical Analysis of Claims Made by the Office of National Drug Control Policy.

He ought to.

Written by a pair of Appalachian State associate professors — Matthew Robinson and Renee Scherlen — Lies, Damn Lies, and Drug War Statistics seeks to provide an objective, “fair assessment of America’s drug war” since the passage of the 1988 federal Anti-Drug Abuse Act. (The law, passed by Congress at the height of the 1980s drug-war Zeitgeist, created the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy — known colloquially as the “drug czar’s” office — and pronounced, “It is the declared policy of the United States Government to create a Drug-Free America by 1995.”)

Their assessment is nothing short of scathing.

Since the ONDCP’s founding in 1989, “trends in drug use, drug treatment, deaths attributed to drug use, emergency-room mentions of drug use, drug availability, drug purity, and drug prices are inconsistent with the goals of [the federal government],” the authors assert. “Yet, during this same time period, funding for the drug war grew tremendously and costs of the drug war expanded as well.”

Of course, such a critical appraisal of U.S. drug policy is hardly unique. What sets Robinson and Scherlen’s evaluation apart is their methodology. Lies, Damned Lies, and Drug War Statistics consists primarily of the authors’ evaluation of the federal anti-drug agency’s annual National Drug Control Strategies. These reports, issued by the ONDCP at the beginning of each year, outline the agency’s policy objectives (“Stop [illicit drug] use before it starts; heal America’s drug users; [and] disrupt the [illicit drug] market.”) and, in theory, provide statistical “proof” to Congress and the public of the drug war’s ongoing success.

Under close scrutiny, however, it is troublingly apparent that (a) the agency is failing to achieve its stated goals, and (b) the drug czar’s office is manipulating and falsifying statistics in its public reports in order to claim successes that are not warranted.

Robinson and Scherlen affirm that there is “overwhelming evidence” that the ONDCP is “consistently making false and dishonest claims” regarding the drug war’s perceived progress, and the authors cite more than 80 instances of the agency’s relying on “inappropriate and dishonest uses of statistics to prove its case.”

Examples of the agency’s duplicity include:

  • Manipulating its budgeting techniques to exclude law enforcement and correctional costs attributable to the drug war in order to give “the appearance of increasing the proportion of funding for treatment in the drug war budget.”
  • Creating the impression of declines in illicit drug use by beginning its trend analysis in 1979 (the peak year of self-reported illicit drug use in the United States). By doing so, the agency attempts to “show visually that drug use is down when it has actually not decreased during [the ONDCP’s] existence.” (Authors further note that although the agency consistently claims credit for alleged declines in drug use, the ONDCP fails to accept any responsibility for increases in drug use among the general population.)
  • Claiming that the black-market prices for illicit drugs are holding steady as a result of U.S. drug policies, when, “in fact, they are generally declining.”
  • Alleging that most U.S. drug arrests and incarcerations are for trafficking offenses, when, in fact, approximately 80 percent of all drug arrests are for possession offenses.
  • Abandoning previously stated goals without comment, and replacing them with new (and in recent years, far fewer) goals. Though the ONDCP “generally does not … admit failure in meeting [its] goals … it [does] use its failure to call for stepped-up efforts in the drug war,” the authors note.

Of the available critiques of U.S. drug policy, Robinson and Scherlen’s work proves to be one of the most thorough and irrefutable, as it relies solely on the ONDCP’s own rhetoric and data sources to debunk the agency’s various claims. In the authors’ final analysis, they determine that the agency consistently and overwhelmingly fails to act in a fair, honest, or transparent manner — as required by law.

Instead, the White House Office of National Drug Control Policy predominantly operates “as a generator and defender of a given ideology in the drug war,” Robinson and Scherlen conclude:

This ideology asserts that illicit drugs are always bad, never acceptable, supply-driven, and must be fought through an ongoing war. This ideology asserts that fighting a “war” on drugs is the only way to reduce drug use and achieve related goals.

In theory, one would expect that policies that do not achieve their objectives (such as the drug war) would be discontinued…. Our assessment reveals that the ONDCP has not achieved its goals in the years since its creation. Thus, a rational response to this situation would be to terminate the ONDCP. This would save tax money, alleviate government inefficiency, and reduce the size of government. If accompanied by a reassessment of U.S. policy toward drugs, it might even result in better outcomes with regard to drug use and abuse in the United States.

Paul Armentano [send him mail] is the senior policy analyst for NORML and the NORML Foundation in Washington, DC. He is the author of “Emerging Clinical Applications for Cannabis and Cannabinoids: A Review of the Scientific Literature” (2007, NORML Foundation).

Copyright © 2008 Future of Freedom Foundation

Review: Notes from the Borderland

0

Reviewed by Brian Precious | SPECTREZINE

Is Notes from the Borderland (NFB) a magazine or a series of pamphlets? One could be forgiven for thinking the latter, since the first issue of this very substantial magazine came out in the Winter of 1997, and the latest issue, issue 8 , only came out last year. This has been the story all along for NFB readers, who have to wait approximately a year between issues, produced by Larry O’Hara (a regular contributor to Rob Ramsay’s similar, now veteran, magazine Lobster) and the rest of the ‘NFB Collective’. To what extent NFB is an offshoot of ‘Lobster’ this reviewer does not know. But NFB shares concerns with it’s elder magazine in it’s attempt to scrutinize the activities of the ‘security services’, their assets, and how they seek to maintain and project the power and privilege of the ruling class and the establishment,by various methods of subversion, infiltration, and manipulation of the agendas of progressive causes and movements. From the outset, it has been clear that NFB has had no interest whatsoever in pandering to any mainstream aesthetic. NFB looks like it was produced on a shoestring by a bunch of anarchists, which is not a million miles from the truth.The front of NFB can either be a cartoon use of classic art – such as the first issue’s use of Delacroix’s ‘Madame Liberté’ – or more recently we have seen covers sporting a much more radical (not impossible!) version of the satirical covers used by Private Eye. Given that Larry O’Hara seems to view Private Eye as a source of semi-radicalism and security service disinformation, perhaps this is more than coincidence.

So is the annual release of the latest NFB worth the wait? Read on. The first issue of NFB is as good an introduction as any. It concentrates on news and investigations of various far-right and racist organisations, such as the International Third Position and those trying to export the Ku Klux Klan to the UK. It should be said from the beginning that NFB maintains that there is much more than meets the eye on the racist far-right,which NFB regards as a hot-bed of not only fascist but security service activity. Indeed, subsequently NFB has made a case that this is no surprise, given the usefulness of fascists to the secret state. (More on this below, when we come to the fascinating tale of -he whom NFB call- ‘multi-party animal’ Aidan Rankin, and the state-destabilisation of the UK Independence Party.)

Many on the left have had long experience, and longer suspicions of, the activities of state infiltrators and agents-provocateurs from demonstrations to picket lines to ordinary meetings of the local TU branch or CND. People who have become involved, for the first time, in such organisations have often had a rude and extremely disturbing awakening as to the kind of beast the British state and broader establishment really is, and the interests it really -and exclusively- serves. From the Gandalf trial to the experience of middle-England when involved in trying to stop live animal exports, the examples are numerous.

Enter Searchlight magazine. Suspicion of this magazine did not begin with NFB. But it should be pointed out that one of the very first articles to dissect Searchlight appeared more than 15 years ago in ‘Lobster’, written by one Larry O’Hara. NFB regard Searchlight as a ‘honey trap’ ie used to both attract and then spy on the left. Evidence for this began in Lobster a good few years ago, when it published the ‘Gable Memorandum’,in which Searchlight editor/founder confesses to years of spying on the left.

Issue 2 breaks the story of the NFB position on what it calls ‘MI5 shyster’ David Shayler, whose position, they say, does not add up – re his unwillingness to comment on ongoing state acts against dissidents and does he still say nothing on MI6?

Issue 3 investigates the strange aspects of soho nail-bomber David Copeland ie that the security services knew more than they let on and effectively did nothing while Copeland gave them the excuse to inflate their budgets.

Issue 4, from 2001-02, is the pièce de résistance for readers of Spectrezine.

In this issue, NFB gives us another lengthy and extremely well-researched article detailing many of the forces ranged against the left and other opponents of the pet-project of the British and European ruling classes: The European Union.

This superb article details not only the general way in which the state used it’s assets on the far right to smear and discredit the UK Independence Party (UKIP), leading its founder, LSE academic Alan Sked, to withdraw, disillusioned, from politics, but also gives us a sidelight on how state assets work in the form of an analysis of a one Dr Aidan Rankin.

NFB declare that Rankin’s career is so bizarre it would seem out of place in a Le Carre novel. Rankin has been a member of at least six political parties, from left to right: Labour,Tory,Albion Party, Third Way, Conservative Democratic Party and UKIP. Readers may recall an article in the New Statesman a couple of years ago, in which Rankin strongly protested the ‘racism’ of UKIP in order to politically discredit UKIP as much as possible. Well, here’s what: Recall Third Way, of which Rankin is a former member. Third Way is a post-National Front grouping led by Patrick Harrington (is this the same Harrington who caused a scandal as a student for his fascist views?). What do you know, while a member of this far-right organisation, Rankin tried to move it’s position from anti-EU to pro-EU, an attempt he has made in many if not all of the organisations of which he has been a member.

So precisely why is Rankin complaining about the alleged racism at UKIP when he himself was previously a member of a far-right organisation? More fundamentally, why has Rankin been all round the political houses, and why does he try to do the same thing in each house? Why does someone whose views on the EU fit with those of New Europe , then go and join UKIP?

Issue 5 continues with these themes and much more – including unearthing a secret Searchlight strategy dosument, written by leading Searchlight contributor Nick Lowles, on how to spread propaganda against the anti-EU movement, to ‘influence and educate public opinion’ by the ‘drip flow of information’.

The full document is available for a couple of stamps, from the NFB address.

Issues 6,7 and 8 of NFB give us more of the same excellent in-depth coverage, all so exhaustively researched that NFB’s opponents seem to know they are onto a loser if they try to take NFB on.Issue 8, the latest, features ex-MI5 head Eliza Manningham-Buller saying to her successor Jonathan Evans ‘I’m sure you’ll do as well as I did’ , to which Evans replies ‘That’s what I’m afraid of’.

Give this unusual, committed magazine a try. It doesn’t come out often, but it’s worth the wait. All that research must surely take time!

Go To NOTES FROM THE BORDERLAND To Order Your Copy

Council rules out ‘unlawful’ CCTV

0

The Telegraph

A council has decided not to install CCTV cameras in a crime-ridden area on the grounds they would “contravene the Human Rights Act”.

  • John Steele: Keeping an eye on CCTV

    Over the past year, anti-social behaviour has soared in the South Hams area of south Devon. But the local authority claims that the cameras would breach people’s right to a “private life”.

  • The council’s stand comes amid a number of complaints by residents in Dartmouth, Devon, about the rise in anti-social behaviour such as drunkenness and vandalism.

    The council yesterday revealed it would prefer to tackle the problem by improving lighting and visibility in the problematic areas.

    It claims to have been told that CCTV would be an infringement of the Human Rights Act – stating that every member of the public has “a right to respect for their private and family life”.

    Nick Hodgson, the head of property services for the district council, said: “The council was advised that the use of CCTV could contravene the Human Rights Act.

    “We also took advice from the police, who indicated the use of CCTV would not aid the legal process and was unlikely to help identify offenders.

    “CCTV is only one of a number of measures to combat anti-social behaviour.”

    But the revelations angered local residents. Angela Pitman, a mother-of-two from Dartmouth, said: “It’s disgusting that the council prefer to think of the criminals and their human rights rather than ours.

    “What about us, the people who live their lives by the law, who are the victims of anti-social behaviour nearly on a day-to-day basis?”

    Why we sued the phone company

    0

    More than six years after the terrorist attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, the Bush administration remains committed to using the specter of those attacks (and other possible new attacks) as justification for reckless, unlawful and unconstitutional behavior. This pattern can be seen most clearly in the current effort in Congress to grant the administration unchecked power to spy on Americans and to forgive in advance large corporate entities for illegal behavior.

    Right now, Congress is engaged in a debate about changes to the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. Last August, Congress acceded to demands by the Bush administration to grant spy agencies broad, new powers to monitor the telephone calls, e-mails and Web site use of Americans without prior oversight from a court. The law, known as the Protect America Act, grants spy agencies unfettered access to the full spectrum of communications coming into or out of the U.S. without requiring the government to demonstrate that individuals being monitored are involved in any wrongdoing.

    Congress placed a short time frame on the new law and, after a single extension, it was set to expire Feb. 15. Both the U.S. House and Senate offered to extend the measure for several weeks while working on more permanent legislation. That offer was rejected by the White House — because the Bush administration does not simply want the power to spy on Americans without a warrant (they already claim that authority), they want to grant retroactive immunity to the nation’s giant telecommunications companies, which collaborated with the government in spying on innocent Americans. Despite protests by the White House, the truth is that the government already had enough power to spy under pre-existing law.

    President Bush‘s director of national intelligence recently acknowledged that the goal of this legislative effort was to provide amnesty for the telephone companies. If the telecoms receive the “get-out-of-jail-free” card that the administration demands, more than 40 lawsuits charging that the phone companies acted contrary to established federal law by not protecting consumers’ privacy will be thrown out of court. We are plaintiffs in one such lawsuit, and Congress should not deny us our day in court. The companies broke the law, and we believe they must be held accountable.

    The Bush administration and its acolytes now claim that we must give giant telecoms amnesty for breaking the law, or else those telecoms will no longer cooperate with the government in spying efforts that help protect America. The truth is that telecoms do not need a special deal. These companies have immunity from lawsuits for turning over customer records to the government if they do so in conformity with existing law. But, in this instance, the telephone companies knowingly violated that law. If we give them a free pass this time, won’t the telephone companies feel free to violate the laws protecting our privacy in the future?

    The Bush administration and its supporters in Congress complain that these lawsuits are simply about money and enriching trial lawyers — suggesting that the litigation should be stopped because of the potential damages that might be awarded in such lawsuits. This criticism ignores the fact that, according to the rules in the federal court, the only way that we could ensure that a federal judge could continue to explore previous violations if the companies simply changed their participation or the government changed or ended the program was to ask for minimal damages. We are not interested in recovering money for ourselves, nor is our counsel, the American Civil Liberties Union of Illinois. We, however, are committed to assuring that these giant companies are punished for violating the law and thus dissuaded from violating the law in the future.

    More important, amnesty not only lets the companies off the hook without answering any questions, it assures that the American people will never learn about the breadth and extent of the lawless program. Some seem to suggest that we should not have our day in court because a select few members of Congress have been able to review documents about the spy program operated by the White House. The judgment of a few Washington insiders is not a substitute for the careful scrutiny of a federal court.

    Congress is supposed to act to protect the rights of American citizens, not sacrifice those rights to large corporate entities. The House and Senate should resist the bullying tactics of the Bush White House and ensure that we have our day in court to vindicate our rights and reveal any illegality engaged in by the telecoms. We need to know about the Bush White House’s secret program.

    ———-

    Studs Terkel, author and oral historian; Quentin Young, physician and advocate for health-care reform; State Rep. Barbara Flynn Currie; and James Montgomery, former Chicago corporation counsel, are plaintiffs in Terkel, et. al vs. AT&T.

    Horrifying and unnecessary mistreatment of prisoners

    1

    Herald Tribune 

    In the next few days, President George W. Bush is expected to again claim the right to order mistreatment of prisoners that any civilized person would regard as torture. Bush is planning to veto a law that would require the CIA and all the intelligence services to abide by the restrictions on holding and interrogating prisoners contained in the U.S Army Field Manual. Bush says the army rules are too restrictive.

    What are these burdens? In addition to a blanket prohibition of torture, the manual specifically bans:

    Forcing a prisoner to be naked, perform sexual acts or pose in a sexual manner.

    Placing hoods or sacks over the head of a prisoner, and using duct tape over the eyes.

    Applying beatings, electric shocks, burns or other forms of physical pain.

    Waterboarding.

    Using military working dogs.

    Inducing hypothermia or heat injury.

    Conducting mock executions.

    Depriving a prisoner of necessary food, water or medical care.

    Such practices have long been prohibited by U.S. laws and international treaties respected by Republican and Democratic presidents. Bush, however, declared that he was unbound by the laws of civilization in responding to the barbarism of Sept. 11, 2001. And reports soon surfaced about the abuse of prisoners at detention centers in Afghanistan, the Abu Ghraib prison in Iraq and secret CIA prisons.

    Finally, in 2006, a compliant, Republican-controlled Congress outlawed the kinds of abuse and torture that Bush’s lawyers had turned into government policy. Unfortunately, Congress applied the prohibitions only to the military, and Bush immediately made clear that he would issue whatever orders he wanted to the intelligence agencies. In response, Congress approved an amendment to the intelligence budget bill this year that binds those agencies to the same rules as the military.

    Opponents of Bush’s policies on prisoners have long argued that it is immoral, dangerous and counterproductive to abuse and torture prisoners. We do not hold out much hope that the president will heed our last, urgent plea not to veto this bill.

    We urge him to read the Army Field Manual, which says: “Use of torture by U.S. personnel would bring discredit upon the U.S. and its armed forces while undermining domestic and international support for the war effort. It could also place U.S. and allied personnel in enemy hands at greater risk of abuse.”

    He could listen to 43 retired generals or a bipartisan coalition of 18 former members of Congress, secretaries of state and national security officials who all supported the anti-torture amendment.

    He could check the testimony of Lieutenant General Michael Maples, head of the Defense Intelligence Agency, who told Congress last week that waterboarding violated the Geneva Conventions.

    Or he could read the letter that General David Petraeus, the commander in Iraq, wrote to his troops. “Some may argue that we would be more effective if we sanctioned torture or other expedient methods to obtain information from the enemy,” Petraeus wrote. “They would be wrong. Beyond the basic fact that such actions are illegal, history shows that they also are frequently neither useful nor necessary.”

    Saudi Arabia accuses Israel of ‘Nazi war crimes’

    0

    Daily Mail 

    US ally Saudi Arabia compared Israel’s offensive in the Gaza Strip to Nazi war crimes on Sunday and called on the international community to stop what it called the “mass killings” of Palestinians.

    Israeli forces killed 61 people in Hamas-ruled Gaza on Saturday, the bloodiest day for Palestinians since an uprising against Israeli occupation began in 2000.

    Almost half the dead were civilians, including children.

    “Saudi Arabia, which condemns the Israeli war crimes against the Palestinian people and the threats of Israeli officials to transform Gaza into an inferno, sees that Israel is simulating through these actions the Nazi war crimes,” the Saudi official news agency SPA reported.

    “Therefore, Saudi Arabia urges the international community, peace-sponsoring countries and the international Quartet to work to curb the Israeli military machine and stop it from carrying out mass killings and destruction against the Palestinian people and their properties.”

    The Saudi statement appeared to refer to a warning by Israel’s deputy defence minister that Gazans risked a “shoah” – a Hebrew word for holocaust – if rocket fire into Israel did not stop.

    Aides later said he meant disaster and not holocaust.

    Hamas, an Islamist group which seized Gaza after routing forces loyal to Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, held the comment up as proof their Israeli enemies were the “new Nazis.”

    Israeli Defence Minister Ehud Barak said on Sunday Israel needed to prepare for a possible escalation in Gaza.

    The Jewish state, which lost two soldiers in Saturday’s fighting, has pushed deep into Gaza in an effort to stop Palestinian militants from firing rockets into southern Israel.

    The offensive was launched after a rocket killed an Israeli on Wednesday.

    “Saudi Arabia watches with utmost concern what is happening in Gaza; the killing of children, women and elderly, the destruction of houses over their owners’ heads, the intimidation at the hands of Israel’s military machine,” SPA said.

    “The kingdom strongly condemns these actions that go against international law and humanitarian norms … and contradict what Israel says about its desire for peace.”

    The UN Security Council on Sunday urged Israel and the Palestinians to cease all violence in Gaza after the secretary-general condemned Israel’s “excessive” use of force.

    Saudi Arabia, a major Arab power broker which attended a US-sponsored peace conference in Annapolis in November, renewed calls for a comprehensive Middle East peace deal.

    Hypocrite Bush Talks About Double Standards

    3

    The US President condemns leaders who ‘sit down at the table’ with ‘tyrants’ and ‘have pictures taken’ for adopting double standards.

    “What’s lost by embracing a tyrant who puts his people in prison because of their political beliefs? What’s lost is it will send the wrong message,” said President George W. Bush during a Thursday press conference.

    “It will give great status to those who have suppressed human rights and human dignity,” he added.

    Bush made the remarks when asked if he would back Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama for his proposed foreign policy of holding talks with ‘US adversaries’ -such as Iran and Cuba- without any preconditions.

    When he was reminded by a reporter that Senator Obama only plans to ‘hold talks’ with the countries that the US does not see eye to eye with, the US President said ‘thank you for reminding me to use a different word’.

    “Well, talking to him is embracing. Excuse me. Let me use another word — you’re right, ’embrace’ is like big hug, right?” said President Bush.

    “Sitting down at the table, having your picture taken with a tyrant such as Raul Castro, for example, lends the status of the office and the status of our country to him. He gains a lot from it by saying, look at me, I’m now recognized by the President of the United States,” he continued.

    This is while President Bush has apparently forgotten about the numerous times he sat down and had his picture taken with leaders of questionable human rights credentials, such as the Pakistani President Pervez Musharraf and the Israeli prime minister Ehud Olmert.

    MD/HGH/MMN

    Israelis kill 60 in Gaza offensive

    0

    The death toll of the Israeli assault on Gaza rises to 60 people on Saturday, marking it the deadliest day of fighting in the coastal region.

    Palestinian IMEMC news website quoted head of Gaza’s emergency services, Dr Muawiya Hassanein as saying that there were at least 26 civilians among those killed.

    The dead included 5 children, the youngest of whom was just 2 days old, he added.

    More than 150 people have also been injured the majority whom are civilians.

    At least 16 of those killed were resistance fighters, including 13 from the Islamic Hamas movement and three from the Islamic Jihad.

    According to the Gaza Ministry of Health, 92 Palestinians, including 19 children, have been killed in Gaza since the beginning of the Israeli attacks on Sunday.

    Despite high civilian casualty, Israel says the incursion is aimed at destroying the Hamas infrastructure.

    Two Israeli soldiers were also killed and another seven wounded during clashes with Palestinian resistance fighters, the Israeli army said.

    Meanwhile, Hamas political leader Khalid Mashaal on Saturday condemned Israel’s air and overland raids describing it ‘a real holocaust’.

    He said that Israel is ‘using the Holocaust’ to justify its atrocities against the Palestinians.

    “Israel is using the Holocaust as a cover to do what it wants,” Mashaal said.

    DT/DT/MMA/MMN

    Wikileaks back on the Web

    Case that riled privacy advocates turns on unrelated technicalities

    By Jaikumar Vijayan

    In a move sure to be welcomed by privacy and civil rights advocates, a California District Court judge on Friday lifted a previous permanent injunction that he had issued two weeks ago to disable the controversial Wikileaks.org whistleblower Web site.

    Judge Jeffrey White of the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California in San Francisco also declined to extend a temporary restraining order he had issued on Jan 15 against Wikileaks. That order prohibited Wikileaks from displaying, posting, publishing, or distributing material that a Swiss bank, which had filed a lawsuit against Wikileaks, had claimed were illegally obtained and defamatory.

    The wikileaks.org domain was reactivated today as a result of the decision.

    Judge White cited two main reasons for rescinding his previous injunctions. In a seven-page ruling, the judge noted that both the plaintiff in the case and the owner of the Wikileaks.org domain name were foreign entities and therefore outside the court’s jurisdiction. Although there is no firm evidence of the citizenship of the owner of the wikileaks.org domain name, “counsel for the [owner] represented that the owner of the domain name wikileaks.org is a citizen of Australia and a resident of Kenya,” the judge noted in his ruling. As a result the “Court is concerned that it may well lack subject matter jurisdiction over this matter in its entirety,” Judge White noted in his ruling.

    He also noted that the injunctions he had issued asking Wikileaks’ domain registrar Dynadot to disable the domain name was totally pointless. “The record currently before the Court indicates that even the broad injunction issued as to Dynadot had exactly the opposite effect as was intended,” the judge noted in his ruling. Not only did the disputed material continue to be available via numerous mirror sites, the media attention generated by the case ensured that more people knew about the availability of the information on the Internet than before, he said.

    “The Court is not convinced that Plaintiffs have made an adequate showing that any restraining injunction in this case would serve its intended purpose,” Judge White said. “In addition, there is evidence in the record that “the cat is out of the bag” and the issuance of an injunction would therefore be ineffective to protect the professed privacy rights of the bank’s clients,” he said.

    The ruling comes two weeks after Judge White issued two injunctions against Wikileaks. The injunctions were in response to a lawsuit filed by the Julius Baer Group, a Swiss bank that, according to documents on Wikileaks, was involved in offshore money laundering and tax evasion in the Cayman Islands for customers in several countries, including the U.S.

    Wikileaks claimed the documents had been leaked by a bank employee. In its complaint, the Swiss bank claimed that Wikileaks published hundreds of illegally obtained documents and confidential and copyrighted information belonging to the bank. The bank sued both Wikileaks and its domain registrar Dynadot.

    In response, White issued a permanent injunction ordering Dynadot to immediately disable the wikileaks.org domain name and lock it to prevent the domain from being transferred to another registrar. The injunction also required Dynadot to immediately remove all DNS hosting records for the wikileaks.org domain name. The court asked Dynadot to prevent the domain name from resolving to the Wikileaks Web site or any other Web site or server “other than a blank park page.”

    The judge also issued a temporary restraining order that forbade Wikileaks from displaying, posting, publishing, or distributing any material pertaining to the bank on any site that it directly owned or over which it had any control. The order instructed Wikileaks to ensure that all of the bank’s information was removed from all Web sites it owned or controlled, to disable links to the material on such sites, and to provide the court with proof that it had complied with the orders. The judge’s order even enjoined everyone who read the order or received notice of it from publishing or even linking to the documents.

    The rulings drew scathing criticism from privacy and civil rights groups that saw it as a flagrant violation of First Amendment rights. Several felt the court had overreacted in ordering the entire domain shut down, just because a relatively small number of documents it hosted were being disputed.

    Earlier this week, several privacy and civil rights advocates announced their support for Wikileaks in the case. The Electronic Frontier Foundation and the American Civil Liberties Union (ACLU) filed a motion seeking the court’s permission to formally intervene in the case.

    Expressing similar support was Harvard Law School’s Berkman Center for Internet & Society’s Citizen Media Law Project (CMLP). Earlier this week, the center filed a brief opposing the court’s injunctions against Wikileaks and its domain registrar Dynadot LLC. The amici curiae (friends of the court) brief, which was developed in collaboration with several media and public-interest organizations, asked the court to take back its decision and cited First Amendment concerns.

    A statement issued by the EFF today expressed satisfaction at Judge White’s decision. “We’re very pleased that Judge White recognized the serious constitutional concerns raised by his earlier orders,” EFF senior staff attorney Matt Zimmerman was quoted as saying in the statement.

    “Attempting to interfere with the operation of an entire website because you have a dispute over some of its content is never the right approach. Disabling access to an Internet domain in an effort to prevent the world from accessing a handful of widely-discussed documents is not only unconstitutional — it simply won’t work.”

    Computerworld is an InfoWorld affiliate.

    A McCain Presidency Guarantees a Military Draft?

    4

    Paul Abrams

    John McCain tells us that he is not a very good economist. It brings to mind the old joke that the definition of an economist is someone who is good with numbers but did not have the personality to be an accountant.

    Prepare for a campaign during which McCain will prove to everyone that, as the poor economist he admits to being, he is not good with numbers, and he certainly will not be held accountable.

    But McCain is not joking when he talks about his war policy. He wants to continue the Iraq War. He pledges to increase the US commitment to fight al-Qaeda and the Taliban in Afghanistan. He wants to follow Osama bin Laden to the gates of hell (and, by the way, he knows how to catch him, he just has not told George Bush). He also speaks of other wars.

    George Bush says to listen to the generals. Well, the Army Chief of Staff General George Casey tells us that our military is way overstretched, and that tours-of-duty will have to become shortened. [When asked prior to the invasion in ’03 whether he was worried about overextending the military, our seerless President said: “the military will not be overextended,” and the reporter failed to ask him how he knew that]. General (ret) Barry McCaffrey has said that we are so lowering recruitment standards just to keep our numbers up that he is concerned for the long-term quality of the military.

    Where is the money going to come from to pay for it all? Daddy at least got the Saudis to pay for most of the first Gulf War. George W. has not received a devalued dime from them. Having succeeded in bankrupting the country by turning a $5 trillion projected surplus into a $3 trillion deficit, an astonishing $8 trillion turnaround, borrowing like bandits from the social security trust fund just as the boomers are about to retire in droves, what devalued currency is McCain going to use to pay for all of this?

    Listen for these McCain answers: he will be “confident” that Americans will be patriotic enough to answer the call to duty and volunteer in sufficient numbers for the military (but, curiously, not confident that the wealthiest Americans are patriotic enough to pay higher taxes to support his wars — odd, isn’t it?) Does McCain believe that, now that they can no longer exhibit a higher patriotism by helping their dad become president, the Romney sons will now volunteer? Or, Jenna’s financee? Or, perhaps, Jenna herself? We do need to give McCain credit, his own sons, like Jim Webb’s, are volunteering.

    But, unlike the squeamish White House reporter who was afraid of not getting called upon again and thus accepted Bush’s bald assertion on overextending the military without a followup, we ought to be entitled to ask McCain two questions: upon what recent evidence is his confidence based? And, if he is wrong, what is going to do?

    He has 4 choices. He can call for a draft. He can wind down the Iraq War, and deploy some, but not all the forces to Afghanistan. He can get sufficient volunteers. He can get allies to add troops.

    Well, people are just not volunteering in sufficient numbers. The allies are pulling, not adding, troops. So, he is down to a draft or winding down the war. He said he will not do the latter. What’s left?

    He will not tell you this, but here is the answer: he will have to call for a military draft, period. The military would prefer not to do it, draftees are more difficult to train and form into cohesive fighting forces. But, there is no other way to fight all his wars, at the level he wishes to fight them. No, McCain is not joking about his war policies. He just will not tell the truth about the implications. He will, of course, deny vigorously when challenged that they require a military draft.

    But, that’s what simple addition compels. Today’s second-graders, who will 10 years hence be called by McCain’s draft, could teach him that.

    UN rejects British denial on rendition

    0

    Indian Ocean atoll Diego Garcia was used to hold US suspects, human rights investigator claims

    Jamie Doward

    Britain’s denials that its territories have been used for ‘extraordinary rendition’ were dramatically undermined last night after the United Nations claimed that Diego Garcia has been used as a detention centre to hold US suspects.

    Manfred Novak, the United Nations’ special rapporteur on torture, who is charged with investigating human rights abuses, said he had received credible evidence from well-placed sources familiar with the situation on the island that detainees were held on Diego Garcia between 2002 and 2003.

    Novak pledged he would consider a request by the UK government to share his information. ‘I spoke to my sources on condition of anonymity and it would take time to trace them; I couldn’t do it [brief the UK government] without the explicit authorisation of these people,’ Novak said. ‘But under this caveat, I could share more information.’

    Novak said he had spoken to people who had been held on the atoll, situated in the Indian Ocean and home to a large US naval base. They had been treated well in comparison with the regime some endured at places such as Guantánamo Bay. ‘There were only a few of them and they were not held for a long time,’ he said.

    In 2004, the then Foreign Secretary, Jack Straw, confirmed to parliament that there was a detention centre on Diego Garcia. Planning documents show it was ‘upgraded’ in December 2001. Ships operating offshore have also been used as floating ‘black sites’ to hold detainees, according to human rights groups.

    The revelations raise fresh questions about the island’s role in the process of extraordinary rendition – moving suspects to interrogation centres in third-party countries where they are held outside the law – and why the UK government was apparently unaware that its ally was operating a prison on Diego Garcia to house so-called ‘high-value detainees’.

    Last month the Foreign Secretary, David Miliband, was forced to admit that two US planes carrying rendered suspects had landed in Diego Garcia in 2002, a major humiliation for Gordon Brown’s administration, which had until then repeatedly denied the claims.

    The British government continues to deny allegations that the island has been used to hold terrorist suspects, saying it has been given reassurances by the US authorities that this was not the case. ‘As the Foreign Secretary set out in his statement to parliament on 21 February, the US have told us that no US detainees have ever been held on Diego Garcia,’ a spokeswoman for the Foreign Office said.

    But a former US military general, Barry McCaffrey, said in 2006 that Diego Garcia has been used to hold detainees, though he has subsequently retracted the claims. McCaffrey declined repeated requests for an interview.

    Evidence has also emerged that the US has held prisoners on ships operating outside the three-mile zone around the island that defines Britain’s territorial waters. It is believed that the ships are serviced by craft from the atoll. Novak said he was told that some detainees had in the past been held for up to four months. ‘There is an obligation on member states to carry out extensive investigations into what happened,’ he said.

    Human rights groups have long suspected that the seas around the island have been used to facilitate rendition. ‘If it turns out any [rendition] boat is being supported by Diego Garcia, Britain would have a duty to investigate what is going on on those boats,’ said Clara Gutteridge, an investigator with human rights group Reprieve.

    Evidence supplied to Reprieve confirms that prisoners have been held on US-operated vessels serviced by Diego Garcia. The US authorities have admitted holding eight detainees, including John Walker Lindh, the American who was captured in Afghanistan fighting for the Taliban, on board the USS Bataan.

    Another US naval vessel that has operated in the waters off Diego Garcia, the USNS Stockham, is also suspected of housing prisoners. ‘We have heard from very reliable sources that this boat was used as a floating prison for high-profile prisoners while it was in the vicinity of Diego Garcia,’ Gutteridge said.

    A prisoner released from Guantánamo described to Reprieve a fellow prisoner’s account of his detention on board a US ship. ‘There were about 50 other people on the ship,’ the detainee said the prisoner had told him. ‘They were beaten even more severely than in Guantánamo.’

    A spokesman for the US naval base in Diego Garcia, based in Japan, was not immediately available for comment.

    Israeli War Minister Threatens Palestinian Holocaust

    1

    Paul Joseph Watson | Propaganda Matrix

    Israel’s Deputy Defense Minister Matan Vilnai has provoked outrage after threatening Palestinians with a “holocaust,” but the same media who obsessed about Mahmoud Ahmadinejad’s “wipe Israel off the map” misquote are scurrying to defend Vilnai’s disgraceful comments.

    “The more Qassam (rocket) fire intensifies and the rockets reach a longer range, they (the Palestinians) will bring upon themselves a bigger holocaust because we will use all our might to defend ourselves,” Vilnai told the Army Radio on Friday.

    However, in a Reuters report, despite the fact that the rest of the statement was translated into English, the incendiary word “holocaust” remained in its original Hebrew version – “shoah”.

    Why Reuters would choose to print the rest of the statement in English yet cherry-pick one word to remain in Hebrew is obvious – they don’t want to draw any attention to the fact that Vilnai is threatening the Palestinians with a holocaust.

    Vilnai’s spokesman has attempted to diffuse the controversy by claiming Vilnai was speaking in terms of a “disaster” and not a holocaust.


    Israeli Deputy Defense Minister Matan Vilnai

    But you can’t have your cake and eat it.

    When Iranian President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad allegedly called for Israel to be “wiped off the map,” the media blindly repeated the quote ad infinitum, and it became second nature for them to carelessly drop it into any propaganda piece intended to hype Iran’s supposed threat to Israel and the world.

    Barely a day goes by that Israeli, American and British warhawks don’t spew the phrase like a broken record in an attempt to create a catchy cliché and brand market the next jaunt of imperial blood-letting.

    No matter that, according to numerous different translations, Ahmadinejad never used the word “map,” instead his statement was in the context of time and applied to the Zionist regime occupying Jerusalem. Ahmadinejad was expressing his future hope that the Zionist regime in Israel would fall, not that Iran was going to physically annex the country and its population.

    To claim Ahmadinejad has issued a rallying cry to ethnically cleanse Israel is akin to saying that Churchill wanted to murder all Germans when he stated his desire to crush the Nazis. This is about the demise of a corrupt occupying power, not the deaths of millions of innocent people.

    On the other hand, even as Reuters is forced to admit, Vilnai’s use of the word “shoah” is intrinsically allied to the context of “Discussions of the Nazi Holocaust of Jews,” adding, “Many Israelis are loath to countenance its use to describe other contemporary events.”

    So will the media make reference to one of Israel’s top minister’s expressing his wish to inflict a Palestinian “holocaust” in all future reports about Israel’s geopolitical motives, just as they do with Ahmadinejad’s supposed call to wipe Israel off the map?

    There’s more chance of Yasser Arafat and Menachem Begin coming back from the dead to broker a peace settlement.

    U.S. Citizens Must Ask for Gov Permission to Travel

    David Gutierrez

    The Department of Homeland Security’s Transportation Security Administration (TSA) is moving forward to institute a rule that would require all passengers to go through a government review process before boarding any airplane that takes off or lands anywhere with in the United States.

    The U.S. government already requires international passengers to participate in the Advanced Passenger Information System, providing their full name, gender, date of birth, nationality, country of residence, and travel document type and number to the TSA before boarding. Under the proposed Secure Flight Program, this procedure would also be required on domestic flights.

    Currently, individual airlines are responsible for checking the passenger manifests against the “no fly” and “enhanced screening” lists provided by the TSA. The new programs are part of a concerted effort to centralize this process, so that the TSA itself will check all supplied information against these lists, and then instruct the airline or airport staff as to how to proceed.

    The Association of Corporate Travel Executives (ACTE) has criticized the new Secure Flight rules for their secrecy and lack of accountability. The association has expressed concern that there is no clear appeals process for passengers denied boarding or continually forced to undergo enhanced security screening.

    “On the surface, the new Secure Flight program no longer relies on commercial databases and appears to have reduced the number of names on the ‘No Fly’ list,” said ACTE Executive Director Susan Gurley. “It also seems that the responsibility for checking data is no longer abrogated to the airlines. While this is a step in the right direction, it prompts the industry to ask what was the origin of this new data, how is it stored, who has access to it, and how can it be corrected.”

    FBI documents contradict 9/11 Commission report

    1

    Larisa Alexandrovna

    Who is Bayoumi?

    Much has been reported about Omar al-Bayoumi and his alleged relationship with the government of Saudi Arabia. In his recent book, The Commission: The Uncensored History of the 9/11 Investigation, New York Times reporter Phillip Shenon discusses at length the questions surrounding Bayoumi and his ties to the Saudi government.

    “Bayoumi seemed clearly to be working for some part of the Saudi government,” Shenon wrote on page 52. “He entered the United States as a business student and had lived San Diego since 1996. He was on the payroll of an aviation contractor to the Saudi government, paid about $2,800 a month, but apparently did no work for the company.”

    In fact, Bayoumi was an employee of the Saudi defense contractor Dallah Avco. According to a 2002 Newsweek article about Bayoumi, Dallah Avco is “an aviation-services company with extensive contracts with the Saudi Ministry of Defense and Aviation, headed by Prince Sultan, the father of the Saudi ambassador to the United States, Prince Bandar.”

    Newsweek points to another connection between Bayoumi and Bandar: “About two months after al-Bayoumi began aiding Alhazmi and Almihdhar, NEWSWEEK has learned, al-Bayoumi’s wife began receiving regular stipends, often monthly and usually around $2,000, totaling tens of thousands of dollars. The money came in the form of cashier’s checks, purchased from Washington’s Riggs Bank by Princess Haifa bint Faisal, the daughter of the late King Faisal and wife of Prince Bandar, the Saudi envoy who is a prominent Washington figure and personal friend of the Bush family. The checks were sent to a woman named Majeda Ibrahin Dweikat, who in turn signed over many of them to al-Bayoumi’s wife (and her friend), Manal Ahmed Bagader. The Feds want to know: Was this well-meaning charity gone awry? Or some elaborate money-laundering scheme? A scam? Or just a coincidence?”

    According to then-Sen. Bob Graham (D-FL), who served as a co-chair of the 9/11 Congressional inquiry that preceded the 9/11 Commission, during the period of Alhazmi and Almihdhar’s arrival in the US, Bayoumi had an “unusually large number of telephone calls with Saudi government officials in both Los Angeles and Washington.” (Graham and Nussbaum, 2004, pp. 168-169)

    Bayoumi moved to London in 2001 and lived there until his arrest immediately after the Sept. 11 attacks. Following his release, Bayoumi returned to Saudi Arabia, where he was interviewed in October 2003 by the Executive Director of the 9/11 Commission, Philip Zelikow, and Senior Counsel Dieter Snell.

    Snell did not respond to requests for comment; Zeilkow could not be reached.

    According to Shenon, several staff members working under Snell, “felt strongly that they had demonstrated a close Saudi government connection,” based on “explosive material” on al-Bayoumi and Fahad al-Thumairy, a “shadowy Saudi diplomat in Los Angeles.”

    Shenon recounts how Snell, in preparing his team’s account of the plot, purged almost all of the most serious allegations against the Saudi government and moved the “explosive” supporting evidence to the small print of the report’s footnotes. (The Commission, pp. 398-399)

    Two commission investigators who were working on documenting the 9/11 plot, Michael Jacobsen and Raj De, argued that it was “crazy” to insist on 100 percent proof when it came to al-Qaeda or the Saudi regime. In the end, however, and with a publishing deadline looming, Snell’s caution and Zelikow’s direction buried apparently promising leads.

    In similar fashion, 28 pages of the Joint Inquiry Report produced by Congress — an entire chapter outlining evidence of Saudi and other state sponsorship — were redacted.

    Baer has additional questions.

    “Considering that the main body of evidence came from tortured confessions, it’s still not entirely clear to me what happened on 9/11,” Baer said. “Among other questions [I have]: Why did [Prince] Bandar’s wife sent money to Bayoumi? What are Bayoumi’s links to the Sultan? How were the 15 Saudis [among the 19 hijackers] selected to carry out the attack? Who fed the credit card used by Abu Zubayda? What happened to Abu Zubayda’s telephone bills? Who was he calling in the U.S? None of these questions are unreasonable nor would answering them violate intelligence sources and methods.”

    In a recent review of Shenon’s book, former Democratic senator and 9/11 Commission member Bob Kerrey called on Congress to investigate alleged Saudi ties.

    “Congress should demand direct access to those who organized the attacks; our indirect interviews were at best inadequate,” Kerrey wrote. “And Congress should pursue [the] question of whether the Saudi government aided the conspiracy.”

    Kerrey declined to comment for this article. Other Commission members did not respond to requests for comment.

    Why I am against biometric ID cards

    0

    Charles Arthur

    DNA sampling

    Only people who have been arrested are placed on the DNA database. Photograph: Press Association

    Can you support Britain’s current DNA database yet oppose plans for biometric ID cards? That’s the question I’ve been wrestling with this week. The answer, as you’ll see, isn’t trivial.

    The past week has seen three men convicted of murder, and all three were either convicted or suspected of multiple killings. In two cases, DNA evidence proved vital: their DNA had been acquired through the current procedure whereby if someone is arrested his or her DNA is taken and recorded (as a set of 20 numbers) on the national database. Previous crimes where DNA has been recovered but no other match found are then checked against new entries.

    And DNA, being almost the ultimate biometric, is very indicative. There are even cases that have been solved because someone has given a DNA sample and the database has suggested that someone related to them has a link to an unsolved crime.

    It is beyond argument that the database is a fantastic tool for solving crime. I think it is also right that arrest should be the trigger for taking a sample, since it’s logical that someone who has committed a serious crime will probably commit smaller ones too. (And that’s why I’m against the case currently being brought by two people who were arrested but not charged and want their DNA details removed from the database. Arrest may be a weak indicator, but it’s still an indicator.)

    False convictions

    Equally, I’m against widening DNA collection to the whole population. The reasons were elegantly spelt out in The Guardian on Thursday by Professor Allan Jamieson: “The larger [the database] becomes, the greater the chance is of a fortuitous ‘hit’, false conviction, and unnecessary stress on individuals and resource deployment by the police.” And since the Home Office minister Tony McNulty agrees, I don’t think there’s much risk of the DNA database encompassing all of us.

    OK, but what about biometrics – iris scans, fingerprints, facial recognition – for ID cards? After all, consider benefit fraud, which is estimated to have cost the taxpayer £2.5bn in 2006/7. There’s an interesting exchange in last year’s Hansard in which a minister for the Department of Work and Pensions says that “the introduction of identity verification services, to be provided by the Identity and Passport Service as part of the National Identity Card scheme, will have a significant impact on the ability of fraudsters to make claims for social security benefits using more than one identity.”

    That’s fine – except that in an earlier question in that exchange, Derek Wyatt asks what estimate has been made of how much could be saved by having a verifiable national database of addresses (which presently doesn’t exist). The minister replies: “There has been no estimate made of the value of fraudulent claims which could be detected annually if a definitive national database of addresses existed.”

    So it’s one of those things where the government has only worked out the answers to the questions it likes, rather than all the possible answers. It’s a long way from what you’d call “science” – or even rigour.

    Ludicrous and expensive

    More to the point, an ID card would be used to prevent benefit fraud – not to prove who committed the crime after the fact. If you had to give an iris scan when making each benefit application, that would make multiple fraudulent applications harder. The fact that one woman could claim for an amazing 18 non-existent children doesn’t suggest that the system for detecting unusual claims is very robust at the moment. But making parents and children come to an office for iris scans and fingerprinting before they can get child benefit would create a ludicrous, expensive system that could still be gamed (what about children visiting from abroad? You’d have to iris-scan and fingerprint everyone).

    It is that presumption of guilt, though – the thinking that you’re only out to cheat the system – that seems so wrong about the national biometric database. Leave aside the issue of how secure it might be. Nobody can change your biometrics, just as they can’t change your DNA, so it’s actually rare in being a database you could happily stick on CDs and post around the country. The key is that it assumes you’re guilty. And that’s what I don’t like.

    The point about the DNA database is that it only comes into play after a crime has been committed, and when someone is suspected of it. At that point, you become a suspect in all unsolved crimes with DNA evidence. (And perhaps others where your details might match those from other crimes.)

    But in claiming benefit, or trying to board an aeroplane, we’re not committing a crime. And in a society that likes to call itself “free”, the presumption of innocence is surely the most important title we can give everyone, even if it is disappointed by fraudsters and killers. It has been the bedrock of our legal system for centuries.

    And that, in short, is why I support the DNA database, even for suspected criminals, but do not support a nationwide biometric database. Innocent unless proven guilty is an important freedom. Let’s stick with it.

    Government Concedes Vaccine-Autism Case

    1

    David Kirby

    After years of insisting there is no evidence to link vaccines with the onset of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), the US government has quietly conceded a vaccine-autism case in the Court of Federal Claims.

    The unprecedented concession was filed on November 9, and sealed to protect the plaintiff’s identify. It was obtained through individuals unrelated to the case.

    The claim, one of 4,900 autism cases currently pending in Federal “Vaccine Court,” was conceded by US Assistant Attorney General Peter Keisler and other Justice Department officials, on behalf of the Department of Health and Human Services, the “defendant” in all Vaccine Court cases.

    The child’s claim against the government — that mercury-containing vaccines were the cause of her autism — was supposed to be one of three “test cases” for the thimerosal-autism theory currently under consideration by a three-member panel of Special Masters, the presiding justices in Federal Claims Court.

    Keisler wrote that medical personnel at the HHS Division of Vaccine Injury Compensation (DVIC) had reviewed the case and “concluded that compensation is appropriate.”

    The doctors conceded that the child was healthy and developing normally until her 18-month well-baby visit, when she received vaccinations against nine different diseases all at once (two contained thimerosal).

    Days later, the girl began spiraling downward into a cascade of illnesses and setbacks that, within months, presented as symptoms of autism, including: No response to verbal direction; loss of language skills; no eye contact; loss of “relatedness;” insomnia; incessant screaming; arching; and “watching the florescent lights repeatedly during examination.”

    Seven months after vaccination, the patient was diagnosed by Dr. Andrew Zimmerman, a leading neurologist at the Kennedy Krieger Children’s Hospital Neurology Clinic, with “regressive encephalopathy (brain disease) with features consistent with autistic spectrum disorder, following normal development.” The girl also met the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-IV) official criteria for autism.

    In its written concession, the government said the child had a pre-existing mitochondrial disorder that was “aggravated” by her shots, and which ultimately resulted in an ASD diagnosis.

    “The vaccinations received on July 19, 2000, significantly aggravated an underlying mitochondrial disorder,” the concession says, “which predisposed her to deficits in cellular energy metabolism, and manifested as a regressive encephalopathy with features of ASD.”

    This statement is good news for the girl and her family, who will now be compensated for the lifetime of care she will require. But its implications for the larger vaccine-autism debate, and for public health policy in general, are not as certain.

    In fact, the government’s concession seems to raise more questions than it answers.

    1) Is there a connection between vaccines, mitochondrial disorders and a diagnosis of autism, at least in some cases?

    Mitochondria, you may recall from biology class, are the little powerhouses within cells that convert food into electrical energy, partly through a complex process called “oxidative phosphorylation.” If this process is impaired, mitochondrial disorder will ensue.

    The child in this case had several markers for Mt disease, which was confirmed by muscle biopsy. Mt disease is often marked by lethargy, poor muscle tone, poor food digestion and bowel problems, something found in many children diagnosed with autism.

    But mitochondrial disorders are rare in the general population, affecting some 2-per-10,000 people (or just 0.2%). So with 4,900 cases filed in Vaccine Court, this case should be the one and only, extremely rare instance of Mt disease in all the autism proceedings.

    But it is not.

    Mitochondrial disorders are now thought to be the most common disease associated with ASD. Some journal articles and other analyses have estimated that 10% to 20% of all autism cases may involve mitochondrial disorders, which would make them one thousand times more common among people with ASD than the general population.

    Another article, published in the Journal of Child Neurology and co-authored by Dr. Zimmerman, showed that 38% of Kennedy Krieger Institute autism patients studied had one marker for impaired oxidative phosphorylation, and 47% had a second marker.

    The authors — who reported on a case-study of the same autism claim conceded in Vaccine Court — noted that “children who have (mitochondrial-related) dysfunctional cellular energy metabolism might be more prone to undergo autistic regression between 18 and 30 months of age if they also have infections or immunizations at the same time.”

    An interesting aspect of Mt disease in autism is that, with ASD, the mitochondrial disease seems to be milder than in “classic” cases of Mt disorder. In fact, classic Mt disease is almost always inherited, either passed down by the mother through mitochondrial DNA, or by both parents through nuclear DNA.

    In autism-related Mt disease, however, the disorder is not typically found in other family members, and instead appears to be largely of the sporadic variety, which may now account for 75% of all mitochondrial disorders.

    Meanwhile, an informal survey of seven families of children with cases currently pending in Vaccine Court revealed that all seven showed markers for mitochondrial dysfunction, dating back to their earliest medical tests. The facts in all seven claims mirror the case just conceded by the government: Normal development followed by vaccination, immediate illness, and rapid decline culminating in an autism diagnosis.

    2) With 4,900 cases pending, and more coming, will the government concede those with underlying Mt disease — and if it not, will the Court award compensation?

    The Court will soon begin processing the 4900 cases pending before it. What if 10% to 20% of them can demonstrate the same Mt disease and same set of facts as those in the conceded case? Would the government be obliged to concede 500, or even 1,000 cases? What impact would that have on public opinion? And is there enough money currently in the vaccine injury fund to cover so many settlements?

    When asked for a comment last week about the court settlement, a spokesman for HHS furnished the following written statement:

    “DVIC has reviewed the scientific information concerning the allegation that vaccines cause autism and has found no credible evidence to support the claim. Accordingly, in every case under the Vaccine Act, DVIC has maintained the position that vaccines do not cause autism, and has never concluded in any case that autism was caused by vaccination.”

    3) If the government is claiming that vaccines did not “cause” autism, but instead aggravated a condition to “manifest” as autism, isn’t that a very fine distinction?

    For most affected families, such linguistic gymnastics is not so important. And even if a vaccine injury “manifested” as autism in only one case, isn’t that still a significant development worthy of informing the public?

    On the other hand, perhaps what the government is claiming is that vaccination resulted in the symptoms of autism, but not in an actual, factually correct diagnosis of autism itself.

    4) If the government is claiming that this child does NOT have autism, then how many other children might also have something else that merely “mimics” autism?

    Is it possible that 10%-20% of the cases that we now label as “autism,” are not autism at all, but rather some previously undefined “look-alike” syndrome that merely presents as “features” of autism?

    This question gets to the heart of what autism actually is. The disorder is defined solely as a collection of features, nothing more. If you have the features (and the diagnosis), you have the disorder. The underlying biology is the great unknown.

    But let’s say the government does determine that these kids don’t have actual “autism” (something I speculated on HuffPost a year ago). Then shouldn’t the Feds go back and test all people with ASD for impaired oxidative phosphorylation, perhaps reclassifying many of them?

    If so, will we then see “autism” cases drop by tens, if not hundreds of thousands of people? Will there be a corresponding ascension of a newly described disorder, perhaps something like “Vaccine Aggravated Mitochondrial Disease with Features of ASD?”

    And if this child was technically “misdiagnosed” with DSM-IV autism by Dr Zimmerman, how does he feel about HHS doctors issuing a second opinion re-diagnosis of his patient, whom they presumably had neither met nor examined? (Zimmerman declined an interview).

    And along those lines, aren’t Bush administration officials somewhat wary of making long-distance, retroactive diagnoses from Washington, given that the Terry Schiavo incident has not yet faded from national memory?

    5) Was this child’s Mt disease caused by a genetic mutation, as the government implies, and wouldn’t that have manifested as “ASD features” anyway?

    In the concession, the government notes that the patient had a “single nucleotide change” in the mitochondrial DNA gene T2387C, implying that this was the underlying cause of her manifested “features” of autism.

    While it’s true that some inherited forms of Mt disease can manifest as developmental delays, (and even ASD in the form of Rhett Syndrome) these forms are linked to identified genetic mutations, of which T2387C is not involved. In fact little, if anything, is known about the function of this particular gene.

    What’s more, there is no evidence that this girl, prior to vaccination, suffered from any kind of “disorder” at all- genetic, mitochondrial or otherwise. Some forms of Mt disease are so mild that the person is unaware of being affected. This perfectly developing girl may have had Mt disorder at the time of vaccination, but nobody detected, or even suspected it.

    And, there is no evidence to suggest that this girl would have regressed into symptoms consistent with a DSM-IV autism diagnosis without her vaccinations. If there was such evidence, then why on earth would these extremely well-funded government attorneys compensate this alleged injury in Vaccine Court? Why wouldn’t they move to dismiss, or at least fight the case at trial?

    6) What are the implications for research?

    The concession raises at least two critical research questions: What are the causes of Mt dysfunction; and how could vaccines aggravate that dysfunction to the point of “autistic features?”

    While some Mt disorders are clearly inherited, the “sporadic” form is thought to account for 75% of all cases, according to the United Mitochondrial Disease Foundation. So what causes sporadic Mt disease? “Medicines or other toxins,” says the Cleveland Clinic, a leading authority on the subject.

    Use of the AIDS drug AZT, for example, can cause Mt disorders by deleting large segments of mitochondrial DNA. If that is the case, might other exposures to drugs or toxins (i.e., thimerosal, mercury in fish, air pollution, pesticides, live viruses) also cause sporadic Mt disease in certain subsets of children, through similar genotoxic mechanisms?

    Among the prime cellular targets of mercury are mitochondria, and thimerosal-induced cell death has been associated with the depolarization of mitochondrial membrane, according to the International Journal of Molecular Medicine among several others. (Coincidently, the first case of Mt disease was diagnosed in 1959, just 15 years after the first autism case was named, and two decades after thimerosal’s introduction as a vaccine preservative.)

    Regardless of its cause, shouldn’t HHS sponsor research into Mt disease and the biological mechanisms by which vaccines could aggravate the disorder? We still do not know what it was, exactly, about this girl’s vaccines that aggravated her condition. Was it the thimerosal? The three live viruses? The two attenuated viruses? Other ingredients like aluminum? A combination of the above?

    And of course, if vaccine injuries can aggravate Mt disease to the point of manifesting as autism features, then what other underlying disorders or conditions (genetic, autoimmune, allergic, etc.) might also be aggravated to the same extent?

    7) What are the implications for medicine and public health?

    Should the government develop and approve new treatments for “aggravated mitochondrial disease with ASD features?” Interestingly, many of the treatments currently deployed in Mt disease (i.e., coenzyme Q10, vitamin B-12, lipoic acid, biotin, dietary changes, etc.) are part of the alternative treatment regimen that many parents use on their children with ASD.

    And, if a significant minority of autism cases can be linked to Mt disease and vaccines, shouldn’t these products one day carry an FDA Black Box warning label, and shouldn’t children with Mt disorders be exempt from mandatory immunization?

    8) What are the implications for the vaccine-autism debate?

    It’s too early to tell. But this concession could conceivably make it more difficult for some officials to continue insisting there is “absolutely no link” between vaccines and autism.

    It also puts the Federal Government’s Vaccine Court defense strategy somewhat into jeopardy. DOJ lawyers and witnesses have argued that autism is genetic, with no evidence to support an environmental component. And, they insist, it’s simply impossible to construct a chain of events linking immunizations to the disorder.

    Government officials may need to rethink their legal strategy, as well as their public relations campaigns, given their own slightly contradictory concession in this case.

    9) What is the bottom line here?

    The public, (including world leaders) will demand to know what is going on inside the US Federal health establishment. Yes, as of now, n=1, a solitary vaccine-autism concession. But what if n=10% or 20%? Who will pay to clean up that mess?

    The significance of this concession will unfortunately be fought over in the usual, vitriolic way — and I fully expect to be slammed for even raising these questions. Despite that, the language of this concession cannot be changed, or swept away.

    Its key words are “aggravated” and “manifested.” Without the aggravation of the vaccines, it is uncertain that the manifestation would have occurred at all.

    When a kid with peanut allergy eats a peanut and dies, we don’t say “his underlying metabolic condition was significantly aggravated to the extent of manifesting as an anaphylactic shock with features of death.”

    No, we say the peanut killed the poor boy. Remove the peanut from the equation, and he would still be with us today.

    Many people look forward to hearing more from HHS officials about why they are settling this claim. But whatever their explanation, they cannot change the fundamental facts of this extraordinary case:

    The United State government is compensating at least one child for vaccine injuries that resulted in a diagnosis of autism.

    And that is big news, no matter how you want to say it.

    NOTE: Full text of the government’s statement is posted here.

    David Kirby is the author of “Evidence of Harm – Mercury in Vaccines and the Autism Epidemic, A Medical Controversy” (St. Martins Press 2005.

    VIDEO: America’s Family Prison

    Did you know that the federal government has not only set up but is also currently operating a prison that holds entire families – including infants, children and nursing and pregnant women?It’s located in Taylor, Texas and it’s operated by Corrections Corporation of America, a privately owned corporation.

    This short film by Matt Gossage and Lily Keber is one of the only public reports on this prison. Otherwise this subject has been entirely censored by the US news media.

    Watch this short film on the T. Don Hutto “residential facility”, the nations for-profit family prison for non-criminal immigrant families. This prototype for privatized family detention is located just north of Austin, TX. As they get rich off our tax-dollars, corporations terrorize and traumatize families just trying to keep survive. A determined people stand in solidarity with the families inside Hutto and work to close this immoral prison.


    http://www.brasschecktv.com/page/281.html
    For more information about prison:

    Click here:

    http://tdonhutto.blogspot.com

    Zogby: Alternative Media Replacing Mainstream News

    Zogby Poll – 67% View Traditional Journalism as “Out of Touch”

    Internet is the top source of news for nearly half of Americans; Survey finds two-thirds dissatisfied with the quality of journalism

    Two thirds of Americans – 67% – believe traditional journalism is out of touch with what Americans want from their news, a new We Media/Zogby Interactive poll shows.

    The survey also found that while most Americans (70%) think journalism is important to the quality of life in their communities, two thirds (64%) are dissatisfied with the quality of journalism in their communities.

    Meanwhile, the online survey documented the shift away from traditional sources of news, such as newspapers and TV, to the Internet – most dramatically among so-called digital natives – people under 30 years old.

    Nearly half of respondents (48%) said their primary source of news and information is the Internet, an increase from 40% who said the same a year ago. Younger adults were most likely to name the Internet as their top source – 55% of those age 18 to 29 say they get most of their news and information online, compared to 35% of those age 65 and older. These oldest adults are the only age group to favor a primary news source other than the Internet, with 38% of these seniors who said they get most of their news from television. Overall, 29% said television is their main source of news, while fewer said they turn to radio (11%) and newspapers (10%) for most of their news and information. Just 7% of those age 18 to 29 said they get most of their news from newspapers, while more than twice as many (17%) of those age 65 and older list newspapers as their top source of news and information.

    Web sites are regarded as a more important source of news and information than traditional media outlets – 86% of Americans said Web sites were an important source of news, with more than half (56%) who view these sites as very important. Most also view television (77%), radio (74%), and newspapers (70%) as important sources of news, although fewer than say the same about blogs (38%).

    The Zogby Interactive survey of 1,979 adults nationwide was conducted Feb. 20-21, 2008, and carries a margin of error of +/- 2.2 percentage points. The survey results will be featured at this week’s fourth-annual We Media Forum and Festival in Miami, hosted by the University of Miami School of Communication and organized and produced by iFOCOS, a Reston, Va.-based media think tank (www.ifocos.org). This is the second year of the survey.

    “For the second year in a row we have documented a crisis in American journalism that is far more serious than the industry’s business challenges – or maybe a consequence of them,” said Andrew Nachison, co-founder of iFOCOS. “Americans recognize the value of journalism for their communities, and they are unsatisfied with what they see. While the U.S. news industry sheds expenses and frets about its future, Americans are dismayed by its present. Meanwhile, we see clearly the generational shift of digital natives from traditional to online news – so the challenge for traditional news companies is complex. They need to invest in new products and services – and they have. But they’ve also got to invest in quality, influence and impact. They need to invest in journalism that makes a difference in people’s lives. That’s a moral and leadership challenge – and a business opportunity for whoever can meet it.”

    The survey finds the Internet not only outweighs television, radio, and newspapers as the most frequently used and important source for news and information, but Web sites were also cited as more trustworthy than more traditional media sources – nearly a third (32%) said Internet sites are their most trusted source for news and information, followed by newspapers (22%), television (21%) and radio (15%).

    Other findings from the survey include:

    • Although the vast majority of Americans are dissatisfied with the quality of journalism (64%), overall satisfaction with journalism has increased to 35% in this survey from 27% who said the same in 2007.
    • Both traditional and new media are viewed as important for the future of journalism – 87% believe professional journalism has a vital role to play in journalism’s future, although citizen journalism (77%) and blogging (59%) are also seen as significant by most Americans.
    • Very few Americans (1%) consider blogs their most trusted source of news, or their primary source of news (1%).
    • Three in four (75%) believe the Internet has had a positive impact on the overall quality of journalism.
    • 69% believe media companies are becoming too large and powerful to allow for competition, while 17% believe they are the right size to adequately compete.

    Republicans (79%) and political independents (75%) are most likely to feel disenchanted with conventional journalism, but the online survey found 50% of Democrats also expressed similar concerns. Those who identify themselves as “very conservative” were among the most dissatisfied, with 89% who view traditional journalism as out of touch.

    For more on the study, and to comment on its implications, visit: www.ifocos.org

    For a complete methodological statement on this survey, please visit:
    http://www.zogby.com/methodology/readmeth.dbm?ID=1277

    Obama’s Blackwater Problem

    4

    Jeremy Scahill

    A senior foreign policy adviser to leading Democratic presidential candidate Barack Obama told me that if elected Obama will not “rule out” using private security companies like Blackwater Worldwide in Iraq. The adviser also said that Obama does not plan to sign on to legislation that seeks to ban the use of these forces in US war zones by January 2009, when a new President will be sworn in. Obama’s campaign says that instead he will focus on bringing accountability to these forces while increasing funding for the State Department’s Bureau of Diplomatic Security, the agency that employs Blackwater and other private security contractors.

    Obama’s broader Iraq withdrawal plan provides for some US troops to remain in Iraq–how many his advisers won’t say. But it’s clear that Obama’s “follow-on force” will include a robust security force to protect US personnel in Iraq, US trainers (who would also require security) for Iraqi forces and military units to “strike at Al Qaeda”–all very broad swaths of the occupation.

    “If Barack Obama comes into office next January and our diplomatic security service is in the state it’s in and the situation on the ground in Iraq is in the state it’s in, I think we will be forced to rely on a host of security measures,” said the senior adviser. “I can’t rule out, I won’t rule out, private security contractors.” He added, “I will rule out private security contractors that are not accountable to US law.”

    But therein lies a problem. The US Embassy in Iraq is slated to become the largest embassy in world history. If Obama maintains that embassy and its army of diplomats and US personnel going in and out of the Green Zone, which his advisers say he will, a significant armed force will be required for protection. The force that now plays that role is composed almost exclusively of contractors from Blackwater, DynCorp and Triple Canopy. And at present, these contractors are not held accountable under US law. Obama and a host of legal experts, including in the Justice Department, acknowledge that there may be no current US law that could be used to prosecute security contractors for crimes committed in Iraq, such as the killing of seventeen Iraqi civilians last September in Baghdad’s Nisour Square.

    The irony is that it was Senator Obama who sponsored a bill in February 2007 defining a legal structure to prosecute State Department contractor crimes in US courts. Obama staffers say they will “fight like hell to get it passed.” But it may not pass before the next President takes power. Even if it does and Bush signs it, serious questions will remain unresolved about how contractor crimes can be monitored effectively. The senior adviser acknowledged that Obama could find himself in a situation where, as President, he continues using forces he himself has identified as “unaccountable.” The Obama campaign, in other words, may have painted itself into a corner.

    Obama campaign and Senate staffers characterize this as an inherited problem with no good alternatives. “We are in a situation where, because of bad planning and a series of disastrous policy choices by the Bush administration, we’re forced to rely on private security contractors,” says the senior adviser. “What we’re focused on at the moment is getting the legal architecture in place that will hold these guys accountable to the same standard that [applies to] enlisted US military personnel.”

    The private security industry knows well that it has become a central part of US policy in Iraq and Afghanistan. Extricating the firms from this position would require a major and aggressive undertaking with significant Congressional support, which is by no means guaranteed. In fact, Blackwater appears to see a silver lining in the prospect of US forces being withdrawn or reduced in Iraq. Joseph Schmitz, chief operating officer of Blackwater’s parent company, The Prince Group, said, “There is a scenario where we could as a government, the United States, could pull back the military footprint, and there would then be more of a need for private contractors to go in.” The Obama senior adviser called Schmitz’s comment “an unfortunate characterization.”

    Illinois Democrat Jan Schakowsky, one of Congress’s sharpest critics of the war contracting system, says of Schmitz’s remark, “That’s why some of us have been really careful about not just talking about a troop withdrawal but a contractor withdrawal as well.” Obama, she says, should make it impossible for Schmitz and others “to think that Barack Obama would be creating new opportunities for Blackwater after our troops are withdrawn.”

    Hillary Clinton‘s staff would not make anyone available for an interview on this subject. Interestingly, she is the top recipient of campaign contributions from the defense industry–more money than John McCain has received.

    Vets Break Silence on War Crimes

    1

    U.S. veterans of the wars in Iraq and Afghanistan are planning to descend on Washington from Mar. 13-16 to testify about war crimes they committed or personally witnessed in those countries.

    By Aaron Glantz

    “The war in Iraq is not covered to its potential because of how dangerous it is for reporters to cover it,” said Liam Madden, a former Marine and member of the group Iraq Veterans Against the War. “That’s left a lot of misconceptions in the minds of the American public about what the true nature of military occupation looks like.”

    Iraq Veterans Against the War argues that well-publicised incidents of U.S. brutality like the Abu Ghraib prison scandal and the massacre of an entire family of Iraqis in the town of Haditha are not the isolated incidents perpetrated by “a few bad apples”, as many politicians and military leaders have claimed. They are part of a pattern, the group says, of “an increasingly bloody occupation”.

    “The problem that we face in Iraq is that policymakers in leadership have set a precedent of lawlessness where we don’t abide by the rule of law, we don’t respect international treaties, so when that atmosphere exists it lends itself to criminal activity,” argues former U.S. Army Sergeant Logan Laituri, who served a tour in Iraq from 2004 to 2005 before being discharged as a conscientious objector.

    Laituri told IPS that precedent of lawlessness makes itself felt in the rules of engagement handed down by commanders to soldiers on the front lines. When he was stationed in Samarra, for example, he said one of his fellow soldiers shot an unarmed man while he walked down the street.

    “The problem is that that soldier was not committing a crime as you might call it because the rules of engagement were very clear that no one was supposed to be walking down the street,” he said. “But I have a problem with that. You can’t tell a family to leave everything they know so you can bomb the shit out of their house or their city. So while he definitely has protection under the law, I don’t think that legitimates that type of violence.”

    Iraq Veterans Against the War is calling the gathering “Winter Soldier,” after a quote from the U.S. revolutionary Thomas Paine, who wrote in 1776: “These are the times that try men’s souls. The summer soldier and sunshine patriot will, in this crisis, shrink from the service of his country; but he that stands it now, deserves the love and thanks of man and woman.”

    Organisers say video and photographic evidence will also be presented, and the testimony and panels will be broadcast live on Satellite TV and streaming video on ivaw.org.

    Winter Soldier is modeled on a similar event held by Vietnam Veterans 37 years ago.

    In 1971, over 100 members of Vietnam Veterans Against the War gathered in Detroit to share their stories with fellow citizens. Atrocities like the My Lai massacre had ignited popular opposition to the war, but political and military leaders insisted that such crimes were isolated exceptions.

    “Initially even the My Lai massacre was denied,” notes Gerald Nicosia, whose book “Home to War” provides the most exhaustive history of the Vietnam veterans’ movement.

    “The U.S. military has traditionally denied these accusations based on the fact that ‘this is a crazy soldier’ or ‘this is a malcontent’ — that you can’t trust this person. And that is the reason that Vietnam Veterans Against the War did this unified presentation in Detriot in 1971.”

    “They brought together their bona fides and wore their medals and showed it was more than one or two or three malcontents. It was medal-winning, honored soldiers — veterans in a group verifying what each other said to try to convince people that these charges cannot be denied. That people are doing these things as a matter of policy.”

    Nicosia says the 1971 Winter Soldier was roundly ignored by the mainstream media, but that it made an indelible imprint on those who were there.

    Among those in attendance was 27-year-old Navy Lieutenant John Kerry, who had served on a Swift Boat in Vietnam. Three months after the hearings, Nicosia notes, Kerry took his case to Congress and spoke before a jammed Senate Foreign Relations Committee. Television cameras lined the walls, and veterans packed the seats.

    “Many very highly decorated veterans testified to war crimes committed in Southeast Asia,” Kerry told the committee, describing the events of the Winter Soldier gathering.

    “It is impossible to describe to you exactly what did happen in Detroit — the emotions in the room, and the feelings of the men who were reliving their experiences in Vietnam. They relived the absolute horror of what this country, in a sense, made them do.”

    In one of the most famous antiwar speeches of the era, Kerry concluded: “Someone has to die so that President Nixon won’t be — and these are his words — ‘the first president to lose a war’. We are asking Americans to think about that, because how do you ask a man to be the last man to die in Vietnam? How do you ask a man to be the last man to die for a mistake?”

    Nicosia says U.S. citizens and veterans find themselves in a similar situation today.

    “The majority of the American people are very dissatisfied with the Iraq war now and would be happy to get out of it. But Americans are bred deep into their psyches to think of America as a good country and, I think, much harder than just the hurdle of getting troops out of Iraq is to get Americans to realise the terrible things we do in the name of the United States.”

    *Aaron Glantz has reported extensively from Iraq and on the treatment of U.S. soldiers when they return home. He is editor of the website www.warcomeshome.org and will be co-hosting Pacifica Radio’s live broadcast of the Winter Soldier hearings from Mar. 14-16.

    DNA database threatens civil rights in health care

    Liberal Democrat MP Sarah Tether has secured a House of Commons debate on the impact of the proposed National DNA Database, which takes place today. It has been welcomed by human rights, mental health and church groups.

    The campaigning organisation Black Mental Health UK (BMH UK) says that it is especially concerned about the likely discriminatory impact of such a database on black and ethnic minority people.

    With African Caribbean persons routinely entering mental health facilities via the police and criminal justice system, BMH UK is calling for the removal of thousands of black patients whose names have been added to the database during the process of securing mental health care.

    The National DNA Database adjournment debate will come before parliament on Friday 29 February 2008 at around 2.30pm.

    The government’s own figures suggest that 77% of young black men will soon have their details held on the database, despite evidence that black people are actually no more likely to have committed a crime than white people, says BMH UK.

    The UK has the largest National DNA Database in the world, with 4.5 million profiles set to be held by the government by 2010. There are currently 500,000 people on the database who have no current conviction, caution, formal warning or reprimand.

    Black Mental Health says that the misapplication of data could lead to innocent people being condemned in the future. A spokesperson declared: “The public have no way of knowing how secure this information is. What if someone steals your DNA? … Losing child benefit details is one thing, but a person’s DNA is part of who they are. This is another hostile move against personal freedom and civil liberties.”

    “When people who need help are taken in by the police we find that they are very quick to take a swab rather than ensure the well-being of the person,” commented the Rev Paul Grey of the New Testament Church of God, a Pentecostal denomination.

    “It is disturbing to know that those needing health care are on a criminal database. Wherever this is the case, it is imperative that their details are removed as quickly as possible. What kind of a society criminalises those who need help?” asked Matilda MacAttram, director of Black Mental Health UK.

    “The over-representation of black people on the government’s database should horrify anyone who cares about justice and fair play. There is a real danger that the DNA database just reinforces the myth that black people are more likely to commit crime, and that is a very dangerous untruth. The truth is, if you are black, you are no more likely to commit crime and more likely to be a victim of crime,” Sarah Teather, MP for Brent East, added.

    http://www.ekklesia.co.uk/node/6837

    Bush Calls Surveillance Bill an ‘Urgent Priority’

    0

    By DAVID STOUT and BRIAN KNOWLTON

    Using some of his toughest language in weeks, President Bush prodded Congress on Thursday to pass his preferred version of surveillance legislation, asserting that every day of delay could put the country in danger.

    Mr. Bush said again that renewing the surveillance legislation is “a very urgent priority,” and that it must include controversial provisions that would shield telecommunications companies from wholesale lawsuits over their assistance in monitoring the phone calls and e-mail messages of suspected terrorists without warrants.

    Failure to give the legal protection to the telecom companies would not only be unwise and dangerous policy but plain unfair, the president said at a White House news conference. The companies were told by government leaders after the attacks of Sept. 11, 2001, “that their assistance was legal and vital to national security,” the president said. “Allowing these lawsuits to proceed would be unfair.”

    Contrary to what administration critics say, “people who analyze the program fully understand that America’s civil liberties are well protected,” President Bush.

    The Senate passed a surveillance bill to the president’s liking on Feb. 12, by a hefty margin. The chamber rejected a series of amendments that would have imposed greater civil-liberties checks on government surveillance powers, and it afforded legal protection to the telecom companies.

    But the House has resisting passing that bill, prompting a heated debate over the proper balance between individual liberties and national security in the age of terrorism. If the final legislation does not include protection for the companies, a wave of lawsuits could reveal how the United States conducts surveillance “and give Al Qaeda and others a road map as to how to avoid surveillance,” Mr. Bush said.

    Without the cooperation of private companies, “we cannot protect our country from terrorist attack,” the president declared, adding that the dispute was “not a partisan issue.”

    Although there was nothing really new in the stance the president took, he adopted unusually robust language – saying, for instance, that it was “dangerous, just dangerous” for the legislation to be delayed, and pledging to continue speaking out about the issue until the American people understand and, by implication, the lawmakers follow the will of their constituents.

    Mr. Bush also used one of his favorite themes, that of the trial lawyer who salivates at the money to be made through frivolous lawsuits. Perhaps, he said, these lawyers “see a financial gravy train” if they can sue the deep-pockets telecom companies.

    Democrats counterattacked while the president was still speaking.

    “If the President had not rejected an extension of current law and refused to negotiate with Congress, it is very likely that the new FISA bill could already be law today,” said Senator Harry Reid of Nevada, the majority leader, using the acronym for the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act. “It is disingenuous for the president to claim the country is less safe when he is the one responsible for holding up the legislative process.”

    And Senator Edward M. Kennedy of Massachusetts said the president was using “the specter of terrorism” to push his own agenda.

    “If the telecommunications companies didn’t break the law, they do not need immunity,” the senator said. “If they broke the law, the American people deserve to know the size and scope of their lawbreaking. Adhering to the rule of law would not ‘aid our enemies’ – it would uphold the very principles we are fighting for. The President’s position has nothing to do with protecting Americans and everything to do with sweeping under the rug illegal activity by his administration and his corporate partners.”

    Mr. Bush used the news conference to reiterate several other long-held positions: The “temporary” tax cuts set to expire over the next few years, he said, should be made permanent to bolster the economy, which he said was not slowing down but was not skidding into recession. Big new taxes on the major oil companies would backfire, driving up energy costs, he said.

    And the president showed no interest in getting acquainted with Raúl Castro, whom he described as just an extension of his brother Fidel, whose half-century tenure as president of Cuba has kept the island in isolation and poverty.

    President Bush was asked whether he agreed with Senator Barack Obama that the United States would be better off if the president were willing to hold direct talks with leaders of countries like Iran and Cuba.

    Republicans, and some Democrats, have harshly criticized Mr. Obama for his original suggestion that he would be willing to sit down with people like President Mahmoud Ahmadinejad of Iran in order to explore important differences. Mr. Obama has since clarified his stance, saying he would do so only if adequate preparations were made for such talks.

    Though the president has generally shied away from commenting directly on the presidential campaign, he launched immediately into a vigorous criticism of Mr. Obama’s idea.

    “Embracing a tyrant?” he asked, seeming worked up at the idea. “It’ll send the wrong message. It’ll send a discouraging message to those who wonder if America will continue to work for the freedom of prisoners, it’ll give great status to those who have suppressed human rights and human dignity.”

    Mr. Bush said he had been deeply moved by meetings with the wives of Cuban dissidents, and that embracing a leader like Mr. Castro without first bringing greater pressure for improvements on human rights in Cuba “would be counterproductive and send the wrong signal.”

    Mr. Bush continued in the same critical vein: “Sitting down at the table, having your picture taken with a tyrant such as Raúl Castro lends the status of the office and the status of our country to him,” he said. “He gains a lot from it by saying, ‘Look at me: I’m now recognized by the president of the United States.’ ”

    The president indicated that there was no chance his policy on meeting such leaders would change.

    In a similar vein, he was asked whether his plan to attend the Summer Olympics in Beijing this year might undercut the impact of American complaints about Chinese human rights violations.

    “I’m going to the Olympics because it’s a sporting event,” he said. But he said that this would not preclude him from trying to persuade Chinese leaders that freedom of religion, for example, can “benefit society as a whole.”

    He said he was “not the least bit shy” about bringing such questions up, and expected to do so.

    Mr. Bush was also asked whether he was concerned that Turkey might keep a protracted military presence in Kurdish regions of northern Iraq.

    “I strongly agree with the sentiments of Secretary Gates, who said the incursion must be limited and must be temporary in nature,” he said. “The Turks need to move, to move quickly, achieve their objectives and get out.”

    Pressed by a reporter about whether quickly meant a matter of days or weeks, he declined to be specific, saying only, “As quickly as possible.”

    But he also expressed sympathy over the problems Turkey faces in its border region.

    “The Turks, the Americans and the Iraqis – including the Iraqi Kurds – share a common enemy in the P.K.K.,” he said, referring to an armed Kurdish group.

    A reporter asked Mr. Bush what he knew about Dmitri Medvedev, the man chosen to be the next Russian president, succeeding Vladimir V. Putin. Senator Hillary Rodham Clinton and Senator Obama had been asked about him in their debate Tuesday night, and Clinton wrestled with the pronunciation of his name.

    “I don’t know much about Medvedev either,” Mr. Bush said.

    He said he was waiting to see who will represent Russia at this year’s Group of Eight meeting in Hokkaido, Japan. Mr. Putin is in line to become prime minister, but it remains unclear how much power he will retain after Mr. Medvedev’s expected accession.

    Above all, Mr. Bush sought to emphasize the importance for the United States of maintaining a good working relationship with the new Russian leadership, regardless of their unavoidable differences.

    “I want to try to leave it so whoever my successor is will be able to have a relationship with whoever’s running foreign policy in Russia,” he said. “That doesn’t mean we have to agree all the time, and obviously we didn’t agree on Kosovo.”

    The United States supports Kosovo’s recent declaration of independence of Serbia, while Russia has sharply criticized it.

    Mr. Bush said he had appreciated Russian cooperation in efforts to halt Iran’s uranium-enrichment work, particularly Moscow’s offer to provide enriched uranium to Tehran so that it need not make its own.

    “There’s areas where we need to cooperate,” the president said. His advice to the next president, he added, “is to establish a personal relationship with whoever’s in charge of foreign policy in Russia.”

    At a time when both Mrs. Clinton and Mr. Obama have been critical of the North American Free Trade Agreement, which they say has cost jobs in places like Ohio, Mr. Bush said bluntly that a unilateral withdrawal from the treaty “is not good policy.”

    As a former Texas governor, he said, he had seen the South Texas border area evolve from an area of great poverty to one considerably more affluent. “This agreement has meant prosperity on both sides of our border, north and south,” he said.

    Though both Democratic candidates have been critical of NAFTA, both have taken nuanced positions on the treaty in the past, and have supported similar trade deals.

    Mr. Bush also strongly urged Congress not to block a free-trade agreement with Colombia that the administration signed in 2006. Democratic legislators have cited human rights violations in Colombia, and its inhospitable treatment of labor organizers, in refusing to go along.

    The president said rejecting the trade agreement would “encourage false populism in our neighborhood.”

    The Guantanamo Files

    A freelance historian and journalist, Andy Worthington has spent several years looking at the undercurrents of post-war British social history – in particular the clash between the state and some of its most outspoken critics (protest movements, travelers and alternative communities).

    In 2006, he turned his attention to the “War on Terror”. Like many decent-minded citizens of the world, he had been deeply concerned, from the moment Guantanamo opened in January 2002, that the US administration’s response to 9/11 was both cruel and misguided, although he conducted some research in the years that followed, it was not until March 2006, when he read Enemy Combatant by the released British prisoner Moazzam Begg, that he asked himself the fateful question, “Who’s in Guantanamo?” The quest to answer this question consumed over a year of his life, and led to the creation of The Guantanamo Files.

    To coincide with the publication of The Guantanamo Files, he started providing additional information about the prisoners that he was unable to include in the book. In February 2008, he co-wrote a front-page news story with Carlotta Gall for the New York Times, and has also had articles published in the Guardian, Index on Censorship, Socialist Review and the Daily Star, Lebanon.

    Since September 2007, he has also undertaken various interviews – with the BBC, Al-Jazeera, Press TV, INN World News and others – and speaking engagements, including the Radical Book Fair in Edinburgh (with Arun Kundnani), and various other talks with Moazzam Begg, Zachary Katznelson, senior counsel at Reprieve, and former Guantanamo chaplain James Yee.

    Following is the text of the interview Press TV’s Ismail Salami has conducted with Andy Worthington.

    Press TV: Could you please explain about the structure at Guantanamo?

    Andy Worthington:The prison at Guantanamo Bay, Cuba is on land occupied by a US naval base. It was first occupied by the United States in 1903 and is maintained under the terms of a lease that cannot be broken unless both the American and Cuban governments agree to it.

    As a “War on Terror” prison, designed to hold prisoners — known as “detainees” — without charge or trial, and without access to the US court system, Guantanamo opened on January 11, 2002, as the first of nearly 800 detainees arrived by plane from the US prison at Kandahar airbase in Afghanistan.

    The detainees were initially held in cages that were open to the elements — in Camp X-Ray — but the first phase of a more permanent structure, known as Camp Delta, opened in May 2002. It now contains seven prison blocks — Camps 1 to 7 — plus an isolation block, Camp Echo, and another block, Camp Iguana, which was once used to house juvenile detainees.

    Press TV: Could you please tell us about Camp 6 at Guantanamo?

    Andy Worthington:Camp 6, modeled on “supermax” prisons on the US mainland, opened in late 2006. Although communal areas were incorporated into the structure, these have never been used. After unrest following the apparent suicide of three detainees in June 2006, it was decided that it was unsafe to allow the detainees to mix freely.

    Although detainees in Camp 4 share dormitories and are allowed some communal leisure facilities, they are in the minority, and Guantanamo’s general population is held in Camp 6, where the detainees remain in solitary confinement for 22 to 23 hours a day, and are not allowed any kind of social life, even though they include dozens of detainees who have been cleared for release, following decisions made by military review boards. These innocent men cannot be repatriated because of fears that they will be tortured on their return, and are from countries including China, Uzbekistan, Algeria, Libya and Tunisia.

    Press TV: The Bush administration has claimed that the Third Geneva Convention does not apply to al-Qaeda or Taliban fighters even though it has become evident that many of the detainees at Guantanamo are being kept with no solid accusations against them. How can you interpret this?

    Andy Worthington:The decision to deprive the detainees of the protections of the Geneva Conventions (GPW) was to facilitate their interrogation, which is otherwise prohibited. In the memo advising the President to remove GPW rights from the detainees (signed by his Chief Counsel Alberto Gonzales, but widely attributed to Vice President Dick Cheney and his close advisors), it was also stated that depriving the detainees of their GPW rights “substantially reduces the threat of domestic criminal prosecution under the War Crimes Act.”

    Unfortunately, when the detainees failed to provide the intelligence that the administration had hoped for, the removal of GPW rights allowed the authorities to interrogate them coercively, using “enhanced interrogation techniques” that have been widely interpreted as constituting torture.

    Over time, of course, as I demonstrate in The Guantanamo Files, it became apparent that the majority of the detainees had no intelligence to offer because they were either innocent men — charity workers, missionaries, religious students and economic migrants — or Taliban foot soldiers, recruited to fight an inter-Muslim civil war against the Northern Alliance, who had, for the most part, no knowledge of the workings of al-Qaeda. Although the administration claimed that the detainees were “captured on the battlefield,” the majority had in fact been handed over to US forces by their allies, both in Afghanistan and Pakistan, at a time when substantial bounty payments were being made for al-Qaeda or Taliban suspects, and others had been picked up on the basis of false intelligence.

    Press TV: Could you please explain to our readers about the Tipton Three?

    Andy Worthington:The Tipton Three are three young men from the West Midlands, in England, who were captured in Afghanistan, where they had strayed in search of adventure after traveling to Pakistan to arrange the wedding of one of the men.

    Caught in the wrong place at the wrong time — the northern Afghan city of Kunduz, during its surrender in November 2001 — they survived a massacre en route to a prison run by one of the Alliance commanders, when hundreds of prisoners were suffocated in container trucks, and were held in Guantanamo until March 2004, when they were returned to the UK and freed without charge.

    Under pressure in Guantanamo, they had falsely confessed that they were figures in the crowd in a poor-quality video that featured a meeting between Osama bin Laden and lead 9/11 hijacker Mohammed Atta, but their lawyers were able to demonstrate that, when the video was recorded, one of the three had been working at an electrical store in England. As a result, the British government was able to press for their release.

    Press TV: One of the abuses at the camp is reportedly the abuse of religion while the US government claims they respect religious beliefs. If it is true, could you please give instances of religious abuses and elaborate more on the matter?

    Andy Worthington:Religious abuse is something that has been widely reported in the statements of detainees released from Guantanamo. It was apparently widespread in the prisons in Afghanistan, where the detainees were “processed” for Guantanamo, and was also the trigger for the earliest hunger strikes in Guantanamo itself. It appears that abusing the Koran — by dropping it, treading on it, or otherwise treating it with disrespect — was an easy way to cause distress to detainees without having to lay a finger on them.

    It has also been reported that the authorities in Guantanamo interfered with the call to prayer — by playing loud music, for example — and that in processing and interrogations they played on vulnerabilities caused by the detainees’ religious and cultural backgrounds; for example, in the use of enforced nudity, cavity searches and sexual humiliation.

    Press TV: The appalling practices at the Guantanamo have been widely condemned by the international organizations? Can you think of any organization that defends the horrendous practices at the Guantanamo?

    Andy Worthington:No, but it’s worth pointing out, I think, that repressive regimes around the world have been able to claim that their own brutal and lawless behavior is justified because it has been endorsed by the US administration’s flight from domestic and international laws.

    If those captured are Prisoners of War, they should be treated according to the Geneva Conventions. If, on the other hand, they are criminals, they should be charged and tried as such, and not subjected to indefinite detention without charge or trial, and to treatment that contravenes the UN Convention Against Torture.

    Andy Worthington’s book The Guantanamo Files: The Stories of the 774 Detainees in America’s Illegal Prison, is published by Pluto Press. Visit his website at: http://www.andyworthington.co.uk/

    http://www.presstv.ir/detail.aspx?id=45108&sectionid=3510302

    Anonymous – Why we fight Scientology

    1. What is Scientology?

    To understand Anonymous — what it is and why it exists — it is necessary to understand the Church of Scientology and why it has attracted the attention it has over the last half-century or so.

    Scientology was created by L Ron Hubbard, an American science fiction writer. In 1950 he published the book Dianetics: The Modern Science of Mental Health. In it, Hubbard claimed that problems facing human beings were the result of engrams, negative experiences stored in an area of the brain called the reactive mind. Through Dianetics techniques — in particular a form of counselling known as auditing — these engrams could be cleansed from the body, freeing the mind and leaving the person with the status of Clear.

    At the time Hubbard’s theories were discredited and dismissed by most critics, on psychological, medical and scientific grounds. Undeterred, Hubbard continued his work, moving from Dianetics as a theory of the mind to Scientology as a religious philosophy. Critics have drawn much attention to this, due both to the fact that Scientology did not begin as a religion, and Hubbard’s oft-circulated quote that “if a man really wants to make a million dollars, the best way would be to start his own religion.”

    As Scientology and Dianetics grew, a number of aspects were added. In particular, a form of recinarnation, in which a person’s soul (or Thetan) passed from one body to the next on death, is described in Hubbard’s book Have You Lived Before This Life? Engrams were thus described as resulting not only from experiences in the subject’s current existence but also from past lives, some lived on alien worlds over a history spanning trillions of years (a figure disputed by scientists as longer than the known age of the universe.) These engrams, much as those incurred during this lifetime, could be cleared through Scientology practices — for a “nominal fee,” of course.

    Beyond the status of Clear lie “hidden” levels known as Operating Thetan. An Operating Thetan is a person who, having cast off those forces holding them back, is able to function as a Thetan — a spiritual being. There are a number of Operating Thetan levels (fifteen in total, of which eight have been used so far), each of which reveals another portion of the Church’s teachings, again for a “nominal fee”, the cumulative total for OT8 (that is, Operating Thetan Level Eight) being approximated as nearly three hundred thousand US dollars.

    The Church of Scientology now has centres worldwide and the endorsement of celebrities such as Beck, John Travolta, and — perhaps most prominently — Tom Cruise. As the Church has grown, however, so has concern over allegations of authoritarian control of its members, harassment and intimidation of its critics, excessive fees for membership, and cult-like behaviour.

    2. Fair Game.

    One policy of the Church of Scientology to gain the most criticism is known as Fair Game. L Ron Hubbard, in an internal policy document, described Fair Game as follows:

    ***
    ENEMY – SP Order. Fair game. May be deprived of property or injured by any means by any Scientologist without any discipline of the Scientologist. May be tricked, sued or lied to or destroyed.
    ***

    SP in the above refers to Suppressive Person, the Church’s term for its critics.

    Perhaps the most infamous application of the Fair Game policy was its use against journalist Paulette Cooper. Cooper wrote an article in 1970 criticising the Church, which was later expanded into a book, the Scandal of Scientology. In it she condemned several activities of the Church, including its financial exploitation of its members, its authoritarian, cultish structure, and abuse within the Church’s elite sector known as the Sea Org.

    In response, the Church launched an attempt to drive Cooper to a mental institution or jail through escalating harassment. Methods included obscene phone calls, death threats, blackmail, and the staging of two bomb threats in Cooper’s name against the Church. Attempts were made on her life. This was to be followed by Operation Freakout, in which fraudulent threats supposed to be from Cooper would be made to foreign consulates and the President and Secretary of State.

    3. Operation Snow White and the FBI

    This, however, was not to be. Another Church “Operation”, dubbed Snow White, had Church agents carrying out infiltrations of and theft from offices of the US government and other entities, in order to purge documents which were unflattering towards the Church in general and Hubbard in particular. This has been described as the largest single infiltration of the US government in history.

    During the government investigation into Operation Snow White, the FBI conducted a series of raids on Scientology offices. These raids resulted in the seizure of documents related to other issues, including the plot against Paulette Cooper described above. Another Church project uncovered as a result of the raids was codenamed Project Normandy, the Church’s plan to take over the town of Clearwater, Florida. After purchasing the Fort Harrison Hotel under an assumed name the Church has gradually extended its influence throughout the town, hiring police officers as private security and infiltrating local media.

    Operation Snow White was carried out by the Guardian’s Office, an organisation with a mandate to oversee the Church. Following the FBI raids and subsequent jailing of key members of the GO, the Office was shut down, to be replaced by the Office of Special Affairs which continues today.

    4. The Sea Organisation

    The Sea Organisation (or Sea Org) was founded by Hubbard in 1966 and based on a number of ships located in the Mediterranean Sea. Hubbard, a former member of the US Navy, pronounced himself Commodore and structured the Sea Org along naval lines, a practice which continues today although the majority of Sea Org bases are now on land (with the exception of its ship, the Freewinds). Sea Org staff are required to sign one billion year contracts, pledging to return to work at the Sea Org when their Thetan returns to take control of a body.

    Workers for the Sea Org who fail to live up to Scientology standards may be referred to the Rehabilitation Project Force, a series of work camps run by the Org to “rehabilitate” troublesome members. In addition to studying Scientology, residents of the RPF are required to perform gruelling manual labour and live in appalling accomodation. While the Church compares them to the Boy Scouts or US Marine Boot Camps as projects combining labour with ethical instruction, critics see them as more reminiscent of the gulags of the Soviet Union. One former Scientologist described the RPF as follows:

    ***
    It was essentially a prison to which crew who were considered nonproducers, security risks, or just wanted to leave the Sea Org, were assigned. Hubbard’s RPF policies established the conditions.
    RPF members were segregated and not allowed to communicate to anyone else. They had their own spaces and were not allowed in normal crew areas of the ship. They ate after normal crew had eaten, and only whatever was left over from the crew meal. Their berthing was the worst on board, in a roach-infested, filthy and unventilated cargo hold. They wore black boilersuits, even in the hottest weather. They were required to run everywhere. Discipline was harsh and bizarre, with running laps of the ship assigned for the slightest infraction like failing to address a senior with “Sir.”
    ***

    Testimony from other ex-members indicates that conditions on land bases are little better. RPF members, as well as working on Sea Org bases, may be deployed to other Scientology sites, allegedly including a number of the “Celebrity Centres” run for the cult’s elite members.

    Those who are deemed to have failed to meet the RPF’s standards may be sent to the RPF’s RPF, an even more brutal regime.

    5. Lisa McPherson

    It is difficult to research Scientology without encountering the tragic story of Lisa McPherson. Lisa, a 36 year old Scientologist, was involved in a car accident in Clearwater, Florida, in 1995. While physically relatively unharmed, her behaviour led hospital staff to believe her to be mentally unstable, and to request that she remain in the hospital for observation. Due to Scientology’s opposition to psychiatry, she, with the help of other Scientologists, checked herself out of the hospital and was placed under the care of the Church.

    This care, in line with Scientology teaching, included regular doses of vitamins, protein supplements, and natural remedies. As her physical and mental condition continued to deteriorate, the Church eventually consulted a Scientologist doctor who advised that she be taken to the nearest hospital, an option refused by the Church due to fears that she would be placed under psychiatric care. Instead, she was taken to the doctor in question’s hospital, where she was pronounced dead.

    The original coroner’s report on her death concluded that it was the result of an embolism triggered by dehydration, and estimated that she had been without fluids for five to ten days. It was also estimated that she had been unconscious for up to 48 hours before being admitted to hospital. A number of marks on her body were identified as consistent with cockroach bites, triggering concerns about the unsanitary conditions in which she was held prior to her death.

    6. The Internet

    The Church’s relationship with the internet has been a strained one. In 1991, a newsgroup was created named alt.religion.scientology for the purposes of discussion of Scientology and the Church. The group would quickly become a source of heated debate between Scientologists, former Scientologists, critics and agents of the Office of Special Affairs.

    In 1994, internal Church documents were leaked to the newsgroup detailing the “secret” Operating Thetan levels. Among these was the aspect of Scientology most known to the public: the story of Xenu, which forms part of Operating Thetan Level 3 (OT3). This story runs as follows:

    ***
    75 million years ago, the dictator Xenu was ruler of the Galactic Confederacy, an alliance of planets including Earth (then known as Teegeeack.) Xenu, with the aid of psychiatrists, herded people from these worlds onto space ships (which were exact replicas of Douglas DC-8 aeroplanes, but with the ability to fly through space) under the pretext of a tax inspection, and took them to Teegeeack, where they were arranged around the outside of volcanoes. Xenu then detonated hydrogen bombs inside these volcanoes, killing them all.

    The souls (Thetans) of the murdered aliens were then captured and brainwashed (“implanted”) with misleading information including all other world religions and a number of other concepts. These Thetans clustered together in their thousands to form Body Thetans, which attached themselves to then-primitive human beings and continue to this day to cause us problems from depression to sickness to war.
    ***

    As the writers of South Park put it in their episode satirising Scientology, THIS IS WHAT SCIENTOLOGISTS ACTUALLY BELIEVE.

    The posting of these documents led to legal action on the part of the Church, who claimed the Xenu story to be copyright and a trade secret — while simultaneously denying its existence. The Church also attempted to have the alt.religion.scientology newsgroup removed, a move attacked by advocates of free expression.

    Other actions taken by the Church with regard to the Internet include:

    * A lawsuit against Arnaldo Lerma, ex-Scientologist and critic, for republishing the story of Xenu.
    * Use of the Digital Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) to force AT&T Worldnet, an internet service provider, to reveal the identity of one of its subscribers who had been posting anonymously to alt.religion.scientology
    * Legal action against Google, again using the DMCA, to remove Operation Clambake (a popular anti-Scientology website) from its search results. While Google initially complied, the decision was reversed following mass complaints.

    A number of other websites, such as Slashdot.org and YTMND.com, have been the targets of cease-and-desist orders from the Church of Scientology for republishing excerpts of the original Xenu materials.

    In 2008 an internal video featuring Tom Cruise was leaked onto the website gawker.com and quickly gained attention due to Cruise’s behaviour, described by many as erratic, bizarre and fanatical. The video was in turn placed on a number of other websites. The Church issued cease and desist orders against websites, including YouTube and Gawker, hosting the video, demanding it be removed.

    7. We Are Anonymous

    Now we come full circle. As the Church attempted to have the video removed, another video, titled simply “Message to Scientology”, was distributed online. This video, a declaration of war against the Church, coincided with Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS) attacks which succeeded in disabling a number of key Scientology websites. This — later described as an opening salvo to grab the attention of the public and the media — quickly evolved into a movement pushing for global demonstrations against the Church on the 10th of February 2008. Demonstrators wore masks resembling those from the film and comic V for Vendetta, to protect their identities from later reprisals from the Church’s Office of Special Affairs, as a symbolic statement against tyranny, and to reinforce the concept of Anonymous: that it is everywhere and nowhere, everyone and no-one.

    Described by the church as Nazi-Communist hate criminals in the pay of the German government (which has refused to grant the Church tax-exempt religious status) and the psychiatric establishment, and by the media as “hackers on steroids”, Anonymous is chaotic, disorganised, organic, viral, confusing, amusing and growing. It is in this structureless, leaderless, anarchic environment that many find strength when put against an organisation which is based on, and can only understand, the most rigid forms of authority.

    8. Conclusions

    As I write this, preparations are already underway for the 15th of March, the next round of global demonstrations, timed to take place close to the birthday of L Ron Hubbard. Critics have come forward to voice their support, ex-members have been given the courage to speak out, and people worldwide are becoming aware that the kooky sect with some strange ideas is the home of a rotten and destructive core. Only time will tell what effect this will have in the long term, and whether the Church can adapt to face its new challenge, but one thing is clear: the Church is under threat.

    We are Anonymous.
    Expect us.

    Anti SOCPA Campaigners To Assert Right To Protest

    In response to the recent Home Office consultation titled ‘Managing Protest around Parliament’, which threatened further restrictions on demonstrations throughout the UK, a second day of action [1] called by the Campaign for Free Assembly will take place on Saturday 1 March. Campaigners opposed to the Government’s proposals will assemble at London’s Trafalgar Square (north side) at 1pm.

    The Government consultation on ‘Managing Protest around Parliament’, which closed on 17 January, began as a review of the Serious Organised Crime and Police Act (SOCPA) 2005, s.132-138, which controversially restricts demonstrations in a 1km zone around Parliament [2,3]. While it had previously been reported that Prime Minister Brown intended to repeal the unpopular provisions of the legislation [4], the consultation paper’s questions on the possible ‘harmonisation’ of the existing legislation suggest that the Government plans to extend current restrictions on protest around Parliament to the whole country. This means giving the police the power to censor the number, size and content of banners and placards; and existing laws requiring prior notification of and the power to impose restrictions on, and even ban, protest marches – covered by the Public Order Act 1986 — could be extended to all demonstrations.

    The proposed powers and those already granted to the police create a climate of criminalisation of political activism; with arbitrary arrests and police violence and heavy-handedness relatively commonplace at protests – even entirely non-violent ones – such as at last summer’s Heathrow Climate Camp. Even members of the press documenting protests are no longer spared police brutality, as illustrated by the case of photojournalist Marc Vallée [5]. Furthermore, despite the current review of SOCPA, it is clear the Met has no immediate plans to stop using it to harass and intimidate activists, as shown by the arrests only this week of three long-term supporters of Brian Haw and his Parliament Square Peace Camp for an ‘unauthorised protest’ outside Parliament [6]. Overall, it seems such tactics are designed to exert a ‘chilling effect’, whereby people are deterred from engaging in grassroots activism for fear of the consequences.

    Whatever campaign people are involved in, whether it’s for a safer school crossing or to end a war, the new proposals will affect them. Campaign groups who run a weekend stall in their local high street would be moved on, and political rallies and meetings could be broken up.

    A spokesperson for the Campaign for Free Assembly said: “We are tired of the Government’s relentless determination to silence the public. We must act now to stop the further erosion of our freedom to assemble, and make it clear that we will not allow our liberties to be consulted away. The plans outlined in the consultation demand a response on the streets. Our message is simple: we claim the freedom to assemble without prior notification or permission, and this is not open to negotiation.”

    Notes:

    1. On the Campaign for Free Assembly’s first day of action on January 12, 2008, there was a spontaneous tour of sites within the designated area around Parliament, where it is an offence under SOCPA to demonstrate without prior written authorisation from the Metropolitan Police Commissioner. The tour included Downing Street, Whitehall, Parliament Square, the Home Office, the Foreign Office, MI5 headquarters and New Scotland Yard.

    A number of participants held a sit-down protest in the middle of the road in Parliament Street, and later in Whitehall, directly facing Downing Street, disrupting traffic for a while. There was much pushing and shoving outside Downing Street from the Metropolitan Police riot squad, the Territorial Support Group (TSG). A number of arrests were made, the highest profile being that of Brian Haw. Mr Haw, who had been quietly filming the demonstration, had his camcorder violently shoved into his face by a police officer, causing a bloody gash on his cheek. He was subsequently arrested under Section 5 of the Public Order Act on suspicion of swearing at the officer concerned, and was allegedly assaulted shortly afterwards by a number of officers in the back of a police van whilst in handcuffs. It is understood Mr Haw may well take legal action against the officers concerned.

    Reports:

    “Brian Haw violently assaulted then arrested at Downing Street today”
     http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2008/01/389308.html

    “Haw beaten up by police”
     http://www.parliament-square.org.uk/morningstar140108.pdf

    “Peace protester injured in demo”
     http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/england/london/7186606.stm

    2. The following website contains background on SOCPA and the ‘Managing Protest’ consultation:  http://www.repeal-socpa.info

    3. Serious Organised Crime and Police Act (SOCPA) 2005:
     http://www.opsi.gov.uk/acts/acts2005/ukpga_20050015_en_1

    4. “Brown to allow Iraq protests”
     http://www.timesonline.co.uk/tol/news/politics/article1977614.ece

    5. “Injured photographer wins settlement, costs and apology from Met Police”
     http://www.epuk.org/News/811/vallee-accepts-met-settlement

    6. “SOCPA newsflash”
     http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2008/02/392385.html

    “SOCPA – update on last night’s arrests”
     http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2008/02/392412.html

    7. Other resources:

    Articles:

    “SOCPA Anti-demo Laws Should be Repealed, Not Extended”
     http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2008/01/389354.html

    “Preserving disorder: freedom to protest and the future of SOCPA”  http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/2007/11/386033.html

    Indymedia UK topic page on SOCPA:
     http://www.indymedia.org.uk/en/actions/2006/socpa/

    Films:

    Documentary: “SOCPA — the Movie”  http://www.socpa-movie.blogspot.com

    Feature-length documentary: “Taking Liberties”  http://www.noliberties.com

    Campaign for Free Assembly
    freeassembly[at]lists.riseup.net

    Royal bugging claims denied

    0

    Claims the Royal Family was being bugged by GCHQ (Government Communications Headquarters) have been denied at the Princess Diana inquest.

    Rumours were rife by 1993 that the Government’s intelligence and security organisation may have been behind the infamous Squidgygate and Camillagate tapes.

    Under the law GCHQ would have needed to get the Foreign Secretary to sign off on such a phone tap and no such green light from the Government was sought, the inquest heard.

    Sir John Adye, the GCHQ director between 1989 and 1996, said: “It could not have been done without a warrant.”

    Ian Burnett QC, for the coroner, said: “And intercepting the Royal Family is simply not within the scope of the intelligence the Government was seeking?”

    Sir John replied: “Indeed, it was not.”

    Mr Burnett asked: “And there was no such warrant?”

    Sir John answered: “I am sure there was no such warrant.”

    On the tapes, James Gilbey, who was named as one of the princess’s lovers, repeatedly told her “I love you” and referred to her as “Squidgy” 53 times.

    A conversation between the Prince of Wales and Camilla Parker Bowles (now the Duchess of Cornwall) in the early 1990s was also recorded and came to light around the same time.

    Sir John told the jury he was “satisfied” that GCHQ had not been involved in those tapes.

    And in an “unprecedented” move, given the intelligence services golden rule never to comment on its operations, a statement was released denying any involvement.

    The court heard that ministers were briefed so they could “truthfully” tell Parliament that “none of the security and intelligence agencies had been intercepting the communications of the Royal Family”.

    Denials were repeatedly made in the House of Commons and the House of Lords.

    In a written statement John Major, the then Prime Minister, said: “There is no substance in the rumours about the involvement of the security and intelligence agencies intercepting the communications of the Royal Family.”

    The jury have heard claims that Diana felt she may have been bugged.

    Mohamed al Fayed has maintained that the fatal car crash that killed his son Dodi, Diana and driver Henri Paul in Paris’s Alma Tunnel in 1997 was set up by MI6 at the behest of the Duke of Edinburgh.

    © Independent Television News Limited 2008. All rights reserved.

    The workings of the CIA

    0

    When George H.W. Bush first sought the Republican nomination for president, a friend announced that he was leaving a high-ranking Central Intelligence Agency job to help the man we now know as Bush One and Bush 41.

    “He was the best director we ever had,” and was certain to be a great president, my Agency pal insisted.

    Easily said; less easily done. Bush was vice president for eight years before winning the top spot on the ticket and four years in the White House.

    The jury is out on whether Bush will be rated one of our best presidents, but it’s safe to say that if he’s the best of 21 bosses of the CIA and its predecessor agency, he must have been very good, indeed.

    Begun as the World War II Office of Strategic Services, the agency has been run by generals, admirals, federal judges, a respected Congressman and men with storied names in the world of public service, such as Allen Dulles.

    World War I hero Gen. William “Wild Bill” Donovan filled his OSS with “gentlemen spies” – Ivy Leaguers and other well-educated men, lured by the glory and importance of cloak-and-dagger work that often sent them far behind enemy lines to gather intelligence and carry out sabotage.

    Postwar euphoria saw the OSS disbanded and its duties given to the State Department, but President Truman soon saw that mistake and the CIA was born in 1947.

    For decades, the agency and its work were super-secret. Its funds, known as “black entries,” were hidden in budgets of other agencies. There were no signs directing motorists to its Virginia headquarters.

    When a top Associated Press writer finally got permission to visit, the officer who briefed him set ground rules: “This location does not exist and this interview never took place”.

    To this day, the headquarters’ “Wall of Honor” has blanks among plaques honoring personnel who died in line of duty; some names and dates of death are considered still too sensitive to reveal.

    While top-ranking officials are known and testify before congressional committees, most CIA personnel and work are abroad and “covert” – using jobs in U.S. missions and in private-sector work such as export-import firms for cover. With the notable exception of Nixon, Presidents have honored federal law forbidding the CIA from doing espionage inside this country. Domestic spying is the FBI’s territory.

    Outside the States, I met many whom I knew to be CIA personnel and others whom I believed were on that payroll. I’ve been accused often of having worked for them, and if that were true, I’d acknowledge it proudly, but I never did.

    I can say as an outsider that anyone claiming to pigeonhole our intelligence-gatherers is wasting the time of their readers or listeners. Agency personnel come in all adult ages, both sexes and all races and ethnic groups (most people working for the agency are foreign nationals reporting to U.S. “control officers”).

    Most of those whom I’ve known were highly professional researchers and analysts, whose skills I often envied. One predicted the Marxist takeover in Chile a full two years before Allende became president, infuriating our ambassador who was telling the State Department just the opposite.

    In fact, independence is one of the agency’s most valuable assets. Its people aren’t infallible – as they readily admit – but like our military attaches, they supply perspectives that often are missing from State Department reports.

    Some remain among our most valued friends, and I wish that we had stayed in touch with others whom I respected greatly. A very small minority were creepy or comical or sometimes both

    Among those, one of my favorites was a short, intense man who couldn’t remember his cover. Asked at diplomatic functions what he did, he would tell one person that he was in the economic section, say to the next that he was a consul and inform a third that he was a political officer.

    Another was tall, slender and acted as if he’d seen too many 1930s spy films. He wore a rumpled trench coat with turned-up collar, and instead of walking calmly out of the embassy, he flattened himself against a wall and peered furtively up and down the street until he was satisfied it was safe.

    Some from other branches of government, the business community and news media derided agency people as “spooks,” but that was unfair to the vast majority. Most are genuine pros, and we’re a better and safer country because we have them.

    Gov will have to ask permission for ID card information

    0

    Ian GrantPeople will have to give explicit permission for the government to access their personal details held on various databases before they can get a national identity card, ID card minister Meg Hillier told MPs this week.

    Hillier was giving evidence to the House of Commons’ Home Affairs select committee on the security arrangements for the controversial national identity register and associated national identity card.

    There would be two databases, one for biometric data (fingerprints, facial images and possibly later, iris scans) and biographic data (name, address history, National Insurance number etc), Hillier said.

    A Home Office spokesman said that when a person applies for an ID card, any information to be recorded in the National Identity Register will be checked against a number of public or private sector data sources to help verify the person’s identity. “This will build on existing best practice in processing passport applications,” he said.

    Just over a year ago the government dropped plans to build the NIR from scratch. It opted to use Immigration computer systems to store biometric data and the Department of Work & Pension’s National Insurance database to store biographic data.

    Hillier said fewer than 100 people will have access to the entire dataset of a NIR record. Each access to a record would have an audit trail, and access to some data fields in the record would require two simultaneous authenticated and credentialed users.

    All transfers of data would be encrypted, she said. “There will be no discs flying around (with unencrypted data on them),” she said. This was a reference to the loss by HM Revenue & Customs last year of two compact discs containing the personal and banking details of 25 million child benefit claimants. Hillier admitted that the incident had “dented” people’s confidence in the government’s ability to protect sensitive personal data.

    Hillier said she expected most external use of the NIR would be to confirm that a person’s identity was registered. Very rarely, and then only to agencies IPS audited for security, would further details be given, she said.

    People would be entitled to ask the “identity custodian” who had looked at their records, she said. There were no plans to follow committee chairman Keith Vaz’s suggestion that IPS provide a “Google Alert” to warn people when someone looked up their data.

    She said people don’t expect the credit vetting agencies to tell them when someone checks up on them, nor did the Passport Office when someone verified a passport’s validity. IPS was taking the same approach.

    Duncan Hine, who is in charge of security arrangements for the NIR and ID card, said security on the biometric database would be the highest possible and certified by government, but security around the biographic data would be less stringent.

    Hillier said that the procurement process now underway should be completed by the end of the year with roll-out of ID cards starting early in 2009.

    Surveillance costs add to tax bills

    0

    CCTV and DNA advances add to bills but minister calls rises unacceptable

    A Times/Chartered Institute of Public Finance and Accountancy survey of more than 250 authorities shows that the average council tax is expected to rise by 3.9 per cent in April. This masks a mixed picture across the country with 92 councils setting rises above 4 per cent and 12 above 5 per cent.

    But police precepts – the element of tax bills for police services – have been responsible for boosting many overall council tax rises to more than 5 per per cent, the level at which they can be capped.

    Lincolnshire Police Authority decided last night on a whopping 79 per cent increase, boosting household bills by more than £100 a year on its element alone, and 12 other police authorities, almost one in three, have decided on increases of more than 5 per cent.

    John Healey, the Local Government Minister, said last night that any authority, including police and fire, proposing increases of more than 5 per cent risked being capped. He made clear that Lincolnshire’s proposal was unacceptable.

    The police authority insisted that its increase was necessary to save the jobs of hundreds of staff and plug a £6 million shortfall in finances.

    The Assocation of Police Authorities said that new demands on policing including CCTV, setting up automatic number plate registration and processing DNA sampling had led to spiralling costs for police forces. “With new technology and forensics there’s more of it available now, and it’s costing more,” said Bob Jones, chairman of the association. “As the challenge has become more sophisticated, we have a very substantial increase in costs.”

    Mr Jones pointed to the updating and expanding of the DNA database and the costs of surveying CCTV evidence. “Look at investigations like the London bombings, or the Suffolk murders. The amount of processing of the CCTV footage costs so much. Ten years ago there would not have been anything to look at,” he said.

    The 3.9 per cent increase across the country, the lowest for ten years, includes geographical variations, with the West Country and the South East tending to have higher rises and Greater London the lowest. Although 267 councils out of 380 provided figures for their proposed rises, only 150 had their rises confirmed by last night and have been included in the table. A further 30 London authorities, some of which still have to agree rises, have also been included.

    Ken Livingstone has tried to improve his chances of being re-elected as Mayor of London by trying to secure low rises in the capital. The survey shows that in inner London the average increase is only 2 per cent while in outer boroughs it is 3.1 per cent.

    Part of the reason is a Greater London Authority precept of just 2 per cent, almost two thirds lower than the previous two years.

    But he has also been helped by the increasing number of Tory councils keen to keep taxes as low as possible. For the second year running Hammersmith has come in with a cut of 3 per cent (minus 1.74 per cent once the GLA precept is included) with Westminster, Wandsworth, Kensington & Chelsea and Hounslow also proposing freezes in council tax bills. Hackney, a Labour council, has frozen its bill though there will be a small increase due to the GLA precept.

    Leicester City Council has set the highest rise in the country (6.2 per cent) although the council leader blames the police authority for boosting the bill to higher than 5 per cent.

    The pattern is mixed across the country but there is some evidence that increasing emphasis on efficiency has kept rises to low single figures.

    The survey shows that of the 16 authorities with rises below 1 per cent, eight are Conservative, three are Labour, one is Liberal Democrat and four have no overall control. But of the 92 with rises over 4 per cent, 59 are Conservative, 6 Labour, 6 Liberal Democrat, and 19 NOC and 2 other.

    Tim Brain, finance head of the Association of Chief Police Officers, said the Government was increasing demands to fight terrorism and appoint more community officers but was not providing the necessary funds.

    POLICE AUTHORITY
    (% Change | Band D 2008-09 £)

    Avon & Somerset 4.9 154.32
    Bedfordshire 9.6 135.28
    Cambridgeshire
    5.0 156.87
    Cumbria 4.9 179.46
    Derbyshire 4.6 148.44
    Dorset 4.9 164.25
    Dyfed-Powys 5.0 165.51
    Essex 4.9 122.22
    Gloucestershire 5.0 188.45
    Gtr Manchester 7.5 124.90
    Hampshire 8.1 135.54
    Hertfordshire 5.0 136.67
    Humberside 4.5 156.31 Kent 5.0 128.25
    Lancashire 7.9 135.96
    Leicestershire 15.4 160.40
    Lincolnshire
    78.9 n/a
    Norfolk 8.3 178.56
    North Wales 4.5 186.18
    Northumbria 4.9 78.27
    Nottinghamshire
    4.9 145.62
    South Wales 5.0 139.38
    South Yorkshire 4.7 124.56
    Staffordshire 3.8 166.16
    Suffolk 9.0 149.67
    Surrey 9.7 187.92
    Sussex 4.9 128.70
    Thames Valley 4.0 144.76
    Warwickshire 12.9 164.68
    West Mercia 4.9 165.45
    West Midlands 3.5 94.67
    Wiltshire 4.3 145.34

    A DNA recipe for injustice

    2

    Mixed results

    A national DNA database could well increase, not reduce, the number of wrongful convictions

    Three killers have been convicted this month of appalling crimes. Two were implicated through DNA profiling. The aftermath has seen renewed calls for both a universal DNA database and the death penalty, bolstered by a belief that advances in scientific evidence would eliminate the risk of wrongful convictions. Keeping everyone’s DNA profile in the universal database could make a significant impact on the investigation of crime. But there are also cogent reasons why it would increase the risk of convicting innocent people.

    The UK database is already the largest in the world. Profiles produced from crime scenes are now easily checked against that database, which at first mostly included only those convicted of serious offences. Now the net is much wider, with people who have been neither charged nor convicted still on the database. As a scientist who works on behalf of the defence in assessing DNA evidence – and challenged the validation of low copy number DNA in the Omagh bomb trial – I have some experience of the difficulties involved in such cases.

    DNA profiling technology has improved from days when we needed a splash of blood or a good-sized stain. We can now obtain profiles from something that may have been only touched, and match DNA from just a few cells. From a system that had match probabilities of thousands, we are in the era of billions. This is where the problems begin. For many cases, the issue is not: “Is it my DNA?” It is: “How did it get there?”

    The police are likely to conclude on the basis of a database match that they, more likely than not, are investigating the guilty party. The investigative process can then follow a pattern of accumulating circumstantial evidence. Once this process results in a charge, an error can be compounded by the jury failing to appreciate the difference between threads of evidence all dependent on that first “identification” by DNA. Juries, police, and lawyers can struggle with the many misunderstandings of probabilities, conditional match probabilities, odds and frequencies.

    The police claim prosecutions will not be mounted on DNA evidence alone. This is not correct. There are cases where DNA alone could provide compelling evidence for a prosecution (for instance, a full profile obtained from an intimate sample from a rape victim when the defendant claims no contact) and cases where the DNA is irrelevant. There are no hard and fast rules.

    Nevertheless, an “innocent” match being used to assemble a circumstantial case in court raises the very real prospect of false convictions. Excluding any DNA evidence from the case if it has been used to identify the suspect in the first instance might protect against this.

    I suspect most people imagine that all DNA profiles obtained emanate from blood, semen, or some other clear stain. But often there is no visible stain at all, and the profile is a mixture. Mixtures create the potential for more difficulty. By way of illustration: if I have profile AB and you have profile CD, our mixed cells would have a profile ABCD. However, the same profile could be produced by two people with profiles AC and BD, or AD and BC. If this mixture was found at a crime scene, we now have six “suspect” profiles. If the person with the BD profile is unlucky enough to live in the area where the crime was committed, BD now needs to explain why he has no association with the material found at the scene. In fact, a mixed profile could generate about 60,000 suspects.

    Technical and procedural issues associated with this powerful criminal investigative tool have been, and are being, resolved. However, the difficulties will be compounded and amplified if more individuals are on the database. The larger it becomes, the greater the chance is of a fortuitous “hit”, false conviction, and unnecessary stress on individuals and resource deployment by the police. Success, in thinking that we are convicting more criminals, could encourage further steps that will increase the errors.

    Failure to use DNA properly will almost certainly result in unintentional but significant damage that could threaten its more restricted but beneficial use. This is a wide-ranging and important debate that requires an understanding of the scientific and procedural aspects of criminal justice systems and the frailties of both.

    Researchers develop RFID ‘smart tags’ for workplace

    Researchers at Lancaster University are developing a new generation of ‘smart tags’ to “help keep workers safe on construction sites.”
    NEMO technology in development

    NEMO technology in development

    The research project is creating tiny Radio Frequency ID (RFID) tags, with sensors and memory, which can be embedded in everyday objects – such as tools – and communicate via a network using wireless technology.

    These can be used for example to help monitor people using heavy machinery — ensuring they are working safely within the recommended guidelines.

    A drill with a smart tag

    A drill with a smart tag

    Smart tags could transform Health and Safety in the modern workplace. For example, the information can be used by employers and workers to monitor their exposure to vibrations from power tools such as drills which can lead to a painful condition called ‘vibration white finger’.

    In an interview with the BBC online, Dr Gerd Kortuem of Lancaster University’s Computing Department, said RFID tags were getting smarter and more communicative as bigger memory, basic processing power and wireless technologies are added to them.

    Dr Gerd Kortuem

    Dr Gerd Kortuem

    “We are trying to embed a little more intelligence beyond location by adding sensors and by networking these objects together,” he said.

    The project — known as NEMO (or Networked Embedded Models and Memories of Physical Work Activity) is an EPSRC-Funded Collaborative Research Project.

    The project runs for four years, and involves close collaboration with world-leading companies including Agilent, BP, Carillion and In Touch.

    It involves Dr Gerd Kortuem, Professor Nigel Davies, Professor Hans Gellersen, Professor David Hutchison and Dr Joe Finney, all of the Computing Department, Dr Jerry Busby, Management School and Dr Linden Ball, Psychology.

    For further information on their research go to http://www.comp.lancs.ac.uk/nemo/

    To read the BBC article on line go to: http://news.bbc.co.uk/1/hi/technology/7207514.stm

    http://domino.lancs.ac.uk/

    Challenge SOCPA – 1st of March

    Second National Day Of Action For Freedom Of Assembly

    Via Urban75

    We Own The Streets – Campaign for Freedom of Assembly
    Saturday 1st of March, top of Trafalgar Square (North side), 1 pm.

    t’s time we had freedom to publicly assemble in the UK. The Campaign for Freedom of Assembly is calling for a second national day of action against the existing legislation restricting our freedom to protest around Parliament and its possible extension to the rest of the country.

    We need to respond to continued police repression and the Government’s consultation paper ‘Managing Protest around Parliament’. This consultation, which ended on the 17th of January, began as a review of the Serious Organised Crime and Police Act (SOCPA) 2005, sections 132-138, which restrict demonstrations in a 1km zone around Parliament. While the review was originally with an eye to possibly repealing these controversial sections of the legislation, it turned into a consultation on ‘managing protest’. The consultation paper’s questions on the possible harmonisation of the existing legislation shows the Government’s intention to extend current restrictions on protest around Parliament to the whole country. This means giving the police powers to censor the content of banners and placards, and the existing laws asserting restrictions and prior notifications to marches – currently covered by the Public Order Act 1986 – being extended to all demonstrations.

    The proposed powers and those already given to the police create a climate of criminalisation: a vast confusion of laws are applied arbitrarily so people are arrested simply for standing in the wrong place at the wrong time or having the wrong face. This combines with a police culture that evades accountability even when people are killed, as shown by the Menezes case and others. There should be no complacency that the court system can be relied on to prevent injustice. The ability to exercise effective protest is crucial in order to defend ourselves and others from the abuses of those in power.

    Whatever the issues that matter most to you, whether you are concerned about a safer school crossing, a new runway or ending a war, this proposal will affect you.

    The government consultation needs a response not on paper but on our streets. The message is simple: we claim the freedom to assemble without prior notification or permission and this freedom is not open to negotiation.

    We plan to hold a second national day of action on Saturday 1st of March proclaiming this freedom as the next step in establishing a new era when it will be impossible for our liberties to be consulted away.

    We are meeting at 1pm at the top of Trafalgar Square. Come with your mates and discuss with them what you want to do with the day. Bring placards, banners, whistles or anything else you can think of. Let them know you won’t be easily silenced.

    Campaign for Freedom of Assembly
    – e-mail: freeassembly@lists.riseup.net

    What can you do in 15 seconds?

    1

    Harry’s Place

    [youtube]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=hUBX8ROqLwE[/youtube]

    Israeli army won’t probe Gaza deaths

    0

    Ed O’Loughlin

    THE Israeli army has decided not to order a disciplinary probe into the killing of 21 Palestinian civilians in November 2006.

    The dead men, women and children included at least 13 members of the Athamneh family, among them a one-year-old girl. Another 35 people were injured as 12 155-millimetre heavy artillery shells struck the north Gaza town of Beit Hanoun for several minutes. Israeli rights groups yesterday claimed there was a “culture of impunity” in the Israeli security forces, after the decision was announced.

    This week the Israel Defence Forces’ (IDF) adjutant-general announced that an extremely rare computer malfunction had caused the shells to strike 500 metres from their intended target, a field that had been used by militants to fire missiles at Israel. There was therefore no reason to charge any soldier with negligence or any other offence, Brigadier-General Avihai Mandelblit decided. The announcement did not consider the gunners’ supposed failure to notice their shells going astray.

    The Beit Hanoun bombardment followed an incident in June 2006 in which seven members of the picnicking Ghalya family were killed by an explosion on a north Gaza beach. The Israeli human rights group B’tselem yesterday said the Beit Hanoun decision reflected a “culture of impunity” in the forces.

    “We have to ask ourselves whether the IDF’s internal investigations meet the basic standards of international law,” said spokeswoman Sarit Michaeli.

    90% of ‘aid’ ends up in the pockets of US companies

    As George Bush visits Africa to big up his aid profile, SchNEWS reveals how 90% of that ‘aid’ ends up in the pockets of US companies…

    “I’ve got a firm, heartfelt commitment to the continent of Africa and have ever since I became president.” – George Bush.

    George Bush finished his six day tour of Africa on Wednesday (20th). The White House spin doctors told the media how his tour was aimed at combating malaria and HIV/AIDS. But behind the moralistic posturing about AIDS (he will only fund abstinence groups and refuses to help anyone trying to help sex workers), comes the usual array of economic bribery as the US attempts to carve out African markets for its own businesses ends regardless of the consequences for local people.

    The tour came with the announcement of millions of dollars of economic assistance from the Overseas Private Investment Corporation (OPIC) and the Millennium Challenge Corporation (MCC). But the reality is that the economic aid is flowing in the direction of a small number of US companies rather than the countries on Bush’s glossy itinerary. Almost 90% of all OPIC aid goes to ten US-based recipient firms including Caterpillar, Citibank and the Bechtel corporation. Before the lid was blown on corruption at the firm, Enron was one of the biggest recipients of this corporate welfare handout.

    And here’s a few examples of Bush’s favourite companies in action: Bechtel whacked up prices so much in a water infrastructure project it resulted in a civilian uprising in the Bolivian city of Cochabamba and they were booted out (see SchNEWS 611 for an update on Bolivian resistance). In a great “aid” package to Turkey £25m was given to the Ritz-Carlton corporation for the construction, operation, and maintenance of their Hotel in Istanbul. Another £7m was spent mining offshore diamond deposits in Namibia – no doubt just what the country needs when only a quarter of the population have access to clean drinking water.
    Bush started with a visit to the tiny country of Benin, where one third of the population live in absolute poverty — yet the country spends almost 10% of its income servicing foreign debt. Some of that debt is being written off under the Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Initiative, but only because Benin has agreed to adopt neo-liberal economic policies.

    W.T. EAU

    Tanzania have been given a handout of £400m for transport, energy and water to “stimulate economic growth”, but have a guess whose pockets most of that booty will flow into. Certainly not Tanzania’a population, 60% of whom live on less than £1 a day – while the country spends a fifth of its income to repay a £4bn debt. For every £10 spent on health, in a country where about half of all malaria hospital admissions and deaths are in children under 12 months, Tanzania forks out another £6 on debt repayments. It’s true that there is some real aid behind Bush’s visit, to tackle HIV / AIDS and malaria — but unless a country plays the ‘free market’ game, they’re not going to see a penny.

    World Trade Organisation rules, which are also enforced by the US, IMF and World Bank, make countries open up their infrastructure to foreign competition (See SchNEWS 524). Water companies, gas, oil and any remnants of a welfare state must be available for purchase by those corporations receiving a helping hand from the US treasury. Sadly, the largest helping hand seems to be to consultants who dream up and promote the corporate rape and pillage schemes. The big con was highlighted only last month when the government of Tanzania won more than £3m from a subsidiary of British company Biwater following a disputed and controversial contract to run the water system of Dar es Salaam (see SchNEWS 499 and 611). Biwater had merely whacked up prices while failing to install any pipes or deliver any improvement to water provision – but at least project partners – the Adam Smith Institute – did manage to spend nearly £300,000 on a pop-aganda video extolling the virtues of privatisation!

    DRAGONS DEN

    Of course, as well as the stated benevolent humanitarian desires to help the continent exploited for centuries by the West — or, alternatively, the desire to open up their economic markets for the more sophisticated but ultimately similar type of plundering of their resources as in Colonial times – there’s also the question of the looming influence of new superpower on the block, China. They’ve been out liberally dishing out dosh and investing in Africa — and with no reform strings attached. The US is naturally out to preserve its influence and keep ahead of the new ‘red menace’ for as long as possible.
    But US businesses are often reluctant to take too many risks when it comes to investing abroad. Africa is seen as a bad place to do business because of the level of political instability. We don’t want some revolution redistributing our honestly earned profits now do we?

    In essence the ‘aid’ offered by Bush pays the companies to take these risks, encouraging them to do business in places they might otherwise be reluctant to bother with. That’s why each of countries visited by Bush are the seen as the continent’s model market democracies and the most stable for wannabe shareholders who might be looking for government subsidised investments.

    But government subsidies have always been a necessary way of a country protecting emerging or temporarily struggling industries. Unfair competition by a rival willing to sell at a loss, for example, could put the industry out of business only for the rival then to whack prices sky high (practices US corporations know nothing about obviously!) The lesson was well learnt in Britain during its ‘golden’ era rise to global industrial dominance, and is still well appreciated in er, America where major US industries like cotton, steel, farming and aviation all receive generous handouts to protect them from oversees competition. In fact, US domestic subsidies are worth around 25% of the earnings of the 500 biggest US firms combined!

    But what’s good for the goose is no good for Uganda — or any other African country. If a country wants its foreign debt written off, or any other type of Western investment then these subsidies must go – even though they may be needed to keep the price of essential items, such as bread, below the cost of production so that they are within the reach of the poorest people. As the cost of once-subsidised housing and food rises — so does poverty and hunger. Local factories find they are suddenly competing with technologically advanced corporations and they go bust, leading to unemployment, poverty and ever more reliance on costly imported goods from places like, er, the USA. An African clothing company could never compete with corporations like Gap which spend billions on research, design and marketing while outsourcing all their labour costs to wherever the wages are at their lowest. By taking the aid smaller nations are signing away their right to do anything other than follow the path of neoliberalism and are committing their countries to years of economic dependence on the whim and will of the richer nations.

    Privatisation doesn’t work. Free trade ruins small economies. Wherever the IMF and World Bank tread, poverty, hunger and inequality soon follow. There’s no way that western countries are going to write off third world debt without some kind of kickback for its corporations and that’s where the welfare state for business comes in.

    Penalty of £1,000 for failing to update ID cards

    0

    Nick Heath

    The latest government ID card plans have revealed people will face fines of up to £1,000 for skipping biometric scans.

    Penalties ranging from £125 for not notifying the government of the loss of an ID card, to £250 for not applying for a card or missing an appointment for fingerprint and facial scans, were revealed in the Home Office consultation papers.

    The fines would apply to foreign nationals entering or living in the UK, who will be required to have ID cards from November — ahead of the cards’ introduction for UK citizens next year.

    Foreigners persistently failing to apply or turn up for scans face a charge of up to £1,000 but there would be a reduction in fine of up to £100 for anyone who could prove extenuating circumstances for non-compliance.

    Any foreign national with limited leave to stay in the UK failing to apply or turn up for a scan three times in five years would have their remaining leave curtailed.

    The Home Office documents predict the cards will be fitted with a “tamperproof chip” containing encrypted information, which would include the holder’s face, two fingerprints, personal details and immigration status.

    Airport union Unite recently called for consultation on airport workers being among the first groups in the UK to need ID cards.

    The widespread rollout to UK citizens, known as ‘Borders phase II’, is now slated to begin in 2012 – two years later than indicated in an earlier government action plan.

    Critics of the scheme said the perceived two-year slip in the widespread rollout of the cards is another sign of wavering support among Gordon Brown’s government for ID cards. Doubts in the scheme were further exacerbated by Accenture and BAE Systems pulling out of the procurement process to build the ID card computer system.

    Serious Concerns Over Non Staged SOCPA Arrest

    blood on their hands
    blood on their hands

    There are serious concerns for the welfare of the three protestors who were arrested by inspector fox outside the gates of parliament last night. Their protest was about about the iraq war, the genocide occuring there, and the war criminals here who still evade justice.

    Police have admitted in previous instances that arrests are not a proportionate response to ‘unauthorised protest’, and they generally use ‘report for possible summons’ instead.

    However, last night at around 9pm, the three protestors, barbara tucker, stephen jago, and ‘ant’, were taken to belgravia police station. police then tried to search tents to seize ‘evidence’ – they wanted to confiscate barbara’s ‘blood on their hands’ banner – but backed off when brian haw pointed out that it’s been shown in court that police have no power of seizure under SOCPA and that they did not have warrants.

    Inquiries for information at belgravia police station this morning were flatly refused by the custody officer, but it was revealed that the three are still in custody, having been held for 14 hours, and are due to be ‘processed’ shortly. Nothing is known about their welfare, whether any additional charges have been laid, or why they have been detained so long.

    Any station support is will be welcomed.

    To contact, call 020 7730 1212 and ask for belgravia custody suite

    http://www.socpa-movie.blogspot.com